




n 




Oass. 
Book. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT 



ADVERTISEMENTS. I 

(published by mark H. NEW.AIAN ic CO., 199 BROADWAY, NEW-YORK.) 



R E C O M M E N D A T I O JS S . 



[Sio frete ^yreiTc, ^y^'itatelpbia.] 

iL>pobburi)'e Juvjgefa iJ tc ?>raEttfc{)e cirglifc^e (^ vamina t if. 
^rteiv^^)*-'!"^' tfi 2Jiar! ^. DleiDinau u. (>cmp. 

(vine neiie ciit^Itfd)e (Srammatif liei^M^or un?, bie nd) fefbu befonbcrS fiir 'M- 
nisiijcr cnivfit.'l;ft, ivelcfce tie eii[ilifil}e vijpraite tit nu'ijltctift furjev ^dt \n eiier^ 
iini antiifdjen. 23ti: brauc^en faiint ju eriuabt^fn/ welften inibevec^'eubavai 
t'iii&fit biclS-vlernung etMei- fremteii ®vrad)e, befonbers aber ber englifc^en, 
tcv ''.iiiiibcsfpracfce beS Si^olfe», nnfer beni anu Icbeii, fiiv ben SJeutfcccit b.it; 
wie cr mir balb in einem ^antc lebt, beffcu gi-5stcit 2:betl feiner ^ctiiobttev 
f; niitr bfrilcbt, bcjfcn eitten, @ebrau(^c unb y^prjiige cr beBCviIb uicbt j]viinD= 
liclj einfe^cu f^mn, wepbalb er fo eft tl)ftls ilufio^ cm jcnen ntmmr, line er 
nn^cvu-iri benfclben eft anfti^Btt] n.nvb. 23tv bvanc^en ntd}t auf nocf) ar.beve 
niijal^liijf -iNOvrbciic unb ©eniiffc anfnterffani ja macben, roeld)e au§ bev Jlenuts 
nifj bcs (S'nfilifdjcn fiiv ben 5;:entfc^en in ^Imcrifa cntftefien, itm tie 91pti}rocn= 
bici^iiit !i»tev i^ebrbiicbev bar5ntbni;, n.'flctie tit ^Inetgnnng ber (gpraebe erieicfas 
Ici-n. llnifv bie i>iaffe bev iOovbanbeneu ift nun nod)' etus gciinn-fen, beffeu 
3:trcl unr cben niittbeilteu, unb trp§ bev ^Sov^iige vnelev fvitbev bcveirg nnev= 
fanntcn. fi^nneu wix bpcb nid-.t nmbtn, iI3po?buri^'5 I'rafitfd'e ©vammattf aiS 
fine» bev am iitciften praftifc^en Sebvbucbcv jn empfeblfn, bie in biefem 3n-'ftge 
ber Citcrarur erfiticnen. 

^•3 nn^ iDltS'gviffe bavin oevmieben, bie an rteien fvaf'evn laugu als STtviimel 
evfannt njnvben, unb has ?B(Uvzhin ber notbn^entigen gvammatifalifc^en 9xe= 
gelu mil bev 51nfjteUung ^aiTeubev in'a!rifd'.ev SSciunele, treUte jene cvlautevn, 
uut ifCii ginbvingen in bie viin-acbgebcinuiiiTe fo uncnbUrb cvleid^Rvn, ^evfti^vt 
i>it bci bev laiigiveilii]eu vein gvannnatifalifd^en (Srlernung bev -iprac^e ent= 
ftcbcnbe Unluft' bev Sd^iilev fcairbl, all Cs SUtjietcb bie oberi^ddilicb mange[= 
ha\u unb eiufeirige (^vlevnung bev Spvad^e aul gebved^feiten 33^vafen, iiac^ 
foflfUiinnrcn vrafrifdsen Sefebitctevn binbevt. 

■Sas -:)ivaftif(^e unb bie 2;bcovie, beibe fcnncn a lie in ntd)t ben ^roi<S er= 
reirf)en, ty«nigi^en§ nid)t feclifpmmen. Sie ftub beibe nacf) iinn ttgeutbiim= 
lichen, un§ fe't^v anfpve4)eiiben -nctbcbe in vcvliegenbem ^evfe sevfc^mohen. 



[2eutf(^.e S^Keatcft, ?le»'ilsr!.] 
33 p p b b u V t) ' i © r n m m a 1 1 !.— ^^tefes Suc^ ift einer bev tbatfoc^licjen 
©ea'eife opn SntevcfT'^ fnv tie bcutt'c^en Gtnwanbevcr, beven in biefev %eit 
f£ yift in SBovten, fo irentg in aiievfen gebadjt laiib. '^it erfte unb grbftc 
vidi'.vierigEeit, nu'lcfce bev <ii\§ feincm -X<atcvlanbe ^ter anfommenbe 'I^entfdie 
JU iibevwinben bat, fobalb cv feincu Wd^ auf amevttanifcf)en il^pben fefet ur.b 
aiifiimjt, niit bem amcvifani''cl;en "^olt \n iiei-febren, tjl bie Sd)n}tevi3!e;t ber 
<Sin-ad5e. (^'v bat biev alio bie 5?ebiivfntffe, ^yoffnungen, ^-efuvd?tungen unb 
SBiinfitc, ir»e(d5e ev ju .6aufe battc, rbn? tie Seicferii]?eit biefelben nufratriicfen, 
in befi^^n. Xarum m\\% bevjenige als ein tbatigev gveuub it§ bcutfajen (Sin= 
n.-anbevcr§ betvad^tet n^evben, merd}ev ibu in 33eft^ eine? leid)ten unb fxdjeni 
fyjitrcU fe'^t, uni ficb fvei n;ib i^oUfianbig mit feincv Umtiebung ?u sevftan= 
biiien. J6evv STippbbnvt) bietet in bein r'ovlicgenben !:pvtve'fflid5fu 'iBnd?e cine 
foidbe n.ie'vibrpUe ®abe. Scin iBud) i-evbinbet ten Sortbetl einev gvoBen ©es 
bte.jen^eit mit bev nicbt gevingen iibevvafdsenben 23ob[fetlbeit. (§» fotlte ta- 
hex ein 3ebev, bev bc§ Untervtc^t^ im (Sngli't'c^en hetaxf, n<i) fpfuvt biefeS fletne 
■§a'.ibbuc^ anfc^affen. 



U ADVERTISEMENTS, 

"iSflit gro^em S^evgtiugeu fabe.-r iinr nuf itnferm JEtfcte ctit 23erf, ba§ getuif 
jebem 2;eutfd)cn eiiie hod)f} i»iUfommene (5i-f(+)einung ifi. 2)te8 tfi eine praf= 
r t f c^ e e n g 1 1 f d) e © v a m m a t i f, fiiv 2) e u t f dj e. 2;ei- iBcrfatTev til 
«.§cvv 23. ^§. 2Sc Ob burii, ciu ^rubev sou nnferm e[)renn>ertbeu 2}Jttbm'ger, 
t»em .^aufmartu 23 o o b b u v i). 2Siv ^abeii ia§ Siicf) fergfaltig gepviift, unb 
bejeugen bemfelben, ia% cl in etiifad)ei-, gviinblicfcev S^arftellung, gniauer Cxt^ 
iiung inib ^larbeit, iibeu alie anbevu af)ultc^en 23erfe fteht, bte meiftenS a\lz 
mebr cbev a^enigev ungenau uiib iniflar tn ibrer 25vitftellung§roeife ftnb, nub 
in Seuig auf bte ^:j(iisfpracf)e maud)e 3rvtf)iimcr cnt^alten. Ser .^Fievv iBer= 
fr.ffcr ift boUfontmcu 2)ld}icr bev beutfi^en Spracije, iinb fonnte bvirum, n(5- 
gclebrrev ^ilnicrifaner, biefe auggejetcbuete (^prar^lebve fiiv feinc ilJJutrcrfvii-rtrtie, 
btc englifd)?, auf bte fiir beu ^eutfctieu fa^lic^fte Sijeife entirevfcu. 23ir glau= 
ben, h<i^ jeber, ber ba§ 5Bu^ in bte c§anb nimmt, unferm Uvt^eil itbec baffelbe 
betjlimmen ttnrb. 

THE ANALYTICAL TVIANUAL, 

by Ja3IES N. McElligott, A. 2tl,, formerly Classical Principal of 
the Collegiate School, New-York city. 

2^ecommentrattons» 



From fne Hon. Theo. Frelinglimjsen, formerly Chancellor of the 
New-York Universiiy, and now Presidsni ofRutger^s College, 

Neic-Jersey. 

I have examined v/ith care the " ?»lanual of Orthography and Definition,'^ 
prepared by Mr. J. N. ?rIcElligott, of this city, and take pleasure in com- 
mending it 'to the favorable consideration of the friends of eclucation. 

There is a fund of good sense, practical wisdom and useful arrangement in 
this work, not often combined within the same limits. It wiU, I am persuaded, 
greatly facihtate the study of our language : and teachers, as well as learners, 
wiU find cause for thankfuhiess to the meritorious author. 

New-York, March 10, 1845. 

THEO. FRELINGHUYSEN. 

From the Swperiniendent of Common Schools for the City and County 
of New- York. 

New- York, 24th February, 1845. 
■ J. N. McEllkott, Esq. : 

Dear Sir, — I have examined with much attention and high satisfaction your 
" Manual of Orthography and Definition," and cordiaUy comply with your re- 
quest in expressing my estimate of the work. Its plan has the merit of nov- 
ehy, and by its simphcity and natural adaptation to the purpose of both teacher 
and learner, would seem to be such a one as would develop itself to the ex- 
perience of a practical man, intent on discovering the best means of imparting 
knowledge, on this iniricate and most difficult subject ; and yet I have never 
seen a work, the classification of which appeared to me at once so inteUi^le 
and complete. 

Within the compass of 200 pages you have condensed an amount of critical 
information upon the pbhlosopir/of the Enghsh language, which I apprehend 
is not to be found in any other .=ingle volume : and your extended analy.^is of 
compound words with their prefixes, suffixes, and radicals, accurately discri- 
ramated ; and the synthetical recornposuion of this multitudinous variety of 
words out of their elements with a".'. ti:,ir .-ynonjines, contrarieties, ambigui- 
ties, and arbitrary variations, must have imposed an amount of labor, which 



ADVERTISEMENTS, III 

none but an amateur in the profession of teaching could have patiently endured. 
I cannot doubt that your reputation as a philologist will be enhanced by the 
publication of tliis work, and I sincerely desire tnat the just appreciation of 
your utiHtarian labors among the teachers of our common schools may obtain 
for this excellent Manual a share of patronage, which shall adequately remu- 
nerate your toils, and at the same time contribute to the more thorough in- 
struction of the pupils upon subjects which I regard as lying at the foundation 
of all other scholastic acquirements. 

With high respect, I am yours, &c. I i A 

D. MEREDITH REESE, '^ 

Supt. of Common Schools for the City and County of New- York 

MCELLIGOTT'S YOUNG ANALYZER: 

Being an easy ontline of the course of instruction in the English 

language presented in McElligott's Analytical Manual, designed to 

serve the double pm-pose of Spelling Book and Dictionary, in the 

younger classes in Schools. By J, A. 3IcElligott, A. M. 

The Yor^fG Analyzer presents an easy outline of the course of instruction 
more fully developed in the author's larger work. It is, therefore, specially 
adapted to the wants of the younger classes in schools ; though, in cases where 
a more extended course is denied, it may, perhaps serve well enough for pu- 
pils of more advanced years. 

The plan of both works is of course the same. That plan is simple, yet 
thorough ; offering, in the opinion of the most competent judges, the surest 
and shortest way to a due and true knowledge of English orthography and de- 
finition. For, making spelling a systematic exercise in writing, instead of, 
or rather in addition to the ordniary practice of oral speUing, it thus takes the 
most natural, though, strange to say, the most novel method of fastening the 
forms of words upon the memory ; while, to fix in the mind their true signi- 
fications,— following still the course of nature, — it compares contrasts, analyzes 
them, and so unfolds their real force in all their various applications. 

In respect to the mode of using the book, nothing need be said beyond the 
few suggestions made in the course of the work. Every teacher has, and must 
have, his own particular way of imparting knowledge, whatever book he may 
adopt, and, in this liberty he may not be disturbed. 

With the full assurance, however, that the course of study here proposed 
•will better sen-e the purpose of imparting a more deep and critical knowledge 
of our language, than can be acquired by the diy and repulsive methods now 
generally employed, this little introductory volunie is respectfiilly submitted. 

It is used in nearly every school which has adopted the Analytical 
Manual, as an introduction to that work, and is highly approved by 
all teachers who have had occasion to give it an examination. 

SANDEES' SEEIES OF EEADIXa BOOKS. 

SANDERS' PRIMARY SCHOOL PRIMER. 
SANDERS' PICTORIAL PRIMER. 
SANDERS' SPELLING BOOK, 163 pages. 
SANDERS' SCHOOL READER, 1st Book ; 120 pages. 
SANDERS' SCHOOL READER, 2d Book ; 180 « 
SANDERS' SCHOOL READER, 3d Book; 250 « 
SANDERS' SCHOOL READER, 4th Book; 304 " 
SANDERS' SCHOOL READER, 5th Book; 4.56 " 
These books constitute the most valuable series ever published— a fact fully evin- 
ced by the general patronage which they have received from the Friends of Educa- 



IV ADVERTISEMENTS. 

tion throughout the countrr, More than eight millions have been sold, and the de- 
mand is increasing. Their leading advantages are as follows : 

1st. The child is taught to read by the use of intelligible vi-ords okly — begin- 
ninsf with the least, as those of tuo letters, and erraduallv advancing to those of greatei* 
lenscth. 

ild. All the words in the first book, or Primer, are learned by the scholar in the 
gpeiiing lessons. l>eforc he meets with them in the reading lessons. Also, the diffi- 
cult words of each reading lesson, in ail the Readei's, are previously formed into 
spelling lessons. 

3d. In the 3d and 4th Readers, the difficult words are defined in a general and 
literal sense. 

4$h. The Primarj' books contain more lessons of easy reading than other works — 
there being about msety pages made up of monosyllablics. 

5th. The progression from one book to another, is more regular, gradual, and 
philoso]jliical than usually found. 

6th. The lessons are adapted to interest as well as instruct. 

7th, The practical and judicious use of pictures is calculated to assist, and not 
to retard, the efforts of the teacher. 

8th. The practical instructions in the Rhetorical principles of reading and 
speaking, contained in the 4t]i Reader, constitute a distinguishing characteristic of 
the work. 

9lh. At the end of each lesson for reading, questions are asked, with reference to 
the proper inflections, emphasis, &:c., which should be adopted in reading the lesson 
with propriety. 

lOih. In connection with the questions, are references to the instructions in other 
parts of the work. 

11th. Tue PRINT is large and distinct, gi-adually diminishing from the large prinl 
of the Primer to that of the ordinary size, contained in the 4th Reader. 

12th. A greater variety, both in style and subject, is fotmd in this series than is 
usual in books of the kind. 

13th. The Spelling and Pronunciation throughout the series are rmiformly in 
accordance with ihose of Br, Webster. 

14th. The instructions in the sounds and power of letters, as well as the "Gen- 
eral Rules for Spelling," are more clearly presented in "Sanders' Spelling Book," 
than in any other work of the kind. 

It is, comparatively, an easy work to compile a reading book which shall contain 
many good selections -But to "produce a series fitted for the school-room, adapted to 
the growing capacities of the learner, and for all classes of scholars, is no idle task. 
The preparation of this series has required years of labor. Mr. Sanders brought to 
the task talents of the right kind ; but. relying not on himself alone, he collected sug- 
gestions from eminent instructors in aU sections. These suggestions were the results 
of their experience as teachers. These Mr. Sanders compared, and availing himself 
of aU the advantages of the present day, he has produced a series which may truly be 
said to be the result of more thought, experience, investigation, and practical obser- 
vation, than any other befure the American Public. 

No other series of Readers has ever received so extensive a circulation and world- 
wide popularity. They are extensively used, not only in every state in the union, 
but in every part of the globe, where'the English langiiage is spoken. 

Teachers everywhere have paid a willing tribute to their merit. We have space 
only for the following : 

State of Illinois. 

" We hereby certify that we have compared Sanders' Series of Reading Books with 
the Eclectic Series of Prof. Mc GuflFey. and we have very decided preference for tliose 
of Mr. Sanders, and recommend that they be adopted uniformly by the schools 
OF the state of Illinois. — City of Springfield. January 16. 1849. 
Hon. Newton Cloud, ") 

" Joseph Gillepsie, ' Committee of the 
" William Ticuenor, [- Senate on the sub 
" W. B. Plato. I ject of Education. 

" J. P. H.VRDY, J 

We cheerfullv and fully concur in the opinion expressed bv the Senate Committee 
on Education. — Springfield, 111., Jan. 20, 1849. 



Hon. Thomas M. Killpatrick, President, 
M. Brayman. 



of the Illinois 
Executive V State Educa- 
A.^c1m;belT^"^°' ( C.m«.,«.e, ^ tional Society. 
William McMurtry, Lt. Governor and President 
of the Senate. 
The above is concurred in by a large number whose names we have no space to give. 



Silas W. Robbiss, > 






KEW METHOD 



OF LEARNING THE 



GERMAIN LANGUAGE; 



EMBRAriNO BOTH THE 



Bnalptic anu ^^nti)etfc l^otjcs of instruction; 



K r L A I X AND r R A C T 1 C A L W A Y O F A C Q U I E I N G THE A E T 



RKADI^sG, SPEAKIXG, AND COMPOSING GERSA]^. 



W. H. VOODBUEY, r, 

;thor of „.tlur;3cfiUlte itnb VfoWf^e cngtifi^e ©rammattf ntii ?efeC'U(i itnb 
iuiHrtanbtg^tt Slttmerfungen, Jc." 



SECOND EDITION. 



NEW-YORK: 

PUBLISHED BY MARK H. NEWMAN & CO. 199 BROADWAY 

CINCINNATI :— W. H. MOORE & Co. xiUBURN :— J. C. IVISON &: Co. 

CHICAGO:— S. C. GRIGGS b. Co. 



1 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1850, by 

W. H. WOODBURY, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southorn District of New York. 



li. LUnWIG .t CO., PRL\T£RS, 70 VESEY-ST., N. Y. 



TO 

JA3IES X. McELLIGOTT A. M^ 

ll^ VTHOra ARE FO^^-D 
HISH MORAL \rORTH, RARE PHILOLOGICAL ATTAIN-:\IE>'TSi 

EXTEAORDIXAEY SUCCESS AS A PRACTICAL EDUCATOR, 

AND AN ABLE AN'D ELOQUENT ADVOCATE OF THE 

CAUSE OF C-EXEEAL EDUCATION. 
THISVOLlUS 

IS 

MOST CORDIALLY DEDICATED 

BY HIS FEIEXD, 

THE AUTHOR. 



P K E F A C E. 



The German Language is now deservedly ranked among the 
leadini' studies in manv of our H'vrh Schools and Academies. 
Its treasures in every department of knowledge, in every variety 
of composition, are certainly among the wonders of literary 
achievement. Among European tongues it holds a decided 
superiority of rank ; surpassing them all in the abundance of 
its words, in the richness of its mternal resources, and in its 
wonderful flexibility. Hence the propriety of its place among 
hberal studies. 

But the motives to the study of this language reach far be- 
yond the circles of literary hfe. Celerity and cheapness of 
travel, growmg out of recent improvements in navigation, have 
imited in producing an easy intercourse between Germany and 
America. Besides, we have already in our midst an immense 
and daily augmenting German population. The language of 
this people is spoken extensively among us, and has hence 
come to have a high practical value. It is often set down as 
an indispensable ^qualification even for a common clerkship. 

Such being the character and importance of the German lan- 
guage, various attempts have been made, as was natural, to 
give greater facility in learning it. Some of these are un- 
questionably excellent works ; executed, according to the plan 
which they have adopted, in a manner skilful and judicious. 
But just here, in ^jZa?i, as it seems to the present writer, all of 
them are more or less lacking ; and out of this conviction has 
arisen the present volume. 

The grounds of this conviction may be briefly stated. Years 
ago, when the author, ^Wth something of enthusiasm, resolved, 
if possible, to master the language, and for that, among other 
purposes, resided for some time in Germany, he found his ar- 
dor not a little abated by the circumstance, that, in no one of 
the numerous grammars which he had collected about him, 
was he able to pursue his studies on what he deemed philoso- 
phical principles. The methods o£ the books were in one sense 
1* 



' 10 

various ; but all were plainly divisible into two extremely op' 
posite classes. In one class theory held the sway ; in the 
other 'practice was supreme. The one seemed bent upon 
grounding the pupil in set rules and forms, and anxious chiefly 
to present and impress the language, as a thing of science, a 
systematic whole. The other appeared to deal almost exclu- 
sively in separate and independent facts ; intent only on exhi- 
biting and teaching the German tongue, as a thing of art, a 
medium of common communication. That such a knowledge 
of the language as he had proposed to himself to acquire, 
could never be obtained by either of these methods exclusively, 
was perfectly evident. That not only the surest, but even the 
shortest route to his object, might be found in the due com- 
bination of the two, seemed no less obvious. For art has her 
only just basis in the science that lies underneath; without 
which she is liable to frequent failure and perpetual uncertainty. 

The attempt, then, in this book is to unite and harmonize 
more fully two things, which, in teaching a language, ought 
never to be separated : the theoretical and the practical. This 
leading feature being announced, we now proceed to specify 
some details of the plan. 

It assumes in the outset, as ever afterwards, the position of 
the careful and considerate living teacher ; that is, introduces 
one by one the easier forms and usages of the language, and 
directs attention to the more obvious differences between the 
German and the English. It here seeks to avoid the error of 
frightening the beginner with a formidable array of rules, de- 
clensions and conjugations, which he is, as yet, in no wise pre- 
pared to entertain. 

After a certain amount of progress in these preliminary stepSy 
the pupil is put upon the exercise of composing in German. 
By this, however, is not meant, that he is forced thus early 
into the difficult and delicate business of translating certain 
specified English sentences into German. On the contrary, 
instead of requiring him to translate just such a thought, in 
just such a way, he is taught to regard every German sentence, 
given him for translation into English, as a model on which he 
is to build one of his own. He is in no wise trammeled as to 



11 

the thought : he is under no necessity of diverting it of some 
particular English dress, given it by the hand of another ; but 
is encouraged to take any thought which may suggest itself, 
iuidj under the guidance of his model sentence and vrhat other 
light he has received, to put it into a German garb. In this 
way, he comes gradually to feel the differences between the 
English and the Gei-man modes of expression, and thence de- 
rives accuracy and readiness in makmrj them. In this way 
alone comes facility in speaking a language. Yet it must not 
hence be inferred that the author would utterly discard the 
practice of assigning English sentences to be rendered into 
Gennan. That is often a useful exercise, and may be easily 
combined with the other, to any extent desirable. 

■It supplies the learner throughotit all these various exercises 
•with the materials necessary to their due performance. Eveiy 
Lesson is headed with the statement and ilhistration of all new 
principles involved, an explanation of difficult words and phra- 
ses, and a vocabulaiy alphabetically arranged. Nothing, in- 
deed, is left imsupplied, which the student cannot readily ob- 
tain for himself. 

It does not, however, in regta*d to grammatical instiiiction, 
leave the learner here. For. although it embraces somewhere 
or other in the previous course, all the leading facts and fea- 
tures of the language, it piu'posely deals with them rather as 
indivkhj.o.U than as components of a grammatical system. It 
takes them analytically, not synthetically But now, having 
accomphshed its pm*pose in this respect, it invites the attention 
of the student to a nevv and more scientific aspect of them. 
They come before him now, not as netc things, but in new re- 
lations. He has all the advantage of an impressive review, and 
at the same time gives disciplme to his mmd, by giving order 
to its acquisitions. 

It furthermore, as is plain, adapts itself to all classes of 
teachers and learners. Those who insist upon the more pm'ely 
practical method, who regard everytliing beyond as super- 
fluous, if not pernicious, v^ill find the course contained in the 
first pai-t, all-sufficient, it is beheved, to answer their demands. 
To those, on the other hand, who can tolerate nothincr short of 



12 

a strictly systematic course, first and last, the second part will, 

it is hoped, be found no unacceptable offering. To those, 
finally, who sympathize with the author in the view that these 
two methods can and ought to be united in teaching a lan- 
guage, the entire work is presented with all the confidence of 
experienced success. 

To render it yet more complete in itself, and secure the pupil 
against the expense of purchasing other books, until he has 
made some considerable advances in his German studies, a care- 
fully selected series of Reading Lessons, from the best German 
writers, has been added, together with a full vocabulary. 

Throughout the volume, great care has been taken to furnish 
in every particular, however trivial it might seem, the most re- 
liable instruction. And in this respect, as in others, it is hoped, 
the work will be found especially acceptable to that large class 
of students, who aim at the acquisition of the language mainly 
without the aid of a teacher. Indeed, for their purposes, many 
features in the system will prove pecuharly serviceable. 

In the matter of declension and conjugation, — in the account 
of derivatives and compounds, — in the tabular views of verbs, 
regular and irregular, simple and compound, — in the illustra- 
tions of the powers and uses of the prepositions and other par- 
ticles, — in short, in all leading points, the author has sought 
to present those views only which are now recognized as the 
best and truest by the highest German authorities. To the la- 
bors of Kkceer and Heyse especially is he indebted ; though 
numerous are the works on German grammar, which have 
been consulted in view of this pubHcation. 

And now, with the sincere desire that this course of study may 
subserve the purpose of rendering the German language and lit- 
erature more easy of access, the work is respectfully submitted. 
Yet it must not be dismissed without a grateful acknowledg- 
ment of the friendly aid which has been received from several 
gentlemen of known ability in lingual science, and among these, 
especially, should be named Mr. James N. McElligott, of 
this city, to whom, by permission, this volume is dedicated. 

New-York, August 1st, 1850. 

W. H. W. 



GENERAL INDEX. 



31, p, u, changed into a, p, ii in deri- 
vative forms, § 11. 1. 

Abbreviations, p. 'ifil. 

Qlbcr, ii 11 till, HMibcni, distinguished, 
§ 15G. ':?. a. p. 24;J. "iihiX, in the 
sense, yet again, p. '234. 

?lbtiet)cu, p. 204. 

5lbKi!!3cu. p. 2!)7. 

Abstract nouns, § 5. 2. 

Accent, § 2. Id. p. 20. (Note ) 

Slcbrcii, p. 175. 

Accusative or dative after certain pre- 
positions, § 116. Rule for the use 
of, § lo2. Verbs requiring two, % 
132. 2. Used to denote measure, 
distance or time, § 132. 3. Construed 
absolutely, ;§ 132. o. 

Adjectives, formed by suffixes, § 25. 
% 26. Predicative and attributive, 
p. 35. {Note). Declension of, jli 27. 
Old form of, § 28. $j 29. New form 
of, ^30 ^31.' Mixed fonn of, § 32. 
Comparison of, § 35. Used as nouns, 
§ 34. 5. p 52, 53. Comparatives 
and superlatives, § 37. Irregular 
and defective forms of, § 39. Com- 
pared by means of adverbs, § 41. 
iheir agreement with nouns, >!S 135. 
p. 50. Repetition of, for different 
genders, § 135. 5. Requiring the 
gen., p. iil. Requiring the dat., 
T). 143. 

Aaverbs, § 100. Formed from nouns, 
§ 101. From adjectives, § 102. 
From pronouns, § 103. From verbs, 
§ 104. By composition, § 105. 
Comparison of, § 106. Nouns used 
as, § I2S. p 111. Syntax of, §151. 

QlUer, prefixed to superlatives, § 38. 2. 
Applied to number and quantity, 
§ o.i. 3. p 124. Peculiar use of, 
§ 134. 1. p. 123. 

51U, alsbaip. 111,168,169,243. 

mio, p. 243. 

3lm, with the positive of an adjective 
used for the superlative, § 38. 1. 
This form of superl. when used, 
§ 42. . 



\^In, § 116. p. 160. 

9inbci-, p. 105. 

'iJltibeve, ber, instead of bev sroeitc, 
§ 45. 3. 

5lH^cvt()alL^ instead of jwettel)alt», § 49. 
{Note). 

3liit^t^eri, p. 204. 

?Itivtd)teii, p. 225. 

Sluftatt, § 110. 1. Before infinitive, 
p. 127. 

Apposition, rule fbr, § 133. § 123. 
6. 7. 

Attributive adjective, p. 35. 

Articles, declension of, § 4. Contracted 
with prepositions, § 4. 2. Rule for 
the use of, § 1 20. Def art. in place 
of possess, pron., § 134. 7. With 
fold), § 120. 4. , Before f)alb and 
bei>?, § 120. 2. h. 

^}Iud), answering to ever and even, 
p. 173. 

5l»f, § 116. p. 160., with the force of 
an adjective, p. 226. 

3iuf etiif ^Tierbimitg fe^en, p. 188. 

3liifbalteii, p. 117. 

5liiftvaaen, p. 224. 

^Iiifipartcii, p. 197. 

2iu§fpmnicii, p. 236. 

Auxiliary verbs, divided into two 
classes, §0. 1 . Those of the first 
class, babeti, fein and mevbeit, when 
and how used, § 70. § 71. Those 
of the second class, when and how 
used, |!,) 74. Infinitives of the second 
class in place of the participle, § 
74. 3. 

Bar, suffix, § 25. 

i^c, prefix, § 97. 1. 

^JBebciiteii traaen, p. 213. 

Q.^efinbi'n,p. 166. 

^^iefiuMtd), p. 166. 

^-yebalteii, p 137. 

©ebiitcn, bcambren, p. 177. 

S3et, its use, § 112. 3. p. 161. With 

verbs of rest, p. 76. 
^etbe, beibeg, p. 103, 104. 
iSentiiben, p 238. 



13 



14 



m§, p. ir.i. 

S3ofe, auf, iibev, p. 20 >. 

Capitals, rules for, § 5. 2. (Note). 

Cardinal nimibers, !55 4-i. Gender of, 
taken merely as figures, § i-i- 7. 

Cases, § 3. A. 5. Of participles, 
§ 147. ]. 

(Shell, diminutives in, § 10. p 182 
Represented by pronouns masc. or 
fern., § 131. 2. 

Collective nouns, form of, § 11. 3. 
Pronouns, referring to them, § 134. 3. 

Collocation of words, § 158. 

Comparison of adjectives, §35. Eu- 
phonic changes in forming, § 30. 
Comparatives and superlatives, de- 
clension of, § 37. Irregular forms 
of; § 39. 

Comparison of adverb . ^. iOfi. 

Composingr German, Exercises in, p. 
62. Models for, p. 249 

Compounds, formation of, § 2. 6. 7. 
Accent of, § 2. 10. 

Compound verbs, § 80. Separable, 
§ 90. Paradigm of a compound 
separable, § 92. Compounds in- 
separable, § 95. 

Conditional mood, obs. on the several 
uses of, § 144. 1. 2. :', ^c. 

Conjugation of verbs, § 75. 

Conjunctions, § 117. Syntax of, 
§ 15fi. Examples, illustrating the 
use of, p. 243. 

Consonants, classification and pro- 
nunciation of, p. 21. 22. 

Correlatives, § 156. 2. g. 

5Da, compounded with other words, 

§ 103. p 90, 93. 
5)«niv (iii*t§ bafiiv fonnen), p- 209. 
S^aniit, p. 200. 
^M\n, p. 244. 

1)06, peculiar use of, § 62. 1. § 134. 1. 
2)a]R, its use, § 156. 2. h Instead of 

Ktt, p. 220. 
Dative, after certain prepositions, 

§ 116. Peculiar uses of, s^ 129. 1. 

2. 3, &c. § 134. 8. p 217. After 

verbs compounded with er, ber, &c. 

§ 130 After adjectives, § 131. 
'3^av'0u(auff!t, p 217. 
Declension, of the article, § 4 Of 

nouns, § 12. Old form, § 13. New 

form, §14. Of adjectives, §27. Of 

comparatives and superlatives, § 37. 
Demonstrative pronouns, §61. § 62. 
2)cnn, p. 245. 
Ter, (determinative) when absolute, 

its form in the gen. plural, § 63. 2. 

(relative) its use, § 65. 2. 



Derivation and composition of words, 
§ 2. Derivatives, secondary, § 2. 
3. 4. 5. 

2:evo and 35vo, p. 312. {Note). 

Ziii (M]i^n). when used, §.(.2. 4. 

5}cf;haib, bcBwegen, p. 133. 

Icfto, p. 9S. 

Determinative pronouns, § 63. 

'Dtofer and jener distinguished, § 62. 2. 

5^teff§, btee, pecuhar use of, § 62. 1 
§ 134. 1 

Dimidiative numerals, how formed, 
§ 49. 

Diminutives, § 10. Gender of pro- 
nouns referring to, § 1 34. 2. 

Distinctive numerals, how formed, 
§51. 1. 2. 

Diphthongs, sounds of, p. 20. 

Distributive numerals, how formed, 
§46. 

T^och, § 156. 2. c. p 132, 245. 

Srei ltl'^ ?iWei, when declined, § 44. 4. 

2)uvd)Liebeti, p. 217. 

S^iirft'ti, conjugation of, § 83. 2. Re- 
marks on, § 83. 9. 

(Sben, before a demonstrative, § 62. 6. 

C^bcnrp. before an adjective, p. 104. 

C5'i, termination, § 10. 

(^i.jcii, p. 1S4. 

6:in, one, how declined, § 44. 2. 3. 

(^iitanber, its use, §60. 3. 

(?tuen ^c^rttt, ettidi Sc^uf t^un, p. 

222, 223. 
C^incii Xao, urn ten anbevn, p. 241. 
C^iiicr mciiter S-vcuube, p. 224. 
(vtnfallen, p. 204. 
(Stitbcleii, p. 232. 
C?iii!ijc, etltci)c, chvat\ § 53. 
eiutpreiten, p. 239, 240. 
(?mp and cut, § 97. 2. 
(^11, sufnx, forming adjectives, § 25. 

p, 39. 
rvutijcaen, § 112. 5. 
i5:v and »er, § 9/. 3. 4. 
tvvtmtcni, p. 137. 
6-rft, p. 230. 

(?•?, peculiar use of, § 57. 8. § 134. 1. 5. 
Cfs falit or cS bait fcfcjver, p. 137. 
i^-3 ki bcim, p. 211. 
C^S ttntt itidjfS, &c., p. 177. 
&t\vaS. p. 124. 
Etymologv. § 1. 
Euphonicletters, § 2. 8. § 11. 2, 

?Vabven, with Imbcu or fein, p. 95. 

^cblnt, p. 199. 

Feminine nouns, indeclinable in the 

singular, § 12. 4. Exceptions to 

this, p. 277. (Note). 



15 



>\inbcn, p. 184. 

Foreign nouns, § Ifi. Old declension 

of, § 1 7. New declension of, § 1 8. 

Partly of the old and partly of the 

new, § 19. 
?ioir, p. '^ill. 

?^ioii, (^raulciii, p. 53, 5-1. 
Future tenses, obseiT. on the use of, 

§ 141. 1. 2. 

@ani and ftalb, before names of pla- 
ces, § 53. 2. p. 123. ®nit5 inib i]ar, 
p. 45. Q)aui, \vi(, p. 104. 

®e, prefix of nouns, § 2. 3. §11.3. 
Prefixed to the past participle, § 69. 
4. Inserted between the prefix and 
the radical in compound verbs sepa- 
rable. <^ 9.3. 3. § 99. 3. Excluded 
from the perfect participle of com- 
pound verbs inseparable* <!>; 94. 

®cben, p. 115. 

@cbiirtt>] and ttebcren, p. 187. 

®cfviUni, p. 2i'5. 

©cfaUigft, p. 200. 

@ef)en, p. 206. 

@cIhmi and ^iiijehen, p. 230. 

Wi'iren, p. 183. 

Gender, the natural and grammatical, 
§ 6. 1. 2. Rules of, § 7. Gender 
of compounds and foreim words, 

©einetrcn, p. 2'2G. 

Genitive, limiting a noun, § 123. Li- 
miting an adjective, § 124. With 
the verbs acbFCit, &c , § 125. After 
reflexive verbs, § 126. After the 
impersonal e^ geliiftet nitc^, &c., 
§ 126. 1. After aufUi 13 eit, bdebreu. 
&c., § 127. Nouns in, used as ad- 
verbs, § 128. 

®enug, p. 113. 

@eni, p. 132. 

@vo$e >Jlugcn madjeit, p. 229. 

«§at*en, when and how used as an 
auxiliary, § 70. 3. 4. § 71. 2. Pa- 
radigm of, § 72. 1. § 73. 

«$afr, sufl^x, § 25. 

•Salb, § 53. 2. 

>§a(beii or ^albev, § 110. 3. 

4)^ilbett, iveqeii andi itm — n?tflen with 
the genitive of personal pronouns, 
§ 57. 2. 

•^nrteii, p. 184. 

«5anbeln, p. 120. 

<!^an5, nad) or ju, p. 76. 

>§ci§en, p. 107. 

feit, suffix, § 10. 
er and \)in, § 103. 3. 4. p. 90, 93. 



.f3evr, p. 53, 54. 

.<;)n-oor, p. 188. 

^eiitc, bciit jii S^age, &c., p. 232. 

.f)tn, p. 222. 

.P)ttuetrfien, p. 225. 

Sod), form of, in the compa'-ative, 

§40. 1. 
i^olcn laffeit, p. 121. 
.§i.nen, p. 233. 
.Sunbcvt and laufenb as collectives, 

§ 44. 6. p. 172. 

SbvD and ^cvp, p. 312 {Xote). 
Imperative mood, observations on the 

several uses of, § 145. 1. 2. Past 

participle, in place of, § 145. 3. 
Imperfect, observations on the use of, 

§ 138. 1. 2. 3. 
Impersonal verbs, § 88. 
3m Stttitbe feiit, p. 132. 
3n or tini, feminine terminations, 

§ 10. 
Indefinite numerals, how formed, § 53, 
Indefinite pronouns, § 59. 
3n bei- Xhat, p. 226. 
Indicative mood, for the imperative, 

§ 142. 2. 
rstt bie >6oi)e, p. 183. 
Infinitive mood, use of, in place of a 

past participle, § 74. 3. Without 

in, % 146. 1. With 511, § 146. 2. 

As a verbal substantive, § 146. 3. 

p. 127. Active form used passively, 

§ 146. 4. Position of, § 158. 5. 

Answering after bleibcn, get)eii, &c., 

to our present participle, p. 127. 
Sit fo ftfvn, p. 204. 
Interjections, § 11^. § 157. 
Interrogative pronouns, § 66, 67. 
Irregular verbs, commonly so called, 

list of, § 78. 1. Those properly so 

called, §81, 82, 83, 
Sfrf), suffix, § 25. 
Iterative numerals, how formed, § 50. 

Scj, bo:b &c., p. 132. 

3c. used in forming distributives, § 46. 

Before comparatives, § 156. 2. d. 

p. 98. 
3e nadjbem, p. 204. p. 247. 
3eber, § 53. p. 123. 
5cbweber, § 53. 
ru'glirf)ev, § 53. 
3emanbem (dative), remark on the 

use of, § 59. 3. 
fetter and biefer, distinguished, § 62. 2. 
3ene§, pecuhar use of, § 62. 1. 

^eiit, § 53. 3. 

JteineS won bctben, p. 104. 



16 



Mdt, suffix, ^ 10. 
,R>uiien, p. 85. 
J?cnncii leincit, p. 202. 
Jlyiiiicti/ conjugation of, '^ 83. 3. Re- 
marks on, "^ 83. 10. p. 85. 
Sio\Un, p. 219. 

^a!h]Citictle, fid) lantpveiltn, p. 227. 

!;?affcii, remarks upon, p 337 (Note). 
p. 121. 

?i't, as in cincvici, p. 206. 

^iit tbini, p. 19'J. 

^etll, diminutives in, "Js 10 p. 182. Re- 
presented by a pronoun masculine 
or feminine, <5i 134. 2. 

Letters of union, % 2 7. 8. 0. Of eu- 
phony between suffix and radical, 

^ Si M. -i- 

X!eure, p. o2. 

^icb, § 25. 

\Jtcb fciii. p. 202. 

\;iu£, w-ith JUI-, p. 2J5. 

List, of (so called) irregular verbs, 
§ 78. 1. 

?o§ (in compounds), p. 179. 

2)?an, its use, § 59. 2. p. 85. 

?n^iiicber, § 53. p. 123. 

iD^•^l■, its two forms in plural, § 40. 2. 
2)(e()r, iiict)rcve, § 53., p 104. 

mit, p. 76. 

Mixed conjugation, how produced, 
§81. 

Mixed declension of adjectives, § 32. 
Rule for the use of, ilj 3:5. 

SJtin^ci!, conjugation of, § 83. 4. Re- 
marks on, li^ 83. 1 1 . 

Moods, § b8. 5. Indicative, § 142. 
Subjunctive, § 143. Conditional, 
<5, 144. Imperative, § 145. Infinitive, 
§ 146. 

Multiplicative numerals, how formed, 
§ 47. 

Sjiiifff"/ conjugation of, § 83. 5. Re- 
marks on, § 83. 12. 

mad), § 112. 8. p. 162. 

9Jact)ft, fiinfttfl, p. 230. 

5^ab, form of in superl., § 40. 1. 

yhitiivlirb, p 211. 

yttrtjrs ^rtfiu■ fiunien, p 209. 

9Jid)tu^cil)v? p. 196. 

?i?ift)t ^nm ■il'orte fcmmcn, p. 197. 

mod), p. 104 

^hcmaiibcni, dative, remark on the 

use of, $ 59. 3. 
Nominative, the case of the subject, 

% 121. Seldom omitted, § 121. 1. 
moi\)ic\ i)ahin, p. 132. 
Nouns, common and proper, § 5. 1. 

Collective and abetract, §5. 2. Gen- 



der of, § 6. Derivation of, § 9. 
Declension of, § 12. Old foim of, 
§ 13. New form of, § 14. Obs. on 
irregular, vS 15. Foreign, § 16. 
Proper, declension of, ^21), 21,22. 
Of measure, number 6. c , § 123. 

Numbers, <§, 3. 3. 

Numerals, ^ 43. Cardinals, § 44. Or- 
dinals, § 45. Distributives, *Ji 46. 
Multiplica lives, <^ 47. Variatives, 
vS 48. Dimidiatives, ^ 49. Iteratives, 
i 50. Distinctives, *^ 51. 1. 2. Parti- 
tives, »S 52. Indefinites, § 53. 

Obgdicf), obfitoii, obtDO^I. § 156. 2. c. 
Of)iic, followed by the infinitive, p. 

127. 
Ordinal numbers, § 45. Rules for 

forming, § 45. 2. 4. Interrogative 

form, § 45. 5. 

Paradigms of babcn and fein, ^ 72. 1. 
2. Of tveibctt, §72. 3. Of a verb 
of the Old form, (ji 78. Of irregular 
verbs, sS 83 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.8. Of a 
passive verb, § 85. Of a reflexive 
verb, ^S 87. Of a compound verb, 
(,92. 

Participles, their form and meaning, 
(J, 69. Dechned like adjectives, § 34. 
4. Past participle for the im- 
perative, '^ 145. 3. Place of the 
past part, of the mood auxiliaries, 
supplied by the infinitive, § 74. 3. 
Cases of, t^N 147. 1. Uses of part, in 
German restricted, § 147. 2, 3. Pre- 
sent part, its agreement with its 
noun, *j\ 148. Usually attributive, 
V> 148. 1. With the article often 
used substantively, i^ 148. 2. Not, 
as in English, an abstract verbal 
noun, § 148. 3. Its position, § 148. 4. 
Adverbial power of, $ l48. 5. Pre- 
terite part., pecuhar uses of, § 149. 2. 
Used absolutely, § 149, 3. 'Future 
part , »S 150. 

Particles, p. 383 {Note) p. 87. 100. 

Partitive numerals, how formed, § 52. 

-Xuiffi'it, p. 164. 

Passive verb, mode of forming, § 84 1. 
Paradigm of, «^ 85. Advantage over 
the English, <o, 84. 3. Other metho- 
des expressing passivity, § 84. 4. 

Perfect tense, obs. on the use of, § 139. 

1. 2. 3. 

Personal pronouns, construed with 
^albnt, W(ci,(\\ and iim— ivillett, § 57. 

2. Third pers. of, repi-esenting things 
without life, 07. 3. Third pers. plural 
used for the second in addressing 



17 



persons, $ 57. 6. Used as rertexivca 
$ 60. 4. 

^Pflegen, p. 175. 

Phrases, idiomaiic, p. 44 fi. 

Pluperfect tense, v^S 140. 

Plural, nouns having no, v, 15. 'J. 

Nouns, havhig two forms in the, 

^ 15. 3. 
Possessive pronouns, forms of, 1^,58. 2. 

How declined, when conjunctive, 

§ 58. 3. When absolute, '^ 58. 4. 

0. 6. Place of, supplied by the def 
art. 58. 8^ 

Predicate, of a sentence,^ 119. Nouns, 
when used as, »v> 122. List of ad- 
jectives, always used as, ^ 27. 2. 

Prefixes of verbs, simple separable, 
^. iJO. Compound separable, C^ 31. 
When separated from the radical, 
^ 93. Inseparable, § 9-1, 95. Com- 
poimd prehxes inseparable, *i 96. 
Separable and inseparable, «i S§. 

*J3i-ei!3 gcbeit p. 188 

Prepositions, table of, ^ 108. Those 
construed with geniiive, (S 109, 110. 
p. 154. With dative, § I'M, 112. p. 
156. With accusative, §113, 114. 
p. 1157. With the dat., or ace, >^ 115, 
J If), p. 158. Examples of the use 
of, p. 169. Syntax of, *i 452, 153, 
154,155. 

Primitives, § 2. 2. 

I'ronouns, table of, § 55. Personal, 
v5H,57. Possessive, § 58. Indefinite, 
<: 59 Reflexive and reciprocal, § 69. 
Demonstrative, § 61, 62. Deter- 
minative, § 63. Relative, § 64, 65. 
Interrogative, § 66, 67. Syntax of, 
C 134. 

Proper names, declension of, § 20. In 
the plural, §21. Of countries &c., 
V 22, 23. 

Quantity, weight &c. , words of, when 
qualified by numerals, rarely in the 
plural, p. 279 {Nole) p. 171. 

.^ed)miui^, auf eiiic— fe^en, p. 188. 
lavd!t, with m; p. 215. V/ith (uibeit, 

p. 104. 
Reciprocal pronouns, § 69. 
Reflexive pronouns, § 60. Special 

form for, in the dat and ace , § 60. 4. 
Reflexive verbs, how produced, § 86. 

1. Some with the dat. and some 
with the ace. of the recip pron. 
§ 86. 2. Often equivalent to pas- 
sives, § 86. 4. Paradigm of a re- 
flexive, § 87. 

3fietc& fcin, p. 236. 



?li<ibt p. 164. 

yfdpcu, p. 239. 

tJiJetten, p. 95. 

Relative pronouns, § 64, 65. Cannot 
(a'cldicu excepted) be joined with a 
noun like an adjective, §65. 1. Nev- 
er omitted, § 134. 4. 

Repetition of the adject.when referring 
to nouns of difierent genders, 
§ 135. 5. 

(SdgtMi, p 211. 

(^cii, fd)aft, fcl, terminations, § 10. 

<Sani, termination, § 25. 

etttifcii, p. 119. 

ichlvti^, ber, with viiftvcn, p. 203. 

©cfcmccfeii, p. 219. 

Sctiiieijeii, p. 198. 

Sc{)Oti, bod) i.c., p. 132. 

S^fitt, @d?ni etncn — tBitn, p. 222. 

iSd;)ulb ffiii, p 166. 

^d)ulDii5 feiu, p. 133. 

Sctti, when and how used as an aux- 
iliary, § 70. 5. § 71. 3. 4. Paradigm 
of, § 72. 2. § 73. Translated hke 
(lebi'n, p 115. Instead of flcljoren, 
p. 164. 

(Setu, (poss.), pccuhar use of, § 135. 4. 

edt, p. 101. 

©ettbcm, p. 200. 

(Selbft or fdbcr, § 57. 4. p. 173. 

Sentence, essential parts of, § 119. 
§ 158. 2. Simple and compound, 
§ 119. Principal and subordinate, 
% 160. 

Smgular, nouns having no, § 15. 

(2d, § 156. 2. /. 

•So fern, or in fo fern, p. 204. 

3t)Ut, when not dechned, § 63. 4 
(Note), p. 123. 

©oUcit, conjugation of, § 83. 6. Re- 
marks on, § 83. 1 ]. 

Some, p. 112. 

Soivol)! — alS ourf), p. 247. 

©pnjtercn o^djin falu-en, &c., p. 177. 

Speech, parts of, § 3. 1. Those in- 
flected, § 3. 2. 

Orcstt finuii, p. 166. 

etcbfu p. 164. 

Subject o*f a sentence, § 1 19. § 158. 2. 

Subjunctive mood, observations on the 
•several uses of, § 143. 1. 2. 3., &c. 

Suffixes, used in forming nouns, § 10. 
Used in tbi-ming adjectives, § 25. 

Synoptical view of fein, l)aben, tutVs 
i?cit, § 73. 

Syntax, § 119. 

^ac\ far Zag,. p. 164. 
:^aU;]cu, p. 228. 



18 



.^aufenb and bnubevt, employed as 
collectives, § 44. 6. p. 172. 

Tenses, % 68. 6. Mode of conjugating, 
§ 75. 4. p. SB. Terminations of. 
^ 76. Present, syntax of § 137. 
Imperfect, sjaitax of, § 138. Per- 
fect, syntax of, § 139. Pluperfect, 
syntax of, § 140. Futures, syntax 
of, § 141. 

X^unt, suffix, § 10. 

Xl}mi, not used as an auxiliary, § 137. 
6. Lnpersonally used, p. 177. 

IXchtv, p 162. 

Ueber ^cfb qe^cn. p 220. 

Urn, § 114.' 4. p. 163. Uin fo. Urn 

fo t)tel, p 248. 
Uni— mtUeii, § 110. 2. 5. 
Umftin (nid^t— fottnen), p 177. 
Umlauts, sounds of, p. 21. Use of, 

p. 275* (Note.) 
ItiifV suffix, § 10 
Uuvec^t l)aUu, p. 104. 
Uiiter, p. 163. 
Untevfommeii, p. 236. 
Uiiter »iei- ^lugen, p. 181. 

Variative numerals, how formed, § 43. 

SSer (compounded with verbs), p. 213. 

"Verbs, classification of, according to 
form and meanhig, § 68. 2.3 Moods 
and tenses of, iJj, 68 5. 6. Auxihary, 
§ 70. Old and new conjugations 
of, § 75. Paradigm of one of the 
Old form. §78. List of those of the 
Old form, § 78. 1. Paradigm of 
one of the New form, § 80. Those 
of the Mixed conjugation, § 81. 82. 
Paradigms of biivfeit, fonueu, mogen, 
ntijffeu, follen, uuffcn and wollcti, 
§ 83. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Passive, 
§ 84. Paradigm of a passive, § 85. 
Reflexive, § 86. Paradigm of a re- 
flexive, § 87. Impersonal, § 88, 
Compound, § 88, 89. Paradigm 
of a compound, § 92. Syntax of,- 
§ 136. 

SSei-bad)t l)abeit, p. 195. 

SSerbanfen, p. 133. 

^erglet^ien, p. 241. 

33crlaffen, fid), p. 207. 



35erfe^en, p. 220. 

^^Nerftcben, ]xd), p. 211. 

5>crfud;en, p. 219, 

S5ief, when declined, § 53- 3. 

QStelletdjt, p. 132. 

moit, p. 52. 

iBcn, § 112. 12. Before names, § 23. 
3. With the dative instead of the 
genitive, § 123. 7. 

93or, p. 163. Precedes words of time, 
p. 101. Often answers to "on," 
p. 213. 

Vowels, classification and pronuncia- 
tion of, p. 20. 

3Sa5, § 67. 3. § 134. 1. 

^a§. for marum, § 67. 3. 

2Ba§ fill- ein. § 66. 4. 5. § 67. I. 2. 

9[iiegen, p. 194. 

SBeb t^un, p. 198. 

SBctfc, in compounds, p. 180. 

SBelctcr (relative), genitive of, when 

used, § 65. 1. 
SSentg, when decUned, § 53. 3. 
iljev and rvaS (relatives), their use 

and position, % 65. 3. 4. 5. (As in- 

terrogatives), § 66. 3. 
Qi^erbeu, auxiliary of the first class, 

§ 70. 2. Paradigm of, § 72. 3. § 73. 
SBevtl) felt!, p. 236. 
3Bte bffinbeu (Sie ftc^, p. 166. 
^lisie viel, § 45. rt, 
SBtffe It, conjugation of, §83. 7. Placed 

before an infinitive, p. 85. 
3Bl\ compounded with other words, 

v; 103. p. 90. 93. 
2:^3ohl bPd), &c , p. 132. 
©ollett, conjugation of, § 83. 8. Re- 
marks on, §^83. 14. 
23pibeu, for geraorben, § 84. 2. 

3u, § 112. 9. 13. When between the 
parts of a compound verb, § 93. 

Bufotge, §110.8 

Bu ©luube gebtn, vtc^teti, p. 234. 

3u L^aitfe, p. 76. 

3 It ^cnianb gepen, p. 76. 

3» ©tanbe tn-ingen, p. 227. 

Bwar )>o(i), &.C , p. 132. 

Bwet and bvei, when declined, § 44. 
4. 



WOODBURY^S NEW METHOD. 





LESSON 


1. lection I. 


German Alphabet. ^eiitfcfjC 


a ^n^^a^et 


German. 


EiigUsh 


Pronunciation, 


Examples. 


% a 


a 


ah 


mt 


^:b h 


b 


bay 


SSetcn. 


(5 c 


c 


tsay 


(Seber. 


5) b 


d 


day 


3)e^nen. 


^ e* 


e 


e (as in prey) 


mm. 


^- f 


f 


eff 


^ttt. 


® 9 


g 


gay 


©e^en. 


^^ ^ 


h 


hah 


^a^tt. 


3 it 


i 


i (as in pique) 


S^nen. 


3 it 


J 


yote 


3ota. 


^ t 


k 


kah 


^af)l 


1* I 


1 


ell 


am. 


9}J m 


m 


emm 


©m^or. 


9? n 


n 


enn 


(Snbe. 


O 





oh 


O^x. 


■$ i) 


P 


pay 


qjeter. 


C a 


q 


koo 


dual. 


-3^ r 


r 


err (as in error) 


(grretten. 


(S [ g (21. 


@.) s 


ess 


(Sffeiu 


^ t 


t 


tay 


^^ee. (See 18.^.) 


U u 


11 


(as in do) 


Ufer. 


Q} i? 


V 


fow (ov/ as in now] 


SSoIf. 


SS tu 


w 


vay 


3Sefcn. 


X :c 


X 


ix 


^tv 


2) i) 


J 


ipsilon 


@59j!em. 


3 s 


z 


tset 


Bettel 



* In German, eveiy letter, with the exception sometimes of e and 6, is 
pronounced. (See 3. t'., 9. tc and 18. i).) 
t The printed capitals of i and j, in German, are in form aUke. 



20 

DIPHTHONGS. UMLAUTS (12. %t, &C.) 

ai, aUf d, eu, an, a, 6, ii. 

COMPOUND CONSONANTS, 
^, f4 ff, ft % |. 



LESSON II. fectton II. 

SOUNDS OF THE GERMAN LETTERS. 

Sounds of the Vowels. 

1. 5(, a = a, as in far, father. Ex. 9}Zarft, market ; %0i\* eel ; 

S3a()n, road ; 33latt, leaf; QlBenb, evening. 

2. (S, e = e, as in tete, ferry. Ex. leben, f to live ; 9J2eer, sea; 

(S^re, honor ; ^cffer, better ; 5)?effcr, knife. 

3. 5, i = i, as in pique, pin. Ex. mir, to me ; mit, with ; 

i^n, him ; iriber, against ; Bitter, bitter. 

4. O, = o, as in no, door. Ex. C)fert, stove; S[)?oog, moss; 

.Ec^le, coal ; ^crt, port ; ^oft post-office. 

5. U, u ■= 00 or o, as in poor, do. Ex. 33Iut, blood ; ^Du, 

thou ; U^r, watch ; ^lut, hat ; gut, good. 

6. §), I) = y, (mostly in words from the Greek). Ex. S)fo!p, 

hyssop ; 'Bi^X, Styx ; ^)?^xn, Ypres. 

Sounds of the Diijhthongs. 

7. 5Ii, ai (sometimes <xi or aV}) — nearly as in aye. Ex. ^ai* 

fer, emperor ; ^^aiern, Bavaria ; 9}?ai, May. 

8. 5(u, flU = ou, as in our. Ex. ^avS>, house ; ^(X\x^, mouse; 

laut, loud ; %a\\\i, fist ; ^raut, bride. 

9. (Si, ei = i or ei, as in fine, eider. Ex. Stein, stone ; beln, 

thy; (ie ■=. ie, as in pier; never as in pie. Ex. i^iel, &c.) 



* The sound of a vowel when doubled, is thereby lengthened ; as, 5lal, 
?Di?cr, iT^DOiS ; followed by a double consonant, the vowels are usually shor- 
tened'; as, ^.(att, ^vttt, ^tiut, ®ott, &c See, however, 18. .§. 

t Dissyllables, (See Vocabulary.) unless otherwise noted, are accented on 
the first; as, leten, (S'bre, &c. 



21 

10. du, eu = nearly oi or oy, as in boil, boy. Ex. 53cute, 

booty ; l^cute, people ; T)ciien, to hew. 

11. Qtcu, ail = nearly cii. Ex. Qdnijjcrft, extreme; I;aufen, to 

hoard ; ^^ciufer, buyer ; ^aitoler, cottager. 

Sounds of the Umlauts (Umlaiite *). 

12. Q(e, a = someAvhat (though shorter) like e, Ex. 5(erger, 

vexation ; Bat;vc, ferry. 

13. Oe, 6, as in Del, f oil ; ^o6eI, populace ; tobten, to kill ; 

Oio^rc, pipe ; Jlo(;Ier, collier. 

14. lie, ii, as in lletung, f practice ; niiibe, weary ; fii^ren, to 

guide ; ^KiUei*; miller. 

Sounds of the Consonants. 

15. «, B; $D, b; ^, f; ^, !; ^, I; W, ni; m, tt; q}, ^ ; €l, (| ; 

$, X ] -g), i) = b, d, f, k, 1, m, n, p, q, x, y. 

16. % c, before a consonant, at the end of a syllable, or before 

a, 0, u in the same syllable, sounds like our correspond- 
ing letter in like position. Otherwise it sounds like ts. 
Ex. (Seber, cedar ; Sigarre, cigar ; St)m6al, cymbal ; 
fpccial, special. 

17. ®, g, sounds like our g in gild, foggy, &;c., but never as 

in gem, ginger, &c. When preceded by n in the same 
syllable, it sounds like our g hard in like position ; as 
in Qlngft, anxiety , fingen, to sing ; Brlngcn, to bring ; 
Otingel, ringlet, &c. When g, in the midst or at the 
end of a syllable, is preceded by any letter except n, 
its sound approaches that of the Greek }/, or the still 
more guttural d). (See 26. d^.) Ey. ^ag, rcgnen, 2}?agb; 
3agb, moglid), &c. The learner should avoid confound- 
ing the pronunciation of 5}?agb, 3agb, &c., with that of 
m.a6)i, '^a^)t, &c. 

* Uinlnnt signifies changed or modified sound. The Umlauts are pro- 
duced by a union of c with a, o, ii (also nil) respectively. Except when 
they are capitals, the c is expressed by two dots ; thus, a o, u (and iiti). 

t Oi and lie have no corresponding sound in En^iiyh Dii and miibe, 
for example, might, perhaps, be generally understood, if pronovmced, ale 
meede, but this is by no means the correct pronunciation. Oe is pretty ac- 
curately given by the French eu in pcur, and it, by the French u in vu. 



22 

18. «^, f), in the midst and at the end of a syllable is silent, 

but serves to lengthen the preceding vowel. Ex. le^« 
reit, to teach ; o^ne, without ; %f)ti, tea. 

19. 5, h sounds like y consonant. Ex. 3at;r, year ; Sanuar, 

January; jung, young. 

20. Ot, X, is uttered with a trill or vibration of the tongue, and 

^vith greater stress than our r. Ex. Otcf)r, reed : diaii), 
council ; i*eif ripe. 

21. (Bf f, at the beginning of a syllable followed by a vowel, 

has a sound between that of z, and s soft. Ex. ^ofin, 
son ; fteBen, seven : otherwise it sounds like s soft ; as, 
in @a§, gas ; ©tront, stream. Note, that at the end 
of a syllable 6 is substituted for f : as above, ©aS, &c. 

22. ^, t, sounds like t in tent. Ex. '^txt, text. In the posi- 

tion, Avhere in English, t sounds like sh, t has the 
sound of tS. Ex. (Station, station ; Olation, nation, &c. 

23. 3}, ij, sounds like f, as in fife. Ex. 35ater, father ; ijer* 

get en, to forgive. It is only in words from the Latin 
and French that ij sounds like \v : as, in QSenu^, Ve- 
nus ; 3Serfaine0, Versailles, &c. 

24. -2B, It, has a sound between that of our w and v. Ex. 

5Be(t, world ; SBaffer, water, &c. 

25. 3/ h sounds like ts. Ex. (5a(j, salt; Saf)n, tooth; 3wnge, 

tongue ; itijn, ten. 

Sounds of the Compound Consonants. 

26. ©1&, 6), in primitive words when followed by f, §, has the 

sound of k. Ex. 5)acf)§, badger ; £)cf)0 or £)d)fe, ox. 
But if f, 6, be added by derivation, combination or in- 
flection, (f) has its guttural * sound ; as, in !^crf), no.6:i, 



* To aid in producing this sound, take for experiment the above word 
^od) : pronounce I) o precisely like our word ho ; observing to give as full 
and distinct a breathing of the h at the close, as at the beginning ; thus, 
h-o-h = Boc^. Except when preceded by a, o or it, as will be perceived 
by experiment, a shght hissing sound of ?, or fcb naturally attaches to the 
<^ ; as, in red^t, tctd?, tc^, ©rtec^e, &c. 



23 

ma^t, md), &c. Ex. 0lad)frf)rift (from na^, after, 
and (Sd)rift, writing) ; nad)[inncn (from nacf) and finncn, 
to think), &c. In words from the Greek and French, 
dj retains its original sound'; as, in (Ei)axaiUx, character; 
6I;arlatan, charlatan. 

27. <Bd), fd), sounds like sh. Ex. 'Bdjxif), shoe ; @^ijf, ship ; 

fd)on, already ; ©d^iile, school. 

28. f (though compounded of f and 5) sounds like ff, and is 

used only at the end of a syllable. Ex. SO^af, meas- 
ure ; ?5^'Iuf, river, &;c. 

29. § (though compounded of t and §) sounds like §, but 

Hke f is only employed at the end of a syllable. Ex. 
•Still, ^Ia§, &c. Note that, this letter being a double 
consonant, the preceding vowel is thereby shortened. 

Exercise 1. QlufgaBel. 

(a) Siltar, altar ; ^aar, pair; 9t§le, awl; 33 atfam, balsam ; baben, to 
bathe ; ^falm, psalm. 

(e) JQtn, host ; tnefir, more ; ebel, noble ; @nbe, end ; Setter, letter ; 
-§evbji, autumn. 

(i) Srinfen, to drink ; jinben, to find ; ^ifeer, beaver ; ^ier, here ; 
^inb, child. 

(c) 53oct, boat ; f)o§l, hollow ; oft, often ; ^oBel, plane ; better, cel- 
lar ; Coffer, trunk. 

(u) %n% foot; gut, good; unten, below; ^uhd, poodle; ^urfu!, cuckoo; 
TliiHj, courage. 

(t)) 91t»m^^e, nymph ; .dtl)'i)tl}mu6, rhythm ; ©^Ibe, syllable ; f^non^nt, 
synonym ; (SHru^, syrup. 

(ai, ei) Tlain, Maine; mein, my; Saib, loaf; Seib, body; ^ain, Cain; 
fein, no. 

(au) 33ancii, to build ; 9JZauev, wall ; grau, gray; Dlaum, room; rau^, 
rough. 

(du, eit) Olduniig, roomy; reuen, to rue; «§dute, skins; ^eute, to-day; 
^du^tlmg, chieftaiii. 

(d, e) Stetjre, ear (of corn) ; 2)Zdnner, men ; lefeen, to live ; ^vd^e, 
crow ; ndmlicb, namely ; rtef^men, to take. 

(0) 2-oifet, spoon ; Depitng, opening ; cftev^, oftener ; votfjlid), red- 
dish. 

(11) UeBcl, evil ; fiiuf, five ; 9Jii|Tet, proboscis ; ^rup^el, cripple ; Sun^ 
get. disciple 



24 

Exercise 2. 5(ufgaBe 2. 

I*. (Slaffe, class ; ©reatiiv, creature ; (Sriminaf, criminal ; Section, 
lesson ; (SaUcuta, Calcutta ; (Sciitract, contract ; (Sur, cure ; (ie; 
ment, cen]<ent : giber, cider ; 6t)linbev, cylinder. 

®. @a6e, gift ; ge[;en, to go , ©iraffe, giraffe ; gcben, to give ; ®clb, 
gold ; grc^, large ; i)ttng, ring ; bringeii, to bring ; griin, green ; 
grail, gray ; rul)ig, quiet ; ewig, eternal ; 33erg, mountain. 

«§. -^afe, hare; I)art, hard; >§unger, hunger; «§crijcTit, horizon; 
S^e()l, flour ; m^i)x, more. 

J. Simgting, youth ; ^nht, Jew ; ja, yes ; Scfe^f), Joseph ; 3uli, 
July ; Suvift, jurist. 

dt, Sieif, ripe; reidi, rich; Dtefl, rest; rar, rare; Sti'tcffidit, regard; 
Scrm, form; diati)\el, enigma. 

(B. ^attd, saddle ; @eget, sail ; (g^eer, spear ; (Sprop, sprout ; ftcirf, 
strong ; Strum^f, stocking ; (Sixb, south ; dldi, rice ; (gtrafe, 
street ; triffeit, to know. 

X, 3:;ifi.t, table ; 3: ar if, tariff; S^empet, temple ; Xxuli^'pi, ivooTp; Xitd, 
title ; 2)e»vaftaticii, devastation. 

33. ffiam^^r)r, vampire ; ®vife, vase ; S3er0, verse ; iCicIinc, violin ; 
33iltte, visit; ^abaticn, valuation. 

S3. ®crt, word; ®unn, worm ; SBunber, wonder; 2Bi((e, will ; 2Ba- 
gen, wagon ; CBaiiberer, wanderer. 

3. 3int zink ; 3cit;(, number; ^ai)m, tame; 3eit, time; 3entner, 
hundred-weight ; -^clj, wood. 

(5f). gtacb^, flax; fpredieii, to speak ; trad) [am, watchful; Sfjcr, choir: 
(5{;au{fee, turn-pike. 

ed\ ©*aft, shaft; @d\itten, shadow; Sdinee, snow; frif6, fresh; 
(2dnlb, shield, sign. 

^, if. ^'(ei^, diligence ; ^'licp. fleece ; Iviffen, to let ; Baffen, to hate ; 
-§a^, hatred; ()d^(idv ugly. 

|(j).c§i|e, heat; Mc^, log; fi^cln, to tickle; fdiwa^en, to prattle; 
fdraMl^eit, to perspire; furj," short ; fdwar^, black. 

SSier Sa^re 6Iei6t er aibS, (irft ivei^ toie (2*nee, 

!l)anu fcmmt er nadi ^au^, 2)ann griin trie ^(ee, 

Unb ^cigt ft* irieber 2)ann rct(; ivie Slut, 

3nt u%ei^ feiner ^Briiber. 2)ami f*mecft e^ gut. 






// /y yA7^ /7 ,/ y/ 



>■ 




^. A^./.^, M. M; 






c 



25 



LESSON IV. pctton IV. 

In German the definite Article has, in the Nominative sm- 
gular, a distinct form for each gender. Ex. : 

3)er ^am, the man; ber 33rubcr, the brother; 
^ic Srrau, the^roman; bie (Sc^trcj^cr, the sister; 
5)ag ^au?, the house; bag ©lag, the glass. 
I. Some noims, denoting inanimate objects, are in German, 
as in most languages, called masculine ov feminine ; and some, 
denoting animate objects, are called neuter. Ex.: 

Masculine: iDer *il)3fe£, * the apple; ber 35aum, the tree ; 
Feminine: 3)ie 3:rau6e, the grape ; bie 9kbet, the needle; 
Neuter: 2)ag «^inb, the child ; bag ^ferb, the horse. 

CONJUGATION OF THE PRESENT TENSE SINGULAR OF !^aBett. 

Assertively. Interrogatively. 

^d) ^aU, I have. ^aBc Id^ ? have I? 

(Sie i^abm, you have, i)dbtn 8ie ? have you ? 

dx ^atf he has. i^at er ? has he ? 

Observation, The pupil should invariably make himself 
so familiar with the definition of the words of the several 
Exercises, as to avoid the necessity of referi'ing to them while 
translating. Nothing is better adapted to fix a word m the 
memory than the process of transcribing it ; and, by doing this 
m the German character, the requisite familiarity with the 
word and the pecuhar chirography of the language, are both 
secured at the same time. 

Exercise 4. ^ufga^e 4. 

au*, also; ©er, ba«, the; 3*, I; 

Sdcfer, m. baker; (Sr, e6, he, ii ; 3a, yes; 

93ter, n. beej; Sleifd^, n. meat; .taffee, m. coffee j 

23raucr, m. brewer; i^teifd^er, 7n. butcher; ^inb, n. child; 

99rcfc, n. bread ; >§aben, to have ; Rcxn, n. grain ; 

* Many words that are treated as masculine or feminine in one lan^age, 
are regarded as being of the opposite gender in another : thus, in French, 
apple, (la pomme is Jeminine, wmle grape le raisin is masculine. In Ger- 
man the word head (^er Jlopf) is masculine; in French (la tete) itis femi- 
nine ; and in Litin, caput) it is neuter. The word hand (bie «§a«b, la main, 
mflaus) is feminine in the three languages 

2 



26 

2Jldbd)en, n. girl; fJlur, only; SBas? what? 

Sl'le^I, n. flour; Sie, you; SBaffer, 7i. water; 

!DZul(er, m. miller; %i)Zi, m. tea; aBeiii, m. wine; 

Sfiein, no; Unb, and; SBer? who? 

5)er ^rauer l^at 25ein, <Sie l^abeu The brewer has wine, you have 

^affee, unb i<i^ ^ah^ Staffer. coffee, and I have water. 

iiag^ferb i)at ^§eu, ba^^inb l^at The horse has hay, the child 

^rcb, unb ba6 2)fldbd]en f)at 2^§ee. has bread, and the girl has tea. 

1. aBer ^at S3rcb ? 2. ^er ©drfev l^at SBvcb. 3. ^ai hex SSdcfer 
2}Ze§t? 4. 3a, er r;at and) SJlef)!. 5. ffiSag {)at ber Slfliiller ? 6. :Der 
SRiiUer ^at SD^e^l unb ^cnt. 7. Set ^at gleifd) ? 8. 5)er ^fletfdier I)at 
gleifd). 9. ^aben ©ie 53tet? 10. DZein, ber ©rauer i^at ^ier. 11. 
^aben (gie 2Betn ? 12. D^ein, idi r^abe ^affee. 13. aga^ hat ba$ a)lab^ 
d)en? 14. iDa^ 2Jldb*en i^at 2;f)ee. 15. ^at. ber SSvauer ^crn ? 16. 
S^etn, er ^at nur ^ier unb S©eiu. 17. SEa^ l^at bag ^inb ? 18. m fjat 
aBaffer. 19. ^at ze aud) ^rob ? 20. 3a, eg ^at ^rob unb aui^ %ki\d\ 

Qttestions. 1. What is said of the definite Article in German? 2. Of the 
gender of German nouns ? 3. What is the masculine form of the definite 
article in the nominative singular ? 4. What is the neuter form ? 5. What 
is the substance of the Observation ? 



LESSON V, gtcim V. 

All German verbs are conjugated interrogatively, in the pre- 
sent and imperfect tenses, like have and be in English ; that is, 
by placmg the verb before its subject, without an auxiliary. 
Ex.: 

.^aBen @ie bag 33ud) ? Have you the book ? 

Sefen ®te ha6 ^udi ? Read you the book? (Do you read the book?) 

5ft er r;ier ? Is he here ? 

2So^nt cr f)icr? Resides he here ? (Does he reside here ? ) 

^utte er ben Srtef? Had he the letter ? 

®d)tieb er ben ^rief? Wrote he the letter? (Did he write the letter ?) 

SSar er I^ier ? Was he here ? 

SBotjnte er l^ier ? Resided he here ? (Did he reside here ? ) 

CONJUGATION OF THE PRESENT TENSE SINGULAR OF I l e B e U. 

Assertively. Interrogatively. 

5c£; UeBe, I love ; UeBe id) ? love I ? (Do I love ?) 

©ie lieBen, you love ; lieBen ©ie ? love you ? (Do you love ?) 

dx li^Bt ^B loves ; litlt cr ? loves he? (Does he love?) 



27 



DEFINITE ARTICLE MASC'JLINE AND NEUTER IN THE NOMINATIVE 
AND ACCUSATIVE, 



5tfminati». 

^cr abater ikU 

S)cr ^cim liebt 



THE MASCULINE FORMS, 

5kcufatiy. Nominative. 



ben 33ater, 



The ftither 
The son 



THE NEUTER FORM. 

9^cir.iuatio. 5tccufatiy. Nominative. 

^ag Stinh tiebt ha6 ?Juibd)cn, The child 
^a^ maUmi Ikht bag ^mb, The givl 



Objective, 
loves the son. 
loves the father. 



Objective. 
loves the girl, 
loves the child. 



Exercises. QlufgaBe 5. 

Salter, m. peasant ; Sel^rer, m. teacher; 35ater, m. father. 



23udh, n. book; 
@la^, n. glass; 
jlamm, 7n. comb' ; 



Itefcen, to love; 
2Jlanu, m. man 
ober, or. 



2Bagen, m. v^^agon. 
3u(f er, m. sugar. 



^er 93rauer ijat ben SKein, (Sie 
l^aten ben ^affee, imb idi f)a6e bag 
aSaffer. 

2)er 93ater liebt bag ^inb, itnb ia6 
^inb liebt has ^OZdbdien. 

2)agJlmb f;at ben5(^3fer, unb ha6 
SDldbdien Bat bag ^tub. 

^aben (2ie ben <§nt? 

DIein, bag ^inb ^at ben ^nt 

2Baabat bag SIdbcben? 

2)ag 2)ZdbdKn ijat ben ^amm. 



The brewer has the wine, you 
have the coftee, and I have the 
water. 

The father loves the child, and 
the child loves the girl. 

The child has the apple, and 
the girl has the child. 

Have you the hat ? 

No, the child has the hat. 

Wliat has the girl ? 

The girl has the comb. 



1. Sieben @ie bag Jlinb, ober ben aJlann? 2. 3d) Hebe bag Jtinb. 3. 
"^aben @ie hm Bnrfev ? 4. ^nn, baS ^inb ijat ben Surfer. 5. Siebt bag 
.^hib bag 2Rdb*en? 6. 3a, unb bag 9?ldbd)en liebt bag jltub. 7. SBer 
^at bag ©lag ? 8. ^ag ilinb ^at bag ©lag. 9. '^at ber S3rauer ben 
3Bagen ? 10. S^ein, ber ®auer ^at hm SBagen. 11. 2Ber l;at bag S3ier ? 
12. 2)er Srauer t)at bag 33ter nnb ben SBein. 13. ^at ber 3Jliiller bag 
m?i)l cber bag Srcb ? 14. @r l)at bag Tli^l 15. ^at ber Sdcfer ben 
SBein, ober bag Saffer? 16. (Sr ^at bae Saffer. 17. Sieben @ie ben 
SBaner?. 18. Sfiein, id) liebe ben Sel^rer. 19. <§aben @ie ^leifd), ober 
Sein? 20. 3d) 'i)aU bag ?leifd). 21. <§aben (Sie bag SSrob, ober ben 
Surfer ? 22. 3d) bahi has ^rob. 23. ^at ber SL^ater bag aSud), ober ben 
.tamm? 24. (S^r b;at bag S3ud). 

Questions. 1. How are German verbs conjugated interrogatively? 2. What 
English verbs are generally thus conjugated? 3. What is the form of the 
article in the accusative masculine ? 4. What in the accusative neuter 1 



28 

LESSON VI. |:efti0tt VI. 

There are, in German, four cases, namely : the 
S^ominatii), answering to the English nominative ; the 
©cnitiij, answering to the English possessive ; the 
^aiMo, which has no corresponding case in Enghsh; and the 

5lccufatii), which answers to the Enghsh objective. 

Of the four cases, the dative without a preposition^ generally 
corresponds to our objective governed by to or for. Ex. : 3cJ) 
ge^e bcm 9}lannc ba6 @Ia0, I give {to) the man the glass. @r 
mac^t bem SDlanne cinen «§ut, he makes {for) the man a hat. 
Often, however, the dative, in German, is construed with a 
preposition, where, as above, the objective is of course em- 
ployed in English. Ex. : 

3)ag ,Kinb ift i n bem ^aufe, the child is in the house. 
2)er <J^unb ijt u n t e r bem 33aume, the dog is under the tree. 
iDer Sciger ge^t na^ bem 2Balbe, the hunter goes to the forest. 
2)er 9)iann ifl a u f bem Sd^iffe, the man is on the ship. 
JDer Jlodf) ijt a n bem ^ifc^e, the cook is at the table. 

DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE MASCULINE AND NEUTER 
IN THE SINGULAR. 





Masculine. 


Neuter. 


S'lomittatit) : 


ber, the; 


baS, the; 


©enitii) : 


beg, of the; 


beg, of the; 


5Datii? : 


b e m, to or for the ; 


bem, to or for the ; 


5lccufatit) : 


ben, the. 


bag, the. 



German nouns have two forms of declension, called the Old, 
and the New. In the Old declension, the genitive, hke the 
corresponding case in English, is formed by suffixing g to the 
nominative. Ex. : 

9^om. ber 3Sater, the father ; @en. beg 35atetg, the father's. 

Nouns ending in g, ^, j or two consonants, generally add eg 

in the genitive ; thus, like our words which end with the sound 

of s, X, z, soft c or s, forming an additional syllable. Ex. : 

9lom. bag CRof, the horse ; @en. beg Oioffeg, the horse's. 



29 

■RULES FOR FORMING THE CASES OF NOUNS ACCORDING TO 

THE OLD DECLENSION. 
Rule I. The genitive adds g or e^ to the nominative. 
Rule II. The dative drops the S of the genitive. (§13.Note). 
Rule III. The accusative is hke the nominative. 

DECLENSION OF NOUNS ADDING g IN THE GENITIVE. 

Masculine. Neuter. 

?i. 2) e r Q5ater, the father ; b a § 9)?abd^en, the girl ; 

@. 5) c S 33atera, the father's ; b e 2D^abd)eng, the girFs ; 

3^. ^ c ut 33ater,to,for the father; b e m 9)Kibd}en, to, for the girl ; 

Qt. 5) e n i^ater, the father. b a § 3)Zabd[)en, the girl. 

DECLENSION OF NOUNS ADDING C^ IN THE GENITIVE. 

Masculine. Neuter. 

9?. ^ e r ^am, the man ; b a § «^tnb, the child ; 

©. ^ c g ^JZanneg, the man's ; b e § ^inbeS, the child's ; 

3). ^ e m 5}kime,to,for theman; b e m ^inbe, to, for the child ; 

51. ^ e n 9)knn, the man. 'Da^ ^inb, the child. 

Conjugation of the present singular of (Sein and $^o^ en. 
3d^ Bin, I am ; id^ lote, I praise ; 

<Bit finb, you are ; (Sie Io~6en, you praise ; 

(Sr ift, he is ; er lo^t, he praises. 

Example of the several cases. 

Nominative. 

^ae ^ameet ill ftarf. The camel is strong. 

JTer t^unb ift treu imb trad^fam. The dog is faithful and watchful. 

®a^ ^ferb ift fd>cn unb nix^licb. The horseis beautiful and useful. 

Nominative and genitive. 

^as SBaiTer beg Tlem$ i|i fat^ioj. The water of the sea is salt. 
S)er 33aum beg SBalbeg ift gro^. The tree of the forest is large. 

3^ii j^iubeg * 53va([ ift ireicb. The child's ball is soft. 



* Whether in cases of this kind, where the genitive is used to denote pos- 
session we should say : btr --Ball ^e5 ,^tnbe§ (the ball of the child), or beg J?tnbe8 
^all I the child's ball), is a point regulated by no certain rule. The former 
mode is the more common in German. 



30 

Nominative and dative. 

2)er S3vief ijl i?on bem 3Sater. The letter is from the father. 

JDer ^auer ift in bem §elbe. The peasant is in the field. 

(§x fcl}icft eg bem greunbe. He sends it to the friend. 

Nominative and accusative. 

5Der «§unb beif t ben 2)ieB. The dog bites the thief 

5)er ©dimieb t)dmmert bag (Stfen. The smith hammers the iron. 
2)ag ^iiib lieBt «nb lobt ben S3ater. The child loves and praises the 

father. 

Nominative, genitive, dative and accusative. 

3)et: 33ater beg ^inbeg gieBt bem The father of the child gives (to) 
^ruber ben SSoget. the brother the bird. 

2)er «^errfcber hc§ (Staateg fd^irf t The ruler of the state sends (to) 
bem ^rieger bag @cl)n)ert. the warrior the sword. 

Exercise 6. ^iifga^e 6. 

S(n, at; 3n, in; ©of)n, w. son; 

5luf, on; ^orb, w. basket; <Btaii, m. stable; 

S3af(, m. ball ; Scben, to praise ; @tn(it, m. chair ; 

33ruber, TO. brother; ^ferb, ?i. horse ; 5;ifd)ler, w. joiner; 

2)nr[tig, thirsty ; @a(f, w. bag; Untet, under; 

j^reunb, m. friend ; (gcbldfrig, sleepy ; 2Bo ? where ? 

«§uttb, TO. dog; @db liter, TO. scholar; Simmer, n. room; 

^ut, TO. hat; ©etn, to be; 3immermann, to. carpenter. 

2)er aSctf tefct in bem SBalbe. The wolf lives in the forest. 

5)ag Jlinb Ixzht Izw 33ruber. The child loves the brother. 

JDer Se{;rer lobt beg ©cbnlevg <5leif . The teacher praises the scholar's 

industry. 
5)er (Sdmee Itcgt aitf bem S3erge. The snow lies on the mountain. 
5)ag aJZdbdien i)at beg S3aterg ^nt. The giri has the father's hat. 
2)er (£of)n beg Sdcferg ^Oii 33rob in The son of the baker has bread 
bem jlorbe : er giebt eg bem S3ettler. in the basket : he gives it to the 

beggar. 

1, @inb @ie ber ^rennb beg ^dcferg ? 2. Sil^xn, id) bin ber ?^vennb beg 
S;ifd)Ierg. 3. ^,\^ ()at ber greunb beg 5Ieif6erg ? 4. (Sr f)at ben <§unb 
nnb bag ^ferb beg Sauerg. 5. 2Bo ift bag 2)Zc{:)l ? 6. (J-g ift in bem ©acfe 
beg aRiidevg. 7. 3Bo ift bag Jlorn ? 8. @g ift in bem ^cvbe U^ ^anerg. 
9. 2Bev Itebt ben Server ? 10. 3)er (gdiiiler liebt ben Set}rer. 11. (ginb 
(gie fd)ldfrig? 12. Sfiein, id) bin bnrftig. 13. So ift ber S3aa beg ^Brn^ 
berg? 14. 3)ag ilinb t;at ben SaU beg Srnbcrg in bem <§utc beg 33aterg. 
15. 2Bd ift bag ^Pferb beg 2ef)rerg ? 16. @g ift in bem <^i^[U. 17. Sobt 
ter 3:!ifd)ler "tm Bimmermann? 18. S^iein, ber ©c{)n "btQ Simmermanng 
lobt ben @c^n beg M)vevg. 19. SBc ift ber ©tu^l beg Xifd)Icrg? 20. ®t 



81 

(L. 18. Ill) tjl in bem Simmer besJ Sef)rer5. 21. Siebt ber Stmntermann ben 
Setjrer ? 22. 3a, cv licht iinb Icbt bcu Sefjver. 23. 2)er 3Jiaini ijl an bem 
Sifdie, bao 'Siidi ill auf bem !IifdH% inib bcr <§unb tft untcv bem !lifdie. 

Questions. 1- How many cases are there in German ? 2. To which of 
these cases are there corresponding ones in EngUsh ? 3. How is the dative 
supplied in Enghsh I 4. How is the genitive formed in the old declension ? 
5. How the dative ? 6. What is the form of the dative when the genitive adds 
ti ? 7. What when it adds only d ? 8. What analogy between the declension 
of German and EngUsh nouns? 9. Can you state the substance of the preced- 
ing note ] 



LESSON yil. |*Kti0tt VII. 

,,3)iefcr" is declined, in the masculine, precisely like tlie de- 
finite article ; while, in the neuter, as will be seen in the following 
declension, all its endings, except the dative, are ahke.(§.62.2.) 

Declension of 5Dtefer masculine and neuter singular 

COMPARED WITH THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 

Masculine. Neuter. 

fJlom. (b-cr) bief-er, this ; Qi-a^i) bief-c§, this ; 

@ c n. (b-eg) bief-e§, of this ; (b-eS) bicf-e6, of this ; 

^at (b-em) bief-em, to, for this ; (b-em) bief-em, to, for this; 

51 c c. (b-en) bief-ett, this ; (b-a0) bief-eS, this. 

Declension of the interrogative 5Ber and the personal 
PRONOUN er AND e§ IN the singular. 

Masculine, Neuter. 

9Unt. SSer?who? er, he; ea, it; 

@ e n. ireffen ? whose ? feiner, of him ; feiner, of it ; 
^at h?em ? to, for whom ? i^m, to,, or for him ; i^m, to, or for it ; 
01 c c. it»en ? whom ? i:§n, him ; e^, it. 

Exercise 7. Ql u f g a B e Y. 

5tvfel, OT. apple , @clb, n. gold; battler, m. saddler ; 

SSiit'germcifter, w. mayor, - ^au^, n. house; ©dmeiber, m. tailor; 

burgomaster; <§ut'mad^er, m. hatter; (gdm^'macber, m. 

$r)iefev, biefe^,this; ^ii)3fer, n. copper; shoemaker; 

gitv, for (j. 113) ; Seber, n. leather; ©ilber, n. silver; 

©arten, m. garden; ^a^ier', n. paper; S3on, from, of. 

Q^di, n. money; 9tod, m. coat; 



32 

5!)iefer Sungling tfi arm. 2)iefe0 This youth is poor. This chil^ 

Mnh iji fd)Idfrtg. is sleepy. 

iDiefe^ Sungling^ ^ut ifi neu. S)iefe^ This youth's hat is new. This 

SJldbd^eng 33anb ij^ fd)6n. girl's ribbon is beautiful. 

@e6en @ie biefem ^HtUx unb btefem Do you give this beggar and this 

^inbe ®eib ? child money ? 

fiiefeen (Sie biefen Srianber ? Sofcen Do you love this Irishman ? Do 

(Sie bttfe^ 2Jldbd)en? you praise this girll 

Sffieffen ^ebermeffer l^at biefea ^tnb ? Whose penknife has this child ? 

2)eg Sel^rer^. The teacher's. 

1. 2Bei; ^at bag ^a^ter biefeg SD^db&en^? 2. 2)iefeg ^inb ^t eg. 
3. 3Beffen S5ud) ()at biefer (Sdiiiier? 4. @r l^at bag S3uci) beg Se^terg. 
5. 3Scn teem fjaben @te biefeg Seber ? 6. 3ct) I)abe eg sen bem ©dbu^j 
madier. 7. Pt torn ift biefer Sl^fet ? 8. (Bx (L. 18 III.) \\i fur bag ^tnb 
beg ©attlerg. 9. 2Beffen died i)at ber <So^n beg ©cbnetberg? 10. (Sv 
i)at ben Olorf biefeg i^reunbeg. 11. 93on tnem f)at ber (Sofyn biefeg ^utmad)erg 
®elb? 12. @r ^at ©elb »on bem S3atcr. 13. So ift ber 2Bagen beg 
^auerg ? 14. fDer greunb btS !tief)rerg ^at i^n. 15. 2Bef|en ^aug unb 
©arten f^at ber Se^rer? 16. (5r ^at bag ^aug unb ben ©arten beg ^uxf 
germeifierg. 17. 35on wem fiaben (Sie biefen «§ut? 18. Set) fiafee if)n 
(L. 18 m.) son bem ^utma*er. 19. %ax mn ift et? 20. @r ift fiir 
ben @c()n beg (Sd)neiberg. 21. -Oaben (Sie ©otb, (Sil6er ober ^u^jfer fiir 
ben £e^rer ? 22. 5d) ^aBe @ilber fiir i^n. 23. SSen liebt bag ^inb ? 
24. @g liebt ben S3ruber ite Se^rerg. 

Questions. 1. How do the endings of „'Dtefc§" differ from those of 
„2)aS"V 2. Do the endings of „^tefer" differ from those of „3)er"? 
3. Which cases of the pronoun „e§" are alike? 4. Which cas«s ctf „e8" are 
like those of „e r". 



LESSON VIII. Stction VIII. 

Conjugation of the present singular of g e ^ e n and g e '6 e n. 

^d) Qt^t, I go ; 3^ geBe, I give; 

<&ie g^^en, you go ; (Sic geBen, you give ; 

(Sr ge^t, he goes; St gi6t (L. 19.1.), he gives. 

Exercise 5. 51 u f g a B c 5. 

Snt, old ; 2)eutfc&Ianb, n. Ger- ^ro^Iid), merry ; 

5trm, poor; many; ©eben, to give ; 

S3ei, with ; Qhtlmann, m noble- ©efieu, to go ; 

Sa^itatn^w, captain; man; J^eu, n. hay.: 



^ungrtij, hungry ; 
2ivii^ev, m. hunter, 

ranger ; 
^nedit, m. servant ; 
^ranf, sick; 
SlZvittc'fe, m. sailor; 
9iadi,to,tovvard(5.112. 

8 «fc 9) ; 



33 

9lcd), still, yet; 
9tcid% rich ; 
(Sdiiff, n. ship ; 
©elji* (with verb), very 

much; 
<Sef)r (with adj., or 

adv.), very ; 
^izxi trmann, m. mate ; 



SBalb, m. forest ; 
SBIe, how, as ; 
3oUt)au3, n. custom- 
house ; 
3u, to (§. 112. 13). 



3)er S3aum i|^ fefir grcf . 

(5'r licbt il)n fe()r. 

Sffivi^ fcigt bicfer Wann bentMjrer? 

(5r fagt \i)m mi)U. 

aSa^ geben (Sle bem ©aVitdn? 

2Bcr Icbt ben ^ne*t ? 

2Ben(cbtber,^ned)t? 



The tree is very large. 
He loves him very much. 
What says this man to the teacher ? 
He says nothing to him. 
What do you give the captain ? 
Who praises the servant ? 
Whom does the servant praise ? 



1. 2Do tft ber S3niber beg (Steuermann^ ? 2. @r tft 6ei bem Sa^^itain 
in bem ©diiffe. 3. 3ft ber @o{)n beg ©belmanng aud) bei i^m ? 4. Siiein, 
et ill in 2)eutfdilanb. 5. 2Bo ift ber SSater ? 6. @r ift bei bem ea^Jitain 
in bem 3oUI)anfe. 7. Sobt ber (Saipitain ben (Scf>n beg ©belmanng ? 8. 3a, 
unb er Icbt audi ben 93ater. 9. Stebt ber (Ebelmann "am (5a))itain ? 10. 3a, 
er tiebt unb ic^t i§n fefir. 11. 3ft biefer SWann ber <Sc^n beg (5a:pitaing ? 
12. D^ein, er ift ber @o^n beg (Steuermanng. 13. 3ft biefer Slflatrofe reid) ? 
14. 5JZein, er ift arm unb frc^tid). 15. 2Bte a(t ijl biefer SJlann? 16. @r 
ift ni*t fe^r alt. 17. 3ji er franf ? 18. 9flein, er ift fjungrlg. 19. Sa3 
giebtbiefeg 3)ldbd)en bem ^inbe? 20. @g {\. 134. 2.) gtebt if)m nur 
3ucfer. 21. aBag geben @ie bem ^nedite? 22. 3d) gebe if)m @elb. 23. 
2Bag giebt ber ^ned)t bem ^ferbe ? 24. (5r giebt i(}m ^eu. 25. Siebt 
biefeg'^inb ben Sefirer? 26. 3a, unb ber Se^rer lobt bag ^inb. 27. 311 
ber 3dger nod) in bem SBalbe ? 28. 3a, unb ber ©ofm beg ©belmanng i|l 
bei il)m. 29. 2)er 3dger gef|t nad) bem Satbe ju bem aSater, unb id) ge^e 
ju bem a3ruber. 

Questions. 1. What is stated in ^. 112, 8, 9 and 13, concerning no^ and 
ju 1 2. Can you give examples of the use of each 1 3. What irregularity 
do you observe in the conjugation of geben? 



LESSON IX. |:cfti0nIX. 

Indefinite article. 

The indefinite article is less varied than the definite, having 
for the masculine and neuter nominative but one form. Ex. : 

Masculine .-fin WIgx\x\, a man ; Neuter: e i n ®Ia^, a glass. 
2* 



34 



DECLENSION OF THE INI)EFINITE ARTICLE MASCULINE AND NEUTER 
WITH NOUNS. 

Masculine. Neuter. 

Sin 9}?ann, a man ; ein ^inb, a child ; 

(Sines SJianneS, of a man ; einc§ ^inbeg, of a child ; 

(Sinem 9}Zanne, to, for a man ; einem ^inbe, to, for a child ; 

(Einen 3)lann, a man ; ein ^inb, a child. 



in English 



Of the compouxding of nouns in German. 
1. T^oims are more frequently compounded in German than 
and accordingly one word, in German, often re- 
quires for its full translation several in English. Ex. ; 
SSirJungsfreig, sphere of action (action sphere) ; 
<Sd)trimmi)ogeI, web-footed bird (swimming fowl) ; 
I^^aftt^ier, beast of burden (bm'den animal) ; 
3ngt^ier, draught animal ; (§. 2. 7) 
^au0t^ ier, domestic animal (house animal). 



Exercise 9. 



S5anb, n. ribbon; 
(5in, a, an ; 
(5tfen, n. iron ; 

letter ofrecommen- 
dation; 

i^einb, m. enemy ; 

©efel'bud;, n. 'law- 
book ; 

©etrefer', n. gun ; 

^ameel', n. camel; 

S)er SScIf ift ein Okubt^ier. 

5)et Sini'irtermann ifl ein «§anb; 

trerfer. 
2)er >6ammer ift ein SSerfjeug. 

5r)ag ©in'betrcrt 'ij^ ein 9ftebet6eil, 

JDet SZame etne^ Singed ill ein 

5)ing)t>crt. 
2)aa >Kinb lieBt ben ©rcp'oater. 



^anfmann, t??. 
merchant : 

Safttf)ier, n. beast of 
burden ; 

Cbet^cf ricbter, m. 
judge of the su- 
perior court ; 

^avier'Bdnbler, m. 
paper-dealer , 

^fiug, 7n. plow; 



51 u f g a B c 9. 

©dnnteb, m. black- 
smith ; 

(gdm^'ert, n. sword; 

(Stocf, 772. stick, cane ; 

3:ud3, n. cloth ; 

2;u6'6anbler,7n.draper; 

SSagner, m. carriage- 
maker ; 

Sngtfiier, n. di^aught- 
animal. 



The wolf is a beast of prey. 
The carpenter is a mechanic. 

The hammer is a tool (an instru- 
ment). 
The conjunction is a part of 

speech. 
The name of a thing (substance) 

is a substantive. 

The cluld loves the grand-father. 

1. ^at ein 2)Zann, cber ein .^inb ben 8tccf biefeg ^reunbeg ? 2. 2)iefer 

Spfiann hat ein Sdm^ert eine6 ^einbeg, unb biefeg ^inb 6at ben (Stccf eine3 

^reunbe^. 3. Sag l^at bet 3dger ? 4. @r bat etnen ^unb unb ein ©e* 



36 

XOiifX, 5. SBer ^at Itn ?P|Iug beg Sauer^ ? 6. 35cr S3ater biefeg Jlmbe« 
f)at ben ^fiug. 7. «§at bicfcr (Scbmicb ba«? ®elb be^ ^aufmann^ ? 8. 
Dtein, er Ijat nut (Sift-u vtcn eiiicm jilaiifmanne. 9. ^aBen @ie ben SOBagcn 
beg -iBvicfcrg ? 10. 9'tein, id) Ijahe biefcn SBvigen yon einem QBagner. 11. 
«&cibcn "Sic bag 53cinb bicfeg 2)ldbdicng? 12. S^kin, id) f;abe Xud) »on 
ciuent iXiutlidnbler. 13. ^akni @ic ben died bicfeg ^^reunbeg ? 14. S'lein, 
id) babe biefni Oicrf itcn einem ©dnieiber. 15. <^aben @ie bag ^a^ier beg 
Scl^rerg ? 16. Diein, idi ftabe bicfcg ^a^ter ten einem ^a^nev^ dnbler unb 
cinen (l'mvfcf)lnnggbricf iumi bem Scf)rer. 17. 3ft bag 5|]ferb ein 3ugt^ier? 
18. 3a, unb eg ift ami) ein £afttl}ier. 19. 3ft bag ^ameel and) ein 3ug; 
tf)icv? 20. Diein, eg ift nnr ein Sa^t(;iev. 21. SBeffen ©efe^bud) ^at ber 
€ci)n beS (5-betmanng ? 22. (Sr ^at bag ©efc^bud) beg iDber^ofrid)terg. 

Questions. 1. What is said of the indefinite article compared ^vith the 
definite ? 2. Can you give any examples 1 3. Are nouns more frequently 
compounded in German than in English ? 4. And how is it often necessary 
to translate them ? 5. What are some examples ? 



LESSON X. ^t til an X. 

The adjective has thus far been employed only predica- 
tively *, in which use it is unvaried in form. Ex. : 

©ta^I ift ^art, steel is hard ; 33Iei ift mi^, lead is soft. 

When used attributively/, the adjective is varied by the 
addition of suffixes. 

1. When not affected by a preceding word, the adjective is 
inflected according to 

The old declension. 
Masculine. Neuter. 

?fl. ®ut-er ©ta^I, good steel ; gut-eg ^ifen, good iron ; 

<5). @ut-e^ <Btaf}U f/ ^^ g*^^^ ^^^^^ » gxtt-cS ^ifen^ f, of good iron ; 
^. ®ut-em Stable, to good steel ; gut-em (Sifen, to good iron ; 
% @ut-en ©ta^l, good steel ; gut-e§ (Sifen, good iron. 

* The terms attributive and predicative have, in Grammar, a strictly 
conventional sense, and should be^ distinctly understood. If we say, the 
deep river is here (bcv tiefe S'lu§ ifi l)tcr), the adiective deep is attri- 
butive; for the quahty depth is there referred to, as a known and recognized 
attribute of the river. If we say, the river is deep here (ber ?5lu§ tft^iet 
tief), the adjective is predicative, for we then merely affirm ox predi- 
cate of the river, that it has the quahty depth. 

t The genitive of the old form is now seldom used ; that of the new form, 
being preferred. Thus, flutcn ^taf)i§ ; guten (SifenS JC, instead 
of gutej (Stalls; gutes @ifens jc. 



86 



II. WHEN PRECEDED BY ANY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING WORDS, 



Masculine' 


Neuter.- Masculi-ne. 


Neuter. 


5E)er, 


bag (the); jeber, 


jebeS (every) ; 


5Diefer, 


biefea (this) ; jener, 


jencg (that) ; 


^aer, 


alleS (all); mandjcr, 


inand^c6 (many a) ; 


(Siniger , 


einige^ (some) ; foId)er , 


fotc^c^ (such) ; 


Stricter, 


etlic^eg (some) ; iretd^er, 


h?eld^c0 (which), 



the adjective adds, in the nominative masculine and in the 
nominative and accusative neuter, the letter e, and, in all the 
other cases, en ; and is inflected according to 

The new declension. 



Masculine. 
3^. ^tx gut-e, the good ; 
®. ^e^ guten, of the good ; 
5E). 2) em guten, to, for the good ; 
% 2) en guten, the good ; 



Neuter. 

bag gut-e, the good ; 
beg guten, of the good ; 
bem guten, to, for the good ; 
bag gut-e, the good. 



Exercise 7. 



SCUer, all; 

(5ng'ldtiber,7n.Enghsh- 
man; 

^ac!, m. dress-coat ; 

@c(bfcbmieb, m. gold- 
smith ; 

@rc^, great, large; 

®ut, good, well ; 



;5img, young ; 
^lein, small, little ; 
Meffer, n knife; 
DZa'belfijTen, n. pin 

cushion ; 
Sfieu, new; 
CBeim, m. uncle ; 
<£dbarf, sharp ; 



^ u f g a B e 1. 

(2 A on, beautiful, fine ; 
<2cbtt?acb,weak, feeble ; 
(Scbwar^, black ; 
@tatf, strong ; 
U^r'macher, m. watch- 
maker : 
3Bcber, m. weaver. 



EQ. ENDINGS OF ADJECTIVES IN THE NOMINATIVE, AFTER THE NEW 



DECLENSION. 



Attributive. Predicative. 

9(aet^art-e(Sta^ntinu|UA. 
5lKeg n it ^ I i 6 - e @ifen tfi ^ a r t. 
2)er nu^nd)-e (Btat)l iji ^art. 
2)a6 ^art-e @ifen ifl nu|lic&. 
3)icfer f 6 n - e SScgel iji w e i f . 
5)iefe6 to c i f - e ^a^ier ifi f d) o n. 
(Siniger t o t ^ - e SBein. 
©inigcg tct^-e ^a:pier. 
Seber jufrieben-e SJlann i^ 



All hard steel is useful. 
All useful iron is hard. 
The useful steel is hard. 
The hard iron is useful. 
This beautiful bii-d is white. 
This white paper is beautiful. 
Some (a little) red wine. 
Some (a little) red paper. 
Every contented man is happy. 



87 

3cbe«J g I u cf U di - c J^lnb ifi j lu Every happy child is contented, 
f r i e b e n. 

Scncr f d) n - e 53aum ift g r o ^. Yonder (that) beautiful tree is 

large. 

3enc^ g r c f - e $ferb i)l f d) o n. Yonder (that) large horse is beau- 
tiful. 

9)landiet gu t-c 9)lann iji arm. Many a good man is poor. 

2Randiei3 f d) o n-e SDtdbd^en i jl e i t e I. Many a beautiful girl is vain. 

^goUter f e i n-e (2tal)l ill f c ftb av. Such fine steel is costly. 

(fccUtciJ fcfibar-e Xu* t|i f e i n. Such costly cloth is fine. 

aBcld^cr al t-e SDZann ift g I u cf ti d) ? Which old man is happy ? 

QBeldic^ nein-e .^iub ijl jii^ Which little child is contented 1 
f r i e b e n ? 

1. 3fi biefer junge S?lann ber ®Df)n beg Sa^itaiiig ? 2. Jf^ein, et ijl ber 
(£c^n beg alten 3Beberg. 3, ©er ^at bag SfJabelfiffen biefeg f(ehien aJldb^ 
d^eng ? 4. SDiefeg fleine ^inb beg guten ^reunbeg i)at eg. 5. 9Ser ^at bag 
fdicne ^ferb beg guten £)f)eimg ? 6. 2)er junge ©clbfd^mieb f)at eg. 7. 
SBer bat ben grcf en fdiwarjen <5unb beg Sdgerg ? 8. 2)er junge S3ntber 
bi^ ^anfmanng ^at iljn. 9. •^at bag Heine ilinb bag fdiarfe SJ^effer beg 
guten ^-Bruberg ? 10. 9lein, eg hat ben ncuen ^amm beg guten 2Jidbdieng. 
11. -^at ber junge ^reunb beg alten Uf)rmad>erg bag fdione ^ferb beg alten 
^nediteg ? 12. ^f^etn, er bat bag $fevb beg retd^en (Jngldnberg. 13. -iQahm 
<Bk ben ^racf hi^ guten Sdmeibcrg ? 14. 9iein, id) t)abe biefen neuen ?^racf 
»on bem guten sSdnietber. 15. «!P>aben @ie bag Jiudi biefeg armenSOBeberg ? 
16. D^ein, idi babe :Iud) i? o n bem ©eber. 17. ^]t alter altc ffiein ftarf ? 
18. Sfiein, unb nidit aller neue SSein ijt f6»ad). 19. 2)er neue §racf ift 
sen f*a»arjem Xud^e. 

Questions. What is said of the adjective as a predicative ? 2. As 
an attributive? 3. What is the ending of the masculine nominative of the 
old declension] 4. What of the new? 5. What is the neuter nom. and ace. 
of the old declension] 6. W^hat of the new"? 7. Is the old fonn generally 
used in the genitive ? 8. What is used instead of it ] 



LESSON XI. §ttiiiin XL 

■WHEN PRECEDED BY ANY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING WORDS , 



Masculir. 


le. Neuter. 


Masculine. 


Neuter. 


Sin, 


ein (a or an) ; 


trnfer, 


uttfer (our) ; 


3??ein, 


tnein (my) ; 


3^r, 


3^r (your); 


^dn, 


bcin (thy) ; 


euer, 


euer (your) ; 


<Bm, 


feitt (his, its); 


i^r, 


i^r (their); 


3H, 


i^r(her); 


tun, 


!ein (no or not any), 



the adjective has, in the nominative masculine and in the nom- 



38 

inative and accusative neuter, the terminations of the old de- 
clension, and, in all the other cases, those of the new, and is 
said to be of. 

The mixed declension. 
Masculine. Neuter. 

^(. 50?ctn gut- e r, rny good ; mein gut- e §, my good ; 

@. 9}?eiueei gutcu, of my good ; meine^ gutett, of my good ; 
5D. 3i)?cinem guten, to, for my good ; meinem guten, to, for my good ; 
^. SDJeiuen guten, my good ; mein gut- e 0, my good. 

I. In the preceding list of words, ein, ntein, bein K., 
it will be seen, that their form for the masculine and 
neuter is the same, and hence that they do not (like the 
previous class, ber, biefev K., and like adjectives of the 
old declension) indicate the gender of the nouns which they 
precede : The adjective, therefore, by taking the character- 
istic terminations (er for the masculine and e^ for the 
neuter) assumes the office of pointing out the gender of its 
noun. Ex. : 

Masculine : @ i n gtof- e X @tein, a great stone. (§\Xi 

grof- e ©cf)iff, a great ship. 

Exercise 11. 5tufgaBe 11. 

Slber, hut ; Samm, n. lamb ; (Steil, steep ; 

® ad), n. roof ; 9Zid)t, not; @tetg, always; 

gaul, lazy, idle ; @d)af, n. sheep ; %^ix, n.animal, beast ; 

%tii, fat ; @diu^, m. protection, Xief, deep ; 

^oi'ldnber, m. Dutch- defense ; Xxzvi, true, faithful ; 

man; @d)tt>etn, ?i. swine ; Sufrie' ben, contented, 

3§r, your ; @ein, his ; satisfied, 

teller, m. cellar ; ©cpf)a, n. sofa ; 

II. ENDINGS OF ADJECTIVES, IN THE NOMINATIVE AFTER THE MIXED 
DECLENSION. 

Attributive. Predicative, 

(Sin It) a r m - e r S^lccf ift g 11 1. A warm- coat is good. 

(Sin ttjarm-e^ ^leib ift gut. A warm garment is good. 

9)lein g u t - e r ^unb ift a 1 1. My good dog is old. 

SJiein a 1 1 - e ^ ^[erb ift gut. My old horse is good. 



39 

Tmx fit 11 - cr 3]ogel ifl tv e i p. Thy beautiful bird is white. 

5)ciii ir e i f - e ^ ^^a)iim 1)1 f di o u. Thy white paper is beautiful, 

(gnu {] a 1 1- c r (2ta()I ift g u t. His hard steel is good, 

<Bdii 13 u t- e ^ (Jifcu ij^ 1) a r t. His good iron is hard. 

3l)v c^ u t - e r ^-Bviiber ift f I c i n. Her good brother is small. 

^i)t: fl e i n - e ^ J'tinb ift c\ u t. Her little child is good. 

Uiifev g r c p - e r 33viuin ift f d) n. Our large tree is beautiful. 

Unfcr f di c n- e g -tQciiw ift 9 r c fj. Our beautiful house is large, 

©ucv a ( t - c r ^cffcr ift f it w a x j. Your old trunk is black. 

Qmx f d^ n? a r J - e i? 5Banb ift a ( t. Your black ribbon is old. 

S()i- 9 V II II - e r ©avtcii ift g r c f . Their green garden is large. 

3()V g V c p - e ^ %db ift 13 r it 11. Their large field is green, 

^ciii gut-er <Btai}l ift getb. No good steel is yellow. 

Mq'ui gut-cg <2ilber ift gelb. No good silver is yellow, (Com- 
pare L. 10 TIL). 

1. 3jt 3^r cyiter ^veunb, ber (Savitain, ncdi eiu junger SJlann? 2. 3a, 
er ift ncdi jung, aber fcin gutcv ^reuiib, ber ^oUdnber, ijl alt. 3. «§aben 
(Sie einen fdii?nen grof eu >§unb ? 4. 9^ein, idi f)abe ein fd)cne^ groped 
jpferb. 5. ^at 3f)r Udm6 ^inb mein neueg 2}leffer ? 6. S^ein, aBer 3^r 
gutcr ©cBn bat 3f)veii neuen @tccf. 7. -^at ber ^teifdier ein fetter @d)af ? 
8. 3a, unb fein giiter ©clnt fiat ein fd)cne^ toet^eg Samm. 9. 3ft unfer 
§remib, ber jnnge ^oddnber, veid) ober arm? 10. (Sr ift nidit veid), aber 
er ift jnfriebcn. 11. @in jufviebener Wlam ift au6) reidi. 12. @in reid)er 
SJlann ift nidit ftet^ ein jufriebener SJJami. 13. 3I)v grofeg ^aug l}at ein 
fteileg ®adi nnb einen tiefen JtcUer. 14. 93cn teem f)aben ©ie 3f)r nene^ 
@c^ba? 15. 3di i^aht e^ t)cn einem gutcn grennbe. 16. 3)ag ©dituein 
ift ein fauleg fetter %i)kx. 17. (Sin trcner grennb ift ein ftarfer <£d)n|. 

Questions. 1. Which cases in the mixed declension differ, in termination, 
from those of the new? 2. Which cases of the old and the mixed declension 
are alike ? 3. In which cases do the endings of the mixed declension differ 
from those of the old ? 4. Which are alike in all three declensions ? 5. What 
office is assumed by adjectives of the old and mixed declensions'? 6. What 
may v/e regard as an equivalent in the new ? 



LESSON XII. l^ectUn XII. 

Adjectives denoting the material of which, a thing is made, 
are formed by suffixing to nouns the letters e, ett or ertt. Ex. : 
£eber, lebern (leather, leathern) ; ®oIb, golbett (gold, golden) ; 
SBlei, blelertt (lead, leaden) &c. If the root vowal be a,o or u, 
it is frequently changed to its corresponding Utltlaut. Ex. : 
©lag, gtcifern (glass ; made of glass) ; ^olj, ^oljettt (wood, 
wooden), (See Less. II. 12. ae & c) 



40 

Exercise 12. QlufgaBe 12. 

S9ed)er,»n. cup, beaker; ^od), m. cook ; S^leif, ripe ; 

^teiern, leaden ; .Kupfern, copper ; (Silbern, silver. 

S3teijlift, m. pencil ; 3Jlarmorn, marble ; Xtn'tenfafi, n. inkstand ; 

©tferu, iron ; 2Jlcin, my ; %\\&i, m. table ; 

^af , n. barrel, cask ; SD^orfer, m. mortar ; 3:!iid)ier, m. joiner ; 

gleif tg, diligent ; £)b|i, n. fruit ; 33etter, m, cousin ; 

«§oI^ern, wooden ; Dbji'meffer, n. fruit- SBeber — nod), neither — 
Jleffel,7n. kettle, boiler; knife; nor. 

3^r filberner goffel i|l fdion, unb Your silver spoon is beautiful, 
mein eiferne^ 2Jleffer i|i fd)trer. and my iron knife is heavy. 

2)icfer fteinerne Xifd) i|^ fd^wer. ■ This stone table is heavy. 

2)ajJ Seben bes^ .^inbe^ ij^ ein golb; The life of the child is a golden 
net S:raum. dream. 

3ji nid)t ein eiferneg (Sd^if baucrl^aft? Is not an iron ship durable ? 

1. -§abcn ©ie metn reifeg £)bfi? 2. 9^ein, id) ^abe 3^r filberne^ Obfi^ 
meffer, unb 3f)r alter greunb, ber Sefirer, l^at bag retfe Dbft. 3. «§aben 
@ie meinen ftlbernen 33leiftift ? 4. 9^ein, ber gute Sefirer feat i^n. 6. ^^i 
ber atte ^cdi meinen ^olgernen S^ifd) ? 6. 9'iein, ber S^ifdiler ^t i^n. 
aber ber ^od) f)at etnen marmornen %x\6^. 7. <§at er and) ein J)cljerneg 
Sa^ ? 8. 3a, unb biefer fieif Ige (Sd)iiier ^at ein fdione^ bleierne^ %\nit\\i 
faf. 9. ^at er aud) einen filbernen ®ed)er ? 10. 3a, unb er fiat aud) 
ehien fu^fernen JlefCel unb einen eifernen SJlorfer. 11. ^o^tw @ie "ba^ 
neue 2Jleffer meinen jungen ^reunbeg ? 12. 9^etn, id) §abe ein ncue^ SJlef; 
fer »on bent guten ^aufmanne. 13. ^^i biefer fieiftge @diii(er ba^ gute 
Sud) beg alten greunbeg, ober ben filbernen QBleijlift feineg guten 33etterg ? 
14. @r ^!xi tneber ein guteg 93ud), ncd) einen ftlbernen S3teiftift — er bat 
nur einen f)otjernen 33leiftift. 15. 2Bo ift ber fupferne ^effel beg ^od)g ? 
1 6. 2)er arme 9J?ann ^ai nur einen eifernen ^ef[eL 

Questions. 1. How are adjectives, denoting the material of which a thing 
is made, formed? 2. Can vou give an example of such an adjective ending 
in n ? 3. In en ? 4. In em ? 5. When do changes ia the radical vowel occurl 



LESSON XIII. j: t f 1 1 n XIII. 

THE FEMININE GENDER. 

The articles in the feminine singular are declined thus : 
9^om. bte, * the ; (btefe) eine, * a ; (mcine). 

®en. ber, of the ; (biefer) einer, of a ; (meiner). 

^at. ber, to or for the ; (biefer) einer, to or for a ; (meiner). 
5{cc. bte, the. (biefe) eine, a. (meine). 

* The pupil having now had in due course all the forms of the article m the 
singular, may note, that like biefer (which differs from the definite article 
only in having a 8 instead of e8, in the nom. and ace neuter, L. VII.) are 
dechned all the words in list II., Lesson X. ; and that hke c i n, are inflected 
all those in the list, ein, mein, fein, &c , Lesson XI. 



41 

Feminine nouns are in the singular indeclinable ; as, nom. 
bie ©eibc, (the silk) ; gen. ber SeiDc ; dat. ber Seibe ; ace. bie 
(Seibc. See, however, Note, p. 277. 

The adjective in the feminine singular has two forms. When 
it stands alone, or unaffected by a preceding word (§ 29.), the 
nominative and accusative end in c, the genitive and dative in 
cr. It is then said to be of 

THE OLD DECLENSION. 

9?om. ®ut-e, good ; rot^-e, red. 

®en. @ut-er, of good ; rot^-er, of red. 

5Dat. ®ut-er, to or for good ; rot^-er, to or for red. 

Qtcc. ®ut-c, good ; rot^-e, red. 

When preceded by either of the articles, or by any one of 
the adjective pronouns (See Lists Less. X. and XL), the adjec- 
tive terminates in the nominative and accusative as in the Old 
declension, but in the genitive and dative in the letters en 
Thus : 

91cm. bie gut-e, the good; meine alt-e, my old. 

®en. ber gut-en, of the good ; nietner alt-en, of my old. 

^at ber gut-en, to or for the good ; melner alt-en, to my old. 
5lcc. bie gut-e, the good ; meine alt-e, my old. 

I. The personal pronoim (S i e Q/ou') is always written with 
a capital initial, w^hile f i e (she or her) is only thus written at 
the beginning of a sentence. Hence in writing, no ambiguity 
can arise. Ex.: 3d[) fe^e © i e, I see you; id) fe^e fie, I 
see her. When fte is used in the nominative, the for7n of the 
verb determines the person. Ex. : (S i e f e ^ e n i^n, you see 
him. "Sie fie^t i^n, she sees him. Whether, however, © i c 
(when in the accusative) stands for you or her, can only be 
determined by the context. The orthography of the pos- 
sessive pronouns 3f)r (your) and ii)X (her) is, also, identical, 
and, in speaking, is hable to equal ambiguity. Thus, '^f>x SBud^ 
i\t grcf , may signify, your book is large, or her book is large, 
and 3c^ ^aBe i f) x ^^ndj, may mean, I have your book, or I 
have her book. The significations of fie in the accusative, 
and of i^x, in all the cases, must of course, when spoken, be 
determined by the connection. (See Declension L. 18) 



42 



Exercise 13. 



QlufgaBc 13. 



Slmerlcvi, n, America ; 
mibUctijd',/. library; 
3?vlUe,/. spechu'les; 
5!)ame, /. lady ; 
iDic, the ; 

%cUx,f. pen, feather : 
%d\i, fine ; 

?vrv"infreid\ n. France ; 
§rdul?iii, n. miss. 

yoimg kidy ; 
iSreunbiu,/. friend; 



©Idferii, glass ; 
©clbcn, golden ; 
3fu-, her; (Seel.) 
jlcin, no, not any ; 
S\ctk,f. chain; 
Sampe,/ lamp ; 
£cimi\"inb,/. linen ; 
??httter,/. mother; 
Cperiujfa^, ??. opera- 
glass ; 
«Sdu"cre,/. shears; 



(Sdhtpefier,/. sister ; 
(2cibe,/. silk; 
Ste, she; it. 
Siante,/. aunt; 
UBr,/. watch, clock ; 
Uliv'tafd^e, /. watch- 
pocket. 



^er 33^l^cr f\it ha$ ^Budi ber The brother has the book of the 

(^d'iircficr. sister. 

5Der 23atcr gtebt bcr JlcdUcr eiit The father gives the daughter a 

©iidi. book. 

5)er --^Mt mciner 2)^uttcr ill: fd^cn. The hat of my mother is beau- 
tiful. 

2Bc (ft bie UBr 3fn"er S^'duleiu Where is your cousin's watch ? 

©cufine ? 

<Bk ift in bev «§anb if;rer abutter. It is in her mother's hand. 

1. 3il bie junge @d)toe|ier biefer jimgcn ^amz in iTeututlanb ? 2. 9lein, 
fte ii^ in §rv"infveid% aUx iljx S3niber ift in Stmerica. 3. 5Bo ifi meine neue 
gclbene ^eber? 4. Sfire junge ^reunbin, ^rdntein ®., hat jte. (L. 18 III.) 
5. ^<xt SIn'c Sautter bie fd^cne eeibe 3f)rcr !j;ante ? 6. 3a nnb aud> iiz 
fdicne fcinc Setntixinb. 7. 5Ec ift 3(n'e violbene ^riUc ? 8. 3d"> BaK^ feine 
qolbene 33riU;'. 9. <6aben Sie eine filbcrne, cber eine gclbcne lUn- ? 10. 3di 
iiabe eine fit&ei'nc U&r. 11. 5ft fte cine gnfe U6r ? 12. 3a, abcr fte ift 
nidit feBr fdu"it. 13. 2So ift 3t>te IXbx ? 14. igie ift in niciuer Uf)vtafd-^e. 
15. -^^ai 3Bre Sdnvefier eine gclbene Ufcc ? 16. 3vi, unb fte hat audi eine 
fdvne gclbcne .^dtc. 17. ©c ift mcine ncne Sd^eere ? 18. 3di Babe fte, 
aber jte ift nid^t fcBr fd^arf. 19. ©o ift 3Bre (gd^trefter ? 20. Sic ift bei 
ber (L. 17 III.) 3)cuttev in ber S3ibactBef. 21. 33o ift meine gidfeme 
Samve ? 22. 3cli hahc fie. 23. S>er Bat metn nenco Cp'-^'ntglas ? 24. 3c& 
Babe eo uub 3Bre neue 53rillc. 

Qt^ESTIO^^s. 1. What is the characteristic termination of adjective pronouns 
in the fejninine nominative ? 2. According to what two forms of declension 
^xe feminine adjectives inflected ] 3. Which cases of the two declensions are 
alike? 4. What is said oi feminine nouns in the singular ? 5. How is 5 t c 
(you) always WTitten ? 6. When is fte (she or her^ WTitten with a capital 
letter 1 7. How can 5 i e be distinguished from fie in the nominative, when 
spoken ? 8. How, when in the accusative ? 9. How is 3 B r {your in writing, 
to be distinguished from t b r (her) 1 10. How is ft e in the accusative and 
ii)r in all its cases to be distinguished when spoken ? 



43 



LESSON XIV. 



fcctiou XIY. 



Nouns of the New Declension form their genitive by adding 
n or en to the nominative. Ex.: Nora. 5^er 2)?en[d), the man, 
the human being; ber ^err, the Lord, or Mr.; ber ^iitft, the 
prince; ber (Flcpbant, the elephant, etc. Gen. 5)cg 5DZcnfcf)en; be§ 
J^erni; be^ tyiivften; beo (S(c)?~^auteu jc. Nomis of this Declen- 
sion retain the form of the genitive in the dative and accusative. 

Nearly all masculine nouns that end in e belong to the New 
Declension. 



New declension of the xoux. 



9h ^cr gute ^naBe, the boy ; 
®. ^eS guten ^naBen, the boy's ; 
2). ^em guten ^naBen, to the boy; 
\i ^m guten ^nahm, the boy ; 



ber OcBfe, the ox ; 
be3 Cdifen, of the ox ; 
bent £)cf)fen, to the ox; 
ben £)d)fen, the ox. 



Exercise 14. 



QUfgaBe 14. 



2Iryiirengeub,fatiguing, 
toilsome : 

(Jiirift, m. Christian : 

S^eutfd^e, m. German : 

grcin^c'fe, ?n. French- 
man ; 

tjveif^eit, /. liberty 
freedom ; 

v^reiftaat, m. republic ; 

jNurft, m. prince ; 

©cjtdr.t', n. counten- 
ance, face ; 

©erpJiT'en, n. con- 
science ; 

©raf, m. count ; 



@rted^e, m. Greek ; 

^auptmaun, m. cap- 
tain; 

«6etter, brisk, lively ; 

Smmer, always, ever : 

3ube, m. Jew: 

..^ua6e, m. boy ; 

?cinb, n. country : 

Sebeii, n. life; 

SJlcnarcbie', /. mo- 
narcliy ; 

D^vid^bar, 7n. neighbor , 

-DIeffe, m, nephew; 

D^icbte,/. niece; 



^oU, m. Pole ; 

^nwy m. prince: 

9tuBty-(, quiet, peace- 
able : 

9tuffe, 771. Russian ; 

(Edirci6tird\77z. writing- 
desk : 

3c(bat', 772. soldier ; 

igcnbent, but: 

Zhxt^, m. Turk ; 

Uufer, our; 

Un'fid)er, unsafe, un- 
certain ; 

Seid^en, n. sicrn, token. 



^art ber @rc^e ftarB in 'ttm 3ar)re 

beg ^errn ^6>^i ^unbcrt unb i?ier; 

^efui. 
^er tafv ere Ungar ijl bet geitxb beg 

Slii'Tcn. 
^■ag buf'tenbe SSeild^eu iil ein fc&oneg 

(Sr^euq'm§ bes ^^riiBIiugo, 
SSerbten'teg 33rcb iU [up. 



Charlemagne died in the year of 

the Lord eight hundred and 

fourteen. 
The gallant Hungarian is the 

enemy of the Russian. 
The fragrant \-iolet is a beautiful 

production of the spring. 
Earned bread is sweet. 



44 

Qin guteg ©etDiff^cn ijl tin fanfte^ A good conscience is a soft 

^ iff en. pillow. 

SJlancber fiei'pige Tlann ijl arm. Many an industrious man is poor. 

SfJctf) ift ber cerbten'te Sofin ber Want is the merited reward of 

gauUieit. idleness. 

1. ^at ber gran^ofe ben 2Bein beg ^eutfd)en ? 2. 5a, unb ber 2)eutfd)e 
^at ha^ Xnd) beg granjofen. 3. 2Bag ^at ber Sftuffe ? 4. dr §at bag 
£anb beg ^clen. 5. liefer @rted)e iji fein i^reunb beg S^iirfen. 6. 2Ber 
):)at bag fcbarfe 2)leffer biefeg ^naben ? 7. 2)er §reunb biefeg ©riedben f)at 
eg. 8. >^aBen @ie ben ®d)reibttfd) S^reg S^leffen ? 9. D^ein, id) fjabe ben 
(Sdireibtifct) meineg 35aterg. 10. ^aben ©ie bag ^udi biefeg v^naben, ober 
bag ^a^ter feineg 3^effen? 11. 3i I)abe bag ®ud) beg ^naben, unb nieinc 
Olidite {)at bag ^a^ier beg Jfleffen. 12. 3ft unfer greunb, ber<§auptmann, 
ein ^ranjofe, cber ein @ried)e ? 13. @r ift ein ^ranjcfe unb ein greyer 
geinb hte 9h:ffen. 14. 3ft biefeg ^inb ein <S>cl)n unferg 5la*barn, bee 
^aufmanneg ? 15. S^lein, eg ift ber (Sc^n eineg 3uben unb fein 5Bater ijl 
ber 9lad)bar eineg (5t)riften. 16. (Sin f)eitereg ©efidU ift nidit immer bag 
3eid)en eineg ru()igen ©eiriffeng. 17. >§aben <Sie ba$ SSud) beg®rafen? 
18. 9lein, fonbern ber ^rinj ^at bag ®uA. 19. 2)ag Seben eineg @clbaten 
ift anftrengenb unb unfidier. 20. «§aben (Sie eine WlonaxdVie, ober einen 
^reiftaat ? 21. SBir f)aben fcinen ^iirften, fonbern ^rei^eit. 22. 3d) ^abc 
eine gotbene Ufjr unb @ie fjabtn einen fttbernen S3Teiftift. 

Questions. 1. How do nouns of the New Declension form their genitive 1 
2. Can you repeat some examples in the nominative and genitive ? 3. What 
three cases are alike ? 4. To what declension belong nearly all masculine 
nouns ending in e 1 



LESSON XV. gtction XY. 

When mein, betrt, fein K. (§. 58) are not followed by an ad- 
jective, or a noun, they are called absolute possessives ; and 
are declined, as, are also fein and ein, like an adjective of the 
Old Declension. Ex. : 
^Idn ^ut i^ Qxo^ unb fein-cr My hat is large and his (his 

(fein '^ui) ift flein. hat) is small, 

©ein «§ut ift gro^ unb mein-er Hi-s hat is large and mine (my 

(mein ^ut) ift flein. hat) is small. 

(Sein ^ud) ift mu, t^)r-eg (i^r His book is new, hers (her 

33uc^) ift alt unb 3f)V-e0 (3^r book) is old and yours (your 

SSud)) ift fd^on. book) is beautiful. 

(Sr l^at ®etb unb <Sie ^aBen He has money and you have 

fcin-e0 (fein @elb). none (no money). 



46 

C?ine6 and feinc0 (the neuters) often drop the vowel of the 
final syllable : thus producing the forms cln6 and feinS : as, 

(Er ^nt eln ^ferb, 6ie ^aBen He has a horse, you have one, 
em^, unb id) l^ak !cin^» and I have none. 

Old declension of the adjective in all genders. 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

9?. ®ut-cr 2Scin, good gut-c <Scibe, good silk ; gut-eg Safer, good 

wine ; water ; 

®. ®ut-ea aSetneg, of gut-cr @eibe, of good gut-e^ (§. 28) SBafcr^, 

good wine; silk; of good water; 

2). @ut-em 3Beine, to, gut-ev @eibe, to, for gut-em SBaffer, to, for 

for good wine ; good silk ; good water ; 

S(. @ut-en SSein, good gut-e @eibe, good silk, gut-e^ 2Baffer, good 

wine. water. 

II. ^iXoc^^ is to be rendered ^ ^something", ^^anything". Ex. :* 
'^^^ixi Sie ettra^? have you anything? 3d) ^aBe titOQi^, I have 
something. 

9]id)t (not) is seldom used with ctiraS ; ^^not anything" being 
translated by nid)tS, which also signifies ^^nothing". Ex.: 
3d) ^aBe nid^tS, I have n't anything, or, I have nothing. @p 
ettua^ is best translated : ^^such a thing". 

III. ^^At alV^ in such phrases as ^^nothing at all", ^^none at 
all", and the hke, has in ^German its equivalent in the particle 
gar, which, however, always comes immediately before the 
word, to which it relates. Kindred to this, is the still stronger 
expression „g a n § unb gar", wholly and utterly ; „ganj 
unb gar nid^t", wholly and utterly not, i. e. by no means ; not 
at all. 

IV. When an adjective is used with „cttt>aS" or „ntd^t0", 
it follows the Old Declension, and is written with a capital 
initial. Ex. : 

Sd^ ^aBe ttm^^ ©d^one^, I have something beautiful ; 

^r fagt nidjtS <Sd^led^te6, he says nothmg bad ; 

©ie ft)rcd()m Joon iHtoa^ ^imm, you speak of something new. 



46 

V. German Verbs are conjugated negatively in the present 
and imperfect tenses, without an auxiliary, hke the Enghsh 
verbs ^^have" and ,,be". Ex. : 

3d) :^aBe nic^t, I have not; 

^r ftel;t nid)t, he sees not (he does not see); 

(Sr I;atte nicf)t, he had not ; 

3d^ fa 6 nirf)t, I saw not (I did not see) ; 

@ie finb nid^t, you are not ; 

(Sic ^ort ntd)t, she hears not (she does not hear) ; 

@g irar ttid)t, it was not ; 

<3ie lieBten nid)t, they loved not (they did not love). 



EXEUCISE 15. 



^txtfgate 15. 



5tnbei% other; 
^SSarBiet', m. barber ; 

^lau, blue ; 

©udybinber, m. book- 
binder ; 

(Stoa^, something, 
anything ; 

®^v. (See III.) ; 



©erBcr, m. tanner : 
©erj^e,/. barley; 
t^afer, m. oats ; 
<§df(id), ugly ; 
-§ter, here ; 
Seber, n. leather ; 
9lid)t5, nothing ; 
9iot§, red ; 



(Sauev, sour; 
@d)on, sweet, agree- 
able ; 
©eife,/. soap ; 
(Stimme,/. voice ; 
3]}ei^, white ; 
SBeijen, m. wheat; 
SBenig, little, few. 



2)ag aJleer'waffer ^at eiiien fatj'tgen 

®efd)mad'. 
JDiefer ©d)nei'bergefeUe ift etn ge? 

[d)tcEt'er 2tr'6elter. 
JDer -§unb tft eiti treue6 !tf)ier, unb 

bie j?a|e \\i ein fdilaueg ^f)ter. 
<Ste ^aben etwa^ @d]cneg, unb id) 

fjabe etit)ag ®uteg. 
2)er 5lbler ift etn ^^xvlVx^qq^zI. 



The sea-water has a salt taste. 

'Tliis journeyman tailor is a skill- 
ful workman. 

The dog is a faithful animal and 
the cat is a sly animal. 

You have something fine and I 
have something good. 

The eagle is a bird of prey. 



1. ^o^i biefer ^udiljdnbler o;ixk^ %vii) ? 2. 3a, er l)0.i gute^ Xui) — 
unb biefer ©erber l)<xi guteg Seber. 3. 2Ba^ ^at ber ^arbier ? 4. (5r f)at 
gute ©eife. 5. ^^Oii ber Sudibmbcr fd)micg ^a^ter ? 6. 3a, unb er §at 
and) metu alteg ®ud). 7. 2Ber ^at gute^ ^cu ? 8. 3)iefer 53auer f)at gu- 
teg -§eu. 9. 2Bag Ifiat ber @d)mieb ? 10. (Sr Iiat gute^ @ifen, unb fetn 
SSruber ber ^a^terf)dnbler l)ai gutcsS ^a^ter, rotf)eg, blaued un'b ttsei^e^. 
11. «§aben (Sie rotl)en obev tnet^en 2Bein ? 12. 3d) i}abe treber rotten, 
nod) treifen. 13. 3^r 2Bem ift fi'i^, aber biefer fjier ift fauer. 14. 3^r 
rotfier 2Bein t|^ jiarf, unb ber toeif e 2Sein meine^ 9lad)barn ijl fd)it)ad). 15. 
^<xi unfet (Sd)neiber fd)h)atjeg obev tctfieg ii;ud) ? 16. @r ^at nut fd)tt>ar* 
ge^. 17. ^at biefer 2«iiUet gutea md)l ? 18, 3a, unb biefer 33auer l^at 



47 

gute« ^crn, vjutcii vCxifcr, uub cjutc ®ei-|'^e. 19. 5)iefc^ 2)idbdieit I}at cine 
[cboue (Stimmc. 20. -l^iciii *-i3nibcr Ijat chvae ©duMie^ uiib idi ftabe nidU^ 
t^ciplidM^'^. 21. ®a^ licibcu 5ic 9icuci5 ? 22. ^d) f)abe gar nidito [l^cuctJ. 
23. 5)iefer 2)uiiin t)at mir ciii iiteiiig @elb, uiib ber aubcve ijat gar fciug. 

Questions. 1. How are the absolute possessive pronouns declined. 2. Are 
eiii^ and uinS often contracted? 3. How? 4. In what two ways is ntctjtg 
rendered in EngHsh ? 5. How is ctum» rendered? 6. „Sottit!as"? 7 How 
is gar rendered? 8. ©anj unb flar? 9. How is an adjective declined, and 
how written after etwaS and nid)t.-? 10. How are German verbs conjugated 
negatively? 11. What analogy is noticed in the same tenses ] 



LESSON XVL Section XYI. 

The plural number. 

In the plural the adjective, when not preceded by a declin- 
able word, (the personal pronouns excepted) is inflected accord- 
ing to 

The old declension. 



^om. 


©ute, 


fc^one, 


alte, 


r^t:^e; 


@cn. 


©uter, 


fd)Oner, 


alter, 


rof^er; 


^at 


©uten, 


fd^onen, 


alten. 


rot:^en; 


% c c. 


©ute, 


fd)one, 


alte, 


xot^t. 



I. The definite article, the demonstrative and possessive pro- 
nouns have, in the Plural, the same form for all genders, and 
are inflected like adjectives of the Old Declension. 

Adjectives, when preceded by the definite article, a demon- 
strative, possessive, or relative pronoun, end, in all cases of 
the plural, in en, and are of the New Declension. 

Declension of the definite article, demonstrative and 
possessive pronouns in the plural. 

2t. ^ie, the ; biefe, these ; meine, my ; 

®. ^er, of the ; biefer, of these ; metner, of my ; 

2). JDen, to, or for the ; biefen, to, or for these; meinen, to, or for my ; 
51, ^ic, the; biefe, these ; metnc, my. 



48 

Inflection of adjectives according to the new declension 
in the plural. 

^. 5ene gutcn, those good ; feme guten, liis good ; 

®. Sener guten, of those good ; feiner guten, of his good ; 
5D. Senen guten, to,or for those good; feinenguten,to,or for his good; 
Q(. 3ene guten, those good ; feine guten, his good. 

RULES FOR THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF NOUNS. 

Rule I. Nouns of the New Declension add n or en to the 
singular, and retain this ending in all the cases. Ex. : @raf^ 
count ; ©rafen, counts. Od)^, ox ; Ddfjfen, oxen. Stnabt, boy ; 
^naBen, boys. 

Rule II. Masculine nouns, which in the singular end in 
ct, en, er have the same termination in the plural, and take the 
Umlaut*, if the radical vowel be capable of it. Ex.: 5(:^fel, 
apple; ^le^pfel, apples. Ofen, stove; Oefen, stoves. 35niv)er, 
brother ; SSrixber, brethern, or brothers f . 

Rule III. Masculine nouns of other terminations generally 
add e to the nominative singular. Ex. : 35 erg, mountain, 
SBerge, mountains ; a, o and u in the radical syllable generally 
assume the Umlaut. Ex. : -Saum, tree ; 33aume, trees. 33art, 
beard; 33arte, beards. <Bo^n, son; <So:^ne, sons. JQut, hat; 
t^iite, hats. 

Rule IV. Feminine nouns ending in e, el and er form the 
plural by adding n. Ex. : CflarBe, scar ; ^axbtn, scars. (Sd^ad|* 
tel, box ; Scfjad^teln, boxes. 5(^er, vein ; Qtbem, veins. 

Rule V. Feminine nouns, not ending in e, et or er, add en 
in the plural. Ex. : ^tan, woman ; Srauen, women. ^T^eunbin, 
friend; ^eunbinnen, friends. 2a% burden; $?ajten, burdens. 
U^r, watch ; U^ren, watches. 

Rule VI. Neuter nouns, ending, in the smgular, in el, en, 
er, d)en and lein, have the same form in the plural. Ex. : 9Juber, 



* The letters a, o and u are the only ones to which the Umlaut can be applied. 
(SeeL.II12ac2C.) 

t The nearest analogy in English, to this formation of the plural, is seen in 
the words man (men), ox (oxen), brother (brethren), tooth (teeth), dec. 



49 

rudder ; Ohibcr, rudders. 3i>c(fcn, basin ; 33etfen, basins. Tlittd, 
means ; 3}iittel, means. 2)?viDd)en, girl ; ajtabdjen, girls, ^^raulein, 
miss ; ^aulein, misses. 

Rule VII. Neuter nouns of other terminations generally 
add er to the nominative singular. Ex. : fjelb, field ; Shelter, 
fields, ^ilb, picture ; 33ilber, pictures ; a, o and u in the radical 
syllable generally assume the Umlaut. Ex. : 5Da^ £anb, bie 
!^anbcr; bag ^oru, bie Werner; 'i)a^ ^^nd), bie iBiicfjer. (Ex- 
ceptions §. 13. 1 Note.) 

Rule VIII. If the nominative plural terminate in ffXt", the 
other three cases will end in the same. 

Rule IX. The nominative, genitive and accusative of all 
nouns are in the plural number, the same in form. 

Rule X. The dative plural must always end in „tt". 

Observe, that rules VIII., IX. and X. are without exceptions 
and applicable to nouns of all genders. 



Old declensiois^ of the adjective ix the plural 





WITH NOUNS. 


(See L. 15.) 






Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Neuter. 


Hfl om. 


®ut-e SSein-e; 


©elbe-n ; 


SBaffer; 


©en. 


©ut-erSSeiit-c; 


Seibe-n; 


3Baffer; 


^at 


@ut-en 5S}ein-en ; 


©eibe-n; 


SBaffer-nj 


Qlcc. 


®ut-e 2Bcirt-e; 


(Seibe-n; 


SBaffer. 



declension of THE ARTICLE, ADJECTIVE AND A NOUN OF EACH 
GENDER IN THE PLURAL. 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

^. 2)ie guten ^^iit-e, f^au-en, «§auf-er, 

Rule III. ; Rule V. VIII. ; Rule VII. ; 

®..^er gutcn ^itt-e; ^T^au-en; ^auf-tt; 

2). 2)cn gutcn «§ut-cn, i^au-en; t^aiif-em, RuleX.; 

% 5)ie guten «§ut-e, ?Jrau-ett; '§auf-er. 
Rule IX. ; 
3 



50 



DECLENSION OF A POSSESSIVE PRONOUN, ADJECTIVE AND NOUN 
OF EACH GENDER IN THE PLURAL. 



Masculine. 

9l« ^dm guten 9^agel, 

Rule 11. ; 
©. SD^einer guten £RageI; 



Feminine. 

0ZabeI-n, 

Rule lY.; 
9^abel-n; 



5). 2)ieinen guten 9lageC-n; iUabel-n; 
% 3}Zemc guten ^Icigci; 9flabel-n; 



Neuter. 

3J?effer, 

RuleVL; 
DJlcffer; 

9J?e[fer-n,RuleX.; 
3}?effer. 



When several consecutive adjectives precede and qualify the 
same noun, they must, in termination, be all alike. Ex. : Sr 
'f^at guteS fetneS Btaue^ Xudj. dx ^at ba^ gute [eine Blaue 2'ud^. 
<Bk f)dhm gute neue fd[)One '^iiU. <Sie ^aBen bie guten ncuen 
fd^onen ♦§iite. 

INFLECTION OF NOUNS ACCORDING TO THE NEW DECLENSION 
IN THE PLURAL. 

0l« 5)te£)(^fe-n (Rule I.), the oxen; bie ?^iirfl-en, the princes ; 
@. ^tx £)d)fe-n, of the oxen ; ber (^-iirft-en, of the princes; 

2). 5Den £)d)fe-n, to, for the oxen ; ben ?yiirji-en, to, for the 

princes ; 
51. 5)te Od^fe-n, the oxen ; bie ^urft-en, the princes. 

CONJUGATION OF THE PRESENT TENSE OF ,,f) tt 6 e u'^ AND ^,fein'^ 
IN THE PLURAL. 

SBir ^a^en, we have ; n>ir finb, we are ; 

3^r (§. 57. 6) ^a^t, you have; i^r feib, you are ; 
©ie ^aBen, they have ; fie ftnb, they are. 



5tuf gaBe,/. exercise ; 
S5aum, m. tree; 
Setbe, both ; 
^mie,/ pear; 
IBIatt, n. leaf; 
2)eun, for, because ; 
©^vlid), honest, 
honestly ; 



Exercise 16. 5lufgaBe 16. 

?viit^gerl)iit, m. thimble 



^ttnib e, /. j oy. delight ; 
f^ii^sclf, n. infantry; 
®a&el,/. fork; 
@aft, m. guest; 
@elb, yellow ; 
©emat'be, n. painting, 
picture ; 



©leidi, like, equal; 

<§cch, high (predicate 
form) ; 

>§o^e, I)cl)er, 'i)ci}e6, at- 
tributive form ; 

.^anjel,/. pulpit; 

Jlaiijter, ni. chancellor • 

v^tvciie,/ church; 



51 



iloiiig, m. king; 

iJaiuv long; 

Safiiij, burdensome; 

!^iebltclV lovely ; 

iiicbliug, m, darling, 
favorite ; 

2 off el, m. spoon; 

iiJinilfe,/. Louisa; 

-ilUavftfrau, /. market- 
woman ; 

S'uilcr, m. painter; 

aTJalevei', /. (art of) 
painting ; 



2)Zcff erfitmicb, m. cut- 
ler; 

^\\\\V\d)xzx,m. music- 
teacher ; 

Dhicb'baviu/.neighbor; 

^^^vc^bigev, m. preacher; 

^latte,/. rat ; 

Oic'genfdiirm, m. um- 
brella ; 

9?eicbtf)um, m. v^^ealth, 
riches ; 

Stehilicb, neat, cleanly; 

Oieiteret', /. cavalry; 



®dimacff)vTLft, pala- 
table ; 

(Soii'uenfd)irm, m. pa- 
rasol ; 

(Stclj, proud, haughty; 

Xcdncr,/. daughter; 

UntT?of)l, unwell ; 

aSolf, n. people ; 

3u (pr. j to ; 

3u (adv.) too. 



§el)ter finb uni^crmeib/Iut. 

@ie fuitcn auf ben Sdnffen ifive^ 

'^einbeg ©dt'tigung if)ver ^(x6:}i 

unb if)vci5 <§ungerg. 
CDiefcd fdicne ©cfdienf' ift i)on mei; 

ner @d)wej^ev*. 
SMcfe^ «§au^, 'i!k\z SBtefen itnb jene 

SBein'gdrten finb bag (5i gentium 

euieg reidien i?auf manner. 



Mistakes are unavoidable. 
They seek upon the ships of their 

enemy gratification (satiation) 

of their rage and of their hunger. 
This beautiful present is from my 

sister. 
This house, these meadows and 

those vineyards are the property 

of a rich merchant. 



1. 2)tefe nenen ^ifdie finb grof. 2. 3^ie toeifen <§iite finb fdion. 3. 
i^iefe ©abeln ]i\\'ii i^cn <gilbcr. 4. ^aben (5ie fitberne obcr gclbene S^leffer 
xml Scffel ? 5. 35>ir Kiben fttbcrne. 6 2)te guten J^naBen §aben fdionc 
53ivnen. 7. 'Slei^ige ediiiler 6aben lange 5(ufgaben. 8. 3)tefe alien @cl? 
baten babcn alte Q3iuter. 9. iDet SDIefferfdnnieb hOii fd^cue neue SOIeffer. 
10. 3)ie gveuben biefeg 5)>anneg finb feine licblid^cn ^inber. 11. 2)ie 
^an^eln in biefen Jtird^en finb ^c6. 12. 2)ie 9^tditen ber alien 3)ame finb 
fleifjig. 13. 33ie SJidbd^en be5 ^rebigevg finb gute ^iiebev. 14. 3)ie .§oli 
Idnbcr finb reinlidi nnb cl)rltdi. 15. 2)iefe 3)Zarftfrau i)<xi bie grcf en reifen 
53ivnen be^ ^auevg. 16. 5)ic grcfen reifen Strncn biefer SDlarftfrau finb 
fdimacfljaft. 17. «0af bicfe il)ame ben ??fii^g«i-"l)ut i^rer guten greunbin ? 
18. O^eiu, fie \:jQii ben ^tngertiut if)reg guten gveunbe^, 19. <§at ^^tdulein 
Scuife ben neuen (gcnnenfcbirm tf)rer guten a)Zutter ? 20. D^Zein, fie i)^i 
"iizn Dlegenfdurm ibrcg guten ©rubers. 21. ^oX bie fteme S^oditer biefer 
3!)ame etncn S^ufiflel^rer ? 22. 5ann, benn fie ift nod) ju jung ; aber i^re 
@d>irefter hixi m6.)i nur einen 5!Jlufiflef)rer, fonbcrn om6^ einen Sebrer ber 
aiealerci. 23. 3Ber i)^i bie -58u*er ^[)xzt, 33ruberg ? 24. 2)ie (2*tyeftcr 
feiner ^reunbin liat bie 53ii*er. 25. ipai bie Soditer 3l)rei3 alien Siad); 
bam bie gclbene Uljr metner jungen ^^reunbin ? 26. 5'^ein, fie l)at bie fil? 
berue Ui}r it)rer Dftadibarin. 27. Sie 331dtter biefer ^dume finb gelb, aber 
i^r €bft ift reif unb gut. 28. 3){e 9iatten finb Idfttge ©dfte. 29. iDtcfer 
alte ^aufmann l)^i gro^e Oleidiibiimer. 30. ©iefe Sleiterei unb jene^ ^uf ? 
»ol! finb beibe gleid) gut. 31. 2)er fleine @o^ beg ^anjterg ifl ber £ieb; 
ling beg ^onigg. 32. ©iefc grcunbin beg SD^alerg ^at febr fd)one @e; 
mdlbe. 



62 

Questions. 1. IIow is the adjective declined in the plural, when not in- 
fluenced by a preceding word 1 2. What is said of the definite article, the 
demonstrative and possessive pronouns in the Tplmall 3. How are they in- 
flected? 4. What is the ending of adjectives, when preceded by the definite 
article, a demonstrative, possessive, or personal pronoun ? 5. And of v/hat 
declension are they? 6. What is said of adjectives when consecutively pre- 
ceding and quahfying a noun? 7. Have adjectives and nouns of the New 
Declension the same form in the plural ? 8. What cases of nouns are aUke in 
the plural ? 9. What is the final letter of the dative plural ? 



LESSON XYII. §tct\ n XYIL 

The plural of Warm is 3)Jcmner ; except in compounds, where 
it is generally ?eutc (§. 15. Note). Ex : ^anbmann, country- 
man ; l^anbleitte, country-people. Bintmermann, carpenter ; 
Binimcrleute, carpenters. <§au^tmann, captain; ^au^tleute, 
captains, ^aufmatm, merchant ; ^aiifleute, merchants. 

33clf corresponds mainly to our word people. Unlike this, 
however, it has different forms for the two numbers. Ex. : 
5Die ^ranjcfen [inb ein leB^afteS 3? o If ; the French are a hvely 
people, ^le Siirften fc^iDelgen, unb ba6 33 o If leibet -, the prin- 
ces revel and the people suffer. 5IIle 33 I ! e r auf (Srben, 
1. 9)?cfeg 18. 18 ; all the nations of the earth, Genesis 18. 18. 

The word one, as a pronoun, is, in English, often inserted af- 
ter an adjective, to avoid the repetition of the noun: in German, 
however, the adjective in such case, stands aloiie. Ex.: (Sr t)at 
einm giiten ^iit xmb id) ^aBe eincn fd)Ied)ten 5 he has a good hat 
and I have a bad (one). 3d^ I^aBe gute '^nU unb er ^at fc^Ied)te; 
I have good hats and he has bad (ones). Sr 'i)at guten SGeitt 
unb id) ^ate fd)tcd)tett; he has good wine and I have bad. 

The adjective and participle preceded by an article are often 
used substantively, as Avell in the singular as in the plural. Ex. : 
5£)er Bwfriebene iji gliicflid) ; the contented (man) is happy. JBie 
3ufriebene ift gliitflid) ; the contented (woman) is happy, ^k 
Bufriebenen finb gtiitflidi -, the contented are happy. (Em Bu* 
fciebencr ift gliicflid) ; a contented (man) is happy. 2)ev ©ter* 



53 

Bcnbe, bic ©terBcnbc ; the dying (man), the dying (woman). 
5)ic ^ct3cnbcn ; the Hving. 

I. Adjectives in German are often, by means of the definite 
article, con\erted into abstract nomis. Ex. : ^r Derc^rt ba0 
©d^iJne ; he adores the beautiful. 

II. The use of the definite article before nouns taken in a 
general sense, is much more frequent than in English. Ex. : 
^n 3 iger ift flinf ; the tiger is agile. 5)er 3)iaitiant ift cin (Sbet* 
ftehi ', the diamond is a precious stone. 5Da§ @oIb ift dn ebleS 
3)2etall ; (the) gold is a precious metal, ^u !?uft ift dn Sle= 
ment ; the air is an element. 5)aS SBaffer ift ein ©fement ; (the) 
water is an element. 5Die ©eele ift unfterBUcf) ; the soul is, im- 
mortal. 5Der 9}Zenfd[) ift fterBIid) ; (the) man is mortal. 5Die 
Sraulbeit ifl: ein Rafter ; (the) idleness is a vice. 

The plural is used /in the same manner. Ex.: ^ie 3^iger 
ftnb fiinf; (the) tigers are agile. 

III. The definite article is sometimes used instead of the 
possessive pronouns. Ex. : dx l}at cin ^ud^ in b e r ^anb j 
he has a book in the (his) hand. 3)a0 ^inb ift Bei b e m 3Sater; 
the child is with the (its) father. 

lY. Proper names and titles are often preceded by the de- 
finite article. Ex. : 3Sd tft bcr ^einridf) ? where is (the) Henry? 
S)er ^aifcr ^einrid) -, the emperor Henry. ^Der ^onig <§cuirldf) ; 
(the) king Henry. 

The definite article likewise commonly precedes the adjective 
qualifying a proper name. Ex. : 51) ic fd)5ne ^^elcne ; the beau- 
tiful Helen. 3)er arme Diid)arb ; (the) poor Richard. 

The article is also generally used before the words Sdjulc, 
^ird)C, maxh, dmUt :c. Ex. : (§x ift in ber ©c^ule ; he is (in) 
at (the) school, dx ift in ber Jltrd}e ; he is (in) at (the) church. 
(Sr ift auf bem 9)Zarft -, he is at the market. (§x ift in ber DJZii^le; 
he is in the mill. (§.x gef)t nad] ber dJlhtjU -, he is going to (the) 
mill. 

V. TJie word ^err, when placed before a proper name an- 
swers to our Mr. Ex. : 5ft ^ e r r 9?. :^ier ? is Mr. N. here ? 
^- r a u in the like position signifies Mrs. Ex. : SBo ifi Srau 
0^. ? where is Mrs. N. ? ^yrciulein thus placed answers to 



our word Miss. Ex. : ^'ta^Icin 9^. ift {)ier ; Miss N. is here. 
©uten 9}?orgen ^err 9^., ^rau 9?., 'S^raulein 0?. ; good morning 
Mr. 1^., Mrs. N., Miss N. 

Instead of g'rau the French 9}Jabame is often used. Ex. : 
9}?abamc m. ; Mrs. N. 

In address, when the name is omitted, the possessive pronoun 
precedes the words t^eiT and ^-raiilein. Ex. : Outen 9}?orgeu 
m e i n ^crr, m e i n ^Tciulein ; good morning Sir, Miss. 

In the phn-al the form of address is : 9JZeinc •^ertcn ! Gentle- 
men ! 9Jleitte Seamen ! Ladies ! Ttdm %x'duXmx ! Young ladies ! 

The word ^raiilein, when connected with the name, is used 
like its corresponding word in English. Ex. : Sinb bie i^'xan^ 
lein ^. lu ^aufe ? Are the misses N. at home ? 

In ceremonious address the word t§err is prefixed to titles. 
Ex.: ^crr ^rafibent; Mr. President, ^err (Svred}cr; Mr. 
Speaker, v^err ^aftor; (Mr.) Pastor, v^err £)&er[t; (Mr.) Co- 
lonel. ^eiT ^rofeffcr; (Mr.) Professor, ^crr .?el;rer; (Mr.) 
Teacher. <§err 9\tttcr ; Sir Knight. 

^err, preceded by the definite article, is applied to these titles 
as well in the third person as in the second. Ex. : 2Bo ift ber 
t^err ^raftbcnt ? Where is the president ? SBiffen <Sic, tro bet 
^err £)Berft ift ? Do you know where the colonel is ? 

The word ^rau is prefixed to titles or appellations of women. 
Ex.: ?5rau ©onnerin; Lady patroness. }^au ^(eljtifftn; Lady 
Abbess, ^rau ©ema^lin ^ Lady consort. 

These words are also prefixed to designations of relationship. 
Ex. : mo ift 3Br ^err main ? Sein ^err SSruber ifi I^ier. 3ft 
3I;re B'rau 9j?utter ju ^aufe ? 3f)re S^rciulcin (Bdjmpx tvax 
ha &c. 

Exercise 17. QlufgaBe 17. 

SIBenb, m. evening; (l'cncel•t^ n. concert; (Svbe,/. earth; 

Sh'kiteu, to work ; 3}a'nif ngefellfitaft, /. (Srfta'ben, sublime ; 

S3ebaii'ern, to pity ; society of ladies. §rau, /. Mrs. woman, 

S3enei'ben, to envy; (See L. 9) ; wife; 

^ergmann, ?72. miner; ®ort, there, yonder ; ®elel;rt', learned ; 

Settler, m. beggnr; (S'^cnfallp, likewise; ©emafc'Itn^/. consort: 



55 



©efviJibt'ln,/, embassa- 
divss ; 

©crtevii , yesterday ; 

©li'icflidV happy,fortu- 
nate ; 

^viiib'ittevfcr, m. me- 
chanic ; 

•C^cvr, /?i.Mr.,Sir,Lord; 

^of'rdtBiu,/. wife of a 
counselor of the 
court (L. IX. I.); 

£dd'i'cvlidi\ ludicrous, 
ridiculous ; 

Cafter, n. vice ; 

93labani', /. Mrs., ma- 
dam : 



liDlaurer, m. mason ; 

S-IJiuipter, 7n. minister; 

mil with; 

5)tiM\3cii, m. morning; 

SDiufter, n pattern, 
sample ; 

9^ii|lUti, useful ; 

^^icfef'fov, 7n. profes- 
sor; 

(Sdiaucn, to view, be- 
hold; 

©diled)t, bad, base; 

(Sdiretuer, m. joiner ; 

(B&)xittf m. step, stride ; 

©e^en, to see,perceive ; 

%i)taHtx, n. theater; 



5:iefe,/. depth; 

S^iauev, /. mourning, 
sorrow ; 

S^u'vjeiibl^aft, virtuous; 

Ihi' j,dii}xt, unlearned, 
illiterate ; 

Uii'^liicflid), unhappy, 
unfortunate ; 

33evbie'uen, to earn, de- 
serve ; 

93iel, much, many ; 

ffiiinfdien, to wish, de- 
sire ; 

3tr)ei, two Q. 44). 



2)ie ^iit'teiitcute fjafcen fd^were 9(r'? 

beiten. 
2)ic meiilen aSoIiei* St'fien^ l)abm 

iicd) @c^cn. 
2)er 93atcr ^at einen fdittatjen «§ut 

imb bcr @c6n einen tnet^en. 
2)a^ @*6ne ift licblidi, aber nur bag 

®uk adVtnnggtrevtf). 
2)cr ^err ©cfanb te ift fo eben mit 

fciner %xau ©emafj'Hn ab'geveiji. 
-5?el)men @ic auf bem <BcX>^a gefcit'; 

lic^it ''^ia^, metne 2)ainen, meine 

i5rdu(ein cber meine ^erten, 
§rau Di, if)ve grduiein %cd)kx unb 

tftr ^evr (Bci^n finb m 3f)rem 

Simmer. 



The furnace-men have severe la- 
bor. 

(The) most nations of Asia have 
still idols. 

The father has a black hat and the 
son a white (one). 

The beautiful is lovely, but only 
the good (is) worthy of respect. 

The ambassador, with his lady 
consort, has just departed. 

Please, take seats upon the sofa, 
ladies, young ladies, or gentle- 
men. 

Madam N., her daughter, and her 
son are in your room. 



1. 2)ie Bitnmetteufe, (Sdn'einer, ©dineiber unb S)Zanrer ftnb ^anbir»erfer. 
2. 3Me S3erc\teute arbetten in ber Siefe bei* @rbe. 3. ©ie dngldnber ftnb 
€in ru(}igeg 2^olf. 4. 2)ie S)eutfd)en finb ein fleiptges 9}o(f. ^5. ^lei^tge 
^aubwcvftjteute serbtenen in 5tmcrtca yiel ®e(b. 6. S>ir I^aben einen 
ijvc^en ®avten, unb ©ie (laben einen fleinen. 7. 3)er Oleidie f)at einen gn? 
ten Slccf, unb ber SSettler einen fdilediten. 8. 2)ev Xugenbl^afte fdieut ba§ 
£vtfter. 9. 2)cr @liicf(tdie bebauert ben Unglixcflidien. 10. 3)ie Ungelef)rte 
beneibet bie ©etebrte. 11. 2)ag ©elebrtc ift nicbt immer ia^ 9tii|tid)e. 
12. 6err 9^. ift in bem Bimmer. 13. ferau 9^. ift in bem 2:f)eater. 14. 
(2ef)cn 2ie ben fd^onen SBagen bes ^ervn dl. ? 15. Olein, SZabam, id) 
febc i^n ni*t. 18. 3ci, ^rau 9^1., id) fc§e t^n. 17. S* gei)e mit 3f)nen, 
mein <6err. 18. 3di tt^iinfdie 3f)ncn einen guten SJlcrgen, mein <^rdulein. 
19. 3d) war geftern in etner fDamcngefeUfd^aft. 20. ^rau D>. ift fe^v 
munter. 21. 3d) fe.y bie ^rau ©efanbtin ni*t. 22. 2)ev >§err aKtnifter 
ifl cbenfaUg bcvt. 23. 5)ie ^vau ^ofvdtr)in hat 2:rauev. 24. @uten 
5ll)enb <^err ^prcfeffor, 25. 2Bo ift 3bve Qrau @emai)lin, 3t;r ^en (Boi)n 



56 

wnb Sl^re ^rdulein Jloditer ? 26. <Stc ftnb in bem (S:oncert. 27. a^em 
(§. 4. 2) @rf)a6enen jum Sddierlidien iji nur ein ©cbritt. 28. 3)er S^eidie 
l^at 5tt)el * «§dufer, brei ^ned)te, »ter ^ferbc, jtcolf Dd)fen unb aditjtg @d)afe, 
29. 5)iefer Sdger ^at fiinf «§unbe unb jener ^at ad)t. 

Questions. 1. What is the plural of ?!}?ann 1 2. What is stated §. 15 
Note ? 3, In what respect do 33 c I f and people differ 1 4. How would you 
express such a phrase as, ,,a good one" in German? 5. How are adjectives 
in German often converted into abstract nouns ? 6 Example 1 7. Wherein is 
the use of the article more common in German than in English ? 8. Instead 
of what is the definite article sometimes used? 9. Example.? 10. What of 
proper names, and titles? 11. What of the article preceding adjectives? 12. 
What of the word .§eiT ? 13. grau? 14. IJraiileiu? 15. Examples? 



LESSON XVITI. Stctxon XVIII. 

In English the relation of property or possession is denoted 
by means of personal pronouns in the possessive case, while in 
German the same relation is shown by means of a distinct class 
of words (L. 11) called possessive pronouns ; and these are used 
not merely in the corresponding case (i. e. the genitive), but in 
all the cases. The German personal pronoun, therefore, is 
rarely used in the genitive like our personal pronoun in the pos- 
sessive. 

Declension of the personal pronouns. 

Singular, 
(R. 54I; 5Du, thou; @ic, you; 

@. Mdntx, of me ; 5)einer, of thee; S^rer, of you ; 
3). ^iv, to, or for me ; ^tr, to, or for thei ; 3t)nen, to, or for you; 
%. ^lid), me ; 5Did), thee ; 6ie, you. 

Plural. 
01. SBir, we ; S^r, you ; Sie (§. 57, 6), you ; 

®. Unfer, of us ; (Suer, ofyou; 3^rer, ofyou; 

5D. Un§, to, or for us; (Su(^,to,orforyou; S^nen, to or for you; 
5i. Un§, us; ^ud^, you ; ©ie, you. 

* The pupil should commit the cardinal numbers (^. 44) to memory : the 
five succeeding paragraphs may also, at this stage of his progress, be read to 
advantage. 



67 







Singular, 






Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Neuter. 


cr?. 


(Sr, he; 


f(e, she ; 


eg, it ; 


®. 


@einer, of him ; 


iftrer, of lier ; 


feiner, of it ; 


5D. 


3^m, to, or for him; if)x, to, or for her; 


i(;m, to, or for it ; 


% 


3I;n, him ; 


fte, her ; 
Plural of all genders. 


eg, it. 


m. 


(Sie, they ; 


. fie, they ; 


fie, they ; 


@. 


S^vcr, of them ; 


i:^rer, of them ; 


i:^rer, of them ; 



£>. S^nen, to, for them; 
%. ©ie, them; 



i^nen, to, for them ; i:^nen,to,for them; 
fie, them ; fie, them. 



I. The personal pronouns (in the 1st and 2(i persons) are 
often used reflexively ; and are to be rendered by our com- 
pounds, myself, thyself, ourselves, yourselves. Ex. : Sd^ loBe 
mid) ; I praise myself. 5Du loBft 5Did) ; thou praisest thyself. 
SBir loKni ung ; we praise ourselves. %^x loSt ®uc^ &c. 

II. The reflexive form of the personal pronouns, in the third 
person singular and iilural, is f i c^ (Latin se), and answers to 
our objective, himself, herself, itself, themselves ; its gender 
and number being determined by the subject of the verb. Ex. : 
@ r etkubt fid); he allows (to) himself. @ i e erIauBt f i d^ ; 
she allows (to) herself. 3)er ^yi<x\) i loBt fid); the boy 
praises himself. (S i e aKe loBen fid) (fee. (See §. 60, 4.) 

III. A personal pronoun of one gender is frequently translat- 
ed by one of another. Ex. : 5Der ^ifc^ ift q;cX, aBer er ift ntd^t 
grof ; the table is good, but it is not large. ^DaS 2}Jabd)en ift 
fd^on, aBer e 6 ift nid)t flei^ig ; the girl is beautiful, but she is 
not industrious, ^iefe B^eber f^reiBt nid^t gut, fie ift ju h?eid^; 
this pen does not write well; it is too soft (limber). 

Declension of 91 i e Tit ^w'l) {with exa/mples of each case). 
9^. OHematib ; nobody. (§. 59. 3.) 9liemanb ift ^ix. 
@. 3Riemanbg; of nobody. 
^. {Riemanbem; to nobody. 

5j < f|i«w*-0'- 1 nobody. 



0(iemnnb6 '^ni ift ^ier. 
(Sg ift^iiemanbem nii|lid). 

5c^ fe^^e^Jiemanb. 



3* 



58 

IV. Verbs of the New Conjugation (See § 79. 1. 2.) form 
the Imperfect by adding to the root the suJBax t e, for the first 
and for the third person singular : the corresponding parts in 
the plural being made by the addition of the letter n. The 
second person singular is formed by adding to the root the let- 
ters t e fl : the plural of the same person taking iti. 

The root is found by removing the letters e n from the form 
of the present infinitive : thus, from \ohtn (to praise), take en, 
and you get I o B, which is the root. 

The Present Participle is made by adding to the root the 
syllable e n b ; as, loB -f enb, praising. 

The Perfect Particijjle is produced by prefixing to the root 
the augment g e (§ 69. 2. 4.) and suffixing the letter t (some- 
times et): thus, ge+Io£+t, praised. 

The Perfect tense is formed by combining the perfect parti- 
ciple with the present indicative of the auxiUary 1^ a "& e tt or 
fein; as, id) ^aBe gcIoBt, I have praised. 

The Pluperfect is formed by combining the perfect participle 
with the imperfect of !^abm or fetn ; as, id} ^<xii% geloBt, I had 
praised. 

The First Future is formed by adding to the present of the 
infinitive, the present indicative of the auxiliary it) e r b e n ; as, 
id) ivcrbc loBeit, I shall praise. 

The Second Future is formed by adding to the perfect of the 
infinitive, the present indicative of the auxiliary h) e r b e n ; as, 
i6>, iuevbe geloBt ^aBen, I shall have praised. 

Conjugation of the regular verb loBen in the indicative. 

Infinitive. Participles. 

PREs. ^oBen, to praise ; prks. loBenb, praising; 

PERF. ©eluBt ^aBen, to have praised ; perf. gctoBt/ praised. 

Present tense. 

Singular Plural, 

3d^ (oBc, I praise ; trir loBen, we praise ; 

5)u ToBft thou praisest ; i^r loBet, you praise ; 

(Sr toBt, he praises ; fie toBen, they praise. 



59 

Singular. Plural 

Imperfect tense. 

3cF| loB-te, I praised ; trir loB-tcn, we praised ; 

5Du loh-U^, thou praisedst ; i^r lo^-Ut, you praised ; 

dt loB-tc, he praised ; fie loB-ten, they praised. 

Perfect tense. 

3c^ ^abe gcIoBt, I have praised ; tvix ^dbm gcIoBt, we have p-ed ; 

5Du ^a^t gelcBt, thou hast p-ed ; i^x 'i)ahd gefobt, you have p-ed ; 

(§x 'i^at Qtlo^t, he has praised; fie l^aBengelobt, they have p-ed. 

Pluperfect tense. 

Sd^ f)atU qdoU, I had praised ; h?tr^attengcIoBt, we had praised; 

JDu I;attcft geloBt, thou hadst i^r f)atkt geloBt, you had 

praised ; praised ; 

Qx f)atU QdoU, he had praised; fie fatten geIo:6t, they had p-ed. 

First future tense. 
^d) ii?erbe loBen, I shall praise; irirtrerbcnloBen, we shall praise; 
5Du txnrft loBen, thou wilt praise ; i:^r hjerbet loBcn, you will praise; 
(Sr irirb lohm, be will praise ; fie trerben lohtn, they will praise. 

Second future teivSE. 
3cf| trerbe gelolBt f)abtn, 'tvix irerbett gelofit ^aBen, 

I shall have praised ; we shall have praised ; 

5)u irirft geloBt f)abcn, i^r trerbet gelott ^aUn^ 

thou wilt have praised ; you will have praised ; 

(Sr irlrb getoBt ^aBcn, fie iijerben getoBt ^akn, 

he will have praised ; they will have praised. 

Imperative. 
ScBe bu, praise thou ; loBet or loBt i^r, praise you ; 

I^oBe er, let him praise ; loBen fie, let them praise. 

V. In compound tenses, the participle or infinitive is put at 
the end of the sentence, whether affirmative or interrogative. 
Ex. 5d) ^otte ben 33rief geloBt, I had praised the letter ; <^atU 
id) ben ^^ricf geloBt ? had I praised the letter ? SSen irerben ©ie 
lobeu ? whom will you praise ? SSerben @ic i^n geloBt ^abm ? 
will you have praised him ? 

VI. In Enghsh we have thi-ee forms for the present tense : 
he praises, he does praise, he is praising. The German has 



60 

for all these but one form : cr loBt The present, besides its 
ordinary use, is often used in relation to fast time, when the 
period referred to is still unfinished. Ex. 3rf) tfc^ne fc^on em 
ganged Sa^r in 33erlin, I reside (have resided) already a whole 
year in Berlin, ^d) f)aBc baS ^ferb nur eine 5Bo^e, I have (had) 
the horse only a Aveek. The present is moreover often used 
for the future. Ex. 9i)?orgen ge^^e id) nad) 2Slen, to morrow I 
am going to Vienna. 5d^ geBe S^ncit einen @u(ben fiir ba§ ^uc^, 
I {will) give you a florin for the book. 

VII. The imperfect is used to denote continuance of being, 
action or passion ; as, bie ©c^Iadjt Bei ^ei:^5ig bauerte brel ^age, 
the battle near Leipsic continued three days. Hence it comes, 
also, to be used in expressing what is customary or habitual ; 
as, 55)ie alten 5Deutfd)ett jiagten gern imb fii^rten oft Jtrieg mit ben 
JKomern, the ancient Germans v/ere fond of hunting, and often 
carried on war with the Romans. Kindred to this, is its use 
in cases where one action or event is to be represented as si- 
multaneous with another : as, er jlarB, aU er auf bem !^anbe 
toar, he died, while he was in the country ; er f:pielte, al0 ic^ 
arBeitete, he played, while I worked. (See § 138.) 

VIII. The perfect describes an action as finished without 
reference to another action, and unlike the same tense in Eng- 
lish, may be used with an adverb, that denotes past, as well as 
present time. Ex. : (Sr l^at i^n geloBt, he has praised him. 
(Sr ^ai i^n geftern geloBt, he (has) praised him yesterdaj^ (gr 
l^at il^n 'i^ituH gelcBt, he has praised him to-day. (See § 139.) 

IX. The second future is often used in reference to past time 
to indicate a probability. Ex. : (gr n>irb e6 gei^ort i^aBen, he 
lias probably heard it ; literally, he will have heard it. 

Exercise 18. ^ufgaBe 18. 

Sttg, as, than ; 2)ecf en, to cover ; @ra^, n. grass ; 

^IrBeit,/ labor; 2)orf, n. \dllage; «§oren, to hear; 

5|[u'fent§alt, m. resi- (Sf;e, before ; Sagen, to hunt ; 

dence; ©in'famfeit,/ solitude; Sugenb,/ youth; 

;0auen, to build ; §elb, n. field ; Sunfer, m. young no- 

;^eg{ei'ter, m- atten- i^ifdi, ra. fish ; bleman ; 

dant; grommigfeit,/ piety; R'6x)^zx, m. body; 

;^etracl)'ten, to regard; ©ar.j, entire, whole ; .^rdnfen, to grieve; 

fdctz, rri. "messenger ; ©efc^i^t', skilful ; .^iif)t, cool ; 



61 

Sctitcn, to teach; ©dbc^en, to prize, es- S^apfer, brave, valiant; 

2)^onb, m. moon ; teem ; Sdufclieu, to deceive, 

Oiad/niittag, m. after-@cbicfeii, to send ; disappoint ; 

noon ; @d)mcrj, 7n. pnin ; Xijau, m. dew ; 

-Sfiadit,/ nif^ht; (Sdiimmcr, m. glitter; S^rofier, w. comforter ; 

9Mbe,/ vicinity; (Seek,/ soul ; 2;vunf, m. draught ; 

-^evfcn',/. person; (Sefjeii, to see ; Uu/geratf)en, ill-bred; 

^jjfiiicfen, to pluck; @ommcv, m. summer; Ungliicf, 7i. misfortune; 

-^riifen, to test, prove ; ^iOiU,/. city; S3cr, before, from ; 

9iel:i, pure; (Stdvfen,to strengthen; S^ov^ftditig, cautious; 

jRcfe,/. rose; @tvc^, 7?. strav/; Sffiadien, to v/atch ; 

9lii(}m, 772. fame ; ©tube,/ room ; aSarnen, to warn ; 

(2d)eufeu, to present; ©iiiibe,/. sin; 2Bclf, withered. 

©ine fdUMie ^^\\\iV ftimmt lo.^ -derj (A) sweet music (attunes) makes 

fret; inib I;elter. the heart glad and cheerful. 

2)ie greunbe fiuttcu mid) in bem The friends sought me in the 

©artcn. garden. 

2)cr Jlaufinann ly^i ben (S'belftetn The merchant (has) prized the 

fef^r I;cdi gefdid^t'. precious stone very highly. 

S)le i^reiinbiu unrb biefen Sladymit? The friend will come to the city 

i^o^ nad) ber (Stvibt fcmmen. this afternoon. 

(5r roirb bie D^vidirtd^t fdion gebort' He will already have heard the 

f)aben. news. 

1. 3cb tiebe bag iliub be5 DladibarsS. 2. 3)ev £el}rer fdieufte bem @diix? 
ler eiii |\tcne^ 53iidi. 3. 5)er Skater f;at mir biefeuSricf gefditcft. 4. @te 
liatte Vc)Xi j^reunbin getdufdit. 6. 3di trerbe ben ^reuiib tnarnen. 6. 2)te 
^inbcv it»erben ben guten ^^ater gefrdnft f)aben. 7. 3d) i)abe bie ganje 
9^a*t bei bem franfen Srnber geicad^t. 8. (Stu uugeratbeuei? ^tnb frdnft 
Sater nnb S)hitter. 9. ©ie 3dger jagten geftern S'Zorgen in bem 2BaIbe, 
unb roerben biefen Olvidimittag in bev 9Zdl}e be^ 3)orfeo jagen. 10. 3d) 
I}orte beine @timme m bei @tnbe. 11. 2)lein "Jrennb Itebte ben 9?nt)m 
unb ^r\\ ©dnmmer. 12. @r wirb ben 53oten gcpviift l)aben, ebe er ibn ju 
bem greunbe fdii(fte. 13. ©r I)at eine 9to[e geppcct nub fie feiner ^^venn? 
bin gefd:;cnft. 14. 2)er 93aner hat fein ^ane mit @trof) gebecft. 15. (Sin 
gefditcfter ?Jlaurev biefer ©tsibt b^^i biefeg fd)cne <§aiti3 gebaut. 16. ©iefe^ 
Ungliift nnrb ibn gele{)rt {)aben, ycvfidUig jn fein. 17. DlaVcIccn fdid^te 
ben tapferen (golbaten, unb nidit ben 3nnfer unb (Sbelmann. 18. 3di babi* 
in bem ^^hiffe )iKk (§ 53. 3.) ^ifdie gefe()en (L. 19.). 19. 2)ie Strbeiten 
in meiner 3ugenb i;aben meinen Jldrpcr geftdvft. 20. (5in fiUiier Srun! 
ftdrft in bem Sommer ben v^orper, it^ie bcr 3^§au bag toelfe ©rag beg %tU 
beg. 21. 5)ag ©eroiffeu Ujarnt bie 9Jlenfd)en i^cv (§ 116. List.) ber Siinbc. 
22. 2)er (gdmterj liebt 'btw SO^cnb alg (L. 61.) einen S^rofter, bie (S'infam? 
feit (iebt ibn a(g einen 53egleiter mx'a bie grommigfeit a(g Im 2lnfent(;alt 
eincr veinen (2eete. 

QuESTioxs. 1. What peculiarities of the pronouns are stated in this 
Lesson \ 2. What is said of fid) '? 3. How is the root of a verb obtained 1 
4. How are the participles formed 1 5. How are the several tenses formed ] 
6. Can you form ihe several participles ai'd tenses of the -verb I b c n '? 



PLAN 



OF THE 



EXERCISES IN COMPOSING GERMAN. 



Hitherto the attention of the student has been exclusively- 
directed to reading and translating : the main point being to 
secure the sounds of the letters in all their various combinations 
and to familiarize the mind with the forms and rules of Declen- 
sion, peculiar to each number and the different genders. 

He may now profitably begin to apply the principles derived 
from the previous instructions and exercises to the business of 
speaking and writing the language. In this the aim all along 
must be, as far as possible, to think in German; so as to 
avoid the common and natural error of merely turning 
English modes of thought and expression into strictly literal 
German. Having clearly before him the thought which he 
wishes to express, let him seek to give it that shape, so 
to speak, which it w^ould properly have in a German dress. 
In attempting this, he should enter upon a thorough review 
of the ground already traversed ; and, in order to furnish 
him with the additional stock of words requisite for the 
purpose, we have, in accordance with our plan, given at 
page 250 and following, groups of related terms arranged in 
alphabetical order under their distinctive heads: as, *'Profes- 
sions and Trades", "Parts of the human Body", "Articles of 
Dress", "Fruit-Trees", "Forest-Trees", "Flowers", "Grain and 
Vegetables", "Birds", "Quadrupeds", "Fishes", "Insects", &c. : 
all suggestive of the subjects of the various exercises. Thus 



63 

suppose him to be reviewing Lesson YI. In group I. opposite 
the corresponding Enghsh, he finds; ber ^ihtftler, ber ^a^ft, &c., 
and in group II, "i^a^ ■}[iUx, ber 5Bitth.>er, <fec. : thus may he derive 
from any one, or all the groups, such words as he may choose 
to employ, or find adapted to any given exercise. 

Having written, conformably to the rules and instructions in 
tlie foregoing lessons, a corresponding number of exercises, the 
pupil may proceed with the lessons following, alternately ad- 
vancing and reviewing, in the manner already suggested, at such 
inter^-als, and with such variations of the exercises in review, as 
may, under difierent circumstances, seem to the teacher, or 
to pupils studying German without the aid of a regular teacher, 
advisable. (For model Exercises, See p. 249.) 



LESSON XIX. itcixon XIX. 

Verbs of the Old Conjugation (commonly called u'regular 
verbs) dififer from those of the ]N"ew, not only in respect to ter- 
minational variations, but also in reg-ard to chang-esof the radical 
vowels. Ex. : 3c^ fcmme, 1 come; id) tarn, I came; id) fc^reiBe, 
I write ; id^ fd^rieB, I wrote ; icB fc^e, I see ; id) ]al), I saw. (See 
§. 77 ; also hst of irregular verbs §. 78. 1). 

The form of the past participle, in verbs of the Old Conju- 
gation, frequerJli/ differs fi'om that of the infinitive, only by the 
augment g c. 
fcmmen. 



Ex. : Infinitive fonimen. Po.st piarticiple g e* 



Present. 
3d) faae, I fall ; 
5d| geBc, I give ; 
3di gcBe, I go ; 
3d} fcinme, I come ; 
5d} fpred)e, I speak ; 
3d) fpringf, I spring; 
3d) fd)rei6c, I write ; 
3d) finge, [ sing ; 
3di fefic, I see ; 



Imperfect, 
id) flel, I fell ; 
id) gaB, I gave ; 
id) ging, I went 
id) fam, I came 



Past Participle. 
gefallen, fallen. 
gegeBen, given, 
gegangen, gone, 
gefcmmen, come. 



id) f^rad), I spoke ; gefprod)en, spoken, 

id) fprang, I sprang; gefprungen, sprung, 

id) fdu-ieB, I wrote; gefd)rieBen, written, 

id) fang, I sang ; gefungen, sung, 

id) fa^, I saw ; gefe^w, seen. 



64 

/. The present tense of some verbs of the Old ConjugatioTif is 
irregular in the second and third j^ersons singular. Ex. : 
fallen. ® e B e n. 

3cf) falle, I fall ; 3c^ geBe, I give ; 

5Du fcitlft, thou fallest ; ^u gibjl, thou givest ; 

^r fdiit, he fall's; ^r gtbt, he gives. 

© e I; e n. @ :^3 r e d) e it. 

3c^ fel^e, I see ; 3d^ frtec^e, I speak ; 

5)u fie^ft, thou seest , 3)u f:prid)ft, thou speakest ; 

(§.X fic^t, he sees ; (Sr frrid^t, he speaks. 

//. In the imperfect tense of verbs of the Old Conjugation, 
as well as of the New, the second and third persons are regularly 
formed from the first person singular in the manner following, 
Ex. : 

® e 1^ e n. 
3df| ging, I went ; h?ir gingen, we went ; 

^u gtngft, thou wentst; x^x ginget, you went; 
^r ging, he went ; [ie gingen , they went. 

@ e B e n. 
Sdfi gaB, I gave ; n?ir gaBen, we gave ; 

5)u gaBji, thou gavest ; il;r gaBet, you gave ; 
@r gaB, he gave ; fie gaBen, they gave. 

CONJUGATION OF THE IRREGULAR VERB „^ a B C n" IN THE 
INDICATIVE. 

Infinitive. Participles. 

PRES. *§aBen, to have. pres. t^aBenb, having. 

PERF. ©e^aBt in ^aBen, to have had. perf. ©e-^aBt, had. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Singular. Plural. 

3(^ ^aBe, I have ; 'voix 'i)dbm, we have ; 

2)u ^a% thou hast ; i^r ^aBet, you have ; 

(Er Ijatf he has ; fie ^oBen, they have. 

imperfect TENSE. 

3c^ f)atU, I had ; wix 'f)attm, we had ; 

S)u l^atteft, thou hadst ; iBr Ijaiktf you had ; 

(§x f}atU, he had ; fie 1}attm, they had. 



65 



PERFECT TENSE. 



5(^ t;aBc Qif)aht, I have had ; n?ir ^aBcn Qt1:)abt^ we have had; 
51^11 ha\t gcfnitjt, thou hast had ; if;r i)aU gef;aBt, you have had; 
(5i l)at Qiijabt, he has had ; fie Ijabm QdjaU, they havehad. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Sd^ ^atte geT;a"6t, I had had ; iriv i;v-itten get;a6t, we had had ; 
£)u I;atteft gctniBt, thou hadst had ; ii)x IjatUt qdjabt, you had had ; 
Qx l)aitt ^iijaht, he had had; fie ^tten Qctjabt, they had had. 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



Srf| iverbc t]abm, I shall have ; 
^11 trirft ^aBen, thou Avilt have, 
(Sr irirr) !^a6en, he will have ; 



mv irerben I)aBen,we shall have ; 
t^r irerbet i)ab(n, you will have ; 
fie toerbeu ijabm, they will have. 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 

3rf) Iretbe ge^aBt I;a6en, I shall wix iucrbcn 



have had ; 
5I)u itnrft ge^aBtl^aBen, thou wilt 

have had ; 
dx ii^irb ge^abt 'i)abin, he vfill 

have had : 



i)abt ^abm, we 

shall have had ; 
i^r trerbet ge^aBt f)abm, you 

will have had ; 
fie trerben gel;a6t ^abm, they 

will have had. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Singular. 
♦^aBe bu, have thou; 
^aBe er, fie or e§, let him, her, 
or it have ; 



Plural. 
ijahm \Toix, let us have ; 
'i)abt or ^aBct i^r, ^ have ye 
or ^abm ©le, ( or you ; 
Ba6cn fie, let them have. 



Exercise 19 

5tn'genef;nt, pleasant, 
agreeable ; 

dBeii, just, even, now ; 

©ramma'tif, /. gram- 
mar; 

•^viubfitiit), m. glove ; 

3di ^abe i^n Ijsuk gefe'f)en. 
3d) i)a&e i^n geftern gefc'f)cn. 
2Ga^ Sie ^offen, ift fefjr un'geii^if . 



QlufgaBe 19. 

^^eute, to day ; 

^tetb, n. dress, gar- 
ment ; 

5Jitemanb, nobody, no 
one ; 

©d)ul;, TO. shoe ; 



^ac|, TO. aay : 

Safd'/entudi, ?z. hand- 
kerchief; 

SSor'geflern, day before 
yesterday ; 

2Barum'? why? 



I have seen him to-day. 

I saw (have seen) him yesterday. 

What you hope is very uncertain. 



66 

©ing ^bx •Serr -53niber ^cfteru nad^ Did your brother go to Leipsic 

Seipjig? yesterday? 

5tein, er giiuj nadb 2)reeben ; aber No, he went to Dresden; but I 

iit irerbe train-fdicinlid^ mermen shall probably go to Leipsic 

nadi Scivyg gebeii. to-morrow. 

S)ii fingft fd^cn ; aber behie 3dnre; You sing beautifully. but your sis- 

fier fang in ibter Sugenb ycttltd). ter sang m her youth, divinely. 

5Bem nabnifi bu biefec vgdmnn-t ? From whom did you take this 

sword ; 

5d^ bvibe e^ mcincm ^J-einbe v3cncm; I took it from my enemy and gave 

men iinb .T,ib Ci- meinem ^vteunbe. it to my friend. 

1. SSac bat S^r «6en: ©ruber ? 2. (Sr ^at neuc .^(etberiuib neue ©u? 
(&cr. 3. 2Barum babtii <Sie bieute metne weiBen >§aubfd^ube gcbabt? 
4. 3di batte lie gejlern; aber beiite babe id^ fie ni6t gef)v"ibt. 5. SBir 
irerbcnincrgen eiiien angenebntcnS:ag baben. 6. SDcetu 3}iteriinrb meiucn 
iSrief :?cr fetuer Stbretfe gcbabt ^aben. T. 2)iefer arme 3.Uann gtug i^or? 
geftern ,^ii meiucnt Cnfel. 8. Qx q^^ ibm jiret S^afd^cntiuter uub einen 
neueii <§ut. 9. @iebft 5}ii cftmetnen ^Bniber uub fprid^ft ^u. ^uirciten mix 
i^m? 10. ^d) fab ibn geftern ; aber id'' bahz nicbt mtt ibm gefprcd^en. 
11. ©angen (Sie beute SJtergen cber fang 3bre yrdufetu Xcd^ter ? 12. 3d^ 
Babe in meiner Sugeub gefungeu : aber fefet ftnge id^ ntdn mebr. 13. ^i- 
i^n (gie meine neue beutfd^e ©rvimntatif ? 14. dltin, tbm nt6t, aber id^ 
haii fte geficm gebabt. 15. Oliemaub i\t glucfli* als ber Bufriebene 
(L. 17.), iin'b Dtiemanb til; treife ale niir ber ?vrcmme. 16. ^^at ^bre 
f^rau ©emabltn einen 53rief an Sbreu -Serru 5>etter gefd^rieben ? 17. 
9letn, ncd^ nidit, aber fte n.nrb mcrgen an ibu fdireiben. Gdfar fdmeh 
rtad' diem : „id3 fam, fab unD fiegte." Sd> c^ab bicfem armeu S'Linne 
mctue alien Sdntbe. 

Qn:sTio>'s. 1. In what respect do verbs of the Old Conjugation differ from 
those of the New ] 2. In what respect only do past participles of verbs of the 
Old Conjtigation frequently differ in form from those of the New ? 3. WTiat 
is said of some verbs of the Old Conjugarlon in the second and third persons 
singular ? 4. How do verbs of both Conjugations form their second and -third 
persons ? 



LESSON XX. ^ecti0tt XX. 

i'Oeld^er ? \vtl6>t ? rceldnv^ ? (which ?) as interrogative, is de- 
chned precisely like tiefer, c, ti (§. 61. 2). The genitive is 
seldom used. 

I. ^ c r, b i e, b a ^^ frequently stands independently; i. e. 
not belono'in^ to a noun. AVhen so used, it is called a substan- 
tive pronoun, and answers to oiu" demonstrative pronoun that. 



67 



Its inflection, as seen in thQ Declension following, differs from 
that of the article, and it is likewise commonly pronomaced with 
a stronger emphasis. 

Declension of the substantive pkonoun ber,bie, Da^. 







ShiguJar 




Plural 




Masc. 


Fern. 


^^euL 


All genders. 


01 c m. 


Xcx\ 


tie ; 


ta«, that: 


bie, those ; 


@en. 


fTefTen; 


tercn; 


beffen, of that; 


beren, of those ; 


^at. 


3^em: 


m; 


beni, to that: 


benen, to, for those; 


51 c c. 


^cn: 


tie; 


bas, that; 


bie, those. 



Examples of Ute use of the substantive pronouns. 

(Sein 2?LanteI ift frfiirar; unb r e r His cloak is black and tho.t of 

feinec^ ^rui^ere * ift 6lau. his brother is blue. 

iTic U^r meine» 3Satcr» ift grcB The watch of my father is 



unb b i e feines tyreunbes ift 

![ch-. 
^a§ ?eber bee 2d^u6madBcry ift 

fdiirar^ unb x^ o.^ bee Satt* 

Ict5 ift gelb. 
Seine ©anfe finb grau unb b t e 

feiney 0iad)5atn finb irei§. 
3d) )>iht nteinen ^ut unb t e n 

mcines ^eunt^es. 



large and that of his friend 

is small. 
The leather of the shoemaker 

is black and that of the 

saddler is yellow. 
His o-eese are grrey and those 

of his neighbor are white. 
I have my hat and tha t of my 

friend. 



Sie^atiBrc -(yeter un? tie if^rer She has her pen and that of 

her friend. 
The boy has his book and that 

of his father. 
The boys have their balls and 
those of their friends. 



t^Teunbin. 
^Tcr ^na6e 1:>ckt feiu -^ud) unb 

Xi a.^ feines -X^aters. 
5Die .RnaBen BaBen if^re '23aQe tmb 

b i e iBrcr tyreunbe. 

Exercise 20. 



-^uf g a^ e 20. 
picture. -33rief, m. letter; 



5lbclt6, m. Adolphus ; SBiffc, n 

Stmertca'tiifcb, Ameri- image ; -23ud^'Ba(ter, m. 

can (;. 5 Note ^TL.) ; 5Sil£'luuer,w. sculptor: keeper ; 



book- 



* Such elliptical form ai. "His cloak is black and his brother's is blue" («etn 
S3J'.nirel iu fc^marj siu^ ffi;ic9 ^Bruccv^ ift blauj is very seldom in German. 



68 



^afeet,/. fable; 
©eUert, m. Gellert ; 
«§etnrtcl), m. Henry; 
91atf)§aug, n. city-hall, 
council-house ; 



gfJo'fenfarfeen,- pink- Sim'mermann, m. Zim- 

colored ; merman. 

%\niz,f. ink ; Soll'einne^mer, m. toll- 

SBann, when ; gatherer ; 

2BeIct)er, which ; BiXJilUng, m. twin. 

Have you ever heard the song of 

the nightingale '? 
Yes, very often, but never that 

of the lark. 
The light of the sun is useful. 
Whose book is this ? 
To which of you does this book 

belong ? 
Which book do you mean 1 
The new large book. 
Which is then the right name ? 



•^a^en (Sie je ben ©efang' ber 91ad) ; 

3a, [e^r oft, aber nte ben ber Serctje. 

^ag Sidit bev (Sonne iji nii^lid). 

SBeffen ©net) ift biefe^ ? 

aBeict)em tjon S^nen ge^ort' biefe^ 

S3ud)? 
2Betd)e^ ©ud) metnen ©le? 
5)ag nene gro^e 23uct). 
SSeldbeg ift benn ber xti^ik 3^ame ? 

1. Seld)en Xtfd) l;aBen(Sie? 2.. 3c!) 'f)abe hzn meine^ greunbes!, be3 
S;ifd)lev^. 3. aBetdie geber ^aben (Sie ? 4. 3d) f)abe bie meiner ^rcmtbtn, 
beg ^rdnletn SfJ. 5. aBeId]cg ^a^ier f)aben @ie ? 6. 3d) f)abe bag meineS 
i^Teunbeg, beg Seljrerg. 7. SBcIdier yon btefen ^naben fjat meine blaue 
2;inte ? 8. Reiner yon tl)nen l)at 3^t:c ^tnte, aber einer "omx biefen ^naben 
I)at 3f)r fd)oneg rofenfarbencg ^^apier. 9. aSeldier "oon \i)mn l)<xi eg ? 10. 
Slbolpl) i)\ii eg, unb <§etnrid), 3t;r Hetner SSetter, f)at 31)ven l^oljernen 33leifttft. 
11. SBeldicg yon metnen ®ud]ern ift in 3^;rem Simmer? 12. 3i)ve ®iU 
Icrt'g ^abeln fmb bort. 13. aSelcbcv yon btefen jivei Eeincn Jlnaben ift 
3t)r91cffe? 14. <Sie finb beibe meine SSettern. 15. ©inb fie 33riiber ? 
16. 3a, fie finb BwiUinge. 17. SSeldien 9iegenfd)ivm I^aben @ie? 18. 
3di {)abe ben mctneg S3ruberg. 19. 2Beldie S3ilber ()aben @te? 20. 3d) 
l^abe bie hti ^itb^anorg. 21. 2Be(die 3§ver amcrifanifcben ^vennbe finb 
in bem 9latt)f)aufe ? 22. ^etr @. unb 43err S. 23. aSeffen 93ndi f)aben 
(£te ? 24. 3di fiabe bag 3f)veg 93etterg. 25. SBann ^at >§err Simmer; 
maun mcinen ©rief gefjabt ? 26. @r ^o^i i(;n yorgcftevn ge()abt unb fein 
^reunb, ber SJlater, ):!j<xi tf)n geftern o^tijohi, unb id) !)abe if/U $eute. 27. <§at 
bev Sef)rer ben @o^n beg ©dcfcrg ober ben beg ©dmetberg gclobt ? 28. 
@r i}<xi tvebev ben beg S3d{fevg, nod) ben beg ©dmeiberg, fonbern "i^zn beg 
591aurcrg gelobt. 29. <§aben @ie W ^i'lizxw 'h^^ ^aufmanng ober W hz^ 
S3ucht)atterg ? 30. 3* ^^Ik iyebev btc beg jtanfmanng, ncdi \:iz hzt^ 33ncb; 
l;altcrg, fonbern idi ^abe bie h^i 3olCeinneI)merg. 31. SBcr Uhi ben alien 
(Sapitdn ? 32. ®er ^au^tmann lobt i§n. 33. (Ir tcbt bag gan^e ^qU, 
34. 3)ev 2Bagen beg ^ranjofen ift gro^ unb ber "tt^ ©ngldnberg fd)on. 

Questions. 1. Like what is liiclcber? it^clc^e'? roelcf)e§? as interrogative 
declined ? 2. Is the genitive often used ? 3. How does bev, bie, b a i3 
frequently stand \ 4. V/hat is rneant here by independently 1 5. What is 
it then called ? 6. How employed ] 7. From what does it differ in Declen- 
sion ] 8. How is it generally emphasized 1 9. Can you repeat some examples 
of its use ? 10. What is said of such elliptical forms as, f?tnc§ ^ruber^, &c., 
in German? 



69 

LESSON XXI. fiction XXI. 

The possessive pronouns mein, fein, &c., as already seen (L.15) 
are rendered absolute possessives by means of the characteristic 
endings cr and e§. (§. 58. 4.) 

I. The possessive pronouns are likewise converted into ab- 
solute possessives by prefixing to them the definite article, and 
suffixing the terminations c or ige. Ex. : 9)Zeitt <^ut ift ireif unb 
ber bein-e ift fcfitrarj ; my hat is white and thine is black. 3^t 
^anb ift xotb iinb ba§ fein-ige ift Blau ; her ribbon is red and 
his is blue. The termination ige is the more common. 

Observe, that the absolute possessives metn-cr, &c., are in- 
flected like an adjective of 

The old declension ; as, 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

mein-e; mein-e0, mine; » 

mein-er; metn-e0, of mine; 

meiit-er ; mein-em, to, for mine ; 

mein-c ; mein-e^, mine. 

Note, also, that those preceded by the definite article, are, in 
respect to terminational inflection, varied like adjectives (L. 10. 
11.) in the same situation ; that is, according to 

The new declension ; as, 
Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

^. 3)er mein-ige ; bie mein-tge ; baS mcin-tge, mine ; 

®. ^e§ mein-igen- bermein-igen ; be^ mein-tgen, of mine; 

iD. ^em mcin-igen; ber meirt-igett; bemmcin-tgen, to, formine; 

01. 5Den mein-igen ; bie mein-ige ; ba0 mein-ige, mine. 

ABSOLUTE POSSESSIVES AS INFLECTED IN ALL GENDERS OF THE 
PLURAL. 

After the Old Declension. After the New Declension. 

SR m. SJ^ein-e ] bie mein-igen, mine ; 

©en. 2)?ein-er j ber mein-igen, of mine ; 

5^ a t. 3J^ein-en ; ben mein-igen, to, for mine ; 

51 c c. 2i}lein-e ; bie mein-igen, mine. 



0?Dm. 


9)?ein-er ; 


@en. 


9}?ein-eg; 


^o.t 


SJJein-em ; 


% c c. 


3)Zeui-en ; 



70 



II. Wlien the absolute possessive pronouns do not relate to 
some noun previously mentioned, they refer, in the plural, to 
one's relatives or family *, and in the neuter singular, to one's 
property. Ex. : ^ag 2D?eine or i)ag 3)Zelmge, my property ; 
ba6 3)ctne or baS 5Deinige, thy property; ba§ Seine or ba§ 
©einige, his property; bag 3C;tc or baS 31;nge, her proj^erty, 
your property or their property, ^ie 3)Zeinett or bie SD^einigen, 
my family, &c. ; bie 5J)etnen or bie ^Deinigen, thy family, &c. ; bie 
6eiueti or bie ©einigen, his family, &c. 

Exercise 21. 5lufgaBe 21. 

Stdmdcb'tig, almighty; ^utfd)er, w.coachman; @otr>c(;l ate, as well 
@i'gent)ett, /. pecuHa- DZefjmen, to take ; 
£)B4ate,/. wafer; 
(Sctiirffat, 
tiny ; 
@d)lDffer, m. lock- 
smith ; 
<Scbliiffel, m. key ; 



fate, des- 



(Stemipet, m. stamp ; 
SCafdifrau, /. washer- 
woman ; 
aSeltmeer, n. ocean; 
aCiefe,/. meadow; 
3wi[d)eii, between. 



rity ; 
^cf)ler, 7n. mistake, 

error ; 
©encraP, m. general ; 
®ott, m. God ; 
^anb, /. hand , 
^emb, n. shirt; 

SSeffett U-^r J^at 3t)re 9}lutter ? 

@ie (}at 'iik tfj'rige. 

«&aben @te meine SSrille ober bie 

3i)rige ? 
36 f)abe bie mei'nige. 
Se'bermann fct)d|t bag (Sein'ige. 

liiebt aud) Se'bermann bie ©ei'ni; 
gen? 

1. <§at bcr (Sa^itdn feiit ober beg ©eucralg @d)tcerbt ? 2. @r t)at basS 
feinigc. 3. >§aben @ie meine (Sdieere ? 4. Siiein, icb §aBc bie metnige. 
6. 2t5cr I)at meiuen (Stocf ? 6. ^err @. t)at if)n. 7. ^at m-etnc (Sditi^efter 
3f)ren Sflcgenfdiirm ? 8. 91ein, fie ^<:[i ben ifirtgen. 9. ^^o^i ber (gdiloffer 
meiuen @6liiffel ? 10. CRein, er :^at ben fetnigen. 11. ^at bie 2Bafct)^ 
frau bie ^emben meincg 23ruberg unb ntciner 'Jreuube ? 12. @ie I}at [c^ 
tt)oty( bie fetnigen, alg bie i^ttgen. 13. Side 9}lcnfdien l^aben if)re Seller 
ixxdi (Sigcnl^eiten — id) l)abe bie mcinigen, (3te i^abcn bie 3ijvigcn iinb er 
^<xi bie fetnigen. 14. @ctt tft allmddittg ; bie ©ditcffcile bcS a)leufdien finb 
in feiner ^^^nh, <x\i6:} h<x^S meinige iinb bag betntge. 15. 3)ay aBcUmcer 
ift jnjtfdien mir nnb ben 9Jletntgen. 16. ^$^i >$err 21. %)x ^aipier cber "ixx^ 
meinige? 17. @r ^at bag feintge. 18. 5Jlem ©ruber t)at mcin Sncb nnb 
id) {)abe bag feintge. 19. ^^ii er 3§re DBlatcn itnb ©tem^el ober bie fei:; 

* They may likewise refer fwhen the connection makes the appUcation eviw 
dent) to dependents, as ser\'ants, soldiers, subjects, &c. 



Whose watch has your mother ? 

She has hers (or her own). 

Have you my spectacles or 
yours? 

I have mine (or my own). 

Every man prizes his own (pro- 
perty). 

Does every man likewise love 
his family ? 



71 

nivjcn? 20. Qv Ijat bie mcinigcn. 21. fficfKii SBai^eu Ijat 3f^i" guter 
grcunb, Jpcrr @. 22. (§x ijat ben fcine^ CdciniiJ. 23. Unb weffcu $ferbe 
Ijat tr ? 24. Qx i)at bie meiuigen. 25. aiJeffen J^iUfclicr i)at ev 'f 26. 
g-r bat ben fcinigen. 27. ffieffcn Sd^aafe finb biefe in bcr 5lBiefe ? 28. 
*2ic finb bie uufvigen. 29. •fgabcn biefe -Dcutfdien i()re ^4>f£^be unb i[}ve 
3Bagen, cber bie nnfvigeu ? 30. 3ie f)Ciben bie unfrigen. 31. ?i8effeix 
S3iidHn- (kiben biefe Sdniler? 32. '3ie Ijabcn Vie il)rigen. 33. 9cel;mcn 
<£ie immcr bai5 :^I)vi9e? 34. 3a, Sebermann nimmt ba6 Seine. 3.5. 
2Bann I)aben i£ie bie 3Brigen gefel^en '? 36. 3di 'i)<xb^ fie sorgeftevn ge^ 
feften. 37. ^aben @ic mid) unb bie ?Jletnigen geftern ^biwi in bem (Scn^ 
cert gefel)en ? 38. 3a, idi Ijabe ©ie unb bie 3f)tigen gefe^eii. 39. 2)et 
gelb^erv Icbte bie Seinigen. 

Questions. 1. Can you name the different forms of absolute possessive pro- 
nouns ? 2. What distinguishes both classes in form and declension ] 3. What 
do absolute possessive pronouns refer to in the plural, when they do not relate 
to a preceding noun ? 4. To what in the neuter singular ? 5. Can you give 
examples ? 6. What is the substance of the note ? 



LESSON XXII. Section XXII. 

In compound sentences, connected by a relative, the verb 
stands at the end of the last clause, as well when the relative 
is in the nominative, as when in an oblique case. Ex. : 3}a§ 
-33iirf), ^oelcijeS id) Ijdbt ; the book which I have. 5)a§ 33ucf), 
Wddji'^ I'ier ift^ the book that here is. (is here). In compoimd 
tenses the 7naiii verb immediately ^9rcc<?f/es the auxiliary. Ex. : 
^a§ ^ud), treld)e§ id) gc^aBt ^aBe ; the book that I had have, 
(have had). 5)a6 ^u^, ivel^cS id) IiaBen ix^crbe ; the book that 
I have shall, (shall have). 

The same position of the verb is required, when the second 
of tAvo connected clauses, is introduced by a conjunction or an 
adverb. Ex. : 3d) lcax]U Cy, ircil e§ tro^ffcil ifl ; I bought it 
because it is cheap. (Er irc^nt ttod), iro er geirotint ^o.i] he 
still resides, where he has resided. (Er Imwmi, ircnn cr radit 
franf ifi ] he will come if he is not sick. 

/. ©crjenige (that or the one') always 2joints to something 
s-pecijied hy a relative in a succeeding clause. It is comj^ounded 
of the substantive pronoun ber, bie, 'o a ^ and j[ e n e r with 
change of termination. It is frequently used instead of 'S) cx, 
b t e or b a 6 for the sake of greo.ter emphasis. Ex. : ®r \\t1it 



72 



mc ba^ientge (instead of 'iia§>'), iraa (L. 10. II.) er adjUt-, he 
loves only that which he esteems. 

3) e r i e n i g e is inflected like b e r m e i n t g e (L. 21), that 
is, its first component is declined like the definite article and its 
last like an adjective of the New Declension. 

Declensiox of b e r i e n i g e , singular and plural. 



Masculine. 
9?. ^Derjentge, 
@. 5)egienigen, 
2). ^enijenigen, 
51 5)enienigen, 



Singular. 

Feminine. 

biejenige, 

berjenigen, 

berjemgen, 

biej.enige, 



Neuter. 

basienige, 

beyjentgen, 

bemjenigen, 

bagjenige, 



Plural. 
All genders. 
bieienigcn ; 
berieitigen ; 
benjenigen ; 
biejentgen. 



//. ^ti&jtx {relative) usually adopts the genitive of the 
stantive pronoun „b e r". (§65.1.2.) 

Declension of the relative h) c I c^ e r. 





( 


lingular. 




Plural. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


All genders. 


m. 


aBeld)cr, 


tiKld^e, 


U)eld)e0, 


h?eld)c, who, which, that ; 


@. 


55)effen, 


beren, 


beffen, 


beren, whose, of whom, &c. 


5). 


SBeldiem, 


it^elc^er, 


tretd;em, 


treld^en, to whom, &c. 


%. 


3SeId)en, 


ircld)e, 


h?elcf)e§, 


iDelc^e, whom, which, that. 



Examples o/ ti^ e I en e r {interrogative and relative^ and 
b e r i e n t g e. 



-2BeId)cr 3D^ann ift !ranf ? 
3)erientge, h?cld)cr im -^aufe ift. 
SBe(cf)e S'ebcr ^a6cn (2ie? 
3d) I)a'6e biejenigc, ti^elc^e 6ie 

gei}aBt f;aBett. 
55effen ^ud) ^n6en 6ie ? 
3d) ^aBe ba6 beS 5?Zannea, beffen 

(gtcc! 6ie :&aBen. 
S[BcId)m ^nciBen ^aBen Sie baa 

©elb gegeBen? 
3d) :^aBe e6 benicnigcit gegeBen, 
tvel(^en ®ie ^rcb gaBen. 



Which man is sick ? 

The one who is in the house. 

Which pen have you ? 

I have the one that you have 

had. 
Whose book have you ? 
I have that of the man whose 

stick you have. 
To vrhich boys have you given 

the money ? 
I have given it to those to 

whom you have given bread. 



73 

///. For both bcricnigc and the relative tt> c t rf| c r , the 
pronoun b c r may be siihstitated. Ex. : £)er 3)iann, b cr Iran? 
ifl ; the man that (who) is sick. Sffic(d)eS ^-Burf) \)i\htn (5ic ? 
Which book have you ? 5d) f;aBe bag (bagjeiilijc), b a S (trel* 
d)e§) Sie ijeljaBt (;al)en; I have that (the one) that (which) you 
have had. 

® e r, when substituted for b e r j[ e n i g c , is in the genitive 
plural b e r c r (instead of b c r e n). Ex. : ^art ift ba§ 8(^itffat 
bcrcr (bcrienlijen), bie fid) nidjt crnafjren fonnen; hard is the 
fate of those, who cannot support themselves. 

The use of berjenige often corresponds to that of our 
personal pronoun, as loell in the singular as in the plural. Ex. : 
JDerjenige ben (Sic fudien, ifl nid}t ^ier; he that (whom) you seek 
is not here, ©iejenigen bie ©ie fudien, finb nid^t I;ier; they 
(those) Avhom you seek are not here. 

Exercise 22. 5(ufgaBc 22. 

5tmtmann, ?n. magis- ^itlflog, helpless ; (Stirn, /. forehead ; 

strate; J^apeWc,/. chapel; 93ev(af'fen, forsaken, 

Str'beiter, m. laborer, ^aufeit, to buy ; left ; 

workman ; £af'ter()aft, vicious ; SSetiiBerg *, m. vine- 
Gin' fiebler, m. hermit; Se|t, last; yard; 
griebe, m. peace, tran- 8o()u, m. reward; 2Bof)n§au^, n. dwell- 

quiUty; S^avbe,/ sear; ing. 

^,?i. heart; ©dieuue,/. shed, barn; 



2Bir Ite&eu 2)ie*'|cntgcu, bie (wcldie) We love those, who (that) love 

uug lie&en. us. 

Sdi I)abe ben >^ut, ben id) geftevn I have the hat, that I (have) had 

ge()abt I}abc. yesterday, 

©le ()abcn bie SteVfel bie reif finb, You have tiieapples, that are ripe, 

unb id) fiabe bk'imi^m, bie griin and I have those, that are 

finb. green, 

Scr'ieutqe, ben id^ fucbe, ift uidit ijkx. He, whom I seek, is not here, 

5)et']eiiige, beffeu ©torf td) f)abe, ijl; He, whose stick I have, is sick. 

!cauf. 

Sie'jemge, ^u htx bk SJlutter ge'^t, She, to whom tlic mother is going, 

ift frauf. is sick« 

JDie'jeniqen, bie ftolj finb, ftnb and) They (or those) that are proud, 

ndtrifd). are likewise foolish. 



* Literally '"Wine-mountain"; so called because most vineyards in Germany 
are upon hills or smaller mountains: the sunny sides of these being much the 
more favorable to the growth of the vine, in that latitudes 

4 



74 

1. ©ctif^eo .^iiib lieot berC^etm? 2. @r lieBt ba^jeni^e, toetdBeiS ei 
Icht 3. aBeUtea .^iiib liebt ben iD()eim ? 4. S^aqenige, tccU^c^ er Itc6t, 
lieBt if)n. 5. iStlduni >5ut Iiaben Ste ? 6. 3d^ bcibe benjenigen, ivelcben 
S^r <§evT (L. 17. V.) ^ruber geliabt f^at. 7. 33elcbeit ^naben liebt ber 
9}ater? 8. (Sv liebt benjenivjen, treld>en bie Siluttcr Icbt. 9. SSeldiev 
^nabe liebt bie 9}Ziittei- ? 10. iTerjeuige, ttjeKteu ber ^atex Icbt. 11. 
SSeUteo -5}}ftTb fktt 31h- Sniber gefauft? 12. (Sr I;at ba^jeuige gefauft, 
toeldie5 !2ie gefiern gcBabt ()aben (L. 18. VIIL). 13. SBeldH^n 'Mann 
Icben Sie ? 14. Sd:^ icbe beuienigeii, befTen ^cfni Sie licbeix. 15. 2Beldie 
S3ii*er f;aben 3ie gefauft? 16. 3d> habe bieieutgen aefaiift, treldie mein 
Srubet in ben (L. 17, III.) >§dnbeu gebabt (-at 17. ^cjTen 53udier (}abeu 
(Sie ? 18. Sd^ Kibe bie -^iid^er berjenigen Jtmiben, beren ^^ute 2ie Kiben. 

19. 2)ieienigeu, treLte (afterftaft ftnb, iiaben feinen ^'^ieben bee ^dev^euo. 

20. 3!)erjenige, r^eld^er bie 9larbe an ber Stirne Kit, tft ber vilte 5(mtinann. 

21. 2)a^jenige ift a,nt. voa6 (§. 65. 5) nu|tid^ ift. 22. ^iefe Silldnncr finb 
biefelben, beren ed^eunen, Btaik nnb 2BcIinbaufer Sie geftern gefeben baben. 
23. S)er 2(rbeiter in bem QBeinberge bcejenigen, iretd^er ben Icgren ^ci)n 
gibt, finb trenige. 24. 2)er dinftebler jener ^aveUe ift ein §reunb berer 
(ni.), bie isiililcv nni) rerkffen finb. 25. 25er (III.) ift rodi<:, ber tugenb? 
$aft i]^. 

QuESTioi^s. 1. In compound sentences -connected with a relative, where 
does the verb stand ? 2. Is the verb, in English, when used with a relative in 
the nominative, placed as in German ] 3. When is it so placed ? 4 In com- 
pound sentences what is the position of the main verb ? 5 AVhat of the auxil- 
iary? 6. Examples? 7. "WTiat is the position of the verb when the second 
of the two connected clauses is introduced by a conjunction or an adverb ? B. 
To what does ^el•ifn^le always point ? 9 Of what compounded and how de- 
clined? 10. Like what is the genitive of ivfid)cr, as a relative? 11. What is 
b e r in the genitive plural, when substituted for rcvjf nt^c ? 12. To what does 
the use of tci'ieitiije often correspond ? 13, Examples? 



LESSON XXIII. fefttoit XXIIL 

@ e t n , like the corresponding English yerb, is very irre= 
gular in conjugation ; its different parts having been derived 
from words now obsolete. 

It is used as the auxihary to many active intransitive verbs, 
such as fcmmen, gc^en, tfec, where ^ ah tn cannot (like have 
for be in English) be substituted. Ex. : dv ift gercmmen; he 
is come. (S'r ift gegangcn ; he is gone (§. 71. S. 4). 

@ e in is employed as the auxiliary in its own conjugation; 
as, 5cft Un geti^efen ; I have been ; literally, I am been. For 
complete conjugation-. See §. 72. 11. 



75 



Conjugation of the perfect tense of f e i n , f o m m c n 

AND g e 1; e n. 

5cf) tnn ijeivcfcn, I have been; nnr finb gctrefcn, we haA^e been; 

5)u Inft gcircKU, thou hast been; iijv fnb gctrcfcn, you have been; 

(Bx i[t gcircfen, he has been; ftc )in\) gcirefcn, they have been. 

3cf) Un getommen, I have trir finb gefommen, we have 

come ; come ; 

5Du Biji gefcmmen, thou hast i^r feib gcfommert, you have 

come ; come ; 

(§x i\t gefcmmen, he has fte finb gefommen, they have 

come; come. 

Sd) Bin gegangen, I have gone; trir finb gegangen, we have gone; 

5^11 bi]l: gegangen, thou hast i^r feib gegvingen, you have 

gone ; gone ; 

^r ifi gegangen, he has gone; fie finb gegangen, they have gone; 



EXERC 



ISE 2t 



^iiifqali 23. 



Serl'in', n. Berlin ; 
S31eiBen, to remain ; 
33rn^en, to hrmg ; 
^a, there; 
SDresben, 7i. Dresden ; 
gliegen, to fly ; 
gviebri-i>,m.Frederiek ; 
©lauben, to believe ; 
Semanb, somebody, 
anybody ; 

S)ic 0Ser!e ®ctk6 finb maii'uigfal' 

tig ; feinc Siebe ifi uiienb'n* unb 

an alien £)rten ft^tcar. 
5cb tear in ber (Btait, aU ber Sic^ 

nig ba trar. 
5)er jlrcnprin^ iji scr'geftern ^ier 

getre'fen. 
Ser lit mit ber Sdbtrefter auf iaS 

Sanb gcgan'gen ? 
!l;iefel'6e, bie s^ov'gefiern mit ibr 

I)ierl;er' gefcm^en ift. 
@e^en Sie heute auf ba^ Sanb ? 
Jfiein, trcit i(b foe'Ben yen bent Saube 

geJom'meu fcin. 



Jldjig, m. cage; 
^enneu, to knovv^ to be 

acquainted with ; 
^cmmen, to come ; 
Saufeu, to run ; 
?jtarft, m. market; 
9tadui6t,/ news; 
^reu^en, 7i. Prussia ; 
Otinbfl^eifdi, n. beef; 



ei'^nee, m. snow; 
^cbreiben, to write ; 
S^-red^en, to speak ; 
Sjcgel, m. bird; 
©etier, ?2. weather; 
SBien, 7i. Vienna. 
SBiiTen, to know ; 
©cbuen, to reside, to' 
dwell. 



The works of God are manifold ; 

his love is infinite and in all 

places \-isible. 
I y/as in the city, as the king was 

there. 
The crown-prince was here, day 

before yesterday. 
\Vho has gone to the coimtry 

"v\dth your (the) sister ? 
The same, that came here (hither) 

T^ith her day before yesterday. 
Do you go to the country to-day ? 
No, for I have just come from the 

oountry. 



76 

1. Sfi biefer junc^e S)lann Iran!? 2. S'tein, a6er er ifi ycrgeftern !rant 
gctre]>n (L. 18. VllL). 3. SSer i]\ in bent ©arten 3Brc^ 93aters getrcfen? 
4. 5ticma:ib ift in bcm ©virten gcirefen, abev ^cnianb ift in fcinem <§aufe 
getDefen. 5. 2Bie lanvje tleibt ber aite ^auer ncdi in bcr igtabt ? 6. 3cb 
fenne ben alten '-Bauern nidit iinb tvet^ nidit, n?ie tangc er bleibt. 7. 3it 
3f)i" alter ^-rennb, ber ^anfmanu, nad^ 2Bien gegangen? 8. 3d^ gkube, 
cr ift nad) ^Berlin in fcinem 53niber gegangen. 9. S)cn trem baben @ie- 
l^eute biefe- 9hidn-id't gebcrt? 10. Sd'* babe einen meiner "Jreunbe ges 
fprcd"!en, n:»eldier i^on 2)re^i>en gefcmmen iftiuib mir einen 33rief 'ocn meinem 
SSater gebradit iyat. 11. 3di trcbne bei meincnr £)beim nnb gef)e mit ibm 
nadi tern fleinen 5)orfe. 12. ^oldii fd^cner 3}cgel ift au^ bem jtcifig ge; 
flcgcn, unb mein fleiney -^ferb ift nadi bem SBalbe getaufen. 13. SSas Bat 
3br <§err 23ater Sbnen gefdnieben ? 14. (Sr ijat mir einen langen S3rief 
gefdirieben. 15. 3Bann ftnb @ie auf bem ilJIarfte gelrefen ? 16. Sd) bin 
ycrgeilern ^ibeiib ba getrefen, nnb I^cibe 9tinbfieifdi gefauft. 17. SBir i^aben 
tiffen Siadnnittag fd^oness 23etter gebabt. 18. ^l^tefe Sd^iifer iinb faul 
unb jene fiei^ig gen>efen. 19. 2)er @dMtee ift ycrgeftern febr tlef gemefen. 
20. 3cb bin nie h'vinf geir>efen. 21. ^^riebrid^ ber ©rc^e war ein ^entg 
tton ^renf en. 

Question's. 1. Whence are the different parts of fein derived? 2. With 
what verbs is the use of fciii and "be" analogous ? 3. Example? 4. In con- 
nection with such verbs, can bciben be substituted for fein, as "have" often is for 
"be" in English ? 5. Is not „fetu", unhke "be" in English^ used as an auxiliary 
in its own conjugation 1 6. Example ? 



LESSON XXIY. Section XXIY. 

The word ^ a u ^ , without the article, when preceded by 
n a d) , answers to our "home\ after verbs of motion. Ex. : (S'l* 
ge'bt n a cf) ^ a ii f e ; he is going home. 

Qu ^aufe answers to our ''at home". Ex.: (Er ifi §u ^aufe; 
he is a i^ home. 

33 e i (with), is commcnly used with verbs of rest, and sig- 
nifies (with a pronoun follouTiig) at one's house or place of 
business. Ex. : (Sr trc^nt Bei uw^; he lives at our house. 3c^ 
faufte es Bei meinem 33etter; I bought it at my cousin's. 

3}i i t (with), is chiefly used with verbs of motion. Ex. : 3d) 
ge^e mit iBm ; I am going with him. 

3 u Semanbett Qe^ett, signifies, frequently, to go to the house 
or residence of some one. Ex. : 3d} gef;e gu meinem O^eim ; 
I am going to my uncle's. ©oUen @ie ^ute 5lBeiib §u un5 



11 



fommen ? Will you come to our house this evening? (§. 112. 
3. 7. 8. 13.) 

/. 5DcrfeIBe Qhe same) is compounded of 'q tx and f e I* 
6 e r. It is inflected precisely like b e t i e n i g c. 

felBe. 

Plural. 
All senders. 



Declension of b e r *, b i c *, b a 
Sin^/ular. 



Masculine. 
97 m. 5)erfel&e, 
©en. 5)effe(6en, 
5D a t. S^cnifciecu, 
5( c c. iDenfelBciL 



Feminine. 

bicfelOe, 

berfelBen, 

berfelBett, 

biefelBe, 



Neuter. 

bnffclBe, 

beffelBen, 

bemfe[6en, 

ba[feI6e, 



btefcIBen; 
berfel&en ; 
benfe(Ben; 
biefel&en. 



//. 5D e r f e I B e is often used in p)loi-ce of a personal i^onoun 
to avoid rep)etiiion or ambiguity. Ex. : ^atjen ©le biefe(6e (fte) 
gcfefien? Have you seen (the same) her? ©el 9}Zann lc6t ben 
.^naben, treit betfelBe feme 53tu{ter eBrt ; the man praises the boy 
because the same (he) honors his mother, ^x UeBt fetnen 33ru* 
bcr, a6er uicf)t bie ^inber be[feI6en; he loves his brother, but not 
his children (he loves his brother, but not the children of the 
same). 

The genitive of the substantive pronoun ber is also thus used. 
Ex.: ^r (leBt feinen 93ruber, aBer beffen Jlinber m(i)t- he loves 
his brother, but not (that one's) his children. 

Exercise 24. % U f g a B e 24. 

-58Iei, n. lead; 1;k\>t\\, m. shop, store; SafciVenufii*, /. watch; 

^raud>eu, to require, Safiin, lame ; Xruppen, troop ; 

to need ; 9ting, m. ring ; Uii'banibar, unthank- 

©Itcrn, parents; (Eiticfeit, to send ; ful ; 



^rleg, m. war; ^q, so, as; 

2So ift ber ^rembc.. ber nor'aeftern 

bei itns »ar ? 
@r ift gcftent nad) ©ten gereift'. 
'^\X biefes -Siidi baffePbe, n?e(d^.e^ (Sie 

gefieni ^{hzxdi gele'fen fiviBeii ? 
3* Hebe biefeit ^diiiler, treil er fo 

flei^ig ift. 
2)'leinc ^veunbin au6 Shr.c'rifa irar 

geftern ^ier ; Baben ®ie biefcl'be 

fdion gefe'fjen ? 
3di I)abe bes Sefjrerg ©u*, abcr nid>t 

bad SJtefTer befi"cl'6en. 



2Beit, because. 

Where is the strancrer wlio was at 

our house day before yesterday? 
He went yesterdciy to Vienna. 
Is this hook the same that you 

read last evening ? 
I love tliis scholar, because he is 

so diligent. 
My friend from America was here 

yesterday ; have vou seen her 

yet? 
I have the teacher's book, but not 

his knife. 



78 

1. So ift baa Stei, toeWieg ©ic gefauft :^aBen? 2. ®g ifJ no* im 
Sabeit, itto ich e^ gefauft f)a6e. 3. .§aben (Sie blefetbe ^ebev, tt^cldie id) 
cjelja&t l)abe? 4. 2Bem tiierben @ie biefe gclbene 3:;afcl)emu)r fcbicfen? 

5. 3fb trerbe fie bemfelbcn 3)lanne fcbirfGii, »elct)er fte mtr gefcbtcft f)at. 

6. aBie Die( ®ctb ferciucbt bicfer alte @olbai? 7. (Sr braudht yiel, tveil er 
immcr ftant tft. 8. 3ft eg berfclbe, trclcher gefteru Ijia wax. 9. dlt'm, 
jener ift l}cute fe§i" laljnx. 10. SBem fdittfeu (2ie beu fdioneu Oling? 11. 
3di fdncfe i{)n bem Sianne, n^eldicn @ic fo fcf)r gelcBt ba&ni. 12. -§a&en 
@le bie y^reimbe meine^ 23ruberg Qclcht '? 13. Sa, idi l^abe fie geiobt. 14. 
«§a&en (Sie biefelben nidit gcliebt ? 15. 3di l)abc eine Heine ©diroefier, 
tucldie idi tiebe ; lieben <Sie btefelbe ? 16. IDer Cbeim liebt fetnen Dleffen, 
aber berfelbe ift nnbanfbar. 17. 3)er 33ater liebt feinen fleinen @cbn, n:eit 
berfelbe gnt ift. 18. 2Barmn ftnb fo iiiele 2:tnp^en in bet (gtabt ? 19. 
2Bcil ]k aiv3 bem ^riege gefcmmen finb. 20. 2Barum tieben ung unferc 
(SiUxn ? 21. aBeil tinr iftre .tinber ftnb. 22. 3n u^em geben @ie ? 23. 
Sdi gef)e jn meinem SSetter. 24. ?iRit wcm gefjen (£te ? 25. 3d) gc^e 
tnit meinem 53ruber. 

Questions. 1. What does >§ a U § , without the article, correspond to in 
English? 2. To what does ju ^nufc answer? 3. Example? 4. With 
what words is bet commonly used? 5. With what verbs is m 1 1 chiefly- 
used? 6. W^hat does the phrase sn Scmaiiben gchcu sig:nify? 7. Of what is 
bev=, bie=, baffctbe compounded, and like what declined? 8. In place of what 
is bcifelbe often used, and to avoid what? 9. Example? 10. Is the genitive 
of the substantive pronoun hex also thus used ? 11. Example ? 



LESSON XXy. ^tction XXV. 

5E) it t f e n expresses a possibility dependent upon the loill of 
another, or upon a law. Ex.: %6) barf biefe ^lutnen ttid^t 
^fliicfen ) I cannot (I am not allowed, permitted to) pluck these 
flowers. 5Der SSflXter barf ntd}t fifdjen ; the peasant is not al- 
lowed (by law) to fish. 3d) barf biefe ^Tiid^te effen, aber id} fann 
fie nid)t erreid)en ; I can (have the right to) eat these fruits, but 
I cannot obtain (get at) them. (§. 83. 1. 2.) 

Conjugation of the present and imperfect of b ii r f e tt. 

Present. 

Singular. Plural 

3d| barf, I am permitted ; irir biirfen, we are permitted ; 

5Du barfft, thou art permitted ; i^r biirfet, you are permitted ; 

(Sr barf, he is permitted; fte bitrfen, they are permitted. 



79 

Irti'perfect. 

Singular. Plural 

^df) biirfte, I was permitted; trir burften^we were permitted ; 
5^u biirfte|l, thou wast per- ifir burftct, you were per- 
mitted; mitted; 
Gr biirfte, he was permitted; fie burftcn, they were permitted, 

/. ^ n n e n corresjjonds in the i^resent and imperfect to the 
English "can". Ex. : ^er fyifd^ fanit fdjirinimen ; the fish can 
swim. (Sr fonnte nidit lefen; he could not read. 

Jl n n e n also sometimes answers to "may\ Ex.: ^a^ 
fann fcin ; that may be, ^r fann frf)cn ba fetit ; he may be al- 
ready there. (Sc fann regnen; it may rain (§. 83. 1. 3). 

COXJUGATIOX OF THE PRESENT AXD IMPERFECT OF f tt tt e It. 

Present. 
Singular. Plural. 

5(^ fann, I can : text finnm, we can ; 

©u fannft, thou canst ; i^r fonnl, you can ; 

Sr tan, he can ; fie fonnen, they can. 

Imperfect. 

3d) fcnnte, I could; irir fcnnten, we oould; 

^u fonntefl, thou couldst ; i6r fcnntet, you could ; 

(Sr fcnntc, he could; fte fonnten, they could. 

//. -5)Z g c n expresses a pjossihility dependent on the ivill of 
the subject or the speaker. Ex. : Gr mag gel^en ; he can (may, 
is at liberty to) go. (Sie mogen ge^en ; you may (have per- 
mission to) go. 3cf) mag irn nidit iVKnt; I do not wish to see 
hira. ^a^ mag \&\ nidit gfaubcn : I do not hke to believe that 
(§• 83. 4). ^ ^ 

///. 2)1 gen, like "may'\ denotes a concession on the 
part of the speaker. Ex. : (Sr mag dn treuer tyteunb fnn ; he 
may be a tme friend, ete mogcn e6 get^an ^aBen; they may 
have done it (§. 83. 4). 



80 

Conjugation of the present and imperfect of m o g c n. 

Present. 

Singular. Plural, 

3d^ mag, I may or am a]- irir mcgen, we may or are 

lowed ; allowed ; 

5Du magfi, thou mayst or art iBr mcget, you may or are al- 

allowed ; lowed ; 

^r mag, he may or is al- fie mcgen, they may or are 

lowed ; allowed. 

Imperfect. 
3d^ mod[)tc, I was allowed ; irir mcd)tert, we were allowed ; 

^u mcd)tefi, thou wast allowed ; if?r mcditet, you were allowed ; 
Sr mod)te, he was allowed ; fie mc(^ten, they were allowed. 

IV. 9)Ziiffen in those tenses in which its English equi- 
valent "musf\ is defective, is to be rendered, by 'Ho be obliged, 
forced, compellecV, dc. Ex. : S'r mu^te e0 t^un ; he was ob- 
liged to do it. See complete conjugation (§. 83. 5). 

Conjugation of the present and imperfect of mufferu 
Present. 
Singular. Plural. 

3d^ mu§, I must ; irlr muffen, we must ; 

5)u muft, thou must ; U;r muft, you must ; 

^r muf, he must; fie muffen, they must. 

Impeyfect. 
Sd) muf te, I was obliged ; trir mu§tcn, we were obliged ; 

£)U muftefl, thou wast obhged ; ibx mu^tet, you were obliged ; 
(Sr muf te, he was obliged ; fie mii§ten, they were obliged. 

V. (S c n e n indicates ~necessit?j, dependant upon the will of 
another person ; thus correspoadAng in signification with the se- 
cond and third persons of our ivord "shall". Ex. : 5Du fcOft fter* 
Ben; thou shalt die. dx fell e6 fbun; he shall do it. (Bk fcK* 
ten ^ter tleiSen ; you should (ought to) remain here, 2Benn et 
fommen foUte ; if he should come (§. 83. 6). 



81 

Conjugation of the present and imperfect of folleit 
Present. 
Singular. Plural 

3d) foil, I shall ; wix fotlen, we sliall ; 

5Du fell ft, thou shalt ; i^r fctlct, you shall ; 

®r fell, he shall ; fie foKcn, they shall. 

Lnperfect. 
3d^ foUte, I should ; rvix foUten, we should ; 

^11 fcUtcft, thou shouldst ; i^^r foEtet, you should ; 

dx fcllte, he should; fie foUten, they should. 

VI. 21: 1 1 e n expresses a desire, but not aj^ositive intention ^ 
and is rendered by "to ivish'\ Ex. : 2BaS trill er? What does 
he wish ? 5[Ba§ irilt er t^un ? What does he wish to do ? 

The imperfect often answers to our word ^^ going', luhen ex- 
pressive of purpose. Ex, : %6) tt^cllte fagen ; I was going to say 
(§. 83. 8). 
Conjugation of the present and imperfect of it) o U' e tt 

WITH AN ACTIVE VERB. 

Present. 

Singidar. Plural. 

5d) iriir Qdnn, I wish to go ; irir ti^cllen gefien, we wish to go; 

^u itnlift ge^en, thou wishest t^r WoUd gc^en, you wish 

to go ; to go ; 

(Sr triU ge^eu, he wishes to go; fie iroEen ge£)en, they wish to go. 

Imperfect. 
3d^ h?otIte geBen, I wished trlr iroUten gc:^en, we wished 

to go; to go; 

5DuirolIteftge()cn,thouwishedst i§r ircdtet ge^)en, you vrished 

to go ; to go ; 

@r irotlte get;cn, he wished fie WoUUn ge^en, they wished 

to go ; to go. 

VII The perfect and pluperfect tenses of these verbs, as also, 
q/" I a f f e tt , to permit, to cause, is formed by means of the in- 
finitive, instead of the ptctrticiijle (§. 74. III.). Ex. : 
®r '^ai nidit ge^en fonnen. He has not been able to go. 

SSir ^a6en nie fd}iepen iiir* We have never been allowed 

fett to shoot. 

4* 



82 

Sc^ l^aBe e0 ntd)t t^un mo gen. I have not wished to do it. 
6ic ^a'hm [d)rei6en miiffen. They have been obhged to write, 
©ie l;at lefen foil en. She ought to have read. 

©ie ^aBen nid)t arBelten U)oI* You have not been wilhng to 

len. work. 

3I;r i)abt i^n nidfjt get;en laffen. You have not caused him to go 

(have not sent him). 

YIII. In the future, therefore, these verbs (except in the 
tense auxiharies) are, in form, hke the perfect. Compare the 
following : 

34) n.icrbe reben biirfen. I shall be allowed to speak. 

3cf) l^al;e reben burden. I have been allowed to speak. 

^\i tturft tl;u fel)en fonnen. You will be able to see him. 

5)u Ija^t i^n [e^en fonnen. Thou hast been able to see him. 

(Er n>trb fctelBen niogen. He will wish to remain. 

(Er i)at btelBen mogen. He has wished to remain. 

IX. The phrase, 2Qie Diel U^r iff e§? like the correspond- 
ing one in English, is abbreviated ; the full form being 5Bie ijiel 
auf ber U(;r ift e§ ? What o'clock (literally, hoiv much upon 
the clock) is it 1 

When a part or the whole of the last quarter of an hour is 
named, it is designated, as in English, by its distance from the 
hour following. Ex. : 
^g fe^^len fiinf, ac^t ober je'^n It lacks five, eight, or ten min- 

9}?inuten Biy (or an) i\vU\. utes to twelve. 
(E0 fel)lt etn QSiertel 6i§ jtrolf. It lacks a quarter to twelve. 

When a half hour is named, it is not measured, as in English, 
from the preceding hour, but from the one that follows. This 
is, likewise, commonly the case with any part or the whole of 
the first quarter, although it may, as in English, be referred to 
the hour preceding. Ex. : 

(S=§ ift I)aI6''' imil It is i (towards 12) past 11. 

(E^ ift i^jM DJIinuten auf It is 10 minutes (towards 12) 

gtrolf. past 11. 

^0 ift ein 35tertel auf l\vU\. It is \ (towards 12) past 11. 

* In case of {)i\[h, the preposition n ii f is commonly omitted. 



83 



(50 ijt je^n SPZinuten nad) eittS. It is ten minutes past one. 
(5g ift ein ijicrtel nad) ein0. It is a quarter past one. 

X. The prepositions Bei, nad), mit, ijon, §u, &c. (§. Ill) go- 
vern no case but the dative, while an, auf, in, unter, &c. (§, 115) 
govern the dative only when used with a verb of rest^ or of 



motion ivlthin specified limits, 
5)cr DJhnu arbeitet <xxi b c m (am 

§. 4. 2) %i\&)^, 
5Da§ ,^ini) tan^t auf b e m 

^rettc. 
2)cr ^itoBe fpielt in bcm ®ar= 

Uxi. 
^Der <^unb ift unter b c m ^aume. 



Ex.: 

The man is working at the 

table. 
The child is dancing on the 

board. 
The boy is playing in the 

garden. 
The dog is under the tree. 



But when motion towards a given -point is signified, the ac- 
cusative is used^ Ex.: 



5Der 2J?ann ge^t an b e n 3;ifc{). 
^aS ^inb fpringt auf b a^ (aufi 

§. 4. 2) ':^Xiii. 
2)er ^naBe eilt in b en ©artcn. 
©er ^unb Iciuft unter b e n ^^aiim. 



The man is going to the table. 
The child springs upon the 

board. 
The boy hurries into the garden. 
The dog runs under the tree. 



Dative and accusative. 



2)er grifc^ fdf)toimmt in b e m 

SSaffer. 
S)er Stein faUt in b a g SBajfer. 
(Sr fte§t an b e r ^^iire. 
@r ge:§t an b i e ^l;iire. 

Exercise 25. 

^ufmcr!fam,attentive; 

S)ai, that ; 

2)eutfd\ German ; 

JDvucf fduift, /. print ; 

ginben, to find ; 

®ebulb',/. patience; 

@enug', enough; 

©iite, / goodness, 
kindness ; 

"^atibfcbrift, / hand- 
writing , manu- 
script j 



The fish swims in the wa- 
ter. 
The stone falls into the water. 
He is standing at the door. 
He is D'oino; to the door. 

% u f g a B e 25. 



^^auof^'au, /. house- 
wife ; 

v^irfcbc,/ cherry; 

JliJitneiT, can.to be able ; 

^unft, /. art, skill ; 

Serneit, to learn ; 

Sefen, to read; 

^anr.I)etm, n. Mann- 
heim ; 

SJlcrcseu, to-morrow ; 

Sliiffen, must; 

Dldd^ft, next ; 



O^etbifct), envious; 
O^egnen, to rain ; 
@agen, to say ; 
©cbwer, heavy, hard, 

difficult ; 
%^mi, to do ; 
S^evfau'fen, to sell ; 
-2Barten, to wait ; 
SBocbe,/. week; 
2Gcllert, to will; 
Beit,/, time. 



84 



SJlit bet 9lu^e eineg (Stc'tfet^ ettrug' 
er ben fief'ttgften (gdimerj. 

®ei bem ©eban'fen an bie (gif.macb 
fetnc^ ^^a'tcrlaubcS !cnnte er bic 
Sl}rdneu niitt Idngev ^uxud'thiU 
ten. 

SCBtr miiffei^ ims t'efire'ben, trenn tvir 
anberS gnte ^Burger feln trcKcn, 
mit nnfern ^rdften unb uvid^ un; 
ferm 33crmb\jen bem Stvivite jn 
niilen. 

SBir biirfen ?(nbcnt nidU t()un, traS 
tDir nid^t n^inifd^ren »cn if)uen ge; 
tl)an' ;5u ftabcn. 

Qx f)at ^riefe fdn-ct6en ircUen. 

SBtrb fie geben mi'iiTen ? 

(gie ftnrb nid^t gef)en fcnnen. 

$Sir ficiBen eo nidit tl)un mcgen. 

(2ie ivcrben gekn biirfen. 

Sd} mu^te ben gangen 5l&eub lefcn. 

(Ste l^dtten eg nKtt t§iin fcKen. 



With the (quiet) calmness of a 
stoic he endured the most vio- 
lent prjn. 

At the thought of the disgrace 
of his native country he could 
not (longer) repress (the) his 
tears. 

We must exert ourselves, if we 
(other^\ise) wish to be good 
citizens, with all our strength 
and according to our ability to 
serve the state. 

We must not do to others, what 
we do not wish to have done 
by them. 

He has wished to write letters. 

Will she be obliged to go ?- 

She will not be able to go. 

Vv"e have not ^\•ished to do it. 

You will be allowed to go. 

I was obliged to read the whole 
evening. 

Tliey ought not to have done it. 



1. SBcKcn (gie mit mir nad^ 2)^annf)etm gefien ? 2. 3d) fann nidn, id> 
l^aBe !ehte 3ett. 3. QSann fcnnen Sie gc()en? 4. 3d) trerbe bie nddifie 
SBcdie ge6en, irenn (Sie fc lange trarten fenncn. 5. 23iU 36v SeBrer mit 
SBnen anf bag gel'b cbcr nad) ber (Stabt gekn? 6. Gr tiMlT nicbt aufS 
^elb, imb fann nid^t nad) ber (2tabt gef}en. 7. 22ag ircden biefe .^inber? 
8. vgie trcden 5(e^fel unb J\ivfd^eii, aber fie fbunen feine faufen, isnn fie 
f)aben fein @elb. 9. QBag ircKen (2te, mcin^^err? meiu^rdulein ? meine 
2)ame? 10. SSclfen Sie bie ©lite balmi, mir ein ®IaS (L. 62) SBafTer 
(L. 26) §u geben ? 11. fcnnen (£ie mir fagen, toie i?iel Uijx es ift ? 12. 
3d) fann es (L. 36. VI.) 3()nen nid^t fac^en, id) ijaU feine llbx hd mix. 
13. 2i}ag tcoilk ber jlanfmaun Sfnien i^crfaufen ? 14. 3di fonnte nid^lg 
Bei ibm finben, trag id) faufen rMik. 15. Sir trcrben mcrgen fd^Ied)tcg 
Setter 6aben. 16. Qs fann fein, ^a$ eo ncd) Beute regnen irirb. 17. 
fcnnen Sie bie bentfd^e ^ambf.in-ift lefen? 18. OJein, id) bcibe genug mit 
ber 5^rucffd)rift ^u tf)un. 19. ^ex ?leibifd)e (L. 17.) hmU feinen Qreunb 
nid)t (cben. 20. (Sure ©elelirte ift nid^t immer eine gute ^auefran. 21. 
©cbulb ift eine fd)irere j^unft ; S}land-e (§ 53. 1.) fcnnen jk le^ren, 
aber nid)t fernen. 22. (Sin gutcr Stirrer nnif ©ebu(b fs"i£en. 23. 3eber 
gute (Sd)iiter ^rtrb anfmcrffam fein. 

Questions. 1. \\liat does biivfca express? 2. i^ouiifu? 3. iDaHV"-'? 4. 
3}?iifff«^ 5. ©oilen? 6. SoIIcn ? 7. How are the perfect and pluperfect 
of these verbs conjugated] 8- What is the full form ofii^if t>u'l llbr] 9 Is the 
mode of expressing the various parts of an hour the same as in English ? 10, 
Examples] 11. Can you repeat the list of prepositions governing the dative 
only? 12, When do an, auf, &c. govern the dative ? 13. Examples ? 



85 

LESSON XX VI. |:ccti0n XXVI. 

When not preceded by an auxiliary, the infinitive generally 
takes the preposition gu, (See, however, § 146.) before it. 
Ex. : 5rf) ijabt Belt 5 u lefen ; I have time to read. (Sr gelit in 
tie ^djiik, mil ju rcrncn; he goes to school, in order to learn. 
@r gel;t auf ben ^laxtt, urn 5'leifd) ju faufen; he goes to market, 
in order to buy meat, lint, in order, is as in English often omit- 
ted. Ex. : (Sr Qzbt auf bm ^yiaxtt, ^idfdj ju faufeu; he goes to 
market to buy meat. 

I. t^onnen often signifies to know, to have learned a thing, 
and may be followed by a noun in the accusative. Ex. : ^OW 
nen (Sie^^eutfc^ ? Do you know (understand) German ? Fol- 
lowed by a verb fonnen, signifies either to be able (See L. 25. 1.), 
or to know how; as, ^anu er frf)rei6en ? Can he write? or, 
does he know how to write, has he learned to write ? 

II. SSiffcn, to know, is frequently placed before an infinitive 
with ju, and corresponds to our phrase "to know how". Ex. : 
(Er \vd^ ju \d)xdbtn ; he knows (how) to write. (Sr ireif ^u 
leBen; he knows (hovf) to hve. (S'r mi^ fid) ju feelfen; he knows 
(how) to help himself. 

III. ^ennen also signifies to know, but only in the sense of 
to be acquainted with. Ex. : ^ennen <Sle biefc ^eute ? Do you 
know these people ? 5c^ remte fie ; I know them. I am ac- 
quainted with them. 

IV. The indefinite pronoun „man'' has no exact correspondent 
in English. It is variously translated, according to its position ; 
thus, ^Olan foKte immer el^rlld) f;anbeln; one should always act 
honorably. 5)Zv"in lauft- they are running, d^lan fd)rcit; they 
are crying. (Srtmgen mu^ man, nmS ber ^^immelfenbet; vfhat 
(the) Heaven sends, must we endure. (§. 59. 1. 2). 53Z a n is 
often nominative to an active verb, which latter is best ren- 
dered by a passive one. Ex. : Tlan \vd% rvo cr ift; it is 
known, where he is. 9}2an i)at ben ^ieB gefangcn ; the thief 
has been caught. 

The above use obtains especially in the phrase „man fagt" 
(French on dit), wdiich, though more literally "one says", is 
often better rendered, by "it is said, rumored, reported", &c. 



86 



(Slenb, wretched ; 
^ei'bel&er^, n. Heidel- 



berg, 



•6 den, to go for ; 
^dfe, m. cheese ; 



Exercise 26. Ql u f g a B c 26. 

Satei'nifd), Latin ; 
?JZaiten, to make, to 
do; 

@chneiben, to cut ; 
@cl}ule,/. school; 



©oHen, shall; 
©prache, / language ; 
Urn (§. 114. 4); 

2Saf)l, /. choice. 



dx ift fiei^ig, iiidit mil* urn ba^ ScB 

feines Sel^reriJ ju befom'men, [on? 

fcerii urn feine viteunt'iiiffe ju er^- 

xon'kxw. 
SBir effen, urn jii leben; aber totr 

leBen niitt, urn ju effen. 
din flugev SRann ti^eip jn fdhttjet- 

gen. 
din un'Beflecfteg ^er§ ift ein [titter 

Inciter (See, benx m a n auf ben 

©vnnb ftef)t. 
din i^vennb ift etne 9)lunje, man 

^riift fie, e^e man fie nimmt. 



He is diligent not only to obtain 
the praise of his teacher, but 
in order to extend his know- 
ledge. 

We eat in order to live, but we 
do not live in order to eat. 

A judicious man knows (how) 
to be silent. 

An unspotted heart is u still clear 
sea, which one sees to the bot- 
tom. 

A friend is a coin, it is proved 
before it is received. 



1. 3di muf] anf bte 2Biefe gct)cn, ^eu ju r^olen. 2. 2Ba^ foil 3^rS3ru? 
bet in bev ©chule t§un ? 3. (Bx foil m bie @dnite gefjen, um bie (ateinifd)e 
(%. 6 Note. VII.) ©pra*e jn lernen. 4. 3)er 2Jlenf6 mn§ e^rttcl) ober 
elcnb fein. 6. 2Bai? foil ici) iiyaw ? 6. <Ste fonnen ii^mx^ U^ag (gie h)oUen, 
\m^ foIUen iijim, \vo.§ @te fonnen. 7. 23arnm finb @ie nidit geftern ^u 
itnsS (L. 24) gefommen ? 8. 3do lr>otIte, a&er id) !onnte nidit, idi muf te 
§u ^aufc bleikni unb lefen. 9. SBirb ber ©d)nciber mtr einen Stocf madien 
iyoUcn? 10. dr roirb 3I)ncn cinen madden ir>oIIen, aber er n)irb eg nidit 
t^un fonnen. 11. SBarum vrivb er eg nidit tl)un fonnen ? 12. dr ii3trb 
morgen auf "hOi^ Sanb geljen miiffen, feinen franfen S3rubcr ju fefien. 13. 
3Bag iDiIi ber ^naBe mit fetuem S)^effer? 14. dr tyill 33rDb nnb ^"dfe 
fdmeiben. 15. ^§abcn gie Beit in ben ©tall jn ge^en ? 16. 3di babe 
3ett, aber idi rotll nidit gel)en, id) n^ilt jn -^^aufe biciben. 17. 2Bag baben 
(Sie ^u .§anfe ^u tl)nn ? " 18. 3d) I)abe 93viefe ^u lefen nnb ju fdireiben. 
19. S^tiiffen (gie fie I)cnte fcbretben ? 20. 3d) mup fte ()ente fdireiben, ineil 
id) morgen nad) <^eibelberg gelien tuill. 21. Wlan mu§ in ber 2CaI;I feiner 
grennbe oorftditig fein. 22. 2)icfer Jlnabe l)^\.i ^ente gar nid)tg gelernt. 
23. %^^ot\\ ©ie and) nid)tg gelernt ? 24. 3d) ij^h^ z{xo(x^ gelernt, aber 
nid)t yiel. 



Exercise 21. 



?htfgaBe 27. 



Slug, out, of, from ; 
®aier, m. Bavarian ; 
©erg, m. mountain ; 
S36l)me, m. Bohemian; 
Q3runnen, w.. well; 
2)ienft'mdbdien, n. ser- 
vant-girl ; 



'^enfter, n. window; 
^linte, /. gun ; 
.^augfnedit, m. house- 
servant ; 
i^effe, m. Hessian ; 
^raf an, n. Cracow ; 
S^eu'tgfeit,/. news; 



SchadUet,/. box; 

(Scblop, n. castle, 
palace. 

Ungarn, Hungary ; 

9Barfd)au, w. War- 
saw. 



87 

1. .3" ii^nn grficii (2ic ? 2. 3^^ gcf^e 511 nicincm ©ruber. 3. ^Tat trem 
QtMu biefcr .^liuibe "? 4. (5'r vjcfU mit feincm )i>ater :iad> fcer Stvibt. 5. 
^'cii ivcm iKibcii v£ie ticfe Oaniij^Fcitcn cjeficrt? 6. 3di {)abe fic I'^cii meu 
iicm altcii Avcuut-c ijcbcvt. 7. il"'tit uhmu cjcbeii Sie nadi bem il^crfc ? 8. 
Sd^ iiebc iiidU uadi bem T'erfe, idi geljc mit mducm Q?ater luidi ter .^rc^en 
Stvibt. 9. 2Bann iieluMi Sic aiiei ber v^tvibr ju unfevn ^reunbcn ? 10. 
SlMr C{cl}cn iiidn ^u Csfu-cii Jrcuubcii, ivtr fcmmcu nun-gen U'iebernadi ^aufc. 
11. :idi gcfie fknite ivebcr ^11 nioinem -Jrcunbe, iiedMiadi bem 2)crfe, ncd) 
au«5 bem ^aufe. 12. 5^er @rvif bat ein grcf es gd^Icp mit Heinen §enftern. 
13. fl'er -^lu^ fcmmt cius? beii ©ergen. 14. -6cit ^bv 23viter etiva^ "ocii 
feiiicm timber gcdcrt? 15. Sci, biefer S'tann ift ani Uugaru unb fiat 
meinem iBatcr cine Sd^aducl yen metncm OKnm tjcln*ad»t. 16. ®cbt er 
nad^Sien? 17. OJcin, er gebt nad^ SBarfd^an unb i"»cn 3Barf*au nad^ 
.^Irafau. 18. fI^er ©aier, ber -^ofime unb ber Soc^c fcmmen au^ 5^eutfdv 
lanh. 19. 3)er .^dger mit feiner g-rinte fcmmt auy bem SBvilbe. 20. 5)er 
^ned^t ijef)t nad> ber etabt. 21. 3d^ 6uBe rcn meinen 53riibern gefscrt, 
fte gingen ^n ifirem ^"vreunbe. 22. 2)a» iDienfimabdH'n fcmmt rem ©run- 
nen, unb ber -§aut'!iiedu ge§t ^um 5-Iei|\tcr. 

QiTESTioxs. 1- When does the infinitive genei-ally take the preposition ju 
before it? 2. Examples] 3. What does finuieii often signify "? 4. When 
followed by a verb v.'hat does fi^Uiicu signifH'. 5. When iniffen is prefixed to 
an infinitive with \v., to what English plirase does it correspond ] 6. What 
is stated [in.) of !omtei! ] 7. Examples? 8 What can you say of the inde- 
finite pronoun man ? 



LESSOX XXVII. I' c f t i n XXYII. 

Separable particles. 

The particles ah, an, auf, au§, bn, mit, nicber, iim, tcraus; &:c. 
(§. 89. 1. 90. 92) are often compounded with verbs, and, as 
they may stand apart from the verb, they are called sejMrable 
particles. 

I. In principal sentences (§ 160) the particle is separated 
from the verb and placed at the end. In subordinate sentences, 
howeyer. introduced by a relative pronoun or some other con- 
nective word, the particle and the verb remain always in union. 
Ex. : Sr irirft ten SBagen u m ; he overturns the wagon. 
2^er SBai^en, ben er u m irirft ; the wagon which he overtm-ns. 
3cl^ 1) 06 ten Stein auf, I lifted the stone up. S)er Steirt, 
treld^en \6> an f I^oB, the stone which 1 lifted up. ©er ^anxi 
ge()t <iVit^, the man goes out. X)er '^I'tann, n;>Gld}er auyge^t; 
the man who goes out. (?r [(^rieb ben Srief a B, he copied the 
letter, 2^er 53rief, ben er a b fc^rieb ; the letter which he copied. 



88 

Sr hxa^ bte ^Blunten al, he broke off the flowers, ©te t|l 
traurtg, ti^eit ev bie 33Iumen a B 6ra(^ ; she is sorry, because he 
broke off the flowers. 

In the above words " overtuni and uplift,"' it will be seen, 
that the usage of the two languages is similar. In nearly all 
other English compounds, however, this resemblance to the 
German does not exist ; thus, for, ,,id) tann ben SBagen um^ 
tuerfen," we may say, I can overturn the wagon, or I can 
turn the wagon over. The sentence : @r larttt an^ge^en, how- 
ever, we can only translate by placing the particle at the 
end of the sentence ; as, he can go out. 

II. In the Infinitive mood, the particle is never separated 
from the verb, except by g it, which, when used, stands be- 
tween the tAvo. Ex. : (?r mil au^gef;en, he will go out. ^ann 
fie aBfcBreikn? can she copy? <5r ift Bereit benSBagen umju^ 
trerfen, he is ready to overturn the wagon, 

III. In the past participle, the augment, g e, comes between 
the particle and the radical : the particle of course being al- 
ways prefixed. Ex. : (Sr '()at ben S3ricf aB g e fc^rieBen, he has 
copied the letter. Sr 'ijCii ben SSagen xtm g e roorfen, he has 
overturned the wagon. 3(^ ^^^^ i'^tt Srief, tT?eId)en er aB g e * 
f($rieBen l^at ; I have the letter which he has copied. 



Exercise 28. 



QCnfgaBe 28. 



?ib'i:anfen, (to) dis- 
charge ; 

SiB'gefclneben, separa- 
ted; 

?[B'fe|en,to dispose of; 

-SiB'ftei^eu, to descend, 
dismount ; 

$ln'^ellieII, to indicate, 
declare ; 

Sln'vteifen, to praise, 
extol ; 

Sln'fpcrtten, to incite ; 

Slr/treiben, to urge, 
drive ; 

$lri'wenbcit, to apply, 
employ ; 

§In'^eigen, to point out, 
show; 



Shi'jieBcn, to attract ; 

5(uf'f)el)cu, to revoke, 
give up ; 

5luf ricbteii, to elevate, 
support ; 

5(uf fdvieBcn, to defer, 
put off; 

5fuf[pei(bern,to garner, 
store np ; 

5{iif' fietgeit, to ascend, 
mount ; 

9(ue'brcf6cn, to thrash; 

2(u? "ii d'lt,/. prospect; 

S3ecr/biyung, /. termi- 
nation ; 

® elc[;'nung, /. reward ; 

Si6el,/. Bible; 

^It^, m. lightning ; 



®cit, yet ; 

2^ro6uug, /. threaten- 
ing; 

©riirfen, to afflict, op- 
press ; 

(Site,/, haste, speed; 

din'fammeln, to col- 
lect ; 

(Sir/fitltc^en, to shut 
up, confine ; 

(^'remit', ra. hermit: 

d-vfiil'Ien, to fill : 

gelbfrud't, / fruit of 
the field ; 

(l)eBet^ n. prayer ; 

©e&trg', n. chain of 
mountains ; 

@runfi>an,?72.verdigrisj 



89 



?|3cft, /. plnguc, pestil- 
ence ; 

D'iad'.'iuclUicj, revenge- 
ful ; 

Otciclilidv rich ; 

Oicitcv, m. rider ; 

9tcttcu,to save, rescue; 

(2anft, mild, soft ; 

(gcniie,/. sun; 

(gpvidnvcvt, n. adage ; 

©teiijeti, to rise; 

Si'ib, m. South ; 



des- 



go 



Um'tringcn, to 
troy ; 

Uu'tergefien, to 
down, set ; 

Uii'tcrirbifdi, subterra- 
nean ; 

33er(}ei'pung, /. prom- 
ise; 

Sffieg'fliegen, to fly 
away ; 

©elt,/. world; 

Bcifig, m. green-finch. 

The conscience is the voice of 
the soul, the passions are the 
voice of the body ; to which of 
these (both) voices shall one 
listen ? 

And they w^ent after Jonathan as 
he drew (forth) toward David. 

That does not concern me. 

The sun rises (goes u.p) at five 
o'clock. 

The sun has already risen. 



Jttaiife,/. cell; 

jl'uiibe, m. customer; 

Sidit, n. light ; 

Siebc, /. love; 

2)^vic|net', VI. lode- 
stone ; 

SDiaojiict'nabcl, /. mag- 
neiic-needle ; 

S'ieljv, more ; 

5Jiit'ge{ien, to go with; 

2)tiibt% tired, weary ; 

5iorb, m. North; 

2)v"ii5 ©eUMf ftii ift bie Stimme ber 

(geele; bie Sei'cenfdMftcii [tub bic 

Stlmmen bc^ Jlcvper^ ; \x>d<i^t 

)ic\i tciben ©timmen [cU :nau 

anf)cren ? 
Unb fte giitgen 3c'natf)au luidv al^ 

er binaue'^cg ju 2)a'oib. 
5!)ai5 gei)t midi nidU an. 
Sie (Sonne gefit inn fihtf \\i)x auf. 

©ie Sonne ift ]6^c\i auf'gegangen. 

1. '^k 9ltnter trieBen bet biefer Dladn-id^t tisre $ferbe ju grcferer ©lie 
an. 2. 2^er fd^cne Seiftg ift bent (§. 129. 3) Jilnaben ireggeflogen. 3. Ste 
SiuyfidU eiiter vetd^Iid^en Selorjnung fpovnte fte an, bao Jtinb be3 ret*en 
©bclmannes .^n retten. 4. 2)er Corner i)o<.i fetne Selcfi"iidite eingefammelt, 
ansgebrofd^en nnb anfgef^ei^ert. 5. 2)er Oiadifiuttige trenbet gern (L.44.I.) 
basp Sprtdm^cit an : „aufgefdic6en ift nidit aufget)oben". 6. SvbgefdMeben 
'ecw U\\ SJlenfd^en ItH ber ©remit in feinev .^laufe. 7. 2)er itricg i)(xi 
i?iele '"D^lenf^en mnge6rad)t, aber hoi:) nodi mti)x bie *^eft. 8. ®ie Sonne 
ift nntergegangen. 9. 2)er ^onig i)<xt nadi ^Beenbignng beS J?"ricgeg inete 
Sclbaten cibgebanft. 10. 2)er S)^agnct jief)t bay (lifen itnb ben 61!^ an. 
11. -I^ie Stvignetnabet geigt bem Steuermann DIorb unb ©iib oxi. 12. 2)ie 
Svcliimgen fowcfil al» bie Sjer(}et§ungen in bev S3ibei beuten bie Siebe (^cu 
it5 an. 13. Ser fupferne ^effet f)at ©rihtfipan angejcgen. 14. ®er 
5J^iiacr bat fein 9)Zef)I abgefe^t. 15. :l;er Sjater bat^bcii ^unb in \d)x 
Simmer cingefd^toffen. 16. Sev jlaufmann ^jreift ba^ ^^ndi feinen .Himben 
an. 17. Sas (^tmt riditet ein gebriicftes ^Ser^ auf. 18. Ser Slonb fteigt 
l^intcr bem ©ebirge auf nnb erfiiitt bie (5rbe mit feinem fanften Sidite. 19. 
iT^di fteige in "bzn &agen, Sie fteigen auo bem SBagen, unb er fteigt auf tm 
^ferb. 20. ®ie miiben Oleiter fteigen '>^cn ibren ^ferben oA. 21. 3Bol(eu 
(£ie micb mitneljmen, irenn Sie nad^ 2)eutfdnanb reifen? 22. '^-^ glaube 
nidit, ba^ Sie mitge[)en rooUen. 

Questions. 1. What words are often used compounded vdth verbs? 2. 
Why are separable particles so called % 3. Examples 1 4. Where does the 
particle stand in dependent sentences? 5. Examples? 6. Does the particle 
always precede the verb in compound tenses V 7. The augment? 8. Where 



90 

is i\\ placed when used with the infinitive? 9. Where does the augment gc 
of the past participle stand] 10. In simple tenses, where does the particle 
stand and with what exception? 11. Can you give an example of each? 12. 
What verbs in English resemble the separable Gennan verbs ; and in what 
does this resemblance consist ? 13. Examples ? 



LESSON XXVIII. gtctxon XXVIII. 

2Bo refers to the 2Jlace where anything may be supposed to 
exist or transpire. Ex. : 5Bo tft mein 9}?effer ? Where is my 
knife ? ^o laufen bie Jltnber? Where (in what place) are the 
children running? 

5Da is used in answer to 'wo -, that is, to designate some par- 
ticular place ; as, 5Da ift e§ ; b.a laufen fie. 

<§in denotes direction, or motion from the speaker; as, SBaruttt 
laufen bie Jlinber ^in ? Why are the children running thither ? 

«§er is the opposite, in signification, to l^in; denoting motion 
or direction toward the speaker ; as, 3Barum laufen bie ^^inber 
l^er? Why are the children running hither ? 

^ier signifies "in this place"; as, SSorum BIei6en bie Jlinber 
l^ier ? Why do the children remain here ? 

These words are frequently compounded, one with the other ; 
thus, from iro and ^in, we have the compound iro^in; from 
h?o and I;er, lT»oI;er; from ba and !^in, ba^inj from ba and T^er, 
ba§er ; from Bier and :^in, I;ierl)in ; and from ^iev and ^er, ^ier^et 
(sometimes contracted to !^ie^er). §. 103. 3. 

Examples of the use of W o , ba, f)in, f) ^X and ^ i e r com- 

p)Ounded. 
2Bo reifen nnfere ^reunbe I; in ? Where do our friends travel 

cber, to ? or, 

9Bc^in reifen unfere i^^^eunbe ? Whither do our friends travel? 
©ie reifen bal) in, Voo i^re SSer== They travel thither, where their 

tranbten it^ot;nen. relatives reside. 

SSo !ommenbiefe3wg^^9^^^^? Where do these birds of pas- 

cber, sage come from? or, 

SSo^er fommen biefe Bug- Whence do these bkds of pas- 

ijogel ? sage come ? 



91 



©ic fennncn bat)cr, \vo eS jef^t ju 

fait fi'ir [ic ift. 
Cner()cr fcmmcn bic taipfcrcu Un- 

garn. 

Exercise 29. 

93acf'iliiBe, /. bnke- 
house ; 

33alb, soon ; 

Sjil'DevijaUerie, /. pic- 
ture-gallery. 

^rofd), 771. frog ; 

©aiu^,/. goose; 

^iu'ijeticn, to go away; 

^ixk, m. shepherd ; 

3v'i]eubwo, some- 
where ; 

Se^t, now ; 

JvOpf, m. head ; 



Sie^cu, to lie ; 

S)Ziilj,e,/. cap; 

S'iivgcnbg, no-where; 

Obaleid)', although, 
notwithstanding ; 

£)'|?ernt;au^, n. opera- 
house ; 

9^'ttev, m. knight ; 

(gduiu'fVMeler, ?n. actor ; 

©duMt, already ; 

(gdnraner, m. brother- 
in-law ; 

@d:)roimmeu, to swim ; 



They come from (there) where 
it is now too cold for them. 

Hither come the valiant Hun- 
garians. 

5(ufga6c 29. 

@ci(er, m. rope-maker; 

(Sijj,en, to sit; 

(gpviugen, to spring, 
leap; 

(£te()en, to stand ; 

%mb, m. pond ; 

2Berf ftatt/ /. work- 
shop ; 

2Bc()in'? whither? 
what way ? 

SucFerbdcfer, m. con- 
fectioner. 



23o ift bag grof te ©tiicf, an bent 

^§cfe ctneg tt)raii'uifdien Jlmiii^g, 

ober lit ber '§iitte eiueg gufvie'bes 

nen 2ac;'Ict)uero ? 
25o i3el)en @le I)tn ? an ben -§cf ober 

in bie -^i'ltte ? 
5)er gelbtjcvr ft|t auf bem $[erbe 

unb reitet rutjig tangg ben siettjen 

bcr 'eclba'ten tiin nub i)ev. 

SJtorgen reitet er niit feinen Sd\iaren 

auf bag SdV(a*tfetb. 
3n bcr ^^cffnung jxnben bie Un'gliicf' 

listen 3;:rcft. 
2)er ^ater ift ba, aBer ber 53ruber 

ift in ber @tabt. 
3d> getic :^eute baBin, irc^iu id) 

fcbcn geftern gclien ti'dlte. 

^ter unter bem ©ciume bcr §reif)eit 

tr>cl[en mi ung ^utten baucn. 
^ier(}er bringt (§. 121, 2) ntdit bie 

^Qi&'^ nnb ber gewe| 'it l:)ci<h etucS 

35errd'ti)erg, — unter ben ©diatten 

biefeg ©aumeg fommt fein Jtonig. 

1. So ift ber ©dn^ager? 2. @r ift an bem (am) S'ifdie. 3. So ge^t 
ber 3nrf erbdcfer t)in ? 4. (5 r ge()t in bie Q3acfftnbc. 5. So i)! fein ?^rennb, 
ber @d}aufpieler ? 6. 6"r ift in bem iDpernl}aug. 7. So gef)t fein ^reunb, 



Where is the greatest happiness, 

at the court of a tyrannical king, 

or in the cottage of a contented 

day-laborer ? 
Whither do you go ? to the court 

or into the cottage ? 
The commander-in-chief upon 

the horse rides tranquilly along 

the ranks of the soldiers to 

and fro. 
To-morrow he rides with his 

troops to the battle-field. 
The unfortunate find consolation 

in hope. 
The father is here, but the brother 

is in the city. 
I go to-day (thither) where I 

wished (already) to go yester- 
day. 
Here under the tree of liberty 

will we build us cots. 
Here the revenge and whetted 

sword of a traitor enters not ; 

— beneath the shade of this 

tree comes no king. 



92 



ter (Seller, ^tn? 8. dr ge^t in feme Ser!fiatt. 9. 2Bo ifl ber ^trte? 
10. @r ift auf b em -Serge. 11. 2Bo gev^t ber ^irte f)inV 12. @r gef)t 
aitf be:i Serg. 13. 2Bo gct)t unfer alter 9^a*6ar .^in ? or, ai>o^)iu ge^t 
Hiifer alter S^a*bar ? (§. 89. I.) 14. @r ift je^tjit bem fleinen ©arten, 
aber er gef)t 6alb in b^n grcfen ©arten. 15. ^eme ^rau tft in biefeni 
•^aufe, aber fein Setter ge^t in jene 33ilberga{Cerie. 16. Sd) fte(}e an bem 
(am) genfter, mih fte fcmmen an^ (§. 4. 2) ^enfter. 17. ®er S^iitter iiU 
fdionauf feinemguten ^ferbe, imb ber Jlnedit fpringt and) \o eben anf fein 
gnteg ^ferb. 18. 2)er mam ]i%t am (§. 4. 2) STifdie, xtnb ba^ Sudi Itcgt 
anf bem Xifih^. 19. Scb f)aBe feinen -^^nt anf bem i^c^^fe. 20. SBo gel)t 
ber (Solbat ^in? 21. 2)ie ©clbaten gekn aufg (§. 4. 2) getb ; fie finb 
fdicn anf bem g-elbe. 22. 3)er §rofd) f^njtngt in ben gln^ unb fdmMmmt 
in bem %ln\[i, nnb bie @ang fdmjtmmt in bem ^ieidie. 23. 3cb 6a6e biefe 
SSorte irgenblDc getefen. 24. 3di fann meine Tlu^t nirgenbg ftnben, cb^ 
Qkii) fie irgenbn^o in biefem Bintmer fein mn^. 



Exercise 30. 



$lng'wanberer, m. em- 
igrant ; 

Sebien'te, w. servant; 

33efannt'e, ot. acquain- 
tance ; 

Si.U}men, n. Bohemia ; 

Bremen, n. Bremen; 

®ai)tn'geBen, to go 
thither , 

5)ai)in'reifen, to travel 
thither ; 

!r)ai;in'fdii(fen, to send 
thither ; 



2)a^in jief)en, 
ceed, thither ; 

din'wanberer, m. im- 
migrant ; 

©ngtifdi, English ; 

(Snrc'pa, n. Europe ; 

^elb^err, m. comman- 
der-in-chief; 

i5ran^D''ftfdi, French ; 

?5rembe, m. stranger ; 

•^atore, n. Havre ; 

^ierfier'fommen, to 
come hither ; 



5(ufgaBe 30. 
to pro- Statte'ner, m. Italian : 



Stalie'nifcb, Italian 

(adj.) ; 
3lte, never ; 
(Spa'nien, n. Spain ; 
@panifdi, Spanish ; 
Jl'tietl, ??z. part ; 
35cne'big, n. Venice ; 
2Ste Dtcl? hovv^ much? 

how many ? 
22of)l, well. 



1. 2)ie Solbaten ftnb ^ter, unb ber ^etbf^err fcmmt audi Herder. 2. 
3)er ^einb ift fdion ba, unb unfere ta^fern S3riiber miiffen hat/va jieben. 
3. SBann gefien @te nadi (Spanicn ? 4. 3d) iinll gar (L. 15. III.) nidit 
bai)in gel)en, aber mein 93ater mil in nd*fter 3Bodie bai)tn retfen. 5. (2inb 
■Sie fdion ha getrefen ? 6. ytein, aber einer meiner S3efannten trar ba 
unb trttt nie n^ieber bai)in gel^en. 7. 3Str getjen anf ben 33erg, rooden @ie 
mit img gei)en ? 8. SStK ber 9^nffe feinen ^Bebienten in bie @tabt fdiicfen ? 
9. @r ^at itju fdion ba^tn gefdncft. 10. Serben hie XxnVX^en I)teri)er fern? 
men? 11. Sie trevben nid)t l)ier§er fommen. 12. 3So fcmmen biefe 
y^i-emben f)er ? 13. ©le finb ©imranberer unb fommen aut^ 53oi}men. 14. 
Sft btefeg @d]iff I'oii Bremen ober -^a^^xe ? 15. Q-3 ift treber »on 53re; 
men, ncd^ mm >6ayre, cs ift yon 23enebtg. 16. Oefien biefe frau^^cfifdien 
dintranberer na* STiiltraufee ? 17. dm Sbeit yen tbnen gel)t babin, bie 
anbern'bteiben in 9teroi9)orf. 18. 3)te dimranberer in Slmerica finb Ciu^? 
tyanberer au5 ©urcv^a unb auS anbern 3:'t)eileri ber altcn ffielt. 19. SBann 
woUen @ie anf bag ^elb get;en ? 20. 5di bin f*cn auf bem j^^elbe gewefen, 
unb fann nidit irieber bai)\n geben, aber id) mnf je^t balb in t:^n ©arten 
ge^en, benn mein Set)rer ift ba unb wiit midi feinen. 21. aSarnm trill bicfer 
Staliener nid)t engltfd) fpre^en ? 22, (Sv n^cate e^ trcM (L. 44. IV.) 



93 

fprcitcn, abcv er faint eg ncdi niitt; or fpriitt mir italienifdi iiiib fpanifd), 
23. 5lL«ic i-icl epiMdicu foHiicii eie fprcdicii ? 24. 2>d) fprcd^e nur jtt>el, 
aber idi ivill iicdi anbcvc lenicn. 

QuESTiO-VS 1. What does luo refer to ? 2. Examples] 3. 1:a ? 4. Exam- 
ples ? 5. What does Init denote ? 6. .^cr? 7. Examples? 8. What does t)ter 
signify ? 9. Are these words frequently compounded ] 10 Can you give 
an example of the use of ii^obin ? 11. Of t-abiu ? 12. Of ivoherl 13. Of 
babcr? 14. Ofbabtn? 15. Of l)tevbtn and f)iei{)cr ? 16. To what is f)icv^et 
sometimes contracted ? 



LESSON XXIX. ^tction XXIX. 

5So, ba, Inn, etc. , besides being compounded one with an- 
other (L. XXVIIl.) are also united with prepositions ; thus 
producing a separate class of adverbs. Ex, : SBcbon f;pre(f)en 
<Sie ? Of what (whereof) are you speaking ? 3d) fprecfje i;cn 
meiuen ^iidjcrn; troEen ©ie ein^ ballon l;a£en ? I am speaking 
of my books ; will you have one of them? (one thereof?) 3d> 
Bin auf bent ^aiife ; !cmmen Ste fierauf ! I am on the house; 
come up! 3d) fantt nirfjt ^iitauf ge^en; fcmmen Sie ^txabl I 
can not go up; you come do^vn ! 

«§iua5, ^inauf, ]6inau§, ^erat\ (fcc, when used with nouns, are 
translated by prepositions ; and the adverb, unlike its English 
equivalent, is placed after the noun. Ex. : 3d) Qf^e ben ^^erg 
1) i n a u f ; I go ujj the mountain, .j^ommen 6ie ben 93erg ^ e r^ 
a b ; come down the mountain. 

I. The verb fommen, frequently answers to our "(/ef\ Ex, : 
S5}ie ift er in biefeu ©arten g c f o nt m e n ? How did he "(^ef' 
into this garden? (gr treif md)t trie er :^eraus ! o m m e n fcU; 
he does not know how to ''c/et" out. 3d) f o m m e mit biefem 
SDfanne fe^r gut fort ; I "^e^" along with this man very well. 

Exercise 31. QIufgaBe 31. 

(Saju'fe,/. cabin; ©erdiifd-/, ?i. roaring ; ^^eraujJ'fmtjen, to 

(Safer ne,/. barrack ; <§afe, m. hare; spring out; 

2)am)?fBcct, n. steam- ^eraB'ftiirjen, to pre- ^ereivi'icmmen, to 

boat ; cipitate ; come in ; 

J^ieB, m. thief; ^^erailf'fcmtiten, to ^erein'ftuvmen, to 

(Si'fen'6ciBn,/.rail-road; come up ; rush in ; 

(5r f dire d'en, to terrify; ^eraue'fcmnten, to i^erii'bcrfa^ren,toeome 

^elfen, m. rock ; come out ; over (in a veliicle) ; 



04 



t^etii^Berfcmmen, to 

come over ; 
^^etuii'teietlen, to has- 
ten down ; 
<^erun'terfcmmen, to 

come clown ; 
«.§tnab'i3eben, to go 

down ; 
^era6'ftii-uigeit, to leap 

dovv'n : 
•§inauf'Iaufcn, to run 

up: 
■^'maus'o^zbm, to go 

out ; 
•^maus'fcmmen, to 

come out ; 
•§hieiu'ge^en, to go in ; 



to 



to 



^tnii'6erfaf)ren, to pass 
over ; 

-§inu'6erfcmmen, 
go over : 

^iiiii'&erfdiaueu, 
look over ; 

^iuitn'terc5e(;eit, to go 
down ; 

&iiQ,d, m. hill, hillock ; 

^ceu^iDeg, m. cross- 
way : 

Sauf, 771. course, cur- 
rent ; 

-?^vidna\iclie,/. watch ; 

9teb, n. roe ; 

Scbtp'in-iicfe,/. bridge 
of boiits : 



•Sd^ioeijet, m. Swiss j 

(Strape,/. street; 

Strcm, m. stream; 

Stuube,/, hour; 

2;t;iire,/. door ; 

S^reppe,/. stair; 

2:reten, to tread, step ; 

Ueber, over, beyond ; 

2^a'terlaiib, n. native- 
country ; 

3Bd6reub, during ; 

agenn, if; 

2i}!eber, again ; 

3an'fcbenbccf, n. deck, 
(between-deck). 



Sk fcku mna6' in bai trilbe 3)Zesi'. 
2)a ^ief t iineiib'Iidier Dtegeii fierciB'. 

5)te^ua&en eilten ben-53er9 fjmauf, 

2)er -53ergmann fietgt f^craiif an$ 

ber Xkfz beg Sdiadnco. 
5)}etnig gtng Mnaiia^ uiib ti^einte bit'; 

ferlid^. 
Uttb fitnem' mit bebdd''tivjem Sd^ritt 

etn Scrae tritt. 
@r n^trft ft-di in bie brcin'fenbe 

Slutf). 
©er -Sfitditer rief ben -Saner herein'. 
5Da^ Ceben bee SJlenfd^en fdiiranit, 

trie ein D^ad'en, mnii'ber nnb ber? 



You look down into the wild sea. 

There pours dov/n interminable 
rain. 

The boys hastened up the moun- 
tain. 

The miner comes up out of the 
depth of the shaft. 

Peter went out and wept bit- 
terly. 

And thither (therem) with con. 
siderate step a lion strides. 

He throws himself into the roar- 
ing flood. 

The judge called the peasiint in. 

The life of man like the skiff, fluc- 
tuates hither and thither. 



5)er Sadi'bccfer 
fiernn'ter. 



]id ycm <§auft 



The tiler 
house. 



down from the 



1. >§vT.ben 3ie mciiten ^reunb gefeben ? 
gegangen. 3. SBcKen (2te in bie QajKt. 
in fa.^ Si'ii'd^^'iL d 'nnunt^r - '^-'■ 

bei b r U I a iir^ t ' \U ^ 

ah, i in'T u r in f * ^ n' 3 Z 

ber <33ar b.. ^jn.itl i\ zuf.. - 9 ^ C 

:^eiau5, al6 b:i C)Cm':> m bie 3:abtbcic: 



2 "svi, cr ift bie otraBe ^unab^ 
1 M en? 4. OZfin, id) gebe 
Sie liente niit (§. 112. 7) bem 
irib biefen Wtumh werbe i* mit 
t ber bevubet fcmmen. 7. <5in; 
.^ ving \^^n Serg ()inab, iydbrenb 
i-n n finr^ten auv ber Saferne 
'(I ^lli^ bie -9>adu;--\id)e in 
bCi^ >6auo tiat, eilte ber eifaiotf.ne X •. . * ^i.ppe I^emnter. 11. 3c^ 
fann m bt aa5 ben jlier^n^eg.n ii.fcv (^iitAio binansfcmmen. 12. Siffen 
(gte nidit, tr^te biefer 35cgel tiereingefcmmen ill? 13. 3a, aber tr irei^ 
tiii^t, tec er wvihzv ^inau^fomrnen fann, 14. 2)er junge !Sd^a>ei§er fdiaute 



95 

ftimUer nad) ben Bfauen ©crgeii fciiie^ Q3atcrtanbej?. 15. ^ommeit <Bk 
J)eute nidU kn-imter ? 16. 3vi, iveini bcr £)t)eim ()evciuffommt, iverbe id) 
l^inatviebcn. 17. ^'Qobcn Sic biefni 3)ianii fdicii c3efe()cn ? 18. 3a, er ram 
bie :jiuive licvciu, alkJ idi (;inau^v}iiic|. 19. ®ev ^vveiuib ful)r in ciuer ii^tunbe 
ben '^luB binii&er unb licriiber. 20. 2)er ©tvom ftiivjt mit gvopeni ©erdnfd) 
ben $eirni berab. 

QrESTiONS. 1. How are njo, bit, &c., as noticed in this and the preceding 
lesson, compounded ? 2. Can you ojive an example of bin and hev compounded 
with wo and hci] 3. An example of bin with a preposition? 4. An example 
of hiei- thus compounded ? 5. How are \)inab, &c., when used with nouns, 
translated ? 6 Do they precede, or follow the nouns? 7. Examples? 8 How 
does the position of these adverbs, thus used, difier from that of the prepositions 
by which they are translated ? 9. To what does the verb fonunen frequently 
answer ] 10. Examples ? 



LESSOiSr XXX. itcUon XXX. 

Wlien a sentence does not beffin with its proper subject or nom- 
inative, or with some connective particle, the verb is commonly 
introduced 6e/b/-e the subject. Ex.: $Da gefct 3^r ^reunb; there 
goes your friend, ^^itr ftcf)t fein ^riibcr ; here stands his brother. 

In comj)ound tenses the subject comes between the auxihary 
and the main verb. Ex. : Qn knge fd)Ort '^aft 2)u gcfd)Iummert; 
too long already hast thou slumbered. 3e|t mu^ id) ge^en ; 
now I must go. ^eutc faun er nidit lefeii, unb morgeit will er 
ntd^t; he cannot read to-day, and to-morrow he will not. 

I. S^al^ren is both transitive and intransitive ; w^hen transitive 
it is conjugated with fjdb^n (^. 71. I.) and signifies to convey in 
a vehicle ; to drive. Ex. : £)er ^utfc^er ):)iit mid) fd)neK ge* 
fasten j the coachman has driven me rapidly. ®cr Jtaf)nfu{;rer 
'^(kt mid) [(^nell gefa^ren; the boatman has rowed me rapidly. 
When intransitive it is conjugated with fetn (§. 71, L) and sig- 
nifies to nWe in a vehicle, Ex.: 3d) Bin gefa^reu; I have rid- 
den (in a carriage, boat or other vehicle). 

II. Sffeiten is also used transitively and intransitively and 
signifies to ride, as on horseback. Ex. : 5I)er ^raBer reitet ba3 
-$ferb unb baS ^tameel ; the Arabian rides the horse and the 
camel. .5d) ^a6e ein fd)nel(e§ $ferb geritten ; I have ridden a 
fleet horse. When used intransitively (§. 71. I.) it is conju- 
gated ^vith fein. Ex. : (5r ifl fe^r fc^neli geritten ; he has ridden 
(on horseback) yery rapidly. 



96 

Exercise 32. QtitfgaBe 32. 

^aBrcn, to drive, to ^cI^'Bauer, m. wood- Cr'beutltdv orderly; 

ride (in a vehicle) ; cutter ; &telteii, to ride (on 

granffuvt, n. Frank- jlalt, cold ; horseback) ; 

fort ; Scbcn, to live ; Slettpfevb, n. saddle- 

^rul), early ; Scd^ig, temperate, horse ; 

@ e fun b', healthy; temperately; <SdiladUen, to butcher; 

«§clj, n. wood, timber; 2)te§9cr, rn. butcher ; (Sudu'u, to seek. 

^a B(iif)et ehte S^cfe, imb I}ier fdllt There a rose blossoms, and here 

ehie ab. one falls off. 

^kx fiefit bet Suni^lmg, unb ba bcr Here stands the youth, and there 

@rei^. the aged man. 

SJlorgeu iiertd'pt bag neue ®ampf; To-morrow the new steamboat 

Beet ben ^afen. leaves the harbor. 

3u lange fcbcn fiaft hu gefaiimt', Too long already hast thou de- 

bte ticvlcr'ue Beit ein'jutjclen. layed to redeem the lost time. 

3e|)t muf idi mehieu 33rief fdiliepen. I must now close my letter. 

«§eute !ann er itid^t frcf) fctn, unb To-day he cannot be joyful, and 

tnovgen nid)t ladien. ©prtdtircrt. to-morrow not laugh. Adage. 

1. ©iU ber alte (gclbat ^eute m ben SBalb Qcf)en ? 2. @r iri{( him 
gcBen, aber '^eute fann er nid^t, benn er hat ;^u yiel ju tl)un. 3. ^er ^au^* 
fned^t i[t auf ben Scarft gegangen, um i^leifd^ jn f)cten. 4. Um gefunb ju 
bleiben, mu^ man cvbentlid^ unb mci^tg hhen. 5. 2)er «§cljf)auer Ift in ben 
SBalb gegangen, um «§c(;^ jn [dmeiben. 6. 5)et 2^e|ger ge^t turn einem 
3)orfe jum anbevu, um Cd^fen ju fuden. 7. (Sr ge!}t aui^ einem fDcrfe in 
bag anbere, fann aber feinen C*fen finben. 8. Sag \mii er mit h^n 
Cd^fen? 9. @r lri(t fte [diladucn ; wix m\i\\m ja %k\]d^ f)aben. ]0. 
®er Saner Iiat jtret ^ferbe, rocld^e ber Sraner fanfen ivill. 11. 3di gel^c 
in bie ^U\ht, um eineu -fiiut cber eine ^Miip ^u faufeu. 12. (Sx i)at Sitdier 
j^n lefen urib cine 5iufgabe ju fdn-eiben. 13. ©c wiii ber ^reunb 3f)reg 
S3rubett3 bingcl)en ? 14. (Sr Vrilt nirgenbg {}inge()en, er irid bei feinem 
Df)eim bleibcn. 15. SBeden (Eie auf ben ^c()en Serg ge§en ? 16. 3di 
xoiii baijin geben, aber ni*t I;cute. 17. ,Kcnnen Sie mcrgcn auf bag Sanb 
ge(}cn? 18. 3di fann babin geben, aber \&\ trill nicbt. 19. Sffiann triC 
3i)t Satcr feine *$ferbe trieber fiaben ? 20. @r muf fte mcrgen friii) ^a? 
ben, mil er mcrgen Slbenb nadi 75ranffnvt fabren roill. 21. Sarum tt)ilX 
er nidit babin reUen ? 22. SBeil er fein guteg Dleiipferb l^at, uiib bag 
^Better fe^r fait i]\ 

Questions. 1. When a sentence does not begin with its proper subject or 
nominative, or with some connective particle, where i's the verb introduced] 
2. Examples? 3- In compound tenses what is the position of the subject? 
4, Examples] 5. With what is fat)vcti conjugated when transitive ; and what 
does it signify ] 6. Examples] 7. \Vhat can you say of it as intransitive] 
8. Examples] 9. Is reiteri used both, transitively and intransitively] 10 And 
how conjugated ] 11. What example can you give of reiteu when transitive? 
12. When intransitive ] 



97 

LESSON XXXI. gcciion XXXI. 

Comparison of adjectives. 

German adjectives are compared by suffixing to the simple 
form of the positive, er for the comparative, and eft for the 
superlative; thus positive mi lb, (mild) comjmrative milb*er, 
(milder) superlative milb*efl, (mildest), see § 36. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 

I. When the positive ends in ef, en, or ex*, the e of this ter- 
mination is, in the comparative, omitted: as, ild (noble), eb» 
ler * (nobler). Note, that adjectives of this class add, for the 
superlative, ^ otAj -^ thus, ebet, ebfer, ebelft. Adjectives when 
compared, are commonly contracted when euphony admits. 

Adjectives in the comparative and superlative, are subject 
to the same inflections as when in the positive degree (§ 37. 1.) 

InFLECTIOX of the adjective IX THE COMPARATIVE AFTER 
THE OLD DECLEXSIOX. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. All genders, 

9L 3it5nertr, fdionere, frf)onexe§, fd)Cnerej 

®. Sd)Onerey,(p. 35.) frficnerer, fd)5nere§, [cfionerer; 

51). (2d)0nerem, fdicnerer, fd)5nercm, fd)Oneren; 

%. (5d}6neren, fdionere, fdionereS, fdjonere. 

Inflection after the new declexsiox, 

01. 5r)er fdionere, bie fd}Onere, ba§ fd)Onere, bie fd)oneren; 

®. 2)e§ fd)6neren, ber fd)Oneren, bes fd)Oneren, berfrf)oneren; 

^. 5Demfd)5ueren, ber fd}oneren, bem fd)oneren, ben fc^ oner en ; 

%. ^en fc^oneren, bie fdjonere, bviS fd)onere, bie fc^oneren. 

II. Superlatives of the Old Declension are used only in 
address. Ex. : I^ieBfter SBntbcr ; dearest brother. 3^^euerfie 
3)iutter J dearest mother. £iebfte ?yreunbe ; dearest friends, (tc. 
(§ 37. 2.) 

* The di.-po-ition to contract two concurrent syllables finds a parallel in 
almost every lan^age. Thus in English, we have entrance hr enierance ; 
wondrous tor wonderous, if,c. So hoped, prayed, &c., words containing 
each two syllables, are pronounced as though consisting of but one. This is 
a serious difficulty in the way of foreigners learning our language, but one 
which in the German, by a conformity cf orthography to pronunciation, ia 
entirely avoided. 
5 



98 

Inflection of the superlative after the new de- 
clension. 

Masculine. Feminine. -Neuter, All genders. 

01. £)er fd}onfte, bie fc^onfie, bag frf)Onfte, bU fc{)Onften; 
@. 5De§ frf)onften, ber fdjonften, beg fd}Onften, bev fdjonften ; 
^. 55)emfd)Onften, ber [d)onften, bem fd)onften, ben fd)i)nften ; 
51. 55)en fd^onfteu, bie fd}onfte, bag fc^onfte, bie fd}Oufteu. 

III. The Old form of the superlative is never used ; 
the article (as in English) always preceding it. Ex. : 9}?ein 
«§ut ift ber fc^onfte ; my hat is the finest. Instead of the 
regular form, the dative of the New Declension, preceded by 
the particle a m, is often used ; as, mein ^§ut ift a m fc^onften. 
(See § 38. 1.) 

The adverb me^r, like its English equivalent (more) is like- 
wise employed in the comparison of adjectives. Ex. : (2ie i]i 
tne^r UeBengtinirbig alg fd)On ; she is more amiable than beauti- 
ful. (See§ 42. 1., &c.) 

lY. Adjectives, of all degrees of comparison, may in the 
simple or absolute form, be employed as adverbs ; but when 
the superlative is so used, the form produced by the union of 
am with the dative, is adopted. Ex. : (gr [d)rei6t fe^ori; he 
wiites beautifully. ®r liegt fd^neHer alg id) • he reads more 
rapidly than I. ©ie liegt am fd)nellften; she reads the most 
rapidly. (§ 106.) 

V. Participles, when used as adjectives, are compared in 
the like manner. Ex. : ©ele^rt (learned), gele(}rter (more 
learned), gele^rteft (most learned) : rii^renb (affecting), rii^ren= 
ber (more affecting), rii^renbft (most affecting). 

VI. 3 e * j e or j e * b e fi c, in phrases like the following, 
is answered in English by " the - the ;" thus, 3e me^r, je mun* 
tererj "the'' more, 'Hhe'' merrier. 3e me^r, befto 6effer; 'Hhe'' 
more, '^the'' better. 3e is sometimes /jrereiiec/, by befto. Ex. : 
(Sin 2Ber ! tfi b e ft o nii|Ud)er, j e i^etlfemmener eg ift; "/A^" 
more perfect a work is, '^tke'' more useful it is. 

.•J^efto is likewise used without j; e. Ex. : (E'r Iief barauf befto 
fc^neUer ) thereupon he ran the faster. (Sr ^orte nun bejio auf* 
metlfamer ^tt : he listened now the more attentively. 



99 



VII. The following adjectives are irregidar in comparison : 

©lit, tjeffer, Bcfic or am Bcftcn, good, better, best ; 
•i^cd), ijoiicv, I)od)ft or am ()Od)|icn, high, higher, highest; 
5i^ici, mcln*, mciftc or am mciftcu, much, more, most; 
©eui^, mtocv, uicui^avmiuDefte, iuettujfte or am mlnbejten; httle 
or few, less or fewer, least or fewest. (See § 30.) 



33hnnc,/. flower; 
S3iidu\/. beech; 
5)irf, tfiick, stout; 
@ldic,/. oak; 
(Siii'fluprcidi, inflaen- 

tial ; 
(S'iii'fovmigfeit, /. nni- 

formity ; 
©i'telfeit, /. vanity ; 
(f ntfevnt', distant ; 
5"tcren^, n. Florence ; 
^nuttbar, productive ; 
©cMl'cet, educated, 

cultivated ; 
©efaCten, to please; 
©eift, m. spirit, mind ; 



Exercise 33. Ql U f g a 

®eivet)u'Iid% common- 

Siiugliiui, m. youth ; 

Jvliu3()eit,/. prudence; 

Saubluft, / coun- 
try air ; 

Suf t / air, at m o sphere ; 

Tlutij, ?n. courage ; 

£)int', ?n. Ovid; 

^arto', n. Paris ; 

^Hivma, n. Parma; 

^^taubcrii, to prattle ; 

©dirifffteder, m. 

writer, author; 

(2itte, /. manners, 
custom ; 



Be 3; 



stock, 



5)ag ^Better ift Ijmk fatter al^ 13^^ 

fteru. 
IDer e'belfte S)^:nfdi ijl iitdit immcr 

ber glucf'lidiflc, itnb ber retd^fte 

nidit immer ber tvet'feftc. 
!5)er Jlliiciftc i]! geirct^n'tidi am be? 

f^ci'beiiftcn, ber fSiimmfte am 

ju'bringiidiften. 
(Bin qiikx ^elb{)err nmf mefir flug, 

aU tvipfer fein. 
©icfeg Sud) [ft beifcr, al^ jcmS. 
2>er <6iinger ift ber 6c|ie ^cd). 
5)ie 3:anne ift ber ^ci)]U S3aum. 
^ei^f)eit ift met}r ^n fdid|cu, aU 

^cid)t^um — aber am meiften 

!i;ugenb unb g-rommigfeit. 



©tamin, 7n. 
trunk ; 

©teru, 771. star ; 

Umgang, 7n. inter- 
course ; 

Unrein, impure ; 

Uu'amrbig, unworthy ; 

93erdr/berung, /. 

change, alteration ; 

33erfianb', m. under- 
standing; 

23irqt{', m. Virgil ; 

28of)tt(;at,/. benefit; 

SSiirbig, worthy ; 

Sinn, n. tin. 



to-day, 



The weather is colder 

than yesterday. 
The noblest man is not always 

the most fortunate and the 

richest not always the \visest. 
The wisest (man) is generally 

the most modest, the stupidest 

the most obstrusive. 
A good commander-in-chief must 

be more prudent than valiant. 
This cloth is better than that. 
(The) hunger is the best cook. 
The pine is the highest tree. 
Wisdom is more to be prized 

than riches, but virtue and 

devoutness the most. 



1. T)kfex Sdgcr Ijat ehien fd)onen <§unb, meincr tfi fdioner, nnb ber 
eurige ijt ber fdionfte i^cn alien. 2. 5)te @rbe ift tteiner, alg bie Sonne, 
unb bie Sterne finb entfernter, aU ber SJlonb. 3. 93irgi( ift ein angenel)- 
merer <Sdn-iftjte((er, al^ Oinb. 4. ^torenj ijt fdioner, al^ ^vuma. 5. 
2)te Stabt (Eanton (§ 123.5.) ifi groBer, aU ^m$. 6. 2)ie SSerduberung 



100 

tft aiU^iucl/iiur, al5 Ik Giafcvmi^fat. 7. 2U:,i\inbci' bcr ©rope, f^aik 
ivciiigcr Jviu^tjcu, alS SJhiU). 8. ^Jtan jxiibel yielmefjr Mu\^^x, ale (Silber 
uiib mel)v (itfeu, ali3 3iun. 9. S)tefer ©ngldiiber ift mel;r gclet;vt, al^ reid), 
uub fd)rdbt inel;r, aU er i>vid)t. 10. ':X)k\ce 2}idbd)eu plciubert mel;r, 
alis ]u (g 134. 2.) arbeltet. 11. 3)le ^uft in ben Stdbten ift unreiner, a(^ 
bic Santluft. 12. grcinfreid) ift nidit fo fruditbar, ix)ie 5)eutfdilanb. 
13. 2)iefei- ^iingliug ()at nidit fo oiel SSerftaub, toie fein *^ ruber, a&er er 
ijat and) nidit fo i^icl (S-itelfeit. 14. 2)ie Dtofc ift eine ber fd)oufteu Slu; 
men in ber 2BeU. 15. 5)iejenigen finb geix^oljulid) am vcenigften ftclj, 
beven ©cift am gcbi(beteften ift. 16. £)ie bitten bcrjenigen ftnb geii?c§u; 
lid) einflupreid) auf uue, mit benen roix Umgang f)aben. 17. S)ie ^oi)U 
tljakn, beren iuir iintrbig ftnb, ftnb iing angenef)mcr, aU beren ii>ir unttjiir^ 
big ftnb. 18. 5)ev]enige ift ber reid)fte, beffen tJlinber tugenbf)aft ftnb. 
19. 3)er <§err I;at feiuen ©efaUen an benjenigen SD'ienfdien, hk feine Siebc 
ju il)ren 53riibern fmben. 20. 3)er Sl^felbaum i)at einen bicfen ©tamm, 
bie Q3udie tiat einen bitferu @tamm, luii bie @idie t)at ben bicfften @tamm. 
21. 3)er ©tamm be^ 5(^?fcl&aum^ ift birf, ber ©tamm ber ^udie ijl 
bicfer, iinb ber @tamm ber (Sidie i^t am bicfften. 22. 3e me{)r er Ijat, 
beftc me()r tQiii er. 

Questions. 1. How are adjectives, in German, compared? 2. When the 
positive ends in el, en, or cv, what letter is omitted in the comparative? 3. 
Examples ? 4. In the comparison of adjectives, how are they commonly 
contracted ? 5. V/hat is stated in the note ? 6. Are adjectives, in the 
comparative and superlative degree, subject to the same inflections, as when 
in the positive ? 7. How are superlatives of the Old Declension used ? 8. Is 
the simple form of the superlative often used ? 9. And why ? 10. What is 
often used instead of the regular form? 11. How is this form, '§> 38. 1, ex- 
plained ? 12. Is the adverb nic!)r used in the comparison of adjectives ? 13. 
May adjectives be employed as adverbs, and if so, how ? 14. Are participles, 
when used as adjectives, compared ? 1 5. What can you say of it-it or jes 
befto? Examples] 



LESSON XXXIL §tct\on XXXII. 

Inseparable particles. 
Besides the separable particles, (L. 27.) there is another 
class (be, em^p, ent, er, mi5,Der, &c. § 94.) that, iinhke the former, 
are never used apart from the radical words to which they 
are prefixed, and hence are called inseparable particles ; thus, 
by the union of these particles Be, em:p, ettt, er, &c., with the 
radicals fet;len, &c., we have the compounds, fcefeC;ten, em^fin* 
ben, entBet)ren, er^olen, nuffaKen, ijer^oren, jermaljten, &c., cor- 
respondent in formation, to the English compounds, be-tray, 
de-rive, dis-may, mis-take, &c. With few exceptions, (as Be* 



101 



geijiem, Bcfccren,) however, German, unlike most English radicals^ 
may be used as well alone, as in combination with prefixes ; as, 
ftoren, to distm-b ; jerftorcn, to demolish, &c. 

Many particles in German, which are used to modify radical 
verbs, have their exact equivalents in English. Ex. : iTeutcn, to 
interpret; mi^'tcuten, to misinterpret ; [anftigcn, to calm; Be- 
fanftigcn, to becalm, (fee. (§ 97. 1. 2., &c.) 

In German, as in English, the inseparable particles never 
take the primary accent. 

I. 33 c r , which is often rendered by the English, " ago,'^ 
imlike the latter, always 'precedes the word of time to which it 
refers. Ex.: ©r irar i^ c r jtiici (5tunben f}ier ; he was here 
two hours ago, (literally, he was here before two hours). 

S e i t (since), when used with words denotmg time, often 
answers to ''for " or " during''. Ex. : @r ift feit eirtet QBccfje 
franr; he (is L. 18. VI.) has been sick for a week. 3d) f)a6e 
i'^n feit einem ganjen 3al)re rad)t gefe^en ; I have not seen him 
daring a whole year, (a whole year since). 



Exercise 34. 



5(ufga6e 34. 



SXnt'trcrten, to answer ; 

Seaut'u-'crten, to reply ; 
rejoin. 

Sef'iiret'&en, to de- 
scribe ; 

ffietra'ojfit, to behave; 

@r!iu'l>en, to invent ; 

(Erliat'teu, to receive ; 

©ifen, to eat : 

©etpit'ter, n. tempest, 
thunder and hofht- 



^^atteu, to hold ; 

DIeft, n. nest ; 

^aar, n. pair ; 

9teif?,/. journey; 

9leiferi, to travel; 

©dinjat&e,/. swallow; 

(Eicb, himself, &c. (L. 
18. II.). 

Sttefet, m. hoot; 

igreren, to disturb, in- 
terrupt ; 

Xrav^e-u, to carry ; 



2;rln!en, to drink ; 

23erfpre'i.teiv to prom- 
ise; 

3Serfic/Iien, to under- 
stand ; 

Seitiuuj,/. news-paper, 
gazette ; 

Berftc'ren, to destroy, 
demolish. 



2)iefen fitcncn ^ana^-ienticgel f^vit 
mir meiu SSater t^eute ?0^crv3cii 

2)te ^reiiabe h:[.U\\ jTcb in ben @ar; 

ten be^c'lvn. 
2)ie feinblidie 2lrmee ^Cii \ii> ercjc'; 

ben. 
2)er SeBrer r}Cit bent ^na&en yerge^- 

ben. 



My father gave me this beautiful 
canary-bird this morning. 

The friends have betaken them- 
selves to the garden. 

The hostile army has surrendered 
(itself). 

The teacher has pardoned the 
boy. 



102 

1. aSiU ^^x <Bcf)n tttein ^Pferb l^atten? 2. (Bx 'i)at e0 ge'^alten, abtx 
n Ijat einen 5Brlef er()alten, ft»fliten er lefen trIU. 3. SSie l}at fidi biefer 
^'iiabe betragen ? 4. (Sr fiat ftd) Qut betragen, er fjat meineu Olcgen^ 
fdiii-m gctrageji. 5. 2)tc 9luffeu tjabm einen tapfevn geinb gefunben. 6. 
3)ie ®eulfrt)en f;a6cn ytele nu^tidie ^iinfte evfnnben. 7. 3)ic[er 93ettler 
I}at eiue (Stunbe an ber !$;i)ure geftauben, er fjat mtdi nidit yerftanben. 8. 
^a6 ©etottter t)at ung geftort unb bag 9left ber €d)Umlbe jerftcrt. 9. Sag 
f)abcn (Sie :f}eute ju t§un ? 10. 3d) ()abe 58riefe ^u fd)retben unb ^dtmv 
gen ju lefcn. 11. SBas? :^at ber ^ntmadier ju tl;uu ? 12. .^at ber 
(Sdni()madier Beit, mtr etn ^^aar (L. 62.) ©tiefetn ju madien? 13. (5"t 
Ijat feine Beit, Sfinen ©tiefcl ju mad)en, er i)at ju »iel anbere v»crfprodien. 
14. ^at ber 53auer mcl^r Jtafee ju trinfen, a(g *3rob jn effen? 15. Gr 
fiat ib'rcb genug ju effen unb SBaffer j^n trtnfen, aber er Ijat fetncn Jlaffee. 
16. ^aben <Bk biefelben 33udier, it)eld)e metn DZadibar gel)abt t^at? 17, 
•^^at ber'SRatrcfe fetnem Sruber geantocrtet ? 18. D^ein, id) t)abe fetncn 
53rtef beantwcrtet. 19. @iner metner ^efvinnten, ben ®ie bei mir gefel;en 
I)aben, ift nad) Slmerifa gerelft unb ijat mir einen ®rief gefdirieben, in 
irseld}cm er feine Oleife befd)rieben fjat 



Exercise 35. 5lufgaBe 35. 

5[n''fangen, to begin ; 5{ug'tdnber, m. for- (Sed)^, six (§ 44) ; 
Sln'tomm en, to arrive; eigner; SSergnii'gen, n. plea- 

Sln'madien, to kindle, Slug fpred)en, to pro- sure ; 

(to make a fire) ; nounce ; 3Bort, 7i. word; 

SIn',^iinben, to light ; (Srjei'gen, to explicit, B^eimat, twice (§ 
2luf'ftel;en, to rise ; show; 60). 

S[u£i'get;en, to go out ; i^ener, n. fire ; 

1. ®ef)t 3^1* <§err 23ater Ijeute nidit au^ ? 2. dr ij! fd)on au^ge? 
gangen, er ift (L. 23.) f)eute 9)lorgen fe(}r friifie aufgeftanben. 3. 2Bo 
{ft er (lingegangen ? 4. (§x ift jn feinem Oladibar gegangen, er triU auf 
bas? £anb geften. 6. 3Bo xooikn @ie I;inge(;en ? 6. 3d) nui^ anf ben 
9}Jarft, in itm ®arten, an ben S3ruunen ge(;en. 7. ©ein grennb Ijat i()ni 
gcfdiriebcu, baf er in 5lmerifa angefommen ift. 8. 2SoUen (Sie bie ©i'lte 
IjahQn, mir biefe Shorter augjufpredien. 9. 3d) ijahc fie fd)cn jweimat 
viuj?gef^rcd)en. 10. @i3redien ^ie gnt anS ? 11. 3d) glanbe, idi f^redic 
fd^Icdit au^ ; mein 33ruber fann beffer aui^fpredien, aU id). 12. 2)ie 
beutfdien 2Ccrter ftnb fefjr fdiwer aug^nf^n-edien. 13. 2)ag fann fcin, 
aber bie engtifdien finb fiir 9(ugldnber ncct) fdnverer au^jufpredicn. 14. 
2Bann t)aben <Sie angefangen 2)entfdi ^n Icrueu ? 15. 3d) i;abe »or fc*^ 
aBcduMT angefangen ju lefen. 16. SJBann trcilcn Sie anfangen, franjcfifd) 
ju lernen ? 17. 3d) f)abe fd^cn angefangen jn lefen, unb ujerbe balb anfan; 
o^Qn jn fpre^en. 18. ©cUen ©ie mir ben ©efailen erjeigen, eine Scim^c 
ai^U5nnbcn? 19. 3d) tuid e^ mit bem gropten 23ergniigen t()un. 20. 
>^at has 5)ienftmdbd)en ba<^ W^uer fd)en angemad)t? 21. OZein, fie 'ijat e^ 
nod) nid)t angemad)t. 



103 

Exercise 36. QI u f g a B e 36. 

^Wf)c\cn, to take away; •Oiu'fdnrif cu, to send to ; aBie'£)Cvne^mcn, to take 

?lb'riifen, to depart ; 3cba!ln^ m. John ; again ; 

?U"'|\1n-oibcit, to copy ; £uft,/. desire, wish ; 2Bil^elm, m. William ; 

(Slv-ivicv'iiiittnTiclH, ?/?. S'iit'bvhii]Cii, to bring Suviirf', back ; 

instruction on tlie or take with ; Suvi'tcf' foinmen, to 

piano ; 3)ti('i;5ct)eu, to go with ; come back ; 

©artiicr, m. gardener ; @cit, since ; Suriicf 'j"ct)i(fcn, to send 

-S>cvitni', about, round ; (Spcijicv'ijcmg, m. walk ; back. 

1. 2Bo fchicfcn ©ic 3ftven 33ebiciiten fjin? 2. (§v ift franker faittt 
nivj^enb*^ (^hiijetjcn. 3. ©cbreibcu (gie eineu 33rtef ab ? 4. Set) t}abe i^ti 
fdiou abv'(cfdn-iclHnL 5. ©lauBen @ie, bap ber 93ucbbhiber mir mcine 
53iuiHn' jiivi'trffdMfft ? 6. -i^at 3()rc ©dmicftev bte S3tiimeu evljaUen, ble id) 
iin c^daujt Ijabe ? 7. 5)cr ©drtncv fommt mctiieu iinb luivb fie mitbvingen 
(L. 27. IL). 8. aBaim fdiifteu <£te ha6 33iut juriitf ? 9. 3* f)a&e es fdion 
inn- brci ^ageii ^iu'iicfi]cfdntft. 10. <Stcl;t 2Bil(;olm audi auf, )\mm ©ie auf; 
ftebcii ? 11. 2Baim vcift 3t)re ^rdulehx ©diVDCjler nadi ^raufveidi ah ? 12. 
(Eie ift fdioit ycrgeftevu abcjereift. 13. 3ft bte (L. 17. IV.) fleiue (Smnia mit^ 
gcv^augen? 14. dlcin, fie mu§te ju <§aufe bleiben, um irieber ^layieruuter? 
ridit ju ne{)men. 15. 2Bami gef)t 3of)ann In bie (Sdmle? 16. @v gel)t 
mcrgeii bat)iit, luib ber fletne .§eiurtd) gel^t aucb mit. 17. ^o ftnb bic 
neuen S^ifd^e, ti^eld^e ber ©direiner gemadit I)at? 18. •^cAm @te htn 
[dHMicii aSageii gefei^en, in ireldiem ^err ©. feiiie ^raii utib feute jlinber 
abl;clte? 19. 2Bann fcmmt 3(}r ^err S3rubcr \?cn ^ari^ Suriicf? 20. 
@r Ift fdion felt (L. 58.) fiinf Xac^m juriirfgefommcn. 21. •^aben @te 
Suft eineu (gpajiergaug ju madien? 22. 9iZem, id:) f;abe fd)on eiuen 
iSV^ijiergang um ble (BUiht gemad)t. 

Questions. 1. Wherein do the inseparable particles differ from the 
separable onesi 2. What is stated in § 94., in regard to ge and jn ? 3. 
Can you state tlie analogy between the German and English verbs of this 
class ? 4. Can nearly all German verbs be used apart from prefixes 1 5. 
What exceptions are noted 1 6. Do you know any other exceptions ? 7. 
Can the radical part of the verbs betray, decide, &c , be used apart from 
their prefixes ? 8. What is said of many particles in German ? 9. What is 
saidof,/oci"? 10. Example ? 11. Of „ felt'"? 12. Example ] 



LESSON XXXIIL I" e r t i n XXXIII. 

33inbe (plural) is declined like an adjective, and, unlike its 
equivalent, (both) comes after the article, or pronoun with which 
it is used. Ex. : ^te Beiben *§anbe ; both the hands : meine 
Beiben '^anbe ; both my hands. Q( 11 c (all) is sometimes, for 
the sake of emphasis, placed before Beibe, and, may together 
be translated, " both of them," or simply, " both ;" as, aUe 
beibe; both of them; both. 



104 

I. SScibeS (neuter singular) is frequently employed to 
couple two things different in kind, whether designated by nouns 
alike or different in gender. Ex.: 9Bem ijl (§ 129. 2.) t»icfe3 
Wli]}ix unb biefeS ©djtuert? 93eibe§ ge:^ort metnem O^reunbe; 
both belong to my friend, '^ai 5^nen ber U(;rmarf)er nur bic 
ll§r ober auc^ biefen Oting gemad)t? (Sr t;at Q3eibe§ gemarf)t; or, 
®etbe gemadjt. ©inb @ie mit ber U^r unb bcm 9fJing ;!,ufrie* 
ben? 0?ein, id) Bin mit 33eibem unjufrieben, benn 35eibc0 ift nid}t 
na^ meincm SSunfc^e ; no, I am dissatisfied with both, for both 
arc not according to my wish. 

II. For the pronoun ^'neither,''^ the phrase „feine§ or fein6 
S)on Bciben" is used. Ex. : <§a6eu ©ie baS neue ober ba§ altc 
S5ud) ? 5(^ ^aBe fein6 ijon Beiben ; I have neither (of the two). 

III. 3f{ed)t and Unred)i like the words '■'right" and '■'•wrong'^ 
are nouns, adjectives, and adverbs. The phrases, however, 
*' to he right, to he wrong^' are expressed in German by the 
noun, with the transitive verb ^ a B e n. Ex. : S'r l^at ^i^i ; he 
Qias) is right. (Sie ^aBcn ni^t Unred^t; you (have) are not wrong. 

IV. (EBenfo, before an adjective, signifies "-just as." Ex. : 
5£)tefe0 »^tnb ift eBen fo alt une jeneS ; this child is just as old as 
that, liefer 9)?ann t)at eten [o biel .Rtug^eit irie SSerftanb ; this 
man has just as much prudence as understanding. 

V. ff®cix\l tv'u," with a verb, signifies ^' jprecisehf or " Jw^i 
as" or " like.'' Ex. : Sr ip: ganj trie id) ; he isjust as I (am), 
he IS just like me. (Bie benft g a n j ti> t e er ; she thinks pre- 
cisely as he (thinks), she thinks 2:>reciseJ7/ like him. 

VI. 9^cd), besides its signification as a disjunctive, (L. 12) 
is variously rendered by " still, some or 7/et more, another, 
besides,-' d'c. Ex. : (Sr fd)Iaft nod) ) he sleeps still. ®icB bcm 
,^inbe ncd^ 33reb ; give the child some more bread. 5[Samt I;at 
etrittpd) citt ^ferb gcfauft ? when did he buy another horse ? 
(Slnen 5(:pfe( f;at baS ,^inb gcgeffen, aBcr e§ '^^i nc^ einen ; the 
child has eaten one apple, but it has one besides (or another). 

VII. S}?e^r, connected with a negative word, is used like 
its equivalent '' more.'^ Ex.: 3d) I)aBe fetii§ mef)r ; I have no 
more. 3d) ^aBe nid)t biel mc^r ; I have not much more. Used 
with a noun the adverb follows, wliile in English, it precedes 



105 



the noun. Ex. : 3rf; f)ah( !cm 33rob nu^r ; I have no more 
bread. 

YIII. Qtnber, with a noun denoting time, may be employed 
to designate as well a future as a past period ; but never, like 
the word " other,'' as in the phrase " the other day," to denote 
indefinite past time. Ex.: ^en anbern ^aq nad^ feiner 'JMiuift 
l^erlor er [einen 33atcr ; the " nexf' day after his arrival, he lost 
his father. 3}Jorgcn gel;e id) ncid) diem, xinb ben anberii 5:ag 
nad) 9iea:pet; to-morrow I go to Rome, and the " next" day to 
Naples. As in the above examples, auber, when similarly 
employed, is rendered by ^^ next." 

IX. The neuter anbereS, preceded by „eth? a Q/' (in conver- 
sation usually contracted to tva^) is rendered by the phrase 
" another thing" Ex. : ®aS ift etiraS 5(:ibereg, or bag ift ii^ag 
5(nberey ; that is " another thing." 

X. The adverb a n b e r S is readily distinguished by its 
form, and is rendered by " otherivise, differently" d'c. Ex. : 
Qx fpridjt anber0 aU cr benft^ he speaks otherwise tlian he 
thinks. 

Exercise 37. Qlu fgaBe 37. 

Sil)'fc*3eln, to set sail ; ^^anbeln, to act, deal ; (Staat, m. state ; 



?{nbev, other (VIII.) ; 

?(ii^bereS, (See IX.) ; 

Slnbevs?, othermse, dif- 
ferently ; 

Siiie'f'fei&cn, to remain 
out ; 

©eibe/both; 

S3cibGg, (See I.) ; 

-SelV*eu, to visit; 

JDvi'tleibcn, to remain 
(there) ; 

5)anipffcbiff, n. steam- 
ship ; 



SrtS'ciefanimt, alto- 
gether ; 
Stren, to err : 
^Df)Ie,/. coal'; 
Sieferu, to furnish ; 
S)lit^iei)men, to take 

with ; 
SJlittel, n. means ; 
2}?itfter, n. pattern ; 
^en!ifi)l5?a'ntcn, n. 

Pennsylvania ; 
^flautne,/. plum; 
ikz&\i, n. right ; 
(S'&enfo, just as (IV.) ; S^cbeit, to speak, talk ; 
(S'i'nh]c, some, several ; Sliiiu-cu, to move, af- 
(E-n'f:^,/. Elisa; feet; 

(irian'ben, to allow; (gad^c,/. thing, affair ; 
^rcu'fcentfirane,/. tears @or.'/merrocf, w. sum- 

ofjoy; mer-coat; 

®cleert',vacant,empty; (Spa^ie'reuge^en, to 
®ufta», ni. Gustavus; take a walk; 
5* 



^(later, m. thaler (a 
German coin) ; 

!J!renuen, to separate ; 

Uu'aiu-icbaut unculti- 
vated ; 

IXiimcy'ltcii, impossi- 
Me; 

Unvedit, n. wrong; 

SSevftdu'bii;, intelli- 
gent ; 

SBaare,/. ware, goods; 

2Be9'uel}mcn, to take 
away ; " 

aBiii'tevrcct m. winter- 
coat ; 

SDcfclfeil, cheap ; 

Su'fu^aucr, 77Z. specta- 
tor ; 

Slt'ecf, m. aim, 
pose. 



pur- 



106 



@r I;at jtoei (So^ne, abet beibc jinb 

taiiftftumm. 
£)er dlicje fa^te tie ^eute mit bei- 

ben -^dnben. 
.^at biefer ^aufmann etn5]3ferb ctn 

einen SGagen ? 

2)ie 2Ba^rI}eit unb bie Otofe ftnb 

fe^r fct)on, obex belbe ^aben JDor^ 

neu. 
©in auf rtditiger 2)Zann seraB'fc^eut 

eine Siige. 
S^apereou :^atte ^t6)t, baf er ben 

tufii'fdiea jlalfev jiidi'tigeu wclltc, 

a6er er fjatte Unrecbt, ba^ er ben 

Selb^ug bi^ in ben -^erbft sev- 

fdicb'. 
gaft ieber SJJenfd) Ijai e'ben fo ijiet 

ilnmmer aU grcube; 
.H^cffutf) niar ganj fo ta^'>fer unb tia'^ 

tertanbgliebenb, trie 2Baff)ing; 

ton, aber nidit fo gliicflid). 



He has two sons, bnt both are 

deaf and dumb. 
The giant seized the club with 

both hands. 
Has this merchant a horse or a 

wagon ? 
He has both. 
The truth and the rose are very 

beautiful, but both have thorns. 

An upright man abhors a lie. 

Napoleon was right, that he 
wished to chastise the Russian 
Emperor ; but he was wrong 
that he deferred the campaign 
till late in autumn. 

Nearly every human being has 
quite as much sorrow as joy. 

Kossuth was just as valiant and 
patriotric as Washington, but 
not so fortunate. 



1. SBoUen ©ie ein SO'lujler liQn btefem cber jenem Xudie l^aBen ? 2. 
3d) iriU feineg i)on beiben 'ijabm. 3. ■^at ber SeL)rcr ha^ Sudi cber ha^ 
papier niegqcnommeu ? 4. (St f)at ^^ciheS ireggencmmen. 5. 2Btr geben 
iljm einen Xfjaler fiir jeben ber beiben 9}Mnncr. 6. Xrinfen ©ie SBein 
cber S3ier ? 7, 3d) trinfe ineber 2Dein nod) Q3icr (or idi trinfe feineg ticn 
beibeu). 8. ^aben ©te ncd) @elb? 3d) f)abe nid)t riel mef)r. 9. <Ste 
ilviBen 9tednt, ha^ @ie bag gctfian fjaben. 10. ^at '^cijann dti&^t, ba§ er fo 
lange au^blei&t ? 11. Dlein, er Ijat Uured)t, ba er fcine Sinfgabe jn ternen 
f)at. 12. Scld)er »on ung betbcn i}ai dtei)tr id) cber er ? 13. @ie l}amn 
Beibe Unred)t. 14. 2Bte m\ XnA-) brand)! ber flciiie ^riebridi ju (L. 74. j^n) 
etnem ©ommerrocfc ? 15. (Sr braud)t cbenfoDiel, vok jn einem 2Btn; 
terro(fe. 16. 2)er ^Btaat ^ennfi^liHinteu (tefert ebenfosiel ^cijim, aU gan^ 
duglanb. 17. SlrBettet ®nfta» ntdit ebenfoytel, tt)ie fein ©ruber ^ers 
ntann? 18. 2)ie fleine dlife gab if;rer ©chiripfter ^^anllne ebenfcijiel 
^[laumen, n»ie i()rer ^reunbtn (5mma. 19. •^ahm unfere 9lad)barn xicd) 
feiucn ©arten ? 20. OZein, fie T^aben nodi fetnen. 21. Sleiben (Sie nod) 
lange auf hem Sanbe ? 22. 3d) bletbe nod) eIne fnr^e 3eit ba,nnb and) meine 
i^reniibe. 23. ©in grower %i)di Simerifag tft nod) unangebcinteg 8anb. 24. 
®d}c\x vSie i)eute nod) fpajieren ? (L. 65.). 25. Olein, benn id) mu^ nod) 
arbeiten. 26. 2)te ^renbentfirdnen ber lang getrennten ^reimbe riifirten 
bie '^er^en alter 3ufd)auer. 27. Jlcnnen ©ie bte 25aare nidit roc!)lfeiter 
tjerfanfeu ? 28. @g i]!. rein unmcgtid). 29. @te miiffcn biefeg anber^ 
madien. 30. SSa^ fann id) anbeve tBun ? 31. !Sn fannft anber^ reben 
tinb fjanbclu. 32. 3d) n^erbe @ie bti^udim, trcnn (2ie e6 criauben. 33. 
5)erientge, treldier ben Bwecf wiii, mu^ aud) bay ^ittd tooflen, tcznn er 
)?erfidnbig i% 34. Sir irren in^gefammt, nur jeber (rrt anber^. 35. 



107 

*Da« S)ani^jff*iff (Jatebcnia tfl foeBen na* !Kc\o-'g)orf afegefcgctt. 36. 
<Dcn anbern Xac^ nacb feiiier 9(6reife irar tdi fef)r traurtg. 37. (Sr erjd^lte 
tie (Svidie gaiij anbevd. 38. ©tJ ift Hwa^ 3(nbereg, cb id) fdnelbe : 
er ill „g,eUi}vt/' cber „geteert." 39. ©^ ift ctwa^ Stiibere^, miin er 
uuivoI;l ivar unb bep(;alb (L. 44. V.) uid)t !ommeu foiiute. 

Questions. L How is bcibe declined? 2. How does its position differ 
from that of its English equivalent? 3. Examples? 4. What word is some- 
times placed before bei^e? 5. For what purpose? 6. Like what is bei^eS 
dechned ? 7. When two things different in kind are referred to, which is 
employed for the purpose, bfi^c5 or bnbc ? 8. Examples? 9. How do you 
express the word, neither, in German? 10. What can you say ofjRccbt and 
Itiivtrbt? 11. Of ebenfc, before an adjective? 12. Of ganj irie? 13. Of 
uocb? 14. Ofine^v? 15. Ofaubcv? 16. Of 2lttbeie§? 17. Of aubevg? 18. 
Is aiibcr, 2liibcret', and anbevg, each a different part of speech? 



LESSON XXXIV. ^tdlrn XXXIV. 

VERBS ACTIVE IN FORM WITH PASSIVE SIGNIFICATION^ 

I. The infinitive of tlie active voice, in certain phrases, is, 
especiall}^ after the verb ©cin, often employed in a passive 
signification. Ex. : (Er ift ju e^ren ; he is to be honored. 
(Sr ift ju loben; he is to be praised. I^af i^tt rufeti; let him 
be called. This use of the infinitive prevails to some extent 
in English. Thus, we may translate literally the following 
examples : 2>iefeg <^Cii\^ ift ju ijermiet^en; this house is to let. 
@inb biefe Qle^^fel gueffen? are these apples to eat? 2)iefe§ 
Staffer ift §u trinfen; this water is to drink. ^Dtefer ,^naBe ijl 
gii tabein ] this boy is to blame. 

II. i^eif en, signifies, to name, to call; also sometimes to 
command. In the sense of naming or calling, it is most 
generally used in a joassm signification. Ex.: SSie i^eifen (Sie? 
How are you called ? or, what is your name ? 3d) {;eif c t^Vi'^ 
bol^p^ ] my name is Ralph. 

Exercise 38, Q( U f g a c 38. 

Slu6'f)3ra&e,/ pronun- SraunfAlrctg, n. (5'in;^ig, single, only ; 

elation ; Brunswick ; ©rflim'men, to climb ; 

SSei'tragen, to contri- 2)ur*, through, by (Sriev'nen, to learn; 
but^; means of; 



108 



©etuin'nen, to win, 
gain ; 

©lucffe'Iigfeit, /. feli- 
city; 

«§el§en, to name (See 
II.); 

•§er'jte((en, to restore, 
re-establish ; 

.^Immcl, m. (the) 
heavens, sky ; 

3a!ob, m. James; 



3C'bej!c, or j|e;jc, the- 
the (L. 31. VI.); 

^iinftitterf, n. work of 
art ; 

9Jiii§e,/. pains, toil ; 

£)t)ne, without ; 

(2diueU, quick, rapid- 
ly; 

Uebung, /. practice, 
use; 



Ueberre'ben, to per- 
suade; 

Ue'bcrfdmf), m. over- 
shoe; 

llebevjeu'gen, to con- 
vince ; 

S^ermtt'tfjen, to let ; 

3jerjei't}en, to pardon, 
excuse ; 

SScUfcm'men, perfect ; 

SSert^yoU, valuable. 



©In Bofeg ©eirif fen i|i nid)t gu Be; 

rn'I)igen. 
©In ®etef)i-^ter i|l leiciiter ju ii6er; 

jeu'gen, al^ ein Summer. 
2Bet0f)elt Ift nidit wle eine 2Saare 

ju faufcn. 
5)ie Dicfe I^el^t bie ^o'nigin fcer 

©lumen. 
2)er Sbwc fielpt ber ^cnlg bet 

S;§lere. 



An e\il conscience is not to be 
quieted. 

A learned man is easier to con- 
vince, than a stupid (one). 

Wisdom is not to be bought like 
wares. 

The rose is called the queen of 
flowers 

The lion is called the king of the 
beasts. 



]. 2)iefe gvcfen fdicnen >§dufer finb aUe ju ttermietfien. 2. SviS eIne 
^au^ ift i\x yevmietf)en, bvi^ anbere ju »er!aufen. 3. ©s ij^ nidit ju glau? 
ben, 'i^\!i'^ er ung serlaffen h.at 4. 2)lefc6 ®ud> Ift bet <§errn S^efiermann 
in ©raunfdnreig jn ^aben. 5. Jlein ein^iger <Bkxv. trav am ganjen ^im- 
met ,^u fefjen. 6. 2Bie ift biefeg lange S5>crt au^jnfpred^en V 7. 5)ie 
Shipfpracbe frember SScrter ift nnr burdi Uebung ju erternen. 8. 5Co 
fiub bie U]itn (Sttefel, •®duif)e unb Uebevfdnif)e ^u fiubeu ? 9. 2)ie beften, 
ble idi gefc^en l)^h<i, f^nb bet meinem altcn Divid^bar 91. ju finten. 10. 
S);!^ i^'fiiev brannte fc fd^ned, la% nid^ts im Sd^Icffe jn retten irar. 11. 
5]!*t5 sBertbrcItei? ift i?bne ?.>lii§e ju geirinnen. 12. S3cUfcmmene 
©lacffeltgfeit ift In blefer '^di ntd^t ju ftnben. 13. Slilefer f)cf)e <5elfcn 
ift nutt §u erfltmmen. 14. 3}iefed alte ^^aug ift nicbt mei)r bcr^uflelien. 
15. Snr* biefen SS>alb ift nid^t^n fcmmen. 16. (S"r ift ireber ju iibcrjcuaen, 
ncdi jn iiberreben. 17. (Sein S3etragen Ift gcir nidit ju rerjeiben. 18. (Sie 
fpred'en fo fd)ne([, baf Sie gar nid't ^u i^erfteben finb. 19. SBie bdtlt 
S[)Vgrennb? 20. @r l^.clpt 3afcb. 21. 2Die bei^t bag auf Seutfdr? 
22. (5^ l)eipt eine Q3rt((e. 23. Gin ^unftwerf ift befto fdicuer, je »cl(; 
fommener eg ift, h\L^ ^-eipt, je met)r S^eile ed f)at unb |e mel;i* alie biefe 
%i)t[{t jnm 3»e(fe beitragen. 

Questions. Is the use of verbs active in form, but passive in signification 
common in German 1 2. Is tr;e infinitive more frequently used in this man- 
ner ? 3. Can you use English verbs to a gj-eat extent in the same way] 4. 
What examples can you repeat in English to illustrate the use of vtncn in 
the phrase : "Tteier 3}taun ift ju ebrcii ? 5 How is this phrase rendered in 
English] 6. Does not the use of the verbs, in the phrase, " the boy is to 
hlame, Hx ^mht ift ju tafcelu ;" correspond ] 7. How do you define beif en 1 



109 

8. When defined by to name, to call, ho^ is it rendered in English? 9. 
Examples ? 10. To what does bag IjntJt often correspond ? 11. Examples? 



LESSON XXXY. ^tction XXXV. 

SBerbeu is used as an auxiliary in forming the future of all 
German verbs ; and, in this use, is translated by our auxiliary, 
" shall " or " will " (§ 70. 6.). 

I. As an independent verb irerben signifies," to become, to 
grow, to get," &c. Ex. : (Sr iinrb ait; he is groiving old. 3)a^ 
SSetter linrb falter ; the weather is groiving colder. (S§ iturb 
buTifcI ; it is getting dark, ^er 9^a'6e iiurb fel;r aft ; the raven 
becomes very old (lives or attains to a great age). 

II. SSernen with the dative often denotes possession. 
Ex. : ^Mx tt'ii'b immer ba§ 5}^nnige ; I always obtain my 
own, (to me comes [5<?comes] always ray own). 5J?einett 
armcn Untert^anen muf bag S^vlge it^erben • my poor subjects 
must have their own (property). 

Conjugation of the verb tt>ci'ben, in the indicative. 

Infinitive. Participles. 

PREs. SGerbert, to become ; pres. $Berbenb, becoming ; 

PERF. ©etrcrben fein, to have perf. ©eirorben, become. 

become ; 

Present. 

Singular. Plural. 

Scf) trerbe, I become ; irir irerben, we become ; 

55)u irirft, thou becomest ; i^r trcrbet, you become ; 

^'r iintb, he becomes ; [ie irevbeu, they become. 

Imperfect. 
5d) irurbe or irarb, I became ; irir Iruvben, we became ; 
5Du h^urbeP: or n^arbft, thou i^r trurbet, you became ; 

becamest ; 
(Sr trurbe or trarb, he became ; fte iijurbcn, they became. 



110 

Perfect. 
Singular. Plural. 

3df) Un geirorben, I have be- tuir ftnb gelijorbcn, we have be- 
come ; come ; 

5Du U]t geivtorbeu, thou hast if>r feib geirorben, you have be- 
become ; come ; 

(Sr ift geiDorben, he has be- fie finb getrcrben, they have 
come ; become. 

Pluperfect. 

3ci) Wax genjorbett, I had be- irir ix^areit geit»orben, we had 

come ; become ; 

£)u itmrft geirorbcn, thou hadst i^r traret geitorben, you had 

become ; become ; 

(Sr tvax geirorben, he had be- fie Warm getuorben, they had 

come ; become. 

First future. 

2^ trerbe iretbett, I shall be- irtr i^erben tcerben, we shall 
come ; become ; 

5)u itnrft hjerben, thou wilt i:^r i^erbet irerben, you will be- 
become; come; 

(Sr irirb JtJerben, he will be- fie n?erben irerben, they will be- 
come ; come. 

Second future. 

3d) trerbe getrorben [etn, I shall tfir irerben geirorben fein, we 

have become • shall have become ; 

S)u trirft geh?orben fein, thou it^r ti^erbet getrorben fein, you 

wilt have become ; will have become ; 

(Bx trirb getrorben fein, he will fie toerben geu^orben fein, they 

liave become • will have become. 

Imperative , 

5Berbe bu, become thou; irerbet i^r, become you; 

SBerbe er, let him become ; tcerben fie, let them become. 



Ill 



III. Often, when repeated or customary action is implied, 
the genitive of a noun is made to supply the place of an ad- 
verb. Ex. : 3)c3 9Jtergcn3 \d)la\% bea 3)attagg lieSt, imb bea 
5l6enb6 fpielt or; he sleeps in the morning, reads at noon, and 
plays in the evening. (§101.) 

IV, -^lla (as) after foBalb, fo lucl, fo ire it, &c., is 
frequently omitted, but must be supplied in translating. Ex. : 
<Bo luef id; lt»eljj ; so far as I know. @o gut id) farm; as well 
as I can. (ScBalb er fommt; as soon as he comes, &c. For 
other uses of al0 See L. 61. 



Exercise 39. 

?{ihje, 71. eye ; 

5iu6'manbevn, to em- 
igrate ; 

Seen'Digen, to end, 
finish ; 

(Samerab', 77i.comrade ; 

2)arau-3', thereout, 
therefrom ; 

S)nt(f, 771. pressure ; 

2)ur[en, to permit (L. 
25.); 

(itbii'd^n, to descry, 
see; 

drtcar'ten, to await ; 

^erttg, ready ; 



-^ufga 

^iiifter, dark ; 
^iifllen, to feel ; 
<§ei^, hot ; 
<§offen, to hope ; 
^itnbevt, hundred ; 
3af)r, 71. year; 
iluieger, m. warrior ; 
Sager, ti. couch ; 
Sdngftene, at the 

longest ; 
Si'^eer, 7i. sea; 
$lc|Iidv suddenly; 
(Sdnadit,/. battle ; 
S^epublif', /. republic ; 
(Seufjen, to sigh ; 



Be 39. 

@tn!en, to sink ; 

©obalb', as soon as ; 

Xa(]'icl)mx, m. day- 
laborer ; 

Xciufcnb, thousand (§ 
44.); 

Qjermo'gen, to be able ; 

2}or'f)aBen, to intend ; 

ttjerben, to become, &c. 
(See I.) ; 

3 id, 71. limit, fixed 
period ; 

Btemltd), pretty, toler- 
ably ; 

Bufi'mf'tlg, future. 



<2cBalb' er ha6 I}orte, \tavJi er auf. 

(Bo mi icii toeif, ift er eiii el^r'li:; 
Cher Tlann. 

<Bcbalb' bie Dladiridit ijcn htm SSer^ 
xa'ti^t ©orgei.;'^ elntraf, fanf ber 
^Nuti) ber Uiigarn. 

Qcbalh' bie <2cnne im'tergcfit, trirb 
es Ulaiit 

23ag ift anS Um geiuorben ? 

©ie (Stunben irerben gu ^agen, bie 
Xaat px 2Boiben, bie SBodicn ju 
?Jlo'nakn, inib bie "Jlc'iiate §ii 
Sa.^ren. 

I. 2Bir wcrben alt uub dUer, unb 
ift. 2. (Si ti\irb fo finfux, ha^ Wix 
trMicfcn ivimcd^ti'ii. 3. Um fi'iiif 



As soon (as) he heard that he 
stood up (got up). 

As much (as) I know (so far as 
I know) he is an honorable 
man. 

As soon as the report of the treach- 
ery of Gorgey arrived,tlie cour- 
age of the Hungarians sank. 

As soon as the sun goes down, 
it (becomes) is night. 

What has become of him ? 

The hours (become) grow to 
days, the days to weeks, the 
weeks to months, and the 
months to years. 

ftnb e6er am Bieic, al^ ung angenei^m 
uufere -^dnbe nidU Dcr ben 5tugcu ju 
lU/r mxh e^ bunfet. 4. (^kljm <Slc 



112 

be^ SHorgeu^ friif) auf ? 5. ©oBalb eg Za<$ xoixb, serlaffe id) mein Sager. 
6. 5ffioUen ©te biefeg Safjr nod) nad) 5(merifa augiDanbern ? 7. 3d) l;abe 
eg i5or, ater id) glaube ntdit, bay ctwag bataiig iverbeu wixh. 8. SBurben 
@ie Vlo^Iid) frauE ? 9. Slein, id) fiif)tte [dion adit S^age juyor l)e[ttgeg 
Jtc^f»e|. 10. granfreid) ti^urbe im Sal^re eiutaufenb ad)tf;unbcvt ad}t 
unb eier^ig eine 9?epublif. 11. ®ctt f^rad) : eg tocrbe, iiub eg warb. 
12. 3ft 3(;ve neue ©vammati! [d)on beenbigt? 13. ^cch nid)t, aber id) 
^offe, bap fie in Idngficng toievjel^n S^agen fertig toerben tinrb. 15. ^^aS 
foil aug mir ir»erben ? 16. 2i3ag ift, wijfen it'ir, uid)t abev )t)ag wcrben 
irtrb, unb voo[)l bem S}Ienfd)en, ber bag Sufimftige ru§ig ertoarten barf. 
17. (J'g irtrb ein ^eiper Sag n^erbeu, fprad) ein alter J^rieger, toenige ^tnrn 
hm t)or ber (2dilad)t, §u fcinen (Samerabcn. 18. 3)te (Sonne fanf in bag 
SO^eer iinb eg trarb dladit 19. 2)er itranfe feuf^et auf feinem Sager : 
„ti>i[( eg benn nie Siagwerben?" unb ber S^aglo^ner nnter bem 2)fucfe 
feiner SlrBeit: „nnrb eg benn nidU balb 9^ad)t tcerben?" 20. ^a^ ^Bet- 
ter i\t fd)on jiemlid) fait getrorben. 

Questions. 1. In which use is lyevben translated, by shall or will? 2. As 
an independent verb, what does ttjevbeit signify '? 3. Can you give an example 
of UH'vben, translated by "to become?" 4. By "to grow?" 5. By "to 
get?" 6. With the dative denoting possession, what does merben signify? 
7. Can you repeat the two examples ? 8. Can you form any sentence of the 
same kind ? 



LESSOIS" XXXVI. f f f t i n XXXVI. 

For "any" and "some," as generally used before a noun, 
the German has no corresponding word. Ex. : Have you 
some bread ? ^a^tn <Sie ^rob ? Have you an?/ silk ? {;a&en 
<Sie ©etbe ? I have some books ; id) Ijdbt ^^ud)er. 

I. The indefinite adjective pronoun "some" is expressed 
in German by ii^eWjer, tJoddjz, ii^etc^eS. Ex. : ^ahm (Sie SBaffer? 
3d) 'i)abc it> e I d) e § ; I have " some." For the genitive of WiU 
d^er, ive employ the personal pronoun preceded by "o/"." 
Ex.: ^aBen "Sie 'old QBaffev? have you much water? 3d} 
t)aht beffen inel; I have much of it (literally, I have of it 
much). ^aBeu ©ie Diel •^^iUe ? have you many hats ? 3d; 
l^aBe b e r c n t»iele ; I have many of the^n (I have of them 
many). From these examples it will be seen, that the par- 
titive word in German is placed after the pronoun, while in 
English it is placed before it. In this use it is declined like 
the relative it^eld^er. 



113 

Declension of h? c t dj e v as a partitive. 
Singular. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Plural of all genders, 
91 m. 2BcIrf)er, tvddji, \vdd)(B, it^elrfje ; 
Q) e n. ^cffen, bercn, bcffiMt, beren ; 

S) a t. SQeIc{)em, ircld)cr, tucldjcm, ivcld^en ; 

5( c c. 9Se(d)en, wddjc, wddjcQ, wddjt. 

II. ©eniig, like " enough," is indeclinable .and generally 
follows its noun, or stands independently, ^iel and irenig are 
frequently used without declension. (§ 53.) 

III. 5)a5, as also bieS (bie§ being a contraction of the 
neuter biefeo) is frequently used in referring to nouns of both 
numbers and all genders. Ex. : 5Ber ift ba6 ? ¥/ho is that ? 
^'it^ ift mein ?yi^eunb ; this is my friend. 2)a0 finb S^ran^ofen ; 
those are Frenchmen. ©aS and bte§, however, never precede 
and qualify a noun, except of the neuter gender. (§ 134. I.) 

IV. (5"§, like its English equivalent, may refer to nouns of 
both numbers and all genders ; as, (B§ ift mein B'teunb ; it is 
my friend. When e6 refers to a noun in the plural, the verb 
must agree in number with the noim, while in English, it agrees 
vdth the pronoun. Ex. : (S3 finb bie ^uffen, bie Ungartt iiber*' 
irimben f;aBen ] it is (German, finb) the Russians who have over- 
powered (conquered) Hungary. (§ 57. 8.) 

Y. (S0, sometimes answers to our word " so" or " one." 
Ex. : (Er ift gefunb, cber fd)eint e § ju fein ] he is healthy, or ap- 
pears so to be. (Sr ift (Sclbat, abet ic^ Bin e6 nid)t ] he is (a) 
soldier, but I am not one. @y is likewise rendered by " there" 
(L. 37. III.). Ex. : (SS ftanb in alten Beiten ein Sd)rof fo 
I;cd) iinb ^el;r (U^lanb) ; " there" stood in ancient times a 
castle so lofty and fair, ^g trar ein Jlontg in 5'6ule ) " there" 
was a king in Thule. (§ 57. 8.) 

YI. SS is often so used as to have no equivalent in 
English. Ex. : ©S reben imb ti-aumen bie SDlenfd]en Diel i)on 
Seffcrn !iinftigen ^agen (®cf)il{er) ; men talk and dream much 
of better future days. 3d^ n>eif eg, baf er ba ii^ar ; I know (it) 
that he was there. (Sg teBcn bie S^rei^eitSfam^fer ; (long) live 
the champions of liberty. (SS leBe bie ^^e^uBIif j (long) live 
the republic. 



114 



Exercise 40. 



QTufgabe 40. 



Slrjt w^- physician; 
gleip, 771. diligence ; 
®elc{)v'famfeit, /. eru- 

diuon, learning ; 
©lixcf, 72. luck, fortune, 

happiness ; 



©ram, m. gief, afflic- 
tion, sorrow ; 

^lug, prudent, judi- 
cious ; 

,Kod)iu,/. cook; 

.Summer, m. anxiety, 
distress 



^mi, short ; 
a)Wd%/. milk; 
^l^c^;iX, m. nail ; 
^'uiiur, n. powder; 
@taf;I, m. steel ; 
®tclj, pride. 



@r l^at mtr Ste^fel unb Sirnen ge^ 

ge'ben. 
SBoUm (2ie ^rob ober iluchen l^a- 

Ben? 
^aben ©ie feineg fditcarje^ %u^ ? 

^at er @elb genug', ober ^<xi er 

feines ? 
(5r f;at (beffeu) geniig'. 
^at fte S3iidier genug'? 
(Sie i)at beren geuug', aber ju icenig 

3eit, btefePben ju lefen. 
0Biffcii @ie n)er ha^ tft ? 
@g ift meiu 33ater, meine Splutter, 

meiu .ftinb. 



He has given me (some) apples 

and pears. 
Will you have (some) bread or 

some cake ? 
Have you (some, any) fine black 

clotii? 
Has he money enough, or has he 

none 1 
He has enough (of it). 
Has she books enough? 
She has enough of them, but too 

little time to read them. 
Do you know who that is ? 
It is my father, my mother, my 

child. 



1. ®te alt ift biefer 2)f?ann ? 2. @r \\i nidit fe^r alt. 3. ^ai ev Dtel 
®elb ? 4. 3a, imb er ^\xi aud) t^tete oteunbe inib ijiele ?^ciribe. 6. SBel; 
6^tx ^MoAz f)at tJtel (See II.) Slepfel luibSitnen? 6. ©iner ben ben 
(gij^nen beg Sauern ^(xi t)lel Sle^jfel, ber aiibere f)at »lel Sirneu. 7. 2)er 
etne fjat )^id ©liicf, ber anbere I;at nur ©ram unb Summer. 8. 2Bie toiel 
ffircb §at ber Q3dcfer ? 9. dr f)at fel)r loiel 33rob, aber nur teenig Sle^l 
10. ©iefev SJ^ann ^xi irenig @elb, aber t)iel ©elefjrfamfcit. 11. 2)iefer 
.^nabe i)ai \u iMel ©totj imb ju roenig ?5leip. 12. 5)ie[e (gtiefcl finb mtr 
niel .^u grcf, unb btefe ©diulje finb metnem Sruber etn inenig ju fuvj. 13. 
2Btrb 3f)r Df;clm Diel ^ul»er !aufen ? 14. @r trirb nur irenig faufen, 
benn er ^Oit ju wenig @elb. 15. 2Bcffen ^ui ift "ba^ ? 16. ©0 ift ber 
tneintge. 17. SBer ift bag? 18, @§ ift em alter ^reunb beg 5lrjteg. 
19. Ser l)at @elb gcnug ? 20. 5)er flnge, gefunbe Siingling ^at genug. 
21. aBer ^at gutcg Saffer ? 22. 2)er Sflatrcfe l)^i ireldicg. 23. S^Q,i 
ber altered) guteg 53rob gebabt? 24. @r l)at ix^el*eg gefjabt unb l^at 
ncdi ircldieg ; aber bte vfcdiin l)at fehieg imb l)at audi feineg gebabt. 25. 
aSer trirb guten Jldfe l;aben ? 26. @ie tverbeu ireldien Baben. 27. Sffierbe 
tdi morgen 93ix*er baben ? 28. @ie inerben f*ou 'Cjtiik tueldie Ijaben. 29. 
^^t ber ^aucr yicl 2Beijen ? 30. @r ^at bcffen nidit inel. 31. «§at ber 
©d^mieb i^iel (Etabl ? 32. ©r l)at beifcu inel. 33. ^c^i er tiel 9Mgel ? 
34. (Sr l)at beren i>iel. 35. QSer t)at 2)Zild^ ? 36. 3)er S3auer ^at n)eld)e. 
37. ^at er beren fel^r biel ? 38. @r ^at genug. 39. SSie sjiel^iitel;at ber 
.Snabe ? 40. @v ^at beren brei. 



115 

Questions. 1. Is there in German any correspondenls to any and some as 
commonly used before a noun 1 2. How is " some" as an indefinite adjective 
pronoun expressed in German? 3 For the genitive of aH-ld)ci- what do we 
employ? 4 Where is the ;)ar/t^re word placed ? 5 How does weliter as 
a partitive differ in declension from the relative uu'lftcvl 6 What can you 
say of flf tntg, fid and au-m^ ? 7. Of bas and bicS 1 8. Of e§ ^. 9. To what 
doefe ce sometimes answer 1 10. Is eS always to be rendered in EngUsh 1 



LESSON XXXVII. f c c t i n XXXVII. 

IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

Impersonal verbs are confined to the third person singular, 
and have as their subject, or nominative only the pronoun e§. 
Ex.: ^grcgnct; it rains. (S'g bonnert; it thunders. (S§HU3t; 
it lightens. (§ 88. 1.) 

I. Besides those verbs that are merely impersonal, others 
may be thus employed; as, (S3 fd^eint, baf er haul tft; it ap- 
pears that he is sick, d^ fcfimerjt midb, baS ju^oreri; it pains 
me to>^ear that, &c. 

II. Many verbs, however, that, in German are used im- 
personally, have, in this respect, no correspondents in English. 
Ex. : (S0 Bflingt mir -, I succeed (it succeeds to me), &c. 

III. @eBen, " to give'' is often, with its proper case (the 
accusative)^ employed to denote existence in a manner general 
and indefinite, and is translated like fein, " to he." Ex. : (S^ 
gieBt (not c0 finb) S^tuU, bie alle i^age auf ben 9J2ar!t gc^en; 
there are (i. e. there exist) people who go to the market every 
day. 

(S^ finb ^eute (not c§ gieBt) ijtele l^eutc auf bent 2^arfte • there 
are many people to-day at the market. 

(S§ gieCt feine ^Q]i\\ c^nc 3)ornen; there are (there exist) no 
roses without thorns. 

(S§ ftnb (not 06 gicBt) inele .^inber in biefer (Sdjutej there are 
many children in this school. 

(S'§ gieBt (there exist) noc^ JHiefen in ber SGBelt; there are 
still giants in the world. 



116 



Exercise 41, 51 « f g o £ e 41 

Sltmee',/. army ; ©m'Bred^en, to break 



5{ufgani3, m. rising, 
ascent ; 

Si0, until, up to; 

Silken, to lighten ; 

5)t:ig, n. thing, aiFair ; 

S)onneni, to thunder ; 

@bel, noble, magnan- 
imous ; 



in; 
(E't'^, n. ice ; 
@r!ld'ren, to explain; 
^etubltcb, hostile ; 
giircbten, to fear ; 
@ecrg, m. George ; 
^(xo^tln, to hail ; 
Setiibt, easy, easily ; 
Otei^enb, ravenous ; 



S^iucf^ug, m. return; 
Scbneim, to snow; 
©tiirmen, to storm ; 
2;ageTt, to dawn, be- 
come day ; 
^(;auen, to thaw; 
3Berge'ben, to forgive ; 
9Balir, true ; 
2BcIf, m, Vv'olf ; 
Supiucbt,/. refuge. 



@g ir»trb immer Seiite gcBen, bte fidb 
gegen bie t)ellften 2BaI)rI}eiten 
empc'ren, line s?iele giebt e^ beren 
'i}^vii ju !I'age nicbt I 

@g irar einmal etn S?eifcr, lrelif,er 

'h^\:j^Mi)>'tzitr 'i)(x^ eg fetn beffereiS 

©lit gebe, al3 erne gefun'be 23er; 

mmft^ in einem gefitn'ben J!or; 

:per. 
©i^nige befjait^'ten, ba^ eg ©in'? 

Wcbner im SJlcnbe ge6e. 
(fg ift fetn 93tenfch un'gliicclidier, 

alg jener, ber nie 2St'bevir»drttg; 

Idtzn erbuPbete. 

(s§ gieBt irenig ^elben, bte i(n*en 

dbcirac'ter bt» in {§r Sdter be? 

f)aup'ten. 
@g ift niditg lc'ben6»ert()cr, al3 

anbere baS'jenige ju Ie§ren, toag 

man iretp. 



There \vill always be people, who 
exalt themselves against the 
clearest truths ; how many of 
those are there not at the 
present day ! 

There was once a sage, who 
maintained, that there was no 
better possession, than a 
sound understanding in a sound 
body. 

Some maintain, that there are 
inhabitants in the moon. 

There is no mortal mm-e un- 
fortunate than he, (that one) 
who never endured reverses of 
fortune. 

There are few heroes, w^ho main- 
tain their character till in their 
old age. 

There is nothing more praise- 
worthy, than to teach what 
one knows, to others. 



1. @g giebt biefeg 3abr febt ml C^i. 2. @g ift beiite febr f*cneg 
SBetter. 3. (So giebt me^r cinne, alg reicbe Seute. 4. (Sg ift etn roabreg 
S3crgniigen, biefen SJforgen fpa^ieren ^u gefien. 5. ©tcbt eo in ^TentfdUanb 
C.'a6> relpenbe 2:t)tere? 6. ©» giebt ncdi siele 28clfe in "im ©ebirgen. 
7. ®iebt eg tt?c^l etoag ©blereg, atg fetuen (§ 135. 4.) ^etnben ju yerge? 
bea? 8. (fg ift bie feinbltd^e SIrtnce auf ibrcm Otiicf^nge. 9. (Sg 
giebt »iele !Dtnge, bie nnr nid^t erft.iren icnnen. 10. ©tcbt eg 
ctti\ig (gd^cnereg, alg ben 9lufgang ber i£cnne ? 11. (?g bat 'tzw gan.^en 
S;ag gefdntett. 12. ©eljen @ie biefen O^adnnittag mit mir anf g Gig ? 
13.' S^ein, eg i^^iini fdicn, nub bag (Sig faun letdU einbreduni. 14. ©enn 
eg taget, irerbe tdi Sic ju einein S^M^iergaug abbofcn. 15. (S'g fdmeit 
f)ente 'i^vA ganjen S!ag. 16. Olegnet eg \<^.'c\\'^. 17. Olein, aber eg UMVb 
batb anfangen gu regnen. 18. S©ie lange ho^i eg geregnet? 19. ©g \:jQii 
big oier U^r geregnet. 20. Scnnert t^i 21. 3a, eg bcnnert nnb bli^t, 



117 

unb i6 furdUe, baf csJ audi Ijao^dn irivb. 22. SSc traren (£ie, todl^renb 
e^ fd>iieitc ? 23. 3di fudnc in bcr (SavcUe ice St. ©ecvg Sujlu^t, benn 
c*^ fdnielte iiid^t iiiir, fcnbcrn ce ftuvmte unb haijelte audv 24. 3di [age 
Ijbiien iiur baejcuige, iva^ (L. 22. I.) idi geficvt l)abc. 

QiTESTiONS. 1. How do impersonal verbs differ from other verbs ? 2. 
What examples can you give 1 3. May other verbs be used impersonally ] 
4. To all verbs, that, in German, are used impersonally, are there correspond- 
ing ones in English? 5. Will you give an example! 6. How is gcbeu, 
when used impersonally, translated 1 7. Is Ca ijt or f 3 nub, when thus used, 
translated in the same manner 1 8. Can you describe the difference pointed 
out between them ] 



LESSON XXXYIIL |:ccti0n XXXYIII. 

REFLEXIVE VERBS. 

Reflexive verbs (§ 86. 1,2., etc.) are those that represent the 
subject as acting upon itself; as, Sr Befimtt f tcb ; he be- 
thinks kimself. (tc. Verbs of this class are much more 
numerous than in Enghsh, and are variously translated. Ex. : 
(Sr mac^t fid) ii&er mi^ luftig ; he makes himself merry over 
me (i. e. he ridicules me.) (Sr fran!t ftdi u6er feinen -^erluji ; 
he mourns over (or an account of) his loss. (Sr frcut fief) 
liber fetn ©liicf ; he rejoices at his prosperity. @r trti)erfe|t 
fid) bom ?b^]it;i bcy Sr^rvtnnen ; he opposes (himself to) the 
command of the tyrant. xDviS Q3li^:^ f)at n<i) ^tyaxi'otxx ; the book 
has been found; (active form, the book has made its appear- 
ance.) 2)er ^imntel Bebecft ftc^ mit 33oIfen; the sky is covered 
with clouds. ScE ber tyrei:el ftdi l^cr unfern 5(ugen i^oEenben ? 
shall the outrage be accomplished before our eyes ? (Jr hlii 
fidi in Berlin auf ; he (holds himself up) stops in Berlin. (5r 
I)at fic^ Bci ber -^(rbeit 511 lange aufge^alten ; he has (kept him- 
self ) remained too long at the work. (See paradigm, page 
386, and following.) 

5luf&altcn, when followed by „n&) u6er/' signifies to find 
fault with, to sneer at, to criticise, to blame. Ex. : (Sr Ktit fid) 
imntcr ii6er ,£[cttttg!eiten auf ; he is always finding fault about 
trifles (stopping over trifles.) (Sr ^^vtlt fid) ii&er 3^^ren -iBrlef auf; 
he criticises your letter. @r Bait fic^ itBer bie ganje ©efellfdjaft 
auf; he sneers at the whole company. 



118 



Exercise 42. ^ufc 


laBe 42. 


Sitter, n, age ; 


®en)oI'6e, n. arch. 


(Sdiaben, to hurt, in- 


Sln'eigneu, to appro- 


vault ; 


jure; 


priate ; 


©tdu'big, believing ; 


@e{bft, self; 


5ttmci5^1)d^-e, /. at- 


3ubem', in that, while; 


(2{a»e,7n. Sclavonian; 


mosphere ; 


.ftaii, m. Charles ; 


(£trubef, m. whirl- 


$lu['f)al ten, to sojourn, 


jlraft,/. force, power; 


pool; 


lodge ; 


jlul^n, daring; 


©tiirjen, to plunge ; 


Slu6'bel;uen, to ex- 


Svigeru, to encamp ; 


Gaudier, m. diver ; 


tend, expand ; 


Sei'Denfcbafttid), pas- 


Siobenb, raging, tem- 


5tu^'jeid)nen, to mark ; 


sionately ; 


pestuous ; 


to distinguish 


SJlee'rei^iiu^ge,/. ocean- 


Uebel, evil ; 


(one's self) ; 


billow ; 


Ueben, to exercise ; 


93ebiivf'iii^, n. want. 


S^liiiicben, n. Munich ; 


Unermc^'(id), immeas- 


necessity ; 


^Imid, m. muscle; 


urable ; 


33eloi)'iteii, to reward ; 


Slatur',/ nature; 


Uu'geinad\ n. afflic- 


93cftdn'btg, continual- 


S^ebel, m. mist, fog ; 


tion ; 


ly; 


9ieuiien, to name, to 


Uiijdl^'lig, innummer- 


SSewe'gen, to move ; 


call, to denominate; 


able ; 


3)am^f, m. steam. 


^it, often ; 


33cvbiu'fceii, to unite, 


vapor ; 


Deft'reid)ifct), Austri- 


combine ; 


2)arben, to suffer. 


an; 


33ertraii'en, to confide 


want ; 


^a(aiV, 771. palace ; 


in, to trust ; 


fDuuft, m. exhalation; 


^ractitocll, splendid. 


^Bafeu,/ arms, weap- 


©mpo'ren, to rebel, to 


gorgeous ; 


ons ; 


make insurrection ; 


diaum, m. room, 


3Bagcn, to venture, 


@iitfte't)en, to proceed ; 


space ; 


risk ; 


®egen, against ; 


Stegen, m. rain ; 


2Btixb, m. wind ; 


®etrot)'ncn, to ac- 


Otegte'rung, /. govern- 


Setgen, to show, ex- 


custom ; 


ment ; 


hibit ; 


@cn)c^n/()elt, /. habit, 


9f{eit)e,/. row, range; 


Sufam'menjiebeu, to 


custom ; 


(Sammetn, to gather, 


contract, to draw 




collect : 


together. 



JDer .^atfer f)iett ftd) le^ten SBtntet 

iu ber «§au^tftabt aiif. 
3)er (2)3otter ^dtt fid) i'lber Stnbere 

auf. 
2)a£3 SSctf emport' fid) gegeit ben 

jlcnig. 
®te g-iid^fe graben fid) '^cijUn. 
2)er tav'fere ^Sclbat' enrirbt^ fid) 

dlni)m unb (S't}vc. 
2)er ©ei'jige erfveut' fid) itidit, ob^ 

gleid)' er fe^r reid) lit 

Qx fi^t unb f)oxt bem 3taufd)en ber 
©ewdpfer ju. 



The emporer remained in the 

capital last winter. 
The derider sneers (finds fault 

with) at others. 
The people rebel (rise) against 

the king. 
The foxes dig themselves holes. 
The valiant soldier acquires fame 

and honor. 
The avaricious (man) does not 

enjoy himself, although he is 

very rich. 
He sits and lists the roaring of 

the waters to. 



119 

1. 5U(c iDunfic unb S^dniVfe, "^^ddyc 6eftdubiii i^cn ber (Srbc auffteigcn, 
fammcln fidi in bev 9(tnic^p()dvc, unb iubem fie }ui) vcvbiiibcu, cut|lte(;t bar; 
aik^ 9{i\]en, ©dmee, DJcbcl, SCiiib unb jcbc anbcve -iBovduberuui] bcu IHift. 
2. 2)ic @Iaycn t)abcu ftdi iiCi]eu bic cftvcidiifdio -Jloijievunii empcvt. 3. 
2)crjcnio;c, bcv fid* in biT Siu^^eub an 3lvbcit i\cn?6t)ut, luMudU im 5(ltcr 
nidit ^u bavben. 4. 2)ie Subiri^ijftrape in iUiindnm ^eidmet fidi buvd^ cine 
dldbn vvadUv»o((cr 'livildfte an^. 5. 2)icjcni;^en ^IJcrfonen, ircld'e ]Ub \db\t 
Icben, niadu'u fid) felu* eft Idd'cvlidi. 6. j)ic ©ol^ne jlavl^ bc^ ©vc^en 
inupten fidi in ben ili^viffen, im Oieitcn unb im (SdmMmmeu ii6en. 7. 2)ev 
!iU}ne 3:audkT \\\\i}t ecf, (L. 36. VI.) fid) in ben tcbenben etvubel ju 
ftiivjen. 8. 2)er 9ieibifdie fdmbet fid) felbft me()v, aU aubern. 9. 
griebrid) bcv ©vope I'iett fid) oft ^u ^ots-ibam, im (Sd)lcffe Sanssouci, 
auf. 10. 2)ag @ute beloCjut fid) felbfi. 11. ©ev ©idubiije jeii-jt fid) im 
Uuvjemad) irie ein %d^S im 5)lceve, trenn bie 5)leere0WCi]cn um il)n tobcu. 
12. -DviiS c\vc^c blane ©eiriUbe, weld)e^ tnir Jpimmet nennen, ift dn uners 
iiie^ltdiev 9iaum. in ireld)em bie @vbe, bie ^gcnne, ber S)tonb unb unjd§? 
lii^e (gterne fid) bciregen. 13. 2)te ^raft, mit weUter bie 2)iugfeln fid) ju? 
fammen^ieiK'u unb aus^befmen, ift fehr gro^. 14. S^iele *I>^enfd)en eignen 
jtd) iible ©erocbnbeiten fc leibcnfdiaftUdi an, bap fie biefelben fi'ir 33ebiirf:; 
nif e ber OJatur (fatten. 15. (Sin j^ tub an ber ^aub feiner pten (Sltern 
fiivditet fid) nid)t, — fo ber 3)(enfd), ber Q]evtrauen ju @ctt ijat. 16. -Die 
Strmee 509 fid) jufammen, unb betr^egte fid) bem i^luffe j^u. 17. 2)er §einb 
lagerte fid) um bie Stabt. 18. (Bx 5eid)nete fid^ »cr ben anberu burd) fein 
tapferei^ 53etrat]en au^. 19. @r fiivd)tete ]ui) ycr Oliemanben. 20. 
Qx bait fid) iiber bie 3Borte meiucjJ 9^ad)barn auf. 

Questions. 1. What is a reflexive verb 1 2. Do you recollect, w^hat is 
stated in § 86. 1.? 3. What in § 86. 2 , with regard to reflexive verbs, 
strictly speaking 1 4. What is stated at No. 3 , in the same paragraph ? 5. 
What else can you say concerning reflxcxive verbs 1 6. What examples can 
you give of verbs, that are only reflexive, in EngUsh ? 7. Are there more such 
in German, than in Enghsh 1 8. What does auft)alten signify, when followed 
by fiit iibcr 1 9. Examples'? 



LESSON XXXIX. f ecttott XXXIX. 

Many verbs in German, as in other languages, especially 
■when used as reflexives, acquire in certain phrases a figurative 
sense which deserves to be noted. Thus from fd)i(fen, to 
send, we have the reflexive fid^ fd^itfen, to send or throw 
one's self into, i. e. to adapt or conform to. Ex. : 5Der 
9}?cnfc^ mu^ fid) in bie ^nt, in feine Umftanbe fd)itfen; man 
must adapt himself to the times, to his circumstances. 
(S0 fd)icft fic^ nidjt, baS ju t^uu ; it is not proper to do that. 
So from fragen, to ask, we have, fid) fragen, to he questionable, 
Ex. : (SS fwgt fic^, oB cr ba iuar ; it is questionable whether he 



120 



was there. 8ici^ juh-agen, fid) I;anbeln, &c., are of the same 
character ; as, (S» tragt ]id) juUHHien ju, baf an^attenber -3f?egen 
bie ganje (ixnU i)erbirBt ; it happens sometimes, that continued 
rain destroys the entu-e harvest, (gg t;anbeit fief) nidit uin v^Iei== 
nigfciten ; it is not a question (an affair) of trifles. (See also 
(§ ^^6. 6.) 

Exercise 43. 



5UifgaBe 43. 



©ruiVfiaft, 
serious; 

^^cvbcru, to 
require ; 



§r6'fitlagen, to refuse ; 

5ldUni, to respect ; 

dlu'iiclmicu, to adopt, 
accept ; 

^ege'bcufteit, /. occur- 
rence ; 

^egpvj'iicn, to meet, 
happen, befall ; 

^cimVi)en, to fatigue, iVrcf), joyful, gladly ; 
weary; @el^c'rcu, to belonj 

©eivvidi'miig, /. con- 
sideration, view; 

Setr-ufi'fein,n. con- 
sciousness ; 

©in'lvifc-ung, /. invita- 
tion; 



earnest, 9tatf)en, to counsel; 

(gdH'tuen, to appear; 
demand, Sd^v^liaft, facetious, 
sportive ; 
to ask, (2cite,/. page; 
(See, above) ; Scnutvig, 7n. Sunday; 

gTi'mfcling,???, stranger, Un'gclicrfam, disobe- 
foreigner ; dient ; 

S3evtiieb'rcit, to in- 
crease ; 
to be fit; 33crmc'gen, n. wealth; 

@efd'>ci)eit, to happen. SBil^mcn, to devote ; 

take place ; 2i>irfl(d% really ; 

^g>ct ligcu, to hallow ; SBif'fcufdiaft, /. sci- 
^^fiidH,/. duty, obliga- ence ; 



tion ; 

©^ tvtfft fid^ ^utt?e['ieu, ta^ untcr 

cincm im'fdunuttaren ^leibe tie 

fd^cnfteii ilalcu'te i:erBcryeit finb. 
@^ trdgt ftdi ^diifig ^t, ba^ bie 

Scanner, bie fidi nm bas5 Svi'rcr? 

lanb am mcifteu i^erbteut' ge? 

inad^t ijCihm, I^ei'nuatlilco uml)cv'; 

irrni. 
SDZeiiiem O^ejfcn tft m\ gvcfeo Un- 

gliicf gef*c'^en. 
(Bx erjdtil'te mir biefe;?, aU er mir 

Iieitte '!:'Cii uii'gcfdiir auf ber 

Strafe begcg'ncre. 
(B§ ift itiTu baifel'ce icc\Q^'nit, trau 

mir i^cx ctneni 3af)re fecgcg^nete. 

2)lan fell iiHtiT alUni Hni'i'tduben 
fagen : 5}ein ©ille gefd"'Cl:;e. 



Su^fefienb^, \-isibly. 



It sometimes happens, that under 
an unsightly garb the most 
splendid talents are concealed. 

It often happens, that the men 
who have rendered themselves 
the most serviceable to their 
(the) native country, wander 
about homeless. 

A great misfortune has occurred 
to my nephew. 

He related this to me as he ac- 
cidentally met me to-day in 
the street. 

There has occurred the same to 
him, that occurred to me a year 
ago. 

We should under all circum- 
stances say : Thy will be 
done. 

1. (E$ fragt ]id^, cb iinr mcrgen fd^.ciieii 23etter balm trerben. 2. '3^ 
ge^^crt fid\ ben Scimtag ^jU ^eifigen. 3. (Se fducft ftdi, ditcre Seiitc gu a*; 
ten. 4. aJian arbcitet »iel frcijer, toenn man hao S3eiDuf tfein ^at, ztaQ.6 



121 

®ntt6 ju t§uu. 5. (Si fdMcft fid) uid)t, bie ©mtabung aBjufd)Iagctt. 6. 
2)er wixtUA) thu-\c ^Mann mxb, [o yiet (L. 35. IV.) eg i()m moglid) 'i% 
(li) bcmiU;cn, fid) in bie Sett ju fdncfeu. 7. SJieiii ©ruber h)ibmete fid) 
fruber lucl^r beti 5li>i|yeufdH\ften, ali3 bcm 33crgimgen. 8. @g maiyt grof e 
ivreube, ba^^ ®ute ju forbeni. 9. (S'»J fd)i(tt fidi, ba^ eiii jeber ^^rembling 
rte guten, vibcr nidit bie iibUni Sitteii eiiie^ 93cKeg annimmt. 10. S)ai3 
»25cvmogeu blofci^ iD^auue^ yermeltrt fid) jufet)cnbg (§ 101.). 11. (S6 
fdiicft fid) nidU fiir iliuber uiigel^crfani ju fciii. 12. (B6 frdgt fid), ob. 
tiefer iDiauu feiiic ^flid)t geti^an l^at. 13. @g trdgt fidi julweiten ju, baf 
tie iBctraditmigen bei eiuer fdierjtjaften ®egefeen()eit fe^r eruftfiaft finb. 
14. (S"i^ trdgt fid) Ijdufig ^u, ha^ fleiiie ^Ceranlaffungeu grcpe ©reigniffe 
l}er&eifiit)reu. 15. ^er ift (§ 71. 1.) 3i)neu f)eute 93lorgen begegnet ? 
16. 2)leiu 5-rcuiib, ber (Ja^itdn, ift mir begcguet. 17. ^'(t i^m auf bev 
le^teii Olcife iiid^to Unangeue()iiieg begegnet ? 18. 3a, eg ift ibm eiit 
grcpeg Uugiucf begegnet. 19. SBag ift 3f)uen gefd)e§en? 20. '(§$ ift 
mir niditei gefdK^en. 21. @g gefditel;t ii}m biefe <£trafe red)t. 22. 
SSiffen Sie, incju (L. 29.) 3f)v§reunb gerat(;en fjat? 23. (Bx I}at baju 
gerat(}en, iucj?cn er geftern gefprodien ^at 

Questions. 1. Do many verbs, especially when used reflexively acquire a 
figurative signification 1 2. What is the first example 1 3. What does that 
verb signify, when not used reflexively '? 4. Can you give examples of the 
same verbs used impersonally also 1 5 Can you give a hteral rendering of 
e5 baitbelt ftc^ 1 6. Of, eg fvagt ftcb ? 



LESSON XL, §tctionXL, 

^affen is often employed in the sense of causing or order- 
ing, like the English verbs, " have'' and '■'■ get.'' Ex. : (§x Icift 
[eine .^lelber in ^arig maclien ; (L. 34. I.) he gets his clothes 
made in Paris, @ie laffen ein ^aug Bauett; they are having 
a house built, 

I. ^olen, (L. 26.) signifies to go for. The phrase :^olctt 
laffen, signifies '-to cause to go for;" that is, '•' to send for^^ 
Ex. : 3c^ laffe Q(e^fel ^olen ; I send for apples. %6) ^abc fte 
\6.)^\\ l;oien (affen ; (L. 25. VII.) I have already sent for them. 

Exercise 44. ^ufgabe 44. 

58at)n{)of, m. rail-road ?^ef)ten, to fail ; 9^uC)e,/. rest, repose ; 

depot; ^cffer, m. trunk ; 3luf)en, to rest; 

2)iener, w. serv^ant; S:aiTen,to let, tocause; S^obt, dead; 

(5in taben, to in\dte ; SJlajcr', m. major ; 2Beg, m. way. 

(5reig ui^, n. event ; ^oft,/. post-office; 
6 



122 

S)er 2;au(^er lf;oItc ben gol'benen The diver brought the king's 

^edier bes ^onig^ au^ bcm golden beaker from the vvhirl- 

©trubel. pool. 

2)te .Koct)in Jjolt ©etnu'fe unb The cook is getting vegetables 

gleifct »on bem SD'lattte. and meat at market. 

2)a^ ©erUtt' idpt ben SL^ert)re'd)er The court causes the criminal to 

entfiaiip'ten. be beheaded. 

JDlefev 2)^ann Idf t ben ^reunb im This man leaves his friend in 

©tld:)e. the lurch. 

1. S[Gag ^clt jene^ 2)ienftmdbcben ? 2. ©6 f)cU SBaffet an bem 58runnen, 
^dIj aug bem SBalbe unb gleifdi tjom SDZarfte. 3. .§at ee fdicn mehien 
Coffer i>on bem ^al}nl)ofe ge(}cU? 4. 3a, gleid) nadi bem 51ufftef;en 
(L. 42. III.) ()at eg if)n gel^olt. 5. 2Bir tiepen bem franfen 5JZanne 
einen Strjt l)oten. 6. (S'r lie^ mid) ben 58rief abfd^reiben, nm ii)n auf bie 
^oft ju tragen. 7. 3d) laffe eg an nid)tg fe[}len, (§ 146. 1. d.) nm 3t}ven 
(2ol)n anf einen Beffern 2Beg ju brtngen. 8. Safen inir luiS hux&i biefeg 
©reignif nid)t tdufdien. 9. 3Jlan fcUte t>m Xchkn i^re 9^n[)e lajTcn. 
10. (Bx lief mid) n?arten, unb idi laffe it)n nun rufien. 11. 2Barnm lit^fet 
3§r @uern Heinen ^mber nidit fommen ? 12. SBeil er ben ganjen 
Qfladnnittag in bcr ©dnile tuar. 13. Saffen @ie 3i}te ^inber franjofifd) 
letnen ? 14. Slciu, n^eil id) bie englifdie (S^racbe fitr nu|lidier balk. 
(L. 69. 11.) 15. 3)er SD^ajor lief [einen iDieuer mir htn iBeg nadi bem 
2)orfe jeigen. 16. 3)er <§err, nad) weUtem (Sie fragen, lief ben <^aupU 
mann auf has Sanb fal^ren. 17. giir trten laffen (£ie bie '-biidier l;clen? 
18. 3d) laffe fie fiiv meine jiingfte (Sdncefter (;clen, um fie italieiiifdi §u 
te^ren. 19. @r lief midi einlaben, in ber nddiften 2Bcd)e mit il)m ju 
reifen. 20. S^eldien yon biefen lt>eiben Slerjten JDoUen Sie f)olen laffen ? 
21. 3d) laffe f einen i>on hdbm ^clen. 

Questions. 1. What does (afftn often signify? 2. Do you recollect what 
peculiarity of Irtffen, &c. is mentioned L. 25 Vll. V 3. In regard to what 
particular is L. 34 L referred to? 4 What example can you give of the use 
of laffeii 1 5. How is ^olen laffen translated? 6. What is itsUteral mean- 
ing] 7. Examples'? 



LESSON XLI. it it ion XLI. 

9Ba§ fur ein (§ 66. 5.) literally, what for a, answers to the 
English " what kind of," or simply, " lohaA ;" as, 25ag fiir tm 
S3ud) \)aUn @ie ? What kind of s. book have you ? 2Ba§ fur 
ein 9}?c[fer ift 'la^'^ What kind of a knife is that ? S:ur, in this 
connection, loses its prepositional character and may precede 
any case. Ex. : 2BaS fiir 5Ba(l)er finb biefe ? Sag fiir 33ud)cr 
^aBen <Sie ? 3)2it h3a0 fiir einem 33ud^ finb Sie Befc^afttgt? 



123 

I. 5Biv5 fur is likewise used in the way of exclamation; 
corresponding to what ! Ex. : QBaS fiir 5(;cr^cit ! What 
folly ! iln-iS fiir ein 9}iann! What a man ! aOcId; abbreviated 
from lrcld)cr, is used in the same manner ; as, 5[Bc(rf; dn DJuulU ! 
What a man ! 

II. Sebcr and jegUdjcr are often preceded by the indefinite 
article, and are then, accordingly, inflected after the mixed 
declension. (L. XL) They are never used in the plural. Ex. : 
2)cr ^obiebeS 9i)Zenfd)en, or eineS jeben 9?Zenfd)en ift getfij; the 
death of every man is certain. (Bin Sober niu^ fterben ; every 
one must die. 

III. QlUer, unlike the English " all,'' is joined directly to 
its noun without any article intervening. Ex. : %lUx ©ein ; 
all the wine. 5I(Ie0 3Saffer ; all the water, &c. 

Our word " all" when connected with the names of countries, 
towns, &c., as, also, in such phrases as, " all day, all the time, 
all my life," &c., is not expressed in German, by „aU/' but by 
^ganj." Ex. : ®anj (Siircpa ; all Europe, ©anj ^o(;men ; 
all Bohemia. ®ie ganje (Sdiireij ; all Switzerland. 2)en gan* 
jen %aQ ; all the day, or the whole day. £)ie ganje ^dt, metn 
gan^eS ^eBen, &c. 

QiUe or all, in some elliptical phrases, is equivalent to our 
" all gone,'' " no more," and the like. Ex. : ©ein ®elb ift aHe ; 
his money is all gone. 

IV. 5)1 a n (^ e r, answers to " many a." Ex. : 9J?ancf|er 
mddvc ift nngliicflid^ ; many a rich man is unhappy. 

V. 3 I d) er, is often preceded by the indefinite article, as 
also l:v fein, and is then like jeber and jeglic^er, inflected 
afle- ;:m' mixed declension. Ex.: (Bx ift eine6 fold^en ^eBen6 
nid;t irarbig ; he is not worthy of such a (a such) life. 3d) 
f)ahi fiin fcld)e6 95uc^; I have no such book. 

VI. -^Uer, mand)er, fcld)er, (and tveldjer, See I.) often drop 
the last syllable, and are then undeclined. Thus, aller, 
when it precedes a pronoun, is often abbreviated to „oK;" 
manc^cr, when it precedes an adjective, often becomes „m awd)-," 
fold^er (as also n?eld)er) is always thus abbreviated when it 
precedes the indefinite article, as also, sometimes, when it 



124 



precedes an adjective. Ex.: 3^ ^aBe all me in @efb i?cr* 
loren; I have lost all my money. 3d() f)ahi all btefe Su* 
d}er gefauft ; I have bought all these books, ^dl a n d) 1 1) X^ 
I i d^ e r ^)lann ift arm j many an honest man is poor. © o I ^ 
tin Xag ift aitgenel^m; such a day is agreeable. (Boli) fd; 6* 
ne§ ^^a:pier ift tt)euer; such beautiful paper is dear, &c. It 
should however be noted, that, as in the above examples, when 
the abbreviated form is followed by an adjective, this latter 
instead of being inflected after the new declension (L. X. 11.) 
follows that of the old (§ 29). 

YII. (E i n i g e r and e 1 1 i d^ er are regularly declined. 
They are nearly synonymous, and answer to our words " some, 
afew,''d-c. Ex.: dx f^rad) nur einige SBorte ; he spoke only 
a few words, (gr l;at nod) etlid^e ^reunbe in ^eutfd^lanb ; he 
has still same friends in Germany, (Sr itrol)nt in einiger (Snt= 
fctnung ijon ber ©tabt ; he resides at so7ne, or a little distance 
from the city, ^ad) einiger Beit fam er ; after 5-ome time he came. 
(Stlid)er is not used in the singular, except in Biblical style ; 
as, (5tlid)e0 fiel an ben 3Seg ; soine fell by the way-side. 

VIII. (SttraS; besides the signification, noticed L. XV. II., 
has also an adverbial use, and answers to " somewhat." Ex. : 
(Sr ift ttWa^ alter aU id) ] he is somewhat (or something) older 
than I. @o ift iitoQ.^ falter aU ijorgeftern ; it is somewhat 
colder than day before yesterday. 



Exercise 45. 



5lnfgaBc 45. 



to 



lay 



Slb'Iecien, 
aside ; 

Slnbltd, m. aspect; 

Stn'ud(}erung, /. ap- 
proach ; 

^ei]c'l)en, to commit ; 

©efcbafttgcn, to em- 
ploy ; 

33cfditr>er'be/hardship; 

^eft^'en, to possess ; 

S3erouu'berung, /. ad- 
miration ; 

SSitben, to form, con- 
stitute ; 

S3linb, blind ; 



2)avu'Bev, thereon ; 

fDatJon', of it, there- 
of; 

®enuodb, notwith- 
standing ; 

©igcit, own, partic- 
ular ; 

(Stnau'bei*, one an- 
other ; 

(Slnmal, once; 

@tn/iuol)ner, m. in- 
habitant ; 

(S"i-fa[)'reu, to experi- 
ence ; 

(Srte'Beit, to live to see ; 



@vftau'nengtt)iirbtg, as- 
tonishing ; 

©tlidier, several, 

some, a few ; 

%m\{)dt,f. delicacy; 

^irmamcnt^ n. firma- 
ment; 

^liicbteu, to flee ; 

@eber, m. giver, 
donor ; 

©efiil)!', n. touch, 
feeling ; 

©emiitt}', n. mind; 

@euu^', m. enjoy- 
ment ; 



126 



©efitcnf', 71. present, 
gift ; 

©cfoU'fitaft,/. society ; 

(Sctrdl; rcu, to grant, 
allow ; 

@c»ip'/ certain, cer- 
tainl}' ; 

®rc^e,/. size, magni- 
tude ; 

v^ciuthing, /. action, 
procedure ; 

«§ev5cn, to cherish; 

^ervlid"*, o-lorious ; 

^en^ct'rufen, to call 
forth ; 

t^ncdben, m. bone ; 

SKacht,/. power ; 

SD'landier, many a ; 

S)Zenuing,/. opinion; 



3[)^etf'tt>itrbig, remark- 
nble ; 

SJlufif', / music ; 

S^adnrcU, /. poster- 
ity ; 

91idni5t£)ini, n. inac- 
tion ; 

Dtctb^wcnbuj, neces- 
sary ; 

!13unft, 771. point; 

Sccnfd\ m. fish of 
the sea ; 

iSettfam, strange ; 

SoldUT, such; 

(2td{}{en, to steel, 
temper ; 

Sturm, 772. storm ; 

%i:ji\U, partly ; 

Xficrf)eii/. folly; 



UeBerein'foiinncn, to 
agree, accord; 

33crfamm%ug, /. 
meeting ; 

SScrftcin^blgen, to agree, 
to come to an ex- 
planation ; 

S3ertrcu'beu,to employ, 
apply ; 

93ortrejf'tldi, excellent ; 

©crjug, m. advantage ; 

SBag fiir, what kind 
of; 

SSerf, m. work; 

2Bc()l''f)a&erib, opulent; 

Su^bringen, to spend, 
pass ; 

3iu"iicf',^ief)en, to retire, 
withdraw. 



SBag fitr cincn (5'ainervVben tiaft 

-2Sa^ fiir etn Sanbyirtanit 6ift 2)u ? 
2Beldi em Oiiefc ! 
@in 3eber ift bee (Seiuen irertC}. 
(B'm fcldiev 5Iuftrag fd^rccft midi 

iiid)t. 
©men fcl^en (£turm fiaBe idi ncdi 

ni6t erIeBl'. 
(gel*' em .taifer fcriiiie fidi fo 

be'miit^tgen I 
(goto' f*onc3 SBetter fommt \zh 

ten. 
tSr \)?X0i6^ fo lelfe, "inx^ xi) i^ii nid^t 

serfte'Ben foimte. 
SD^latuter Xraum ber 3itgenb fd^ti^ht; 

"tti mit hvA 3af)Ten. 
STeaiut fd^cneo Siut Bcibe id^ fdicu 

gele'fen. 
9Zad^ emigen aJZhm'tcn !e§rte er 

^uriid'. 
5)er ®le^}6ant' ift etea^ ftdrfer, alo 

bas 9^a5f)cm. 
ii)er im'erfvifirene .jlaufmann fanit 

Ietd)t viK fcin a3crmo geu i^er; 

lie'cen. 
d'r war bag gan^e 3a6r fran!. 
3n gro^en <2tdbten ftefit man aUe 

3:'age etwa^ D^eue^. 



What kind of a companion have 
you "? 

What country-man are you ? 

What a giant ! 

Every one is worthy of his own. 

Such a commission alarms me 
not. 

Such a storm I have not yet ex- 
perienced. 

Such an emperor could thus 
humhle himself. 

Such beautiful weather comes 
seldom. 

He spoke so softly, that I could 
not understand him. 

Many a dream of youth disap- 
pears with years. 

Many a beautiful book have I al- 
ready read. 

After some minutes he returned. 

The elephant is somewhat 
stronger, than the rhinoceros. 

The inexperienced merchant may 
easely lose all his fortune. 

He was sick all the year. 
In large cities one sees some- 
thing new every day. 



126 

1. Sag fur Setter iji^eute? 2. m ifl ijnik \6^^n^s Setter, aBer 
it^aB fatter a(^ geftcrn. 3. Sag fi'ir cine SJicinung f)egt er son biefer 
@a*e ? 4. (Seine 2Jleinung i\t ntd)t bie befte baucn (L. 29.). 5. £) tna5 
fiir S[)orf)eiten beget^t ber SJienfd) in feinem SeOen! 6. Tlit luag fiir 
©cfeltfcnaft {)aben ©ie Umgang ? 7. SKeine ©efeUfdiaft ift bie angcnet)m|te 
!ODU ber Sett. 8. Sag fiir gifcte ftnb bieg ? (L. 36. III.) 9. m finb 
(Seefi|\te. 10. Wit wag fiir Strbeiten befd^dftigt er fid) ? 11. ©r be; 
fduiftigt ft* tf)ctlg mit (Sdireiben, t^cilg mit Sefen. 12. Scid) einc 
-iDladU t^at bie iUlufif auf bag ©emiitt; hz^ aricnfd^en ! 13. Seldi cin 
I)oi)er ©enuf ijl eg, bie Sett ^u fefjen ! 14. Seld) einen l)errtid)en Sin? 
bticf geirid()rt bag firmament mit feinen un;^d{)tid)en (Steruen ! 15. Seber 
@tcrn am firmament bitbet eine eigene Selt. 16. 2)er wabre JIugenbs 
l^afte Berinenbet jeben Sag feineg Sebeng barauf, feine pettier immer me^r 
ab^ulegen. 17. '^at nidit jeber 3§rer ^reunbe einen foldien >§ut ? 18. 
^Icin, ein Seber (lat einen anbern. 19. @ otdi e SJtdnner ftnb nct(}tt)enbig, 
urn bag iBaterlanb ju rettcn. 20. •^aimi (2ie jenen Stinben gefefjen, ber 
eine fotdie §ein^eit beg ®cfiif)(g hziii^t, bie erftaunengnmrbig ift? 21. 3a, 
id) I}abe i^n gcfef>en. 22. ^ex @eber eineg fctdien ©efdienfeg iji ju 
loben. 23. 2)ie *-8efd)n3erben einer fctdien dld]z ftd()fen ben ,^cr^er. 
24. (2ctd)e ^anblungen irerben bie S3en?nnberung ber 9^ad)wett f)er»or; 
rnfeu. 25. @o angene^me ©tunben t;abe id) tange nidit ge^bt. 26. 
Unter ben (S"intr>o^ncrn finb mandie fef)r trc()tf)abenb. 27. 3di ^abe fdion 
mandic ^^reube getiabt. 28. >^aben (Sic nid)t audi fdion mandieg (Sett? 
fame ertebt? 29. O ja, id) ^ahz fdion mandieg ?0^erfn)urbige erfa^ren. 
30. SJland) ta^ferer (Solbat mufte in ber (Sd^Iadit fein geben taffen. 31. 
^at biefer ©diriftileder nidit mand) guteg Serf gefdn-ieben? 32. ®e; 
Jt*i^, mand)e bcrfelbcn finb t^crtreff[id). 33. '^ahzn fidi bie beiben greunbe 
uber biefe (Sadie ijerftdnbigt ? 34. 3a, in einigen ^unften finb fie mit^ 
einanbcr iibereinge!ommcn. 35. (Jinige englifdie (Sdiiffe gingen bei bic;* 
fern (Sturme unter. 36. ©tlidie Huge SJldnner jcgen fidi aug ber 33er; 
fammlung priid. 37. 2(Ue (Jintt>o.f)ner ber (S>tai)t ftiicbteten fid) bei ber 
Slnndberung ber ^einbe. 38. SJiandic SJlenfdien bringen ibr ganjeg ^ebzn 
mit 9f^iditgtf)un ju. 39. Sar bag 3^r ^ruber, ber geftcrn ben gan^en 
%a'^ in 3t)rer ©efeltfdiaft toav ? 40. S^iein, eg tt?ar mein 9leffe, ber mid) 
allc 3at)re einmal befudit. 41. Setd) eine @rcpe bat bie (5rbe, unb toie 
inet !Ieiner ijt fie benncrb atg bie (Sonne. 42. Setdie S3orjiige ^<xt ber 
2)Zenfdi t)cr ben 2^i)ieren ? 43. Sag fiir eineg Scgelg geber ift biefe? 
44. Sag fiir eineg Xf^icreg ^no*en ift biefer? 45. 3ft ber (Sd)ii(er 
flei^ig, fo ternt er ettt)ag. 46. @r !am ^cute etwag fpdt. 

Questions. 1. To what does real fiir answer in English? 2. Examples? 
3. Does fiir retain its prepositional character? 4. By what are ie^er and 
jooltcter often preceded, and how inflected? 5. What is stated of alter ? 
6. Examples? 7 How is a I sometimes used elliptically? 8. Examp es? 
9. To what does nuiiiriur answer? 10. By what is ioUter often preceded, 
and how inflected ? 11 Examples? 12. When have al'er, maiutvr, folitcr 
and ■I'eid^ev, the abbreviated form? 13. Examples? 14 How is the adjective 
inflected, when preceded by the shorter form V 15. Are etiiti^cv and etlic^cr 
regularly declined? 16. Can you give an example of ettinaS as an adverb? 



127 
LESSON XLIL §tci\on XLIL 

Sometimes, as in Enoflisli, a clause or sentence is made to 
supply the place of an adjective ; as, ble nie ju l^rgeffenbc 
(Sd)Iadjt bci ^ci^\:;iQ ; the never-to-be-forgotten battle by (at) 
Leipsic. ^cr immer ju Bciruuberube 5)?utl; Sut^er'g ; the ever- 
to-be admired courage of Luther. (§ 150). 

L „^(iiflatt/' like the corresponding English word '^instead,''* 
is compounded of a preposition and a noim, which components, 
may be separated. Ex.: Qlnftatt \dm§ ^aUx^-, instead oi his 
father ; or art [eine^ 35ater§ (g t a 1 1; in his father's stead. 

II. The infinitive preceded by aujlatt, is, in German, used 
where we use the jjresent partici'ple preceded by '"''instead of^ 
Ex. : (Sr f^nelt, Oi\\\i<xii ju ar6eiten ; he plays, "instead of" roorh- 
ing. When preceded by the preposition o ^ n e, it is to be 
rendered by a participle governed by the corresponding prep- 
osition ^^withouty Ex.: @r ijt !ran!, ol^ne eg ju iriffett; 
lie is sick, loithout knowing it. @r ift ^ier getrefen, o ^ n e un^ 
JU Befud^en; he has been here, ivithout visiting us. The 
infinitiVe is also often used where we employ the present par- 
ticiple preceded hj from. Ex.: @r ^tnbcrt mid) ju fd)lafen; 
he prevents me from sleeping. 

III. The infinitive is also used substantively (without ju) 
(§ 146. 1. a.) Ex. : *3efe^{en ifi Iciest, ©e^orc^en, fd^h>er; to com- 
mand is easy ; to obey, difficult. It is often preceded by the 
article. Ex. : 3d) IteBe ba§ Sd^reiBen, aBev ntd)t bag B^i^J^^^"; 
I like writing, but not drawing. 

IV. After BleiB en, gel) en, (§ 146.Le.)&c., the infonitive often 
answers to our present participle. Ex.: (Ex BUeB fi|cn; he 
remained sitting (literallj^, he continued to sit.). (Sr BleiBt jt e * 
^en; he remsdns standing. (Sr ift fifd)en gegangen ; he has 
gone a fishing. In a sentence which is employed as the sub- 
ject of a verb, the infinitive frequently rejects the preposition 
3u(§146.). Ex.: 2)en^einb i) erti; eib ig en ift ebel ; or, ben 
B^cinb 5 u ijert^cibigen ift cbel ; to defend an (the) enemy is noble. 
3 u is generally omitted before such verbs as le^ren, to teach ; 



128 



lemen (§ 146. c.) to leam, <fec. Ex.: 5d^ le^re il^n fd^rciBcn; 
I teach him to write. @r lernt f^rec^en ; he learns to speak. 

V. The past participle, in German, is sometimes used where 
we use l\iQ present. Ex. : 3)Drt fommt ein M^nn in ijcllcr ^afl 
gelaufen (§ 149. 2. 6.); yonder comes a man running bX 
full speed, (in full haste.) 



Exercise 46. 



%u 



5(nf^att^ instead of; 

SSenii^-'en, to use, 
make use of; 

S3ett, 71. bed; 

SSeiigen, to depress ; 

Sratv brave, gallant ; 

5)uge'gen, on the con- 
trary ; 
"'5)enfen, to think; 

3)eftc,(SeeL.31.VI.) 

(Jntefi'ren, to dis- 
honor; 

(S'rf)o'f;eTt, tohighten; 

©ele'gen^eit, /. oc- 
casion, way; 

@ere6t', just ; 

©locfe,/. bell; 

©iitig, good; 



^a'^tw, to hate ; 

^eulen, to howl ; 

^oflidi, polite, cour- 
teous; 

^ano^rte,/. cannon; 

^tfte,/. chest; 

2Jlalen, to paint; 

SJlannfdiaft, /. crew, 
forces ; 

9iaf)rung, /. nourish- 
ment ; 

^clen, n. Poland ; 

(Sd)iad)ttieb, n, war- 
song; 

©c&recflicb, frightful, 
terrific ; 

(Singen, to sing ; 

<StelIe, /. place ; 



fgaBe 46. 

Un'angene^m, disagre- 
able : 

SSertfjei'bigen, to de- 
fend; 

SSertre'ten, to take the 
place of; 

33erIo'ren, lost ; 

SSer^treif (ungg»oI(, full 
of despair ; 

35cr'jief)en, -to prefer ; 

SBeHe,/. wave; 

SBiberfte^f)en, to resist, 
withstand ; 

23itb, wild ; 

Sur^el,/. root; 

Beichnen, to draw ; 

Safammen, together. 



2!a^ (2*reiBen unb Sefen jie^e id) 

al(en anbern 33efrfidfttgungen sor. 
9(nftatt' be0 ©eine^, trinft er Saffer. 
9(nflatt p fd)reiben, lie^t er. 
(5r fprtcbt, c^ne ju benfen. 
3tt)if*en (gageix anb 2:f)im ift etn 

grower lln'terfdneb. 
3tt)ifcben bent ^in'gefien unb SBie'; 

berfciTtmen ijerfic^' etne Stimbe. 
SSd^renb feiner ^ranfftett f)abe id) 

bie (8teUe eineg 2Bd6terg yer? 

tre'teii. 
"Seine SBeife ju ^anbela gefdllt' mir 

nid)t. 
@d)treigen iji ijerimuf tiger, al^ un'; 

»erimnftig reben. 



I prefer writing and reading to 

all other employments. 
Instead of wine, he drinks water. 
Instead of writing, he reads. 
He speaks without thinking. 
Between saying and doing there 

is a great difference. 
Between departing and returning 

an hour elapsed. 
During his sickness I took the 

place of a watcher. 

His mode of dealing does not 

please me. 
To be silent is more reasonable, 

than unreasonable speaking. 



1. 9(nftatt eineg (Stccfe^ sertfieibtgte er fidi mit etnem 9iegenfditrme. 
2. SInftatt mit i^teaaben ^u geBen, trar eu immer in @efe(lf*aft frcmbet 
Seute. 3. 3n ber (StuBe ijntit man, anilatt be3 ^ziitv, ehte grcf e .Riftc. 
4. ,3n ^eutfdilanb x^ man gegen ^rembe fef)r ^ofIid>. 5. ®ie SBurjeln 



129 

be^ 2Barbe^ travcn feine etnjige Dlal^rung. 6. 2)ag Sajfer f^at bci bicfer 
©elev^entieit ble ^tcili^ bee 3i>Vincs5 certrcten. 7. (Bin (gdmler I^atte bie 
etelle bci? M)VixS m-txdm. 8. 5(iiftatt ber ^ebeni bcnii^te inaii S3Ieij 
fliftc. 9. 5)aiJ 9ieifeu niarfit mix \d)x i^'id SSerciuii^en. 10. SJleine jliii^ 
bei- Itateii baiJ €dn-ei6cii luib Sefcji i^oii miv ^elernt 11. ^ir tucdeu ge- 
l)(yi; bici^ (augc ^-IBartcn i|l miv unaiu3i>iu1;m. 12. 2)Zan ^ie(;t geirp(}ulidi 
bat^ Silken bcm Stcf^en ycv. 13. @r (^at bag Stvknten in fetner Su^eub 
ijclerut. 14. aBtr §aben pfammcn bag ©direibeii rjelernt. 15. 3di i^affe 
bag ^Sdn-cibcu, bagcgcii liebe idb bejio mc^r bag ff'talen. 16. (Sr oerfteI)t 
bag Seidnieu Beffer alg bag ^Mahn. 17. SiBtr fjorten bag (Sturmen ber 
©(ecfen unb bag fScitiiern ber .^aiiouen. 18. ^a6 9Siberftef;ett ber ^cleti 
ivar lHu•5lvfiiiu!U]g^^oH ; fdn-ecftidi bag (£nigen U^reg ©Alad^tliebeg : „Dlcd) 
ift -^clcn iiidU i:>er(crciil" 19. fDag ^eulen beg ©turmeg unb has iinlbe 
5;cbeii ber iOeUen erl^cfite ncd) ben ai^lutf) beg ta^fern (Sapitdng unb feiner 
braven a)iannf*aft, anftatt ii)n ju beu^^en, 20. ®ctt me^r giitig alg ge? 
vedit benfeii, ift ebeu fo i)iel, alg ©ott enteliren. ©ellert. 21. 33ieg nt*t 
^u entfdntlbigenbe Setragen beg @dmlerg fvdnfte ben Se^rer. 

Questions. 1. What is a clause or sentence sometimes made to supply 
the place of? 2. Example? 3. To what does an\iatt correspond, and 
wherem? 4. Example? 5. What is stated of the infinitive when preceded 
by anftvttt ? 6. What, when preceded by the preposition ohiie ? 7. Example ? 
8. Is the infinitive often used where we use the present participle ? 9. 
Example? 10. Is the infinitive used substantively ? 11. In what respect does 
it differ from the infinitive in Enghsh ? 12. After what verbs does the infini- 
tive answer to our present participle ? 13. Example ? 14. What is stated of 
the infinitive, when m a sentence employed as the subject of a verb ? 15. Ex- 
ample ? 16. Can you mention some verbs before which ju is omitted ? 17 
Is the past participle sometimes used in German, where we use the present ? 
18. Example ? 19. Have you consulted § 146, a, &c. ? 



LESSON XLIII. f £ c 1 1 c n XLIII. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The subjunctive mood is employed to indicate a probability, 
with respect to which there exists or may be supposed to exist 
a greater or less degree of doubt, Ex. : (Sr iiieinte, [ein ^reunb 
fei * franf ; he thought his friend may be sick (i. e. that his 
friend was probably sick.) (Sr fragte mid), tvtx icf) fei ; he asked 
me Avho I was (who I might be.) d)tan fagt, ba§ er ein grof c0 
^Sermogen §a6e ; * it is said, that he has a great fortune. For 
further statement of the subjunctive, See § 143. 

* For conjugation of fiabeit and fein in the subjunctive, See § 72. I. 2. 
6* 



130 



The subjunctive in German, is often translated hy the English 
indicative. Ex. : 



9)?an fagt, er fei fe'^r reid^. 

(Sr meint, e^ fe* Beffcr i^icr gu 

eie \ii%im mix, a ircire mein 

^sii) meinte, eg ircire ein S^^a^. 
9}?au glauBte, er tiuTte auf bem 

(gi* fagt, ber ,tat[er ^aBe il/n 

fecgnabigt. 
9)tan glau6t er fei gefallen. 
<Sie glau6ten, id) fei franf ge* 

tt^efen. 
9}tan glauBte, td^ U'cire nie ba 

geii^efen. 
^r glaiiBt, er irerbe nic trieber 

gliiifUc^ fein. 
^^M fagt, fie trerbe Balb bie 

OBcr^anb ^a13en. 



They say he is very rich. 

He thinks, it is better to stay 
here. 

You told me, he was my 
friend. 

I thought, it was a jest. 

It was thought, he was on the 
mountain. 

He says the emperor has par- 
doned him. 

It is thought he has fallen. 

They thought I had been sick. 

It was thought I had never 

been there. 
He believes he shall never be 

happy gain. 
It is said, she will soon have 

the ascendency. 



Exercise 47. 



Si(lgemein^ universal, 
universally ; 

IBar&a'rifct), barbar- 
ously ; 

Se&auV'ten, to assert, 
allege ; 

S)rei'*^ig|df;r!g,of thirty 
years; 

(Siu'gcbent mindful ; 

(Bxo'bzxvv, to conquer ; 

Gnd^'Ieu, to tell, nar- 
rate; 

%QSk\\. to fall ; 



(Sr be^au^'tet, bap es iijat;t fei. 
3d) XQiii, bvtp 3)u fpav'famer feiej^. 
d^ fdieint mir, \iZi^ er traitrig fei. 

Sl^au glaiiBt, bap tt)iv reid) feien. 



5lufg 

@efcbtdi%, /. histoiy ; 

©ren^e,/ frontier ; 

«§erbei'fiUiren, to pro- 
duce, bring on ; 

Sangfam, slow, slow- 
ly; 

5)Ze[ben, to mention, 
state ; 

Dlet^'rienfte&er, n. ner- 
vous fever; 

£)ber, upper ; 

dlmn, m. Rome : 



a6e 47. 

Oiufett, to call ; 

%c^, m. death ; 

Xlebcrfdu'ei^ten, to 

cross, pass over ; 

Uiigarn, n. Hungary ; 

33erfa.f)'ren, to act, 
proceed ; 

SerfteHung,/ dissim- 
ulation ; 

S5erftanbt', related ; 

Btoar, indeed, it is 
true. 



He asserts, that it is true. 
I ^\ill, that thou be more frugal. 
It appears to me, that he is sor- 
rowful. 
It is supposed, that we are rich. 



131 



OBciIclif \\}x i^rembc feib, fo feib 

ibv bocb unllfein'mcu. 
©•? fdHMiit luir, bvip iu 5lmerifa'uer 

feieii. 
©r fiefit auS, aU cb n nid)t ge^ 

fuiib' trdlT. 
5cti glciube, ba^ er franf gtnre'fcu 

ift. 
3Jiau fcic^t, baf er fd)oit Iiicr getoc'; 

feu n?arc. 
3d) f)offe, bap bu gtucflid) fetn 

iperbeft. 
3di ^cffe, baft bu gtutfUdi geti^e'feii 

fciii irerbeft. 
Qv fac^te miv, ho.^ bu bag 53ud) 

be5 M}x^xS i)aU\t. 
3* ^treifie, ^a^ hex 3dger bie ^ttute 

Tlaix t?ermu'tf)et, bap i§r yiel ©elb 

^abet. 
SWau treip, bap fie ^reube au biefer 

^ad'-c l)vi6eu. 
3d) (}crte, bap er ciu groped 33ermo'? 

geu ftdtte. 
5)er Onfel er^d^l'te, bap er eiue an'^ 

geueCime Stetfe gefiaBt' (}aBe. 



Although you are strangers, you 
are nevertheless welcome. 

It appears to me, that they are 
Americans. 

He appears as though he were 
not healthy. 

I think, that he has been sick. 

They say, that he has already 

been here. 
I hope, that you ^\^ll be fortunate. 

I hope, that you will have been 

fortunate. 
He told me, you have the 

teacher's book. 
I doubt, that the hunter has the 

gun. 
It is supposed, that you have 

much money. 
It is known, that they have 

pleasure in this affair. 
I heard, that he had a large 

fortune. 
The uncle (narrated) said he 

had has a pleasant journey. 



1. <§a6eu Sie audi ge()crt, id) fei som ^ferbe gefaUeu ? 2. dh'm, i6:j 
l^orte, Ste feien avL6 bent 2Bagen gefatten. 3. 3)lc ©efditdite melbet, bap 
suit), tt^cld^er ilJlagbeBuvg im breiptgid^rigen ^rtege ercBerte, fe^r barba; 
rif6 oerfaBren fet. 4. ^Inn 53rubev fagte, (2ie feteu fe^r getcbt tt?orben. 
5. !Die ^vran^cfen betiau^ten, fie feieu bie ©ebilbetfteu iu ber SSelt. 6. 
3f)re Sdm-»efter gtaubte, ^k tr>dreit in bev (Stabt geirefeu. 7. iDie (5ng; 
Idiiber jiub ber 9)Zetnuug, fie feien bie ^erreu beg SJleereg. 8. 3)iefer 
9leifeube er^dijlte, er fei jtueimal tu dtom geroefen. 9. (Sx fjcfft, er tnerbe 
in ad^t S^agen in 2)regben fein. 10. <Sie fiird^ten, fte feien ^u langfam im 
<§anbcln gcwefen. 11. 3Sir glaubten, @ie feien auf bem Sanbe. 12. 3^ 
glanbe, trir tvdren geftetn ju @udi gefcmmen, it»enn bag 2Bettcr fdio; 
Tier gewefen trdre. 13. 3di glaubte, er irdre ber tixavnenbeii (Stimme 
feiner dttern cingeben! gewt-feu. 14. (Sx fagte ^toar, er fei franf, aber 
S3te(e beBau^ten, eo fei 33erftel(ung yon t{)m getnefen. 15. (Seine 33ers 
ft»anbten fagcn, fein ©IiKf i)abi^ fein Unglfuf I}erbeigefiif)rt. 16. 3di l^crtc 
mit 93ebauern, ©ie bdtten bag DIersenfieber ge{)abt. 17. 3)Zan glaubt 
aUgemein, ber ^eiub f)dtte bie ©ren^e iiberfd>ritten. 18. 3n bem cbem 
3immer feienb, bcrte ^d^ (2ie nidUrufen. 19. 9)lvin er^dfjlt, berUngarf)abe 
Big 5um 2;obe fein 5Bvitert.inb treu viert[:^ctbiget. 20. %i) ^orte, biefer junge 
^ran^efe ti^erbc ein gropeg @(acf fiaben. 21. 3d^ gkube, bap siele 
2D'lenfd)en i^ier auf (Srben ii)x ®uteg geyabt fiaben ioerben. 



132 

Questions. 1. What is the subjunctive employed to indicate? 2. Can 
you repeat the first example? 3. Can you repeat the next example? 4 
Can you give some idea of the statement referred to <5> 143.? 5. To what 
does § 72. 1. 2. refer? 6. Wherein does the subjunctive of ()aben, in the 
present tense, differ from that of the indicative present ? 7. Of the imper- 
fect? 8. Perfect? 9. Pluperfect? 10. First future? 11. Second future? 

12. By what is the German subjunctive fi-equently rendered in EngUsh? 

13. Examples? 



LESSON XLIV. gtctioii XLIY. 

I. ®ern, gladly, freely, fain, &c., (comparative UeBer, rather. 
See § 106. 1) with an appropriate verb, forms the equivalent 
of our phrase, " to be fond of, to like," &c. Ex. : % trinft 
g e r n 2Bein ; he is fond of (drinking) wine. (Sr raud^t g c r n ; 
he is fond o/" smoking • or, he likes to smoke. (Sr ttfigt g e rn 
fcf;one .^leiber; he likes (to wear) fine clothes, '^d) mod)te* 
gern it^iffen, cb mein ^eunb nod) hht; I would faiii know 
whether my friend is still living. 3ci^ mod)U t i c B e r ge^en, 
al0 BleiBen • I would rather go than to stay. With ^ a 6 e n, 
it may often be rendered by "-dear.'' Ex.: 5c^ ^a13e meine 
Sreunbe gern; I hold (have) my friends ^' dear. " 

II. 9?ot^ig ^aBen, signifies, to need, to have need of Ex. : 
•^aBen @ie biefeS ^ud^ noting ? Do you need (have you need 
of) this book ? (Sr S:}Cii @elb noting ; he needs money ; or, has 
need of money. 

III. 3nt Stanbe fein, signifies, to be able ; literally, to be in 
the position or situation. Ex. : ©inb ©ie im (Stanbe ju fdfjtet' 
Ben ? Are you able to Avrite ? In this constniction the verb 
dependent upon „im Stanbe fein'' is often omitted and the 
pronoun e ^, is introduced. (L. 36. VI.) Ex. : 3d^ Bin e 
nidf)t im (Stanbe; I am not able to. 

lY. Several words, as b o (^, ja, fcf)0n, i)ieKeicf)t, iro^f and 
l)XiOiX, &c. are often used with a signification diflferent from 
their primary one, or where no corresponding one is employed 
in English. Ex.: (5inb Sle i)iel[et(f;t fran!? Are you (per- 

*For conjugation of biirfen, foiuien, mo^en, &c. in the subjunctive See 
<5> 83, 2, &c. See also remarks connected with these conjugations 



133 



haps) sick? SCerben Sic ivol}l morgeu oBreifen? Shall you 
(probably) depart to morrow ? (5r irirt) un^ frf}Oit finbcn ; he 
will already (doubtless) find us. SfBcnn er txant i|l, fo fann cr 
nid)t fomnicn; if he is sick, (then) he can not come, (ix lieSt 
nirf)t unb iwav, ireil er fein 93ud^ ^at; he does not read, (and in- 
deed) because he has no book, ©el/cn (Sie ja md)t; do not go 
by any means. (Sg biirfte (Seenotep.132.) troM fofommen; it 
might indeed so happen (come.) SBoUen (Ste fd^on ge^enV Are you 
going already? Sairo^l; yes, (certainly) or, yes, indeed. 3(^ 
gtauSte, er fonnteunefd)CU ^eute Befitrf)en ; I thought he could (al- 
ready) visit us to-day. (Sr glauBte, er fonne ftd; ii^cl^t je|t an i^mrci* 
d)cn; he thought he could now (indeed) avenge himself upon him. 

V. The causative adverbs, be^6aI6 or be^rt^egen (therefore) 
baburd^, (thereby) &c., are frequently introduced into a leading 
sentence where the correspondmg English word is omitted. 
Ex. : dx ift bef^alB unjufriebert, nml fein 5'reunb nid)t Her ift ; 
he is (therefore) discontented because his friend is not here. 

VI. Sd^ulbig with fein, signifies "to be indebted, to owe;" 
the word denoting the amount, being put in the accusative. 
(§ 132. 3.) Ex.: (Bx ift mir nur einen ©niben fcf)nlbig ; he 
owes me but a florin, ^^erj-anfen also signifies to owe, but 
only in the sense of ''to be obliged for, to ascribe to." Ex. : 
3d^ Jjerbanfe mcinc ©enefung ber reinen l^uft ber Sc^ireij; I owe 
my recovery to the pure air of Switzerland. 



Exercise 48. 



5{nfga6e 48. 



Stt'geBen, to deliver ; 

^iud 'iubxen, to carry 
out; 

SefefiP, m. com- 
mand ; 

-Sefcerr'fd'eu, to go- 
vern, rule; 

(S'i)uarb, m. Edward ; 

(S'rfaVoinv^, /. expe- 
rience, knowledge; 

S'rfld'ruug, /. expla- 
nation ; 

%a^i3,, able : 

gami'Ite,/. family; 

Sct^en, to follow ; 



"^iinrcn, to conduct, 
guide ; , 

©e'v-icnftcinb, m. sub- 
ject ; 

©erii, willingly, (I.) : 

©mub, m. ground ; 

>5eilen, to heal ; 

§ei'benfd)aft, /. pas- 
sion; 

Seifien, to lend ; 

9la6en, m. boat, skiff; 

?lctf)ig, necessary ; 

3lun, now ; 

diavLl), rough ; 

cSi'Jher, safe, safely; 



Stcinb, m. position, 
(in.); 

Stubt'ven, to study ; 

Iteberfe'lieu, to trans- 
late;' 

Itngeru, unvdilingly ; 

Uuuiig, useless, fruit- 
less; 

S]c([en'ben, to fimsh, 
complete ; 

Scrfitlag, 7n. propo- 
sal; 

2Barm, warm; 

SBuube,/. wound; 

3etdnu:ng,/. drawing. 



134 



(§x fcmmt nid)t, unb jtoar trcil er 

!ranf ift. 
fSJldn OiiM jxfdU imb metn D^effe 

jagt geru. 
Sdi mcdUe gevu unffen, teie inct Uijr 

e5 Ift. 
grei(;ett, ©ercdi'ti^feit imb 2Bat)vv 

fjeit fcUteii aUe 3}Zenfd)en gern 

S5ieiMeF bin idi ^i)nm fdmlbig? 
S'r ticvban!t' fein Scben ber (2d)ueP; 

ligfeit feine^ ^ferbe^. 
(SS ift Oliemanb im @tcinbe, bte 

2)auer- feines Sebeu^ »orau^ ju 

beftiir/men. 
2Bol)l Id^t ber ^feit [idi aud bem 

•^evjen jiel)en, bcdi nte irirb ber 

SSerle^'te mel)r gefun'ben. 
SBcI;t bcffre 9JJdnner t'i)ixn'S bem 

!lca m<bt na*. (@*iUer.) 
(E^ war eiii gute^ 3a{)r, ber 33auer 

faun fd]cu tineber geben. (©diil; 

ler.) 
JDen 2)Zerber ftn'rb bie 9erecf)'te 

@trafe fd)on eret leu. 



He does not come, and indeed 
(namely) because he is sick. 

My uncle is fond of fishing, and 
my nephew of hunting. 

I would like to know what o'- 
clock it is. 

Liberty, righteousness, and truth, 
all men should love. 

How much do I owe you 1 

He owes his life to the fleetness 
of his horse. 

There is no one able to prede- 
termine the duration of his 
life. 

The arrow may indeed be drawn 
out of the heart, yet the injured 
(one) will never recover. 

Better men do it not after the 
manner of Tell (as Tell did.) 

It has been a good year; the 
peasant can even (now) give 
again. 

The righteous punishment ^vill 



certainly overtake the mur- 
derer. 

1. ^^cit ber ^nabe audi meinen ©tcif gent? 2. S5emt er eg ungern t§ut, 
fo ttiK idi e^ lieber felbjt ttjun. 3. (Se(;en (Sie meinen ©ditrager gern? 
4. 3a, idi fef)e i^n gern. 5. 5)er Ofieira modite geru eure 3eidinuugen 
fel)en. 6. 3* k^h^ getu §reunbe in mehier ^ai)e. 7. 3u mctuer 3u^ 
Qmb ftubirte idi fefsr gem, abcr nun tt}m id) ct? ungern. 8. (S'r fprtdit gern v>cu 
fcineu Steifeu unb feineu drfai^rurigen. 9. SSenu (Bit bie 33uduT uctt)tg 
i;aberi, fo leif^e idi 3i;neu biefelbeu i-^cu ^^evjeu geru. 10. (Sr treimt fid) 
ungern )^cn feiuer ^amilie. 11. 3d) fjabe geru ein trarmeg Biinmer. 12. 
93er tocUk uidU geru bie 3Suubeu eiueg fraufen «§er§eug f)ei(en? 13. 
©inb @ie ini ©taube, cim ba^'ere (Svfldrung iiber biefen ©egenftaub abju? 
gebeu? 14. 3d) ir^dre e^^ iuel;! im Btaniz, aber idi ^labe jegit fetne ^dt, 
eg ju t6un. 15. ^cnnt ibr uu3 ftdier uber biefen <Strom fa^rcu ? 16. 
9Zcin, nnr ftnb eg ni*t ini ©tanbe, bemt biefer S^Jadieu ift §u ficiu. 17. 
SBenn ©ic fdt)tg ftnb, biefe Bi^itungeu ju iiberfe^en, fo tbuu (Sie eg. 18. !Da 
id) bie euglifdie ©V^adie i^cllfomnien berftefje, fo trill id) 3!^ren 33crfdiiag 
geru auueb^men. 19. 2Benn er fdbig ift, bie Slvbeit gut ju inadieu, fo foU 
er ju mix fcmmeu; ift er eg aber nidit im ©taube, fo trdre eg unnii|. 20. 
(Sr glaubte riidit, ba^ idi im ©tanbe fein fbunte, ail feine S3efe{)Ie augju^ 
fixl)veu. 21. aSeun bu beine Seibenfd'.aftcu gau^ ju bcl)errfdien tnci^t, fo 
bift bu ju bcnciben. 22. Tliln greuub ©buarb ti^ar fo fdwadi, ha^ er 
nidit im ©tanbe n^ar, aUeiu ^u gef)en, unb er "bat midi be^reegen, baf id) 
xt)n fiil}reu mcdiie. 23. ©r gfaubte, baf ^iiemanb im ©taube fein fcnnC;, 
auf biefen Taui)e ^a^ier ju fdiretben. 24. (Sx hatU geftern ©elb not^tg, 



185 



bef^alS lat cr m\d^, baf idi xljm QmuyS gcBenmodite. 25. (f t ifi mir jh?at 

fdioii ciitii^c 3;(;alev fdnilbit], akv ba it ba^ ®elb notljig l)atte, fo gab 
idi ihm ivcldic^. 2G. (S'c* ift Diiciuanb im (gtviubc auijjucjcf^en, ireil ees ju 
ftvivf vi^guct. 27. (§x unvb balb im (£taiibe fcin, fciii iiUnf j^u lu^Ueiiben. 
28. (S'r faun fclu 3Ccvt nidit l;alteu imb jivar aiie fclgeuteu ^ruubeii. 

Questions. 1. What is said of gerti ? 2. What does notbig baln-ii signify ] 
3. Example? 4. What does im etaiibe fein denote? 5. Example? 6. 
How are many words, as ^od), ja, fcboit &c., used 7 7 Example ? 8. What 
is stated of the causative adverbs, beSbnlb &c.'? 9. Of fitultig fcin? 10. 
Example? 11. Of vcvtauffu? 12. What is the subject of the note? 



LESSON XL V. I* f f 1 1 n XLV. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

The conditional mood is used where a condition is supposed, 
which may or may not be possible. It is also sometimes 
used in exclamation, and interrogation. Ex. : 2Benn fie nod) 
leBte, h?are id) glixeflid) ; if she were still living, I should be 
happy. 3d^ ^atte bie <Bad]t anber6 gemad^t : I should have 
arranged the matter differently. 2Bare er bed) nod) am ^e* 
Ben ! 0, that he were still alive ! SBcire eS mogttd^, 33ater ? 
could it be possible, Father? (See § 144.) 



Exercise 49. 



5(ufgaBe 49. 



Sln'fcrbenmg,/. claim, 

demand; 
$in'gelccsciil)eit,/.trans- 

aelion, affair ; 
5ln'f)alteub, persever- 
ing, continual ; 
Chi'lidit, / view, 

opinion ; 
Stuf'trcten, to step 

forth, appear; 
S:i[;al'reii, to keep, 

retain ; 
S3rii(fc,/. bridge; 
(Siu'fafTeii, to ensrage ; 
eutf^te'dicn, "^ to 

answer ; 



©rfpa'ren, to spare, 
avoid ; 

oerne,/. distance ; 

^tl"t, n. feast; 

^ort'rei^en, to carry 
(tear) away ; 

®e'gerit>3att, /. pre- 
sence ; 

<&etm'fi!*cn, to visit; 

•^kx'bhlhnx, to remair 
here ; 

S)Ut't§etIen, to impart ; 

(gditueigen, to be 
silent ; 

Sd;ir>erlidi, hardly ; 



(gd^trie'rigfeit, /. dif- 
ficulty ; 

(gtranb, ?n. strand, 
sliore ; 

Un'annefimlidifeit, / 
disagreeableness ; 

33erbru^', m. vexation; 

93crfd^6'nern, to em- 
bellish, improve ; 

2^ev^3fltdi'ten, to oblige; 

^evfdnrin'ben, to 

vanish ; 

5Bibcrfpre'd)ett, to con- 
tradict; 

3cUiicr, m. toll- 
gatherer. 



136 

3d) tourbe ba^ 33uct) ncd) l^afeen I should still have the book, if I 

itJenn id) eg nidbt tierlo'ren ^dtte. had not lost it. 

©u tinirbeft jc^t ^reube I^aben, Thou wouldst now have com- 

tu?nn X>n iDehie (2d]ul'bigfett fort, if thou hadst done thy 

^dljan' I;dtteft. duty. 

(Jr iDi'irbe bef'fere ^reimbe Ijabm, He would have better friends, if 

timxn cr auf'rid)tiger tndre. he were more upright. 

SBtr iinh'bcn ®elb ijabm, toenn \v\x We should have money, if we 

fpar'fanuu* rtdven. were more economical. 

3f)r Wiirbct 3:!rauet |!att i^reube You would have sorrow, instead 

f)aben, lv»emt bag «^inb geftcr'Beii of joy, if the child had died. 

tudre. 

(Sie trijrbcn mef}V Jtlugl^ctt ijabm, They would have more prudence, 

Wiwn fte me()r 93erftanb fatten. if they had more understand- 
ing. 

(Sx iinirbe ein gvof eg @(iicf ge^abt He would have had a gi-eat 

l^aben, inenn ev ti^e^niger trdge fortune, if he had been less 

getoe'feu todre. slothful. 

1. 3d) f)dtte niir \ii)on mamhm ©erbvuf (Syn.) erfiparen fonnen, mini 
id), ftatt jit )r>iberfvredien, gefdinjtegen Bdtte. 2. 3di mcdite it)iffen, trag 
(£te gett^cin ()dtten, ixmm @ie an metner @te([e getvefen ti?dveu. 3. ffi}enn 
bag @d)icffal mid) nid)t fieimgefiidit fjdtte, tri'trbe id) fcbtt»erlidi ^u biefen 
?(nftditen gcfcmmen fetn. 4. "@v Ijaik gliicHid) fein fonnen, \vmn er bie 
©etegen^eit ju benit^en ttei-ftanben ^dtk. 5. -^dtte bag Staffer bie Q3rucfe 
mit foi-tgeriffen, fo trdve bev Bcitner i^evloren gewefen. 6. ^dtte id) ju 
JDiv fonimeu fonnen, fo iinivbe id) geii>tf nidit I;ier geblieben fein. 7. (|g 
tinivben nie grc^e SDldnner aufgctreten fein, tt^enn fte fid) bnrd) (2din?ierig; 
feitcn nnb UnanneT;m{i*feiten I)dtten anfljalten taffen (§ 74. 3.) 8. 
2Cenn idi bag I)dtte erveid)en ircKen, tuag id] tininfdite, fo I}dtte id) fieif iger 
luib anfiattenber arbeiten miiffen. 9. StBdre ber ^rennb nidit innric()l ge? 
itcrbcn, fo 'tidtte er getinf bag §eft bnrdi feine ©egemvavt i^ei-fd)onevt. 
10. Sffienn er gerufeu I;dtte, iriirbe id) il)n gefjovt ^aBcn. 11. SSir irollen 
nid)t anggcf)en, eg mod)te regnen. 12. Semt @ie niir etwag ^d^^x^6 
iiBcr biefc Slngelegen'fieit mittfjeilen (Syn.) mod)ten, fo iinirben (2ie mid) 
fe^r ter:p|i[iditen. 13. @g ivdre meine grcftc ?5"reube, aUe ilOlenfd)en gliicf? 
lid) jn fetjen. 14. 3d) I^dtte of^ne 33erftanb (Syn.) fein miiffen, ti^enn idi 
mid] anf biefe (Sadie f;dtte einlaffen iroKcn. 15. Qjerfd^wnnben ift ber 
(gtranb in ber ^erne, c Yok gerne, \ydr' xd\ nodi im 2]aterlanb ! 16. 
SBenn er irdre, \rie id) iC)n rttfinfdie, nnb it^enn er aikn meinen ^tnforbcrnn? 
gen entf^n-od^en f;dtte, )a.v;irbe id) i^n be^alten hahm. 

Questions. 1. Can you explain the difference between the conditional 
mood, and the subjunctive V 2. Can you give some idea of what is stated 
§ 144. 1., &c. ? .3. Can you repeat the first example in tiiis lesson? 4. Can 
you repeat the example where the conditional mood is used in exclamation? 
5. The interrogative form ? 



137 



LESSON XLVL 



fccti0n XLVL 



<Bi<i) erinnern corresponds, in signification, to the English 
verb "remember." Ex.: (Bv erimtert fid) meincr (§ 126.); 
he remembers me (literally, he remembers himself of me.) 
3cJ) eviimere iiiirf) jencr fdioncn Qdt; I remember (remind 
myself of) that sweet time. 

In referring to a thing already learned, the verb „Be^alten/' 
to keep, to retain, is generally used. Ex. : 3cf) tann ble 333or=» 
ter Tud)t (im @ebarf)tuif ) Be'^alten ; I cannot retain or remember 
(keep in memory) the words. (Sr farm nid)t (crncn, wdi er bie 
jHcgeIn nid^t 6cf;a{t; he cannot learn, because he does not 
retain (remember) the rules. 

I. The dative of a personal pronoun is frequently used in- 
stead of a possessive pronoun. Ex. : 3d^ I;aBe mir in ben ^in= 
ger i3efd)nitten ; I have cut my finger (I have cut into the 
finger to me.) (§.x gaB e§ mir in bie ^cinbe; he gave it into 
my hands (he gave it to me in the hand.) 

II. The phrases „eg fcillt fc^it^er, or e0 i)ait fd)iver/' are nearly 
synonymous, and signify "to be hard, to be difficult." Ex. : 
5)tefeni armcn ^Imn fdUt c§ fc^irer, 511 Bettein ; it is hard 
(it comes hard) for this poor man to beg. (SS ^ielt fdjtrer, 
ii)n 511 Beru^igeit ; it was difficult to pacify him. 



Exercise 50. 



5f ufgaBe 50. 



Stnfunft,/. arrival; 
2(up[ei)en, to appear ; 
53egrei'fen, to compre- 
hend; 
2)ie6fta()l m. theft; 
©ritcftnt, to press; 
©t'genfcbaft,/. quality ; 



©riii'nern, to remem- 
ber; 

Q-qaiylimc^, f. narra- 
tive ; 

??au'Ien^cr, m. idler ; 

©ebdcbt'nif, n. mem- 
ory ; 



©ritnblicb, funda- 

mentally ; 

^i'llfe, f. help, as- 
sistance ; 

(Spiefen, to play ; 

Serbrc'dieu, n. crime ; 

Biitfci'len, sometimes. 



(i"i- mxi'mxi ftd) nod) bciS alteii 

5Jlatro \m. 
S'^apo/lecn i^^xitt ein fo j^ute^ @e; 

bdcbt ni^, bap ec bie Sfjamen fet^ 

ner meiften ©clba'teu be(;al'ten 

fonnte. 
(5r fiiift'erte xijm etiwa^ in'^ Of)v. 



He still remembers the old 
sailor. 

Napoleon had so good a memory 
that he could remember (re- 
tain) the names of the most 
of his soldiers. 

He whispered something in his 



138 

(§e pit fcbwer, eincn ©i'genfinni; It is difficult to convince an 

gen ju uberjeu gen. obstinate (p£rson.) 

Qs fdllt i^n meiften SJlenfdhcn It is difficult for most people to 

f6ir>er, fidi bem ©ctiicffal gebut ; submit patiently to their des- 

big ju uuterwer fen. tiny. 

1. ^cnnen (Ste [tcb bee 2;age^ meiner Slnfunft nidit mef)r erinnern ? 2. 
D ja, idi erinncvc midi beffelben no* fe{)r gut. 3. (S"ti giebt stele 2)Zcn; 
fdien, bte iUi) licbcr tl)rer fdile*ten, al^ tf)rer guten @igen[*aften erinnern. 
4. @g t)iett fd)ttier, ii)n i^on ber SBa^rfiett btefer (Srjdblnug ^u iiberjeugen. 
6. (S6 ^ait jmr^eilen fditvcr dwaS jn glauben, lua^ mx nidit fcegreifen 
!onnen. 6. (§6 fdUt bem armen, aber fieif tgen ?Jlanne fditner, bte -Oiilfe 
frcmber ZmU in Slnfprud^ ne{)men jn miiffen. 7. 2)ie engllfdie <2pradie 
fdUt mir fditrerer, aU bie fran^ofifd^e. 8. S3et feineni @elbe, feinen S]er; 
lioanbten unb feincn .ftenntuiffen, fiel eg i()m nidU fdwer, etne ^hcn fo gute, 
aU angene()me (gteUe ju finben. 9. SBarum lernt 3f)r 53ntber fo ml fdmet? 
ler, aU (2te ? 10. iffieit cr etu beffereg ®^'i)ad)tn\^ (j-at unb bte 2B6rter 
beffer be!)alten !aun. 11. Jlonnen @te fid) nidit metjr erinnern, tt?em (Sie 
bte ^iidier unb bas papier gegeben baben ? 12. 3* fann midi beffen nid)t 
mebr erinnern. 13. 3^er ^aulenjer bel)dlt bie 9tegetu nidn, teeil er bie? 
felben ntdU griinbltdi lernt unb lieber fpielt a(g arbettet. 14. 2)er 
2)iebftaf)l ift etn S3erbred^en. 15. (§x brixcfte bem armen JDZanne einen 
2;i)aler in bte >§anb. 16. 3n ber §erne erinnern tcix nng gern ber 
greunbe. 17. 3nnge Sente tragen junjeilen Written, urn gelefjrt au^jufe? 

Questions. 1. To what does „ ft c^ evtnnevn" correspond? 2. Examples? 
3. What particular is referred to § VlQ. ? 4. What is the hteral translation of 
„er eriniievt fid) iiu^incv?" 5. When is the verb behalten employed? 6. 
Examples? 7. Instead of what is the dative of a personal pronoun used? 8. 
Examples? 9. Did you consult § 1'29. Obs. ? 10. What does the phrase 
„e3 falit fc^iuer^or „e» t)alt fc^itn" signify? 11. Examples? 



LESSON XL VII. gtctxon XLVIL 

VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. 

Some verbs in German govern the genitive, (§ 125.) while 
those in English of corresponding signification, require the ob- 
jective. Ex. : ©ebenfe meiner; remember me (or, think of me.) 
3d^ a<i\k feiner nirf)t ; I do not regard (notice) him. (£r Be* 
barf or hxaud)t b€§ ©elbeS ; he needs, wants money, dx 
benft or gebenft meiner ; he thinks of me. dv erti^afjute unfer ; 
lie mentioned (spoke of) us. 9Bir geniefeu bc§ ?eBeng ; 
we enjoy life. 5DaS ^au§ entBe^rt be6 S3aterg; the house 
lacks (misses; the father (master.) 5Der Unglixtflicfie 



139 



^arrt teffercrBfit^'rt ; the unfortunate (Avaits for) expects better 
times. (SAouct mcin(§ 5V. 1.); spare me. ©ie f:potten meiner, 
^riti;, ! you mock me, Prince! 3Sergcfj"e mcincrnid}t ; forget me 
not. (Sr ipflccit fciitco initcrS ; he nurses (takes care of) his father. 
Some verbs of the above cLiss (§ 125.) more commonly 
take the accusative. Ex. : ®r BeDarf or 'hvandjt bag ®elb. 



Exercise. 51. 



5( uf ga B e 51. 



5(I'tcvL^fdn:?ad^e, /. de- 
crepitude ; 

Setfiv'fcn, to need, 
warn ; 

^cHuii'mcxn, to gi-ieve, 
trouble ; 

-Scveu'eii, to repent, 
regret ; 

Sefcbei'i'en, consider- 
ate : 

-S3itte,/ request, peti- 
tion ; 

(Jafifcv'iiieu, n. Cali- 
fornia ; 

Gi}c'Icra, /. cholerrc ; 

2)aun, then ; 

S^iunm, stupid; 

t5nblicl>, at length; 

(3"iuBet;'ren, to be in 
want of, dispense 
with : 



(S'r\rd^/uen, to men- 
tion ; 

©cfdi'Iiyfcit, /. com- 
plaisance, kind- 
ness ; 

^virren, to hope, wait 
for ; 

^tevfiir', for this, for 

it; 

3ammern, to distress, 

grieve : 
Sdnc^ft, long since 

(ago) ; 
Seib, 71. pain, sorrow ; 
Scf)iten, to reward ; 
91a dVldtTiv3!e it./, n egli- 

gence, remissness ; 
^lefce, /. speech, 

harangue ; 
Sftcgie'reii, to govern, 

rule ; 



91eyiiment', r?. regi- 
ment ; 

(2ei)nfud:)t,/. longing; 

©dicncn, to spare ; 

Si-'cttea, to mock, 
f coff at ; 

Stcrben, to die; 

Strenge, severely; 

Uekrfte'ben, to over- 
come, endure ; 

Uuentbe^i'Ii6, indis- 
pensable; 

UnteiuVltdi, insuffer- 
able; 

XXn^vafsrlieit, /. false- 
hood , 

CGertrei'fen, to repri- 
mand ; 

ffi]a{)i'ne[)meu, to ob- 
serve ; 

Sulefet', at last. 



SBebur'feu <Bk iicd* ferner meiner 

©ienne? 
3ci, mein -Sen: ! idi feebarf' ncch cU 

n?ag ®dib, benn idi eutbef}'re 

felbft (L. 63. I.) ber nctlnren^ 

bii-^fteii Sc'K'n^mittel. 
3)ei''j;nic'e, ber ciu 33eri]niiygeTniid^t 

ent6e(;'ren faun, ^eti]t iaf, er 

nld^t i^erfte.^t , baffePbe ju genie'? 

fen. 
3d:^ triu-be feiuer gcir nid^t eru\a(}'; 

nen, n?enn er nidit mein 33er; 

n^aut'tev tt»cire. 
©enie'pe be^ fiebeng, aber mit 

(5-t)ren ! 



Are you still farther in need of 
my assistance ? 

Yes, sir; I still need some 
money, for I am in want even 
of the most necessary pro\i- 
sions. 

He, that cannot dispense with a 
pleasure, shows that he does 
not know how to enjoy it 
(the same). 

I would by no means speak of 
him, if he were not my rela- 
tive. 

Enjoy (the) life, but with honor ! 



140 

3d) ^arrte feiner iiBet elne Stutibe, I waited for him over an hour, 

aBer weiiii icb nccb auf i§n ^ane? but if 1 still waited for him, 

te, fc fame er bccb nidn. nevertheless he would not 

come. 

<Bk jammern mtdi, intb S^re-J ^tn; You distress me, and your child 

beo jaimncrt midi. distresses me. 

S^ergeffeu Sie metner ittdtt I Do not forget me ! 

3di ijervja^ nxetnen ^leiftift, geben I forgot my pencil; give me 

(Eie mir cinen Slugcrublicf ben yours a moment. 
36vigcn. 

1. Ser alte Scute nid^t adnet, ift ntdH irertl), felbft geadUet ^u trerben. 
2. 2Beim man jcber 9lebe adnen tucllte, bdtte man fidi urn incte Sadden 
§n befi'immer::. 3. Il^er 3)iimme entBcbrt nidn eiues ftcl^en ^etragen», 
fcnbern bei3 iBerftanbe^. 4. ^er 33efd^eibene aditet auf feine ftcf^en ditf 
hen unb ern^dfmt feiner ©igenfdjaften, bie er ntdit Ben^t. 5. ©er trirb 
fidi meinev anneftmen, tcenn id^ ijerlaffen bin ? 6. 2Genn er feme gef); 
ler Bereut, fo roiii ids ifjrer audi nid^t meBr gebenfen. 7. -Qat er mein 
@efdienf vangencmmen ? 8. D^ein, er fagte, er Bebixrfe btefes ©cfdienfesJ 
nidit. .9. 3di iriirbe ncdi cief meftr Sadden Bebitrfen, trenn idi nidu qe; 
ircBnt irdre, bie ©egenftdnbe ^n entBeBren, bie (L. 22. III.) l^tete Scute 
fi'ir nnentBcBrlid^ halkn. 10. (SriraBnen Ste nid^t biefcr fleinen ©efdl^ 
Itgfeit. 11. ^'er Ocneral erirdBnte 3Breg ScBneg, al^ eine^ ber tapfer; 
ften 9Jldnner in feinen Otegimentent. 12. ©etrdbre meine 33itte, c ^err ! 
unb fdn"i|e midi ycr meinen ^einben. 13. ©ebenfet meiner 33itte. 14. 
?ltdUy Ift imleibttd^er, alo auf ^emanben lange ^u Barren, ber ^uleit gar 
ntd>t fommt. 15. Sdngft fdicn Barrte idi 3^ver mtt SeBnfudn, ais id:) 
'Sic enbtidi fcmmen faB. 16. Sammert iid^ mdH ie6 ^inbco, bao yer; 
laffen auf ber Strafe Iduft ? 17. 33enn beu g-iirftcn ba^ ®clf jammern 
irfirbe, fc triirbe er anberS regieren. 18. S(Ber ha§ 3}clf trirb iBn Bier; 
fur nocB Ic^nen unb bann feiner nid^t fdicnen. 19. Q$ fcnntc trcBl ber 
aJliiBe IcBnen, nad^ dalifcrnieu ^u reifen. 20. 3di iin"trbe gem biefe jllei; 
ber fd^cnen, trenn id^ anbere f^attt. 21, 3d> iriinfdie fcineo anbern Xc'tzS 
§u tterBen, al^ im Xch ber -SKterSfditrdd^e. 22. S3ergiB meine 2Qcrte 
ntdit. 23. S3ergi^ ber uBerftanbenen Seiben, aBer rcrgi^ nid^t bie gencifc; 
nen ^reuben. 24. SBenn bie yiirften fcnnten, fc fd^cnten ne teeber ber 
^rciBeit, nc* fcnft eine» Sied^te^ iBrer ©clfer. 25. 3^er SeBrcr barf ber 
9^ad>fdfngfe{t unb Unit>aBrBeit eineg Sdnller^ ni*t fd^ciien, fcnbern muf 
fte ftrenge iterireifen, );veiin er fie tcal)rnimmt. 26. (Jr pffegte feineS 
-33aterg in feinem 2(lter unb pjiegte mi6, ba id) bie @l)clcra Batte. 27. dv 
fpcttete metner unb bemerfte nidit, tote He 9(nberen iiBer ii}n fpctteten. 

QuESTioxs. 1. Do verbs, in both languages, of Hke significations, govern 
the hke cases 1 2 Can you repeat the first example 1 3. How is. " he needs 
or wants money" expressed ia German 1 4. How the phrase " he thinks of 
me'"? 5. "What case do some verbs of the above class more commonly 

take ? 6. Examples '? 



141 
LESSON XLVIII. Section XLVIII 

ADJECTIVES REQUIRING THE GENITIVE. 

Adjectives, in German, that require the genitive^ generally, 
ansAver to our adjectives /o//o?^ec? by the preposition "o/"." 
(§ 124.). Ex.: Scf) Bin bcr <Sad^c geh.nf; I am sure o/" the 
matter. (Sr ift [cincr ^fud)t eingebcnf ; he is mindful of his 
duty. (2ie fitib beiner Bteuni^fc{;aft uimmrbig; they are unworthy 
o/" thy friendship. They are sometimes best rendered by ad- 
jectives followed by the preposition "with" or " to.'' Ex.: 
(Sr ift tefi 3i>egcS funbig -, he is acquainted with (has knowledge 
of) the road. Sie ift be6 ©djteiSens gert)c^nt ; she is accustomed 
to (in the habit of) writing. 

Some of these adjectives are also used with the accusative 
(§ 124. 2. Obs. ). Ex.: ^d) Bin baS @e^en nicfjt geii^o^nt; lam 
not accustomed to walking. (Sr ift e§ miibe ; he is tired of it. 

Exercise 52. 5(ufgaBe 52. 

5lcf'ev6au, ???. agricul- grcmm. devout, (Sdnilb, /. fault, of- 

ture ; pious ; fense ; 

Sln'fla^en, to accuse ; ®et^tg, covetous ; (Sdmlbig, guilty ; 

S3dr, 7?i. bear ; ®ef6n3d^^ rz. gossip ; (Summe,/. sum; 

-33ebiirf'tig, wanting, ©cftdii'big, confess- Zi}at,f. deed; 

needy; ing; S^tcn, w. throne ; 

iBe^Iei'teu, to accom- <§anbirerf, n. handi- Ue'&erbrii^tg, weary, 

pany, guide ; craft, trade ; disgusted ; 

S5cuo't6lo(t, necessary; ^aut, /. skin, hide ; XXii's^ctrcfint, unae- 

53eute, /. booty, prey ; <£>elfen, to help ; customed ; 

^evcr', before ; funbig (feiii) (to be) Un'tunbig, unacquain- 
S3eRnift', conscious acquainted (with) ; ted with ; 

(of) ; I'anbgut, n. farm ; Un'wnti), unworthy ; 

93cben,7w.gi'ound,soil ; ^anb'Ieben, w. country- SSerbdd^'tig, suspect- 
33cfe,?n. v.dcked (per- life; ed; 

son) ; 9tddifte, m. neighbor ; 33ertrin'fen, to spend 

S^ienft, m. assistance, Dlieraalg, never, at no (for drink) ; 

serdce ; time; 93erii'beu, to commit; 

i^reunbfd^aft,/. friend- Olid^ter, m. judge ; SCertt), worthy ; 

ship; Sdne^eu, to shoot; Bu'funft,/. future. 

2)ie ber.Ke|erei an'geHagten The persons accused of heresy, 
^erfc'neu mu^tett in ber SScrjeit were compelled in (the) former 
ben 'ich bes geuerg crlei'teu. tunes to suffer death by fire. 

5)er Stvme, bcr eiiier ^a<i)^ bebiirf ; The poor (man) who is destitute 
tig ift, ift geti>cf)n1td) au<!t\ eitier of one thing is commonly also 
anbern beno't^tgt. (needy) in v.ant of another*. 



142 



SBcnn \ia6 ?Pferb feiner (Stdrfe !6c; 

inuf t' tcdre, fomtte e^ S^tcmanb 

bdu'Digen. 
Siur bei'-ieni^e, ber feine^ Qxwn'^ 

Beg fdt)ig ift, faun feiue^ Sebeiig 

frol) werbeu. 
3d} bill mciiier @ad)e Q^toi^' unb 

beg SSe^eg funbia. 
2)eg '(5al}reug gewcl}nt', bin id) ba(b 

beg @e()eug miibe. 
(SdntlDig obcr nidU fdnilbig eiueg 

33erbi-ed)'eng, jeber ^.ourbe i)cruv'? 

tl)ei(t. 
3)er 3dger ift fetneg 3te(eg ftdier. 
3d) bin ie^t meiueg Sebeng ii'ber; 

briifftg. 
2)er 2)ieb ift ht^ Siebfta{}lg, ber 

SJlcrber beg 3Jlorbeg,uub in etnent 

beg^o'tif d)en £anbe,eine fvei'ijeitg:^ 

licbenbe (2eele, beg >§cd)yerrat^g 

fdnilbig. 
SD'laudier Sdeufd) yerbringt' fein Se^ 

ben iin'eingebenf feiner e'roigen 

5Seftim^mung. 
Scnn er nur feiner (Sd)ulb geftdn'; 

big trdre, ict) woiik it|m gem »er; 

jei'fjen. 



If the horse were conscious of 

his strength, none could con- 
trol him 

Only he (the one) who is master 
(capable) of his calling, can 
(be glad of) enjoy his life. 

I am sure of my cause, and ac- 
quainted with the road. 

Accustomed to ride, I am soon 
tired of walking. 

Guilty or not guilty of a crime, 
every one was condemned. 

The hunter is sure of his aim. 
I am now weary of my life. 

A thief is guilty of (the) theft, 
a murderer of (the) murder, 
and, in a despoiic country, a 
liberty-loving soul, of high 
treason. 

Many a man wastes his life un- 
mindful of his eternal destiny. 

If he would only confess (were 
confessive, &c.) his guilt, I 
would gladly pardon him. 

1. 2Jiandier ftefit eineg 93erbredieng angefkgt tocr feinen 9flid^tern, unb 
ift fid) ciuer fleinern ©diulb ben.mf t, aU biefe eg (L. 36. VI.) fein Wuxi 
ben, trenn ba^3 ^l^olt itjrer ^anblungen funbig, ober \u fdhft bnfiWen ge? 
jidnbig wdrett. 2. 3di hin einer fold)en Slrbeit ungen)ot)nt nnb tui'irbe fte 
ni6t tbnu, roenn id) nid)t beg ©elbeg bebiirftig ludrc. 3. %t hin einer 
gtcfen <Suninie (5)etbeg benotf)igt ; t)elfen ©ie mir, icb hin 3l)rer -^iilfe ge; 
h)i§ nid't unroertf). 4. 2Benn er eingebenf meiner 3Bcr)tt()aten njdre, 
n)iirbe er nidit fo fjanbeln. 5. 2)iefer ED^enfdi ift fo fdiledit, bap idi iljn \t'^ 
ber %i)^i fdl}ig (}atte. 6. ©tanben ©ie, "ba^ m\ ©eijiger feineg S^zb^n^ 
\xohj fein fann? 7. 3d) n)iC[ ja gern meiner %i)Qii geftdnbig fein, laptmid) 
nur laufen ! 8. 2)er 3dger irar feiner 33cute fo gen^f , \oi^ er bie ^aut 
beg ^dren »ertran!, bettor er i^n gefd)offen ^aiiz. 9. SBenn bu beg Sanb; 
lebeng fo getODt)nt irdreft, trie id), nmrbeft bu nid)t in ber '^io^U bleiben. 
10. ^Derjenige, tt)ekber eineg <§anbroerfg funbig ift, t)at in Slmevifa golbe^ 
ncn 33oben. 11. Sa^ mich je^t gel)en, idi bin beineg ®efd)tt)d|>eg f)erjtid} 
miibe. 12. ®ut, \ioenn ©te meiner liberbriifftg ftnb, iuerbe id) ge^en. 13. 
9Ziemalg irerbe id) mid) einer S§at fd^ulbig mad)en, n-cldu mid) S^rer 
?5reimbfdiaft unroiirtig mad)eu ti*iirbe. 14. 3d) hi\i%z eiii Sanbgut, aber 
ungeiDc[)nt ber Slrbeit, unb unfunbig 'i:z^ 3((fcvbaueg, bin id) beffelben 
uberbriiffig. 15. diner ift \jt^ Slnbern tr^ertf), aber aud) oft diner beg %nf 
bern unwert^. 16. (Jin ^onig, ber bag S3oIf nid)t liebt, ift beg %i)xomi 
unWtttbig. 17. 2Beiw iiw mid) aud) (L, 63.) beg '^\^^t(ii^U eerbddjtig 



143 

Jidltft, fcinii idi bicfer Xbat bccb uidit iicftdnbi^^ foiii, UhmI i* ftc \nd)t Dev; 
ubt babe. 18. ©iitbe Ktuc>3 iJebcitei ftirbt ber ^^vomme, fohicv bcfeit Xijat 
bmvuHt, iinb fiol) Kiiu'cs S^cbcc* ; bod) bev '-Bcfe, eiiuicbenf foiiiev 3:i)vitcn 
uiib binviij;t fniiev iva-bvcdion, fi'ivd^tct bcii :Jcb iiub bie3nfuitft. 19. ijes 
bfr iPtnifd) i)'t fdiicii ilcbC'^ (\cm^, abcv uiifuiibt;^ bcr 3i'it boffclbcu. 20. 
SSeiiii bio iDtcni'dieu imnicr bco :Icbc^ ciiii^cbcitf jvdven, unirbeii fie eft uidit 
fc bcfcr ;IlKitcii fd"u(tiv^ ivcibcii. 21. J^llf bciiiem lUddiftcn iiiib fi\ii^c uidit, 
cb ci- bcincr -^iilfe l^ul•^io| ift, ircnn cv bcvcu bebuvftig i|"t. 22. 'jdi iimU 
Sic beglciten, idi bin bcs^ SBcgeg ganj funbig ; idi fcl)e e^, (£ie fiub 
bcffeii unhiubig. 23. 3di baufe 31)nen, mciu >.6cvr I i6 biu 3()vci? 2)ien; 
fic^ nid^t bcuctbigt; benn ba idi be^ @el)eng mi'ibe uub beg ^-aljreug 
iiberbriiffig biu, uu^rbe idi ^icr bleiben. 24. SBag t(}ut eiu ^TZauu in I'lme; 
fitci, ber feine?^ ^paiibivcvfi^ fuubig unb ber Spmdie uufnnbig ift V 25. (Sr 
mu^ jcbe XHrbeit t()uu, beven er fd[)ig ift, nub eingebeuf beg 3pndnv>crtg 
feiu, irei- (L. 70.) nidU arbcitet, fell nidit effen. 

Questions. 1. How are adjectives, that iii German, require the genitive, 
generally translated in EngUsh ? 2 How do you render „3rt) bin ber 5ad)e 
geiiMB?" 3 Do we sometimes employ in their translation, adjectives fol- 
lowed by with or to ? 4. How do you translate „(Sv i\t i)e§ iCn^gr^ hn\i<uT, 1" 
5. How, „Sie ifi bc5 5d)ve!bcn§ (^eh.-ol)tir ?" 6. Are some of these adjectives, 
sometimes, used with the accusative lilievdse ] 7. Examples 1 



LESSON XLIX. Section XLIX. 

ADJECTIVES REQUIRING THE DATIVE. 

Adjectives, in German, that require the dative, usua ay- 
answer to our adjectives followed by the preposition " to. " 
Ex. : So ift mir angene^m ; it is agreeable to me, iix ift 
feinem SSater af)ntid^ -, he is similar to his father. S'r ifi feinem 
«^errn crgcbcrt; he is devoted to his master. (Sg ifl ibm ein 
Ia|iige0 ©efrfjaft ; it is a disagreeable business to him. § 131. 

Exercise 53. QI u f g a & e 53. 

9{b'geneigt,disinclined; 5(u'fteflung, /. situa- (Bxijit^'en, to heat, in- 

5tbl)clb, averse; tion ; flame; 

9lef)nlicb', similar ; SBe^iilflidv service- (Sriu'uertidi, coming 

2tu'gel;evig, belonging able: to rnind of ; 

to ; S3emerf'bar, observ- dr^ftever, former • 

Stu'gelegen, important; able; ©njig, eternally ; 

Sln'ljdngia, adherent, Suvdxius', through- ^einb,/. hostile; 

attached to ; out, entirely ; @efd{;r''nd), danger- 

Sln'itdttbig, becoming; Grge^ben, devoted; ous ; 



U4 



©efdt'Itg, obliging ; 

@ei;cr'fam, obedient; 

@encl;m', agreeable ; 

@eneii.]t', inclined ; 

©etrc'cjen, favorable ; 

@teid:)'gefinnt, like- 
minded ; 

©leidi'ijiiUis], indiffer- 
ent; 

@nmbfa|, m. princi- 
ple, axiom ; 

©iinftig, favorable ; 

«§in'berlid\ hindering; 

liel terer, latter ; 

2cb, n. praise ; 

5leigung, /. inclina- 
tion ; 



D bvigfttt, /. authori- 
ty; 

^fab, m. path ; 

9?au6en, to smoke; 

©didblid), deletereous; 

(2dnnei'dielf)aft, flat- 
tering ; 

(Spiel, n. play ; 

Sfjcu'enmg,/. dearth ; 

Ue&eiie'c^en, superior; 

Un'd()nltd% dissimilar ; 

Uugleidi, unlike ; 

Uu'gunftttj, unfavor- 
able ; 

Xlnlieb, disagreeable ; 

UntenTef)'men, to un- 
dertake ; 



Uit lerfdiieb, m. dis- 
tinction ; 

Un- tevt^dntg, submis- 
sive ; 

Untveu, untrue ; 

Un'i^ergepltdv not to be 
forgotten ; 

SSerl^un'ben, obliged ; 

53er|>rc'd)en, promis- 
ed; 

2Baii'berer, m. traveler 
(on foot) ; 

ffian^e,/. bug; 

2Bc()I'gefdUig, wbII- 
pleasing. 



Seber red^t'lidie 9Jtann ift bem ®u; 

ten geiieigt' mx'b bem Q3ofeu ab'- 

geneigt. 
SPflir ift niditg me^r an'gelegen, <xU 

nietuen ^reunb^ni 6ef)iily'iid;i ju 

fein, tt»D id> farai. 
5)er ^uub ift fetnem ^ervu gef)ci*'; 

fcim imb banfbar ; if arum tin(( 

ber 2}Zenfdi i{im nidit gleid^ fetii ? 
©em (gditffer finb jene v^lippen bie 

gefd(}r'itdiften, ireldie i(;m ni*t 

l&emcrf'bar ftub. 
^et beincn greunben ergc'ben unb 

betneix getnben gcfdt'Iig. 
S!Bag bem (Siiien nulj,Iidi ift, ift oft 

bem Stubern fdidblt*. 
S* bin .5[}nen fiir 3§re ©iite fe{)r 

ycrBunben. 
9JJan6e ^Renfd^en finb ben ftlKen 

SCdffcrn gleidi, an'genetjm bem 

Stnge, aber nntreu bem'jentgen, 

ber fid) il)nen an'5?ertrant. 



Every upright man is inclined to 
good, and disinclined to evil. 

There is nothing more important 
than to be serviceable to' my 
friends, where I can. 

The dog is obedient to his master, 
and thankful ; why will man 
not resemble him ? 

To the sailor, those rocks (cliffs) 
are the most dangerous which 
are not perceptible to him. 

Be devoted to thy friends, and 
obliging to thy enemies. 

What is useful to one, is often 
injurious to another. 

I am very much obliged to you 
for your kindness. 

Many men are like the quiet 
waters, agreeable to the eye, 
but unfaithful to him who 
entrusts himself to them. 



1. (2ie finb 3f)fem 33ater fef;r dt)ntidi, benn erirar, gleid) 3f)nen, aBgc^ 
neigt bem 9taud>en unb abi;cfb bem !lvinfen. 2. 2Bag mir ange^ortg 
ift, laffe \i^ mir audi angelegen feln. 3. 5(ngene()m irdre eg mir, trenn 
x<i\ einmal einen Mann fdnbe, ber mir an()dngig tt>dre. 4. SCenn €ie mir 
audi i^etiranbt finb, fo ift mir bcdi 3{)r 33etragen burdiang nid^t anftdn^ 
big, unb idi umvbc benfen, e5 irdre 3t)nen felbft bemerfbar, bap Seute, 
benen 3^r 33etragen befaunt ift, 3t}nen nidit ge^ogen finb. 5. Sebem 
ben!enbeu 2)lanne ift ee^ bemerfbav, baf ci3 gixtjien nid)t Ieid)t Ift, ein a}ctf 



145 

fidi cv{|cben ju mad\en. 6. 3* will 3f)ncn t^cvn bcljutfiid) fein, cine Sin;; 
\tclln]\0{ 5u crl)v-iUcn. 7. S)ceiiicm -iiater ift bie Ic^te ill^cuerutuj nod) fe^r 
cviuiierlldi. 8. ©er fonute ciiicm .Kiiibc felnb felii ? 9. ®cfd()rUd) ift 
tern '^iHiubcrcv |ciicv -^'fvib. 10. @ci ^cfd^^ij} bciiicm 9tdd^ften, gel^cvfam 
bcincv Ctn-u^fcit, baiiii wivb biv bicfc cjeiicioit uiib jcuer gcirc^cu fcln. 11. 
:i;^ft ci^ "Mmcn v^encfim, cineii (S^ajicrj^ciiiij ju madnni ? 12. SftSfjnen bci6 
iHU-fprcdicito ©clb gcuMp ? 13. xDap bev giivft iiidit gleidigefiiiut mit bem 
a3clfe, unb ba^J ^df bcm g-uvften gletdi^uUlcj ift, niadit bem ©rfteru bag 
Otcvveveu fdnrcr, nub ift bem ^el^tevu l;iuber(idi an fcincm ©ti'icfe. 14. 
2)ic (£tcvue ftnb miv ^iinftiij, leidit luivb mir meiu Unterncl)men fein. 15. 
aSenn bie aSan^eu beni a)lcnfdien audi nid)t fdidblidi finb, fo finb fic i^m 
bed) Idftivj. 16. a)lir ift e^J fel^r licb, ba^ id) biv in biefer @adie nii^lid) 
bin. 17. ^alt ju tvinfcn, ift bem evfjil^ten Jlovpev fdidblid). 18. ^cU 
ncm 5"veunbc tvav 3f)v 8cb fel;r fd)meidielf)aft. 19. @ut §u toerben, tfi 
bcm SafterKiften fdnx^er, benn er bteibt genu^t^nlidi feinen Dleigungen treu. 
20. a.1iandiev ©dnrad^e ift bem ©tavfen an ®eift iibeiiegen. 21. SOSeld) 
sin Unterfdiicb liegt bavin : cin S)tenfd) ift bem anbevn ungteidi, unb eiti 
3)ienfd^ ift bem anbevn und^nlidi ? 22. 2Bie ftef)t ba^ @piel ? 23. Tlix 
\cl}x ungunftig. 24. @o unlieb eg miv ijl, muf id) biv evHdven, ba^ 
miv bein @efdm>d§ unleib(idi ift. 25. 31>ev modite n?cf)l ben ©vnnbfa^ 
gtauben : „rcsx feinem^onig nidit untevtl)dnig, ift untveu feinemSSatevlanbe." 
26. (Se ift miv eUMg unoevgep(id), n)ie fet)v id;) biv i^evhrnben bin. 27. 
Ulid^t jebev, bcr mir yeinrtanbt ift, i\i mix ami) irto()lgefdUig. 

Questions. 1. What do adjectives in German that require the dative 
usually answer to in English 1 2. How is „(5§ ift miv unangeiiel)m/' rendered 
in English'! 3. How would you say in German, he is similar to his 
father 1 4. How do you English the phrase, eS ift i^m etn IdfiigeS ©e? 
fc^aft? 



LESSON L. ^tcUonL. 

VERBS REQUIRING THE DATIVE. 

Many verbs compounded with the particles, ah, an, auf, 6ei, 
cut, er, nadj, i)er, i)cr, ju, and txnber ; as, also, baitfen^to thank; 
brc()en, to threaten; folgeii, to follow; ge^orcf)ett, to obey; 
fd)meid)ern, to flatter, &c., (§ 129. 4.) govern the dative. 
Ex. : (§,x mtk^U bem ©littf unb ber ^offnung ; he resigned (the) 
happiness and (the) hope, ^en Beften 9)Zenfd)eit KeBett ^tf)Ux 
an ; faults cleave to the best of men, 2)er ^-elbr^err ger;otd}te 
bein ^efe^le beg ^aiferS ; the commander-in-chief hearkened to 
the command of the emperor, mux eitt ©clabe fc^mei*elt bem 
<^errn, -- fein fyreier bem greien; only a slave flatters the 
master— no freeman a freeman. 
7 



146 



Exercise 54. 
5tb'fagen,to renounce; ®cBrcd)'en, 



5tcbt, /. outlawry, ban ; 

Sln'gcfjoren, to belong; 

5ln'f)angen, to adhere ; 

StuffDVi:;eru, to sum- 
mon ; 

S3a^ ern, n. Bavaria; 

^eeVreu, to honor ; 

^ei'fommen, to get at ; 

S3eKfief)en, to assist : 

Sei't^imnten, to as- 
sent; 

^ei'rcol^nen, to be 
present at; 

^efud)', m. visit ; 

Sraten, m, roast- 
meat; 

2)rcf)en, to threaten; 

(Sf)re,/. honor ; 

(Sntfa'gen, to resign ; 

(SvUe'gen, to succumb; 

(Srroei'fen, to render ; 

i^lieben, to flee ; 

§tu*en, to execrate ; 

giigen, to submit, 
conform : 



need ; 
@ebiif)'rcn, to be due ; 
©efal'Ien, to please, 

like; 
©elten, to be of 

value ; 
©enii^gen, to suffice ; 
@(eidien, to be like ; 
^evjog, m. duke ; 
«^ei'^cg0l)ut m. ducal 

coronet ; 
<6ci|nung;/. hope ; 
v^aifer, m. emperor ; 
jllingeln, to ring (the 

bell) ; 
.frieggjug, m. warlike 

expedition ; 
Rxcm,f. crown; 
Sduten, to toll, ring; 
Seucbten, to light ; 
Sotre, m. lion ; 
5J^agb,/. servant-girl ; 
5Jlif lin'geu, to foil ; 
S'iaditem', after that ; 
Ort, m. place, region ; 



2)er'jentge, toeUter einer feofen ®e; 

fell^fd^aft nidit ab'fagcn fami, 

fann feiner guten an'gehoren. 
3§t §reuub begcg nete mtr gejiern, 

aber e^ fiel mir tiid)t Bei, tuie 

fein 9Zame ift. 
giirfteu entfvi'geu nidit [o letAt bem 

2:!^rcne. 
Sag nii|t eg bem 2)ietifd^en, bem 

\2d)icf'fale 511 nnberftre'beu ? — 

jietg muf er ber 3)ladit beffcl'beu 

iinterlie gen. 
%xam nid>t jebem 2}lenf6en imb am 

aUerirenig'fteit ben'jenigeri, bie 

bir fd'TTtetdiern. 
2)ie ©rma^'nung eineg t5^eiinbeg 

gilt mir ind, unb id^ felge ibr 

gcrn. 



5(ufgaBc 54. 

to want, 9tat^, m. council ; 

Sd^merfen, to taste, 
relish ; 

(Sdimeldu^In, to flatter; 

'edirceben, to wave ; 

S^ro^en, to dare, defy ; 

!triibe, gloomy ; 

Ue'belrocUen, to wish 
ill; 

Ueberjie'^en, to in- 
vade ; 

Ur' fa dH\/. cause ; 

Serlan^jen, n. demand ; 

SSernunft^ /. reason 
sense ; 

SSeg'fcmmcu, to get 
away ; 

SBiberftrc'ben, to strug- 
gle against; 

2Gunfdi, m. wish ; 

3u'ge§dven, to belong 
to; 

SiH'uen, to be angry 
at one; 

3ut»ci-'fcmmen, to an- 
ticipate. 

He who cannot renounce an e\ii 
company, can belong to no 
good one. 

Your friend met me yesterday, 
but it did not occur to me, 
what (how) his name is. 

Princes do not resign the throne 
so easily. 

What avails it for man to 
struggle against (ihe) liis des- 
tiny ? — he must always suc- 
cumb to its power. 

Trust not every one ; and least 
of all, those who flatter thee. 

The admonitioa of a friend is of 
much value to me, and I fol- 
low it gladly. 



1. SBenn in aikri Seiteii ein SJIdditiger bem anbern feiiib trar, fo fagte 
er bemfetbeu '^b. 2. 2fuo a((en Orten, bie i^m ange^orteu, fammelte biei 
fer mddittge ^^err ^\i 2}Zdnni?r, bie ifttn anrnngen. 3. Dl^adJbem fte feinem ' 



147 

33crf)atcn bcii^efiimmt l^attcii, scr^flirfiteten fie fi*, ii)m bci^uftcf>cii, uub 
bem Jlricc^e bci^iwctiiien. 4. @c(di ein (L. 41. VI.) mddnkjer ^ert wax 
J^eiuridi ber Sciih\ •^er^oij ihmi -i\-i>)crn, UHndnnn i]vcpc Sanbev jiu3c()crten 
uni> Xciufciibc iHMi .Rrte^crn ^ehordUcn. 5. 2)odi bie Sixcue ehuS ^ai\n6 
fd^U'cbfe Ibm immcr s:>er ^^Iiicjni. 6. S)cr Jj>eqcv^!j(mt ctfJiiiij^e i^*-'^ nii^i. 
7. (Sx traiirc fcincr eij^enen J^vaft uub trc^te bem JSaifer. 8. 5)cr ^aU 
fcr fcrberte ibu auf, ftdi fciiieu Q3cfcfHeu ^u ^i^ni, uub fcvcMe il-ra mit ber 
SldH. 9. 5>od^ bem >^^cv^0v5e, ber ciuem Soireu c^i'ii), cjvitt ivcber 93cruunft, 
ucd^ i^uter Oivirb. 10. ^bin geficl uur feiuc civjene SJicinuui:;, uub erbadUe 
ber Jtraft, bie ii}m gebrad^ 11. (Sx nnberftrebte bem a3erlaugcn, bem 
^viifer ciue (Sbre ^u eviveifeu, bie bemfclbcu 9ebuf)rte. 12. Ser .f^aifer, 
ber bem -pcrjcge fd^cu feit lauger ^dt ubel trcUte uub i(}m, tuegeu feiueo 
litdje^, jfirnte, fam ifnn ^ur'cr, uub uber^cg itiu mit jlrieg. 13. 2)er 
Jt^ie^ejui) mip(aui5 '^^"^ ^ciifa- uidit. 14. ®er -Ser^cg fcuute ber feiub; 
lid^eu !i)iv"idu uidn uMberfiebcu uub eriag bem Jlaifer iu ber iSd^tad^t. 15. 
@r mupte Uvidi Gua.laub fJebeu, unb uur feiue ^amilie uub etui^e ^-reuube 
fclgtcu if)m. 16. -^icr eutfvigte er jeber ^offnuug uub fiudite bem StcI^e, 
aU ber Urfvid^e feiueg Sleubt^. 17. 3f'rem 23uufd">e entfr'red'cub, iverbe 
iA ^imen beim eud^eu bea $ferbes5 belfeu, bvis? 3biteu tregcjefcmmeu ijl:. 

18. 3di fd^meid^le mir, ba^ 3ie mid^ mit ,3brem -23efud>e beebreu irerbeu. 

19. (Sr mixii mir cictinf fd^abeu, roenu er mir bcifcmmeu !cmite. 20. 
3* Idutete meiuem 33ebieuteu uub flin(3c(te mciner Tlaa^i, aber z6 balf 
mir uidH'j, feiuce fvim. 21. ©er Steru ber ^dcffnuug leud^tet bem 2)Jeu^ 
i&^en felbfi iu triibfier DIadH. 22. xDiefer SBrateu fdnnecft (L. 87. T.) 
mir uidu. 

Q■c^E:sTIO^'S■ 1. ^\^lat case do many verbs compounded v,-ith er, tjer, &c. 
govern 1 2. Can you repeat the rest of these panicles ^ 3 ^\Tiat case do 
baiifcii, broben, &,c govern! 4 Can you repeat the entire list"? 5. Can 
you repeat the substance of § 129. 4. 1 6. Can you give an example of a 
verb compounded with „a w" govering the dative ''. 7. How would you ex 
press in German : " the scholar obeys the teacher 1" 



LESSON LI. CttiionU. 

VERBS REQUIRING AN ACCUSATIVE OF A PERSON, AND A GENITIVE 
OF A THING. 



Verbs signifying to accuse, to acquit, and some others (§ 126. 
§ 127.) govern the accusative oi ?i person, and the genitive of a 
thing. Ex. : @r li^Q^i feitten 5^iener be» ^TieBfta^^Io an; he ac- 
cuses his sen-ant of theft. 3)er ?5ctnb B'emad)tii3te fid) ber ^efiung; 
the enemy took possession of (mastered) the fortress. 3ie Be* 
rau6tcn mic^ nieiney @e(be6 unb meiner @bre ; they robbed me of 
my money and of my honor, ©ie Oiic^tcr fprac^en i^n bc3 2)?or* 



148 



M lo^ unfe entlebigten i^n fomit etncr grofen ^nxd^t-j the judges 
declared him (spoke him free) innocent of the murder, and, 
therefore, released him from (a) great fear. 2)er I^anbmanrt 
riil^me fid) be5 ^^flugS ; the husbandman may pride himself of 
the plow. 3Sof)( bem, ber fid) beS ^iirftigen amiimmt, ^f. 41. 2.; 
blessed is he that considereth the poor (needy), Ps. 41. 2. 



Exercise 55. 



Ql u f g a 6 e 55. 



§(n'fdnttbigen, to ac- 
cuse of; 

Sln'wefeiib, present ; 

Stu'geubltcflid^, instant- 
aneously ; 

^ab, 72. bath; 

^eflei'peit, to be stu- 
dious of; 

53ec^c''&pn, to resign, 
divest one's self of ; 

53e(ei}'rcu, to teach, 
instruct ; 

Seniacl/tiv]cu, to over- 
power ; 

S3erar/bea, to rob, de- 
prive of; 

Scrotto', already ; 

53efcbuI'i:)ii]eu,to accuse 
of; 

S3ct'teln, to beg ; 

93c5iid)'ttcjen, to charge 
with ; 

S3itten, to beseech ; 

(Sutblof t', destitute ; 



<Snti)c^hm, to free 
from ; 

(Snth bigen, to release; 

©ntfdila'gen, to cast 
away ; 

Qnt](^'m, to displace ; 

(SrbvU'meu, to com- 
miserate ; 

^effel,/. fetter; 

§(e^en, to supplicate ; 

grei'fprediung, /. libe- 
ration ; 

^rciien, to rejoice ; 

§vtninbf*aft,/. friend- 
ship; 

©cbaufe, m. thought ; 

©ebcn'fen, to tliink of; 

©efdiwei'ge, much less, 
to say, nothing- of; 

©efditret gen, to pass 
by in silence; 

©uabe,/. grace, favor; 

Sebcd)', nevertheless; 

JlerPer, m. dungeon ; 

Sad) en, to laugh ; 



Sanb'ilrafe, /. high- 
way: 

Seer, empty ; 

^pfle'gen, to cherish ; 

dlauh, m. robbery; 

9iduber, m. robber ; 

9liif)incn, to boast, 
pride one's self of; 

"Sdidmen, to be asha- 
med of; 

(Scrije, / solicitude, 
care ; 

(SpctteiT, to scoff at, 
deride ; 

Ueberfiif/ren, to con- 
vict ; 

Un'fdiulbig, innocent; 

S3tel}'f)dnb(er,m. dealer 
in cattle, drover; 

3Sielmef|r', much more, 
rather ; 

93ca, full; 

33orii], former, last; 

SBiir'bigen, to vouch- 
safe. 



iDes? .^^cdi'yervvit^g au'geHagt, zwU 

c(\\u\' er bem Jlerfev iiuv buvdi bte 

ghidit. 
jlaifev ^avl V. begab' fidi alter fei; 

iier .kronen inib giug m ein 

Jltofter. 

S3ele()'re mid) eine^ SBelfern, tt>enn 

bit fannft. 
@ie bemdcb tigten ftd) be^ S^lduber^, 

ber ben jlaufmann feine^ @elbe^ 

Beraubt' fjatte. 



Accused of high treason, he esca- 
ped the dungeon, only by 
flight. 

The Emperor Charles V. resig- 
ned (divested himself of) all 
his crowns, and went into a 
cloister. 

Teach (convince) me of a better, 
if you can. 

They possessed themselves of the 
robber, who had robbed the 
merchant of his money. 



149 



(Sx Befaiiu' fid^ cinet^ ©fffcvii, urn 

iiuiH ciiicv Uu'ival}vf)clt bcjudi'tlijt 

ju ivcvbni. 
aiZcin @e(ni Kit micb a(fci3 ©clbct^ 

ciuilejjt'. 
5iUcv mchuv ©cfdidf'tc uuu'be id^ 

mid^ cntlc'bii]cn nub mUb ciuco 

vub'uicii ^>?cIhm;!? fveuen. 
©ntbc't^et niidi btcfcr tvau'ficscn 

-^>'Iidit ! 
:Dcr @crt\t/te cvtarmt' fid) feineg 

(Jrin'nerc bidi ber inclen SSc^I't^a; 
ten, bie idi blr envied'. 

©eben'fe beiiieg ^rcunbc^ felB]! in 

irelter %cxm ! 
®cun idi feiiic^ SBetra'gen^ au<ii ge; 

fdnrei'gen ircUttv muf id) fetne 

9tebcu tabeln. 
5!)vcf)e n.ne bu iridj^, idi lad'e beincv. 

?^adb gefdie'f)eiTer Sltbeit !ann man 
ber Otu^e ipflcgen. 

SStete tubmen jtdi fcldier "^ijakn, 
bie fie itiemaliS ticKIn-adU' hahen. 

UekrBc'be midi ber Dlct^'ivenbig; 

feit, bidi ^11 ftvafen. 
(5"f)e idi inidi eine^ @dilageg yerfe^ 

ijen i)atk, lag idi fdicn ju ^cben 

geftrccft'. 
(S"r war fo ficl^, baf er midi feine^ 

33licfcg iriir'Digte. 

1. !2ie eriiincni (§ 86. 1. 2.) fidi Wolji ncd) beg jungeit 9}^auneg, ber 
im i^crigen %\b,vt bes dianUs angeflagt irar. 2. @r tuar Befdmlbigt, ei; 
nen rcidieii 93ic()[;diibrcr aiif ber Sanbftraf e feineg ©elbeo beraiibt ju (}a; 
Ben. 3. ^O^can fcunte iebcdi benfelben biefeg SQcrbredieng nidit iiberfii^ren. 
4. (sx haik ftdi beveitg aUcr ^cffiuuig einer ?^reifprediung bageben imb 
ftdi beg @ebaiifeu0 cntfd'Iageu, aU nnfdiu(big erflavt jn tnerben. 5. Sser 
9liditcr jebcdi ent(}cb ifiu alTcr Serge. 6. Dlad^bem er ben Stngeflagten 
aufgcfcrbert haitt, Tinr guteo Tlntf)^ ju fein nnb ftdi adeg jlnmmcro jn 
entfdilageu, erfldrte er : Sdi bin ber »c{(en 9J^einung, 'ba^ man biefen jnu; 
gen S)lann nid^.t beg 9ianbeg bc^iuttigen fann. 7. 3)enn nidit 3eber, ber 
ftdi beg 53ettc(ng fd\imt nnb a((cr Wittd entblc^t ij^, irirb ein Otdnber. 8. 
3di wiii feinea guten 33etrageng gefditeeigen, benn er ijat ftdi immer eineg 
crbentlid'en Sebeng bejiiiffen. 9. 3di erinnere endi aber ber 2;i}aten im 
le^ten >^riege, bercti er ftch mil Siedit riibmen fann. 10. ^reiiet endi fei- 



He bethought himself of a better 
(course) in order not to be ac- 
cused of an untruth. 

M}^ son has stripped me of all 

(my) money. 

I will relieve myself of all my 
business, and enjoy a quiet 
life. 

Relieve me of (from) this sad 
duty. 

The righteous (man) is merciful 
to his beast. 

Remember the many goods 
deeds (favors) that I have 
shown you. 

Remember thy friend, even in 
remote distance. 

Even if I would be silent con- 
cerning his behavior, I must 
blame his talk. 

Threaten as thou wilt, I ^vill 
laugh at thee. 

After completed (taken place) 
toil, we can cherish (the) re- 
pose. 

Many boast themselves of such 
deeds as they have never ac- 
complished. 

Exempt me from the necessity 
of punishing thee. 

Before I was aware of a blow, I 
lay stretched upon the earth. 

He w^as so proud that he deigned 
me not (no) a glance. 



150 



net Smf:pred)ung unb icurbiget i"^!! eurcr ^reunbf^aft. 11. (B'potkt \tU 
ner nidbt, treil er im ^'erfet n?ar, fonbern erfcarmt eud) t)ielmel)r feiuer unb 
gebenFet feiner ^eiben. 12. Seber, ber feiner ladit, fcbdme ftdi [eiiie^ eige; 
nen ^etragen^. 13. Sttte 5(ntt)efenben freuten fid) biefer 9^ebe, uiib man 
entlcbigte augcnbltcflid) ben 2lngef*ulbigten feiner i^t'ffctn. 14. 33ete^re 
ung betner 2Bege, o ^err ! unb berauBe un^ nidU behier ®nabe ! 15. 3n 
fruf;eren 3eiten tetnten bie Seute nidit einnial lefen, gefd^roeige fdireiben. 

16. 3d) bin SBideng (§ 128.), im ndd)ften ©ommcr ein 53ab ju befud)en. 

17. 3d) fann burd)au^ nid)t ber Stnfid)t fein, baft junge Sente ju fe()r if)rer 
@ett)cbn§citen ^fiegen follen. 18. (S^ jlef)t etnem SJlanne fd)dner, ]i(i) 
fd)oner <0>cinblungen ju befieif en, alg leerer 3Bcrte ju ruf)men. 19. SSer 
fid) beg £ebeng freut, foU and) be^ (gterbeng fid) erinnern. 20. fioui^ 
^f)ili:pp, ^onig ber ^ranjofen, be^ ^i)roneg entfe|t, begab fid) felbft ber 
Stegiernng. 21. S3eibe ^^i'trften fjaben trenig Urfa*e, fidi ii)rer Stegicrung 
ju rii^men. 22. Sllg ©eneral 3:iili9 fid) ber (Btaht SJlagbeburg bemdd)tiget 
|atte, lad)te er ber §lei)enben, it>etd)e baten, fid) ii)rer ju erbarmen. 

Questions. 1. What cases do verbs signifying to accuse, to acquit, &c., 
govern 1 2. How do you express in German : "He accuses his servant of theft ?" 
3. To what does <$> 126 refer? 4. What is the subject of the appended ob- 
servation 1 5. Can you give a Uteral translation of the example, Ps. 41. 2. ? 



LESSOJSr LII. 



gtction LII. 



VERBS REQUIRING THE DATIVE OR ACCUSATIVE. 

Some verbs govern the dative or accusative; and often with- 
out a difference of signification. Ex. : ^id^ raft ber «§err gu 
cinem anbern ©efdicift, ((SdjiUer) ; the Lord calls thee to another 
employment. 5lug (§^Q't)pkn f)aBe idj meinen ©oI;n gerufen; 
out of Egypt have I called my son. (Er ijcrfic^erte miv feine un* 
tranbclBare ^reunbfdjaft, (SBielanb) ; he assured me of his im- 
mutable friendship. (Sr i)erf{d)erte midfi beffen; he assured me 
of it (thereof). 

Exercise 56. Qt u f g a B e 56. 



Stb'fd)ti36ren, to abjure, 
forswear ; 

5ln'fef;en, to behold, 
look at, perceive ; 

Stuf'geben, to give up, 
(with dat.) to im- 
pose a task " 



S3efie gen, to van- 
quish ; 
@ib, m. oath ; 
galfd), false; 
Soften, to taste, cost; 
gdugnen, to deny ; 



Seib^ n. affliction, 
pain; 

Srtutt)ig, courageous; 

^aAVai)xmn, to imi- 
tate ; 

0iafe,/. nose; 

^affi'ten, to pass 



^ilct', m. pilot; 
(gad^fc, m. Srtxon; 
S:d>afceu,?n- loss, hurt ; 
eclUccb'tu^feit, /. bad- 
ness, vileness ; 
ScUcii, seldom ; 
©Oi^lcidV, immediate- 

ly; 

(Stavfe,/. sti-Qngth; 



161 

(Stcucvu, to steer, 

(with dut.) to 

check ; 
Uc^belftanb, m. misfor- 
tune, iticonvenience ; 
Um'fef)reu, to tarn 

about ; 
Uii'avticj, ill-behaved, 

rude, naughty ; 



Uujlerb'tidifeit, /. im- 

mortality ; 
S^cvuunfttg, discreet, 

judicious; 
93evft di'ern, to assure ; 
51>D(['ftdubivj,complete- 

ly; 

3Bie'Dev[el;cn, to see 



The general abjured his faith and 
became (turned) Mussulman. 

Before the judge asked me con- 
cerning anything, I was obliged 
to take an oath. 

I will come in order to look at 
your new painting. 

Does one see by my appearance, 
that I was sick ? 

He is a lost son : I give him up. 

What you enjoined on me I have 

done. 
Good men thou must seek to 

imitate. 
He imitates the Frenchman, and 

wears mustaches. 
As the king passed this city, it 

was illuminated. 
Many streets of the city are 

very filthy ; this nuisance the 

police should put a stop to. 
He steered the ship fortunately 

through the reefs of rocks, 

1. !Die alteii ©adifeu fd^woren i^ren ©ottern ab, nadibem fie\^virt ber 
®rci^e ticUftanbig bcfiegt Ijatte. 2. Subem cr biefe %^<xi buvd) eiuen fat- 
fdieii (Sib abfdiiitov, Idugnete er bie Unfterblidifelt ber (Seele. 3. ^k 
©diteditigfoit fiefit man il)ni <x\i ben Slugen ait, '{ch^i'ii man \i)n Qa\\iti)t 
4. jd^ (}a6e bie ^offnung, meine Slngeljovugen irteber5ufef)en, iiicbt anfge; 
geben. 5. Sdi f)atte mcinem SSL-btenteii aufgege&en, mir jn rufen, [obalb 
Sie fdmen. 6. 2)a idi mid) rufen tiorte, fel)rte id) fogleidi urn. 7. 5lf)me 
ftet^ ba^ ®ute nadi unb nie hi6 Scfe. 8. SBeun id) bir nad)a()men 
trcUte, iniirbe id) balb fetn @elb \mi)x fiaben, 9. (Jg ip: \'C)\\\ fd)on eft 
begcgnct, ba0 erfeitie '^dxxiU fud)tf unb \k auf ber Dlafc trug. 10. 2)er 
.^cnig ^afftrt beute nod) biefe (Stabt. 11. ©teure bein ®d)iff burd) bie 



2)cr ©eneral fd)ircr feiucm ®taus 

ben \\.h, unb irurbe ^Ulufchnann. 
Q[)z ber 9iid)ter mid) urn etwag 

fragtc, mn^te id) einen (^'1X1 ab'; 

fdnvoren. 
3di UHu-bc fommen, urn 3{)r neue^ 

©emdi'be an'jufc{)en. 
©ie()t man mir an, baf id) fran! 

n.\ir ? 
(Sr ift ein i^ertor'ner ®cl)n ; id) gebe 

i()n auf. 
2Bas3 Sie mir aufgegeben Ijaben, 

babe id) getfjan'. 
©uten 3}lenfd)en mupt bu nad)'jU' 

al)men fudu'u. 
(Sr at)mt bem ^ranjo'fen nad), unb 

trdgt einen @d)nurrbart. 
5llo ber j^onig biefe <^i<(i)i !pafftr'* 

te, tt.Mirbe ]it beleud)'tet. 
93iele ©tra'^en ber @tabt finb fef)r 

fdimu^'ig ; biefem Un fuge fotlte 

bie ^cli^ei' fteuern. 
S'r fteu'erte 'i)^^ @d)iff gliiiflid) 

burd) bie ^el'fenriffe. 



* 3'lad)a()mfn is commouly employed with the 
cvsative of a thing- 



[ive of a person, and ac- 



152 

gumeuben SBeKen, mut^^iger ^ilct ! 12. ©in i?emunftiger ^atn fieuert 
frul)ebem utwrtigen SBetragen feiner Winter. 13. (gelten ^abe id) ®etb, 
aber tmmer ^Sdmlben, — irenn idi nur biefem Uebelftanbe ju fteuent 
tuuf te. 14. aOaa tmlfe es bem 3Jleufd^eit, fo er bie gatije SSelt getronnc 
uiib ndfime bod) (Sd^aben an feiner eeele ? 15. Seine (gtdvfe f)alf biefe 
l^eiben tvagen. 16. 2)ie ^cdnn fcftete bie Speifen. 17. (S^ fcftete miv 
gTeif}eit unb S^aterlanb. 18. (s^ fcftete if)n feinen erften (£c(}n. 19. (Sx 
i^'erftd^erte mir bi^ SBaln-f^eit btefer Sadie. 20. 2)ian i)at ii&\ beo 5)iebeg 
jjevfidievt. 21. @ute (bitten muf man nad)jua§men fud)en. (See Note 
P. 151.) 

Questions. 1. Do certain verbs govern sometimes the accusative, and 
sometimes the dative ] 2. Is the signification the same in both cases, or dif- 
ferent 1 3. Can you repeat an example T 



LESSON LIIL gtcixort LIIL 

VERBS REQUIRING TWO ACCUSATIVES ; ALSO THOSE GOVERN- 
ING THE ACCUSATIVE WITH THE DATIVE. 

Several verbs in German, as in English, govern two ac- 
cusatives. (§ 132. 2.) Ex. : ^rle^rt mid) bie beittfc^e Siprad^c ; 
he teaches me the German language. ®ott nannte ba^ ^id^t 
'XaQ, unb bie i^injiernij -9?ad^t; God called the light day, and 
the darkness night. 2}?an nennt t^n nur ben guteu 2Batt^er, 
(^feffel) ; they call him only the good Walter. 

Verbs signifying to compare, to give, to take away, &c., 
govern the accusative and the dative. (§129. 1.) Ex. ; 
9^imm btr trieber einen (Spraci)tnetfter; take to thee again a 
language-master. 3Bem ]Dii id) Ud) i^ergtcidjen ? to whom 
shall I liken thee ? ^ie Seinbe na^men i^m 5tKe§ ; the enemy 
took from him all (every thing.) 

Exercise 57. Q(ufgaBe 57. 

Slbfiitt,/. \1ew, inten- S3efd^ei^ben, consider- ^eudiler, 7?i.hypocrite» 

tion ; ate ; dissembler ; 

Slditiing, /. esteem, Sennets', ?n. testimony; «§un'nenfenig, m. king 

respect: S^e'mittfiig, humble ; of the Huns ; 

5tn'bcn!en, 72. rem em- ©m^o'rer, 772. rebel ; ^lar, clear; 

brance, keep-sake ; ©rprc'ben, to prove; Se^ve, /. instruction, 

5tn'i?erti"auen, to con- ©e^cini'nip, 7i. secret; lesson; 

fide to ; ©ei^pct,/. scourge ; 



153 



8e beiigc|cfdhi6tc,/. his- 
tory of life ; 
SIc'bcocU, aftectionate- 

SOtcIirniali.^, at several 
times ; 

S'tlBlKiu'C'clu, to mis- 
use, ill-treat ; 

D^eu'viievbc, /. curios- 
ity ; 

$rii^efl''in, /. princess ; 

Oteiduni, to reach, 
extend ; 



©dieltcn, to scold, 
chide ; 

@dMniVfeu,to disgrace, 
(to call names) ; 

@dioul;cit,/. beauty; 

i^ciufeu, to christen, 
baptize ; 

Svelte,/, fidelity; 

3;i)vann', m. tyrant; 

UeBcvctn'ftimiueii, to 
accord, to corres- 
pond ; 



Uc'6erfluf, m. super- 
abundance ; 

JCevejaii'^cnl^eit,/. time 
past, things past; 

93erlci'l)en, to endow, 
to bestow ; 

aSevrd'tljev, m. be- 
trayer, trfiitor; 

33erfclnt»ie genfiett, /. 
secrecy, discretion ; 

SSevfol^'nung, / recon- 
ciliation ; 

SBeigern, to decline. 



<§err, Icfire mid) beinen 2Beg. 

©r nannte i(}n feinen Itekn @ct)n. 

man (L. 26. 4.) ijzi^t iijn hen ^a^ 

tev ber aBviifen unh beit S^tcfter 

ber SOBitttren. 
®en Seigttng fdnm^ft man etnen 

^afen. 
(S'r giebt ]id^ inele 3}lii6e um bid) 

(@e((evt.) 
@ieb mir immcr ben erquirf'enben 

3:;rcft, ha^ tdi bid) ba(b frenbiger 

ir»{e'bevfel)en n.ierbe. (aSeife.) 
fDtr ein S3ilb ftnb fie gege'kn. 

(®diiaer.) 



Teach me thy way, O Lord. 
He called him his beloved Son. 
They call him the father of the 

orphan, and the comforter of 

the widow. 
They call a coward a hare. 

He gives himself much trouble 
about you. 

Give me still the refreshing con- 
solation, that I more joyful 
shall soon see you again. 

To thee are they given (as) a 
picture. 



1. 2)en '5-iirften, ber felu S3clf mif ifianbelt, nennt man etnen 3;'i)vannen. 
2. @r frdgt mid) um^inge, bte id) i^m ntd)t nennen fann. 3. (gd'iilt mid), 
tttag (L. 70. I.) bu itjillft, nur fenien SSerrdtfier. 4. 2)iejcnigen Scute muf 
man -^end^Ier fdumpfen, bie fdion rebcn unb fd)(ed)t {)anbeln. 5. Tlan i)at 
bie ^;|.svtu^effin Scuife getauft. 6. 3d) fragte if)n btefeg ntd)t an^ Steugievbe. 
7. SUtila, ein <§unneitfonig, nannte ftd) eine ©eipel ©cttcg. 8. 3d) nenne 
ben einen ^rennb, ber nttd) nid)t auf metne 33crjiige, fcnbern auf meine 
ge^ler ttetev*c(l aufmerffam mad)t. 9. (Bx ()ctpt kike ^einbc una (S'm; 
Voter, \va6 nidit mit i(;m tft. 10. Ser Seiirer fd)alt im ©d^iiler einen 
faulen ^naben. 11. (5r fd)im^fie mid) einen 3;'i}oren, ha id) midi meigcrte 
eine Jpanblung ju bege()cn, bie ntdit mit meinen ©runbfd^en iibcveinj 
l^immte. 12. 3di fragte ii)n »ergebeng feinen DIamen. 13. 3di i»er;: 
biene nid)t, ia^ mid) ha$ 53cli einen S3crvdtf)er nennt. 14. 3d) gebe 
3§nen biefee 5lnfcenfen pm 53eireife meinev Siebe nnb 5{d)tnng. 15. SBIe 
gern serjeifjen @(tern ibren o^inbevn hk begangeitcn ?^e(}ter, toenn jene 
biefelben ^erjlid) beveuen. 16. (Sr erjdi)(te miv me£)rmals feine Sebens^? 
gcfd)id)te. 17. ©ie yergaben mir mein Unved)t unb retd)ten miv bie 
^dnbe jum Sen^eife if)vcv SSerfcfjnung. 18. 2Bcf)I bem S)fienfd)en, bem 
bie Sf^atur einen gefunben @eift unb einen !(aren SSerftanb bevlief), abet 



164 

bod) tuol^Ier bem, toetAcm jlc eiu bemut^igcg unb befdheibeneg ^erj fdienfte. 
19. (5r jeigte mtr bie (Sc&on'^eiten ber S^atur. 20. 3* »ertraute if)m bie; 
[eg ®cl;cimnip in ber 5lbfid)t an, feine SSerfditriei^en^eit unb Xreue ju er? 
:proben. 21. 2)ie 33ero;angenf)eit giebt bem ffltenfdien bie befte Se()rc fiir 
bie Snfunft. 22 3n fcinem ve|,ten ^riefe fdirieb cr mir fcigenbe SZeuig; 
feitfn. 23. fDer Sleidie fcUte mit gveuben bem 5(vmen ein SBenigej^ ^cn 
feinem Uebevfiuffe mitt^eilen. 

Questions. 1. Do some verbs govern two accusatives! 2. Can you 
repeat the first example 1 3. What is the subject of § 132. 2 '? 4. What 
cases do verbs signifying to compare, to give, &c., govern 1 5. To what does 
S 129. 1. refer ? 



LESSON LIV. f c f t i n LIV. 

PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING THE GENITIVE. 

The prepositions mittelft, oBerI;al6, ungead^tet, i)ermittetft, i?er* 
inoge, &c., (§ 109. § 110.) govern the genitive. Ex. : OBer* 
'^alb ber neuen 33ru(fe ift ber S^tuf Breit unb tief ; above the 
nev,^ bridge the river is broad and deep. QlKer Tlii^t ungeac^* 
Ut Qilanq e^ nid^t; notwithstanding all the pains it did not suc- 
ceed. 9)2ittelj1: feine^ 33eiftanbc0 fe|tcn trir ey burd^ ; by means 
of his assistance we carried it through (achieved the design.) 
®aS fannft bu, ijermoge beineS SSerftanbes, Begreifen; that canst 
thou, by dint of thy understanding, comprehend. 93ermittelft 
UebergaBe fam bie ©tabt in ^-einbeS ^(inbe ; by means of sur- 
render the town came into (the) enemy's hands. 3Serntoge fei* 
nc§ ^Scrfpred-eng mu^He er fcmmen; in consequence of his pro- 
mise he was obliged to come. 



Exercise 



QIufgaBc 58. 



Stmt, 7?,. office, charge ; 

Qtcnctrilicb, anxious; 

$luf' forli viib, with out, 
out of, beyond ; 

23efcrv3t', solicitous ; 

fflleid% pale ; 

3)ie?feit, on this side ; 

(SmVfeb'Ien, to recom- 
mend ; 

GrIviub'ntH, /. per- 
mission : 



-C^alben, or ^Iber, for 

the sake of, on oc- 

count of; 
^evrf^en, to reign, 

prevail ; 
^uncjer, ?«. hunger : 
3n'ncrc,inner,internal ; 
rui'nert)aIO, within ; 
Senfeit, beyond, on 

the other side ; 
.<?raft, by virtue of; 



.^ren^, n. cross; 

Sanbl^au^, n. country- 
seat ; 

Sdngg, along ; 

Saut, according to, in 
consequence of; 

5)^ittelft, by means of; 

Cberf)alb,above, at the 
upper part of; 

$a^i)c(,/. poplar; 

Xhai,n. vale, valley ; 



155 



Xro^, in defiance of, 
in spite of; 

Ucbcvjeu'^uncj, /. con- 
viction ; 

Umbcv'^cljcu, to go 
about ; 

Uu'ijcaditct, notwith- 
standing ; 

Uu'tcrl)alb, below, at 
the lower end ; 



Uiiterl^'t^'en, to sup- 
port, assist ; 

Untrcit, not far off; 

SScrbct',71. prohibition; 

93 erf) af ten, to arrest ; 

23ermit''telft, by means 
of, (See mittclfl) ; 

■23cvmo'^e, by means 
of, (See above) ; 

93evjn?cif'lun3, /. des- 
pair, despondency ; 



2Cegen, on account of, 
by reason of; 

Sufcl'^c, in pursuance 
of, in consequence 
of; 

3uviirf'fel)vcn, to re- 
turn ; 

3u'fage, /. promise, 
word. 



5)er V^oli'tlfdbe ^liiditling irrt au'per; 
l^alb feineg JBa'terkube^ umfier'. 

Saut eine^ fai'ferlidien 33efef)l0' 

nui^ten bie Siirger i^re 2Bapu 

ab'geben. 
SBdfirenb be^ fte'beiijd^rigni ^rie? 

ge^ belagerte t5i"i*^brid^ 11. bie 

©tabt ^rag. 
SBegen fcines gefelt'igeu unb tnun'; 

teven ^ctra'gen^ liebte man i^n. 



The political fugitive wanders 
about beyond the limits of 
liis native country. 

In sonsequence of an imperial 
command the citizens were 
forced to give up their arms. 

During the seven years' war Fre- 
deric II. besieged the city (of) 
Prague (§123. 5.) 

On account of his social and 
cheerful deportment the}' loved 
him. 



1. jlinber burfen, cBiie (Srlaubni§ ii^rer Qlkxn, nid";! aufer^alb beg ^avLi= 
[ii uml)evgef»eu. 2. JDiegfeit beg S'fuiTeg fte^t etn fd)oneo £anb§aii». 3. 
5)eg abaters ijatUx i^ bie dngftli*c SJZutter befcrgt. 4. Sunerbalb ber 
^taH berrfd^te <§intger unb iBer^ttjeiflung. 5, Senfeit beg QSevges ift dn 
f*cneg H^at 6. Jlraft feiiies? Slnitea scrftaftete ex ben 2^ieb. 7. Saut 
feincr inneren Ucber^eugung fprvtd") er biefc SBcrtc. 8. Sdngg beg (Sttc? 
meg ficben i?ie(e -^^ap^^eln. 9. SZittclft eineg Q3riefcg empfal}! er if)n. 10. 
a3ermittc(ft eineg guten greunbeg fam er in biefeg ^aug. 11. £)berf)al6 
ber <Btatt fte^t ein ^reu'y 12. Sinftatt beg j^ajfee'g tnnft er ©affer. 13. 
Zxc^ beg ftarfen 9tegeng gcltt er i>ajieren (L. 65.), 14. Unter^alb hki 
feg 3!)crfeg liegt eine fd^cne 2Ciefe, 15. tlngeadifet beg 33eibcteg [eineg 
93aterg befu*te er bag X()eater. 16. Untneit biefeg SBalbeg fab idi zimn 
grc^en SScgel. 17. SSermbge feineg 9ieiditfjumeg fann er bie Sirmeu un? 
terftii|en. 18. ©dbrenb ber te^ten 3eit fab er febr Bleidi aug. 19. 2Be; 
gen beg .Kriegeg fikben tk veidien ©inirobner. 20. Siefer 3ufage j^u; 
fclge teijxtc er juriicf. 

QuESTioxs. 1. What case do the prepositions oberbalb. iiiiijcacifet, &,c., 
govern? 2. Have you consulted the list § 109? 3 Of what does § 110 treat] 
4. Have you consuhed the observations!, 2, 3, &c.? 5. Can you form a 
sentence exemphf)dng the use of laut as a preposition ? 6. Slu^cvbalb, &c. 1 



156 



LESSON LV. 



|'Mtt0n LV. 



PREPOSITIOXS REQUIRING THE DATIVE. 



The prepositions, entgegen, gemci^, ne6ft, feit, &c., (§ 111. 
§ 112.) goTern the dative. Ex. : S)em (Strome entgegcn [d)linm* 
men iji nicf)t leidit 3 to swim against the stream is not easy. 
(Sr er^a^It J^ie ^adji ber 3Ba^r&eit gemci^' ; he relates the affair 
conformably to the truth, dx, mh\t feinen Beiben (So^nen, ift in 
Q(meri!a ; he, together with both his sons, is in America. (5eit 
bent ^age, ^a^ er feine ^eimat^ i^erlief, i]l aUt f^renbe i^on i^m 
geiric^en; since the day that he left his coimtry, (home) has all 
gladness farsaken him. 



Exercise 59. 



Q( u f g a 6 e 59. 



Sluf'Icfuiig, /. dissolu- 
tion; 

9tuf'[cbauen,to look up ; 

5Iu^er,except,out side; 

Scgen, m. bow; 

(Jartfici^gc, 71. Carthage: 

©ntgc't^engefien, to go 
to meet ; 

©utge'geiiriicfen, to 
approach towards : 

(S-rit, first : 

S-all, m. fall ; 

j^crbern, to demand, 
call for ; 



©egeniVBernien, to sit 
over opposite; 

®emdf', conformably 
to; 

Snbta'ner, m. Indian ; 

3avjb,/. Imnt, chase ; 

^amvf/ m. battle ; 

SlfteB'rere, several ; 

Otaut. naked, bare ; 

?tebi"i, together with ; 

Cberft, m. colonel ; 

^^feiI, 77}. arrow : 

9lcmifd\ Roman ; 



dtiitii, n. (a mountain 
in Switzerland) ; 

<Sammt, altogether ; 

(Scene,/, scene ; 

33erab'rebung,/ agree- 
ment ; 

SSerbfiii'bete, rn. con- 
federate, ally ; 

S3erlie/ren, to lose ; 

3undd'»j?', next to ; 

Sufam'meufcmmen, to 
come together; 

Sutoi'ber, contrary to, 
(i. e. disagreeable). 



S^orge^Bens fudne fr ]\kC^ biefe triiben 

©eban'feu \m^ bem Stnnc ^ii 

fd^lagen. 
Sei biefem jtampfe erlrar'teu im'; 

fere aSaffen trenig dim. 
33cn viUen 33dumen ^iefit bie @td^e 

am lieBi^en ben -33Ii| an. 
Sl^tt bcm SSerfpre'd^en ift ba^ ^:d' 

tn\ yerbnn'ben. 



In vain he sought to drive these 

gloomy thoughts from the 

mind. 
At this battle our arms acquired 

little honor. 
Of all trees, the oak the most 

readily attracts the lightning. 
With the promising the perform- 

inof is connected. 



1. Slug biefem ©runbe yevlte^ id) mein 33aterlanb. 2. Stufer bem 
iiacften l*e6en \):i.ik er nid^t^ gcrettet. 3. *^ei bcm ^am^ne »erlcren me(); 
rere ectbaten i&r ScBen. 4. Unfere S^mppen riicften bem %tm'it cntge- 
gen. 5. 2)em ^-reunbe gegeniiber faf ber ^rebiger. 6. 3^er 23erabvcbung 
gemd§ famen bie SSerbimbeten in ber Sk<x6>t auf bem 3?utli jufammen. 7. 



167 



^yiad> bem ?faUe (^artljcigc'^ ging bat? rcmlfdie Dicicf^ feincr Stuflofung irm 
mer mel)r entgcijcn. 8. Otditft bcm ©ciieral fcmmt bcr Dberfi. 9. 3».t (jabe 
^5>etvnO?., ncbft feinen Jdinbern, ^um (S'lTcii eingelaben. 10. QBir ircrben 
'Bic ill ben crftcn 'Xao^cn fammt uitfcrcm ^^Tcuube bcfudicn. 11. ^Dtit bem 
^V'kiI liub ^^ccj^cn ^cht bcr ^nbivincr auf bie Sagb. 12. Scit bem brei^ig? 
iahri;^Mi ^xkc\e hat cs iiidn dbiilidu^ Sceiien gegeben. 13. 25on miv biir; 
feu v^ie 5(Ue5 forbevn. 14. ,3u bem ^immel auffdHiueiib o^ab ber .^Iraufe 
feineti ®eift auf. 15. 3i)m juudd^ft jtanb ber jlculg. 16. ^as ©efid^t 
biefesj S)ieufd^cu tji mir ^utrlber. 

QuESTioxs. 1. What case do the prepositions fiit^egcn, nema^, &c., govern? 
2. How many prepositions of this class do you find^ 111. ? 3. How many ol 
them can you repeat ? 4. Can you give some statement concerning iiuS 
^ 112. 1.? 5. Of au§cr, § 112. 2. ? 6. Of bet, Innncn, &c. V 



LESSON LYI. ^ c f t i n LYI. 

PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING THE ACCUSATRT]. 

The prepositions, burd^, cntlang *, Qfgen, fonber, urn, (fee, 
(§ 113. § 114.) govern the accusative. Ex. : 3ie bahm nxicf> 
burd) 3^re ©rcfmutf; Befiegt ; you have vanquished me by your 
magnanimity. 3db ging mit iimi ben b'tu§ enrfang ; T went with 
him along the river. 5^a5 Sditcffal ^at ftc^ gegeu nilcf) emt^ort; 
(the) Destiny has risen up against me. Wz •fic^eit ber (5rbe 
fcnter f^cr^lidie ^klit ift ^tauh ; all the grandeur of the world 
without heart-felt love is dust. Scf) ^a^e btefen 9)^orgen einen 
(SlM^iergang urn bie (2tabt gemacBt; I have taken (made) a 
promenade about the town this morning. 

Exercise 60. Q( u f g a B e 60. 



-5ln'fteUeu, to contrive ; 

?Ir^;iet',/. medicine ; 

SuifcrfcnT, to sacri- 
fice : 

§iue^nafimi\ / ex- 
ception ; 

Sereit', ready.prompt ; 

S3eu^', 77?. possession; 

5Betfci\3'ui§, / fear, 
apprehension 



din'tveifen, to come in, £^eftreid^, n. Anstria 



arrive ; 
(5ntlani^', along; 
(SrfdMe'Ben, to shoot, 

(to kill by shoot- 

uig) ; 
©efan'^en, caught, 

captured, (as noun, 

prisoner) ; 
^af^fevin,/. empress: 



fitiditcn, to direct ; 

9tfiftuug, /. prepara- 
tion, arming; 

SdMmmeni, to glitter, 
glimmer : 

Sd">te'itcn, n. Silesia; 

Scuber, ^^■ithout; 

(gti'icf, n. part, piece ; 

-Safjt/bcit,/. truth; 

31>iber, against ; 

Bweifel, m. doubt. 



Seflro-'fen, to punish; ^ran!l)eit,/. sickness; 
^a^trifd^'enhinft,/ in- SRari'e,/. Mary ; 
terposition; Cfi'en, open, franli; 

* (fu.Moni] however sometimes requires the genitive ; as : 2Str fatten bett 
gan^cu ^fl3 sejagt, cntlang tc§ ^Balbgebirgefi. (edjtUer.) 



158 

2)urd) blefe tjo^le ®affe mu^ et Through this hollow way must he 

fommen. (@cbi(Ier.) come. 

Q^ giebt feinen fcbo'neren %ch, aU There is not a nobler death than 

bcu fiir's^ SSa'tertanb. that for (the) one's country. 

Df;)ue bie ^iilfe @otte^ yermo'gen Without the help of God we are 

tvir nl&iU §u tb,u\i. able to do nothing, 

©cgeu unfer ci'geuet? -^evj ju fdm? To combat against our own heart 

^feu ift fdiwer. is ditficult. 

1. 3)ur* btcfeu 2Batb ifx nidit jit fommcu. 2. -^tefc 33vtcfe ^xijitU id) 
I)eute SJlcrgcn burdi eineu giiteu Q3efannten. 3. 3)en *^erg entlang fa^ 
man bie [diimmeriiben Oliiftuiigen ber geiube. 4. ^itr etnen gnumb mup 
man SlUeS auf^iicVf'-'^'^ 'bzx^it fein. 5. ^iir biefeg 93ctragen bcftrafte ber 
abater bcu Jtnaben. 6. SRan rtd)tete btc jlanonen gegcn bie @tabt. 7. 2)u 
bift in nencrer 3eit nidit mel^r fo cffcn gegcn midi, aU biefes fiiif)ev ber 
gail roar, 8. 2)ie ^einbe erfdicffen bie ©efangnen aUe ol)ne Shie^nafime. 
9. Dl)ne bie S^ajtoifdienfunft beg a}aterg l)dtten bie ^tnbet cin gro^e^ Un^ 
gliirf anfteUen fcuncn. 10. (Scnber 3^t?eifci roirb bev ^reunb ijmte Ijin 
eintreffen. 11. Urn bie ^eforgnifj'e ber ^Jhittcv nidit nod) mef)t ju erf)o; 
Ificn, fagtc er iijv nid)t in alien ©ti'icfen bie 2Baf)dicit. 12. Urn ben 93efi| 
@dV(efteui3 fiiiirte 9)larie ;i;[)erefta, ^aiferin you Oefterreicb, fteben Salute 
lang ilrieg mit ^riebridi II., jvcnig Xion ^reupen. 13. 9Bii)er bicfe ^ranf^ 
hQit gibt e^ fetue ^-Irjeuei. 

Questions. 1. What case do the prepositions, buvc^, entlang, &c., govern? 
2. Examples ? 3. How many prepositions of this class are contained in the 
list ^ 113? 4 Canyon repeat them? 5. What is stated in the note re- 
spectmg entlang? 6. What is the subject of§ 114? 7. What is stated of 
buvcf) &c. y 



LESSON LYII. lection LVII. 

PREPOSITIONS REQUmiXG THE DATIVE OR ACCUSATIVE. 

The prepositions auf, ^Inter, iiBer, &c. (§115. § 116.) are 
construed with the dative or accusative. Ex. : 2Bir tro^neit 
auf bem ?anbe ; we reside in the country, ^er 3}?atrofe fUU 
tcrt auf t?ic (S^i|e ber 5DZaftBciunie ; the sailor climbs up the 
pinnacle of the mast OBgteic^ et biefe dianU ^nUx meinem 
dlMm fd)miebcte, fo fam id) benrtcd) Balb fainter blefelben unb 
l'»erelteltc fie ; although he fabricated (forged) this trick behind 
my back, I soon got (came) (L. 29. I.) behind it (the same) 
and frustrated it. ^in @etintter ^angt uBcr ber ^tiM ] a thunder- 
storm is hanging over the town. UeBer biefen ©egenftanb 
modjU id) gem eine Otebc ^alten ; upon this subject I would fain 
make (hold) a speech. 



169 



Exercise 61. 
5tn'fvanucn, to harness ClueU 



(to) ; 
5lrm, m. arm ; 
Winter, behind ; 
Sriucjer, m. disciple ; 
Jt 11 iipf cu, to unite, 

join closely; 
SIcb, dear, beloved ; 
SDZafdu'ne,/. machine ; 
2)Zaucr,/. wall; 
9lcbcn, by, near ; 
9l[cbt an Uw SSortcn, foubevn an 

ben 2;i)atcn crfennt' man 'i^m 

3}lenf*en. 
Snfvic'bniiHnt unb ^reu bigfett 

fniipfen ficb Ciw 'i)(x^ 53ciini^t')'ein 

red)t getjan'bclt jn ^oAm. 

SKeine Sditvefter \\t in bcv birdie, 
unb mein ©ruber gelitfe c&en in 
bie Stabt. 

3wei eble ro'mifd^e Si'mg'Iinge 
fpanntcn jidi, in (Jrmang'Iun^ ber 
£)difen, felbft ttcr ben Sagen, urn 
if)re SJlutter nad) bem fernen 
3;empel ber 2)ia'na ju fal;ren. 



/• spring 

source ; 
9lab, n. wheel; 
@diladitfelb, n. battle 

field ; 
(2c|en (fid^), to 

(one's self) ; 
(gpannen, (See 

fpannen) ; 
(2teUen, to place, set 



seat 



an; 



Qhifgabc 61. 

©tii^en, to lean, 
repose ; 

Sircffen, to hit, strike ; 

Ur'tfjeilen, to judge, 
decide ; 

33evfdmn'jen, to en- 
trench, fortify ; 

23ovfa(t, m. event, in- 
cident ; 

BermaCmen, to bruise, 
crush. 

Not by the words, but by the 
deeds ^ye recognize the man. 

Contentment and joyousness 
unite themselves to the con- 
sciousness of having rightly 
acted. 

My sister is at church, and my 
brother is just going to the 
city. 

Two noble Roman youths, for 
the want of oxen, harnessed 
themselves before ihe w^agon 
in order to draw their mother 
to the distant temple of Diana. 

1. S(n ber DueUe faf ber JlnaBe. (©duller.) 2. §tn biefen SScrfall 
fiuipfcn nil inele (fveiijniffe. 3. 5tuf 't^n -23etgen tft bte Suft reiner ales 
in ben iJbdtern. 4. 5luf bie ?n(>enfdien fc(i uxq^m ficb nid^t ju inel ftii^en. 
5. -§hiter jencn S)Zanern yerfdianjte fid^ ber §einb. 6. >§inier midi fieUte 
fid> ber >5reunb. 7. 3n biefem >§an[e finb luele Simmer. 8. (Sin jeber 
2)lenfd> felt in fein eigeneS ^tx^ fe()en. 9. Dleben bem ^aufe ]tz^i bte 
(Sduntne. 10. Sie D^ltdite fe|te fidi neBen mid). 11. Ueber invi erblicfen 
unr ben ^immeL 12. Ueber bie SSorjiige biefe^ SJlanneo fann tduiid^t 
iirtbcKen. 13. Unter alien i^reunben ift mir bicfer ber liebfte. 14. Se- 
fu-3 ftellte unter feine Sitnqer ein Jlinb. 15. 3}or meinen 'Jreunben hoAz 
idi feine (5K'lunmniiTe. 16. -Der jtutfd^er \X!(X'xnt bie ^ferbe i^cr ben aCa; 
c^en. 17. 2)er SJlcnb !cmmt eft ^tvifdien @cnne unb @rbe, unb bie (vrbe 
guufdien (2cnne unb ©Icnb i^u ftelien. 18. $Der Slrm beg Ungliicf; 
lite-.! fan ^"■»if.ben bie ^ermalmeuben Oiiber ber SJZafdiine. 19. 
(2dnrert traf anf Sdmvert, ;^um S*lad^tfelb tinirb' bie @tabt. 20. 
(gpannet 'Sio\yt an, unb laffet 9ieitcr anffi^en. (3eremia, 46, 4.) 

Questions. 1. Can you repeat the list of prepositions <5i 115.? 2. With 
what cases are they construed ? 3. Can you repeat the first example in this 
lesson? 4. The second example? 5. What is remarked, % ll6.,conoem- 
ing these prepositions ? 



160 



LESSON LYIII. 



l-fftionLVIII. 



EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATIXCt THE VARIOUS USES OF THE PREPOSI- 



TIONS. 



21 n. 



3m 3nncrn 2)eutf6Ianb^ ^efdHif/, 
irat^ ^:cn jeBer ijefdvil)', irenn e^ 
bem Slfiroiic an einem Jilaifer, 
cber bem Jlaifer an eiuem Mai'i 
fevfimie fehlte. (vScbiUer.) 

2Bir fttijm wnt i^cn ciiiati'ber ab 

an Sal^reit, an gelpriif tern SBertfi. 

(@ct§e.) 
dx ift an ber Slus'jeftrung cjeilcr'; 

Ben. 
2yiuf id) and) an betnev iicU ^wet; 

fein? (edn((er.) 
2)le ivrcnnbe ivcrben irr' an bir ! 

((5dnaer.) 
5tn bie Stngfi ber 2)httter benfft bu 

ntd>t. 
dx fdn-teb cinen Srtef an mtd\ 
(@r fdn-ieb mir cinen 53rief.) 
2J^an fennt ben 33cgel an ben ge^ 

bem. 
!Die Otad^'fcmmcnf^aft beg fo ge; 

fiirdi'teten ^arl V. [dnrcbre in 

@efa§l■^ cinen Jfteil i^rer 33e; 

fi^'ungen an bie iliirfen, hen an? 

bem an bie $vcteftan'tcn §u t>er? 

lie'ren. (ed^iaer.) 
^aite un-.tcrbri'u-b'Iidi feft an bem 

Olaubcn an ®ctt, ben 3}ater nn; 

fer 2U(cr. 

3( n f. 
(Sin (Btuxm, ber ^nr Un^cit cin 

(gcbiff anf einer ir>enig befnd^'tcn 

^aijxt etoa5 nnfanft' beirilC? 

fcmmt, fann anbem Sec'fabrcrn 

eft anf ein ^albe^ 3af!r()nn'bcrt 

bie Snft ^u nenen 33erfndVen be; 

neb'mcn. (®. ^^crfter.) 
2)er Q3iiv'gemteiftev ift anf bem 

9kt()'baufe, nnb fein 3cbn ift anf 

ber Unir^erfttdt'. 
Sir tiviren gejlern anf ber 3agb, 

imb ge^en ^eute auf eine ^o*jeit. 



In the interior of Germany events 
took place which have ever 
occurred before, when the 
throne was without an Em- 
peror, or the Emperor with- 
out an imperial soul. 

We stand far from each other 
in years and recognized worth: 

He (has) died of the consump- 
tion. 

Must I like\\1se doubt of thy 
love ? 

(The) thy friends are becoming 
perplexed about thee. 

Of the anxiety of the mother 
thou dost not think. 

He wrote a letter to me. 

(He wrote [to] me a letter.) 

One knows the bird by its (the) 
feathers. 

The descendants of the formi- 
dable Charles V. were in 
danger of losing one part of 
their territories to the Turks, 
and the other to the Protes- 
tants. 

Hold inviolably fast to thy (the) 
faith in God, the Father of us 
all. 

A storm with which a ship has 
been rather unseasonably vi- 
sited on a rarely frequented 
passage, may even for half a 
century deprive other navi- 
gators of all wisli to make 
new attempts. 

The burgomaster is at the coun- 
cil-house, and his son is at the 
university. 

We were yesterday at the chase, 
and are going to-day to a 
wedding. 



161 



@lnb @ic bofe auf mict) ? 
9Uif *Scn'nciif6cin folgt 9flegen. 

iBcl. 
@d I;angt v>ou miv ah,'ch er bas3 

tf)un barf. 
33el jebcm 5}ibfdncb jittevt miv bas? 

<§eq. (vgdMller.) 
53ci ailer feincr ^lugljcit iap er 

|idh jur itfjcrfjeit ijerlei'tcn. 

<Sot* eiu ®cijl, Bel fold) einem oer? 

bcr'beiieii (JiiaraPter ! 
©uftay 5lbc{pf) geiraun' mit fcinem 

Sebeu bie ©diladit h e i fiu|en. 
5)a^ ift nidit Sitte Ui ung. 
(Sr naimte mid) &ei meinem 35 or'; 

namen (or .^aufuamen). 
3d) lefe nid)t gerii 6 e t einer Sampe. 
(§v fd)etut nid)t rcd)t bei ©iuiien ^ii 

fein. 
(S'r yerbot' es bei Sc'ben^firafe. 

(Sr I^at fdi on @c(b bei (Bdte ge; 

tegt^ 
S3ei iJ^leit'idiengcbcnfen ijt fein ]ch 

die3 S)Zipja()r geive'fcn. 

@r trinft nur M ^rcpfen. 
@r fapte ii)n bei ber <§anb. 

Sig. 
■33ig biefen Slu'genblicf. 
aSir Ucihni big 5lbenb. 
®i^ biefe (Stunbc tim^ idi nid)t, 

tt?ie eg ifim moglid) genje'fen ift 

fo ^u UUn, wie er lebte. 
(fr gebt big * nad) 2Bicn. 
2)ag ffiaffer reid)te big an ben 

J3alg. 
53 ig auf einen ^unft finb ite einig. 
(§x ge()t nid)t el)er, alg big er feine 

@efd)df'te been bigt i)at 



Are you angry at me ? 

Rain follows (upon) sun-shine. 



It depends upon me, whether he 

may do that. 
At every " farew^ell " (departure) 

my heart trembles. 
With all his prudence he sutlers 

himself to be beguiled into 

(to the) folly. 
Such a mind, with such a ruined 

character ! 
Gustavus Adolphus w^on with 

his life, the battle at Liitzen. 
That is not the itishion with us. 
He called me by my Christian 

name. 
I do not like to read by a lamp. 
He seems not to be right in mind 

(" in his right mind "). 
He prohibited it on pain of 

death. 
He has already laid money aside 

(up). 
There has not been such a sterile 

year within the memory of 

man. 
He drinks only by drops. 
He grasped him by the hand. 



Till this moment. 

We remain till evening. 

To this hour I do not know, how 

it was possible for him to live 

as he did (live). 
He goes as far as (to) Vienna. 
The water reached up to the 

neck. 
Up to a point they are agreed. 
He does not go sooner than he 

has finished his business. 



* 53is is often placed before the prepositions auf, &c., as, bl-° nnf, hiS X\a6), 
bi§ ju, &c. The pupil will observe that some of the prepositions are em- 
ployed in this lesson as adverbs. 



162 



®er 33ater rcift nacb SImtrtfa. 
^er Otittcr grcift nadi feinem 
2)le armcn 2j}aifen fdn-eicn nadi 

Umfcnfi fpdlr idi nadi einem 5iixge 

bag empfin'tet. (SdnUer.) 
£:a^t ung taojeii nadi ben alten 

S3rdudUMi beo l^anbea. (ed^tUcr.) 
X^ii', iT}a5 ycr bir fein SSeib ^e? 

t()an',,nadi bir hin SBeib me6r 

ii)mi tnirb. (Sdillcr.) 

e e i t. 
©eit bcr 3tnfunft feine^ 33aterg 

fd^elnt er ^nfrie'ben ^u fehi. 
dr ift feit einer ©c*e tner. 
^^it geftern fiaSe id) ifin nicfct ge; 

fe'&en. 

U e b e r. 
©er i^aufe ftirbt ixber feinen iBiun 

fd^en. 
2)a5 gel^t fiber meinen ffierfianb'. 

(Sie jtnb fd^cn iibcr ein Sabr bier. 

g-r erbdtf JBricf iiber 58rief. 

@ie ;^cg ben Sd^Ieier iiber bao 
@efi*t. 

(§x tr»ar iiber biefe Sluttrcrt gan^ 
entriift'et. 

Gr hat fiber biefen -^un!t ncdi nid^t 
entfdT'ie'ben. 

(Jocfs -^eglei'ter fd^ircigen i^cnben 
25linera'[ien D^'ubcl'iaub^, unb 
fdu'tuen fiber btn Stei^en bcr ben 
ti^gen ?5Icra i^ergef'fen ^u baben, 
ba§ audi ber Scben, fiber ben ]k 
bin'eilten, bie 33(iGfe beo ^euner^ 
yerbieu'te. (®. gcrfter.) 



^a^ ben J^erbft in fditrar'5en ffi>et; 
tern bcdi uber unferm >§aupte 
jiebn. 



The father is going (joura eying) 

to America. 
The knight grasps (after) his 

sword. 
The poor orphans cry for bread. 

In vain 1 look for an eye that 

feels. 
Let us meet according to the 

ancient custom of the land. 
Do what before thee no woman 

has done ;— after thee no 

woman \\-ill do. 



Since the arrival of his father he 
appears to be contented. 

He has been (is) here a week. 

Since yesterday I have not seen 
him. 



The sluggard dies over his 
^^ishes. 

That is (goes) beyond my com- 
prehension. 

You are (have been) here already 
more than a year. 

He receives letter upon letter. 

She drew the veil over her (the) 
face. 

He was perfectly indignant at 
this reply. 

He has not yet decided concern- 
ing this point. 

Cook's companions were silent 
respecting the minerals of 
New Holland, and appear, 
amidst the charms of the 
Flora of that country, to have 
forgotten, that the soil over 
which they hurried, was like- 
wise deserving of the scrutiny 
of the philosopher. 

Let the autumn in dark storms 
sweep high above our heads. 



168 



Urn. 

Urn feiii Scben ju rcttcn, ycmctf)/ er 

foiiien '^•rmmt). 
2)ie 9iUter fc^tcii fidi urn bcii run; 

beii :Itfdn 
5)tT ^2ti\^ci- (uitto cijicii ,i?vau5 uin 

bae! «»)auvt. 
iDev Jstnub la'j^erte lut um bit 

@tabt hcvum'. 
(£ic rcnucii um btc 23i'ttc. 
aDas? tlntt nuiii nicbt um (^db ? 
5)le 3 '.'it ift u m. (adverb.) 
G'u ift um Ijaib 5:v»ci aui^cfommcu. 
2)iv\u fiat ibu um fciu ^43enuo'c|Cu, 

(um fein (^elb) r^ebvadit'. 
(§3 nuiB um eiiuni 3i-^it (ducjer fein. 
2)cr iBaum ift um'vjcfaUeu. 
(Sie fiimmerii f(di mcf)r um ben 

^xna,, aU um bcu Jlvieg. (©diit; 

lev.) 



In order to save his life he be- 
trayed his friend. 
The knig-hts seated themselves 

about the round table. 
The victor had a wreath around 

the head. 
The enemy encamped (himself) 

jiround the city. 
Tliey run for a wager. 
What does one not, for money ] 
The time is up. 
He arrived at half past one. 
They have deprived him of 

(" got away ") his property. 
It must be about an inch longer. 
The tree has fallen down. 
They concern themselves more 

about the wine (jug) than the 

war. 



U u t e r. 

Jr)ie Sclba'tcn finb uuter SSaffeu. 
^a§ QCiw^f^ t*aub \td}t uutcr aSaffer. 

©J ift utiter fciucr SBiirbe, fc ju 

^viubelu. 
Qx ift imtcr eiucm aubevu Olameii 

gu uu^ gefcm'men. 
Sft fciuer uutcr uu^, bev biefc 

©d^mad) rdd^ic ? 
(S$ ift nnkx invS tdn ©elicim'ni^. 



The soldiers are under arms. 
The whole land is (stands) under 

water. 
It is beneath his dignity so to 

conduct. 
He came (L. 18. VIII.) to us 

under another name. 
Is there no one among us, who 

may avenge this outrage ? 
There is no secret amono- us. 



35 c r. 
@ie f^eBen for i{)\i. 
®er <vviU}liuc( ift ycv ber Ximx. 

36 Wiii m'ui) nidit ihh' bir yevBer'; 

gen. 
93or i\)x i^ahc ich feinc ®e[)cim'niffc. 
^*r ift ^an^ auper fid) i^ox 3ern. 

25ag (Sdiiff liegt wor 5Mer. 

@r ift 'OCX brci 2Bodieu au'gefom; 

men. 
dx ^at i§m»or ben ^cp] gefd^of; 

fen. 



You go before him. 

The spring is at (before) the 

door (at hand). 
I will not conceal myself from 

thee. 
Before her I have no secrecies. 
He is perfectly beside himself 

with rage. 
The ship is lying at anchor. 
He arrived three weeks ago. (L. 

32.1.) ° ^ 

He has shot him in the head. 



164 



3u. 

@r tetfet 5U Sanb, unb tdb ju Saf; 
fer. 

3d) ftet)e Simeii ^ur 'Bdtt. 

^i^ modhte bicfeu 2Jlann ni6t ^um 

Olacbbar fiabeu. 
©r iiimmt meinen 9iccf ^um SD^ufter. 
(S'r i)l in biefer 8aite md ju raeit 

gegan'gcit. 
2Btr babm Sl'brafiam ^um 3}vTter. 

®e6n 2te bcd^ ^u metuem ©ruber. 

2)eine5 ©rameo Seu^en irerbeu auf 

jum >§hnmel gelm. (iBur^er.) 



He travels by land, and I by 

water. 
He is still (Ipng) in bed. 
I (\^ill) stand at your side (i. e. 

to aid). 
I should not like (to have) this 

man as a neighbor. 
He takes my coat as a pattern. 
He has gone quite too far in this 

matter. 
We have Abraham to (our) 

father. 
Pray, go to my brother. 
The witnesses of thy grief will 

rise to heaven. 



LESSOX LIX. gtaion LIX. 

(5te"^en, when referring to articles of dress, answers to our 
word '-become" or ••suit;" as, 2)er <§ut fte^t if)m nicbt; the 
hat does not become him ; whereas :paffen signifies, more pro- 
perly, " to fit " or " set ;" as, 5Diefe ©tiefeln jie^^en i^m fe^r gut, 
aUeinfie ^ a ff en i"^m nid^t; fie finb ju fleiit; these boots become 
him very well; but they do not fit him; they are too small, 
^dtpviffeit (as also vtitprcbtren) signifies " to try on ;" as, er 
Ipajt (or x^ X ob irt) benOlocf an; he is " frying on" the coat. 

I. *2eirL is sometimes used instead of geboren, to belong. 
Ex. : 2Bem tft btefeo '^ud) ? to whom bebngs (is) this book ? 

II. „0^^'4'^'/" ^^'hen employed to denote the order in which 
any thing is to be obtained or done, answers to our word 
^'^ turn ;" as, an h.'>em ip: bieOtei^e? (on whom is the turn?) 
wliose turn is it ? 

III. .^ag fi'ir .lag = day by day ; as, ^ag fiir ^ag rii^men 
it»ir 5Dicf) ] day by day we praise Thee. 

Exercise 62. Q( u f g a B e 62. 

SlebnTtd^feit,/. resem- 2)cctcr, wi. doctor ; ^eftun^, /. fortress, 

blanee. similarity ; (E'iittre'ber^ober, either- fort ; 

^etrubt', sorrowful, or; ©a^el'le, /. gazelle, 

desolate; ^^avbe,/. paint, color ; antilope ; 



165 



©ernfe,/. goat of the 

Alps ; 
©ejlalt',/. figure, form, 

stature ; 
Jlappe,/. cap; 
^Icibuiig, /. suit, 

dress ; 
JDJautd, m. cloak ; 
2)Jv-irfUi3, m. Mark ; 
2)laulti)tcr, n. mule ; 



9)^ebict Iter, vi. physi- 
cian, medical stu- 
dent ; 

9Idf)cii, to sew ; 

^^aiitpff'el, m. slip- 
per ; 

^aJTcu, to fit ; 

^Iftc'Ie,/. pistol; 

^la§, m. room, space, 
place ; 



^crtrdt', n. portrait, 
picture ; 

Saal, m. assembly- 
room, saloon; 

<£diteier, m veil ; 

©tvicfen, to knit ; 

JCerftcr'Ben, deceased; 

aBefte,/. vest; 

Scgeu, to wave, float; 

Sierttdi, elegant, neat. 



©ilbclm Vvi^t fc ctcii eiuen &iccf 

^d bem ^ituciber an. 
Der 0lccf ftcl)t ilnn \d)x gut, allein 

er )?Ci^i iiiitt gaiij ; cr ift t(}m 

ciu iveuig ^u fletu. 
2Bem ift biefet? ^^ferb ? 
^'m auf merffamer edm(ev lyeif, 

tranii Die 9teil}e an ibm ift ju 

lefen. 
5)er Sileufdi irtrb 2:ag fiir Sag 

alter. 
S)ie ©ei'jtgen ftnb "i^tn (S'feln g(eid\ 

ireldie @elb tvagen unb iDiftcln 

freffen. 
2)er ^of)n gtetdit bent S3ater tuie 

etn @t bem anbern. 
^cr ©ruber fielit felner cBditrefter 

felir dftnlid^. 



William is just trying on a coat 

at the tailor's. 
The coat becomes him very well, 

but it does not quite fit him ; 

it is a little too small for him. 
To whom does this horse belong ? 
An attentive scholar knows when 

it is his turn to read. 

Man becomes day by day older. 

(The) misers are like the don- 
keys that carry gold and eat 
thistles. 

The son resembles the ftither as 
one egg (the other) another. 

The brother looks very much 
like his sister. 

1. 3:^iefem 9}lanne ipa^t feitt 9tccf ntdit. 2. 5* unb mcin a3niber, ber 
SJflebiciner, gcfeen Sag fiir Sag an '^^^\ gtu^. 3. 2)iefe beiben (L. 33.) 
©ditreftern ndften nnb ftricfen Sag fiir Sag. 4. 2)iefeg Silb gefiorte 
meinem yerficrBenen greunbc. 5. ®iefe §arBe ift bem SJlaler. 6. 5)iefc 
<^i^'ti i):ii grcfe ?(elinli*Eett mit einer ^eftung. 7. §inben (Sie in hkf 
fern -^^crtrdt feine Sle^nUd^feit mit meinem 93ater ? 8. 9^ein, eg gletdit 
met)r 3f)rcm 33cttev. 9. SBte fcmmt ee, mein i^rennb, 'b<x^ bu kute fo 
tetriiBt ibift ? 10. 5!;iefer SOlantel ftel)t mir beffer, ats bet meinige. 11. 
©in ?Jtante( brciudU nid^t gut ^u fte^en, n^enn er nur toarm Mtt. 12. 
aSie ]UU mir biefer 9iccf ? 13. 5)ieJIBefte ftefet 3§nen feeffer, als ber Otccf. 
14. 3d) beuEe bicfe >6anbfd)uBc ^a^en 3f)nen nid^t. 15. 3)lefe filer trev; 
ben mir beffer V^ffen, benn yit finb ctn.\ig grower. 16. 'i^k\t j?leibnng 
^3apt bem .^Inaben fetir gut. 17. @tebt mir biefe cber |ene ^appe beffer ? 
18. (§5 \6.'\i\ni, beine 0autcffe(n ijaffeu bir nidit gut. 19. (gie faufen 
nur v^teiber, n^eld^e 3t)nen gut ftef)en. 20. SBem gefiort biefe^ ^aug ? 
21. @s ge()crt entweber ifir cber ibm. 22. SBem ftnb jenc ^anbfdiube V 
23. Sie gelicren biefer ^rau. 24. SBeldiem 2)^dbdien geC;crt biefer 
(gdvieicr ? 25. 3u trcldiem (2*ife gefjcrcn biefe 3Jlatrcfen ? 26. SSef^ 
fen SJlaultfiiere finb btefe ? 27. Sie gc^cren mir. 28. SSefen «§ut ij^ 
biefer auf bem Sifdie ? 29. @6 ifl enttoeber ber meinige cber ber fei- 



166 



mc{C. 30. ^^cuncn Ste mtr fagert, toem btefe ^^ificlen geBcrcn ? 31. (So 
i)iel (L. 35. IV.) ido iceif, gei;i?ren fie bem 2)cctcr. 32. 9tn teem ifl 
^eute ?ladu bie 9iei£)e ^u n?acben? 33. ^k SteK^e ift an mir. 34. 3)te 
S^ctfie fcmmt jegt an midj. 35. 2)er et. 2)larfu^ ■'IJL-ig in S^enebig ill 
fo rein iinb ^ietlt*, ha^ eu cinem grc^en (Baaif gleid^t. 36. 2:ie ®a; 
jeKe f;at an (Seftvilt unb @rc^e 3(el}nlidifeit mil ber Oenife. 37. ^a6 
iihni bes iDlcnfdien ift gkidi einem Sdnffe, ba6 auf rccvjenber @ee ge^t. 
w 
Questions. 1. To what does ftehcn answer, when referring to dress 1 2. 
Example] 3. How does paffcii differ from ftebtn 1 4. Example 1 5. ^Vhat 
does anpaffeu signify ? 6. Example ? 7. Instead of what is Kin sometimes 
used? 8. Example! 9. When does jReiiie answer to our word " f urn .<"' 
10. Example 1 11. How do yoa say day by day in German 1 



LESSON LX. 



^tction LX. 



3Sic Beflnben (Sie ficfi ? (literally ho^v do you find yourself ?) 
answers to our phrase, how do you do ? 

<Bid) Befinben is also applied to inanimate objects, and is 
then well rendered by "to be." Ex. : 5£)a§ 33ud) Befinbet fief) in 
meinem Bii^'^nter ; the book is in my room. 

The adjective befinblid) is frequently best translated by a re- 
lative clause. Ex. : 3)ag ^au3 unb bie barin Beftnblic^en ^'eute ; 
the house and the people who were in it (the house and the 
therein being people.) 

I. ©tatt finben = to take place. Ex. : 2Bann fanb bie 9^e* 
ijotution in ^-Baben Statt? AYhen did the revolution in Baden 
take (find) place ? 

n. Scf)u[b fein = to be in fault ; as : 3A Mn Sduilb baran ; 
I am to blame for it, it is my fault. 



Exercise C3. 



% u f g a 6 e 63. 



Stlfc, thus, therefore : 

5ln'fiinbtgen, to an- 
nounce ; 

Slntocrt, / cinswer, 
reply ; 

-3tuf'gcfldrt, enlight- 
ened, intellig-ent ; 

^uf pfl[an^en, to plant, 
set np ; 



2Iu0'v]ejetd'net, remark- 
ably ; 

Sefin'^en, to find, to 
be; 

5:e;^ci''fternug/. enthu- 
siasm ; 

S3cgin'ncn, to begin: , 

^Seffa'gen, to "com- !Demut^,/. humility 
plain ; 



53u*'brucferhinil./. art 
of printing ; 

Dafier', thence, there- 
fore ; 

2)aran', thereat, about 
it: 

5) arum', for that cause; 



161 



iDcnhiuit, 77. monu- 
ment ; 

iDefjivc'ijen, for that 
reason ; 

Surchndpcu, to wet 
through; 

(5rfill'^cr, m. mventor ; 

©Vijrei'fen, to seize, 
lay hold of; 

§al)ne, /. standard, 
jflng, colors; 

©ebrviu'd^eu, to use ; 

©egcnb,/. region ; 

(§S fvinb bei granffurt am Tlain 
eiiie gro^e 33clf8'i:)erfammlung 
etaft. 

Siim nun an jic^ bie uB'rIge 3cit fei; 



.itrte gerifdv warlike, 
martial : 

^aufbaf^n,/. career; 

Cberft, m. colonel ; 

-Dtebntx m. orator, 
public-speaker ; 

Oteif, 771. hoop ; 

Oieijenb, charming ; 

©diaciren, to flock to- 
gether, to form into 
bands; 

(Sdiopfer, m. Creator. 



(S^i^e,/. summit, 

height ; 

©tattfiiibeU/ to take 
phice. 

©trebcu, to strive ; 

Ueberwhi/bcu, to over- 
come, surmount ; 

Uuterneb'mung, /. un- 
dertaking ; 

S3erfdite'bcn, to post- 
pone; 

93ct'ftel{ung,/. remon- 
strance. 



A large popular assembly took 
place at Frankfort on the 
Maine. 

From this time forth the re- 
maining time (portion) of his 
life passed tranquilly away. 

Thence it comes, that so many 
Germans and Hungarians emi- 
gi'ate to America. 

The boy is in fault about it, 
therefore he suffers the pun- 
ishment. 

Till the messenger arrived, an 
hour elapsed. 

I have, wdthin a little, finished the 
letter. 

It really pains me to the soul. 



to morrow we de- 



ncg SeBcn^o ruhig bal)in' 

2)a()ev' fcmmt c6, ba§ fo wU 

3)cutf6c unb Ungcivu nadi 'liim'^ 

rifvi aus'a\"inbern. 
'^er Mnabc ift Scbulb baran^ bef ; 

ire'gen evbul^i^et er bie @trafc. 

S3i^ ber 23cte au!am, i^evpc^' einc 

>2tunbe. 
53to ciuf eiii illcinc^ i)0})^ idi ben 

-33vttf becu'bigt. 
(Be tl;ut mil- tinrfltdi in ber ©fele 

ircb. 
Sl'lcrgen alfo rcifcn irir ab. 

!l)vi3 33anb gc^crt' um im ^^ut. 

fDarum ift ev audi fc traurtg. 

2Sie befxn'ben Sie iid)"^. 

3* banfe S^nen, Id) befin'be mtdi 

1. 2)ag in ber Beitimg angefiinbigte (Soiicevt ^r*irb l)eute 5(benb ni*t 
Statt jiuben. 2. 3n ber SSerfammlung, n^eldye gefrern^ ®tatt fanb, 
fprad'cn eintge Otebner mtt greyer SSegctftenmg. 3. SScIlen @ie meine 
^itk ^tatt jinben laffen ? 4. 3di n^erbe ju '^tatt finben (aifen, irenn 
(2ie son mm an ycrfid^tigcr finb. 5. 2)!C fDemuti) !auu nidU ctjnc ®e? 
fubt ber Siebe bc^ Sdicpfcr^ (Btatt jinben. 6. Sc:h nun an ]ixchk ex nad) 
grc^erem Oiufjme. 7, SSon mm an irarb bie ©cgenb innner reijcnbcr. 8. 
2Sir n>of(en »cn nun an jiifrieb?n fein. 9. 2)a^^er tarn e6, ta^ fo mk 



part. 



The ribbon belongs around the 
hat. 

Therefore he is likewise so sor- 
rowful. 

How do you do ? 

I am very well, I thank you. 



168 

Unternefjmimgen miptaiigeu. 10. (§x evgtiff baljex hk Qo^UQ,ml)^it, ttjtn 
'SSorftelluugen ^u macbcii. 11. ^{jx feib fetbft (gdhutb baran, fonnt eud) 
bal)ev ntcbt Bcflageu. 12. ^arUernt ftetg ffei^iq, be^iregen Icbeu if)n feiue 
Sefjver. 13. ^ie bvaiidieu befweijeu (L. 44. V.) nicbt bcfe ju feiii, ttjeit 
icb 31)ve §eber gebvaucbt i)abe. 14. ©er flei^tgc @diu(er iibeninnbet bie 
©dwicrtgfeiten, iretdie ehie jebe frembe Spradie Ijat 15. Scfcpf) H. tuar 
ein aufcjt^fldrter ^iirft unb bcr SSater feiiieg 3ScIEeg, befiuegeii fprtdit man 
ticdi ftets mit mln 5iditung ecu if)m. 16. 3di f)abc big (}cute ncdi feine 
9lad)rid)t yon if)m erl)a(tcn. 17. @r ftieg big anf (L. 58.) bie (g^i^e beg 
®eVi3eg. 18. ®cv 8leaen l}at nns big anf hie ^aut burdindft, tne^fjalb 
ioiv unferc -J)ieife big I}eutc Slbcnb tjcrfdiieben inoUen. 19. 2BoUen (Ste 
nidU tiiarten, big @ie Slntocrt f)abcn ? 20. 9]ein, idi fann nidit Idnger 
iiHivten. 21. 5)vi er nidit babteiben tucUte, big bap idi mcinen 33rief ge:; 
fdivieben f)atte, fc nmpte id) alfo glauben, baf er mil* biefen ©efallen nid)t 
tfjun- tuc{(e. 22. 5tleranbev beftegte bei [einem Sftevjierunggantritt i)iele 
336(fer unb bcgaun alfo [cine 5^aufbal)n mit friegerifdien Zijakn. 23. 
^iad) biefer Oladividit fanu er alfo <§cffnuug ijahm, feinen 33ater nodi ein^ 
mal ju fef)en. 24. 5^iefe Oieife ge(}oren urn jene gaffer. 25. 3d) n?erbe 
'^i)mn 5U(eg ^nmfllid) beforgen, i^ahcn (2ie barum feine ©ovgen. 26. @r 
tvar nidit ju >§aufe, bcp(;alb fonnte icb hen 33rief nid)tfelbft an ii)n abge; 
ben. 27. DIadibem ber Dberft bie §af)ne aufgepfianjt i^atte, fdiaarten fid) 
feine (Sclbaten barnm. 28. ^efinbet fid) |)erv 91. wcl/l ? 29. 3a, er 
befinbet ficb anggcjcidmet n)cf)l 30. @iebt eg and) ein 3)enfmal beg ®u; 
tenberg, beg drftubevg bcr 53ndibrncferfuuft ? 31. 3a, eg gibt beren ^xctx, 
von benen fid) bag eine in SCRainj, unb ha^ anbere in (gtraPnrg befinbet 
32. Oiebt eg an* unartige jlinber in 3^rer (Sd)nle ? 33. D ja, eg beftn> 
ben ftd) beren viele in berfclben. 

Questions. 1. To what does the phrase, mie beft'nten Ste fi(^ ? answer in 
English? 2. V/hat is its hterai translation ? 3. Is ftd) bcfinten likewise ap- 
plied to inanimate objects ? 4. And how is it then translated ? 5. How is 
the adjective btfiiibltd) often translated? 6. Example? 7. How do you 
express ftartftiibeit, in English? 8^d)u(b feiii? 9. Examples? 



LESSON LXr. fectiOtt LXL 

QH0, when it follows the comparative, is translated by " than.'" 
Ex. : 5Die didje ift ^o^er a U bie S3ud)e -, the oak is higher 
than the beech. 

Sometimes, instead of a single word, a H is made to refer 
to a whole clatise introduced by b a f? ; as, @r bettett lieBer, a I ^ 
baf er arBeitet; he begs rather than work; (literally than 
that he should work.) 

51 IS, following the negatives fetn, tttd)t§, &c., is best trans . 



169 



latcd by *' hut,'' (except) though the succeeding word may 
stand in the nominative. Ex. : OUcmanb a I ^ bu faun i^rt 
utjcrtinnbeitj no one, but thce^ can overcome him. The same 
is also ti-iie of interrogative sentences when tlie hke negatives 
are implied in the answer. Ex. : 2Ba§ ^aX er fonft^ a H einen 
Icercn :^itcl? What has he (else) but an empty title ? In other 
positions, atS often answers to om- " ci6\" Ex.: 3cf) «rfenne 
feincit 5}?cnfci)en a { 6 meincn ^errn ; I acknowledge no human 
being as my master. Sd) tetrad)te i(;n al§ etnen^^reunb; I 
regard him as a friend. (§r i3erlan<]t eS a I ^ ein 3fJecf)t; he 
demands it a6-a right, ^r jte(;t au^ a (0 oh er franf rt^cire; he 
looks as though he were sick. Q( I g er biefe^ S^i^^^tt fr^? fl^f 
er 511 3?cben; as (when) he saw this sign, he fell to the ground. 
I. SS ie also, often signifies "as." Ex. : (Eg ifi f;eute iDie 
gcftcrn ; it is to day as yesterday. tSr ^anbelt ir i e zixi rec^t* 
frf)ajfuer 53hinn ■^anbetn mu^ ; he acts as an upright man must 
act. 5B i e answers also to our word " like.''' Ex, : (S§ glattjt 
uue ©clbj it glitters like gold, Sr Betragt ftd; tpte ein 
QSa^nfinuigcr ; he behaves himself like a maniac, ©ocrateg 
6Iuf^te a I § Si'mgltng, to i e eine 3?ofe, {el;rte a I § S3?ann, to t c 
ein Sngel unb ftar£ a I S ®reig, ir i e ein ^erBredjer ; Socrates 
bloomed as youth, (young man) like a rose, (as a rose blooms) 
taught as man, like an angel, (as an angel teaches) and died as 
old- man, like a criminal, (as a criminal dies.) 



Exercise 64. 



^ufgaBe 64. 



9(6''reife, /. departure ; 

'^auart, /. architec- 
ture ; 

^envicb'ijcirt, neighbor- 
ing ; 

Seirof) n^r, ra. inlia- 
bitant ; 

-Dciucrub, enduring ; 

;Ser ivie cicCfte, (§ 45. 
5.); 

(gf}r'j3eijti3, ambitious, 
aspiring , 

Q?ntbed'en,to discover ; 

©rlan'tjen, to attain, 
reach ; 

8 



drnten, to reap, har- 
vest ; 

(I"rfdiei'iien,to appear; 

l5e[t^■!efe|t, appointed, 
fixed ; 

%xWVmdi, f. joyful- 
ness; 

©etfttc?, intellectual, 
spiritual ; 

@elv"iu''9en, to arrive 
to; 

©ewatt^/. force; 

©raufam, cruel; 

>^ab'fiutttC5,avaricious; 

>&dlftc,/ half; 



to 



^[er^er^fommen, 
come hither ; 

Sanbfdiaft, /. iand= 
scape ; 

^^WQt, /. multitude ; 

^Jionat, 171. month ; 

Dbfcbon , although ; 

$artei^/, party ; 

Olegiiin',/. region; 

(gumlidi, sentient, 
sensual ; 

Ue'bvi;]b(eiben, to re- 
main over; 

Unban!, m. unthank- 
fulness ; 



170 



Un'gebutbig, impatient; 
S^erbienft'ooU, service- 
able ; 



SSort^eil, 
tage ; 
9Beit, far, distant; 



advan- 



Sertfi, m. wortli ; 
SBirfen, to work, ef- 
fectuate ; 



S3ei bem OJegen fuditen bie ^dh'an 
Better in bem beuact)'barteri 2Ba(be 

5)er wte»iel']le iji l^eute ? 

2)er 24tc 2luguiV. 

SBov bret 3af)reii ttjar em grofes? 

©rb'beBen. 
IDbgleidi' ber @turm nadi'getaffen 

i)d, fo gef)en bie SBogen bod) 

ncd) fe^r c)od). 
Untev ben Siirgetn fetbji fic^t man 

nid3tg alg bleid)e ®efid)'tcr. 

^Zur in ber @tunbe beg Slb'fditebe^ 
tdei^ man, n^eld) einen gvcfen 
@d3a^ bev Stebe unfer S3u[eu 
■fiegt. 

Dbfdicn' bie 3agb nur tin an'ftren; 
genbeg unb barba'rifdieg SSergnii'; 
gen ift, fo luirb iie bennod) oft 
bei 2Jland^cn ^ur Sei'benfdiaft. 

SSon SBeitem ftetit eiue Sanbfdmft 
fdiiJner au^, ai$ in ber 5Mbe. 



In the rain the field-laborers 
sought protection in a neigh- 
boring forest. 

What day of the month is to- 
day? 

The 24th of August. 

Three years ago there was a 
great earth-quake. 

Although the storm has abated, 
the billows, notwithstanding, 
still run very high. 

Among the citizens themselves 
one sees nothing but pallid 
countenances. 

Only in the hour of separation, 
does one know how great a trea- 
sure of (the) love our bosom 
cherishes. 

Although the chase is only a 
toilsome and barbarous plea- 
sure, nevertheless, with many 
a one, it becomes a passion. 

From afar, a landscape appears 
more beautiful, than near at 
hand. 

1. @in geifttger @enuf i^ bauember, at^ etn ftnntiAer. 2. 2)er .^ab- 
fiiditige ertangt nie fo siel aU er ijaben xt>iiL 3. 3e Idnget ev bei iijm 
blieb, befio (L. 31. VI.) imgebulbtger tnurbe er. 4. 3e t;ober man in bie 
vUnn S^iegionen gelangt hzfto falter \rirb e^. 5* 3e meb;r i()n bie eine ^^artci 
^a^k> befto meln- liebte t^n bie anbere. 6. 3e i]b\)cx SfJvipcleou ftieg, befto 
efjrgei^iget Vourbe er. 7. 2)er nafie ^lu^ gemdi)tt t^n benadibarten ^e:^ 
tt)oI}nern oiele 3}ci-ti)eile. 8. 2)en' trieyielfteii Xl)eil 3i)reg SSermogenS 
t)aben (Sie i^erlcreu? 9. Sit l^ab? metjr aU bie -^dlfte yeiioren. 10. 
2)en nneinetfteu reifen ®ie yon fjitv ah"? 11. SJleiue ?lbveife ijt 
auf hen jvoclften biefeg SJZonat^ feftgcfe^t. 12. iDen n)ie\)ielfteu 
twirb 3^r ^:rc ^rahit fei^er fommen ? 13. 3d) em?artete il>u 
fd)on Bor (L. 32. I.) brei 2:agen. 14. ®ot einem 3ai;.re mar idi nod) 
in 2)eutfdilanb. 15. Sn ©ttmar battm yor ivenigen Saiiren bie getetir:: 
teften unb gcfducfteften Scanner iiire iQot)nimg. 16. ©ag (Sifeu ift nii^^ 
M.er, <xU @etb. iinb eiU'or, cbAU^idi ber SBertb be§ ©clbe^ nub ©ifberg 
grc-^er ift. 17. ^ic v,.;: ?'•'::■':• roar nnr einer -SlnftdU. 18. SJlan 
f^vad) X)cn nid^tg, aU dch l^v Bnfuuft. 19. 3cb fdirieb meincm greunbe 
nur ttjenige 2Borte. 20. dll6^to aU ^^rotjtidifeit \nar in ber ganjen §a- 
milie. 21. ^\ix ein Smifd) btieb il^m iibrig. 22. Urn bie gan^e ^taht 
^?nim lagsrten nid^tst, aU graufame ^einbe. 23. S^^ur ©ewalt !onnt^ 



1.71 

^ier irirfcn. 24. C(?f*ou cr nhtts ali ^ni)^ unb 9lr&eit bat, fc (L. 44. 
iV.) ift cr bcdi imnicr bcitcrcii ©LMnutlie^. 25. SBir fal)cn iii(tt^ a(s5 
ii>aiKi- am uiii5 l!evuni. 2G. Csct^ I^abc iiidUi: aU meiii Scbcu, unb bao mu^ 
idi bcni Jtcuiv^e v^cbeii. 27. iBciin bev S'lciifdi audi nidu^ aU eiii rubiv^o^ 
©tnvifKn h<:\i^i, fc ift cr bcmicdi ii^Iucflidi ^u fdial^cn. 28. 9Beim if)r audi 
niduei ills cuer Scbcn gcrettet habt, fo feib bcdi ^ufriebeii. 29. ^k i^er^ 
btcnft'oellucii 2)tdnncr frntcii eft nidU^ aU Uubauf. 30. Xiefes 3di(cf 
}ul]t man i\-bcu rcn 3l^eitcm. 31. 3n ber ?^dlie betrad''tct, unrb man bie 
Riinii bcr Q3auart fcgleidi entbecfen. 32. 3Beun (Eie biefeg ©emalbe i-tcn 
SBeitcm tctrad>ten, fo feben Sie e^ beifer. 33. 2Blr trcden biefen 2Bcj; 
gebeu. um bie Sadie in ber -?^dbe \ehen ^u fcunen. 34. (§:uw SviubfdMft 
erfdH-iut, i^cn 3I?eitcm betraditet sitt fdicuer, aU in ber S'idf)?. 

Questions. 1. When is a IS translated by than? 2. Example 1 3. Is 
rtl« sometimes made to refer to a whole clause 1 4. Example 1 5. When 
is al§ translated by but ? 6. Can you give some examples of aH answering 
toasi 7. What does »vie often signify 1 8. Examples? 



LESSOX LXII. icction LXIL 

Words denoting quantity, weight or measure, are seldom 
put in the plural, though connected with numerals signifying 
more than one ; as, cin CJ^funb, one pound ; ^e^n >+5funb, ten 
pound(s) ; brei Qltfer, three acre(s) ; ^trolf t3'«§, twelve feet 
(foot.) 

Feminine nouns, however, are usually excepted from this 
rule ; as. ferfi3 (i.lim, six ells ; ficBert S^teiten, seven miles, &c. 

When, between the term of quantity and the thing whose 
quantity or measure is specified, there intervenes no qualifying 
word, both nouns stand in the same case ; as, eirt 3)fimb 3i^d^x, 
one pound (of ) sugar ; jiiiel Cj}funb 3ucfer, two pounds (of) 
sugar; crei ^^aax 'Sctiiifie, three pan* (of) shoes; neiiit^tg Stiicf 
-JKittbuiel;, ninety head (of) cattle. (§ 15. 2.e. § 123.) 

I. Adjectives are formed by suffixing the word ja^'rtg, 
from 3a§r, to the cardinal numbers. Ex. : @g ijt einiaf)rig; 
it is a year old. iTiefeS -^ferb ift i:ierj.a^rtg ; this is a four year 
old horse, din I)unbert j.a^riger ^lanu. ; a hundred year old 
man (a centennarian.) 

Xouns are formed by adding cr to the cardinals (§51. 2.) 
Ex. : (Sin 5)reiBiger (etu 5)Zanu ^^on breif ig Sal^ren) ; a man of 
30 years of age. (Sin ^Icfjt^igerj an octogenarian. ^Der Qlrfit 
imb jman^igcr (SKein) ; the wine of the vintage of 1828. 



1T2 



•^unbert, (a hundred) and 3^aufenb, (a thousand) when placed 
before a noiin, do not generally take the article before them 
Ex : dx ^at ^unbert 8(^afe unb tteun^ig Oc^fen; he has (a) 
hundred sheep and ninety oxen. Used without a noun, they, 
as in English, assume the plural. Ex. : ^unbertc i)t)n 5J?enfd)en 
ftcroen yor hunger ; hundreds of men die of hunger, ^au* 
feube fallen in ber (3(f)lad^t ; thousands fall in (the) battle. 



Exercise 65. 



Sl^riP, m. April ; 
(5a^ital', n. capital ; 

JDrcifaeb, (§ 47.) ; 

2)vei'|dfiiiv7, triennial, 
three years old ; 

!l)u|enb, n. dozen ; 

@in''(aben, to invite, to 
bid; 

(Siic, f. ell; yard; 
(24 inches.) 

©lU-ilaiib, n. England, 
Britain ; 

(S'utbed'er, m. discov- 
erer, descryer ; 



hand- 



lover. 



©eburt^'tacj, m. 

day ; 
.§alb,half; 
^iibfcb, pretty, 

some, fair ; 
3unt, m. June ; 
ikh'i)ahcv, m. 

friend ; 
^ctl), n, half an ounce; 
Subtriij, m. Lewis ; 
maU n. (§ 50. and 

Note) ; 
2)Ziuu'te, /. minute ; 
Cd, n. oi] : 



Q( u f g a B e 65 
birth 



^fuiib, n. pound ; 

Cprccent', n. per cent ; 

(gedi'jtijer, m. one 
sixty years of age ; 

Un'ijefd^r, about, 

near ; 

33ev^ei'ratf)en, to mar- 
ry ; 

33er^tii'ien, to pay in- 
terest ; 

93tertcl, n. quarter; 

9Bcrun'tcr, under 

which, among 

which. 



2)cv ©lep^ant' ivirb (L. 35. I.) mx'-^ 
gcfdiir (lunbert 3a()re alt. 

IDiefer Snnmeii ift jtDvinjfg 'fsv^ 
tief. 

JDiefer S?latrc'[e i^ai brei ^acir 
<8ttefel unb etn ^aar Scbu^e ge; 

dx »ar i^cv'gcftcrn 511m erjieu 3}Zal? 
im -l(}ea^tcr, 

!Dic %x<x\i faufte rier (fUen S\;iU 

tun'. 
^b\i^ Ac[;[eu ift ehi jdbr'ic^ca. 
Urn ein ilievtel aiif virfit frii(}''ftiicfen 
nnr. 
Um {)^\^ 3c(ni Brad^ in ber SScr? 

ftabt %tmx aiig. 
3cbn SRimi'ten nadi jeliu bcrte id) 

.^anc^itenfd)iiffe. 
(fr ift ciii 5td)t'^igev. 



The elephant lives (becomes) 

about a hundred years. 
This well is twenty feet deep. 

This sailor has bought three 
pair of boots, and one pair of 
shoes. 

He was for the first time, day 
before yesterday, in the thea- 
ter. 

The woman bought four ells of 
calico. 

This colt is a yearling. 

At a quarter past seven we break- 
fast. 

At half past nine a fire broke 
out in the suburbs. 

Ten minutes past ten I heard the 
report of cannons. 

He is an octogenarian. 



]. Sd^ bin nennjebn 3abre alt nnb in metnem brei unb ^itianjigfteu 
3al?re ge^e id) mit meinem ^ater Uvid) ©nglanb. 2. 3Rein dltejier ^^xxls 



173 

bcr fmtte funf uiib Jtimnyvj ^cvfcncu eiiu-^clabcu, ircvuiitev uiigcfdfir bfe 
.'^alftc yevl)cirail)cte ^tnitc waxen. 3. Urn brci iBievtcl (L. 25. IX.) auf 
jtvolf Uln- bat uiii? tie @cfcUfd\ift i>erIa|Tt'ii. 4. (Si^tunibiu-^ wax im 3a(}re 
(1492) iMin-^cfm buiibcvt vann iiiib ucun^i^| bcv (S-iitbecfcv ihmi ^tiucvifci. 5. 
(Sin ^^uijnii) bvit ^ivclf etiicf, uiib ciii i>fuub ()at j^rci itnb bvcif,!^ SeK;. 
G. iLUr K-iiifteii tvd ^pa$ i^el, jwci ^^aar Sdnihc iiub ficbcn ©Ueii 3^ud). 
7. iciufnibc iHMi^l'outfdKMi \ranbcni nad^ ^(nicvifa and. 8. 3cb ijabt l)uubevt 
iVebevii fill- fineii balben 3:i)atcr ycvfaiift. 9. 3^cr brci imb jUHii^i.jjle 
SIvvil ift Sbaft^vcan^i^ ©cbiivttnaij. 10. Subwig ber 33icr5c()nte ti^ar ein 
^,iiobbabcv ihmi j^itnUcii lutb aL'iiTenfdHifteu. 11. SiiH-injig SDlimiteu uad) 
cilf ilbv ftavb bcv .^taifev. 12. 3cl) ivar crft jwci Sflal in 3(nierifa, abev 
ba-? incite 2)ial in Giuitunb. 13. S)ic ©eutfdien IjatUn jii yerfdilebenen 
-2»ia(cii Stxica, mit ben '^Tanjcfen. 14. S)ie a3icr unb Oleun ()abeu breb 
fadi oiewonnen. 15. 5^cn ad^t^el^nten 3uni 1815 tiuir bie @dV[a*t bet 
^^iHitevIcc. 16. aSiffen (2ie, trie alt jenev 2)tanu ijl? 17. (§x ift ein 
^ed^jt^iev. 18. ^ii\tS Iiiibfdie $ferb ift brei|d(;vig unb jeneS grij^ere ift 
fedHMdbrig. 19. aGag ift bie^ filv 9Bein ? 20. (S6 ift mx unb breifiger 
(1834). ^^1. 3d) yevjinfe biefe^ QaxMal ^u funf ^vocent. 22. ©iebt e^ 
^ivfdie in biefcm aSalbe ? 23. ,3a, bev 3dger ^at i^orgeftern einen (2ed)? 
jebner gefdicffen, 

QuESTio^-s. 1. Are words denoting quantity, weight, or measure, generally 
put in the plural or singular? 2. Example? 3. Do feminine nouns follow 
the same rule? 4. Example? 5. When does the noun whose quantity or 
measure is specified, stand in the accusative ? 6. Example ? 7. How are ad- 
jectives from 3 «i)r formed"? 8. Example? 9. When do tjunbevt, &c., gene- 
rally omit the article ? 10. Example ? 



LESSON LXIl [. Section LXIII. 

Qlud^ (also) often corresponds to our word ez,'£'r in compounds 
Ex. : <o gro^ er and) ift, id) Will e§ bod) mit i§m oufne^men; 
liowci'*?/' large he is, I will enter into the contest with him, 
(literally, take it up with him. J 2Ber er aud) fein ntag; -whoever 
he may be. 2Bau er and) fagcn mag; whatey^/- he may say. 

Sometimes it is best translated by even. Ex. : aSenn er 
and) fxant ift, fo trid id^ i6m tod) rtidit 6e(fcn ; even if he is sick, 
nevertheless I will not help him. 

I. Sctbft, when it 2^^'<^cedes the subject, or the object, is 
likevrise generally rendered by '"• evenr Ex. : (SefSft ber 5^Db 
trennte fie nidjt ) even death did not separate them. (Selbft ba§ 
SBieberfe^cn feiiicr ?yreunbe i^ermod)te nid)t il;n i\\ erf)eitern : even 
the raeetincr-ao-ain of his friends was not able to enliven him. 



174 



Exercise 6Q. 

SlB'£;aIten, to hinder ; 

Sfrmitti),/. poverty; 

Sluf'iie^men, to take 
up, to contest ; 

5Cu'|erifeite,/. exterior; 

5lu5'irdl)ten, to select, 
choose out ; 

33ebni'v3ung, /. condi- 
tion, pro\iso,terms ; 

?8eglei'tung, /. atten- 
dant, escort ; 

^ringen, to penetrate ; 



5(ufgaBe 66.. 



©efufiPooIl, sensitive, 
feehng ; 

©ffang', m. song^ 
singing ; 

©elrtnn', m. gain, pro- 
fit; 

^axt, hard ; 

3e"bermann, every one; 

3}Zut{)Ic^,disheartened; 

£)f;r, n. ear; 

^rclfen, to praise ; 

9teblidi, honestly ; 



<Sden, to sow; 

(Etegcv, ?>i. victor; 

(Scgar^ even, 

Xai']cxhit, f. valor; 

Sicn, m. strain, mel- 
ody ; 

Xxm, faithful ; 

Vi\\haut,n. weed, tare ; 

Unterftu^'ung, /. sup- 
port, assistance; 

2Gad)feu, to grow ; 



Sln'f;attenb faU'enbe Saff'ertropfen 

'ijbi^hn mit ber 3eit fogat' etnen 

(Stein au^. 
(go fdiiuer aud) bte ^riifung fiir iftn 

tuar, fo i)Cit cr fie bcd^ bej^an'ben. 
SBenn aud) bie SBelt un'tergeBen 

foUte, [d tt)ilt id) bennodi auf bett 

^errn ttauen. 
SBer er audi fein mag, unb \va6 er 

audi fein mag, id) fiirdite mid) 

nidit 'OCX if)m. 
(So i^iel audi bie Seute ii&er ifin 

f^rad^en, fo muf ten fie hc^:) alle 

feine ^^anb'hingen bill'igen. 



Perpetually falling water-drops, 
in time, hollow out even a 
stone. 

Severe as the trial was for him, he 
has nevertheless endured it. 

Even if the world should perish, 
I will still trust on (in) the 
Lord. 

Whoever he may be, and what- 
ever he may be, I do not fear 
him. 

However much people spoke of 
(about) him, they were yet 
obliged to approve his actions. 



1. ^ogat bie (Sieger ^riefen bie 2;a^fct!eit ber Seftegten. 2. ^n ®e* 
fang ri:()rte fcgar bie ^rtetlen ®emixtf)er. 3. 3}ie ^ijne ber SJtufif bran; 
gen fcgar 6i9 an unfere Cloven. 4. 2}lan fann fogar I)ier ba§ frdi)lid^e 
£ad^eu ber ^inber l]Dxm. 5. 2Bie fann man i^cn Slnbcrn yerlangen, )coai 
man felbil nidit tftnn mag ? 6. 2)ian mu^ fidi felbft aditen. 7. ^a6 
Unfrant tr'ddift 'ocn fet&ft, c[)ne baf man eg fact unb '^^iO,t 8. 3)ie 5(r; 
miiti) fclbft fed midi nidit abftalten, veblidi jn fianbcln. 9 SBenn audi 
(Sie midi i^erlaffen, bann fiabe idi feinen ?5"^-*ennb mef)r. 10. £), irenn and) 
biefe Beit fdicn ba tt)dre! 11. QBenn er audi eine tanfie 5ui^enfeite I)at, 
fc i}cit cr bcdi ein gefiifjisclteg <§er^. 12. 2Benn ii)x audi biefee tl)ut, bann 
iciil idi eudi gut belofjnen. 13. <Bc i)iel and) @urer ftnb, idi nelime eg mit 
jebem auf. 14. So tiiel audi «§einridi arbeitet, fo bringt er bcdi niditg 
fcrtig. 15. (So ind er audi frndi, fie t)orten ii)n bcdi nidit. 16. ©ag 
audi gefdie^en mag, idi merbe ii)m treu bleiben. 17. SBag audi fur 5^ari^.; 
riditen fonnnen, ]u tocrbcn nidit mutblcg. 18. 9Bag audi mcin ^reunb 
fceginnt, cr i)at Wm ©li'icf. 19. 2Bag eg audi fein mag, Dliemanb fcU 
eg crfaf)ren. 20. Qx bat fcgar nid^t ®elb geuug, um ^rcb ju fan? 
fen. 21. 3Bir miiffen 3ebermaun lieben, ]db\i unfere geinbe, 22. Sdi 
fann fclbft unter biefen 33ebingungen ifiren 9}orfdi(ag nidit anne(;men. 
23. ^'r fonnte fcgar unter alien ^iidiern ia6 fd^onfte augtt)dl;ten. 24. 



175 



©cll&ll mit bii'fem ©eiiMiin UHivcii fic md^t jnfriebcn. 25. !Da3 Unglucf 
ber ^amilie war fo grcg, ia^ fte [cgav frcmbe ^.Icutc urn Uiiterftii^ung ba? 
ten. 26. 3cli ttjcvbe [elbft mit dncv r'Beglcimncj nidU abrcifen. 

Questions. 1. To what does avai) often correspond V 2. Can you repeat 
the tirst examp'e ? 3. By what is and? sometimes translated ? 4 Example V 
5. What is the primary meaning of ami) V 6. Is feibft likewise sometimes 
translated by " even " ? 7. And when, generally ? 8. Example? 



LESSON LXIV. £ c c t i n LXIV. 

^flcgen, besides its primary meaning, (L. 47.) has in both 
the present and imperfect, the signification, "to be accustomed," 
"to be wont;" as, er pfkqtt §u fagen; he used to say. (Er 
ijflegt ju reiten : he is accustomed to ride (on horseback.) 

I. 5(c^ten or ^[d)t followed by auf, is used thus : 3^^ 
ai)k auf ba6, ira6 (L. 10. II.) id) t)bxi- I give attention to that 
which I hear. 3df) trerbe Qldjt auf i^n ^aBett; I will attend to 
him (have attention on him.) (&x nimmi ftd) in 5t^t; he takes 
care of himself. QSir muffeu unS i^or bem ^^ofcu in Qld^t ne^men ; 
we must guard ourselves against the wicked (take ourselves 
in attention before the wicked.) 



Exercise 67. 



SlUein', alone, but ; 
-Sl^nieife,/. ant, emmet; 
9(pvetit', m. appetite ; 
(Al)riftu3, m. Christ ; 
2'amii', therewith; 
®i'dieni)aiii, m. groves 

of oak ; 
®cburt^/. birth 



Metncb, n, 
treasure ; 

Se'Seusuntevijatt, m. 
sulDsistence ; 

SJliifltgijaity, m. idle- 
ness, sloth ; 

C^fern, to offer, sac- 
rifice ; 



QlufgaSe 67 
jewel 



flat- 



&iydni'mt,f. health; Slegte'rungs'antritt, m. 
©latt, smooth ; accession to the 



@ut, n. good, 
blessino' ; 



gift, governnient; 



(Sdhmeidiler, 

terer ; 
(gefPiVerfenntnif, 

self-knowledge ; 
(gcrc^eri, to care, to 

take care ; 
S^iigenb,/. vh'tue; 
Soi'tragen, to place 

before, present ; 
SBiutev, 7??.. ^^■inter ; 
2Biebei-t'er^jteae:i. to 

restore. 



(Bin Q,uter 93ater fcrgt inef^r fiir ben 
Qei'fttgen 'g^miict fetncr ^inber, 
aU iux ben Uib'iid^en. 

61n jeber SJlenfdi trdgt toegeit ber 
Sufunft Serge. 



A good father cares more for the 
intellectual, than for the cor- 
poreal adorning of his children. 

Every man has a concern for the 
future. 



176 

S3or einem falfdien 2Jienfdien fcK One should guard himself more 

man ficb mel;r in 2(ciit ndjrmn, against a treacherous person 

aU "OCX etner tjif'tigen Sct;Iange. than against a poisonous ser- 
pent. 

dr ^ai mefir 5t6t anf femeUmge'? He has more concern about his 

bung, aU auf fid) felfeft. neighborhood than about him- 
self. 

®e6et 5(d)t auf le&r^reidie ©efprd'die Give attention to instructive con- 

unb bcfjal'tct has ^efte. versation, and retain the best. 

Sc'cxakS p^egte jn [agen, er tciffe Socnites was accustomed to say, 

toeiter nidits, aii^er bag, ha^ er he knew nothing farther, than 

niditg triffe, unb [o ^plegt nod) that he knew nothing, and so 

i^eu^tigen Xag^ jeber 53efdiei'bene at the present day, every dis- 

iinb felbft ber @efd)ei^tefte §u fa- creetperson,yea,even the most 

gen. discreet, is accustomed to say, 

1. fTierjentge, rt?eldiev in ber Sugenb fcrgt, bxand^t ini 5((ter ntdU (Sorge 
gu tragen. 2. Ocebmet eudi »or bcnen in -Sldit, u^eld^e gktte SScrte, aber 
bbfe ®eban!en unb ein falfcbeg ^erj (;aben. 3. -^aU iUtt auf iDidi, nid)t 
nur in ©efeitfdKift freniber £eute, fcnbern and) tiunxn ^u aliein bift, bamit 
(Ii. 77.) 2)u -Did) felbft fennen lernft. 4. 2)erjenige, l)?eldier nidit im; 
iner auf fidi 2Utt giebt, fommt nie jur ©elbfterfenntut^. 5. 2)te alten 
5)eutfdieu ^ffegten gentof^ntidi in alten llidienliainen ifiren ©cttern ju clpfern, 
6. @ute Jlinber p]iic^m (L. 47.) il^re (Sltern in il)rem 2(lter. 7. 2)ie ©rie^ 
d^en ^flegten fdion lange s?cv 6§vifti @eburt .Eitnfte unb aBiif^ufduiften. 8> 
SJieiue ^reuube i3f[egeu beg Slcrgeng SBaffer ju trinfen. 9. @r pflegt fei; 
neg .Kovperg mel)v, als feineg ©eifteg. 10. ©eg SO^crgeng unb beg Slbenbg 
!pftegt er bev S^ulje. 11, 2Bir pfl'egen, auftatt beg 2;i)eeg, ^affee §u trinfen. 
12. @einer ®cfunbt}eit ju ipflegen ift if;in eine grc^e ©orge. 13. (Bx pflegt 
beg 2)1crgeng gu arbeiten unb beg OZadimittagg §u lefeu. 14. 5)erjenige, 
iceldier beg -2)liiffiggangg ^jlegt, ^jlegt auch ber *Siinbe. 15. ^fieget ber 
Jlugenb unb ntdit beg Safterg. 16. (ix ^fiegt nidit 'ocx ad^t Uf)r auf^uftes 
^eu. 17. SRau vflegt nidit in Slmerifa, irie in S)eutfdilanb, ju fagen : „3di 
ipiinfd^e 3l)nen einen guten Stppetit.'" 18. 2)er 2)lenfdi forgt eft mefir alg 
noting ift, um feinen Sebeiiguntcrbait ju gennnnen. 19. 3)if Sdneife fcrgt 
fdion iin Somrner fitr ibre 9laf)rung auf ben ©inter. 20. ^er beulfd^e.^'ai^: 
fer SJlarimilian I. Ivug gleidi bei feinem kegierunggantritt ecrge, bie innere 
9luf)e 5)eutfdilanbg ixjieber Ijer^ufteUen. 21. ^abH 5(*t auf bie @efu:ib? 
l^eit eureg ©eifteg unb ^X'r^erg, benn bag ift bag ebelfte @ui beg SZenfdien 
unb fein !f)ervlid)fteg Jlleinob. 22. ^lei^'ige ©d^iiler geben C'Idit auf 'i^ae^ 
):oa^ i()i-e Sebrer yortragen, iim eg m ©ebdditiiiffe ?jU bel)atten. 23. 2Ber 
(L. 70.) bag (geinige in 2ldit nimmt, braud^t uidit ^u barbm. 24. ^ti)^ 
men Sie fidi in ^iM »or einem @d)niei*ler. 25. CJv nimmt feiiie @e; 
funblieit in 5W^t. 26. 5jer ©din^adie muf ftdi »or bcm Starfen hi Sld^t 
ue^men. 27. 3di toiii izn SdUiifi'cI in 9ldU nel^men. 

Questions. 1. How does the use of ?>fli'i]fi', as noticed in lesson 47, differ 
from its use here V 2. What example in the former lesson V 3. How vv'ould 
you express, in German, " I used to think ? " 4. How in English, the phrase, 
Sc^ pti(g,( cilU 3}(0rgen ju fitrcibcti ? 5. Can you give an example of rtd)teu 
followed by audi ? 



177 



LESSON LXV. i: f f 1 1 n LXV. 

llml;in (around there) is used only in connection with foil* 

nen. Ex. : 3d) fcnnte nid)t umt;iu c^ i(;m ju fagcn ; I could not 

(get) around^ i. e., I could not help or avoid, telling it to him. 3d) 

Bate nidir uiiilnn gefoimt c5 511 tf;im ; I could not help doing it. 

I. ,,^V^i^if^"fn" (to take a walk, to take an airing) signities, 
in union with gcl>cn, fatiren, reiten, fii(>ren, to take a walk, to 
take the air in a coach, to ride out, or take the air on horse- 
back, to lead about, or on a walk. Ex. : ©inc Stunbe t>e§ 
i^'vigc^ viU'^gencmtncn, in irc[d)cr er fcine Sd)ireftcr [pvi^iercu fii^^rt, 
fi^t er bcina(>e immev (iw feiucm Sd^relBtifdje imb ftubirt, irciiH'cnb 
fein jimgercr 33ruber lieter fpagieren ge^t, fpajiercn reitet, obcr in 
®efeUfd}aft einiger Sreunbe ll^ajiereu fci^rt ; one hour of the day 
excepted, in which he conducts his sister on a walk, he is 
almost always sitting at his writing-desk and studying, while 
his younger brother prefers to go a walking, to ride on horse- 
back, or to take a drive in company with a few friends. 

II. „$l'(mn''' (to do) is in some phrases used impersonally. 
Ex. : ^'y tf^ut nid)ts ; it does or effects nothing ; i. e. it is no 
matter, do Xijui ^loiij ; it is necessary. 

III. -^clnite, and Bett^nBre, or, ®i:it Befnite, ©ott 6cira6re, 
are often used, especially in conversation, to denote aversion, 
abhorrence, fear, ko,., and may commonly be rendered, '•' God 
forbid." 



Gntjlie'^eii, 
escape ; 

dnttren^bcn, 
loin; 



turn 



Exercise 

31^3, bad ; 

Stuo'bilbuno;,/. cultiva- 
tion ; 

©cijv-inb'htiKi, /. treat- 
ment ; 

-33e(ei'b{j.Tien, to offend ; 

33emcr'!en, to observe: 

33cirei'fen, to prove ; 

CBeroet'ben, to sue for; 

33licf, m. look, glance ; 

Srfiftcu, to be proud, Jlcnntnip, / 
to show airs: ledge; 

durgafi, m. guest Dlic'berjinfen, to sink 
(under cure) ; down ; 

2)an!en, to thank ; dm'mdcbttg, weak, 

swoonino-, fainting ; 
8* 



QlufgaBe 68. 

to flee, vpanjcrit, to arm with 
a coat of mail ; 

to pur- ^^Isxik. f. plate. croA\Ti 
(top) ; 



@rcf tbun, to boast, Otcnutlncr, n. reindeer; 



brag 

^^in'ivenbeit, to 

to; 
3iTbeiu', in that, while; 
^Wim\,n. Italy; 

know- 



Sd'.titten, m. sled, 
sleigh ; 

Scbnel'tigfcit, /. rapid- 
ity ; 

S'abcl, m. blame, cen- 
sure ; 

^J'au'nuogc&irg, n. a 
mountain near the 
Rhine ; 

Um6in'founeii, (See 
above) ; 



178 



Ungraub'Iid% incredi- 
ble; 

S}evfa'.]fc-n, to refuse ; 

S3DV'i"d§{iclv intention- 
ally; 



SBanb, m. wall (of a 

house) ; 
SBenben, to turn, 

change ; 
2BipfenfdiaftU6, scien- 

tifical : 



Su'Btingen, to spend, 
pass away ; 

Su'trdytidi, advan- 
tageous, conducive 
to. 



(B6 i\t erne iicrtreff'lidie (Ba6:\e, 
feiue S3eburf'uiffe ju liciben; 
cber, treun man nun einmal ntdit 
mnl;in' faun, ei'ntge ju tj0.h^n, 
bcdi ti^eni(3''fteni5 ntdit mef)r ju 
Ijcihm, aU man fd}(ed>'terbinc]^ 
l)aluni mu^. 

@g ti)iit freiltdi fitr ben 3Iu'genBlirf 
We6e, etne Siut'tiijung ju er^aP:; 
tm, hk tuir nidit yerbient' tjabeti; 
abev inbem' iinr uuo unfrcr Vln? 
fd)ulb cvtn'nevn, ternen tinr fdineK 
bag (S'vlit'tene yergeff'ni. 

Snbem' er obex alio Q,(.ha(i)'k, ftefje, 
ba erfdiien' iljin ein (Sngel 



It is an excellent affair to have 
no necessities ; or, if now one 
cannot once avoid having some, 
nevertheless, at least, not to 
have more than one is abso- 
lutely obliged to have. 

It causes pain, indeed, for the 
moment, to receive a correc- 
tion, that we have not merited ; 
but while we remember our 
innocence, we soon learn to 
forget, what we have suffered. 

While he thus thought, however, 
behold there appeared an 
angel unto him. 



1. ©iejenigen, tr»ef6e ju »iel f!pa,^teren gef)en, geirelmcn fidi enblld) an 
ben S}iiifftggang. 2. dine halhc @tunbc nacb bem (F:ffen fpa^iercn gel)en, 
ift ber ©cfunbfiett fef^v jutrdgltdi. 3. 3n Stalien faf^ren 33iele mit 
2}lauU6ieren fpajieren. 4. Jvonige inib ^iirfien 'pii^'.yn eft mit fed)g 
^fevben fpajicren ju faf^ren. 5. ^JRan fief)t (^etDcliiiIid) me()r ^^erren iX'a.^ 
giercn gel)cn, aU f^^ajievcn reiten. 6. ^/te (^^Srgcifte in QBieoliaben xdkn 
eft auf 9JianItf)(cven auf bie ^latte bei^ J'auuuegelMvge^. 7. -9Jeifen ju 
%n^ fuib eft angene()mer, ai6 ju SBagen obcv ^u $ferb. 8. 2)ie Sa^^^? 
Idnbcv faf)ven auf ©d^ditten unb bebieneu ftdi ber -9ZenntMcre anftatt bev 
^^fcvbe. 9. 2Bcnn bie alien Uitin in bie @d)[adit ritten, tuarcn fcgar 
bie ^4>ferbe gcvan^crt. 10. ^'k 5(raber reiten mit nagtaublidier (Sd)nc(itg? 
hit. li. Sa!^ <-§cl^ trtrb jum 53renncn nub 53auen yerii^enbet. 12. (Sr 
tteviixinbte {)cina()e feiu Sluge iton feinen 3}cnr>anbten, bie ev in fo langer 
3eit nidit gefe(ieipl)atte, unh freute fidi il)rer ©r^dl^lungen. 13. (S'r ijat 
htn gvcpten 'Xijnl fdvsv Sngenb auf feine iiMffenfd-^aftlidie 9(ugbilbung 
yerti^enbet. 14. ^iir hicym jungen ©ctbaten ^abm fidh bie meiften D^fi' 
cire Im hmx ©eucral tenrenbct. 15. 3di tuanbte mid) in meiner dlot^ 
an mciiie 'i^rennbe; allein n^c idi mid^ f)iuwanbte, fai) id) nur gleidvgiUtige 
S;'Iicff. 16. @r entroanbte mir (§ 129. Obs.) meine Uhx unb cinige 
ani'cxc ©egenftdnbe, e()ne bap idi e^ bemerfte. 17. 2)evjenige, treldier 
mit feiiieu .ftdintniffcn gvcj3 t{)ut, bcwcift bamit ba^ cv ircniger roeip, aU 
er i'ai) hx\x\tn unb anbere glauben madien iinlL 18. ®iefe jtaufleute tijun 
mit if)ren ^ieid^tbiimevn grc^. 19. @ie tocfben bod) nidit (L. 44. IV.) 
glauben, baB idV^ie ycvfvi^lidi fceleibigt Bdttc? 20. @ctt kl;ute ! tc^ 
T^abc nie fe ^h\\v5 SlracS (1^. 1.5. IV.") von 3f)nen geglaubt unb glauben 



179 



wcITen. 21. ©ie tperben Ui bicfem fdhcncn SBettcr iicd) ni*t 511 J^aufc 
hleikcn ircUcii? 22. £) bcivcitjre I id) l)abe nidit 8uft, eiiien fo fdionen 
Sa^j ^irifdHMi bcii t>ier S©dubeii meiiicv (Stubc jujiibvliujcn. 23. (SS Ijaben 
fidi ^JLltcl}vcre um biefcs^ 5?{mt bcircvbcu, uiib jn^ac (L. 44. IV.) fclt^enbe. 
24. :jdi fvinu nidit iimbiu ^Imn ju fvi^cii, ba^ mir biefe 93ef;aubhing nidit 
gefdllt. 25. (ix fonnte nidU um(}in, fcincit Zabd audjufpredien. 26. 3d) 
fann nidit iim()iu, Sftucn rcdit Ijer^Iidi 511 bcinfcn. 27. 3nbcm er biefeg 
favjte, fauf er cfiumdditig uieber. 28. 3nbem er entii[ief)eii trciUe, 
ucrfacjten if)ni bte jlrdfte. 29. ^iU idi aiif ben Self fd)ie^cn iDcHte, 
perfagre * mir bk '^I'mk. 

Questions. 1. What is the literal signification ofitinI}in? 2. How is it 
rendered in connection with fiMiucii? 3. What does t>rt!,icieu in union with 
Qcbcn signify ! 4. With fal^reu? 5. Withrctteu? 6. Withfiibrcn? 7. Can 
you give an example of ti)un used impersonally ? 8. How may bef^iite, &c., 
commonly be rendered ? 



LESSON LXYI. ^tciion LXVL 

I?O0 (loose, apart, &c.) when combined with verbs, has a 
variety of significations. Its exact force in any given place, is 
best determined by the context, as, losbinben, to imbind ; lo^* 
geBen, to break out; loereiBeU; to tear asunder, (girt ©en?e"^r 
lo^brennettj to fire (off) a gun, ^a§ ©etrel^r ift loegegangen; 
the gun (went off) discharged (accidentally). 5Der (Etreit 
get't triebcr loS ; the contest is beginning again. 



Exercise 69. 



5lufga6e 69. 



5luf^mevffamfeit, /. at- 
tention ; 

©crgen, to lend; 

(Smi'Iie,/. Emily; 

(5'rrc'gen, to excite, 
raise ; 

©epddE', n. baggage, 
luggage : 

«§abc,/. property ; 

il;er 2)raug, fret uttb felbft'ftaubtg 
ju fetn, \\i einem jcben SJtenfd^en 
an'gebcrcn,intb em Seber bcrtrcbt' 
jTdi, bicfcn 2)rang fo ticl irie 
mogttdi 5U befrie'bigen. 



^eer, n. host, army; 

.^alf, 771. lime ; 

£c6'gef)eH, (See [03 
above) ; 

2cg'irerben,to free, dis- 
engage one's self; 

SJ^oglldi, possible ; 

Spa^, m. sport : 



Srautig, sorrowful ; 
Uebrig, over, remain 

ing; 
Ue-'brtgbleiben, 

left: 
Un'befdidftigt, 

ployed : 
^khiw, to draw- 



be 



The desire to be free and inde- 
pendent is innate in every hu- 
man being; and this desire, 
every one endeavors as much 
as possible to satisfy. 



Would not go off, i. e. missed fire. 



180 

3n be^to'ttfcben Sdnbcrn HetBt frei'? In despotic countries there re- 
fiuntL(en S)Mnnern nicbtg Slu'tie? mains to free-minded men no- 
res iifcrig, aU cnlroc'ber if;rc ®c^ thin^r else, than either to con- 
fin'nungcn gn Serfeer'^en iinb ihre ceal their sentiments and snp- 
@?]vdyk jit untcrbritct'en, ober bie press their feelings, or the 
2BaI;l jrolfdieu Jlctten unb^hutt. choice between chains and 

flight. 

2)er Bufrie-'bene bvandit ntir o,aixi The contented (man) needs but 

toenicj, urn gliitflicb ju fein. very little in order to be happy. 

^Jtadj Slbjuij aikx Stcftcn bikh i!)m After deduction of all costs, there 

ni&jU ii&rig, aU einige ©rofct^en. remained for him nothing but 

a few groats. 

SD^lan it)itb ba^ @elb fdhneU'er lo^, One gets rid of money faster 

aU man e^ t^erbieat^ than one acquires it. 

1. S)er Slr^t Ijat mix Q^xafijm, fo iyenig irie moglidh ait^jugel^en. 2. 
(Smilie arfieitet fo \*oeuig \Die moglicb, um bie geinl^eit if)rer ^dnbe ju er? 
l^atten. 3. 5)te ^hiber fcKtcii jeber Beit fo ttjenig uue moglidi imbcfdbdf' 
tlgt fein. 4. (§x fpi-ldU \o wenig, um fcine 5tnfmerffamfcit ju crvegen. 5. 
gerbinanb ifi ji^f^i ganj it^cnig ju ^aufe. 6. 5luf ber Ic^ten O^^ife batte 
id) gciii^ tticnig ©epdrf tn mix. 7. SOcllen (2ie Htt^ai S'letfdi ftaben ? 8. 
3a, aber mtr gang irenig. 9. (§e blei&t il)m ntdit^ iibrtg, alg ju betteln^. 
ober gu arbeiten. 10. (5'«5 bleiBt nkhis Slnbereg iibrig, ©ie mii^m je^t 
tianbcln. 11. 33cn ad fciner <§abe blieb if)m nidit^ iibvig, aU ein ©tiiif 
Sanb. 12. Siefe Olofe biteb aUein »cn alien S3Iumen i'lklg. 13. Qx Hicb 
aKein t>on bem ganjen O^egimente iibvig. 14. 3di fann biefe tranrigcn 
@cban!en ntd)t leg trerben. 15. Um feine falfdien ^reunbe teg gu U'er; 
ben, mn^ man ifjnen @elb bcrgon. 16. @ett>df)ren @ie inm feine 33 itte, 
bamit <Sie if;n los trerben. 17. 3e^t ging ber ©ipa^ ten 5Jleuem log. 18. 
X'tx Mall l^on ber SDIaner geiit log. 19. Sltg ber ^rieg triebcr legging, 
geg er mil einem gte^en <§eere in bag %dh. 20. ^a6 ®eir»el)V ging teg, 
aid er eg ergreifen needle. 

Questioj^s. 1. What is the primary signification of [o§ ? 2. Has it, when 
combined with verbs, a variety of significations '? 3. How may unbind be ex- 
pressed in German? 4. How do you express in English: (§'v bvcnnt "taS @e= 
webi" lo^? 5. How may you express the sentence, the contest is beginning 
again ? 



LESSON LXVII. £tci\on LXVII. 

2Beife=:way, manner ; as, auf biefe SSeife, in this way (on 
this wise). It is often compounded with adjectives and nouns, 
and used adverbially. ©d[)ergii?eife, jestingly, ©liicflid^er SBeife, 
fortunately; in a fortunate manner. (§ 105.) 



181 



I. Untcr iner '^liigcn, literally, under four eyes ; i. e. secretly^ 
in confidence ; between two persons, ^an f)Cii eg mir unttx 
incr -^liigen gofagt ; it has been told to me in conlidence. 

Exercise 70. 5(ufgaBe 70. 

J^iiurevj'fdVte^pcu, to - ©dierj'iucife, by way 



l^(mto\jcfdivift n. offi- 
cial duty, busi- 
ness ; 

Sl'fieii, 71. Asia ; 

SUio^idUcu, to do, 
perform ; 

^ci'iialie, almost, near, 
about ; 

58eri'ii)'ieu, to touch, 
to come in contact 
with ; 

53efdid|'tiiiinu5,/. busi- 
ness, employment, 
occupation ; 

Jeu'ori^brunft, /. fire, 
conflagration ; 

%hid)t, /. flight, 
escape; 

Sriftcu, to prolong; 

'Jurditbvir, tremen- 
dous ; 

®efa()i',/. danger; 

®el)ci'dien, to obey, 
to be obedient ; 

@eu\i(l'fcim, violently, 
forcibly ; 



draw away, to take 
away by force ; 

<§cf, m. court : 

Swung, /. error, mis- 
take ; 

^leiben, to dress, 
clothe ; 

Scv3itlnu'ven, to legiti- 
mate ; 

Sitera'rifdi, literary ; 

2)Zen'fdieiiIe&en, 7i. hu- 
man life ; 

Stti3^^evfidiibui^, n. 
misunderstanding, 
variance ; 

2}lobe,/. mode, fashion, 
custom ; 

2)lu^e,/. leisure, ease; 

5lct9'i]ebrun;:^cu, com- 
pulsory-, forcedly ; 

!|}ap, 771. pass-port ; 

^erfer, m. Persian ; 

^erftf*, Persian 

(adj.); 

Dlonier, m. Roma : ; 



9^;t ®iUe rtditet raan in ben met; 
jten gdUeii moi)X avi6, aU mit 

5)ic g-iivften @urc'pa3 tterfaVven 

ei'geumdditii^ iinb getralt'fam ge? 

geii il;re Un'tertliauen. 
55ie (S"!uyiduber fuditeit mit alter 

93^adit bte D'berlierrfcbaft in 

3tmc^rifv"i ^u geirhi'nen. 
2)ia\t ein fc(die6 33etrvi'i.]cu mu§ 

nctt)'n3ciibtger ?!Qti\e cin Sriid) 

jTrifdnm beibeii ^yveunben tnt\k ^ 

i)Qn. 
dr btnbet fid) ait feine bcfcu'beren 

@tunben, foubern ar'beitet nad) 

gjlufe. 



of jest; 

©diiicc'Iannue,/. mass 
of snow rolling 
down a mountain ; 

@dnt»ct5, /. Switzer- 
land ; 

Uc'I)rtgf)aBen, to have 
more than enough ; 

S3evs;(nii'gung, /. plea- 
sure ; 

ySerMii'bevn, to hinder, 
stop from ; 

33erfc'l)en, ??. over- 
sight, inadvertence ; 

Serun^gUicfen, to be- 
come unfortunate, 
to be lost ; 

Ser'^ug^roeife, prefer- 
ably, especially; 

SBeife, /. way, man- 
ner; 

Sstd'ittg, considerable, 
important ; 

SSilie, m. will, mind; 

3iiftucE)tS ftdtte, /. asy- 
lum, refuge. 

With kindness, one in most 
cases, accomplishes more than 
with violence. 

The princes of Europe proceed 
arbitrarily and violently against 
their subjects. 

The English sought with all 
(their) power to obtain the 
supremacy in America. 

By such conduct, a breach be- 
tween the two friends must 
necessarily arise. 

He confines himself to no parti- 
cular hours, but works accord- 
ing to (his) leisure. 



182 

5tug SSerfc'^en !ann oft hae j^rof te By inadvertence the greatest 
Ungliitf entfte l;en. misfortune may often occur. 

1. 3)te ^raujcfen erokrten (Sipanten mit ©etoalt bcr ©affen. 2. ^te 
(gcbneelawtucn in ber <®cliti?etj ftiiv^en oft mit fircditbarer (be'walt in bie 
S{)d(er. 3. 2)ie @imr>c()ner biefe^ fcanbci^ fdileppte man getualtfam ^in; 
\iu'g. 4. Svcin »evt)iubevte il)u gewaltfam ait fciuer giudit. 5. SO^iit alter 
WladH fonnte er niditg aueviditen. 6. 2)ie ©vted^eu \)ertt)etbigten fidi mit 
alter 2>Zadit gegeu bie ^erfer. 7. 2)er (Sdnodd^.ere miip nott)tt)enbiger 
SBeife bcm (Stdvfereu get)crcben. 8. Q3eiuak gaiij Stften get)ordite bem 
28i((eu ber Dlomer. 9. Urn fein Sebeu ju frifteii, mu^te er not(;tDenbiger 
aSeife ar&etten. 10. 2:f)emigftcdeg fiutte nottjgebrimgeuer 3Beife eine 
3utiiud)ts.^ftdtte am \>erfifd)en ^ofe. 11. S^ein ?^reunb i?ertraute mir ge; 
ftcrn 9t6enb iiuter mx 5htgen ein ividitigeg @et)eim.nif an. 12. S'Zad)^ 
bem bie (Sdnile au^ vrar, fpiclten bie .^Itnber iiad) 8nft unter ben ^dumen 
beg ©arteng. 13. ?tUe Slutrefenben fleibeten fidi nad) ber Scobe eon 
ftebenjef^n t}unbert neun nnb adit^ig. 14. SBegeu feiner Simtsgefrf^dfte 
Ijatk er wcnig SJlu^e jn 35ergniigiingen i'lBrig. 15. ©diitter fonnte fid) 
nun nadi 2)hipe in S^anui^eim titerarifdien Sefdidftigungen roibmen. 16. 
3d) t)abe an6 ^^erfe{}en einen anbern Oiegenfd)irm mitgenommen. 17. 3rs 
rungen entftet)en anS S'lift^erftdnbniffen nnb ©erfekn. 18. ©liirflidier 
Seife fonnte er fid) yermittelft feineg -^affeg tegitsmiren. 19. ©liirfti' 
dier 2iietfe ijatk id) nod) jur red)ten Beit bie @efai)r snth^dt 20. ©liitfs 
Itd)er 2Beife traf id) lijn auf ber ©trape. 21. @g ift bei biefer gro^en 
?Venev£i6runft glitcffidierSBeife fein SlenfdienleBen terungti'icft. 22. <B&iai' 
iveife barf man fidi fd^on 2)land)eg erlauben. 23. ©d-^erjtoeife fagte er 
mir mandie Sa^vlieiteiT. 24. @r BeriL^rte hkfe @cene fd)er5n)eife. 25. 
3n neuerer ^nt befdidftigte er fid) fcor^nggiveife mit ber bentfdien nnb 
f^anifd^en ©pvadie. 26. T^d) licBc borjuggireife hie fran§oftfd)e @prad)e. 
27. (ir biirfte i?orjuggtr)eife in ba6 Simmer beg ^^iirften gei)en. 

Questions. 1. Whnt is the signification of SBeife? 2. How do you ex- 
press in German, „lHuf btffe ^cife?" 3. With what is SJBeife often com- 
pounded, and how used ? 4. Example? 5. What does the phrase : untei: »iev 
Slngen, denote? 6. Example] 



LESSON LXYIII. gtction LXVIII. 

The syllables „djrd" and ,^Uin" are suffixed to nouns and 
form diminutives. These diminutives are always of the neuter 
gender, and change the radical vowel, when it admits of it : 
^er ^iigcl, the hill. ©a0 -^^dd^m, the hillock. 5£)ie ^ugel, 
the globe or ball. 5)aS Jviigeldien, the globule or the httle ball. 
Nearly all nouns may take these suffixes and many drop or 
change their noal letter. Ex. : ®cr Rnaht, the boy. ®aS 
,^naBIeirt, the little boy, .5)ie ©tu^e, the room. 2)a3 (Btnh^m, 



183 



the little room. They are used also as terms of endearment or 
familiarity especially by children. Ex. : 33atcrc^en, dear father. 
2}tuttcrd)en, <3d)irc[tcrd)en, &c. 

I. ^sn bie ^i3(K = in the high, on high, upward, (fee, as : (Sr 
fpraiuj in bie ^&6f;c -, he sprang up. 3n bie ^o(;e rid;ten ; to 
raise, to elevate, to direct upward. 

II. ©eltcii is variously translated, "to be worth, to pass 
for," ifec. Ex. : 3)iefe QBitdjer ix^erbcn fiir alte gelten, unb id) n?erbe 
bef ()a(6 feinen Singangwjoll ju Bega^Ien ^a6en ; these books will 
pass for old ones, and I shall therefore have no duty to pay. 
,5^icfcr -33tanu gilt ml in ber Stabt; this man has great influence 
in the city. iJBa^ gilt biefeS C}]ferb ? What is this horse worth ? 
^aS gilfe? or 2Ba§ gilt bie 5Sette? is equivalent to our, 
"What Avillyou bet?" '• How much is the stake ?"&c. (B§ 
gilt eiu .^eBen ; there is a life at stake, &c. 

Exercise 71. QtufgaBe 71. 

5(u'crfenuung,/. recog-- uM&i-ii',/.manufiictory, Seiftimg, /, perform- 

factory, fabric ; 
^tfdidien, n. little fish : 
©dn^du'n, n. gosling; 
©cirtdieu, n. little 

garden ; 
.^ditsdien, n. cottage; 



icknoAvledD- 



miion 

ment ; 
5lutrtei^ m. impulse, 

motive ; 
53etvicb, vi. business, 

trade ; 



anee, accomplish- 
ment; 

Seutdien, little people ; 

9tiebttd% neat, nice, 
pretty ; 

^rcpBet, 771. prophet; 



S3erouu'i^crn,to admire, -^clie,/. (Sec above!,); Ote^uBlifa'nifdv repub- 



to wonder; 

S3raiid>fear, useful, em- 
ployable ; 

-S^vii'te-atcn, n. little 
brother ; 



^^iipfen, to hop, jump, 

skip ; 
^lltd^^u, ji. little hat ; 
Jld^^dien, n. pussy ; 
Jlet^ueefaitS/in no wise; 
S^^ctV^efiatt, in such a .<lt[tdieii,?2. little chest; 

manner, so ; jllvatfdien, to clap ; 

Giu'ridnen, to arrange, Sdmiudieu, n. lambkm ; 
order ; 



lican ; 

(gamftag, m. Satur- 
day ; 

©pdt, late ; 

Xl}icvdien, n. little ani- 
mal ; 

Xrieb, m. driving, in- 
stinct, inclination ; 



Gr iraf il)n bet'ijcftalt mlt feinein 
igdiircvle, ba§ cr ju ^-ocbcu jrel. 

Sa» r<?uI)dTeu freut fidi fe^r iibev 

feiii neiicg <§iild'!cu. 
^cb. rccvbe eg fo ein'riditcrv haf) id^ 

3iG balb Befucb'cn farai. 
S)cr SJleufcb fcU im ©liicfe \vk ini 

Sciben feine Slide tit bie <§09c 

viditen. 



He struck him wiih his sword so 

(in such a manner) that he fell 

to the ground. 
The little boy rejoices much over 

his (little) new hat. 
I will so arrange it, that I can 

soon visit you. 
In prosperity, as in affliction, man 

should direct his look upward. 



184 

1. ^aBeu (Sle bicfe^ nicblictie ®drtd)en gefefien? 2. dlein, benn id) U: 
irtuitberte jcue^ ^iibfcbe >§dui?i,i)en. 3. (§6 ge()crt jtuei atten £cut*en, 
tx^elcbe id) fenne. 4. 2Ba^ [tub bag fi'ir uieblictie 2!(;ievd:ieu ? 5. Qs fiub in 
bem @avtc;i eiue S)Zenge gaiij lunger ^dmnidien. 6. 2)lcfc"^ 2)^dbdien 
fViclt mtt fdiicm ^riiberdien. 7. Molten Ste- mir jeueg jlii'tcben gebeii? 
8. SEcUen Sic bicfc^ aiif bem Jifdidien ()ci&en? 9. Sefjcu (£ie, ircld) 
eiu i)uiii'*eg ^putdv'n I 10. 2)ag j?'inb ()atte grope ^reube an feinem ^ii^^ 
d'eu imb an feinem ©dn^du'n. 11. 9liditeu (Sie cs fo ein, ba^ Sie bis? 
©amftag ^"Jlcrgcu in meinem -^aufe fein fcnnen. 12. SZadien roir esS ber? 
Qtitait, ba^ eg fi'ir 6eibe Sii^ccfe braud)bar ift. 13. @r fo(( eo fo madden, 
ba^ ex [cine iSIidier mttnef)men faun. 14. 3d) ridUe eg jebeufaltg [o ein, 
ba^ id) big ^djn XUu* 6ei ,3^nen bin. 15. ®ir madden eg fo, ba^ irir fei; 
negfadg jn fv^dt fcmrnen. 16. @agen @ie 3^rem -iBruber, cr mtntte eg 
bergeftalt eiiitiditen, ba^ eg fiir Sebcrnurnu ^u yei-ftel;en ift. 17. 3d^ (loffe, 
'Sie irerben eg fo einrid)ten, ba^ @ie init bem Ie|ten IDam^ffdnffe ciufcm? 
men. 18. (5'in ^ropBet gilt nirgenbg iucniger, benn in feinem 93aterlaube 
imb in feinem <§aufe. 19. Seine ©timme gi(t mi im dlatbe. 20. SSag 
gilt'g, in Jliviniig Sa^teu ift ber gvbpte .^i)eil ©urcpa'g republifanifd^ ? 
21. Sag fo{( biefeg ^aug gelten? 22. (gg gilt me{;V, alg 'Sic glaufeen. 
23. 5)er 2^rie6 pm ^Bijfeu ift yiel ftdrfer in ung, atg ber jum @nten. 24. 
2)ie Stnerfenumig iinfercr Seifinngen ift ein mddUiger ?(ntvieb ^uni %ki^e. 
25. J^er ^etvicb feiner gaBrifen tr^ivb you 3a^r ^u iai;r grof er. 26. (Ir 
ridiiete feinc 5iugen in bie <§ot)e. 27. @r fprang yov ^^veuben in bie 6ofie 
unb tfatfdite in bie 6dnbe. 28. 2)ie ^inber ^ii^ftcn in bie -§ol'e. 

QuESTIO^^s. 1. What effect have c^en and letn suffixed to nouns 1 2. Of 
what gender are such nouns 1 3 Example ? 4. May most nouns take these 
suffixes ? 5. Are they ever used otherv/ise than as diminutives ? 6. Example ? 
7. "What does in tie .§i.>6e denote? 8. Example ? 9 What does (\eitcu sig- 
niiy ? 10. How many examples of its various uses can you give ? 



LESSON LXIX. Section LXIX. 

The word eigen, (oivn) is often used with an article, as also 
with a pronorin preceding. Ex. : (Sr ijat ein eigeneS -^ferb ; 
he has (an own horse) a horse of his own. (E'igen has also 
the kindred signification, ^''peculiar, singular. ^^ Ex. : (5r ift 
ettt etgener 9}?enfd) ; he is a ''•peculiar " man, &c. 

I. ^'inbeiT, (to fiad), often answers to our verbs '* fo think'^ 
or " consider J' Ex. : Sd} finbe ben -^ein fe^^r gut ; I (find) 
think the wine very good. Sdi) flnbe eS unrcd)t^ 'Da^ er 'x^^^ ge* 
i^ixa1:i(xi', I think or consider it wrong, that he has done that. 

II. ^alten^ (to hold) with its proper case, followed by fi'ir, 
has, like ftnben, the sense " to think " or " consider ;" as, er 
^cilt mic^ fiir feinen ^ycinb; he thinks me (literally, holds me 



185 



for) his enemy. Followed by a u f, fatten, also, means, " to 
esteem, regard;" as, id) I;alte inel auf ifjn; I think much of 
him. For -^{uf^alten, to hinder, See L. 38. 

Exercise 72. 51 u f g a B e 12. 



Slb'ivei^en, to deviate, Srcij^c,/. question; 



5(*t /. care; fid) in 

*^tdU netnnen, to 

hewai-e of; 
■Befom'men, to get, 

receive, obtain ; 
S ere i' fen, to travel 

over ; 
(Sben, fo eben, even, 

just ; 

l^idit!5 \\i \c fe(;r unfer eiyeu, aid 
uufre ©cbcin'fen ; alleo -vtu'Dere 
ift an^er un«. 

^je meifteu S)^enfdien finb ■x>cn ©ni; 
pfin'bmic' I(}re0 eicsnen 2DertI)^ 
auf'yefclafen, ircil fte iiid^t n.nf' 
fen, iTvis ber iraijre SSerfn beo 
SJlenfd^.cn ift. 

23er h:d jc ben fjerbcn S^ranf bco 
SdMcffviIiS gern imb trlKii] ge? 
noni :ncu ? 

^er ®raf f cmmt fo e6en nrit [eiuem 
dJcfclge iH-n ber Sagb. 

J^aite |a feft an bem @(au6en an 
©ctt, ben ^criter beiueS Sdncf- 
faU^. 

ii}ir knt't6eilen bie SJlcnfdien in 
cielcn gdilcn nur Hvtdi bem 
Sdiein, nnb h<xiim v.uvA&t fi'ir 
ttng — ifeil fie ari'manciib, unb 



v^iiteii, to guard, keep 
watch ; 

'jintercffant', interest- 
ing; 

3e, ever, always ; 

Se'benfaK^, at all 
events, in any case ; 

SKert'ipiirbigfeit, /. re- 
markable ness, cu- 
riosity ; 



SJlietfien, to hire, 
rent ; 

ds whether; 

Sd^Iiefen, to slmt, 
lock, close ; 

Unterfdiei'ben, to dis- 
tinguish, discrimi- 
nate, discern ; 

iBerqeff'en, to forget. 



an'bcre fur nn'iriner.b, tri 
I^efdiei'bcn fiiib. 



Nothing is so much our own, as 
our thoughts ; all else is ex- 
terior to us. 

Most men are puffed up by a 
feeling of their own worth, 
because they do not know 
what the true worth of man is. 

"Who 1ms ever cheerfully and 
voluntarily taken the bitter 
cup of fate ? 

The count is jnst coming, with 
his retinue, from the chase. 

Hold (L. 44. IV.) fast to thy (the) 
faith m God, the disposer of 
thy destiny. 

We estimate men in many cas- 
es only by the iippearar.ee, and 
regard many as v/ise, because 
they are assuming, and others 
as ignorant, because they are 
modest. 



]. "ZOiO^m (L. 83. 1.) Sie nnr, cB 't^:!^ 3I)r eigeneS ^^ferb ift ? 2. ^oiizn 
biefeo^inber ^icl eigenes Sk^rmogcn? 3. 31)re ©Item uviren fe6r retd\ 4. 
'^i) jinbe eg fefsr eigen, "i^o.^ er ntdii feine eigenen ^ferbe fecnii^t, fonbern mtt 
anbern fviurt. 5. 3di IjaBe fein eigeneg ^^n^. 6. ^\t biea fein eigener 
®agcn, cber VjOii er idn nnr gemietkt? 7. 2)iefe grage finbe id) fefir 
eigen. 8. (Jg ift bieo (L. 36. III.) meine cigene Uefcerjcugung, nadi ber 
tdi ('anble. 9. ^^iefer alte ^aufniann ift cin fefir eigner -SRenfdi. 10. 
3eber Sienfdi f)at fcine eignen getter. 11. Sinb eic je in biefem ^:iM\z 
gcttjefen ? 12. 3* bin nie ba gcirefen. 13. 3d) Balte eg fur meinc 



186 

?|5|!idit, mid) nid)t fiber ifjn aufjuf)alten. 14. 34) toerbe nie 'ecu meinen 
©runbfd^en abweidien. 15. ©inb ©te nccl) nidit bei meinem 33ruber ge* 
ivcfen? 16. 36 f)abe i(}n fo eUn gcfe^jen. 17. 3ft 2)eine 3^oditer fdicii 
ill mciiicm ©avten geiivefen ? 18. @ie ift tied) nidit auj^gcgangen. 19. 
»^aben ©ic |e ein fo intcreffanteg l^anb beretff ? 20. 3d} i;abc fdion ijicl 
©diouee gefel^en, aber nie t)ergcffe id) ble reijercbe @dm^el§. 21. (go eben 
J)vabc idi fd^on wieber eineu ©rief befcmmen. 22. ©inb (Sie fo frixf; gc? 
fcmnien, ha^ ©ie fd)on roieber ge^en? 23. @e^eu @ie ja (L. 44. IV.) 
nidit gu na§e an bag %imx. 24. Jlommen ©ie ja batb juriicf. 25. 3a, 
id) ii^erbe e^ jebenfallg t&un. 26. SCagt eg ja nicbt, cl)ne Segleitung in 
ben Salb gu geben. 27. 3di i\)erbe mid) ja ^uku, it)m ®elb jii Iciben. 
28. .T)iefe 2)ler!li>iirbtg!eit n3tU io) ja fe()en. 29. .§aft 5)u bie 2;^{ire ja 
gutgefdiloffen ? 30. '9te()men ©ie fid) »or biefen Scutcn ja in Sldit. 31. 
©laufcen ©ie ja nidit 5Ilie3, ft)ag man 3^nen fagt. 32. Xlnterfdiciben 
©ie ja bag 2Bat)te t'om galfd)en. 33. 3d) ^abe mid) Idngeve 3cit in 
23ct(in unb Seipjig aufgef;altcn. 34. @r ^at mid) iiber eine ^atbe ©tunbe 
an meinev Sivbeit aufgc!;.alten. 35. SReine i^reunbe tialten md auf mid), 
Veeil idi mid) iiber Diiemanben anf^alte. 

Questions. 1. Howls etgen in respect to an article or pronoun placed *? 
2. Example ] 3. Can you give examples illustrating the different significa- 
tions of etijeit? 4 To what does finben, often answer in English? 5. 
Example? 6. What does t;alten (no. II.) denote? 7. Example, of halUn 
followed by fiiv ? 8. Example followed by auf ? 



LESSON LXX. fertion LXX. 

2Ser, as a relative, stands at the head of its clause ; the 
word which it represents always coming after. Ex. : 2Ber 
gufrtcben x% ,,b e x" ift glucflid) ; he who is contented, is hap- 
py. Sometimes, however, To^X, like who in English, is em- 
ployed as a double relative. Ex. : 2Qer auf bem SBege ber 
^ugenb iranbelt, ift gliicfltd) ; Vv^ho (or he who) walks in the 
path of virtue, is happy. 3Ber bi(^ genau fennt, mu§ bid) ijer* 
laffen ; who knows thee well, must quit thee. (Byron.) 

I. 2Sa§, is employed like the corresponding English word. 
Ex. : 28a§ fc^on ift, fann aud) fd)(ed^t fetn ; what is beautiful, 
can also be bad. (Sr ift, Wa^ id) fetn mod)te ; he is what I would 
(wish to) be. 

XL After an antecedent used in a general and indefinite sense, 
\va§> is often employed as a simple relative. Ex. : Sr gtaubt 
-^Itleg, h) a g er :^ort; he believes all ^AaHie hears. 3d) i:^ue 
Allies, )m a§> id) fann; I do all that I can. dt glaitbt nurbag, 
yv a § er fte^t ; he believes only that which he sees. When, how- 



187 



ever, the antecedent is particularly specified, ir»ctdf)e6 (not Wa^) 
is to be employed ; jis, ba0 SBiid), tr c t d; e S @ie mir gclie^en 
Ijabdi', the book which you have lent me. 

III. SBaS is, likewise, sometimes used instead of irariim. 
Ex. : 5B a S Iad)en 8ie ? Why (irarum) do you laugh ? or, 
what are you laughing ^t •? 

IV. ©ebiirtig, and geBorcn, correspond commonly to our 
words " native " and "born." Ex. : (§x ift ein gcBorncr 2)eut= 
[d}er ; he is a native German. 5Bo ftnb @ic gefciirtig ? Where 
were you born ? 3d) Bin au§ 'Berlin gcBiirtig ; I was born in 
Berlin. (S:x ift ein geBorncr ?yiirft ; he is a prince by birth. 
Btviu Cu. wax dm gcBoruc @. ; Mrs. N. was a Miss G. 



Exercise. 73 



-5tn!erlfa'uerin, / (See 
J,14. 1.): 

S3ei!taub, vi, assist- 
ance, succor, sup- 
port ; 

S^aviii', therein, in it; 

(i'viMl'lIt', n, image, 
exact likeness ; 

(Srfod/tcn, to win in 
fight, conquer ; 

(Vl•(ci^^en, to suffer; 

^•i-tftcv, dpirk ; 

©cK'vfn, born ; 



Siufg 

©tin'tr'ttg, native (See 
IV.); 

©ottltit, divine ; 

il(ci/iuivfeit, /. trifle, 
small matter; 

Suftia, merry, spor- 
tive ; 

3iarr, m. fool ; 

SZie'berlage, /. discom- 
fiture, defect ; 

9£ovbaine'rtfa,?2. North 
America ; 

(2'ptc.''e[, m. looldng- 
o-lass, mirror : 



aBe 73. 

(gtcf)tcu, to steal ; 

(gtenunen, to resist, 
oppose, stem; 

(gtceitcii, to fight, 
combat ; 

llm'f emmeii, to perish ; 

Un'bebeiitenb, unim- 
portant ; 

Unf tug, imprudently ; 

Uuterbriid'en, to op- 
press ; 

SSerjWci'feln, to de- 
spair, despond ; 

S^oeifchi, to doubt. 



2Ber bau ®ute lieBt, ber lieBt aud) 

Ci5ctt imb »era*^^et 5tUc6, xoa^ 

iijn nid^t jur Sellfcm'inciilieit 

iH^fer'cevt. 
„2I^ao qitdhTi Sie mid^ mit Sfirer 

QMebi'mmtV (©eUcrt.) 
5}er a)^cu[d^ cjaitbt tctdit, wa6 er 

ticp, uwb ]Ui)t imbt, \vai er fe^ 

^en triU. 
2)ao (^rof;: -OviusS, ireldieg (not 

iva^') Bk bcrt fcBcn, ift (L. 59. 

I.) iinfer. 
(Si'dio^Q -■■■^ Aron::bc iinb awS 

2)reSben gcbiir ttg. 
5)iefer SRaun ift ein gebor^uer 5ime; 



He that loves goodness, also 

loves God, and contemns all 

that does not advance him 

towards perfection. 
Why do you torment me with 

your erudition ? 
Man easily believes what he 

hopes, and sees easily, what 

he wishes to see. 
The large house, that you see 

yonder, belongs to us. 

Some of my friends are natives 

of Dresden. 
This man is a native American. 



188 

1. SBer ftdi ha§ ®cttn*e tuiK, unb ba^ «§cdhftc im SeBen erfediten, 
fcteue ni*t Slrbett unb ^ampf. (Werner.) 2. 23er gcwinncit irill, mu^ 
toageii. 3. Siefcy Q3udi ifi mir lieb, wer eo ftieMt, ber ift eiu 5)ie6. 4. 
-2Ber itidUo tie&eii irill al^ fein ©benbilb, ^at anf er fid^ iiidit^ ju lieben. 
5. SSer ^treifelt sev^tveifdt. 6. 2Ser gevjen bay -35atcrlanb ftrciter, ift 
einS}aTdtt)ei'. 7. SBer fi* in ©efalir Begiebt, fcnimt barin um. 8. 33er 
bem Unterbri'icften nidU betfief;.:, t^erbient an* feinen 53eiftanb. 9. iBer 
fid) gegen ias ed^icffal ftemmen triU, ift ein St)cr. 10. (2inb Sie ein 
gebcrncr ©ngldnirer cber Slmcrifaner ? 11. 3di bin feing I'cn beiben, 
(L. 33. II) id) bin ein gebcrner 5)eutfdier. 12. ffier ift 3bre ?>renubin? 
13. Sie ifi eine Slmeritanevin, gebiirtig aii3 dhroi^^oxt 14. ^^<<o ift 3i)t 
§reunb gebiirfig ? 15. @r ift aug ©nglanb gebiirtig. 16. 3n trcld^em 
Sanbe n^urben @ie gebcren ? 17. 3d) bin in ben 33ercinigten (Staaten 
»cn DIcrbamerifa gebcren. 18. 3d) mad)e mid) fiber biefen yJZann lurtig. 
19. (2ie fclUen fidi nid)t iiber ii}n luftig mad)en. 20. (5'r madn fich 
iiber Sebermann luftig. 21. (5'3 giebt audi 3larren, tretd^e fidi iiber Suis 
hm luftig madden. 22. S^iefer SDtenfdi ball ]id:i iiber \c\^e jlleinigfeit auf 
(L. 38.) 23. @^ ift unflug, iid^ uber eine unbebeutcnbe Sad^e aufv^t- 
l^alten cber luftig ^u madden. 24. 33er ju i;'iel anfdngt, ycUenbct n>e; 
nig. 25. 3di freue rnid^ iiber meinen artigen DIeffen. 26. S'er rcmifd-^e 
^aifer vluguftu^ frdnfte ii(b (L, 38.) iiber bie D^ieberlage, roeLte 33arud 
l^cn ben 35eutfdien erlitten batte. 27. (sx Isat midi iiber hie]in ©egen^ 
ftanb gefprcd^en. "28. 9Ber au3 l^iebe ju ®ctt ber 2)lenfd^beit ^sflictAten 
entfaget — ft|t im ginftem unb bdtt immer ben ©^-iegel yor fid). 

Questions. 1. What is tlie position of roer as a relative 1 2. Example 1 
3. Can you give an example of iya§, employed like the corresponding word 
in English ? 4. An example of ma§ as a simple relative ] 5. An example 
of nms used instead of umnim ? 6. To what do gebiivttg and geboven often 
correspond 1 7. Examples '1 



LESSO^^ LXXI §tct\on LXXI. 

5Iuf eine 3^ed)tiunv3 feBcn, answers to our '• place to an ac- 
count'"'; as, bicfe -^iiuier toimen ©ie auf meine O^edBtiung fe|en ; 
these books you may place or charge to my account. So also : 
Sr madjte fief) auf mctite Oxei^nung luftig ; he made himself meny 
at my expense. 

I. ^rei6 ge13en, literally to give as a prize, and hence to ex- 
pose, to give at discretion, is compounded of ^rei§, ^jr/^'e and 
geSen, to give. Ex. : dr i^at niicf) berlaffett unb mic^ meinen (yeinDen 
^reie gege'ben; he has deserted me, and exposed me to my enemies. 

II. ^eri^or (forth, out), is compounded with many verbs 
and often expresses mere prominence ; as, (Sr ^t biefen ^unft 
6efcnber^3 Berijorge^oBen ; he has given this point especial im- 
portance. 



189 



Exercise 74. 



^(iifgabe 74. 



Slbiutt'tidi, purposely ; 

Jtb'ivcfciib, absent; 

$lubrucl\ 711. brenk, be- 
ginning ; 

Slrrivi, kind, well-be- 
haved ; 

53efvci'eu, to set free; 

•iBeljaup'tuu^, / asser- 
tion, stateuient ; 

SeiT'fvuiuj,/ improve- 
ment. 

S3upeii, to atone for, 
suffer for ; 



(Siitfdnit'biijen, to ex- 
cuse, exculpate ; 

S'vbit'tcvii,to embitter; 

(S'vftirf'cu, to suffocate; 

.^enHn-/beben,(See II.); 

^i^e,/. heat ; 

Sci'iuKir, ?n. January ; 

^ci'uc'otrecjs, in no 
wise, by no means ; 

9ta'incntlidi,especially; 

Dcffentlidv openly ; 

^^fian^e,/. plant; 

^preis'gebeu, (See I.) ; 



(Sr Hep 5n(e^, trag er l)clk, auf 

meine 9ted>muis5 fe|en ; aKcin vfo 

Vrevbe nur ba^ bes ' 

fe(bft gebclt' Babe.' 
(Bx fucbte StUeo, was er i^eriibt^ 

i^atti, yen fi* <xb unb auf metnc 

Olecbnuu^ ju bringcn. 
3* mag ireber auf Kedimtng ehieg 

-Sluberu fi^otten, ncdi mtdi felber 

bem ©efpotte ^reig g^zlnx. 
3d:i ba6e bie Sirbeit getban' unb 

»eiiau'ge nun nieinen Scbn. 
-^cn nun an ijatk ha^ ii:h^n alien 

Dtcij fiir ibn tti-Tlc'reu. 



©nbli* ian^tt 
^iilfe an. "^ 



bie t)etfptDd\^^ne 



Dlaudv m. smoke ; 

OtedMumg, /. account, 
score ; 

Strafbar, punishable ; 

33evlc'genbcit,/. embar- 
rassment, dilemma ; 

93erfdnil''beu, to com- 
mit a wrong ; 

^Ccv^c'gening,/. delay, 
putting off^; 

21>acfev, valiant, gal- 
lant. 

3cirt, tender, frail. 

He had every thing that he went 
for, placed to my account, but 
I shall only pay (for) what I 
went for ("got") myself. 

All that he had committed, he 
sought to remove from him- 
self, and bring to my charge. 

I wish neither to scoff at the ex- 
pense of another, nor expose 
myself to (the) ridicule. 

I have done the work, and 
nov^^ demand my pay. 

From now on, (this time for- 
ward) life had lost all attrac- 
tion for him. 

Finally the promised aid arrived. 



1. (Snifd^uibigen Sie midi, metn -pert, eg ifi nidit t)orfd|Itd^ gef^efeen. 

2. 2Benn er zS abftditlid) getbau bat, fo ift er feinesiriegS ^u entfcbulbigen. 

3. Dbgleidi Sic eg nidit mit 3(bftdit getf)an baben, fo ift eg bed) firafbar. 

4. >5dtten 'Sie eg ycrfd^lidi get£)an, fo miiften @ie jid) frndnien. 5. 3)en 
©efangcnen hat man abftd^tli^ befteit. 6. Siefer Tlann hat nidit ab^ 
ndididi bicfe Ser^cgerung I)erbetgefii^rt. 7. @o iange nc<i\ fctd)e 5Rduner 
an ber -^v^'i^c beg ^Staateg fteben, fcnneu icir an feiue 33enerung benfen. 

8. i£o tange alg idi reine SSefdidfttgung babe, faun id) nidit ^ufrieben fein. 

9. So Iange a(g ibr artig feib, foKt ibr allcg I)aben, irag i()r braud)i. 10. 
Sc Iange alg bie 2BeIt ftebt, bat man !eine fold^e Se^ciuV^tung gemadit. 
11. %t arbeite fiir bid) fo Iange, alg bu franf hift. 12. 2i}ir fcrgten fitr 
feinc gan^c j^amilie, fo Iange alg er abircfenb trar. 13. (£ie fbnnen^ fo 
iange alg (2ie iiiiinfdien, in meinem -^aufe ivobnen. 14. ^mn er ]ii) 
nidit fo Iange auf bdit fo !ann er audi meine S3riefe nidit mebr befcmmen. 

15. liefer 5Flann arbeitet t5cn 2(nbrudi beg ^^ageg hie fpdt in bie 9'tad)t. 

16. 33on jcfet an gebe id) atle Xage pom ?^lu§ big an ben ©erg fpajieren. 



190 

17. 3cb Bafee nun einen ^rief er&alten unb trerbe, fc haii alS trfi fann, ja 
meinen ^rcunben reifen. 18. S3i3 ben ^iran^igflcn 3anuar erf)alte icb nun 
tnetn ®elb. 19. Xa id) ie|t angefcmmen bin, jc trerbe i* mit iftm fpre; 
d'^en, fc batb ale i* iiya fef)e. 20. ^io tlir -enblicb gcfcmmen feib, ift q-S 
^lad)t gcirorben. 21. ^cn nun an wcUen rotr ^-reunbe fetn. 22. 33i5 eo 
Slbenb n>trb, tacikn tvir in ber ^to.H bleibcn. 23. Der jiaufmann fe|,te 
5(Ueg auf eine Sfteciinnncj. 24. ^Bao i^Sr get^an ^labt, fcmmt je|t auf 
meine Otccb-nung, unb icb mu^ bii^en, trtag ibx i^erfdiutbet bvibt. 25. (i'io ift 
i)(]ik eine erfticfenbe -^ile. 26. 3)ev Ungli'icflidie cvUicfte in bem O^audn-. 
27. 3^a5 Unfraut erfiicfi bie jarten '^i!au^en. 28. 2:ie Stabt rourbe ben 
evbitterten cSclbaten %<xm gegebeti. 29. @r nnirbe fcinem Sdncffvile 
^reio tjegeben. 30. 2^ie le^ten ^^suufte in fciner dkic bch er namentlid) 
l^eraor. 31. (5r l)cb fein UMiferea ^etragen (ler^cr unb Icbte itin cffent^ 
lidi. 32. d'r fcnnte in feincr iBerlegeui^eit fein 35crt ftcr&crbvingen. 33. 
ITtadi langcm Sudden brciduc ]u ein altee 53udi iSerrcr. 

Questions. 1. To what does anf fine 3?ed)nuu3 answer ? 2. Example? 
3. Of what is ^veio gebcu compounded and what does it signity ? 4. Can you 
give an example of hcrbov ■v^dth beben ? 5. Does it occur with any other verb 
in this exercise I 6. What does ['ersov frequently express ] 7. Example V 



LESSO^^ LXXII. gtctxQn LXXII. 

PASSIVE VERBS IIn THE INDICATIVE. 

The passive is formed by placing the auxihary „trerben" (to 
become, to he,) before the past participle of the main verb. 
(§ 84. § So.) In the perfect, pluperfect, and second future 
tenses, the participle of irerbeit rejects the augment „g t" and 
is to be rendered by "• bee'n/' Ex. : @r ift geliebt ircrcen 
(not g e lrcr^^en) : he has bee?! loved. The verb „fein" is 
also used in these tenses, but, with the sio;:nification of ''have." 
Ex. : (Sr i ft gelieBt irorben ; he has been loved. (Sr tvax ge* 
loBt ircrben ; he had been praised, dx irirb gelobt ircrcen 
fein; he will have been praised. 

Many intransitive verbs are used impersonally in the passive. 
Ex. : (gg h.nirbe U^ fpat in bie -9kd)t gefcd)ten; the fighting 
(it was fought, &c.) was continued till late in the night. (§.^ 
trurbe ibm l^on alien (Seiten ^u '^iilfe geeilt ; from all sides it 
was hastened to his assistance. (Sy irirb in bem ©arten "odu 
ben Jlinbem gefpielt dB tpurben in bcni (Concert einige fc^one 
?iebcv gefungen. 



191 



Exercise 

SU'penlifb, n. song of 
the Alps ; 

Slu'erfeuiien, to ac- 
knowledge, own ; 

^lu'i^cnblicf, m. mo- 
ment, twinkling (of 
an eye) ; 

5Iu;5'nun.ten, to find 
out, ascertain ; 

^ricf trdvjcr, m. letter- 
carrier ; 

5^erclu|V, once, one 
day. in the future ; 

(Srbit'rcruiig, / exas- 
peration, animosity; 

(Siieu'uen, to perceive, 
recognize ; 

©rflei'tcrii, to climb, 
scramble up; 



75. % u 

(Srmcv^ben, to murder ; 

(E"riiilt, earnest ; 

©em'feiijdvjer, m. cha- 
mois-hunter : 

®er[d>t', 71. judgment; 

'^eibiiifcb, heathenish, 
heathen, pagan ; 

^cf fcntlidi, it is to be 
hoped, as I hope ; 

3e naitbcm, as, ac- 
cording as ; 

^cftbar, costly, ex- 
pensive ; 

S^lil^avrfunc^, /. co- 
operation ; 

-^riefrer, m. priest ; 

Steditlid^, honest, up- 
right ; 

'SdUageu, to beat, 
strike ; 



fg aB e 75. 

@dimiebcn, to bind 
with chains; 

©dnuiicfcn, to adorn, 
attire ; 

3;abelu, to blame, 
east a blame upon 
one ; 

Un'beiiuF,t, not used, 
not availed of; 

Uufdnilb,/. innocence ; 

^er(cum/Dcn, to back- 
bite, calumniate; 

93er|-am'melit, to as- 
semble, meet : 

iBerut'tiieiIen,to doom, 
condemn; 

®ixfte, /, desert, wil- 
derness. 



I8iele 2Jieiifd>en roetben ii)teg 9tetd^; 

tbu:iu", iiidit i^rer 3}erb[on'|te 

tregen ijecid^/tct. 
5lm ^\\H 'i-:x Sdiladit trurben bie 

3:aV'Ki--ftcu mit ^orbcer befrdit^t'. 

2:a3 -iBiut bes Sd--icffal0 ift "cow 
@ctre» <§anb serfcMciT'eit wcrbeu, 
unb fctn Sterb'lidiex ttermaii'.ct* 
nen -23iicf in feiue ge(;eim'ui^yclj 
lint ^(dttev 5U tbiin. 

2)eTn reid\ni (irofuy n?ar tcit bent 
Cra'fel bcio (iw'i^^ feiiiec Terr's 
li^Fcit i;erfirn bigt iucrbeit. 

(So Icinge 3rcieirad^,t uttb SBi'ber; 
t>rudi unier bcit S^enfcbsn 
berrf^t, (§ 136. 3.) fo (auge 
trerben bie undytiqften SBabr'; 
beitett befdmtft' irerbcn. 

xRxi^t unb ^riebe roerbeu erfl banu 
ni biefe Sfjdfer jurud'febren, 
tt?emt bcr '^cittb v3anjlid:) gefd^l'a'; 
gen topwen fein rtirb. 



Many persons are honored on 
account of their riches, not 
on account of their merits. 

At the end of the battle the most 
valiant were crowned with 
laurels. 

The book of fate has been 
closed by the hand of God, 
and no mortal is able to cast 
a look upon (into) its miste- 
rioas pages (leaves.) 

To the rich Croesus, the end of 
his splendor had been an- 
nounced by the oracle. 

So long as discord and contra- 
diction reign among mankind, 
so long will the most weighty 
truths be contested. 

Repose and peace will first re- 
turn to these valleys when the 
enemy shall have been utterly 
defeated. 



1. ^er Server Uebt unb Icbt beti f!ei^tgeit (Sd^iiler. = iSer jleigige 
®diit(ci- irirb i^cn bem Secret geliebt unb gelcbt. 2. 2)ev 3dger fd^ie^t 
v.ii:ti nut 2BoIfe unb 53dreru, fcnberit aud) Seg-cl. = Otid'^r nut Sdlfe unb 



192 

©dven, fcnbern audi $BcgeI ireiben i^cn bem 3dget gcfcbcfTcn. 3. ^k 
2Jtutter riMruic i^n Scbn. = 2^er igchn iruvbe i)cu bev S^iutter gcirarnt. 4. 
2)er r^riciti-dger bvadUe einen Sricf. = Xcx 33rief luurbe >?cu "bem 33rief; 
trdgcr gebradu. 5. 3)er 3ube i)at bae ^4>ft'i^^ '^f'^ armeii 2Rainte^ ge^ 
fauft. = ^as ^ferb beg armen a)ivinne0 ift s^ou bem ^ubeii gefauft tocn 
ben. 6. iDcr Sdnrei^er hat bte -SUpeulicber fdu^n gefungen. = 3^ic Sil? 
peultcber finb t>cn bem Sdnrei^er fd^cn gefungen ivcrben. 7. 2)ay ^inb 
l)atte baa '-Bud^ tergeJTen. = ^aS 33udi n.\ir »cn bem v^iube nevgeffen 
rocrben. 8. 3)er i'te^ger hatU has jlalb gefdUa*tet. = ^a6 '^aib 
niar vcn bem -2)h|.ger gefdUviciUet ircrbeu. 9. j}er '5elbl)etr trirb feiite 
iSclbaten Ichsn. =^ 2)ie igctoatcn tcerben )^cn bem ^elbfierrn gelcbt irer* 
ben. 10. ®ctt trirb bao ©ute beld^-nen. = ^ae @ute rcixh bcu ®ott 
belcl}nt trerben. 11. 2;ev 9i;a*bar trivi) bem grcunbe gcfjclfen hahm.= 
2)em greunbe tinvb i?cn bem ?tadibar gebclfen n^crben [ein. 12. 3^er 
^etbnlfd^e ^priefter n^irb ba§ anne 2)ldbd^en gecpfcrt f)aben. = ®a^ arme 
Slldbdien n>irb i^cn bem i^etbnlfdien 5>nefter geci.nert ircrben fein. 13. 
©dfcir tft uuter S-iitrcirfnug fehieo ^reunbcg Snitus ermcrbet njorben. 
14. 5^te ftcilften Selfen irerben sen ben ©emfenjdgern etflettert. 15. 2)er 
giinftige Shigenblicf 'coixh ecu bem >^(ugcn crgriffeu. 16. @g trurbe in 
eincv i)cilben (gtunbe metir getbau, benn [cnft in einer gan^en. 17. 5)er 
^gtrctt unirbe ciuf beiben Sciten mit greyer (Srbitteruug gefubtt. 18. 
<Edion mandie fcflbare igtunbe ift unbeniiRt geblieben. 19. Xa^ 2Berf 
ift enbltd^ scUenbet li^crben unh mxh in ben erften ilagen erfd'-einen. 20. 
(S'nblid) ift eg au?gemadit ircrben, wex ber 2^ieb ift. 21. 3!)ie 53riicfe 
vrurbe buvdV bvio Qi6 mit fcvfgeriffen. 22. STie .^ameele irerben in ber 
SBiifte eft licn ben Oleifenben gefdHad^tet, um 3Baffcr ui erlkilten. 23. 2)ic 
©c^ne beg ^Bvutuu Waxm i^cn il}rem ^akx jum Xcbe i^emrtbcilt ircrben. 

24. ^4>rcmett)eug trar r>cn ^npttcr an einen %d\m gefdnniebet ircrben. 

25. iTie ead^c ivitb fel)r iutereffaut irerbcn. 26. ^dcffeutiidi irirb ber tyeinb 
gefdilageu ircrben fein. 27. So irirb bereinft ein ernftee ©eridu gel)alten 
irerbeu, nadibem alle fficlfer irerben rerfammcit ircrben fein. 28. S3iele 
toerben gelcbt irerben, u^etee 3:abel erirarteten, unbQ3ie(e getabett ircrben 
fein, iretdie ein Scb erirartet batten. 29. 3)iefer bungling a^ar rerteum;: 
hd rccrben. 30. 2)ic Uufdiuib beffelbcn irirb erfvtnnt ircrben, na*bem 
[cine reditlidien >5anblungen irerben erfanut n^crben fein. 31. JT'em Sie^ 
ger irar ber «put mit Slumcn gefdnnucft n.-»crben. 32. 5)ic 3;:apferften 
beg >6eereo irerben belcbnt irerben, je nad^tcm ibre S^baten irerben anet; 
fannt ircrben fein. 

Questions. 1. How is the passive formed 1 3. In what tenses does the 
paiticiple ircrceit reject the augment g e ? 3- And how is it rendered ? 4. 
Is the verb feiii used in these tenses 1 5. And witn what signification ? 6. 
Are many intransitive verbs used impersonally in the passi%^e ? 7. Examples 1 
8. What is the passive form of „ber I'ebrev Itvbt mi (ebt bni fleigit^eu 5d)ii= 
lev?" 9. What is the passive of „tcv ^cicsx [rt)titt nidit nnr QBoIfe nub 
^viren, foubcrii au^ 930;]el?" 10. On hearing sentences 3 and 4 in the ac- 
tive, can you give the passive form? 11. Sentences 5 and 6 1 12. Sentences 
7 and Si' 13. Sentences 9 and 10 ] 14. Sentences 11 and 12 1 



103 



LESSON LXXIII. 



Section LXXIII. 



PASSIVE VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE. (§ 85.) 

Exercise 76. Ql u f g a B c 76. 



510'brcitcu,to break off, 
crop, pluck ; 

Cluf'faUciit', startling-, 
striking-, remark- 
able ; 

5(uL^'nifen, to call out ; 

Slcu'pere, n. coun- 
tenance, exterior; 

i8efi'ud>'tcu,to fear, ap- 
prehend ; 

93evvu-i'£'ivjeii, to par- 
don, favor ; 

Seif en, to bite ; 

^Sefaiyuug./. garrison; 

^efteit'iuioj, /. corrup- 
tion, bribery ; 

(Sartl^vVvjc, ?!,Carthage; 



5)ar^blctcn to present, 
offer ; 

©afiii' batten, to be of 
opinion, to deem; 

@()veii, to honor, re- 
spect, esteem ; 

@in'ncl)meu,to occupy, 
take possession of; 

^orffdUep^jeu, to drag, 
pull along; 

©vviben, to dig, grub, 
ditch ; 

©riednfd), Greek, Hel- 
lenic ; 

<§tntet'ge§en, to de- 
ceive, delude ; 

•^irfct), m. stag, hart, 
deer; 



Elagen, to complain, 
lament; 

So fen, to solve, un- 
riddle ; 

Dra'feC, n. oracle ; 

5)tatl}fel, n. riddle, enig- 
ma; 

(S^iel, n. game, play; 

3^rcja, n. Troy; 

Ue'bermaf, n. excess, 
superfluity ; 

Ue^brt^en^, as for the 
rest, besides ; 

33erfrui't)tgen, to an- 
nounce, predict; 

SSermu't^en, to sup- 
pose, presume, 
tliink. 



Qx tveUtc nidit ertau^ben, "bo^^ jencr 

SD^anu geru^fcn Jt^evbe. 
^ie flatten ser^c^ben^ %^^)^'^^> baf 

'bk i^ieten ileinen J^er^^c^tf^iimer 

in $roinn'§en etn^i^et()eiltaiurben. 
SJZan glaiibt, ba^ "cti biefem U^im 

©tnrme ctele Sdiiffe »erfdi(a^geu 

njcrbcn feien. 
(5r erjdt}Kte mir, ba^ meine 5tb^; 

Iianfcluncjcn iiber biefen ©e'geu; 

jtanb ]d)x gctobf n."»orben trdven. 

5)a ble fiiriVn*e t^ami^lte ge^^en? 

ludvtti^ ift, fc ycrnm^tf)et man, 

'aoi^ biefen Qtbenb eiu grcfe^ Son; 

cert' n?erbe gcge'beu tr>erben. 
3di fjofe, bap m fuvjer 3ett <xik 

•^in'berniffe yon tl)nt njevben uhn^ 

tt)un'cen irorben fein. 



He would not allow, that that 
man should be called. 

They had vainly hoped, that the 
many little Dukedoms would 
be divided into provinces. 

It is supposed, that by this late 
(last) storm, many vessels 
have been cast away. 

He told (L. 83. I.) me, that my 
negotiationsconcerning this af- 
fair, had been very much laud- 
ed. 

Since the princely family is pres- 
ent, it is conjectured, that a 
great concert will be given 
this evening. 

I hope, that in (a) short time, all 
hindrances will have been sur- 
mounted by him. 



1. @j5 irtrb gefagt, ba| bev ©d^aufpteler eine SSorftcUnng gebe. = (55 
luirb gefagt, ba§ cine 2}cr[teUang yon bent Sdiaufpieler gegeben ftierbe. 2. 
3)er 9iia*bav glaubt, 'i}Oi'^ ber ^nabe felne S'ltevn tdufd^e. = 3)er DiadiBar 
glaubi, ba^ ble (Sltern yen bem ,Knaben getdnfdit tcerben. 3. 2)ie ^inber 
fagien, ber 3dger fd)6f7£ ban -^irfch. = ^ie ^inber fasten, ber «^irf(ij 
9 



194 

iturbe tjon htm Sdger gefdioffen. 4. ^an befurd)tct, bet ^unb Betf e bie 
Seute. = SJlan befuvcbtet, bie Seute hjurbcn son bem ^unbe gebiffen. 5. 
SJlan »crmutf)et, ber ^reuub f)abe Den §reunb i^intergangen. = SJian »eri 
muttjet ber greunb fet »om ^reunbe ^iutergangen ivorbeu. 6. 2)er Secret 
glaubte, ber (Sdniler Ijabs hk Slufgabe gelernt. = 2)er Se^nr glaubte, b(e 
Sliifgabe fei tton bem @d)uter gelernt trovben. 7. 5)er SSater mciute, ba^ 
bie ^inber gef^ielt flatten. = 3)er S3ater meinte, ba^ »cn ben ^inbern ge? 
fpielt worben ware. 8. (ix erjd^lte mir, ha^ bie 3Jldbdien bie 53himen in 
fcinem ©arten abgcbrodien Mtten. = (§x erjd^lte mir, ba^ bie S3Iumen in 
feinem ®arten won hen aitdbdien wdren Q&gebrodicn wcrben. 9 'Der al(e 
<2otbat rief au^, ba^ er feinen ^elbfjerrn nie »ergeffen werbe. = 2)er alte 
<^olbat rief aug, baf fejn i^elbiierr nie t»cn if)m irerbe sevgeffen werbeit. 
10. 5)ie SD^utter fagte, fte irerbe biefen S^Zadimittag im ©arten graben. = 
3)ie 5Flntter fagte, eg werbe biefen Oladnnittag im @arten t>cn ifyx gegra? 
kn werben. 11. 3di modite wiffen, cb fie ibn werben geel)rt {)aben.= 3<i) 
mcd)te wiffen, cb er Don if)nen trerbe gee^rt worben fein. 12. 3di badite 
nid)t anberg, al^ ha^ er bag <£piet irerbe gewciinen ()aben. = 3d) badite 
nidit anberg, alg baf bag @piel yon ifim werbe gewonnen worben fein. 13. 
5)ag Orafel nerfiinbigte i^m, er werbe fiegen. i4. @r fagte mir, er werbe 
son 3ebermann geliebt unb geaditet. 15. @r betiauptet, ha^ 9^dt()fel fei 
burd) iijn geloft trorben. 16. 2)ie @efdiid)te melbet, ha^ Xxcja i?on ben 
gried)ifd)cn ^iirften jerftort worben fei. 17. (S'r fagte i(;m, er wiirbe fei? 
netwegen (L. 74.) 5tUeg §n tf)un bereit fein. 18. 2)er ?^reunb beHagte fid?, 
ha^ er fo luenig oon mir befudit wiirbe. 19. S^^an fagt, Ungarn fei bnrd> 
IBeftediung, nidit burd) ©etralt ber 3Gaffen, beftegt tt>crben. 20. SD^lein 
91adibar fagte mir, bag Slen^ere biefeg SJZanneg bote niditg StuffaUenbe^ 
bar, aber feine @eele wiirbc ge^icrt burdi eine -2JJenge trefftid^er digenfdmfi 
ten. 21. 2)er aite (5ato fdVlcf cine iebe Otebe mit ben ffiorten : Uebr»i 
geng ijaik id) bafiir, bafi @artf)ago gerftbrt irerbc. 22. dJlan »ermnttiet 
bie '^eftung ]d »cn hm ^einben eingenommen toorben, aitein bi^ Sefa|>ung 
toerbe begnabigt trorben fein. 23. 2)er Si'mgling fagte, eg werbe no* 
SSieleg ticn iijm getban inerben. 24. ;Der betrnbte Sater glaubt, fein (Bc^n 
toerbe son bem erbitterten ^einbe erfdioffen trorbcn fein. 25. 2)ie ^reun- 
bin bef)an^tete, ha^ ha^ Ungliicf bnrd) bie Sdmlb beg 91a*barg ()crbeige^ 
fiibrt worben trdre. 26. 3)er 2(rme flagte, ha^ er gctraltfam fortgefd)le))pt 
tDorben iDvire. 27. 3m Uebermafe feineg (Sdnnerjeg rief er ang : „D^ 
iudre id) nie gcboren worben. " 

Questions. 1. Can you give the passive fi-om of „(§^ nnr'D flefagt. ia^ bev 
(5(^aufvtel€r eine -Boffteliuitg i]ebe1" 2. The passive of, ber ^Jlad)bar glaubt, 
ba§ ber .fnabe, &c.? .3. Of, bie J^inber fagteii, bci Siigev, Scc.l 4. Wcm bc= 
fiirrbtet, ber .giimb, &c. ? 5. Of, man oermiitbet, ^er ?5'reiinb I)«bc, &c. ? 6. 
Of, ber Sebrev glaubte, ber Sd^iiler \)abt, &c. 



LESSOiST LXXI Y. §tctio\\ LXXI V. 

The preposition ^.ircgen" is often compounded with the geni- 
tive of personal pronouns (§ 5T. 2.), which in this connecticm 



195 

substitute „t" or „ct" for the final „r". Ex. : 9}2einetrpegett 
(instead of mciitcrlvcgcu), on my account, for my sake (literally 
on account of me.) <Seinetii>egcn nur feiu id) gefommcn ; on his 
account only have I come. 

I. The preposition ju is often used after certain verbs (as, 
nuid^cn, ircvtcn, Btaud)en, (fee.,) to mark the result of an action, 
or the end or destination of a thing. Ex. : Sie Ija^m i(;n §um 
§eint> gemad)t; you have made him (to) an enemy, or, you 
have made an enemy of him. 5Da§ (Si0 ttnrb ju SSaffer; the 
ice becomes (to) water. (Sr ]6raud}t fihtf (Slleii ^iid) §u einem 
9}iantel ; he needs five ells of cloth for a cloak. 

II. 3}erbad)t auf Sentaub ^aBen, or Semcmb in 3[?erbad)t (;a* 
ten (literally, to have suspicion upon one, or, to hold one in 
suspicion,) answers to our " to suspect." Ex. : ^d) ^a6e ^er* 
bac^t auf iijn, or, id) ^aBe if)n in 3]erbad)t ; I suspect him, or, I 
have suspicion of (upon) him. 

Exercise 77. 5( u f g c 6 e 77. 

Stn'Hctben, to dress, jvvan!l)eit, /. sickness, ^erbadU', m. suspi- 
nttire : illness ; cion ; 

-?(uf'iT>avterin, /. fe- S/littacj, m. noon, mid- 2l'eitev, farther ; 

male-servant, wait- day ; 2.1)er|en, to throw, 

ing-woman ; S)?it'ternadit, /. mid- cast; 

Shic'^eBnnu], /. con- night: SScrauf, whereupon, 

sumption; ^:peifen, to eat; ^u on which; 

-^vibeii, to bathe ; !OZIttag fpeifen, to 3uerft, at first, for 

t^riit.'itiicfen, to break- dine ; the first. 

fast ; 

^aben@ie geticrt', an wa^ fiir ei; Have you heard what disease the 

ner .^raiiff)eit ber Diet'fenbe ge- traveler (has) died of? 

ftcr'ben if^ ? 

eo mi (L. 35. IV.) lit Ujeip, ift As far as I konw, he (has) died 

er an ber (3'l)c'(eva geftcv'ben. of the cholera. 

5(leran'ber ber ®ro^e jtarb an einer Alexander the great died of (a) 

.^vanftiett ^n Q?a'bttlon im bret sickness at Babylon in the 

unb brei'pigften ;jal}re feine^ Se; thirty-third year of his life. 

bens. 

Stitf n^en habm Sie Sevbadit'? Whom do you suspect? (Upon 

whom have you suspicion ?) 

^d) i^abe i^n in 33ei-bad}t', mid) be* I suspect him of having robbed 

raubt' ju Ijaben. me. (I have him in suspicion 

to have robbed me^.) 



196 

Diad)bem' idb ju 9Zad^t gcfpcift' fja^ After I shall have supped I shall 
ben irerbe, getie idi ciU!^. - go out. (After I shall have 

eaten at night, I go out.) 
@r i\t iiaA^ jeliii Xlhx ^xi mtr gcfcm'^ He came to me after ten o'clock, 
men. (He is come to me after ten 

o'clock.) 
(Bx ift trc^en feiuer ^ranf()eit nidit On account of his illness he did 
geyan'yen. not go. (He is on account of 

Ms illness not gone.) 

1. SDiffen <Bk ni*t, antral fur einer ^rauffiett 3bre S^ltdUe gejicrben 
ift ? 2. ®o t?iel tdi gef)ort fsabe, iit fie an ber Vlusjefirung gefiorben. 3. 
QJiele finb in biefem Svibre an ber(ibclera gcftcrben. 4. S^ei^ nmn nidit, 
toer bie filbernen Scffel geftci)Ien §at ? 5. ?lein, ater man bat S5crbad)t 
auf etnen 33ebienten beg daufes. 6. ^an batk §uerft eine aite ^nfvoavf 
terin in 33erbadit. 7. @r fat midi in 23erbad^t, ibn i'»crfd^-lidi beleibigt 
ju baben. 8. 3di ivei| tiMrfltdi ntdit, auf tren id) meinen SSerbadit weqen, 
unb rocrauf id^ ibn ftii|en fclC. 9. Dladibem id) mid^ angefleibet, unb 
nad^bein idi gefvunftiitft baben ttcrbe, n^ill id^ i£)n Befud^en. 10. yia&\i 
bem er ju 9)cittag gcfpcift Ijatu, la6 er bte 3eitung. 11. DJadibem er ftdi 
gebabet liatte, madite er einen Spa^iergang. 12. dlai^ jebn Ubr be^j Womh^ 
Befndite er mid^ ncd\ 13. D^id^ ^^ittternadU trerben h^ir unfere 9lcife ityei^ 
tcr fcrtfe^cn. 14. Qs gtebt 5)^enfdien, treld)e na^i^ biefem Scben fein 
anberee eruMrten. 15. Sdi freue midi fetncttuegen mefir aU metnetn^egen. 
16. 3t)renuegen babe id^ bie 9ietfe unterncmmen. 17. ©uretwegen ift ber 
33ater fc betriibt. 18. Unfertn?egen braudien @ie fob nid^t ju fdumen. 
19. TWm S3rnber n^ar feincr Uibft nuvt mefir rndd^tig. 20. «6ajl 
5!5u <§errn 91 felbft, cber feine grau gefeften? 21. 3d) l)aBe itnt felbfl 
nid^t nur gefeben, fcnbern and) gefprcdien. 22. @in treuer ©olbat jlirbt 
lieber, aU ia^ ex jum 33crrdrber rc-irb. 

QUESTIONS. 1. With what is ivcgeii often compounded? 2. What does 
the pronoun then substitute for the final r ? 3. Example ? 4. Can you 
repeat an example of 5U used after ntacijen? 5. After rcerceu? After btau= 
d^n ? What does Q>evtad)t babeii denote ? 8. Can you give an example of 
each form of its use 1 



LESSON LXXY. faction LXXV. 

9?id^t h.ia(;r ? literally, not true ? (is it not true), answers to 
our phrases " is n't it V was n't it ? don't they ? " kc, after an 
assertion; as, @g ift faltcS SSetter, ttidit ira^r? It is cold 
weather, is n"t it ? (2ie fentiett i^n, md)t Voahx ? You know 
him, don't you? Sometimes „in^t ira^r?'' precedes the asser- 
tion ; as. dTid)t Wabt, 6ie fittb miibe ? You are th-ed, are you 
not? ' 



191 



I. Qluflimrten (compounded of the j^ar^/cZe aiif and irartcn. 
§ 90.), signifies to wait upon, to serve, and governs the dative. 
^d) WaxU ^i^iun auf ; I wait upon you. 5)arf id] 3I;nen niit a- 
ncr 3:'ajyc 5{)ce aiifirarten ? May I serve you with a cup of tea? 
3cf) bullae 3f)ncn, sometimes abbreviated to ^d) banfe, is the 
usual reply ansv>-ering to our, '' No : I thank you." Sd) Bin ]0 
jtei (literally, I am so free), is the usual, equivalent to our "If 
you please." Sd) mad}e i^m meine ^luflrartimg ; I wait upon 
him, literiilly, make my waiting upon him. SSartett, when fol- 
lowed by the ptrposition „Oiif' signifies '• to wait for." Ex.; 
3d} trarte auf i^n ; I am waiting for him. 

II. SoUen (See § 83. 6. Bern?} with an infinitive is often 
answered, in English, by the infinitive only, preceded by the 
preposition " to;" as, 3d) ireif ntc^t, tr»a§ id) t^un foil; I do not 
know what to do. 

III. 9?i(f)t jum SScrte, or ju SBorte fommen, signifies literally, 
not to come to the word, or to words, that is, not effectually^ 
not in a manner to be heard and understood. 

Exercise 78, 5(ufgaSe 78. 



Slaiteu, 72. Aix-la-Cha- 
pelle ; 

Sln'fld-^er, m. accuser, 
impleader ; 

Sluf^■rclr ten, (Seel.) ; 

©efcbul'i)tgun^,/. accu- 
sation, imputation ; 

(S'benfalU, also, too, 
likewise : 



Gntfcbiil'bt^ung, /. ex- 
cuse, apology ; 

A'elhter, m. waiter, 
bar-keeper ; 

^rcnuug, /.coronation; 

Crbiini, to regulate, 
order ; 

Safft?,/. cup, dish ; 

Unifeujl', in vain, vain- 



Serge'beng, in vain, 
vainly : 

Q3erguiigt', cheerful, 
merry, delighted ; 

Sevtre'ter, m. repre- 
sentative ; 

9Biberfva()'reti, to hap- 
pen, befall; 

Suiige,/. tongue. 



3^r ^err iSater ifi franf, ntd^t 

tt^aBr ? 
3di tt»artete etue @tunbe auf (£ie, 

banii ging iit iinb madite bent 

^remben nieine -2{uj^i^artung. 
dr nuidite midi bvirauf auf'merf; 

fam, bap bie 3eit oorbei' war. 
@i- UHt^te nid^t, unis ev tliun fcUte. 
S)ie meiften SZonac'dien laffen if-,.- 

rem 2QiiIen freien Sauf. 
2)cr Sdrm lie^ mid) nid^t jum Sorte 

fommen. 



Your father is sick ; is n't he ? 

I v/aited an hour for you ; then 
I went and waited upon (called 
upon) the stranger. 

He reminded me (made me ob- 
servant) that the time was past. 

He did not know what to do. 

(The) most monurchs allow their 
wills free scope (course)^ 

The noise did not permit me to 
be understood (See III.). 



198 

1. as tear etne fc&one (Stunbe, tttd)t lual^t, tnctn ^^reunb ? 2. 3a, bag 
tear [ie, uiib ntdit fo balb tuerbe idb fie toergeffen. 3. S^licbt u^aljr, bet 
S^achbav lt>ar ebenfaUg auf bem ^efte ? 4. 3a, er irar bcvt unb fei)r »er; 
gniigt. 5. Olicbt irat^r, eg ift fdion fe(}r fpdt ? 6. DZein, eg ift ncdi jiem; 
ltd) friif). 7. 9iidit tt)af)r, eg ift ntd)t 5lUeg tca()r, trag bie Scute fagen ? 
8. Dleiu, nidit SlUeg barf man if)ueit glauben. 9. 3di f)abe fd)cn eine 
©tuiibe auf i^n gewartet, unb tmnier Idf t er ftdi no* nid^t fel)eu. 10. 
SBir warten auf ben aufwartenben ^ellner. 11. 2Benn (Sie eg eriauben, 
toerbe icb 3f)nen biefen Sf^adnnittag meine Slufwartung ma6en. 12. 2)arf 
idi 3I)nen mit einer Piaffe 2;^ee cber ^affee aufwarten ? 13. 3di banfe 
fiir 2^l}ee, aber id^ bin fo fret, eine Xaffe^affee aujunel}men. 14. Sei ber 
jlronung ber beutfdien ^aifer ju 5(adien irarteten bie antt?efenben ^^iirften 
auf. 15. Umfonft ^abt idi if)n barauf aufmerffam gemadit, er fclgt nur 
feinem .Fvo^fe. 16. S)er Sel^rer madite bie (Sdiiiler barauf aufmerffam, 
it)ie \vci)l unb gut ®oit 2l(kg in ber 2Belt georbnet {)abe. 17. 2)er g^tid^ter 
fragte ilm t>ergebeng, irarum er biefeg S}erbvedien begangen ijaU ; ber Sin? 
gef*utbigt i)atk ntditg barauf p antt»orten. 18. 3di ftabe bag (Sdireiben 
ert)aiten; altein id) wti^ nidit, trag idi barauf antn>crten foU. 19. 3d) 
t»u^te fc^on, tuag idi barauf anttrorten iriirbe, n?enn idi an3^ter (gtetle 
tDdre. 20. ®ie ffl'ldnner, i?on benen @ie fpredien, finb eben nidit bie beftcn 
SSertreter beg Sanbeg. 21. 3d) lit^ meiner 3unge freieu Sauf unb erjd^Ite 
bag mir t»iberfat)rene Uured)t. 22. (Sx lief feiner Stebe freien Sauf unb 
fagte in feiner ^egeifterung mef)r, alg er ^ixtk tijun foUen. 23. 2)er Sin? 
fidger lief ben 5lngeflagten nidit ju 3©orte fommen, fonbern ful)r immer 
mit feinen 33efd)ulbigungen fort, c^ne auf bie (5ntfd)ulbigungen ju l)oren. 24. 
S)er Sdrm iibertonte bie ©timme beg Otebenben unb lief iijn nidit ju 2Borte 
fommen. 

Questions. 1. To what does nic^t \val)v answer in English 1 2. Example 1 
3. What does aufitiarten signify ] 4- Example 1 5. How do you render, ic^ 
mai1)e ibm meine 9lufwartung ? 6. What does ivavten, when followed by the 
preposition auf, signify ? 7. How is foUcii with an infinitive often rendered 1 
8. Example 1 9. What does iitc^t ju 2Bovte fommen imply? 



LESSON LXXVI. gtci\(^n LXXYI. 

@cf)mer,^en, to pain, is used like the corresponding English 
word. Ex. : ®er ®ebatt!e fc^mcrjt ntid^ ; the thought pains 
me. 3)ie 2Bunbe fdjmerjt i^n; the wound pains him. 

I. 5BeB, (pain) joined with tf)m\, (to do, to make) forms 
the phrase, ^t^ t^un, to pain, to grieve ; literally, to make, 
or cause pain. Ex. : JDaS i^ui mir n?el^ ; that grieves me (it 
causes me pain.) (Sr ^^i bem ^inbe n^cl; get^an ; he has hurt 
the cliild. ^ie ^anb t^ut i:^m ire^ ; the hand pains him. 5)a0 
^inb ^ai fief) toc^ getl)an ; the child has hurt itself. 



199 



II. l^cib rt;im, (literally, to make, or cause pain,) is em- 
ployed to denote mental suffering ; sorrow ; as, (S3 t(;ut i^m 
leit", baf cr eg qdtjan t)at', he is sorry, that he has done it. 
Qo tl;ut mir IciD, iijii nid|t gefef;eu §u I;a6eit ; I am sorry not 
to have seen him. 

III. Bei)tf«, to fail,, to miss, to lack, is often used imper- 
sonally. Ex. : @3 fefVltc i^ni an SScrftanb ; he was lacking in 
understanding. So also, traS fel^lt bem ^Unm ? What ails 
the man ? ^a3 fe^tt 'iijmn ? What ails you ? or what is the 
matter with you ? 



Exercise 79. 



5tufgaBe YO. 



9l'bcrinal^, again, once 

more ; 
dxwcx belt, to earn, 

get, obtain; 
j^etjl'geBeii, to go 

wrong, to miss the 

way ; 
©ereu'en, to cause to 

repent ; 
^iiiju'fiigen, to add to, 

to jom, adjoin; 
edb, (See II.); 
SD^ciben, to avoid, 



shun, to abstain 
from ; 

91ie'!>erf*tageu, to de- 
ject, discourage,dis- 
hearten ; 

@d^eiben, to part from 
another ; 

(gitmerjen, (See 

above) ; 

(£ee'{ciiruf)e, /. tran- 
quillity, peace of 
mind ; 

(gtreit, m. contest, 
contention ; 



9}erfen^uen, to mistake, 

to take for another; 
33erfttmmt^ out of 

humor, out of tune ; 
S}clfelteb, 71. national 

song; 
9]or'faUeu, to happen, 

to come to pass ; 
38ef), (See I.) ; 
3ufvte'beuf)eit, /. con- 

tentedness ; 
3u'fugen, to cause, to 

inflict. 



(B6 fiel niisti 'ocn Sebeu'tung 'oox. 
(S^ [dvnier^t wi&^ts Idiiger unb tiefer, 

al^ bag SeaniiVfuhi, feine (§ 135. 

4.) Sugeiib in Xi)oiH}nkn x>m 

geu'bet ju fiabcn. 
©cigeu (Bk mir, Jrag Sfinen fef)U, 

imb tcai bie Ur'facbe 36ver 

2;f}rduen ifl, 
(Ss fcf)U mir au ©ebulb , bae @nbe 

meiuer Seiben ab'^jutuarten. 
(Sill Scbf^'rudh, beii i&\ mix nidU jii''; 

cigneii fauii, tliut mir wdyix, aU 

till i^erbten^tcr 5Berroeie^ 
9)lir ti)ut bag fdicu tocf), was an-^ 

bcrn nur leib tbut. 



Nothing important happened. 
Nothing pains longer and moi 
deeply, than the conscious- 
ness of having spent one's 
(his) youth in folly. 
Tell me what ails you, and what 
is the cause of your tears. 

I lack patience to await the end 
of my sufferings. 

A eulogium, that I cannot ap- 
propriate, pains me more than 
a merited reproof. 

That already pains me which 
makes others onlv sorrv. 



1. (§6 fdMitcv^t midv fo inele 2)leuf6cit uugh"idfltdi ^u fc^eu. 2. !Dte 
Shntbe fd^merjt if)u mtt jebem Xacic mcbr. 3. (fg fdimer^t ntditg mebt, 
aU »oii icntni ■otxiannt ju feiu, beveii Siebe uiib §td)tuug man fid) gem 



200 

ettoerben mocbtc. 4. de t^ut mir teib, i^n beleibigt ju l^aBen. 5. ©diei? 
ben unb SOZeiben t^ut irel), fayt ein altc-J beutfcbeg SclfsHeb. 6. 2)lcin 
^cpf tMit mir iref). 7. @» t^ut mir in ber Seele wef), i^m nicbt f^effen 
gu fonncn. 8. ©as? fcf)It, mein greuiib, irarum fo trciurig ? 9. (5^ fel)lt 
mir treiter niditg, al^ ba^ v± ein trenig i^erftimmt bin. 10. <B'mb @ie 
franf? 11. 3a, icb Bin ein n^enig unttcbl. 12. iSag fef)It 3§nen ? 13. 
3di Babe .^cbfn.'ief). 14. @ie finb reicb unb ange[et)en, unb bccb finb @ie 
niebergefcbfagen, — roai fef)(t Slmen ? 15. @^ fef)(t mir »iel, „3ufries 
benf)eit unb Seelenrufje." 16. 51(1 (L. 41. VI.) meiue ?5^"euiibe, hk s>er; 
fprocben i^atten ^u !cmmen, ttaren ba. nur diner fe(>Ite. 17. 5(Ue 2)ien; 
fchen feBlen. 18. 2)Zein SSruber iji abermal^ feBlgegangen; ftatt in mein 
«^,au^, il^ er in ba^ meine^ Df^adibarg gefcmmen. 19. Seine SScrte ge? 
teuten i()n, unb er serfpradi biefelben nie irieber fagen ju wcllen. 20. 5lt^ 
biefe^ ijcrfiel, n>ar idi nidU ju >Oanfe. 21. 3)iefer (gtreit fiel in ber 9id§e 
meiner 2Bc{)nung »cr. 22. 3di (/abe bem bereit^ ®efagten nur ncd^ n?e; 
nig f)in§ujufiigen. 23. 2)iefem ©efd'enfe fugte fie ein ftciue^ Sriefd^en bin* 
ju. 24. ©r fi'igte mir i)orfa^(id) biefe^ 2dh ju ; he^^alb fann id) if)m 
ntdit i?erjeif)en. 

Questions. 1. How is ff^merjen usedl 2. Example"? 3. What does 
9Bel) tl)un signify 1 4. Example 1 5. How does Setb tbun differ from ^eb 
t^un ? 6. Example 1 7. Is fe 5 (en often used impersonally ? 8. Can you re- 
peat the first example of fef) leu? 9. What does XtiaS fe^lt answer to in 
English 1 10. Example 1 



LESSON LXXVIL I* e c t i n LXXYII. 

S)amtt (therewith) is often to be rendered by "in order to, in 

order that, to that, &c." Ex. : Sc^ mu§ ellen, bamit id) nic^t §u 
fpat anfcmme ; I must hasten, in order not to ari-ive too late. 5c^ 
xvoUU Bitten, ba^ @ie ba§ t^aten, bamit i^ eS nid)t t:^un miifte. 
(©ellert.) I would beg you to do that, in order that I might 
not be obliged to do it. 

I. (2eitbem = since, since then, since the or that time. Ex. : 
Seitbem fie in ^eutfd)lanb irar, fpridit fie nid)t^ aU 5)eutfc^ ; 
since she was in Germany, she speaks notliing but German, 
©eitbem iji er glucfUd) ; since then (or that time) he is happy. 

II. ©efatligft, an adverb m the superlative degree from the 
adjective gefallig, pleasing, agreeable, answers to our phrase, 
please ; u you please. Ex. : SSoUen <Bu mir gefalligfi * fagen, 
Unei?iel U^r e§ ift ? Will you please to tell me what time it is? 
®e6en Sie mir gefalligfl meinen ^ut • please to give me my hat. 

* Note, that £icfa[lti]fi. unlike the phrase L. 75. 1, is employed in soliciting . 
and not in acknowledging a favor. 



201 



Exercise 80, 



^infQa^t 80. 



5(uf' fc^en, to put on ; 

JBcifpit'I, m. example; 

(S'ilcii, to hasten ; 

©I'tin-lid), parental ; 

STcty'iicii, to happen, 
occur ; 

Gvfcinit'uif, /. know- 
ledge ; 

^crt, away, (L.83.II.); 

%oxt cilen, to hasten 
away ; 

i^vciube/.foreign coun- 
try, abroad ; 

©efaU/igft, (See II.) ; 



©cfditotn'biiifcit, /. ce- 
lerity, swiftness ; 

.§eimatl}, /. home, na- 
tive place ; 

^ungern, to hunger, 
starve ; 

.^roiu-ii, to crown ; 

^elj'ftanbfcbuB, m. fur- 
glove ; 

^iiantafte',/. fancy ; 

^cft'UHigen, m. stage- 
coach ; 

^praifeit/ to gorman- 
dize ; 

<Bd)\m^^n, to revel, 
carouse ; 



©eitbem', (See I.) ; 

(Stiiviuifd), stormy ; 

Uin'hviiu^cn, to hang 
round, put on ; 

Umfun-'ivreii, to wander 
about ; 

Uni'iinn-fcn, to throv/ 
about ; 

33erfdu'meu, to miss, 
neglect, lose ; 

aBeidu^n, to give way, 
retire ; 

aSe^f/alb^why, where- 
fore. 



S)te 2)eutfdien fcnncn erft i'lBer Si? 
teratiiv' itr'tBetten, feitbem' fte 
felbft eine Siterv*itur'f)aBen. @ot6e. 

Qx []t an'gcjogen mit bent ^leibe 

ber ©eredi'tigfcit. 
fDer £iihl fe^te feinen ^ut auf 

unb Mngte feinen 3Jlantel itm, 
(Sr eilt ^cim mit fcr'cjenbcr (Seelc, 

bamit' er bte i^rlft nidU rerfe'file. 

@cbt(ler. 



The Germans can now (for the 
first) judge of literature, since 
they themselves have a litera- 
ture. 

He is clothed with the garment 
of justice. 

The uncle put on his hat and 
cloak (hung his el oak about). 

He hastens home v.ith anxious 
soul in order that he may not 
miss the appointed time. 



1. @eitbem tdi t;ter aiigefcnraien Hn, tiat ftdi fdicn S^andieg ereignet. 
2. @eitbem er btefe Sfiat be.jangeu fiat, fd)etnt alter grtebcn 'c^cn ibm ge^ 
itnd^en ju fein. 3. @ctti^em er fort ift, l}aBe id) feine redit \xcl)c Stunbe 
mebr. 4. @eit biefer Beit i^at man n'htU it-iebcr i^cii ibm gef)cvt. 5. 
<Seit metnem ^efiutcu Satire I)abe id) ia6 eltevlidie -§aiig i-criaifen. 6. (Seit 
qeftern befinbe idi mid) nidit ganj trtcfit. 7. @eit bem Slobe feincr (SItcvn 
irrt er cimt ^^eimarf) in ber §rembe umf)cr. 8. Seitbem er gur drfeinit? 
ni^ fehier fetbft gefonimeu, ift er ein ganj anberer SKciifd) getvorben. 9. S'r 
^og iii) in aller @efd)ii3inbtgfeit an. 10. 3n ber @tle i^xcia^ er fetne (Stie^; 
fci au^i^ieBen unb eilte in ben ^^antcffeln fort. 11. Seine ^leibcr finb 
gan^ burd)na§t, bc^^alb mn^te er fidi anberg an^icbcn. 12. (5r fe|te bie? 
fen 9Jlcrgen feinen ^nt nidit auf, fcnbern feine 9)Ki^e. 13. 5)er 2)iencr 
i)dngie il)m nidit, ^vie gcmcftnlidi, feinen 9J?antel nm, fonbern er travf i()n 
[elber urn. 14. Sergcffen @ie ni*t, 3r)ren 3Jiantcl unijmrerfen, ee ift 
fer)r fait nnb ftitrmifcb. 15. -§dngen @ie niir gefdlligft nicinen S^Zantct 
um unb fe|en ©ie mir nieinen <§ut auf, benn id) I)alie fdion nieine bicfcn 
^elj(ianbfdmt)e angejcgen. 16. (§x ftieg auf ben fic*jien Sauni, bamit er 
ben ilcnig feben fijnne. 17. (Sx trar feftr eilcnb, bamit er ben ^ofin^agcn 
niAt v)erfdxtmen mo6te. 18. (5r erjdfilte mir biefeg, bamit idi mir eiu 



202 

S3cif^icl baran ncl^men modhte. 19. 2)er (Sdbuler entf^ulbigte ftd) bamit, 
ha^ ei" Felue 3ett c^ei)abt ^dtte, feine 5(ufgabe ^u ternen. 20. 3u grcpen 
@taaten miiffen «§unberte (}itngern, bamit ©tiier ipraffe itnb fd^trelge: 
3e(}iitciufenbe iverbeu gebriicft uiib in ben ^iob gejagt, bamit ein gefron? 
ter Hi^cx cbev SBeifer feine ^l;antafte aue^kijxe. 

Questions. 1. How is bamt't often to be rendered 1 2. Can you give an 
example? 3. How is feitbcm defined? 4. Can you give an example of its 
use 1 5. From what is the adverb gefiiliigfi ? 6. To what does it answer 1 
7. Can you repeat the two examples of its use 1 



LESSON LXXVIII. gtctxon LXXYIII. 

^ieO, beloved, dear, agreeable, may when applied to persons, 
be rendered, (like gem with ^aSeu L. 44. I.) ^^dear.'' Ex. : 
Sd) ^afce i'^n fe^r lie6; he is very "dear" to me. Applied to 
things, Iie"6 with fein, signifies to be agreeable, to please, &c. ; as, 
2)iereS ftelne ®efd)enf ift mir lieB ^ this little present pleases (is 
pleasing) me. @g ift wir lieB, ba^ (Bie bamit §ufrieben finb; I 
am glad (it is pleasing) that you are satisfied with it. 

I. 5Bofe auf (hterally, bad upon) and Bofe iikr (bad over or 
towG/rds) signify ill-disposed ; the former being applied chiefly 
to persons^ the latter to things. Ex. : SBatiiw finb (Sie Bofe auf 
i^n? Why are you angry at him? (Sr ift bofe life er meitt 
)^ a d) e n ; he is angry at my laughing. 

II. v^eimen lernen (fennen, L. 26. III.) signifies to become 
acquainted with. Ex. : SBoUen 6ie \ij\x fcnnen lenten? Do you 
wish to become acquainted with him ? 3rf) I)aBe \{)\\ fd;on fentien 
gelanit ; I have already become acquainted with him. 

Exercise 81. 5lufgaBe 81. 

Sln'treffcu, to meet drfolg', m. result ; Xtttmog'Iidifeit, /. im- 

with ; @efe|', n. law. possibility ; 

55efdnf'tigeu, to pacify; SJlit'tBeilen, to impart, S3erBie'ten, to forbid ; 

(li\3enftnriig, stubborn, communicate, be- iBot'ftellen, to repre- 
v/ilful ; stow, give : sent, introduce, per- 

©tri'|"ii[)rcu,lo usher in, Scbmnggler, t??. smug- sonate. 
introduce, import : gler ; 

2Bc([en (gie mict iu biefe ^^efelt^- Will you introduce me to this 

fdiuft eiu'niljren ? company '? 

^d) iriit (Sie nieineu 5,H^fann'ten I will introduce you to my ac- 

sor'fteUen. quaintances. 



2d3 

3d) h)ill <Sic mit tneinen jjrcunben I will make y :»u acquainted with 

betauiit' macben. my friends. 

SDtciii il>crtcr ftellte ben ^aifer »cv. My cousin represented (persona- 
ted) tlie emperor, 

©elit ^Bruber fiedte mir vcv, bap e^ His brother represented to me, 

iinredu fci. that it was wrong. 

QS \]t ii)m }cbx Ikh, i>a^ @ie tretjen He is very glad, that you are not 

bicfei* ^Cid)ii nidbt bofe auf itin angry at him on account of 

fiiib. this affair. 

Uebcv wa»5 jtnb 3ie \c bcfe ? At what are you so angry I 

3di J)abe Jj)ervu ^. i?c'rioieg Satjr I have become acquainted with 

feuneu 9t-lcrllt^ Mr. K. (during) the past year. 

1. (i6 i\i mix lieb, ha^ idb (Sie l^ler axtreffe, idb f)abe 3:^ixen 2Bi£t)tige^ 
mit^utbeilen. 2. (S^ ift mir lieb, (2ie fc irof)! ju fe^en. 3. @s? tcdre mir 
lieb, eie ba(b foicber ^u feben. 4. @r ift bofe iiber hai JBetragen feineg 
S^ejfeu. 5. (Sr ift bofe iiber haS S(u5bleibeu fetneg (2c()ucg. 6, <Bk ift 
bcfe iiber ftd^ fclbft. 7. Set greunb tvax bofe auf mi*, aber idi §abe i^n 
trieber befanftigt. 8. 2)ie SJlutter ift bcfe aiif i^r eigeuftnntye^ ^inh. 9. 
3* bin bcfe auf ibn, lueii er mi* beleibigt bat. 10. ^ennen @ie ^^evrn 
S^i. ? 11. 3a, id) babe if)n le^te 2i}o*e in bem >§auff 36fer i^rau 2;ante 
fennen geternt. 12. 3* lerne ii)n mit jebem S^age mebrfennen. 13. SD^iau 
Icmt 3ebcrmann e^er fennen, aU tnie ftdi felbft. 14. SBc jinb @ie mit 
biefem ^errn befannt gewcrben? 15. SSir fennen uns son 3ugenb auf, 
unb lenien uns mit jebem Siage mel>r fennen. 16. j^ennen @te §raus 
lein 53. ? 17. Olein, aber id) bcjte, nodi mit i^r Idaniit jn luerben. 18. 
2)iefer 3Jlann wirb buv* feine trefjiidien SSerfe balb befannt rc»erben. 19. 
'Scr 91. fielUe midi biefer gamiiie »or. 20. (Sr tt>urbe ber ®t]eliid)aft 
burd^ feinen ©ruber iicrgefiellt. 21. ^a§ Sleufere bicfzS SD^anne^ ftelit 
nidit^ lu^r. 22. 2)iefer Sd^aufpieler ftelXte Staxi XII. sor. 23. ^iixdj 
tren n^uvben Sie eingefiibrt ? 24. 3* ttcrbanfe (L. 44. VI.) biefe (Sfjre 
ber D^id^te be^ reid^en ^aufmanne^. 25. 2)er ^reunb fiiiirte midi in bte 
@efeUf*aft ein. 26. 2)er ^ran^cfe fiibrte biefe neue ^cie eiu. 27. 2)er 
(Sd^muggler fiibrte oerbcrene SBaaren cin. 28. 2)ie Otegierung ful)rtneue 
@efe|,e ein. 29. @r fudne ibm bie llnmegUd^feit eineg gliidfiidien @rfot; 
gee i^crjuftelten. 

Questions. 1. How may lieb, when applied to persons, be rendered ? 2. 
Example y 3. How with fein, when applied to things? 4. Example 1 5. 
How does bofe aitf, differ in signiiication and use, from bofe iiber ? 6. 
ElxampleV 7. What does !enne:i Icrnc it signify? 8. Example 1 



LESSON LXXIX. Section LXXIX. 

5)cr Sd)lag, " the blow, the stroke " (commonly connected 
with riibren) often denotes palsy, apoplexy. Ex. : (Sr ift toon 
bem 8c^tag geriifcrt irorbenj he has been struck with the palsy. 
(§r ^atU einen Qlnfall Dom ^djia^t ; he had an apoplectic fit. 



204 



I. QtBgel^en = to go away, to leave. Ex. : 5Der 3u9 i{i 
fd^on aBgegangenj the train has aheady left (started.) (gg 
c^tt}t gut ah = it sells well ; as, ber 3Sein ge'^t gut ah -, tlie 
wine sells well (goes off well.) 

IL (Sr laft fid) riid)t0 aBge:^en = he lets nothing (advan- 
tageous , go from him, that is, he stints himself in nothing. 

III. 3e nad)bem ■=: even after, or according as. Ex. : 3e 
nad^bem icB 2)?uf e ^aht, trerbe id) @ie Befud^cn ; as, or accord- 
ing as I have leisure I will visit you, (fee. 

IV. (Sinfallen signifies, literally, to fall in, or into ; hence to 
fall down, or to ruin, to decay, &c. With tlie dative it signi- 
fies, to come into the mind, to occur. Ex. : (B^ ift mir nie 
eingcfoden, fo ettcaS ^u t^^un ; it never occurred to me to do 
such a thing. 

V. ©0 fern, or in fo fern = in so far as, if, in case. Ex. : 
3d^ erIauBe e§ bir in fo fern e§ ^on mir aB^angt ; I will per- 
mit it, so far as it depends upon me. 5n fo fern e6 bie Qdt 
ertauBt; if, or m case the time permit, &c. 

VI. 5lngcl)en used intransitively, signifies to begin. Ex. : 
'T)ie ^ir^en m ^'eutfd^Ianb ge^en gen?5(?nUd^ beg 9}?orgeng \un 

Ain U^r axi ; the churches in Germany generally comm^ence, 
.a the mormng, at nine o'clock. Used transitively, it signifies 
" to concern, to be of consequence." Ex. : ^a^ ge^t i^n an ; 
that is his concern, or that concerns him. 53)00 ge^t mid) 
nid)i^ an; that does not concern me (is of no consequence to 
me.) 



Exercise 82. 



5( u f g a B c 82. 



5lbganc|, m. sale, 

market ('' run ") ; 
Stb'fiifiten, to cool ; 
5In'i]c()en, (See VI.) ; 
^^hat'k,/. debate; 
@infa((, m. idea, 

thought ; 
@ln'fa({en, to fall in, 

occur ; 
QxUVttn. to taKe cold; 
©elaunt'. disposed, 

humored; 



3n \o fern, (See V.) ; 
jliimmern, to concern, 

trouble ; 
Seibltcb, tolerable, 

supportable ; 
0lafdi, quick, swift ; 
©dilai^, m. (See 

above) ; 
(Scbnupfcn, m. cold, 

(in the head) ; 
@inn, m. mind, sense; 



©i^iimg, /. session, 
sitting ; 

Un'Dertrdgtt*, unsoci- 
able, intolerant ; 

Su'nebmen, to in- 
crease ; 

3ufam'menfaKen, to 
tumble, or fall to- 
gether, to fall to 
ruin. 



205 

TiT Sitfag xnbxk i^n auf bcr lim The palsy struck him on the 

feu 5cite. left side. 

(St ftviub ba trie ccm (Sitlag tjCi He stood there as if struck with 

riiljrt'. the palsy, 

So giug ber Streit aii ? Where did the contest begin? 

Sag c{d)n mid) bciiie ^^rcuben an ? How do thv pleasures concern 

(©ctbe.) me? 

2)a3 2)ampffitif gel^t urn v>ier Uf)r The steam-boat leaves at four 

al\ o'clock. 

2)icfe ©aare getit gut ah. This ware sells well. (See I.) 

!5!;icfcm SJ^anue gef)t nicbt^ ab. This man does not stint himself. 

(See II.) 

5^ie Unterre'bimg ging niBig ab. The conference passed off quietly. 

3e nadii:em' bie Uuterl^ai'tung i|% According, as the entertainment 

ift audi bie Stimmung. is, so also is the humor. 

3n ]o fern mir ber S^ame etnfdUt, In case the name occurs to me I 

tterbe id) bir if;n fagen, will mention it to you. 

1. Tldn fleiner Sniber bat i^en ednuii3fen ; cr bat iii^ auf bem CJife 
t^arf crfditet. 2. 2Ber erfiifet ift unb fidi ^u rafdi abtiibit, faun fid) [ei*t 
erfdlten. 3. 23ir fcUen uiio ntd^t uni Twinge fiimniern, ineldie uuo nidU^ 
angeCien. 4. .3n fc rcdt mi* biefe @ad>e angeijt, ijabi ii^ bie not&igen 
Sd^ritte geti)an. 5. 5)icfeg ge^t (Sud) nidUi^ an. 6. ffiei biefer ilunbe 
fianh er trie torn (gd'Iag gerii&rt. 7. Sen aitni ^axin f)at ber (g*(ag ges 
riibrt. 8. !l)er S)iann i]t ycm iSd'Iag geriif)rt n?orben. 9. 2Bie I'lom 
^Sd'Iag geriii;rf fant fie nieber. 10. 2)iefe 2Baare ge^t gut ab. 11. 
Sann gefit ba>3 nddifte iDampffdiiff ab'i 12. 3d)' fe^e nid)t, ia^ 
jid) biefer SZann ettra» abgelieu Id^t. 13. 3ft bie Stiimg ru^ig at)- 
gegangen? 14. Sf^ein, fie ift iiid)t rucjig abgegangen, — bie ^i:baxte 
u\ir fci)r ftiirmifd). 15. ®iefe^ ^\ii) i)ait^ einen fiarfen 2(bgang. 16. 
-Dor junge vKaufmanu ei^d^Ite mir, baf bcr Sibgang bebeutenb j^uge? 
ncmmen tfaBe. 17. Se nau^bem es mir in ben Sinn fcmmt, reife id) 
r»cu bier ab. 18. 3e nad'bem er gelaunt ift, faun er ber leiblidifte, aber 
audi ber uuyertrdglidifte SJlenfdi fein. 19. 3e nadibem er e^ anfdngt, 
UMrb ber S'rfclg fein. 20. 3n fc fern has Setter fdiou Keibt, tv^erbe iii 
bidi mcrgeu t-efudien. 21. 3n fo fern esj bir angenefim ift, ti^erbe id) 
meinen timber mitbringcn. 22. 3n fc fern e6 meine @Uern jufriebeu 
finb, trerbe idi bid) begleiten. 23. So etiivi^ ift mir nie eiugefallen. 24. 
^aS ScHcert gebt urn hatb neben an. 25. S)tetn ^reuub Batte einen 
berr(id-en @infa(L 26. Qc ift bei bem frcblidien 2)eutfd>en ein (Sinfall 
fdicner als ber anbere. 21. Sluf bie ?^rage \va6 ein (S'iiifail ^.rdre, ant? 
wcrtete diner: „iiienn ein --^au^ einfdUt.'-' 

Questions. 1. What does Scbla;.^ (with viihven) often denote ( 2. Ex- 
ample ? 3. Can you repeat the several si;gnifi cations of nbgebn ? 4. Can you 
repeat the 2d and 3d examples? 5. Howls je iiadjbem exemplified ? 6 What 
does fiufaih-n signify 1 7. So fern or in fo fern? 8. "V\Tiat does an9e[)cn 
signify, used intransitively? 9. What when used transitively? 10. Can 
you form any sentence exemplifying the use of Scblvtg ? 11. Of a^(iei)en? 
12. 3enad?fccm? 13. {5-ntr\iUfn? 14. So fern ? 15. ^luge^eu? 



206 



LESSON LXXX. 



fecti0ttLXXX. 



The obsolete word lei {sort, kind,) still remains in combina- 
tion with the numerals, forming what are called the variatives ; 
thus, (Elnertei; of one kind, the same; ^Drcierlei, of three 
kinds. (§ 48.) Ex. : 5£)reierlei Bringe id) ju bir, emci^le bir 
eineS ; three (sorts of) things I bring (to) thee : choose thee 
one. ©3 ift \f)\\\ einerlet, cS ev gcl}t cber Bleibt -, it is the same to 
him whether he goes or stays. 
, I. @e(;en, with the preposition iiBer, is often used with the 
signijfication " to transcend, to surpass." Ex. : 3iifj^i^t>en^eit 
gef^t uBer ^eidit^um ] contentment surpasses wealth. 



Exercise 83. 



^ufgaBe 83. 



©"i'nevtet, of one kind, 

the same ; 
(S'rjte'tnmg,/ bringing 

up, educalion; 
i5"iiufdien, n. sparklet; 
@an9, m. direction, 

course ; 
©ebui'bij.], patiently ; 
©cfdidft', n. affair, 

business ; 



©i^ttina'fium, n. gym- 
nasium ; 

Sitgnev, m. liar ; 

9lartitf)cit, m. disad- 
vantage ; 

^ht^lcg, useless; 

$fetfcbeit, n. little pipe ; 

@(tiaiji, m. treasure ; 

©d^tafen, to sleep ; 

©dutl'blg!elt, /. obli- 
gation, duty ; 



Unige^buiig,/. environs, 
neighborhood ; 

Uii'befummert, uncon- 
cerned, careless ; 

Uniyerfttdt',/. univer- 
sity ; 

®ei-l}dlt'nif, n. rela- 
tion, circumstance, 
situation ; 

2Qcf)tfaf)tt,/. wellfare. 



SBie eg bem S^ogel nidit ei'ncttet ift, 
ch er fid) in bem .f dfi'ge obcr hi 
ber fveten 8uft beftu'bet, fo barf 
eg einem 33clfe audi iitd)t eing 
fciii, ot> eg m ©cta^erei', cber in 
§vei(?eit ift. 

2)ieg get}t bei mir itber SiUeg. 

®cni 9hif'rtdittgen ge{)t ntd)tg itfcev 
bie 9i\"il)rlf)eit. 

ajJauduMi SDIenfdien gel)t nid^tg iiber 
33ccfuem'hdifeit unb ^\x\)z. 

2Bir gtngen iiber SRcgfau nadi ^e'^ 

tergbuvg. 
S)er §einb ging bei SSten iibev bie 

5)onau. 
@g ift imredU, bie 3eit feiueg £e; 

'btwi in §I6'gefd)iebeuf)elt son ben 

u'brigen 2Renfdien ju jubringcn. 



As -it is not the same to the bird, 
whether it is (finds itself) in 
the cage, or in the open air, 
so likewise can it not be the 
same to a nation, whether it is 
in slavery or in freedom. 

This with me excels everything. 

To the upright nothing is better 
than tlie truth. 

With many persons, nothing goes 
beyond convenience and re- 
pose. 

We went by way of Moscow to 
Petersburgh. 

The enemy went over the 
Danube, at Vienna. 

It is wrong to pass one's life in 
seclusion from the rest of 
mankind. 



207 

1. (5rbrtni^tfcine3citmit O^idU^tfnm ^i. ($ 93. 2.) 2. ©r bra*te ben 
^rojjtcu 5l)cil feiucv Siiiiciib auf ben ©nnuiafiru (§ 19.) uub Unit>evfitdten 
]cu\c6 iiaubei^ ju. 3. j)ic incifte 3cit briiu]t cv mit iiu|lofen 93efdidftt? 
i|uiuini JU. 4. 93lclc S)lcn[clH'ii Bviiu^cn iijxc 3cit mit 6"|Teii, Sirhifen unb 
eel lafcu JU. 5. (Slucm jeben 3L)ienfclien, ber nur eiu ^i'lufcben @efu(;I 
hat. iicM ui6tt? iibev felu 'iHitcvlaub unb iiber bie ai'olilfaftvt beffelben. 
6. iSi (\Qi)t iud)t3 fiber bie dlnije ber (Seele, unb hai 33ewu^tfein, feinc 
SdMilbii-^fcit oietf)au ju (jabcu. G. @r \a(\U, [eine grijpte <5reubc uub [ein 
iircijtcr Scba| feieu feine ^inbcr, unb niciU^ gefie iljm liber bicfelbeu. 8. 
(S'in 3}iatrcfe facjte, e^ get}e i^m uidit^ iiber ein ^feifdien. 9. 2)em 
©leidn-jiUtigcn ift jluar 33ielc2i eincrlei, tver aber fagt eg fet t{)m QUleg 
einertci, i)l ein Siigner. 10. S©ai3 man t>crf5)rcdien i)at, foil man batteu, 
cinerln, cb 9u-idnf}eit ober S^crtbeil bavang cnti"ic()t. 11. 2)em @clbaten 
mn§ im Jtriege ?U(c^ eint? fein. 12. (Jin rediter SDZann f*icft fidi gebul^^ 
big in alie ^crbdltniiJe ; e^ ijl t()m ?((icd ein^ tiia^ er tf)ut, ni*t aber 
UM e er eiS tbut. 13. Seit bem !Icbe feiner ^iuber ift i^nt 5(Ueg eius? ; 
er ift gl'eid^guttig gegcn feine Umgebuug unb unbefiimmert um ben ®aug 
feiiun- @cfd)dfte. 14. Qui jeber aJZcnfdi I)at feinen freieu ®i(lcn ; hep 
ijaih gebt eg mid) niditg an, irte cr feinc 3eit vserwenbct. 15. 3* reijlte 
iiber 9?ctrerbam unb Scnbcu uadi Slmerifa. 16. 2)er greunb ging fo; 
ebin iiber bie (gtrape. 17. 2)er armc ^naht bauerte ifm, bep^alb ua^^m 
er iim ju \u^ in fein •^an^ unb liep ibm eine crbentlid^e (Srjief)ung geben. 
18. 2Ben bag 23ieb nidit bauert unb toer uubarm()erjtg gegeu balfplbe ift, 
hm bavsvt aui\ i'm SJienfdi nid^t. 

Questions. 1. How are the variatives formed 1 2. Can you repeat the 
German of the first example, Jii-eterlei, &c.? 3. The second example, "it is 
the same," &c. '? 4. In what signification is geben with the preposition iiber 
often used 1 5. Example 1 



LESSON LXXXI. feet i Ott LXXXI. 

33erlaffen, when used reflexively, signifies " to depend upon, 
to rely upon." Ex. : 3d) i^ertaffe mid) auf 3f;r QBort; I depend 
upon your word (I leave myself upon your word.) 

I. v!(bf)angcn, likewise, signifies to depend upon, to be de- 
pendent upon. Ex. : dQ ijhxqt i)on Umftanben ab ; it depends 
upon circumstances. Thence is derived the adjective ahhari'' 
Qlq, dependent. Ex.: (gr fit^tt ein ab^cingigeg ?cBctt; he 
leads a dependent life, ^ie ^ereinigten Staatert txKaxtm ftd| 
aU ein nnabBcingiges 35o{i; the United States declared them- 
selves (as) an independent people. 



208 



Exercise 84 



Slb'pngen, (See 

above) ; 

Slfe'l)dni3tg, dependent ; 

Sebin'gung, /. condi- 
tion, stipulation ; 

3)areiu'it)iUtgcn, to 
consent ; 

dnti^ivn'm, to dis- 
unite, fall out, 
quarrel ; 

^d'tjigfett, /. ability ; 

g^olge, /. sequel, con- 
sequence ; 



^Tufg 

^rud)t,/. fruit; 

©ebcv'bcn, to behave ; 

@emdd/Iid% comfort- 
able, easy ; 

®era'be, exactly ; 

®era't()en, to turn out, 
prove ; 

^iiiattiS'', out, out 
there ; 

^inan^'uhn, to hasten 
out; 

.ginau^'Jtjerfen, to 
throw out ; 



aBe 84. 

£)effuen, to open ; 

Umftanb, m. circum- 
stance ; 

Un'abf)dngtg, inde- 
pendent ; 

3Sevfcb:nd t)en, to dis- 
dain, despise ; 

2Bof)t'mehien, to mean 
well, wish well ; 

3u'bringltd), obtru- 
sive. 



Sd) fanit ntd)t barein'ttJtdigen. 
(Er tt>it Itgte uuvetjiig'ltd) barein^ 

3)iefe Seute ftcKen fid) al^ oB fie 
t)on ©tuneti it*dren. 

(§§ iDibevfd^rt' mi§ in unferm 2e; 

ben (§ 15. 2. <i.) mandiei^ ©liicE 

unb maiid^eiS Ungtiid. 
(S6 tniberfd^rt' ?3land)em mef)r 

(S*[)re, alg er »erbtent'. 
S)cr Scgel ift jum i^cnfter f)inau^' 

geflc'geru 
5)ie greunbe entjtoei'ten ftd). 

2)te *P^autne ifi etn ©tetnobft. 
©ie sertie'pen ftdi barauf, ha^ er 

fcin S3evfpred)'en Ijalkn unirbe. 
2l^an foK nie el)er in eine ©vidie 

etn^raldigcn, al^ bi^ man biefel'be 

n)of)l iibetlegt' f)at 
^\t ti ntd}t, aU c^ blefes S3oIf 

mtdi jum @oite madie ? ((Sdnl- 

lev.) 

1. JDiefee ^al)X i|i ba^ Dbft, fottne aUe ?^rixdUe, t»cf)t gcrat(ien. 2. 
2)iefer SBaum trdgt jebe^ 3at)r fetir Dteleg Dbft. 3. ^\t alk ^rud^t 
Dbji ? 4. 5f^ein, nid^t a((e, fonbern nur fcldie, bte (§ 65. 2.) an '-Bciu? 
men n)dd)ft. 5. iDtefev junge ^ann i^erld^t fid) ju inet auf feine 93ev; 
Jtjanbtcn unb ju irenig auf feine eigncn gd^igfeiteu. 6. (Sr eerld^t fidi 
barauf, bap tvir tfin bie ndd)fte SQodu' befud^en. 7. (5r »erliep fidi bav^ 
auf, ha^ ii)m ®ctt ^elfen 'itjerbe. 8. SBer fid) ^u yiet auf Slnbere serldpt, 
fann letd)t getdufd)t werben. 9. 3d) i)alk (L. 69. II.) Biel auf meine 
^^reunbe. 10. @r t)dlt yiel auf eiu gemd*nd)eg ii^Un. 11. T)lefer^ 



I cannot agree to it. 

He agreed (consented) to it un- 
hesitatingly. 

These people act (place them- 
selves) as if they were out of 
their senses. 

There happens to us in our lives 
(many a) much happiness and 
many a misfortune. 

There happens to many a one 
more honor, than he deserves. 

The bird has flown out of the 
Vvdndow. 

The friends quarreled, (separated 
themselves.) 

(The) plums are a stone-fruit. 

They relied upon his keeping his 
promise. 

One should never assent to a 
thing, before he has well con- 
sidered it (the same.) 

Is it not, as though this people 
would make me a God ? 



209 



^ann fidlt ju wl auf fid) uitb feine ^luqfieit, weftialB er itn ^atf) 
jrol)lmeiucut'cr (Vreunbc terfdimd[)t. 12. 9iur unter biefer SBebinguitg 
faun ldi barelu trilli^en. 13. 3d^ irillicic bareiii, in fo fern (L. 79. V.) 
CO feine iiblen ^fot^-ren ijat. 14. (sx tiMdivite barein, oI)ne mit alim 
(gdnrierigfeitcn befannt ju fein. 15. Siefe^ jtinb Unit v3erabe, al» cb e^ 
Ijkx 511 <>paufe trdrc. 16. 5)cr 2)Zatrcfe fteltte ild\ alg 06 er t>on Simien 
irdve. 17. (Sr yckvbet fid% a((? cb il;m bai^ i^fi'^te Unvedit tDiberfalireii 
fei. 18. 2)iefer S^uinn jieUt fidv aliJ cb er beteibigt waxi. 19. ©r fieUt 
fid^ trie ein Jlinb yen fiinf ^afireu. 20. S)er Oiad^bar rt^arf ben Su- 
brin^Udien ^jiir :l(}iire l)inau^. 21. 2)er jlnabe eilte jiir ^(}iire (}inaug, 
alo 'idi biefelbc cjfncte. 22. 3nr X()iive l)inciiiu, ii^er iii-\ eutjtreit ! 
(©ct6e.) 23. (S^ bdncjt C|anj »cn Umftdnben ah, ch id) fdicn nddifte^ 
3a{)r iiadi ?tmcrifa veife cbcr nidU. 24. (Ss ^dngt fef)r yen Umftdnben 
a6, roat^ er tbnn unvb. 25. G'in fc abf}dm]ic^c3 2eben bie iBauern in 
S)entfdilvinb fiioren, ein cbcn fo unabndngit^es fiif)ren fie in 5lmcrifa. 26. 
©anj uiiabf)dn9i*5 ycrmag fein iDtcufdi auf (Srben ju irerben. 

Questions. 1. What does verUiffen, when reflexively used, signify '? 2. 
Can you repeat in German, the example, I depend upon his, her. their word 1 
3. What does a bf) (in gen signify] 4. Example? 5. Whence is derived the 
adjective abt)sini]i!] ? 6. Can you give an example of its use 1 



LESSOR LXXXII. §tci\0n LXXXII. 

0(trf)t6 or nlrfit bafiir fcnncn, signifies "not to be in fault, or 
to blame, (fee. ; as, id} !ann iiiditS bafiir; it is not my fault, or 
I cannot help it ; literally, I cannot, or can nothing therefor. 
(Sr fann md)t§ bafiir, baf er fo arm ift ; he can not help it, i. e. 
he is not to blame that he is so poor. So also interrogatively ; 
as, !annbie QBcIt etn^as bafiir, ba^ ]id) ein greyer @eift in un fd)lcrf)« 
tc§ ^Icib i)erflecft V (S^aBener.) Is the world to blame, that a great 
soul conceals itself in a plaui dress ? That is, bie SQelt fann 
nid)t§ bafiir. 



Exercise 85 
pe 



^lufgaBe 85. 



Stn'gcben, to give, 
cify ; 

Sln'ftvengiing, / exer- 
tion, effort, labour ; 

33cruf', ???. calling, vo- 
cation ; 

SSeuim'nten, to fix, de- 
termine ; 

SJ^afiir, therefore ; 

5Danf, m. thanks, ac- 
knowledgment ; 



©rret^ten, to save, res- 
cue, deliver; 

?Vurdit,/. fear, dread ; 

Mxn, m. kernel ; 

Drbnung, /. order, re- 
gulation ; 

Sd^ale,/. shell : 

Sdin?ddiling, m. weak- 
ling, weakly person; 

Umf^Iie'^en, to in- 
close, surround ; 



Un'orbeutlijb, disorder- 
ly, irregular, con- 
fused ; 

Unterlafi"'en, to leave 
off, omit, fail ; 

Un'roiirbicifeit, / un- 
worthiness, indig- 
nity ; 

93erbev'ben, to spoil, 
corrupt, destroy ; 

S3er5id>/ten (auf db 



210 

was), to resign, i. e. S3ot gcl;en, (See Sefcn, /. being, exis 
as a privilege or a above) ; tence ; 

claim on anything; SKei^fjeit,/. wisdom; SetbredVen, to break 

(in pieces). 

3cti faun iiidite* bafiir , baf idi mein It is not my fault, that I have 

@elb tievlo'ren l)abc. lost my money. 

2)iefe Xlijx Qeijt 'ocr (or, ju fdineE), This watch goes too fast and 

Hiib jene gel;t nad), (or, ju lang; that (one) goes teo slow. 

fam). 

«§at man metii 3nnmer inOvbnung Has my room been put in order ? 

gcbradif ? 

3n ber Oleifie feiner ©dimeld^Ier t)at In the ranks of his flatterers he 

er feivien irafjreu 'Jvcunb. has not a true friend. 

(Ss giebt 23iele, bie glauben, baf in There are many who believe, that 

im ineiften '^dUen bag ©liic! ober in (the) most cases, the fortune 

Ungliicf eincg SJenfdien Dont 3u';= or misfortune of a man de- 

faU ab'Bdnge. pends on chance. 

£eben ©te iitcl)i, mcin^^err, unb em- Farewell, sir, and please remem- 

)3fe()'l'en ©ie mid) gutigft S^rer ber me kindly to your lady. 

gran @emal)'ltn. 

1. ©ie Bnnen ntdit^ bafi'tr, ba^ ©ie fo ungliicflid) finb, 2. @r fonnfc 
nicbtiS bafur, biefeg ©lag §erbvcdien gu ^aben. 3. 3d) fann nid)tg bafiir 
geben, aU metncn 2)an!. 4. S)ie ©ri'inbe bafiir n^erbe id) angeben, tremi 
eg t^erlangt mcrben foUte. 5. Jl'onncn ©ie mtr fagen, (L. 83. I.) line i)iel 
lll)r (L. 25. IX.) eg ift ? 6. 5lein, hmn mente U^r ift fte()cn gebltcben. 7. 
(Stel)t 31}re U()r fdion lange ? 8. 3a, beinal)e eine ©tunbe. 9. 3Jleine 
Ui}x gcb;t ju fdined, fte geljt beinal)c eine Ijalhe (Stnnbe lun-. 10. 2)ic U()r 
mctneg grcunbeg geijt fiinf 9}linuten »or. 11. Seben @ie tt*o()(, nnb ijer? 
geffen <£ic nt6t, micb batb trteber gn befudien. 12. Seben @ie tt)oI)l, mein 
»§ctr ! 13. 2Bann U^oUcn roir gufammen <^crrn 91. bcfudien? 14. @g 
l^'dnat ganj )^on 3l)uen ab (L. 81. L), iceldie 3eit @ie baju beftimmen luol? 
len, idi bin ju jeber 3eit bereit, mtt^ugef)en. 15. @g bdngt t>on3l)nen ab, 
btcfe gamilie ju ertcttcn cber ju i?erberben. 16. (Sg bdngt 5lUcg 'ocn ®ott 
ab, ©li'tcf nub Ungliicf, Sefcen nnb Xcb, 5irmnt§ imb S'^eiditf^nm. 17. 2)er 
S^ad'ibar axhdkt in feiuem ©arten nnb fudit benfelben in Drbnnng ju 
bringen. 18. 33ei aiier 5ln|lrengung bringt er biefe Sadie nidit in £)rb; 
nnng. 19. (Sr fud'te mich in bie Stdi)z feincr J?:ameraben ju bringen. 20. 
@g tidlt fd)»er (L. 46. II.), eincn nncrbentlidien S)^cnfdien an Drbnung ju 
getDofjncn. 23. 9tadi i^ieler Mui)t fiat er bie Stednuing in Drbnnng ge^; 
hxacht 24. 9Ber an bcm ^^u^c eineg fteilen 53ergeg ftebcn bleibi nnb au5 
%nxd-)t "OCX Slnftrengung benfelben ju erflimmen unterldf t nnb liebcr auf 
bie fdibne Slngfidit serjiditet, ber ;,dc{t hamit an, ha'^ er ein ©d^njad^ling 
unb eineg fold^en ®ennffeg unlvertl) ift, — nnb iDer ang eigner ©dmlb in 
ber Tliik feincr geiftigcn Slugbilbnng ftel)en bleibt, nnb hm fii^en ^ern ber 
SBeigfjeit entbe{)ren roiii, \ucil eine ranl)e nnb l)arte ©d^ale benfelben nm? 
fd^lief t, ber gcigt ebenfallg nidU nur feine Unwiirbigfeit, benfelben jn genie; 
^en, an, fcnbern andi, umc trenig er ben ffiernf unb bie ^flid^t beg '2Jleii? 
fd)en, alg eineg geifiigen 2Befcng, erfannt f|at. 



211 

QUESTION'S. 1. What does the phrase nldUS or itic^t bafiir fonncn signify? 
2. How lio you rentier it literally? 3 Can you repeat the German of the 
interrogative sentence, faun bic iiiclt etroas, &.c. ? 4. Can you repeat the 
entire sentence assertively ? 



LESSON LXXXIIL ^ r c t i jj n LXXXIIT. 

^id) i''tx\td}in, (to understand one's self) with auf signifies to 
be a judge of, to be skilled in. Ex. : (Er berftef^t fid) auf ^lU 
Ie6 ; he is skilled in every thing, &c. 

®3 ijerfief^t ftd^, (literally, it understands itself, i. e. it is 
understood, is self-evident,) answers to our phrase, "of course," 
or, " as a matter of course." Ex. : (S-§ ijerfte^t fid), or eS t)er* 
ftcdt fic^ )ion felBft, baf id) meineu (§.ikvn gcBord)cit muf ; of 
course, or as a matter of course I must obey my parents. 
The Avord ,,naturUd)/' naturally, is often used in the same 
manner ; as, natiirlid) muf e0 fo fein -, of course, it must 
be so. 

I. (Sagen answers to the English sa)?- or tell : to tell or 
narrate, however, is often expressed in German by crjci^ten. 
Ex. : SSa§ fagte cr ? What did he say ? 5Sa§ ^at er rt)mn 
gefagt ? AVhat has he told, or said to you ? 5)er alte 3)?a* 
trofe erjahlte elite rii^renbe @efd)id)te ; the old sailor told, or re- 
lated a moving (affecting) story. 

II. ^-ort is often answered in English by " gone, off," &c. 
Ex. : 3ft er fd)cn langc fort ? Has he already been ^ane long ? 

III. (5y feibenn, bci§= unless, except, &c. Ex. : 5Der9J?enfd) 
faun iud)t Jrabr(;aft gliicfhd) fein, e^ fei benn, ba^ er tugenb[;aft 
fei ; man can not be truly happy, unless he be virtuous. 
SSaftrlid), tra^rlid), idj fage bir : (S§ fei benn, baf 3emanb ^on 
9f?eueni ge6creu ii^crbe, fann er ba^ D^teic^ ©otteS nidjt fe^en. 

Exercise 86. 5IufgaBe 86. 

§luwalt, m. attorney, ^iu'fommeu, to come, (2d)erj, m. jest, sport ; 

defender ; get to ; ©toren, to trouble, 

93alinen, to open (as ^arf, w. park; disturb; 

a path), facilitate ; ^fivin^e, /. plant, ve- it^itrfifdi, Turkish ; 

(Snie. 71. end : getable ; 33L'rfdwen'berlfct),prod- 

gort'aet)en, to go (Sitetii, m. shine, igal, lavish, pro- 

away ; light ; fuse. 



212 



SfBiffen @ie, irie iveit ^k in bet 
(2acbe 511 ^eBen fcaben ? 

(5'iiien tfle langen (§ 120. 4.) igpa; 

jter'ritr fiaben 'Sic gcma^i^t ? 
@5 i^eriient f^di \}cn felbfi, ha^ ein 

fauler Sdmlcr !eine ^crt'fitrtttc 

•ntadien faiin. 
liefer 3talie^ncr reriicBt' iii' auf 

-pen: 2?i. ift 6eitte iitcrgcu fcrt na^i^ 

'Sc n?cit er aud) »cn Her ircfint 
unb fc tange id^ audi ^u geBen 
Iiabe, fc befu'd^e id^ iBn benncdi 
aHe Xao^t. 

fBoijin' dim '2te fc fd^uel'l ? 

56 geBe ^u bent 3^&u'ar^te. 

iT'ie >2adie fet nun trie jxe trcli:, t* 
trerbe iBm nidit ser^ei/Ben, ee fet 
benn, ba^ er mid^ urn ©ntfdiuP; 

btgnng Bitte. 



Do you know how far you have 
to go in the matter ? (how far 
you are at liberty to go.) 

How long a (pleiisure) ride have 
you taken ? 

It is self-eWdent 'that a lazy 
scholar can make no advance- 
ment. 

This Italian is a judge of music. 

Mr. M. left (is off) this moring 

for North-America. 
As far as he resides from here, 

and so great a distance as 1 

have to walk, I, nevertheless, 

\isit him every day. 
Vvliither are you hastening so 

rcpidly. 
I am going to the dentist. 
Well, be it (the thing) as it may, 

I shall not forgive him, unless 

he ask my pardon. 



1. ^ix 2)ieb iit feinec SBerBred^en^ iiberfu^rt ircrben unb C3 i?erfie^t 
iiii^ )>cn felbft, baB er beftraft n^erben n?irb. 2. Qs i^eritefU fid^ i?cn 
felbft, ia^ cBne -S^anrung bie 2}ten|\teu, Xbiere unb -^ila:uen uidit kbm 
fcnnen. 3. l^tx 5!}atcr tii feit btefem ?Jtcrgen fort unD He ji^t ncd) 
nidn iriebcr ^uriicfgtfchn. 4. ^ao -^nd^ in fcrt unb fei:icr tiefer 2dm; 
(er triU (§ 83. 8. Rem.) iriffen, tro e^ bingefcmmen ift. 5. 3)lcine 
-DIefeu nub f crtgegangen, cBue 5u fagcn \rcfim lie gcBen irarbeu, 6. Uiu 
fer Cbft ill atle. (L. 41. III.) 7. 5(u* nab )c viikS @elb n?irb all, 
irenn man yerfdi^enbertfdi ift. 8. ^ex tiirftfd^e ^aifer Scliman 11. 
fac^te hix^ tcx feinem Xcbe : „meine ^rafte ftnb alle, nidii aber mcin 
^l^ut^." 9. SBie i»eit ge^en ©te fpa^ieteu? 10. 3d^ gehe bi5 ba^ id) 
miibe trerbe, gettcbnlid) U^ an (L. 58. Note) itn ^arf. 11. Tltin 
jvreuub ireif red^t gut, tt>ie trelt er in biefer Sad^e ^u gcften i^at 12. 
-Svan rauf fetbft \m edierae iriifen, trie treit man ^u geben hat : benn aui) 
ini eAer^e faun man beletbigen. 13. SBc geben Sie inn'^. 14. 3d) 
gene nadi meinem -5lnit»alt. 15. 2i>te ti^eit Baben Sie ^u geben? 16. 23i3 
an ba3 @nbe ber etabt. 17. Sie lange baben Sie ^u geben ? 18. Uebcr 
einr Stiinbe. 19. dincn tt?ie ireiten -Spajiergang baben Sie gemad^t? 
20. 5d) bin hh3 in ber dlahe bc5 gluffeg gewefen. 21. (Sinen n^ie langen 
'Spajiergaug baben v2ie geniadit? 22. 3* bin uber eine balbe (Stuube 
fpajieren gegangen. 23. 21>ie lauge jtnb ^Sie au^ bein >6aufe gewefen Y 



24. 



trar brei ijiertel (Stunben au» bemfelben. 25. SQaren <:;ie n.HUt 



"ccn bemfelben entfernt ? 26. 3* bin beiuabe cine balbe 2tunbe rceit i^cn 
bemfelben entfernt getrefen. 27. 3* bcffe eud> trieber^ufebeu, fei e^ nun 
auf biefer, cber fet e-.^ in fener ilGelt. 28. @r ijlaubte. es fei nun 'bie 



21S 

Seit Cjctcmmen, fid) fcincn eigncn SBcg burd) biefc^ Ccben ju baf)nen. 29. 
3)tT ©efamjeiic meiiite, e^ fci nun Icin.je ijenuc;, bap cr ben warnien @diein 
bcr 5enne uub bic frifdie Cnft l)abc cntbel^rcu miiffen. 30. 3di fann 
nicvvjeu nidn ju bir fommcn, esJ fci benn, bap mciu 33vuber bi-J bat^in 
wiebcr ijanj gcfuub un'ivbc. 31. 3di faun lunitc nnmccjlidi bicfcn 5>3rief 
bcenbigcii, et^ fei bcnn, iia^ idi ..blefen Dtadnnittag tucuigcr geftovt werbe. 
32. (5-t? wirb Dliemanb in bie (Stabt eiugelaijen, e^ fci benn, baf ev eincn 
^>ap I)abc. 

QuESTio.vs. 1- What does ft di •ocvflcf^en with auf, signityl 2. Example 1 
3. What is llie hteral meaning of „f§ vcvfiebr fid)?" 4. How do j'ou render 
it ? 5. How is luitiivlid) often rendered ? 6. Example 1 7. To what does 
fagcn answer^ 8. How is the phrase, "What did he say," expressed in 
German 1 9. How, " What has lie told you 1 " 10. How is tell, or relate 
often expressed in German'? 11. Example 1 12. Can you repeat the ex- 
amples of, „^S fei" ? &;c. 



LESSON LXXXIV. I'f c t i n LXXXIV. 

^^ebenfen tragen (to bear or have hesitation) may be ren- 
dered, '-to hesitate, to doubt." Ex. : 3d) trage 33ebenfen, e0 ju 
tf)uit ; I hesitate to do it. (Bv trug 33eben!en, e§ mir anjui^er* 
trauen ; he hesitated to entrust it to me. 

I. 3}er compounded with verbs commonly expresses the 
idea of, awa.M, a loss, lurong, (tc, (§ 97. 3. 4.); as, treiBen, to 
drive; yertreiBen, to drive away, ©^ielen, \o ijlay ; ber* 
f:pielen, to lose at play, ^eiten, to guide, ^ e r leiten, to ^/u'sguide, 
(to guide ivrong). Ex. : *iBie fd)nell ijerfiieft cine frc^e gliitf^ 
Iid)C <3tunbe ; how quickly a joyful happy hour passes away, 
3rf) Ba6e micft yert^ort 3 I have heard wrong, (misunderstood), (fee. 
Certain uses however, of this and many others of the same 
class (§ 95,, (fee.) are best illustrated by examples j thus, fe^cn 
signifies to see, and ijcvfe^en, to pro^ade. 2egen, to lay, and ijer« 
Icgen, to mislay : also figuratively, to furnish, and hence to 
publish (a book) that is, to furnish the necessary means for 
producing the book, &c. 

II. -^cr frequently answers to our "on." Ex. : 2Ca^ ge^t 
tiler i?or? What is going on here ? 

Exercise 87, QlufgaBe 87. 

2(eu'fetung, /. utter- S(nfprud>, m. requisi- 58 i (tarb, n. billiards | 
ance, expression ; tlon, claim, demand; 5Blafen,to blow, soundi 



2l4 



5)iui/I)cinbIer, m. book- 
seller, stationer; 

(Svra'tbcn, to guess, 
divine ; 

gaiTuiU3, /. self-com- 
mand, countenance; 

%lotcJ. flute ; 

(Sjciqe,/. violin ; 

©efdnrf'licbfctt,/. skil- 
f ulness, cleverness ; 

-Cioru, n. horn ; 



Snjirument', n. instru- 
ment; 

j?lat)ier,7i. harpsichord; 

^artle',/. game ; 

dictlje,/. redness, red ; 

@d)act% n. chess ; 

(gchaitmatt, check- 
mate ; 

©cl)ndien, n. little son; 

©ptelcr, m, player ; 



(Sttmmung, /. disposi- 
tion, frame of mind, 
humor ; 

Un'bdannt, unknown ; 

33erlai30'bud)I)anblung, 
/. publishing firm. 

93erle^gen, (See 

above) ; 

2i5e0ire'i3cn, wherefore, 
for what reason. 



The ambassador hesitated to con- 
fide in all the words of the mi- 
nister. 

This book-seller has published 
the collective works of Goethe. 

I have mislaid my keys. 

The young man may get into dif- 
ficulty by this question. 

This gentleman wishes to play 
tenpins with him, but he has 
(a) greater desire to take a 
game of billiards. 

My brother plays the piano, blows 
(plays) the flute, and under- 
stands beating (striking) the 
drum. 

Does your sister play any in- 
strument. 

She played upon the guitar once, 
but now she plays upon it no 
more. 

This Gentleman blows the bugle- 
horn very finely. 

I divined in an instant what had 
brought him thus out of (his) 
self-possession. 

1. (Srtrug 53cbenfen, bem j^vemben bie aclbene Uf^r anjusertrauen. 2. 
S)er ^-Batcr trug 33ebeiifen, 2lf(eg ju ^Iciuben, icag if)m fein @ct)n erjd^tte. 
3. SCcr ju t>iel ^Bebcnfen tracjt, getinunt iventg. 4. (Ste l^ielten lf)ii fiir ei? 
ncn cvbeutlidien SZeufd^en. 5. M) f}ielt t()n fiir ben Siircjermeifter bicfcr 
©tabt. 6. aBir f)ielten if)n fiir ci\\^a^ ganj §lubevek3. 7. 2)er junge 33ud); 
ftdiibler l)at ein ncue^ 2Berf lu'vlegt. 8. 3ft bit' ncue ©vammatif be^ '^erru 
tfl. fd^on 'oixUo^t wcvben ? 9. (Sie Ift fo ebeu in ber 9}ev(ag0bud)f)anblung 
be^ <pervn 9^. erfdiienen. 10. 3d) bin \d)v in QSerfegenf^eit, rca^ id) 
in biefer <BQi<ht tf)nn fell 11. 3)ie Spflntter ift In SSertegenlieit, iro if)r 
lUime (g6(;ud)en fein ni6d)te. 12. (tr ift in Sevtcgent)eit, tucker er bie 
i^m fe(;lenben p>mm ^t;alev befi'mmcn modite, 1 3. . @ie ift in 5Berlt;* 



!X)er ©efanb'te trug Q3eben^fen, aUen 
3Borten beg 9Jlini'fterg jn tcauen. 

S)iefer 58ud)'()dnbler ijat ®otf)e'g 
fdmnit'lidie 3Bcrfe toerlegt'. 

3d) liabe metne ©diliiffel scrtegt'. 

5)er junge Tlann fonnte bei biefer 
^rage in 9Serle'gcnf)ett fcmmen. 

2)tefer ^^err tttiU jTeget mit i()m fple? 
Icn ; alletn er l^at gro'f ere ^uft, 
cine ^^artie' 53 il larb ju niad}en. 

!Slm\ ^ruber fpielt bag ^crtepia'no, 

I)Iaft (fpielt) bie -Jfote unb »er^ 

jleftt' bie Srcnnnel ju fcblagen 

(riii^ren). 
C^iett 3f)re ^rdulein (£d)»cftcr ir; 

genb ein 3nftrument' ? 
(2ic fpielte einmal auf ber ©uitar're, 

jclpt aber fpielt fie nicbt mc§r 

barviuf. 
5)icfer ^err bldft baS ffialb^orn 

fcf)r fd)i3n. 
3cl) erriett/ beuSlu'genblicf, irasS i^n 

fo au^er i^affung gebradit' kMe. 



215 

gen^cit liber ba« vto^lid)c (frfdieincn einc^ Unbefannten. 14. aBoUeii voit 
eine ^i^Jartie (gdmdi ober 33iUarb fpiclen? 15. Sd) uc()me lieber einc ^civ- 
tic »Sd)adi an, ha bei biefcm -Spide mcf)r hex 33eritaub, al^ ble ©efdndlidii 
feit in 5lnfprudi c^ciicmmcn ivirb. 16. \2))ieteu @ie ©duid^ gem (L. 44. 1.) ? 
17. C jvi ; iiur l)abe idi ju ireuii] ©etegenl^eit, e^ ju fpleleu, ttjepivtcc^eu id) 
bei ^cfdMcficn igpiclcru ]'d)x eft fdiadimatt werbc. 18. ©pieleii ©ie ci:i 
Snftrument ? 19. ."sci, idi fvicle Jtlvifier uub (;abe feit einigeu Zac\cn am 
gefaui^eu, @cige ju fpieleu. 20. ©pielcu @ie ©ei^e lieber alg JlUitiier ? 
21. Diein, id> fpielc ba^ eine 3nftrnment fo gern, »ie hai anbcre. 22. 
33lafen (^ie '^lote ? 23. Oiein, abcr idi {}abe yov, ba^ 4pcrn bUifen ju ler? 
nen. 24. 'iBie lange blafen Sic %lotc ? 25. Seit nngefd()r einem Tlc^ 
nate. 26. 3di babe jene *]>apiere i^erlegt ; idi iveip nidit, too fie ^u finben 
ftnb. 27. iDic Sdiwcfier bat it)re ^§anbfdiu()e nub ibr 33n* iter{cc|t. 28. 
S3ei biefer 'i^vage fant er anpev ^^vilTung nnb iuuptc nidit, n?a6 er baranf 
antn:>crteu foltte. 29. 5)en fonft fo rul)igen 9Jiann bradite ein fcKtej? 53e; 
tragcn a,an;, anper gaffung, nnb feine fnujen Slutworten nub bie dtotlji fei? 
ner SBangen licp erratben, rcas in fcinem 3nnern oorging. 30. ^d) er^ 
ttctb angenblicftid) bie Urfadie, bie hk)i ©timmnng in bem ©emixtfie mei^ 
ne^ j^rcnube^ bcryorgevnfen l}atk nnb tiep e^ and) jcnen erratf)en, bamit er 
»cvfidUiger in feincu 5(enperungen fein modite. 

Questions. 1. What does --Bebenfen tragen signify iiterally? 2. Example ? 
3. What is the first signification noticed of 5icr? 4. What is the second ? 5. 
The third V 6. Can you give some idea of what is stated § 97. 3. 4 ? 7. Can 
you define the three words, tveibcn, rv^tclen and leiten with and without the 
particle verV 8. How are some uses of some of tiie particles best illustrated 1 
*J. What examples can you give ? 10 To what does »ot frequently answer 1 
11. Example V 



LESSON LXXXV. pinion LXXXV. 

3fted)t (right) and tin! (left) are often used with „inv;" as, 
gur 9fiec{)ten, jur ^iu!en, for ju bcr ndjUn ^anb : to the right 
hand ; ju ber linfen ^an^ ; to the left hand. 

I. ©efatlen, literally, to fall, or happen (acceptably,) i. e. 
to be pleasing, or agreeable. Ex. : 5r)iefeg -^iid) gefatlt niir ; 
this book pleases me. ©efatteu laffen = to submit to, " to 
put up with." E\-. : 3rf) famt mir biefe 33e^anblung nlrf)t ge=* 
fallen laffen ; I cannot submit to this treatment, i. e. can not let 
this treatment please me. 

Exercise. 88. 5lufgabc 88. 

Stuf fteden, to post, 33clei'bigung, / of- JBefAlie'fen, conclude, 
draw up, fence, injury : resolve, determine ; 



216 



^eu'etgtorfe, /, fire- 
bell; 

©e^o^rig, suitable, 
proper ; 

©ei'viienfpicC n. violin- 
mu^ic ; 

©iiirai're,/. guitar; 

£-iei), n. song, air ; 

Siiif, adj. (See above); 



Stnf g, adv. to the left ; 
9Jlcjart, m. Mozart; 
9Zatiit'Iicb, natural, 

naturally ; 
Sleciit, adj. (See 

above) ; 
^RedUe, «c?r. to the 

right ; 
(Sttlt'fdDiueigen, to be 



silent, to hold one's 
peace ; 

Untcvfu'cbung, /. ex« 
amination ; 

Untewer^fen, to sub- 
ject, submit ; 

35crtt)uu'berung, /. as- 
tonishment, sur- 
prise. 



dg tft ©cbabe, bajj M ttielen ^Jten^ 

fdieit bie guteri 5(ii'(agen itnb 

3:'a(en'te nid)t bcffer aue'gebilbet 

iuerbcri. 
<5g tft ©dmbe, baf er nicbt ba ti^ar. 

jDag tft mir gaitj redit. 

5)em fi-Dinmeu S^cbi'as? irsav 5(I(eg 

redit, tiiae @ott iiber i()u »er; 

I)dng^te. 
(Sin SiJerleitm^bev mu^ eg ftdi ge;: 

fal'Ien taffeit, ticii feinen ^ie'beui 

menfdien t>eradytet ju trerbeit. 
3n bem @tii6dien biefer armen al- 

ten ^rau faf ^ur 9?editen bic 

9>otf) lutb jur £iufen ba^ @"leub, 

OieditS fiei)t man I'xt ©diafe in ber 
SStefe tt»etben unb linU bie Bie- 
gen an bem 33erge Hettcvn, 

2)lorgen iifeer ad)t Xage reifen toir 

\)on f)iev ab. 
(5r beglei'tete feinen ©efang^ mit 

ber -^avfe. 
^le 33eglei'tung btefe^ (Stiicfe<3 ifi 

t)on bem bevitfjm'ten .^'art SJiavi^a 

'■OQn 2Gebev. 
Unter foldien llm^ftdnben tcnrbe 

boi^ 33erfpred)'en natiir'(idi ge? 

bro'dien. 

1. @g ift ©diabe, ba^ @ie ni&t eine @tunbe frii^er gefcmmen ftnb. 
2. SJladit eg wte 3^r itjodt, mir ift SlUeg redit. 3. !Dlir ift StUeg redit, 
wag bie Serfailtmlung befdilcffen (;at. 4. S'r mu^te fid) biefe ©elcibi? 
gung ftiUfdiivcigenb gefaUen laffen. 6. (5'r mupte fid) SSieleg gcfaKen 
laffen, tuag er fid) unter anbern 3^er{)altniffcn nid^t t)atte gefaUen laffen. 
6. (Sie mn^te eg ftd) gefallen laffen. »erleumbet toorben ju fetn. 7. Zwt 
9led)ten l^atten mir bag ©ebirge unb ^ur Stulen ben %Vl% 8. Oied)tg MtCi> 



It is (a) pity that vv^ith many 
men (the) good endowments 
and talents are not better de- 
veloped. 

It is (a) pity that he v^^as not 
there. 

That just suits me (is just as 
I 'd have it.) 

To the devout Tobias, all w^as 
right that God ordained con- 
cerning him. 

A calumniator must submit to be 
despised by his fellow-men. 

In the little room of this poor 
old woman sat distress at the 
right hand, and wretchedness 
at the left. 

At the right are seen the sheep 
pasturing in the meadow, and 
at the left the goats clamber- 
ing upon the mountain. 

A week from to-morrow we de- 
part from here. 

He accompanied his song with 
the harp. 

The accompaniment of this 
piece is by the celebrated 
Charles Maria von Weber. 

Under such circumstances the 
promise was of course broken. 



217 

VmU iraren fembtidie S^tu^^V^cn aufiiclleflt 9. 3f)r buvfet tvebcr jut 
JRt\-t'tou nodi jiiv 2infen ihmi bicfcm iLn'i^e abwcidheii. 10. ®:r ift (Sdiulb 
(L. 60. II.) ail bicfcm Uiu]liutc ? 11. Unfcr Oiad^Hiv ift Sdnilb bavan. 
rj. ^a- ^dnitcv ift Sdml'b bavan, \>afi ev bcftraft iinvb. 13. ffiiv fclbjl 
fuib Sd-ulb bavau r^oan^fni. 14. ailcwjeti iiber adU Xac^c fommt ein 
CDamvffv-iujf ivmi OKniv-^])orf au. 15. lOici-jv^u iiber incr§e{)ii Sacjen wirb 
cs? eiii C>>i!n-, l>.^^ id) it;ii (3efcl)en babe. 16. ©efierii »ov adH tai^on ijl 
(ei!i 53atcv (]cftorbeu. 17. 2)vV^ junge SZciDdicu bccjlcitete ifjreii ©efang 
mit eiiicv ©iiitarrc. 18. !5)fr ^vrcunb beqlcitctc mit bcm <5ortepiano bag 
©oii^cnfvMcl beg 5taliener3. 19. !Die ^-Begleituug biefer Sieber ift t>cn 
2}iqavt. 20. 35tcley n^iirbe ititg naturlidi^erf*etiien, trenn wir eg einer 
C}cl)oriiieii Uiitcrfud^uuvj itntevwerfcn tviirbcn. 21, SQBir fanbcit eg fcf)r 
iiatfulid>, baf ev gcftcvn nidu fam. 22. (Sin natiirlidieg <^veiguip erregt 
fciuv^ iBevnMinbevuug. 23. ^aben Sie Ijeute SJlorgen bie ^euerglorfcn ge; 
ftcvt ? 24. [Jlaturlidi, (L. 83.) bemi i* ttjar fclbil bei bent ^euer. 
25. S'g ift natuvlidi, ba^ tuir fterben miilTen. 26. 3d) bcglcitete meine 
jungen greunbc nadi «§aiife. 

Questions. I. With what are rec^t and I ttiE often used? 2. What does 
jur rocbreit and ^ur linfen signify? 3. Do you see any analogy between the 
German and the English in these phrases'? 4. What does gefalien signify 1 5. 
Can you vary the example and say in German : John's new book pleases 
him much i 6. What does c^efafien laffen signify ] 7. Example? 



LESSON LXXXVI. §tctiott LXXXVI. 

The dative of the personal pronoun of the first and second 
person (seldom translatable) is often employed in familiar 
style, to intimate in a wholly indefinite manner, a participation 
or interest on the part of the speaker or the person addressed. 
Ex. : 5ci) loBe mirben ^naBctx; I praise (for myself) the boy. 
@cfie mir ntcfit auf ^ (ii§> ; do not go upon the ice. 3n ber Blut'* 
gen (2d)Iadit bei ?u§eii ritt er (Surf) imter beS ?yeuerg ^ligen auf 
unb niebcr luit fu^fem 33Iut. (Sd)i[Ier.) In the bloody battle at 
Liitzen he rode amid the lightnings of the firing, up and down, 
in cool blood. 

1. 2)ai?cnlaufen = to run off, to run away; as, @r ijt 6ei 
Ulad)t xtnb ^tbd bat)Ott getaufen; he has rim away by night and 
fog. 

2)urd^ge'^en has sometimes a like signification ; as, 2)er 3)tt* 
ner ift mit bem ®elbc burc^gegangen ; the servant has run away 
with the money. 
10 



218 



Exercise 89. 



5latfga:6e 89. 



Stn'mcrfen, to perceive; 

93et»tr'tf)ung, /. enter- 
tainment, reception; 

^reuiibiidh, friendly ; 

©ejie'meit, to become, 
beseem ; 



Sleu'giertg, inquisitive, 

curious ; 
9tettuTig,/.deliverance; 
(Bdheu, shy, skittish ; 
@omit, consequently, 

therefore ; 



(Storung, /. distur- 
bance ; 

Um'fe^en, to look 
about ; 

SSerbric'pen, to grieve, 
vex, trouble. 



3)ag ^an§en madit mir hin SSet; 

gnii'gen. 
3d) merfe e^ ^^mn an, bap ®ie 

nidit jufrie'ben ftnb. 
2)a^ i|l eme serbriep^lidic ©ad)e. 

2)te Stebe fiat bie Su'^orer ^erbrof';: 

fen. 
@r ift bat) en getaufen. 
<Sef)en ©ie ftd) nad) einer SBol^nung 

urn? 
(§6 gejiemt^ mir nidit, bem ©reife 

jn wiberfpredi^en. 
3* Ifjabe i^n nte mit irgenb etnem 

2Bortc belei'btgt. 
2)er 3d§jcrn ma*te 5tleran'ber bem 

©rcpeu ml 33erbru^'. 
3d) iobe mir jenejx S^'venmann. 



Dancing affords me no pleasure. 

I perceive (L. 52. @te^t man, &c.) 
that you are not contented. 

That is a vexatious affair (or bu- 
siness). 

The speech (has) displeased the 
auditors. 

He has run away. 

Are you looking about (you) for 
a residence (boarding place) ? 

It does not become me to con- 
tradict the aged man. 

I have never offended him by a 
single word. 

Sudden passion caused Alexan- 
der the Great much sorrow. 

I praise that man of honor. 



1. 35ielen 2Renfd)en f&eint eg ein SSergnugen ju mad)en, Stnbere ju be^" 
leibigen. 2. 3di merfte eS ifjm an, bap cr fidi bcleibigt fiif)lte. 3. @r 
beletbigte nid)t nur midi, fonbem and) meinen £)f)eim. 4. 5)iefe 'Qa^e 
l^at mir fdicn Diel SSerbrup gemadit. 5. 2)et nngevatC;ene <Bci)n madit 
bem SSater iMel SSerbrup. 6. @g cerbrieft ben Seftter, eigenjtnuige @diii;^ 
let jn hahm. 7. 3)iefe S'tebe ijerbrcf mandien Stntoefenben. 8. 2)er »ers 
bvcffene ,^naBe liep feine Slrbeit liegen. 9. (§i oerbrcf ben greunb, ha$ 
id) i^m feine ©riefe nidit fceanttrortete. 10. 3di cerbanfe ii)m meine dUU 
tnng. 11. <Bcmit serbanfc idi i^m ndAft ®ctt Silted. 12. 3Benn eg 
nid>t 'b<ilb anbcrg nnrb, fo laufe idi baticn. 13. ^ei fct^en (Sreigniffen 
miJdite man ba^on lanfen. 14. 2)em ^iiaben ift fein fleiner .^unb baycn? 
gclaufon. 1.5. ^nn 9ii*ter gejicmt eg, nadi ber Urfadrie biefer Stcrung 
jn fragcn. 16. @g gcjiemt mir, iiber bicfe @adie jn fd^^tceigen. 17. !Der 
S^ieugierige ^|!egt fidi nadi jeber .^leinigfeit um^nfe^en. 18. Um midi ein 
toenig nmjnfekn, ging idi in hk (gtabt. 19. SJiein ^reunb voiil fidi nad) 
einer anbern 2Bc§nung umfef^en. 20. 3di Icbe mir tk alten 3eiten. 21. 
ScMcbe mi^: \>k f*onen Simmer uiib btc freunblid^e ^ewirti)ung. 22. 2)ie 
^ferbe murben fdieu nnb gingen mit an6 burdi. 



QtrESTiONS. 1. How is the dative of the first and second persons of the 
persona! pronouns often employed ? 2. Is such dative usually tranela table 1^ 



219 



3 Can you give an example ? 4. Can you repeat the last example 1 5, What 
does t'avoiilaiifvn signify ? 6. Has bimt)i]t'^cn, sometimes a like signification 1 
7. Can you give an example of babcnlaufen? 8. Of burd)gcl)e» ? 



LESSON LXXXVII. Section LXXXVIL 

^cjiciv when used transitively signifies " to test, or try by 
tasting." Ex. : (Sr fo^d ben 5©ein; he tastes the wine. 

3Serfud)en has sometimes the same signification ; as, er ber* 
fucfjt belt 3Bcin ; he tries the wine (that is by tasting.) 

I. (Bc^mccfcU/ to relish ; denotes properly the impres- 
sion made by tasting. Ex. : 5Der SBein [d^merft gut ; the wine 
tastes good. @S frf)mectt mirmd)t; it does not relish (tome,) 
I do not relish it. 3)ie @^eife fdjmecft na^ diaxi^ -, the food 
tastes of smoke (smoky.) 

Exercise 90. 5t u f g a B e 



9tenbern, to alter, 
change ; 

S3ittcr, bitter ; 

©mpfan'gen, to re- 
ceive ; 

©emii'fe, n. vegeta- 
bles; 

Se^ig, present ; 



jler'fermeifier, m. jail- 
er; 

^udien, m. cake ; 

fic^'v^efien, to set free, 
release ; 

Wli^hvau'&jnx, to mis- 
use ; 

(£e{ig,blissful, blessed, 
happy ; 



90. 

©tettung,/ situation!, 

SSerfcbaff'en, to pro- 
cure; 

SSitnber, n. wondei , 
mu-acle, prodigy ; 

Biicti'tt^ung, /. chas.. 
tisement, correc- 
tion. 



2)ie Xf)at ill gef6e'6cn unb aUe 
9lcicb'tf)iimer biefev (5rbe fcnnen 
file ni*t ungefd}e'f)en madim. 

2)et JStdge toei§ nid)t tras et tf)un 

fell (L.75. II.) um ji&i ble Sanger 

trei'le ^u »ertrei'6eii. 
iDiefer 9fiinbg%aten fdimecft mix 

beffcr, a(^ jeneg ©efiii/gel. 
(Be tuar ber 5>a'pagei, ber fc eben 

gefprcd)'en f)at. 
2)et Siingling fiU)Ue ftdi iiber hen 

SSerbadit', ben man auf i^nl^atte, 

tief gefrdn!t'. 



The deed has transpired and al? 
(the) riches of this earth can- 
not make it otherwise. {Exer- 
cise 43. S}leincm S^effen, &c.) 

The slothful (man) knows nol 
what to do in order to drive 
away (the) tediousness. 

This roast-beef relishes (to me) 
better than that poultry. 

It was the parrot, that has just 
spoken. 

The youth felt (himself) deeply 
mortified, on account of the 
suspicion, which rested upon 
him. 



1. 2)a6 UngludE ill gefdieften unb nidit me^r ^u dnbem. 2. 9Bann ifl 
if»m bieffg Ungliicf begcgnet? 3. (Se gef*at; oor ciner @tnnbe. 4. 
©a^ gefc^e^en fann foU gefd)e^en, um biefen £cuten einc bejfere ©tellung 



220 

ju yetfdiaffca. 6. ©6 l|^ fcticn eft ber '^all geiuefen, ba^ bag Scrtrauen 
ml^brauclit wcrten i\t. 6. (SiJ fanbeu in frufjerer 3eit mel)r aBunoer 
imb Seidien (gtatt (L. 60. I.) at^ in ber ie^igen. 7. @5 gcfcbaf) t^m 
tcct^t, ciuiuvil eiue 3ud)ti9ung empfangen ju ijahm. 8. (5'g gc[clne(;t iiidU^ 
c^ne ®ctt^ ©iffcu unb iGiUen. 9. 2)er SJlupiggdnger Uhm^ nidit u^a^ 
er tf)un fell. (L. 75. 11) 10. 2)er ficipige Jtnabe imipte nidit, irag er 
xciter tl)im fcUte. 11. 2)cr ilerfevmeifier fvagte iva^ er tl}uii fclte, urn 
felig ju iveriien. 12. SBte fdimecft 3t}ncn biefe^ ©t^miife ? 13. Q^ 
fdmierft mtr iuH-treffIid% 14. (2d)mc(ft ^finen btefcr .!^udu'u nid^t? 15. 
£) ja, ev fdimecft niir fef)r Qut 16. ©dimccf t 3l;ucu bag (Sffen ? 17. 
dliin ^evr 2)cctcr ; — eg fdnnecft tnir 9Ule^ bitter. 18. 3d) bin e^, ber 
biefeg fprid)t unb gefprcd^en Bat. 19. (§x i|l e^, ber biefe iBorte ju 
fpvedien tvagte. 20. ifltdit n?af)r, (Sie finb e^, ber gefprccben (;at, man 
moge bie ©efaugeneu lc6 gebeu. 21. 3a, unb Sie ftnb eg, ber mir wi^ 
berfprodien fiat. 22. Siefe aBorte t;aben unfern jungen greunb tief ge? 
frdn!t. 23. (5ie fdieint gefrdnft n)orben ju feln. 24. 2Raii barf ftd) 
ntd)t uBcr jebe Jllcinigfcit gefrdnft fii^Ien. 25. SJJan barf ben ©ebaufen, 
gefrdnft tucrbcn ju fcin, nicbt lange 9laum in bem -§erjen geben. — 26. 
2Bag foftet @ie 3f)r neuer aCagcn ? 27. -^aben @ie fd)on biefeg Dbft 
gefcj|et? 28. 3a,'idi l)abe ce fcebcn «erfud}t. 

Questions. 1. What does f often used transitively signify 1 2. How do 
you express in German, he tastes the wine 1 3. What signification has »ers 
fiidieii sometimes 1 4. Example 1 5. What does fc^metfcn denote 1 6. Can 
you give more than one example '? 



LESSON LXXXVIII. f ectton LXXXVIII. 

SSerfe^en (from ijer, against, <fec., § 97. 3., and fe|cn), has a 
variety of significations • as, "to put in a wrong place, to mis- 
place, to remove" ; also "to set against, i. e. to fetch, deal out 
or give" as a blow, &c. It likewise signifies to repl^. Ex. : 
5luf bicfe ^^tagen unb ^efd^ulbigimgen i?evfe|te er B^ctgcnbeS; 
to these questions and accusations he replied as follows (fol- 
lowing), dx ijcrfe^te bem ^fcrbe umn Sd^lag ; he gave the 
horse a blov,'. 5)er @Iauk l^erfe^t 93erge; (the) faith removes 
mountains. 

I. UeBer ^elb gel;ett, literally to go over field, signifies, to 
mate a short pedestrian tour, a jaunt or tour on foot; as, irit 
get;en morgen frii^ iiBcr 8^'elb ; we are going to take a tour on 
foot to-morrow morning. 

II. 5)a^ (that) is sometimes used instead of felt, and may 
then be translated, "smcc." Ex. : 3j^ c6 langc, baf (Sie if)n gc* 
fe^cit ^afiett ? Is it long since you have seen him ? 



221 



Exercise 91. 



OlufgaBe 91. 



Slufl'bttten, to beg for, 
ask for, request; 

^efe'i)en, to look on, 
at, to view ; 

2;a^u^ thereto, to it; 

5^urf' tii^feit, /. neces- 
sity, indigence ; 

©iufadv simple, plain ; 

^aii^en, to take, seize ; 

gia*. Hat, even; 

^Uidnliuvj, m. fugitive ; 



§ii(tc,/". fullness, plen- 
ty ; 

(5)eliM'tiicf,n.gold-piece; 

^ierauf, hereupon ; 

2)lv"iiu';el, m. want, lack, 
deficiency ; 

^|5cli'tifd% political ; 

^^'eiVmeifter, /. post- 
master ; 

(2d:^lid>t, plain, homely; 

<2pctteln, to jeer, jibe, 
banter ; 



(8tdbter,m. townsman, 
resident of the city; 

J'veibcn, to drive ; 

^vvrdtt;crei',/. treach- 
ery ; 

93erfe^'cu, (See above); 

33cr'mttta9, m, fore- 
noon; • 

^dXti)dU m. part of 
the world or globe j 

©cvii'Ser, of what, 
whereof, whereat. 



2;er f>eim'tucfif*e 5DZenfd) i^erfc^'te 

mir liin'tin-lifti^er SBeif^ ehicii 

(gdilaoi in ben Sftiicfeii. 
2)er ^Catcr ^c^t bicfen 9^ad)'mittag 

fiber g-clb. 
(E'r ii>eip ni6t, irie er ju biefem 9ie'; 

geiifdMvm gefem'meu ift. 
@r cjebt bei'uafie al(e Xage auf^ 

Saiib mib crfrifdU' ftd^ an 2)ttid^ 

iinb Oh^. 
9lapc'lecu n^uvbc t:cn ben @ng'idn; 

b^ni gcfan'ojen gencm'men. 
3)a^ 33evbre*'en biefem S)lanneg ift 

:i\\ ben S^ag gefcm'men. 
(Sv iti tange nidit id uno getre'fen. 

@r ift iiid^t lange Bei nng gette'fen. 



The malicious man gave me, in 
a deceitful manner, a blow 
upon the back. 

The father goes this afternoon 
over the country. 

He does not know how he came 
by this umbrella. 

He goes nearly every day into 
the country and refreshes him- 
self with milk and fruit. 

Napoleon was taken prisoner by 
the English. 

The crime of this man has come 
to light. 

He has not for a long time been 
at our house. 

He has not been long at our 
house. 



1. @r i^erfe^te iftm einen Sdilag in bas ©ejtd^t. 2. 8dierjtoeife ijer^ 
fe|te mir bie Sdircefter einen Sd^lag mit ber jiadien .§anb. 3, ^-o fdiicft 
fidi nid''t fuY ^ftnabeji, einaubcr ^u f^lagen. 4. 2)er S5ater ift fiber §elb 
gegangen unb rcirb erft gegen 5lbenb ^uriicffcmmen. 5. 2^er -33rnber war 
biefen 93ormittag in bem ^elbe, um bie ^^riidite ^u befe^en, unb btefen ^l^&^i 
mittag getU er fiber ?^e(b, um einen franfen ^Better ju befudicn. 6. 9Bie 
finb «gie \\x bicfcm @c(bftiicfc gcfcmmen? 7. 3d) \)<xbz e^, al^ id) in tai 
^etb ging, gefunben. 8. 2)Zan treif nid)t, tuie biefer ^IcLxm ya feinem 
9iei*tbume gcfcmmen ift. 9. 9leidie Scute trc^nen 'izw ©inter fiber in 
ber '^io.'tt unb ben Scmmer auf bent Sanbc. 10. 2Bcnn reid^e nnb ftclje 
<gtdbter auf tae Sanb fommen, fc [pcttein fte gern iiber bie fd^lidUen unb 
einfadvn Sittcn fciner S3eircbncr. 11. Sublrig XVI. unirbe ncdi o.n ben 
©ren^en Btanfretd^g burd^ bie JBerrdtfterei eineg ^cftmeifter^ gefangen ge:; 
ncmmen. 12. 3)er 2)ieb irutbe ocn ber ^^aditirad^e gefangen gencmmen, 
al'3 cr aua bem >§aufc entftiefjen incllte. 13. SSl^w iru^te lange n^d^t, »er 
bie §remben n>aven, bi^ ti enblidi an ben Xag !am, ba§ e<J i3olitifd)e %{\xi)is 



222 

Kitgc hjaren. 14. (5nbltd) ifl e^ an hm %a^ ge!ommen, tooxubn Sa'^re 
lang ber ©dileiet ber 33erfd:iiuiegeiif)eit gebecft iuar. 15. (Sf)c cr ficb ju mir 
in be:i SBagcu fe|te, bat er fid) bie iBcbtnguug aug, baf id) langfam fa^- 
ten mod)te. 16. ^U er gefragt n.'turbe, tt»avum er bicfe cutwiirbigenbc 
.^anblung begangen :^a6e, yerfe^te er, ba^ ii)n bie ^ctf) baj^u gctriebcn 
l;abe. 17. ^ieraV t)erfe|te id) t|m, baf 2)langel fetn @runb ju2)tebila^l 
«nb ^cti) fein ®runb ju einem S3erbre*en fei. 18. ^aS (£d)icffal oer; 
fel^te iijn au^ ber giiUe in bie grof te 2)iirftigfeit, n)ie e^ mid) oft an^ einet 
(Steltung in bie anbere, au^ einem Sanbe in bai3 anbere nnb an^ einem 
SBeltt()eife in ben anbern i)erfe|te, — aber ben iidrteften @d)(ag t)erfe|te 
e^ mir babnrd), baf e^ mir an bem ^age metner Slnfunft in Slmcrifa 
ben ^rnber fterben lief. 

Questions. 1. Can you repeat some of ttie various significations of ocrs 
fefeen? 2. Can you repeat an example of »crfe^en signifying " to answer" ? 
3. Signifying to give or deal out, " as a blow " ] 4, Signifying " to remove " 1 
5. Can you form a sentence with yerfe^eii in one of its other significations 
givenin the Vocabulary ? 6. What does the phrase iibcr (5eb fle^en signify] 7. 
Example? 8. Instead of what, is t>a^ sometimes employed 1 9, Example 1 



LESSON LXXXIX. f t f t i n LXXXIX. 

<§m (L. 28.) applied to time, may refer as well to the fu- 
ture, as to the past. Ex. : 3318 §u bent jtran^igPien Sa^r^unbert 
l^in, fonncn nod) Diele Umtraljungen, in ber alten SSelt \owd% 
ii?ie in ber neuen, 'Btatt flnbcn ; up to (between this and) the 
twentieth century (thither) there may yet, in the old world, as 
well as in the new, many revolutions take place, ^andjtx 
fiagt nad) einem leidjtftnnicj iJcrleBten SiinglingS alter, ba^ nun bie 
gitnftigfte B^it nm ^enntniffe ju ertrerBen ^in fei ; many a one 
complains, after a frivolously spent youth, that (now) the most 
favorable period for acquiring knowledge is past (lost, or 
gone.) In this latter sense ba^in is likewise employed; as, 
„bie (Srntc ijl; bergangen, ber Sommer ift ba^^in." 

I. @incn @(^ritt t^un = to take a step ; as, tretd^e (Sd^ritte 
ntitffcn get^an n?erben ? What steps must be taken ? Sdjritt 
fatten = to keep step, to keep pace ; as, biefer ^mU ijerfud^t 
glcid)en <2d)ritt nut bem 33ater gu :^alten ; this boy tries to keep 
step with his (the) father, ^einrid) ift nid)t fleigig genug, um 
gleic^en 6d)ritt mit Srnji Beim ©riernen ber beutfdjen 8^rac^e 
:&alten gu f onnen ; Henry is not diligent enough (in order) to 



223 



enable him to keep pace with Ernest in learning the German 
language. 

11. Sineu ©c^uf tl;utt = to make a shot, to shoot ; as, Bi0 §u 
bicfcm -XaQt fjat tmi iDZenfd^ euicn [o Berii:^mten <Sd)uf get:^an, tvit 
3BiIf)clm "Xdl ; up to this day, has no man made so renowned 
a shot, as William TelL 



Exercise 92. 



Qtu 



Siuftrag, m. order, 

direction ; 
5(u»5'befreru, to mend, 

repair ; 
23cfdu'men, to shame, 

confound, confuse ; 
S3innen, within ; 
@rfvie'ren> to freeze, 

chill ; 
®udl>lg, gracious, 

clement ; 
^aber, m. quarrel, 

brawl ; 



Segen, to lay ; (fid) le- 
geii, to abate ;) 

5Pla'|cftdt, /. majesty; 

^iiiiftltdi, punctual, 
punctually ; 

@dnif, m. shot; 

•Sdnrortflreidi, m. 

stroke with the 
sword ; 

Uebevge'ben, to sur- 
render, deliver ; 

93erfef)'len, to miss, 
fail: 



fgaBe 92. 

S3erfdieu'd)en, to scare, 
frighten ; 

33erfoi'ger, m. provi- 
der, sustainer ; 

93orbei'gef)en, to pass 
one (unnoticed) ; 

S3orii'berge()en, to pass 
by; 

SBe^en," to blow ; 

2Bilbbteb, m. poacher, 
deer-stealer. 



We honor a man no longer than 
we respect him — if (the) re- 
spect is gone, so also is (the) 
love. 

He who has taken the first step 
to a crime, also easily takes 
the second. 

He has made a good shot. 

He has just passed by the win- 
dow; 

He will not go out, because the 
wind blows so hard (strong.) 

We shall probably yet have (get) 
snow. 

There is a strong wind blovdng. 

Of whom is the speech (conver- 
sation ?) 

1. ^k beiben ^reunbe vnaren eg (L. 36. VI.) miibe Idnger mit einan? 
bcr ju ftreiteit. 2. ©er^oiug unb btc ^aifcrin bc^ langeii ^aberg mi'ibe, 
fie maditen enblidi '^riebe. CSixrger.) 3. ©a bev 2Biub i^iemn* ftarf unb 
au^aUenb tt»ef)te, fo erbHcften ft)ir fdicn nadi wierj^cbn Xaci^en 8anb. 4. 
(Ss \vei)t fieute ein [e^v falter 28inb, unb idi befiird)te, ba^ tt>ir <Sdinec 
bcfcmmen werben. 5. ®er 2Binb i)at ftdi fcit 5)ltttag fcf)v gclegt ; cr 
ge^t felt biefen Of^adiniittag bei weitem ntdit mefir fo ftarf, al^ bkfen 93or^ 
mittag. 6. @^ ging etne fo Mk unb fdjneibeiibc fiuft bap er ftci) binnen 



2Bir lieben eincn SJlenfdien nid)t 
Idnger, al^ 'mix i.f)n ad)ten ; — 
ift bie 9tditung f)in, fo ift e^ au(^ 
ble Siebe. 

2Ber einmat ben erften Sdiritt ju 
cinem 93crbred)^^n gett)an' f)at, 
t^ut and) leidit i>^n jwetten. 

(5v i)at einen guten @dntf getftan'. 

(§r ift foeben an bem ^enfter i)or; 
iVber or tiorbei' gegan'gcn. 

(5*r ttjUt nidit aue'gef)en, tt»eit ber 
iOinb fo itaxt xodji. 

SSiv ftcrben \vci)l nod) @d)nee be; 
!om'men. 

m gef)t ein fiarfer 28ntb. 

23 on to em ift ble dteh^ ? 



224 

funf SJlinnten Mhe ^anbc etfror. 7. SeBt mein 2>afer nodi ? 8. 3a, ei 
lebt nod% aber unfer junge (^J^eunb ift nidit mefir. 9. SBciyi ifjm, er ill 
Ilingegangen, wo fcin ©dmee me(}r ift. 10. (^r, ber 33erfcrger fc mkx 
Slrmen, ift uidit me(}r. 11. SBoyon (L. 29) lebt biefe avme gamilie? 12. 
aSoyou trirb gefprodien ? 13. SSoii tijem fprl'i)t man ? 14. 3)ai^ ift et^ 
tca^, tccoon @ie ntdit^ oerftel^en 15. a^cttcn ift bie O'Jebe ? 16. 33ou 
iwem 'i)abm ©ie ba^ gefjovt? 17. ^cn tvem i^aft bu biefee! artige @cs 
fdienf erfjalten? 18. ®er ffiiibbiefe fdicp nad) bcm Siiger, aUdu bie 
»^ugel i)erfei)lte i^r Biet, unb ei}c er nodi einen anbcnt @diu^ t()un fonnte^. 
[anf ei" feibft, getrcffen wn bem 33Iei be^ 3dger^. 19. £)i;ne @diuf unb 
©diwertftreidi icuvbe bie ^eftung iibergeben. 20. @r t^at einige (Sdiiiffe 
in bem ©arten, um bie Q3cge( ju »erfdieudien. 21. ®er junge ^ngtdnber 
ging fceben an unfever S^iire »oriiber. 22. ®r ift an mir yorbei gegan? 
gen, of)ne mid) jn erblicfen. 23. ©iefer ^ann hat bie giinftigfte Beit feU 
mS Sebeng unbenii^t iocrbeigefjen laffnt. 24. ?ll0 ^riebridi ber ©rcf e 
einen |ungen Dfjxcier nadi einer @di(adit fefjr au^jeidinete unb ijffentlid) 
lebte, fo anttt)ortete biefer : „(lw. (§ 58. Note) SJ^ajeftdt befd^dmen mid^ 
burd) biefe @()re." 25. Srag' er (§ 57. 7.) mir biefen ^rief auf bie 
^c]t, 3ci)ann, unh (ap er mir bk\e gclbene lU)r au^beffern. 26. 3ft er 
fdion hd hem -^errn 3)^iulfter gewefen, unb ijat er metne Stuftrdge ipiinft? 
iidi beforgt ? 27. 3a gndbigcr ^crr, id) ^abe fie aui3geriditct. 28. 3d) 
l^abe f)eute feincn @diritt au^ bem ^^aufe getc)an. 29. Obgleidi idi hen 
erften ©diritt ju einer SSerfobnung getfjan l)abe, fo f)dlt eg i()m bod) 
fdilt»er, ben jn^eiten ju tl)nn. 30. 3n feinem fed^je^nten 3af)re t^at er ben 
erften Sdiritt in bie ^rembe. 31. 2)iefer junge <Sd)iiler fud)t gleid)eii 
^&)xitt mit bm dlteren ju flatten. 

Questions. 1. To what may bin applied to time, refer? 2. Can you give 
an example referring to the past 1 3. An example referring to the future 1 
4. How is bin rendered when applied to the past 1 5. What does <Sct)vt tt 
tbun signify] 6. Example? 7. Sc^ritt f)fllteu? 8. Example? 9. Qinm 
8(^UMl;«»? 10. Example? 



LESSON XC. ^tciionXC, 

The phrase *' a friend of mine, a friend of his," &c., is given 
in German by ,^ein ^reuttb i)on tnir, a friend of me, or, einev 
metner ^reunbe, one of my friends, &c. (§ 123. 8. d.) Ex. : 
(Sin Sreunb ijoit i^m fegelte geftern nad) ^alifcrnien ; a friend 
of his sailed yesterday for California. (Einer meiner ?5reunbe 
ijer^cirat^ete fid) t>or elnent 33iertelja^re in Qlnierifa. 

I. -^luftragen with the accusative, signifies to put on (as 
colors,) or serve up (as food ;) as, man ^at aufgetragen; they 
have served up (the meal.) With the dative, it means to com- 
mission, enjoin, instruct, &c, ; as, er I6at mir aufgetragen S^nen. 



226 



ju fagen, baf tx €ie morgcn ertrartet ; he has instructed me to 
say, that he awaits, or expects you to-morrow. 

II. Qdiridjten (hterally, to make right, or ready for,) signi- 
fies to get in readiness ; to prepare (as victuals ;) so Unveil 
anrid)tcn ; to prepare, produce, do mischief. Ex : 0iad[)bem 
bic .^od)iu bie '^^unfen angerid)tet ijatk, txnq fie bicfelBen auf ; 
after the cook had prepared the food, she served it up. 5)er 
@eij ^at ]d)oxi bid Unveil angerid^tet. 

III. *§inreid)en, when transitive, signifies "to hand, to 
pass." Ex. : (Sr reid)te bem ^Teunbe bag ^^ud) ^in ; he handed 
(reached) his friend the book ; when intransitive it means " to 
suffice, to be sufficient." Ex. : (Set;r irenig reid)t ^in, eincn flu- 
gen 9)2cnfd)en gliicflid^ ju mac^en ; very httle is sufficient to make 
a wise man happy. 



93. 



Exercise 

Stn'ridi ten, (See 11.) ; 

Stuf'tra^en, (See I.) ; 

©eftve'ben, to endeav- 
or, strive, exert 
one's self; 

5)eepc'tifcb, despotic, 
despotical ; 

2)onau,/. Danube; 

(Siner [etuer greunbe twurbe in Sa? 

ben erfdicffen. 
Tlan hat mir bie Xlntetfu'd)ung 

biefcr ©acbe ciuf getragen. 
SJlan tritg auf, was jlii*e unb ^el;: 

ler i^ermccb'te. 
^er 3cni xid:>kt nur Sijfeg an. 
Qe ift in fl)eut|'cblanb iroM'feilcr 

leben aU in Slme'rifa. 
(Ss gcniigt mir nidit if)n ju [efjen, 

id) will i^n and) fpred)en. 

3d) toill eg iijm fiin'retdien. 
3d) troUte if;n hqa^'inh abcr ba5 
®elb reid)te nid^t i)hx. 

@t arfceitet mit gvc^em gleipe (fet)v 

fteipig.) 
(Sr ftat eg mit gleif get^an . 

10* 



(irbul'ben, to 

endure, bear ; 
(Bxtxin'kn, to drown ; 
©riifen, to greet, 

salute ; 
.^in'retdien, (See III.) ; 
(Su^-i^e,/. soup; 



5IufgaBe 93. 

suffer, 23a'tettanbgfrennb, m. 
patriot, friend of 
one's country ; 
2}ei-fudVen, to try, 
taste ; 



33ern?ir'rung, /. per- 
plexity, confusion. 



A friend of his was shot in 

Baden. 
They have enjoined on me the 

investigation of this matter. 
They served up what kitchen 

and cellar afforded. 
Anger produces only mischief. 
It is cheaper living in Germany, 

than in America. 
It does not satisfy (suffice) me 

to see him ; I wish to speak to 

him also. 
I will reach it (forth) to him. 
I was going to pay him, but the 

money did not hold out (suf- 
fice.) 
He labors with great industry 

(very industriously.) 
He has done it (with intention) 

intentionally. 



226 

1. ©in 95atcrlanbgfreuttb flirBt lieBer, aU baf (L. 61.) er jwm S3er? 

tdtl)et irlrb. 2. 2)te erften Sfiriftcn evbulbeten UeUx bie t;drteften 93er; 
folijuTigcu, aU ba^ fie i§reu ©laubeu tevlie^en. ' 3. (So etwas la^t man 
ftdl nid)t jtt)etmal fagen. 4. Sinen meiiier 33ruber f)abe id) in brei 3af); 
ren nidit gefef)en. 6. (Sin ^reuub son mtr ift sot eiuigen Sa^ren bei 
SBieu in ber 5)onau ertrnnfen. 6. (I<? ift gut reifen (L. 42. IV.), trteun 
mait @elb, unb gut leben, aenn man !eine ©orgen f;at. 7. 3n einem 
freien Sanbe i|t beffer Uh^n, aU in einem be6potifd:)en. 8. 3n ^eglet; 
tung muntrer ^^reunbe ift e^ angene^m ju reifen. 9. 9^ur ju leidit »eiv 
gipt ber S}ienfdi im ©li'icfe, n?a^ er ift. 10. 33iele augge^eid^nete unb 
cble SJldnner ftnb t^ergeffen n?orben. 11. ds barf bem SJlenfdien nidit 
geniigen, in n^iffen roa6 red)t ift, fonbern er mu^ fid) and) beftreben, red)t 
ju tl}un. 12. (§6 geniigt mir §u ttjiffen, baf if)r nod) alle gefunb feib. 

13. 2Bie SKenige^ reid)t oft ^in einen 2)flenfd)en gliicflid) ju mad)en. 

14. Qx retdite i^m bie Beitnng :^in, nadibem er fie felbft gelefen f)atte. 

15. 3)iefeg reidite f)in, i()n jufrieben ju fteUen. 16. 2)er J^od) rid)tet bte 
(S^eifen an. 17. @r ^atte biefe fleine SScririrrung mit %Ui^ angeridUet, 

18. 2)ie ,^od)in t5erfud)te (L, 87.) bie ©uppe, ct)e fie biefelbe auftrug. 

19. 5)lan mnf serfudien, ob man il}m nidU nod) fjelfen fann. 20. SSer; 
fudien @ie einmal btefen SBein, c^ er fiif genug ift. 21. (Sx trug mtr 
auf, (Sie ijon if^m ju griifen. 

Questions. 1. How is the phrase a friend of mine, his, ours, &c., rendered 
in German 1 2. Example ? 3. What does auftra^en with the accusative 
signify'? 4. Example 1 5. With the dative ] 6. Example ? 7. What does 
nurtc^teu signify? 8. Example? 9. Uiibeil anrid)ten V 10. Example] 11. 
»^tuvf t^ien, when transitive 1 12. Example 1 13. When intransitive 1 14. 
Example 1 



LESSON XCI. ffftionXCI. 

©cnief ett, to enjoi/, governs, as already seen, L. 4*7., tlie gen- 
itive or accusative. It also signifies to take nourishment, to 
eat or drink, in which use it governs the accusative only. Ex. : 
3c^ tjab^ ijmtt tretiig genoffen ; I have eaten but little to-day. 

I. 5(uf frequently has the force of an adjective. 2)ie ^^ux 
ift auf ; the door is open, or bie ^^iir ift offen. 3u is similarly 
used ; as, ^ie ^{)iir ift ju ; the door is to (closed). In this use 
they are frequently compounded with verbs ; especially with 
mad)en. Ex. : (Sr ^at ba0 B'enfter auf^ unb fie 'f^at ea ^ugctitad^t; 
he has opened the window, and she has shut it. 

II. 3n ber ^^at, (literally "in the deed") answers to the 
EngHsh indeed ; in reality. Ex. : 3rf) treif in ber X'ijai nid|t, 
rpa§ i(f) baben benfcn foil ; I reallv do not know what to think 



227 



of it. ^ic ?^eunbfd^aft fd^eint mir in bcr Xf^at Bejfcr. (©eHert.) 
Friendship appears indeed to me better. 

III. 3u Stanbe Bringcn = to bring to a stand or point, i. e. 
to bring to pass ; to accomplish ; as, ©titer 3Sitle unb ^^luSbauer 
i?ermogen incl juStaube gu bringen; good Avill and perseverance 
can accomphsh much. 

IV. ^angciretfe, compoimded of lartg, long and SSeile, while 
or time=tediousness, weariness, heaviness ; as, 2BaS ben S'^o* 
ren ijergniigt, mad}t bent QBelfeu geitto^nlic^ I^angeireile ; that 
which delights the fool, generally causes weariness to the wise 
(man). (Bid) Iongn?eilen =to become weary; as, 5DieOiebe iuar 
fe^r Iangn?eilig, be^n^egen langtceilte er ftd; ; the discourse was 
very wearisome, therefore he became weary. !l?angn)eiten = to 
cause tediousness, to bore. Ex. : (Sr langtreilte unS mit feinem 
©efvrac^c ; he wearied us with his talk. 



Exercise 94. 



5luf ga6 e 94. 



Stn'rat^en, to advise, 
counsel ; 

Slugeinan'berge^en, to 
go asunder ; 

(5in'f*{afen, to fall 
asleep ; 

©ene'fen, to recover ; 

©ene'fung,/. recovery, 
convalescence; 

®efprdd)^ n. talk, con- 
versation, dialogue ; 

©etrau'cti, to dare, 
venture ; 



^e^rcn, to turn, mind, 
care for, regard ; 

Sage,/.state,condition; 

Sangetrei'Ie, /. (IV) ; 

2)lii't)tgfeit, /. weari- 
ness, fatigue ; 

£rc|bem, notwith- 
standing ; 

Uvt[)ett n. judgment ; 

93ertraut', confidential, 
intimate ; 

SSieUeidif, perhaps, 
possibly ; 



(Bi ^at tod()renb feiner ^tanff^eit 

gar niditsi gcncff'en. 
5)er .fi:nabe iutll ein luenig bei fet; 

nem D^eim fcleikn. 
3* f)afce t)cute ;^u'fdlliger 52cife et; 

Tten alten 33efanu'ten getrcff'en. 
Set) tpei§ in ber Xl}o.t mi% toa^ id) 

thun ]oll 
(5r gctraut' jtdi nidit in ba6 SSaffer 

(ju geijen). 
•^afeen (Sie c^ fdion ju ©tanbe ge-- 

brad)t'? 



23cran'fd)reiten,to pro- 
ceed, progress ; 

93crf)er', before, be- 
forehand ; 

aBcil)len, to elect, 
choose ; 

SSanbern, to wander, 
walk ; 

Beugnt^, n. witness, 
testimony ; 

Bu'fdlUg, accidentally, 
casually ; 

3u'f)orer, m. auditor, 
hearer, pL auditory. 

During his sickness he has eaten 
nothing at all. 

The boy wishes to remain a little 
(while) with his uncle. 

I have accidentally met an old 
acquaintance to-day. 

I really (indeed) do not know 
what I ought to do. 

He does not venture into the wa- 
ter (to go into the water). 

Have you already accomplished 
it? 



228 

3)er Stnabt fdilief ein am griinen The boy fell asleep on the green 

©efta'be. (@ctM((er.) shore. 

^ae ®efditi?d^ ber ffl^enge lang'^ The tattle (prating) of the crowd 

roeiU ii)M. annoys (bores) him. 

Qx leibet an Sangetoei'Ie. He is troubled with ennui. 

1. 2)er v^ranfe irKt nidht^ gcntcf en, trc^bem, ha^ e6 iljm ocm ^Irjfe an; 
getat^en trorben ift. 2. (5'r i^at nur ganj tuenig be! m\6 gencffen. 3. 
2?lein S3ruber ift trteber »on [einer ^roiufl^t-it genefen. 4. 5)ie ©encfung 
fdbrettet bei biefem jlranfen nur taugfam ooran. 5. 2)ic >tirdte ge^t unx 
l;al& elf beg SDlcrgeng an (L. 79. Vl.) unb urn §alb jn^clf irirb fie ge; 
trofjnlidi gefdilcffen. 6. (Sr madite ifin ju feinem eertrauteften ^veunbe, cl;ne 
i^n ocrf)er ge^riift jii ^aben, cber fonft em Seugni^ iibet feine Xxim unb 
Q3erf*miegen()eit ^u f)abcn. 7. DZidit tioaijk jum iBevtrauten elnen Seben 

bu, bag Iccre -§aug ift cffen, bag rcidie ^u ; ircil)!' ©inen bir unb 

fu*e nidit ben Stnbern, halh trirb, wag 2)reie nnffen, ju Slifen tiHinbern. 8. 
J^cmmen (2te yieUei*t biefen Sf^adnuittag cin n)entg ^u mir? 9. jlcmmen 
(Bk ijteUetdit biefen Slbenb in bag Concert ? 10. @r l)dngt »on DZiemaus 
bem ab (L. 81. I.), er lebt, trie eg il)m gefdUtg ift. 11. ©r ftcigt beg 
SRcrgeng auf, trann eg if)m gefdUtg ift, bag eine S)Zal fviif; unb anbere dJlai 
fpdt. 12. @r fpridit unb ijanhdt, tyle eg lf)m gefdUt, of)ne fidi an ehi lUv 
t^eif ber £eute ju fe()ren. 13. 3d) {)abe il^n jufdUig ju ^aufe angetroffen. 
14. Siifdllig traf id) if)n im 2;f)eater. 15. @g ift in ber X^at nidit fo 
leidit, ftdi in ai(e Sagen beg Sebeng gebulbig gu fdiidPen. 16. (5'g ift in ber 
Zi)at »a()r, trag biefe §rau gefprod'.en i^at. 17. QBag ftdi Jteiner getraute, 
Ijat 2)tefer ju (Stanbe gebrad^t. 18. (Sx f)at bie (Ba&is ju ©tanbe gebradU. 

19. S)ie meifren 3uf)orer ftnb n)dt}rcnb fetner langen 9tebe elngefd^lafen. 

20. 5)ag ^inb fdilief aug SJliibigfeit ein. 21. 3)ie ©efeUfdiaft langtr-eiae 
fid) fet;r unb ging fri'tl; augfinanber. 22. @r langir>eilte nid)t nur mid), 
fonbern and) metne greunbe. 

Questions. 1. What does gentc^en signify? 2. Example'? 3. What 
is the force of auf, frequently 1 4 Example ? 5. Is this likewise the case 
with 5U ? 6. Example ? 7. To what does „tu ber Xbat" answer in English 1 
8. Example ? 9. What does the phrase ^u Stanbe brtngcn signify V 10. Ex- 
ample? 11. What does Ian grociU-u signify ? 12. Example 1 13. ©tc^ lang=, 
jvetlen? 14. Example? 15. Saitgannle V 16. Example 7 



LESSON XCII. I'cctton XCII. 

^augeit, answers to the English phrase, " to be good, or fit 
for." Ex. : SBo^v^ *^"3^ ^^^f^^^ • ^^^^^^ i^ this good for ? or, 
more literally, whereto serves this ? 3)a§ taugt niditS ; that is 
good for nothing. From this is derived the noun „3;'augc* 
nic^tS/' worthless fellow ; as, ein I'anger (Sc^treif i)cn ^eud)Ieri* 
fc^ctt ^augenid^tfen (SBietanb) ; a long train of good-for-nothing 
fellows. 



229 



I. ®rof e Qlugcn marfjen, (literally, to make big eyes,) is a 
phrase signifying, " to appear surprised, or astonished." 



Exercise 

5tn'&leten, to offer, 
protTer. tender ; 

Stu'fiibriiug,/. leading, 
conduct, command ; 

Sltujrijf, m. attack, as- 
sault ; 

SBatterie',/. battery; 

Seja^'len, to pay ; 

IDvn'bictcn, to ojfer; 

S)ra:|c'iier, m. dra- 
goon ; 

(iiii'treten, to enter, 
step in ; 

©rfcbovft', exhausted, 
spent ; 

(5^ ftnb ii)rer itci) eininal fo X)\zi 

aU unftT ; 
5d) t)aBe [[)m @t4b an'gr&oten. 
®clb tau^t nidit ^ii ©d-!nei'r)en)erf? 

jeugen, roeit e^ ju wetd) ift. 

©r Tnad)te grc^e ^ivi^^zn, ol^ ev 
midi nacb lancjer Xrennmig tt>ie? 
ber erBlicf'te, 



©ri^iiv'tncn 

by storm ; 
^iti^rer, m. leader, 

commander; 
©utben, m. florin, 

guilder ; 
^cirte, /. harshness, 

unkindness ; 
^iiiaiiis'fprengen, to 

spring out, rush 

out; 
^reu^cr, m. a small 

coin ; 
*^reuf ifd), Prussian ; 



-^lufgaBc 95. 

to take Sciugen, (See above) ; 

Uu'CilUgftnt, /. un- 
reasonableness, in- 
justice ; 

Uii'garifdvHungarian ; 

S3cnveidi'Itd)eii, to ef- 
feminate ; 

33er5et)''ren, to con- 
sume, eat ; 

SSor'fc^en, to place be- 
fore, put before ; 

2Birtf), m. host, land- 
lord, inn-keeper. 



There are twice as many of them 
as of us. 

I have offered him money. 

Gold is good for nothing for 
edge-tools, because it is too 
soft. 

He seemed surprised, as he saw 
me again, after (a) long se- 
paration. 



1. ©ie ^idiiber fefeten jtd^ inn em groped geuev, irieldieg fte in ber2}?itte 
tizi 21>.ilbeg angevi'mbet f)vitteu. 2. (Sr \i^\t \i&\ an ben %\\<^. 3. @r 
fe|,te fid^ auf fein ^ferb unb fprengte bie @tabt fjinviug. 4. 2)te 2)ras 
gcner fa^en ^iit ^u ^fcrbe unb triavteten nur nc6:\ auf i§ten ^iUjter urn 
ttM 5tngtiff ju begtnncn. 5. @r faf auf feinem SBrone fo finfier unb fo 
blei6. (Ul)[anb.) 6. 2Bir trafen iBn uuter einem 33aume fi^enb. 7. !J)er 
®aft fragte ben anbern (L 33. Vlll.) DJlorgen ben SBIrt^, mag er fdiulbig 
fci. (L. 44. VI.) 8. @r \:j<xiti fiir "b^xi, xaai er yerje^rt i:)<xik, emeu preu; 
^ifdien Xb^xin, cber etnen ©ulben fi'inf unb inerjig ^reu^er ju \:)ii:i\)h\\. 
9. !Dtef:r 2Jlann iff mtr ^unbert Xf)aler fdiulbig.- 10. S^^adibem er a(( 
fein @clb in ber §rembe oer^e[)vt i)Q.ttz, fam er arm unb entbfo^t in feine 
-^dmatf) juri'tcf. 11. !Det ©clbat »erje^rte bie if)m »crgefe^ten @petfeu 
mit bem grcpten 5(ppetit. 12. <Sinb eg if)rer stele, bie bie ^eftung per; 
t^etbigen? 13. Sa, eg ftnb beren stele, aBer eg biirften i^rer nod) fo 
siele fein, fo fiivditen voir img bcdi nidit. 14. (5g tsaren il)rer etn?a fiun^ 
bert, bie uuter Stnfii^rung eineg ncit jungen ©olbaten bie 33atterie evftiirm; 
ten. 15. (5in i}ern)eidilidUer aJlenfd) taugt ju !einer Slrbeit. 16. 5)iefer 
58eweig taugt n\^ti. 17. X^er ungarifdie ©eneral 53em bet freitt)illig 
bem turfifd)en .^aifer feine ©ienfte an. 18. '^zt 33auer bot bem ers 



230 

fd)6^ftcn Olcifenben eintgc Sle^jfet an. 19. SDZan Itegf oft in ben Setfungen, 
e^ bietet ftcb erne giite ©elegent^cit bar, fein ©liirf ju macben. 20. dx 
befki^t ftdi ubcr UnbiUi^feit uiib ^drte. 21. 2)u oevfagllmir bie^reifjeit. 
Illicit bci bir bcflageu jii biirfen. 22. @r iriif te nidu re*t trie if)m ge; 
fdivit) iinb madite bet biefem (SveigiiiiTe grcfe SUigen. 23. d'r mad^te 
gi'c^e 5higeu, al5 er beu §reuub eintretcu fat), ben er in beinaf^e jefjn Saf)- 
ten nidit gefekii fjatte. 

Questions. 1. To what does taugen answer 1 2. Can you repeat in 
German the example, " that is good for nothing 1 " 3. From what is the 
noun Xaiu;entc^r6 derived ? 4. Can you explain the phrase grogc -^lugeu mas 
C^eii? 5. Have we a somewhat similar phrase in English ] 



LESSON XCIII. Section XCIII. 

©c^en and jugc^en (in the sense ''to succeed or get on") are 
often used impersonally like the English "go." Ex. : 2Bie ge^t 
e^ ? How goes it ? ©g ge^t red)t mimter gu ; it is going off 
right merrily. 

I. (S'rft (first) often answers to the Enghsh " only, not be- 
fore, no more than, just," &c. ; as, (Sg fiei^t nod) fc neu aug, aU 
trenn e^ erft gefauft ttjare ; it still looks as new, as though it 
had just been bought. 5Die (Bd)iik ge^t er]l urn je^n U^r an ; 
the school does not begin before ten o'clock. (£ie iji erft brei* 
gel)n Sai^re alt; she is only thirteen years old. 

II. {I]ad)ft (next) apphed to time, denotes the period nearest 
at hand ; fiinftig (future, next, coming) applies to future time, 
near or distant. Ex. : 3d^ ^offe, in ber nad^jien SBod^e biefeS 
33ud^ Becnbigen ju fonnen; I hope to be able by (in the) next 
week to finish this book, (ix tvivo in fiinftlgen Sa^ren \?orfid^* 
tiger fein. 

Exercise 96. QlufgaBe 96. 

33efct'geii, to conduct, ^Immlifdi, heavenly, Sc^benemittel, %-ictuals, 

manage, attend to, celestial ; provisions ; 

take care of ; >§in'Idttgnd^, sufficient- Uii'iibexlegt, inconsid- 

@rft, rSee I.) ; ly, enough ; erate, rash ; 

©elin'^gen, to succeed, ^in'fe^en, to sit down; SSerfcr'gen, to pro\'ide; 

prosper, speed ; 3rbifd^, terrestrial, 33crbei', past, gone ; 

©efd^df'tig, busy, bu- earthy, earthly ; Seitltdi, temporal, 

sied, active ; ,Kiiiifttg, (See H.) ; earthly, timely ; 

•^dn^ltdb, domestic ; 3u'ge:^en,(See above). ^ 



£94 



^0 gel^t ee in bet 3BeU ju. 

@^ 9e()t feit toierjefjn Ha^en fccffcr 

mit il}m. 
©rft fiber'^ 3a(>r fanii e<J gcfdic'I^en. 

(£te ill erjl geftern an ge!cinmen. 
3:(iecbcr ilcrner u\ir crft 22 Scifjre 

alt, al^ ev evfcbcf feu irurbe. 
5^lcmanb ireip, ums^ bcr nddifte S^ag 

mit fid) brtiu3t. 
S'Jiemanb ircif, )xa^ bie iividiften 

^vivje mit iid) fcvingeu. 
3u bem fiiuf'tigeu ^abx? befu die id} 

\ral.ir'i"*ctulid^ bic ©dnrcij. 
S)ie^ UHir bie nddifte Uv'fad^e feiner 

Slb'rcife. 
@v i)Cit beii 5(ufti\-ig befcrgt^ 

@r Befcrgt' feine ©efdidf'te felbfi. 

SD'Zan terfctg'te ben ^remben mit 
SlUem, trao er notbig hatk. 



So the world goes. 

For a fortnight past it goes better 
with him. 

It can only take place a year 
hence. 

She arrived only yesterday. 

Theodore Korner was only 22 
years old when he was shot. 

No one knows what the (next 
day) morrow may bring wiih it. 

No one knows what the next 
days may bring with them. 

(In) the coming year I shall 
probably visit Switzerland. 

This was the immediate (nearest) 
cause of his departure. 

He has attended to (done) the 
errand. 

He attends to (does) his busi- 
ness himself. 

The stranger was provided (sup- 
plied) with all that he needed. 



1. @rft na^m cr papier unb ^eber, bann fe^te er fid) ^in ju fdiveiben. 
2. (Bv Ijat eben erft angefangen ju arbeiten. 3. (ss ift erft [teben Ui)x i?or? 
bei. 4. fDiefer ^nabe ift erft brei^ebn 3af)re alt. 6. 9hm ging eg erjl 
red'^t avg ^u. 6. (§6 ift eine fialbe (gtunbe treit US jnm ndd^ften !I)crfe. 
7. 2)ies ift ber ndd^fte SGcg bal}in. 8. Sd^ irill il)m mit ber nddiften ^ofl 
fdn-ciben. 9. (Sin uniiberlegteg Sort ift juireilen bie ndd^fte Urfadie ju 
<Btxdt unb ^aber. 10. 9Jlein t5^eimb fommt bie nddifte 2I5cdie l^ierljer. 
11. 3m fiinftigen 3aln"e gebenft er nad) 5lmerifa ju reifen. 12. 3n fiinf:; 
tigen 3af)ren tvevbe idi ycrfidUiger fein. 13. ^k fiinftige ^cd^s gef^e id^ 
einige 3^age auf'^ Sanb. 14. §ln bag liinftige Seben follten tinr imijx bens 
fen, aiS an bas ^eitlid^e. 15. SJiein fiinfttgeg Seben fed bir geivibmet fein. 
16. 3di befiir*te, eg tt^irb auf biefe Sl^eife nidit gelingen. 17. (§x fcrgt 
meljr fiir irbifdie alg fur i)immtifdie 9?ciditb;iimer. 18. 2)ie gefdidftige 
i^rau befcrgt alle tidugtidien Slrbeiten felbft. 19. !Der D^ad^bar befcrgte 
mir hen ©"rief auf bie ^^^cft. 20. 2)er Sluftrag wurbe »cn bem fleincn 
Jlnaben piinfttidi befcrgt. 21. 3)ie ^5'eftung trurbe f)inldnglidi mit Sebeng; 
mitteln t?erfcrgt. 22. ^'^x 93rubcr tierfcrgte midi jeitlidi mit guten S3iu 
d\n-n. 23. 5^er arme 2)Zann i)ai fed}g Jlinbev ju Derfcrgen. 

Questions. 1. Can you give an example of geben used impersonally! 2. 
Can you give an example of jngc^en so used 1 3. To what does erfl often 
answer? 4. How many examples of its significations can you give 1 5. To 
what does lui^fl applied to time denote 1 6. Example 1 7. What does fiJnfs 
tiQ denote ? 8. Example 1 



232 



LESSON XCIV. ^ e f t i n XCIV. 

^In^olen (from nn, in, and ^clcn, to fetch) signifies to go to 
meet ; to overtake ; to outrun, &c. ; as, eine ®e!putation ^olte 
ben ©efanbten ein; a deputation went out to meet the ambas- 
sador, ^ad^ brei ^agen f)atU unfere 8"t:egatte bag feinblid^e 
©d)iff elnge^oltj after three days our frigate had overtaken 
the hostile ship. 

I. <^tViU, to-day (Latin, hodie,) is sometimes best rendered 
"at the present, no^T," &c. ; as, f)cnt §u ^aqt, or ^^eutigeS %a^ 
ge^ ; at the present day, now-a-days. Ex. : Unfere <Sitten 
irerben ber 0?acf)irelt einft e^eit fo erfd;einen, trie un6 ^eut gu .^age 
bie unfrer 33orfa^ren; our customs, one day, will appear to 
posterity just as (do) those of our ancestors to us, at the pre- 
sent day. 3^ie ©olbgiev treiBt ^eiitigeS ^ageg biele 3^aufenbe 
nadf) (Salifornien ; the immoderate desire for gold, drives at 
the present day, many thousands to California. 

Exercise 97. 5lufgaBe 97. 



5iVleiten, to turn off, 
derive ; 

St'Iaridi, ?n. Alaric ; 

5tngtl, /. anxiety ; 

SdeQxa'btn, to bury, 
inter ; 

S9egrtff^ m. concep- 
tion, notion ; (im 
^ecjrijf' fein, to be 
on the point ;) 

Sdn]m'to, m. (river in 
Italy) ; 

(5t toiinf elite mtr eine an'gcnefime 

^eife. 
3cb geben'fe frii'f^erer Sctten, unb 

gebadi'te 3^ter eft tyd^renb met* 

Tier Jlranfbeit. 
3cb gebei/fe feinen gteif ju fcelc^'; 

nen. 
@r gebadb'te mtr etn Setb gii tf)un. 
Sen bin ntdit gefon'nen barein ju 

tpii'Itgen. 
3ci) :pa(fe metnen heifer, iretl id) 

gefon'nen 6tn, in ei'ntgen !tagen 

eine SReife an'i^utreten. 



(Stn'Bolen, 
above) ; 

(Srler'uung, /. learn- 
ing, acquisition ; 

©efon'nen fein, to be 
inclined, to intend ; 

©ctfte, m. Goth; 

Snntg, heartfelt, 

hearty ; 

Seiten, to guide, lead, 
conduct ; 



(See ^acfen, to pack, pack 

up; 
Stiditplalp, m. place of 

execution ; .: 
©trcmung, /. sreara- 

ing, current, flood ; 
3}errei'fen, to go on a 

journey, travel, set 

out; 
3i ^cr', before. 



He wished me a pleasant journey. 

I remember former times, and 
thought of you often during 
my sickness. 

I intend to reward his diligence. 

He designed to do me an injury- 
I do not intend to agree to it. 

I am packing my trunk, because 
I am intending, in a. few days 
to go on a journey. 



233 

@r ifl in 53egrif|' nad) Si'fieu ju lie is on the point of going to 

re I fen. Asia. 

(Siiftao 5lbclpf) fiiBrtc [cine ©dm^e' Gustavus Adolphus led his 

hen ttcn <Bk(\ j^n ©ieg unb cr? troops (Swedes) from victory 

fanf te ben bei Sii^en mit feinem to victory, and purchased the 

Seben. one at Liitzen with his life. 

.^er *lUi^'at>{eiter ijt cine tuid)'tiv3c The lightning-rod is an important 

amerila'nifdie (Srfin'bung. American invention. 

1. 3di nninf*e Sf^nen einen gnten 3Jlorgen. 2. 3* ^cifee bic @^re, Sf}? 
nen einen guten Slorgen ju h?iinfdien. 3. 3d) gebenfe (L. 47.) meiner 
grennbe niit inniger Siebe. 4. 3n ben 3eiten beg ©liiifeg gebadite er fei; 
ner nidit, xooiji aber in ben @tiuiben ber 5(ngft nub ber ^)lot^. 5. 3d) 
gebenfe gu r*errcifen. 6. 3di gebenfe balb nneber ju fommen. 7. ®ir 
gebenfen aik alt jn trerben. 8.' 5f)r gebadUet eg bofe mit mir gu madien. 
9. Ser 23atei* ift gefonnen batein ju unlligen. 10. 3d) it>ar nid)t gefonnen 
icdjin jn gt'i)en. 11. 3d) ^ucfe mcinen ^'cffer, treil id) gefonnen bin, in 
ben erften Sagen jn i^erreifen. 12. 3di fte^e im Segriffe abjureifen. 13. 
3di hn im 53egriffe augjngeften. 14. ^lan fiif;rte hm 9}erbredier jum 
Siidit^'tfale. 15. 2)er @ot)n beg --^erjcgg fii^rte bie Srn^:pen felbft jnm 
©turme. 16. (§x fiibrte fte gnm Slngriffe. 17. ^u^tanb fiitrte itrieg 
mit ^^ckn. 18. 2)er Jtanfmann fiif^rt SBaaven jnm SZarfte. 19. ©in 
fleineg ,^inb leitete ben blinben S)^ann. 20. Sltarid) tontbe Don ben ®o? 
■tbitn in bem Snfento begraben, nad)bem fie jni^cr bie @iromung abgeleitet 
Batten. 21. (Sx leitet einen 3eben nad) feinem dlati). 22. 2Ber ftdi ni*t 
Bon ber 93ernnnft leiten la^t, ber Idnft ®efaf)r, ba^ i[}n feine Seibenfdiaf? 
tin iu'g SSerberben fiU^ren. 23. fSer flei^tge (Sd)iiler ijolk feine (Camera? 
ben lii ber ©rlenmng ber englifd^en (£prad)e nod) ein, cbgleid) fte beinafje 
sier 2Bodien e[}er angefangen l;'Citten, biefelbe jn lernen. 24. ffiir f)olten 
bie (^i^eunbe anf i^rcm 5lBcge nod) ein, obgleid) fte eine I)albe ©tuube frit; 
ber fortgegangen iraven. 25. ^^ent jn stage erreidien bic ^D^cnfd^en fcin 
fo f)obeg 5Utcr mefjr, al6 in friibcren Sciten. 26. Ttan fiort fjent ju 
Sage son niditg Slnberem fpred^en, alg Bon J?rieg. 27. Tlan ^oxt Jjeuti- 
geg llageg siet flagen iiber fd)Iedite Bdkn. 

Questions. 1. What does einBoIett signify 1 2. Can you repeat the ex- 
ample, bie -Det^ufatton, &c. 1 3. Can you repeat in German the example, 
" after three days," &c. '? 4. How is beute sometimes best rendered '? 5. 
Can you repeat more than one example 1 



LESSON XC V. f e f t i n XC V. 

v^oren (to hear) followed by auf wdth an accusative, signi- 
fies, to listen to ; as, cr ^^ort auf ba6, \vaQ id) if)m [age j lie 
listens to what I tell him. 

<§oren, however, when connected with auf, as a mere prejix, 
signifies, to cease, to discontinue ; as, (E^ Ijbxt auf ju i:egnen ; 



234 



it stops raining (ceases to rain.) 3)er Olegctt ^oxt auf ; the 
rain ceases. 

I. Qlber, in the phrase, ^unberte utrb ahtx ^unberte, ^au* 
fenbc unb dbn ^aufenbe, &c., signifies, " yet again, yet more, 
still other." So, also, £) m^ unb aber m^ bem Wann ; wo 
and yet again wo to the man. 

II. Bit ©runbc ge^en, to go to the ground, or to the bottom, 
i. €S. to sink ; to founder, has hence the general signification, 
to go to ruin, or be destroyed. So, also, ju ©runbe ricf)ten, to 
destroy, to ruin, &c. Ex.: 5Da6 ©d)iff ifi mit SOiann unb ^au^ 
lu ©runbc gegangen, (©prid^irort) ; the ship with man and 
mouse has perished (gone to the bottom.) Uni)or[tc^tigc @!pe* 
culationen f)ahm ben ^^aufmann gu ©runbe geric^tet; imprudent 
speculations have effected the ruin of the merchant. 

Exercise 98. Qiufgafce 98. 

5l'benbbrob, n. supper ; perial family of Oieidigtag, m. imperial 
§(uf fjoren, (See Austria) ; diet, diet ; 

<§afen, m. harbor, 
port; 

Sdd)eln, to smile ; 

Sanben, to land, come 
to shore ; 

Sinbe, /. linden-tree ; 

2Rit'tag^mat)t, n. din- 
ner ; 

Dften, m. East ; 

Ste'^en^burg, n, Ratis- 
bon; 



above) 
S3reg(au, n. Breslau ; 
3!)ulben, to bear, suffer, 

tolerate ; 
©rle'gen, to slay, kill ; 
§aaftredht, n. club-law, 

sword-law ; 
©ebraudi', m. usage, 

custom, ftishion ; 
©etei'cben, to lend, 

turn to, conduce ; 
©rab, n. grave ; 
^aboburg, n. (original 

house of the im- 



(Sdianbe, /. shame, 
disgrace, infamy ; 

(Segel, n. sail ; 

Xa'ge^gefcbdft, n. busi- 
ness of the day ; 

Ufev, n. bank, shore ; 

33erricb'ten, to do, per- 
form ; 

SSer jtn'fen, to sink ; 

^erjva'gen, to faint, 
lose courage ; 



9fte{6, n. empire, realm, 3tt>ift'igfett, /. discord, 
kingdom ; dissension, quarrel. 



^oret auf beg Sebend S'e^^td) »or 
micb aiis'jubreiten, id) hin elenb 
unb gefan^geu. (igdiitlev.) 

@obatb' er biefeg faf), f)6rte er auf 
ju fpielcn. 

Siebig gef)crt' ju ben gctcf)i"'tc|!en 
SWdmiern Seutfdblanb^. 

dr ging nidit efjer aug, aU big er 
einc '^tunbe gelc'fen (;atte. 

2)er rupjtf^e feftbjug rid^'tctc bte 
" Grande Armee " (\ok man jic 
ju nennen ^fifegte) ju ©runbe. 



Cease to spread life's carpet out 

before me ; I am miserable and 

imprisoned. 
As soon as he saw this, he ceased 

to play (stopped playing.) 
Liebig belongs to (is among) the 

most learned men of Germany. 
He did not go out before (till) 

he had read an hour. 
The Russian campaign ruined 

(destroyed) the " Grand Army," 

(as it used to be called.) 



295 

53ei bcm ntf fifcben ?5clbjug ging bic In the Russian campaign the 

" Grande Armee " ,^u 0kiiiibc. " Grand Army" was destroyed. 

ilau'fcnbc unb abcr S^au'fonbe ia- Thousands upon thousands lost 

incu iini it;i- ^cbcn. their lives. 

5lIo \A) aufvim, la^ cr cbcn mciiicn As I arrived he was just reading 

23vlef. my letter. 

2)0^ gerei*t' linn jur gro^cn @()ve. That redounds greatly to his 

honor. 

1. 9ttg atubolv^l) »cn ^abgburg Gaffer »cn !Deutf*(anb ge\corbeu tear, 
l^ovteu hk iunerii Btfiftigfeitcn unb bag fcgeiiaunte ^auftvedU in biefcm 
Dieid^e auf. 2. O^adibem jie ehiic^e ^ivfd^e eviegt ijatkn, Ijbxkn fie auf 
ju jvigcu. 3. (S^^ t)6vt auf ju regnen, unb tinr fomten nun unfere Olelfe 
ireitcv fcvtfe^en. 4. 2)lcin ^rubcv ift ju -Oaufe, cr Ikci^t fdicn ad^t S^age 
ju iBcttc. 5. 3n ©eutfdUanb fuib anbeve (Sitten imb ©cbvdudic al^ m 
Slmcrifa. 6. ^u Oiegcneburg iruvben in ber te|,ten Beit bie Oteid^eitagc 
gcl;alten. 7. 2)ie I)c()c iSdiule ;5U 33reglau ge(;ort ju ben beften in ©eutfd)? 
lanb. 8. Sll5 trir I}nifamen fpet^ten jt^ geva'be juDJlittag. 9. (£ie pficg; 
ten nidit c()er i§r $lbenbbrcb ju effen, af^ big fie al(e Xagcggefdmfte »er? 
ridiict fjatten. 10. Unter einer alien Stnbe, tt)eldie in bem <§Dfe ftanb, 
ftieltcn fie im @cmmev, bet fdionem SBctter, i§v 2)iittaggma()l. 11. ^lU 
bie (?C)oIera in ^avig fievrfdite, ftarben ^aufenbe unb abcr Saufcnbe an 
bcrfelben. 12. 3)ie ©oibatcn i^icl^cn ju ^etbe. 13. 33ei bem Ict^ten 
©tnrme finb mel^rere (gdiiffe ju ©runbe gegangen. 14. 2)er ^Bcttterge^t 
»cn 3:i)iir gu 3:i)iir unb »on Serf ju Scif. 15. ©ag gcveidit mtr jur 
©i)re, ibm jur @dianbe. 16. Wix ju ©efallcn fijnnten @ie eg t^un. 17. 
5)sr ^einb fteuert mit alien Segcln na* Dften jn. 18. 3)ag ift fur i§n 
ju out. 19. 3di bin nur ^u gen.n§^ba^ eg fo fcmmen tv»tvb. 20. ii3erjagc 
nidn, weun bir bag &lud nidit Iddielt unb bn in (Slcnb yerfunfen bift — 
eg unvb beiner fdion dlatl) racrben, unh el)e bu eg glaubft, tinrft bu bciner 
£eibcn ent()cben fein. 21. @g faun aud) baju ?fiati) tnerben, wenn tnir 
evfi unfere eigcnen 5(ngclpgcni)etten georbnet l)abeu tnerben. 22. Sag Se? 
ben ift, ivteunb, ein ernfteg @efdidft, — bulbe fein Ungemad) ; — fo nur 
trirb bir bie Sieife fanft. 23. S'nblid) lanbeft bu bodv fidier am 
Ufer, in beincm >^afcn ; er i)eipt ha6 @rab. 24. (Bx Ijat fein unb feiner 
grennbe a^crmiJgen ^u ©runbe geriditet. 25. (Sx ijat Ui biefen Slrbeiten 
fctne @efunbi)eit ^u ©runbe geridUet. 26. DIetfon riditete bie franjojifdie 
^•lotte ^n ©runbe. 27. iQnm er nidit yorfid)tig ift, fo fann in furjer 
3eit fein ganjer 9teidit()um jn ©runbe gefieu. 

Questions. 1 What does ^i>ren, when followed by auf with an accusative 
siguify ? 2. How do you express, in German, the sentence, I listen to 
what you tell xne ? 3. What is the German example, he listens, &c. '? 4. 
What does horcii, when connected with auf as a prefix signify'? 5. Example 1 
G. Can you exampiify the use of abcr as noticed in this lesson] 7. What 
does ju (i)nint'C gel^eii signify ? 8. Examples! 



236 



LESSON XCVI. f f c t ! n XC VI. 

5Sert^ (worth) like its equivalent in our language, is used in 
designating the value of things ; as, ^it]t^ ^ferb tft brei^unbcrt 
@uli)en nrert^j this horse is worth three hundred florins. 
When, however, the amount of one's wealth is refeiTed to, 
x-ddj is employed ; as, @r ifl je^n taiifenb ©ulben reic^ : he is 
worth ten thousand florins (literally, he is ten thousand florins 
rich). 

I. Qluafommen (a comming or getting out) with BaBen, 
forms the phrase, (Sin Qluyfontmen ^aben, to have a competency 
or subsistence ; as, 5n biefem Sanbe 'bat 'Dtx QlrBeiter ein gute§ 
Qlu^fommen, tBa^renb er in ben meiften ?anbern Surc^a'g mir ein 
not^biirftigcS i)at ; in this country the laborer has a good sub- 
sistence, while in (the) most countries of Europe, he has only 
a scanty (one). 

II. Unterfcmmen= coming under, i. e. a lodging, a shelter j 
also, an employment. Ex. : 2Bir fud^ten in irgenb etuem ber 
Dielen ©afi^aufer biefer ^BtaU i^ergefcen^ ein Unterfomnten; we 
sought in vain, in any one of the many inns of this town, a 
shelter, ^er bleiBig^ ftitbet i'lBeraK ein Unterfommen -, the in- 
dustrious finds every where employment. 

Exercise 99. -^(ufgaBe 99. 

2)^enfd)Itd% human, Un'ierfcmmen, to find 
founded in human 
nature ; 

9^1 ad^ ft 6 1, /. forbear- 
ance, indulgence ; 

-31cti)'i)iirftig, scanty, 
necessitous, needy; 



3luo'fcminen, (See I.) ; 

@iu^,one, (one thing); 

(Sr&c'lung, /, refresh- 
ment, recreation ; 

©cnnen, to grant, fa- 
vor, permit ; 

^rei^, 7n. circle, sphere; 

2)flandimal,often.some- 
times, frequently ; 

din finger ^^elbfterr gcttnt feinen 

Scba'ten jutcei'Ien eine @rf)c - 

lung. 
(Sinmal Bat ber Sd^ifer eine ru'- 

l;tge, bann toieber eiiie ftur'mtfd^e 

Oieife. 
(Sx i}at !ein SSemtc^^en ba^u', um 

biefen Siuftranb lange 3eit be; 

]lrei Un ju foiinen. 



emplovment, shel- 
ter, &c. (See II.) f 

33ei"ie'ben, to live, 
pass, spend ; 

SSer^ci^imng,/. pardon, 
forgiveness ; 



A judicious general sometimes 
grants his soldiers (a) recrea- 
tion. 

At one time the mariner has a 
quiet, (pleasant) then again a 
stormy voyage. 

He has no fortune by which 
(thereto) to he able (for a) 
long time to afford this expen- 
diture. 



237 

2Bci^Iieit ifl met;r Wtxtl) aU 9leid)? Wisdom is more valuable (worth 

tijnm. ' more) than riches. 

3n bet ©d^ttidj hat ber ©auer ein In (the) Switzerland the peasant 

bcfy'crcjJ ?Iut?'fcinmeu, al^ hi bem has a better subsistence than 

circ'pcrcn XlmU tsta'iieni?. in the greater part of Italy. 

33ei (Siiibnut bcr DKidit fucbte ev in On the approach (invasion) of 

eiiiciu fli'ijicu Dcvtcheu ehi Un'; the night, he sought shelter in 

tcvfcmmeu. a little hamlet (liUle "place")- 

5)er .^autmaim t)at bcm (5a^>itdu' The merchant has already paid 

bcvcite' bie %ai}xt i'r^aljlt . the captain (for) the passage.^ 

2)ii* Ijat l}erjlidi i^erlangt', bag I have heartily desired to eat this 

Cfterlamm mit eud) ju cffen. passover with you. (Marginal 

Suca^ 22. 15. reading.) 

5)a0 s^crlaf'fcnc Jitiub t)ev(angt' nad) The forsaken child longs for 

fciner SJliittcr. (after) its mother. 

Tlan fcU nidit urn ettua^ bitten. One should not ask for any thing, 

trag mail bag 9ied)t lf)at, ju »cr; that one has a right to demand. 

lan'^cn. 

1. @g gicbt im menfdili*en SeBcn ^uineilen tnUe SlugcnBItcfe. 2. SD^an 
tnu§ jiureileu bem ©elftc etnc (S'rliclung gomtcn. 3. @v tft fdicn maud); 
mat ^ier gcwefen. 4. (Sdicn mand^;mai f)abe tdi bipfeg gefagt. 5. 9)land); 
mat mi^lingt eg audi. 6. (S"g ift ic1?>t fetnc 3ett baju, fpajiereit jii ge^en. 
7. @r ^at ftinlditglidi Bdt baju, biefe 5(tbeit nodi fjeute ju t»otIenben. 8. 
Qx f)at emeit anbern ^ag xmijx ^dt ba^u, bidi ju befud^en. 9. 2)iefe5 
^aiig ift taufcub 2:6aler ircrt^. 10. ^dn Dtocf ift ;^e^n 2::§aler ^ext^. 
11. Sencr Stanu ift fi'mf ^unbert 3:!f)aler reidi. 12. (§x Ift jefjn taufcub 
2:iiater reidi. 13. S^iefe ^amitie fiat ifir guteg Stugfom.men. 14. Sener 
arme !tag(cf)ner ijat nur etu nctfibixrfttgeg 5tugfemmen. 15. @g famen 
fc tide vclitifd^e g-Uuttlinge an, ba^ fie nl*t atle unter!cmmen fcnnten. 
16. 2)ie (Sclbaten fauben In hsn @d)eunen uub @td((eu ber S3auern eIn 
XInterfcmmen. 17. ©eftern ftabe id) bem v^aufmanne feinc 9led)nung be; 
jal^It. 18. (Sr Ht bcm (gdniclber ucdi nIdU ben Slccf beja^It. 19. @r 
t>erga^, bem (5*ul)ma6er ble ©tiefein ju h^ai)Un. 20. S)er Jlranfe set; 
langt eIn (Slag 2Baifcr. 21. dJlid) tocrlaugt ju ioiffen, it>ag axi ber (Sad>e 
ift. 22. 2Jlldi cevlangt, eine beltere (Stinibe Im .^telg ber Ileben 3)hlnen 
ju »erleben. 23. 3d) »ctlange bag S3udi, bag bcrt Ilegt. 24. (5lng bitte 
i* bl* : fel tocrfiduig In ber ffia^I belner gveunbc. 25. 2)er 50^ann bat 
um ©ebulb unb 9iad^iid>t. 26. 2)a er ll^n um 5Bcr5elf)ung bat, fo fcnnte 
er nid^t lauger jiiruen. 27. 34) bitte <£le um ein ©lag 2Belu. 

QxjESTiONS. 1. When does icertl) answer to worth"? 2. When is reic^ 
instead of jvertl) employed ? 3. Can you exemplify the use of trcrt^ ? 4. Of 
teiffe? 5. What does 5hi8Eommeti signify 1 6. Can you exempHfy its use 
with baben ? 7. What is the literal signification of Uuterfommeul 8. How 
is it rendered in English 1 9. Example "? 



238 

LESSON XC VII. gttiion XC VII. 

SSemu^en = to trouble. (Sicf) urn (Etrt)a0, or fiir Scmanb Be*' 
ittu^en, to give one's self trouble about, to take pains, strive 
about any thing, or for any one. Ex. : 5I)arf id) <Sie fcemut;cn 
tnir baS 33uc^ mmddjtn ? May I trouble you to reacb me that 
book ? 3)u Bemii^ft 2)ld^ ju ml «m einc fo geringe (Sad^e ; you 
trouble yourself too much about so trilling a thing. Sin 
^eunb fi^Ete fid^ fitr einen ^^'i^eunb Bcmil^en; a friend should 
take pains for a friend. (§^ gieBt getinffc gutmiit^ige I^eutc, bic 
]xd) me^r fur 5lnbere, aU fiir fid) fclbfl Bcmiii^cn; there are 
certain good-natured people, who take more pains for others 
than for themselves. 

I. 3^iti)ertreiB (from 3eit, time, and DcrtreiBen, to drive, or pass 
away^ signifies " a pastime ;" as, h?a0 it;m 3citi?crtreiB ift, 
mQL6:)i mir ^angeireile ; what to him is pastime, causes me 
weariness, ©id) bic '^txi ijertrciBen, to spend, or pass one's 
time ; as, trie t»ertreiBt er ftd^ bie ^tii ? How does he pass his 
time? (Sr Dertrei^t fid) biefelk mit 3agen unb S^ifd)enj he 
spends it (the same) in hunting and fishing. 

Exercise 100. ^ufgaBelOO. 

St^'wefen^eit, /. ah- @ttoa, about, nearly, @d)erjen, to jest, joke, 

sence ; perhaps ; sport ; 

Stu^briidh, m. breaking i^ed)tcn, to fight ; SSerfoPgen, to pursue, 

out, eruption ; @rimm, m. fury, rage, persecute ; 

53emer'fung,/. remark, wrath; SSerftei'gerung, /. auc- 

notice ; ^iVlw^zn, m. ginger- tion ; 

33eruf)mt', famous, re- bread ; 33ot'n?agen, to hazard, 

nowned,celebrated ; Sflurnberg, n. Nurem- venture (out) ; 

S3tatt n. paper, leaf ; berg; Seifi^ertreib, m. (See 

5)urch'lefeu, to read 9ie»oIution', /. revolu- I.). 

over, peruse ; tion ; 

Sum 3eit't)ertreib begieft' fie if)ve For pastime she waters her 

S3lHmen ini ©arten. floAvers in the garden. 

JDiU'd) bicfe SJlit't^eilimgen Tnad)te Through these communications 

er,feinem ge^re^'ten -^erjen Suft. he gave his oppressed heart 

vent. 

Stu^lanb f}at fid) ntcbt ^ergeb'Iidi Russia has not striven in vain 

fcemid)t', bie ^-Beti^e'gungen in @U' to suppress the agitation in 

xc^pa jit untrrbrucf'en. Europe. 

5)ie Seip'jiger ^it^c ift eine ber U> The Leipsic fair is one of the most 

beu'tcnbjien in gan§ 2)eutfd}ianb. important in all Germany. 



239 

1. y3ei bcm Slus^&rudbe ber JRefclution in 93erlin irurbe bii in bte 
UtaA\t f)inein gefoAten. 2. @r gab ii)m ba^ S3ud) mit ber Scmerfung, c^ 
rein ju Ijalten. 3. 6"^ ifi ifim gejlern cin 53rief juijcfcbicft ivorben. 4. 
3* jci.3te \\}m bie nciten ©cnidlbe, bie idi auf ber ii3erfieigerung gefauft 
Ijatte. 6. SJiufif ifl fcin liebfter Seibevtrcib. 6. (§x fingt, fdicrjt uub 
lacbt jum 3eiti^ertretb, anfiatt fidi mit eruften it^ingen ju befdidftigen. 7. 
jiDe^ 3}iorgen^, (L. 35. III.) 2)littag^ nub $lbenbg geljc idi oft fpajie=: 
ten. 8. (iie rerfclgtcn ben ^geiub bi-J an (L. 58. Note) bie ©rcngcn bc^ 
£anbcg. 9. 33i^ an biefe (BMk i)Me fte bag 33ud) bnrdigelefcn. 10. 
S3ie! an biffen Drt ft^agtcn fie fid) »cr, aber nnnter nidit. 11. @r be; 
miifite fid) t?ergebend bie ^rage ju Icfen. 12. (2ie bemiif)ten jidi urn bie 
@unft ibreg ^errn. 13. (Sr bemu^t fid) 9leidit^iimer ju crwerben. 14. 
3d) bin' etn)a fiiuf Sabre ^ier {in biefer (BtaU). 15. 3d) bin feit ciner 
l^alben (Stunbe bier (in bent 3immer). 16. 3ft Semanb n}d&renb meiner 
5lbwefcn()eit l)ier ge^refen? 17. «^err ^. trar l)ier nub ttjctite (2ie fpre; 
cben. 18. (Sin Berliner ©latt madit nn^ fctgenbe intereffvinte Ttittimf 
lung. 19. ^ie Dliirnberger (§ ll.Note)8ebfudien ftnb burd) gan;^ !Deutfd}i 
lanb beriibmt. 20. 2)ag ^eibelberger %a^ ijt iregen feiner ©rope be; 
fannt. 21. ^<ii em^^fe(}Ie mid) 3bnen, mein ^err. 22. @m^fef)lcn ©te 
mid) 3§rer gamiae. 23. @r emvn'a^t ftch ber ®efeafd)aft. 24. 2)a 
b.er alte 3ager feinem ©rimm nidit anberg Suft ju mad]en Wn'^k, fo 
fd)(ng er feine •§unbe. 

Questions. 1. Can you give an example of bemii^en, to trouble"? 2. An 
example of „fic^ inu (JtamS bemii^eu?" 3. An example of „ftcf) fiir 3einanb 
bemiit)en ?" 4. Of what is the word S^Jt'-^ertretb, compounded! 5. Canyon 
give an example of its use! 6. Can you give an example of „fic^ bie ^dt 
tertreibeti?" 

LESSON XC VIII. I* f c 1 1 n XC VIII. 

gfjetfen = to tear, to rend, also, to draw, &c. ; hence, an 
fid) ret^en, to draw towards, or to one, to usurp, seize upon ; 
as, ber ©turm ri§ ganje S3aume au3 ber @rbc ; the storm rent 
whole trees from the earth. @r ^at ba§ SSermogen feineS S3ru* 
ber 3 an fic^ geriffen. 

<Biii) iini ^tnoa^ reif en = to strive, contend for anything ; 
as, bie O^auber riffen fic^ um bie 3Beute ; the robbers strove for 
the booty. 

I. Sinfpredjen (literally, to speak in) = to inculcate by 
words, to influence by speaking, ©nem Wluti), ^ro(i, &c., ein* 
fpred[)en ; to speak courage, consolation, &c., to one, i. e. to en- 
courage, to console, (fee. ; as, ber tai)fere ©cneral bcfud)te tciglid^ 
bie 6d)an5en, um ben 6oIbaten Tlut^ unb Xxo^ einjufpred^en ; the 
valiant general visited the redoubts daily, in order to encourage 
and console the soldiers. 



240 



II. ^ei Seinanten cmfprcdien = to call on one, to give one 
a call ; as, ic^ fprad) auf eintge Qai^cuBIicfc hd bem ^erm ^far* 
rer etn ; I called for a few moments, on the pastor. 

Exercise 101. Q( u f g a 6 e 101. 

Stb'rufcn, to call, call Oiu'fpreciien, (See I.) ; 
away, recall ; g-crrfdiritt, m. pro- 

-2iu'fano,oatuube, first gress, advance- 
ment ; 
@reic, VI. old man; 
-§au5'gerdtf), n. house- 
hold-furniture ; 
^errfdiaft, m. domin- 
ion, mastery, domi- 
nation : 
^u^d,f. ball, bullet ; 

®er cin SScrreitt hat, hiiH au6 



principles, rudi- 
ments, elements ; 

SeBa^'Iicb, pleasing, 
agreeable, comfort- 
able ; 

S3cfcu'tcro, particular- 
ly, especially ; 

Si^garte,/ cigar ; 



San'Mma5pIa|, m. 
landing-place, place 
of descent ; 

9lei§en, to tear, seize, 
(See above) ; 

Un'be6a9licl), unpleas- 
ant, comfortless ; 

-Siege,/, cradle; 

23irtli?baug, n. inn, 
public-house. 



an'bere an nd^ ju rciBcn. 



He who has one privilege seeks 
(to seize to himself) to usurp 
others. 

Will you go (travel) \-ia Havre ? 

I have nothing against it, if you 
prefer it. 

We prefer to stay at home. 



2BcI[cn i£ie iiBev >5asre reifeu ? 
Sdi lube nidn? bagc^gen, treun Ste 

ee tcr'jtekn. 
2Bir ^iefien eo ycr ^u -iQauK ^u bUU 

Ben. 
i£)et ^Ici'^ige madn befT'erc ^cxt'i 

fdnitte, aU bcr ^auU. 
Otuptanb, £)efirei* iinb -^reiiB^n 

riffen fid"* urn bvio un'v^tiidlidH' 

1. Xxci}. ber SOcii^e, irehte ft* bcr SeBrev gab, trcUtcn bie ^inber !einc 
red'ten ^J-crrfdn-itie madden. 2. @r ma*te btebeuteube ycttfdH'itte in ber 
beutfd'^eu Si'Vvtd^e, iiad^bem er evft bte SinfanM^griinbe iibevtvunbeu bvitte. 
3. Qx entbebrt bcr notbigfteii -33iid:ier. 
eft bei- Tictba^enbigfien ^v"iu»gerdtf)e. 

(2tdt!e me bem ^geiruBtfein bcberer ©iiter, aU bte ftiib, ircld^e irtr cnt- 
Bebren. 6. -Der Gapitdu er^dt)[te itiui gefterti, io.^ fui^ ber juiige ^ta^ 
lieuer einc J^uget brivdi im ,^cpf gefdicfTen bahi. 7. (S*r ii^c$ bem CBdren 
eine ^ugel bur* ben ^cvf. 8. 3di jicbe ?e per, fiber -^Bremen cber ^dam; 
burg, auftatr ubcr .§arre ^u retfen. 9.' 3di ^iefje ia6 Oteitcn bem ®cf)en 
un& bvi-3 ^^abren bem 3teiten per. 10. (s6 m mir in einer n:avmen (5tube 
bebaglid^er, als in einer falten. 11. (|5 ifl i§m am bebaglicbiten, wcnn 
er na* bem (fiTen fcine (Eigarre vaud^en !aun. 12. ^uabeu in ea am be* 
^aglidiften unb and) am gefunbcfren, ivenn fic na* b:m (yffen eine balbe 
6tunbe fpa^ieren gefjen. 13. 3* fjatte ben ganjen Bergen iiber cin um 
Bef)agn*eo Oefubl. 14. ^ie Biirfien SeutfdUanbg ^aben t^cu C^euem bie 
^errfduft an fid^ gerifien. 15. 2)er Dbeim wu^te nad^ unb na* haS 
SSermogcn feiuer Otef en an nd) §u reiBen. 16. (J« tjt fd)on tan^e, fca$ 



The industrious (man) makes 
better progress than the idle. 

Russia, Austria and Prussia con- 
tended about (the) unhappy 
Poland. 



4. (Sine arme gamilie entbebrt 

5. 2^te ©claiTenbeit ^iebt ibre 



241 

idi i!)n QcfcBcn l^aBc. 17. 3)^ tS lange, ba^ er franf ifl. 18. 3a, ^B 
fiiib fdiou m'cfir aU^ bvei 3SodHMt.— 19. ©teibe ju ^aufe, big ba^ i* ju 
fcir fcmmc ; idi irevbc bidi ju cincm (S^ajicvgauge abrufen. 20. 3)er 
Scb vuft uidU iiuv ben @rci^, fonbcru aud) gar oft ben Wlann in feinen 
Uitcn tsaimn, ben SungOng, unb ba5 ^inb in bev SBiegc ab. 21. 2)a id) 
wn^tc, \>,\$ mcin g-veuub niit bent ©anHjfboctc aiifcmmcn iin'irbe, fo ^oUc 
idi Ibii ail bcm 'sJanbungt^pla^e ah. 22. 3d) f)abe biefen Svief r^euteaJlov; 
qeii yon bcr ^4>oft abgclfolt. 23. 3di fpradi anf meiner Dieife in »erfd)ie:: 
bcucn ©irtfunKinfevn ein — abev icb fann fcincg bcrfeiben befonber^ loben. 
24. 3di fvvcdK getv6(;nlid) bci meinen gvennben etn, wenn id) in bie ©tabt 

QiTESTioxs. 1. What does vet§en signify'? 2. 2In ft4> reipen? 3. Can 
you give an example of vei^eit ? 4. Of ftc^ rclBen? 5. What does ein= 
fprect)cit signify literally? 6. Can you repeat in German, "the valiant 
general visited," &c. 1 



LESSON XCIX. I" c c 4 i tt XCIX. 

(Sinen ^ag urn ben anbern, literally, one day about the other, 
i. e. every other day. Ex. : (Bx ge^t einen 'XaQ urn ben anbem 
in bie Stabt; he goes every other day into towa ^inen ^ag 
urn ben anbern ^abe id^ Unterridbt in ber beutfdfjen 6;pradf)e. 

I. 3Sergteid}en = to equal, to compare to or with ; as, «§tetm 
ift i^r D^iemanb ^u t)ergreid)en ; in this there is no one to be com- 
pared to her. a)?it ®ctt, bent 35olI!ommenen, fonnen \vix fdjrtja* 
dnn, gebrerfjUdjen 3.T^-iTfd]eri un§ nid)t i)ergleid)en. QSem ift 'oa^ 
Tfidd) ®otte§ gfeld}, unb n?em foil id) e§ i)er^(eid)en ? ^uc. 13. 18. 
33ergleid)en (Bk gefalUgft biefe ^roBeblatter mit bent 5!)?anufcrt^te -, 
please to compare these proof-sheets with the manuscript. 
^Sergleidjen, sometimes signifies, to accord, come to an agree- 
ment; as, 33eibe ^arteien I;aBen fid) fd)on l^erglic^en; both par- 
ties have already compounded. 3)ie ©(ciubiger I;abett ftd) mit 
bent Sd)ulbner l^ergtid^en ; the creditors have compounded with 
the debtor. 

Exercise 102. ^lufgaBe 102. 

^uf'f*tagen, to rise; through, "get ©Idu'biger, m. credit- 

^etrdAt'Iid), consider- through", survive ; or; 

ably; ®aft()au^, n. hotel, ^dnbet, 7;/. quarrel ; 

(^onfect',7z.comfit,com- inn; ^§etb, m. hero, champ- 

fiture ; @ebie'ten,to command, ion ; 

2?urd)'fomiTien,to come bid. ^elbin,/, heroine; 
11 



242 



.^crein'bringen^to bring 

in; 
£eict)t'fmn{g,light,light- 

minded; 
9'ladb'ttfd), m, desert ; 
@d)reien, to cry; 



@d)iilbner, m. debtor ; 
^t)urni, m. tower ; 
33erblu'^en, to fade, 

decay ; 
3Sergtei'd)en, (See I.) ; 



Serfjeug, n. imple- 
ment, tool ; 

2Bieberl^o'len,to repeat; 

SBunbern, to wonder, 
^e surprised; 



S)er ^aufmann iuar nid)t im @tan^^ 

be, ftdi auf tnel^r at^ fiinfunb 

jtoanjig ^recent' mit feinem 

@d)itlbner p i)ergtei'dien. 
©g trunbert mid), baf er biefeg 

3af)r, Ci^ne ©chulben ju inad)eit, 

burd)'gefoTnmen ift. 
5Der ^Prei^ einer 2Baare ipjiegt nad) 

Um'ftdnben auf^ unb aB'^ufd^la; 

gen. 
(Sinen 3^ag um ben anbern Ijatk id) 

I)ei nietnem franfen S3niber §u 

h3ad)en. 
SJZan mnp fid) njunbern, baf [o et? 

iva^ nod) im neun'jef)nten 3at)r? 

fjun'bert ge[d)e'(}en fann. 
2)er ©cfanb'te i)klt eine lange 9^ebe 

an bie SQerfamm'lung. 



Tiie merchant was not able to 
settle with his debtor at more 
than twenty five per cent. 

It surprises mc that he has come 
(got) through this year with- 
out making (any) debts. 

The price of wares is accustomed 
to rise and fall according to 
circumstances. 

Every other day I had to watch 
with my sick brother. 

One must be surprised that such 
a thing can happen in the nine- 
teenth century. 

The minister delivered (held) a 
long address to the assembly. 

1. !5)ie ©Idubiger ^aben jtd) mit bem ©d)utbner auf fiinfjig ^recent 
ijerglid)en. 2. ^ie Betben ^aufCeute fonnteu ftdi vuegen beig ^reifesS nicbt 
t)ergleid)en. 3. 3id) f)a6e ^etbe^ mit einanber loerglidien. 4. (i"r ijat 
if)m ha^ '^aug auf fiinf Salute iiermictl)et. 5. 2)cv junge !?laun »ermie; 
tijtk ftd) aU ^niH-bt. 6. siyian muf fid) tminbern, baij fo d)Ka6 nod) in 
unfern Seiten gefdiel)eu fann. 7. (S^ jrunbert mid), ba^ ev burd)gefom? 
men unb nid)t geftorben ift 8. (Siceto t)telt eine dich^ gegen (Jatitina. 9. 
3)erfelbe !^ielt audi ebenfatl^ 9teben iiber bie ?^reunbfd)aft, iiber has ©rei^ 
fenaftev unb iiber t>erfd)iebene anbere ©egenftdnbe. 10. (Sdfar i)ielt eine 
gtebe an feine ©olbaten. 11. 2)er ©d)iiler tt)iebcvf)oIte ju ^aufe nodi eim 
mal bag, n^a^ er in bet (Sdntte gefjort f)atte, um fid) baffelbe itiieber in'g 
®ebdd)tnip ^u rufen. 12. 2Bir Ijbxkn ein ir»iebevf)clteg @d)veien. 13. 
3)er ^veig biefer 9Baare i|l bebeutenb aufgefd^Iagen. 14. ^ie gvii d)te fin b 
burd) ben ilticg betvdditlid) aufgefd)lagcn. 15. ^te j^lugfjeit gcbtctet ju- 
iveiien and) bem ta^fern 3}iaune, einen ^einb, ber ^dnbci an ii)m fud)t, ju 
meiben. 16. 2)er ^clitifd)e §(itd)tling muf fetn 93aterlanb meiben. 17- 
Jl)ie ®efellfd)aft eine^ i^evborbenen 9JZenfd)en foK man meiben. 18. ^ev 
5lrjt befudit ben Jlranfen einen 3:ag um ben anbern. 19. @inen Sag um 
ben anbern c,i'l)t er auf bie 3agb. 20. (Sr I)anbelte nod) aU Tlaim fo 
leid'itfinni;^, tvie ev ahs Siiugling gcfjanbelt Ijatk. 21. S3ei ber Qtnfunft 
ber ungarifd)en ^clbin Sageiio unb anberer uugatifdien <§e(ben in 9lett)? 
S)ov! inurbe, aU fie in bem ®aftl)aufc, mo fie einge!ef}rt ivaren, bei bem 
9^ad)tifd)e fa^en, ein aui^gejeidi.iict fd)oner X()urm mit fvicgcrifd)en aBerf- 
jeugen, auS CS^cnfect geniadu, ()eveincicbi-adit,. )itorauf in beutfd)er @^jrad}e 



243 



bic QBorte ilvinbcn : „(§i lefeen bie un^arlfdhen ^elbcn imb «§elbinnen !'* 
2± iH'affne bid) Zao, fur Iciii (L. 69. III.) mit inef)r Sei^ficit, Sungting, 
bie i>liunc ber ^Us^ciib t^erbliUit. 

Questions. 1. What is the literal signification of din Zaq urn ben an= 
bcni? 2. How do you render it in English? 3. How do you define ocr= 
glcicficn? 4. Can you repeat the first example '? 5. Can you repeat an ex- 
ample signifying to accord, &c. ? 



LESSON C. 



I'ection C. 



EXMAPLES ILLUSTRATING THE VARIOUS USES OF THE COX- 
JUNCTIONS. 

9t b e r, a H e i n, [ c n b e r n. 
d^ ift haib c\(}'^xcdVm, afcer fdm^er 

get^an'. ((Sdnder.) 
^c&\ ift er nidit ba, afeer fcmmen 

wirb er geivip'. 
2)ie Seidien iiuTben gege'Ben, ba^ 

ia6 ^eil gecn'bet fei ; aUetn ire? 

ber 2Sagen, nod) a}Za0fen, ncd) 

Bu'fdiauer tt>etdien anS ber ©telle. 

(@Ct()C.) 

Diidn bic (gpradic an unb fiir ftdi 
ift ridUig, tiiditig unh ^ierlidi, 
fcnbem ber @eift ift eg, ber fidi 
barin i^erfcr'pcrt. (@ctlje.) 

21 U. 
!S^cuife ift mein Siebling, benn fie i)0.t 
ein eb''Iereg ©emiitV inib einen 
feft'eren (5f)araPter, a i § 53iele 
junge !Damen ; nid^t^ alg (Sanft^ 
niutf) fpridit auS ii)xm Stugen. 

Sllfc. 
®u* alfo fed id) trauen, 3f)r 

niditmir? (©diiKer.) 
(5r hat eg felbjl getban' unb fann 

atfc niemanb tabetn. 

(£ie jinb bapon' fteute DZadit, bie 

Sdger au*. ((5d)iUer.) 
<Sd gut er a u d) i|l, fo fann id) 

mid) bod^ nie mit i^m befreunbeu. 



It is soon said, but done with 
difficulty. 

He is not yet there, but he will 
certainly come. 

The signs are given that the 
festival is over ; but neither 
the carriages, nor masks, nor 
spectators leave their places. 

Not the language itself is 
correct, powerful and elegant ; 
but the spirit is embodied 
throughout. 

Louisa is my favorite, for she has 
a mind more noble, and a 
character more firm than many 
young ladies : nothing but 
gentleness speaks from her 
eyes. 

To you then shall I trust ; not 
you to me ? 

He has done it himself, and, con- 
sequently, can blame no one. 

They are off to-iLght, and the 

rangers also. 
How good soever (L. 63.) he 

may be, I shall never become 

intimate with him. 



244 



51 u f e X b e m. 
5l(fe biefe '^iirften Ji3ud)fen in feincr 
l)ol)ixn G'rtvar'tung auf, aU iiber 
eine StepubliP ju gefcte'ten, imb 
feineg i(}rei- Sdnber founte ifinen 
eine au'bere (^rfat)'rung gebeii; 
a u 'J3 e r b e m &efaf 'en biefe 
giivften niditg, alt^ toae bie DZie';: 
bevlaube i()nen gaBen. (<Sd)iUer.) 

5) a. 
® a bu I)ier bift, tt)iU id) mit biv 

au9'ge^en. 
® a ber SSinb ait^ 2Bejlen fommt, 

tcirb ee vegneu. 

2) a f) e v. 
2)te grc^tc Saf)v'fdieintid)feit ber 
(Srfiil'tuug Idf t ncd) eineit Six^ei- 
f«t §u ; b a ^ e r' ift bag @e; 
ijcfte.x^znntSin bie Sirf'Iid)- 
fcit eiiitritt jCber^eit ixbew 
Vvifdi^enb. (®ct()e.) 

2) a m i t. 

Sdvnien (2ie f dined bie @tube, b a- 
m i t' ivir bie naffen ^(eiber aug; 
unb trocf'ene an''jief;en fonnen. 

5) a n n. 

©vft bete, bann at'&eite. 

3) a nun, b ef njcgen, be ^§ alb. 

Sfiiditg nennt er fein, aU feinen 
9Zit'termante{ ; b a r u m fte^t cr 
jebeg ^ie'bermanng @liirf mit 
fdielen 9(ugen an. ((£diiUer.) 

SDa^ 91>af)re ift eine gacfet, aber 
eine nn'geljeure ; b e f ' ir e g e n 
fudien unr Sllle nnr blin^^enb fc 
baran' t)ovbci/jnfcmmen. (@etf)e.) 

3)er ^a^ ift ein ac'tis?eg SOii^ i^er; 
gniigen, bet 9leib cin :paf'fii^ci5 ; 
i) c ^ f) a I b barf man ftd) nidit 
Umnbern, ivenn ber Oleib fo fdmett 
in ^a^ ii'berg£f)t. (®otl;e.) 

3)af. 
(Sg ijt !ein 3tt*eifel metjr, b a p er 
nn^ ktro'gen ^tit 



All these princes grew up with 
no higher expectation than that 
of governing a republic, and 
none of their states could af- 
ford them any other experience; 
besides, these princes possess- 
ed nothing, but what the 
Netherlands gave them. 

Since you are here, I will go out 

with you. 
As the wind conies from the 

west, it will rain. 



The greatest probability of (the) 
accomplishment (still) admits 
of (a) doubt : therefore it is, 
that hope when it becomes a 
reality, always surprises. 



Warm the room immediately, 
that we may take off our (the) 
wet clothes, and put on dry 
(ones.) 

First pray, then work. 

He calls nothing his, but a 
knight's cloak : he, therefore, 
(or on that account) looks 
upon every honest man's for- 
tune with envy. 

(The) truth is a torch, but an im- 
mense one: therefore, we all 
attempt, only blinking at it, to 
pass by. 

(The) hatred is an active dis- 
pleasure, (the) envy a passive 
one; therefore, one must not 
be surprised, if (the) envy 
readily passes over into hatred. 

There is no longer any doubt, 
that he has cheated us. 



^46 



2) c m n a di. 
9Clr fiiib fdnni fihif ©tuiibeii c^a 
o^an ijcn, uiib muiTen b e m n vi d) 
balb an ber ©telle fein. 

5) e n n. 

3di fauuSfineiiuidU'^ Ui^^t/ b enn 
\d) treif fcin SBort bviveu'. 

SBie fanii Seniaub in (Siiiei? Starfeii 
S^anS \\cijcn, uub ihm feiuen^aiis^; 
Vvitb vaubcii, eg fci ben n, ba^ 
er jiiocr ben @tarfen fcinbe, nnb 
alebann' il)m fein Jpaug berau'be? 

3d) fd^d^e i^n 'ijcijex aU gelbljerr, 
b e n n aU ^taatSmarm. 

2) e n n c dv b e f f e n u n g e a d); 
t e t n i d) t g b e ft » e n i g e r. 

^p^ilip)) ber ©ii'tige tear ju fef)t 
ffierfdnren/cer^im !2did|e ju fam? 
mein ; b e n n c di f^""^ ^^^'^ ^f^' 
^ii^ne in fetner 9]erlaf'fcnfdiaft 
an ^a'felgefdMvren, Sittre'len, 
Siid^ern, 3ia)?e'ten unb Seiniranb 
einen grc'peven 33ctrvitl) auf'gc; 
^duft, aU brei rcidie ^i'tr'ften? 
tfiiimet bamalg jufam'nien be; 
fa^'en. (Stiller.) 

^fjvift'ian ber 93ierte 'i)atk fid) in 
bem 93ertra gc yon ^c^enl)a'gen 
uerbinb'lidi gemadit', cf)ne Sn'- 
jieljnng (gdncebeng feinen cin'fet; 
tigen §rieben mit bem j^aifer ^u 
fd")lie§en , b e f f e n n n ' g e a di; 
t e t trurbe ber Slntrag, ben ®al'; 
lenftein ii)m tljat, mit 33ereit'aMli 
ligfeit an'gencmmen. (Sdiiller.) 

5)c* uerfpredi e er ilinen anf bad 
«§ei'ligfte, baf biefe 2aft fte ni*t 
uber iner SJlc'nate mebr brucfen 
fclle; n i * tg b eft n)R' n i; 
ger blieben biefe Xru^3pen ftatt 
biefer i?ier SRc'nate, ncdi ad>tjef)n 
im Sanbe. (©driller.) 

2)0*. 

(§x ^at mi* pvax oft betei'btgt, 
bod) fann id) il)m nid)t bofe 
fein. 



We have already walked five 
hours, and, accordingly, we 
must soon be at the place. 

I cannot tell you any thing, for 
I do not know a word about it. 

How can one enter into a strong 
man's house, and spoil his 
goods, except he first bind the 
strong man ? and then he \vill 
spoil his house. 

I estimate him higher as a gene- 
ral, than as a statesman. 



Philip the Kind, was too great a 
prodigal to gather treasures; 
nevertheless, Charles the Bold 
found in his inheritance a 
greater store of table-service, 
jewels, books, carpets and 
linen, hoarded up, than three 
principalities together, pos- 
sessed at that time. 

Christian the IV. had obliged 
himself in the treaty of Copen- 
hagen, not to conclude a par- 
tial peace with the emperor, 
Avithout the advice of Sweden ; 
nevertheless, the offer which 
Wallenstein made him, was 
accepted with the greatest 
readiness. 

Although he promised them, in 
the most sacred manner, that 
this burden should not op- 
press them more than four 
months ; nevertheless, these 
troops remained in the land 
eighteen months instead of 
four. 



It is true, he has often offended 
me, yet I can not be aagry 
with him. 



246 



@ ^ e icfi nach <§aufe ge^e, tyerbe 

id) ju 3f)neu fcmmen. 
©nblid). 
9^ad)bcm id) lange getoar'tet f;atte, 

Jam ei* e n b I i d^. 

@ntiuebet-ober. 
iDie Ue'brigen toaren e n t it* e ' b e r 
bei bem geu'ft[6en Sdif'ftanbe 
mit ben SSajfeii in bev ^anb ge? 
fan'gen, c b e r iregen i^ree e'^e; 
maligen Slnt&eit^ an ber 93itt; 
f*rift beg 5lbelg, al^ >5od)'»er; 
rather ein'ge^cgen unb i^erut'tfjeilt 
tDorben, (Sd^iUer.) 

% all6 e6 regnen foKte, fcmme id^ 
Tiidit. 

d t ft ; b a n n, f e v n e r ; e n b^^ 
lid), J u t e 1 1. 

@ r ji famen brei Sleiter, b a n n 
(f e r n e r) fclgte ein ftn'genber 
(St)cx, unb jule|,t (enb; 
lid^) auf sergcl'betem ^agen 
tie ^raut xmb bie @afte. 

Solgli*. 
(St iji mein 35ater, f c I g I i * ^a^ 
Be id) ein Otedit auf feine £iefce 
imb [ein SSermo'gen. 

@ I e i di to ^ t 
2Bir gingen sc'rige 51ad)t erjl nad^ 

jtDoIf U6r ju S9ett ; g I e i di; 

tt) ^ I ioaren tint mctgen^ um 

fed)g Uf)t tt)ie bet auf. 
3e- beilo. 
SSetgef'fen (Sie nid)t 3^t SSetfpte; 

d)'en ju etfiil'Ien ; j e e^et b e; 

fl Beifei^. 
Sd) etttat'tefe S^ten <Bci}n ni6t, 

abet b e ft gtcf et toat aud) 

mein SSetgnii'gen, al^ et fatn. 

Sebo*. 
3d) I^aBe i6n geBe'ten ju mit ju 
fommen, et I) at eg 1 ^ b o d)' 
nid)t get^an'. 



I shall come to you (L. 24.) be- 
fore I go home. 

After I had waited for a long 
time, he came at last. 



The remainder were either taken 
prisoners \sdth their arms in 
their hands in the insurrection 
of the Geus, or arrested and 
sentenced for high-treason in 
consequence of their former 
participation m the petition of 
the nobility. 

In case it should rain, I shall not 
come. 



First came three horsemen, then 
(farther) followed a singing 
choir, and at last (finally) the 
bride and the guests in (a) 
gilded carriage. 

He is my father, consequently I 
have a right to his love and 
his fortune. 

We did not go to bed last night 
till after twelve o'clock ; never- 
theless, we were up again at 
six o'clock this morning. 

Do not forget to fulfil your 
promise : the sooner, the better. 

I did not expect your son, but 
my pleasure was so much the 
greater as he came. 



I requested him to come to me, 
he, however, has not done so. 



247 



3 c n a d) b e m. 
)ic irerbcn hdcljnt' uievbeu, 
n a db b e m' @ie fictjjig finb. 



le 



9i d m U d). 
SlUe finnc 93crUHinb'tcn feefudi'ten 
i()n, 11 d m lid): feiu SSater, j\r»ei 
(Sdltvejleru, ber Oiifct uiib eine 
alte S^ante. 

?i i di t n u r, n i cb t a H e i n, 
i; i di t b I ^, - f c n b e r n and). 
(Sr I)at i(}m n i d) t u u r feiu @elb 

scvfprc'dien, f o n b e r u a u di 

gege'beii. 
SD^an f)at n i d) t n u r hen .^onig, 

[ c n b e V n ancti bie ^o'nigin 

luib ben ^rinj eilrav'fef. 
S)er 93ater Bat feinen @c^n nid)t 

nur geuiarut', fonbern aud) 

geftraft', al^ bie SBarnung nid)t^ 

frud)'tete. 

£)&. 
3<i) f)CiBc i^m gera't^en, eg nid)t ju 
tf)un ; b er aber meinen 9tat^ 
befol'geit tuirb, ijl §u bejtueifetn. 

® 0. 

9Gie bev 58afer, f o ber ©o^n. 

<§dtte mein 25ater fiir mid) geforgt', 
f c n)ie id) fiir bid) forge, f o 
ftidre id) toa^ Sln'bere^ gefoor'; 
ben, aU ein SSirtf;. 

©on|l. 
(5in 2Sunbcr mu§te gefd)c'ificn, f o n ji 

fanb fie nid)t einmal ben aBeg ju 

(fud). (@d)iaer.) 
2Ber fcine 2ie&e fii^lt, mup fd)mei; 

d)eln (ernen, f o n ft fcmmt er 

nidit aug. (®ot^e.) 

(g tr» t) I - a I g, or a I ^ aud). 
Stber f n? 1) P bie fiage, a t g bie 

S3efe'ftiguug ber @tabt, fd)ie; 

uen jebem Sin'griffe S^rofe ju Bie? 

t£n. ((Sd)iUerO 



You shall be rewarded, accord- 
ing as you are industrious. 

All his relatives visited him ; 
namely, his fiither, two sisters, 
his uncle and an aged aunt. 



He has not only promised him 
his money, but also given it. 

They had expected not only the 
king, but also the queen and 
the prince. 

The father not only warned his 
son, but also punished him, 
as the warning availed nothing. 



I have advised him not to do it ; 
whether he will follow ray 
advice, however, is doubtful 
(to be doubted.) 



As the father, so the son. 

Had my father assisted me as I 
do you, I should have become 
something better, than an inn- 
keeper. 



A miracle must have happened, 
else she had not so much as 
found the way to you. 

He who feels no love must learn 
to flatter, otherwise he does 
not succeed ("^ei" along. 
L. 29. I.) 



But the situation, as well as the 
fortification of the town seem- 
ed to bid defiance to every 
attack. 



248 



Urn fo, um fo »tel 
5)u f)a^ eg nidht getfjan', unb ba3 
ift mir u m f o lieber. 

Uebcrbie^. 
@r lief in aller @ile bie ^Jefl'ungg? 
n)er!e feiner Dtefibenj' au^^beffern, 
ijerfaf)' fie mit 5lUem, ira^ fte 
fd^ig mac&te, eine lattge SSela'? 
gerung au^'juliatten, unb nafim 
ncd) u b e r b I e g gtrei taufenb 
(S^anier in fetne Tlamtn auf. 
((Sc£)iaer.) 

SSielmel^ r. 
SD'lan mag nid)t mit Sebem JeBen, 
unb fo !ann man and) nic&t fiir 
Seben Jeben ; ti?er bag redit ein; 
fte^t trirb feine ^reunbe f|od)lid) 
gtt fd)d|en toiffen, unb feine ^ein; 
be nidbt !f>affen, nod) ijerfol'gen ; 
» i e I m e :^ r' eriangt' ber 
SRenfd) leicbt einen gro'feren 
35ort^eil, toenn er bie 3Sor'jiige 
feiner SBi'berfad)er getoa^r' toer; 
ben fann. 

SO&eb er-no d). 
SB e ber serlei ten h?iU id) @ud) 
jn einem falfd)en (Sd)ritte, nod) 
toon einem falfdien jnriirf'^atten. 
(®ot§e.) 

2Beit 
3^ toifl nid)tg mit biefem 9)Zenfd)en 
ju t§un ^abm, tt> e i I er ein 
S3o'fett3id)t ill 

28enn, toenn nid)t. 

3d) triitbe mit SSergnii'gen ju S)ir 
fommen, tt) enn id) ^cffen fonn^ 
te, 2)id) ju -^aufe an^jutreff'en. 

3d) fann eg nid)t t^nn, to e n n @ie 
mir nic^t ^elfen. 

2Bie. ^ 
SB i e bie 2tr&eit, fo ber So^n. 
2Bag 'i)a\t hn tote meine (Sonne, 
to i e meinen «§immel, to i e mei; 
ne §(nren, to i e mein gefd)df' ti- 
geg, rafi'Iofeg Seben ? (^erber>) 



Thou hast not done it, and that 
is so much the more agreeable 
to me. 

He caused the fortifications of 
the capital to he repaired in 
the greatest haste, furnished 
it with all that enabled it to 
stand a long siege, and besides 
this took two thousand Span- 
iards within its walls. 



One cannot live with every one, 
neither can one live for every- 
one ; he who rightly perceives 
this will highly appreciate his 
friends, and neither hate, nor 
persecute his enemies : much 
rather do men obtain with 
facility a greater advantage, 
when aware of the qualities 
of their adversaries. 



Neither will I persuade you to a 
false step, nor keep back from 
a false one» 



I will have nothing to do with 
this man, because he is a vil- 
lain. 

I would eome to you (L. 24.) 

with pleasure, if I could hope 
to find you at home. 
I cannot do it, if you do not 
help me. 

As the work, so the reward. 

What hast thou like my sun, 
like my sky, like my meadows, 
like my busy, restless life 1 



249 

Exercises in speaking & writing German. 

The manner in which the words in the following lists (See 
p. 62.) are to be used for the purpose of exercising the pupil in 
speaking and writing German, is at once simple and interesting. 
The Teacher, in the outset, selects some particular word, say, 
ber (Sd)ncibcr, and requires each member of the class to pro- 
duce in German a sentence constructed according to the prin- 
ciples embraced in any given lesson. Thus (lesson xi.) '^\)x 
i^Tcunb, ber (2d}ncit>er, f;at ba§ fd}One neue 'Xnd:j beg, &c. ; or, 
bev (Sd)nciber ge^t, &c.; or, ber (Sd^neiber mad)t, (fee; or, 3fi 
ber (Sdjneitier nod) ? (fee. As the pupil advances, he may in- 
corporate two, three, four or any given number of these words 
in an exercise. As a model for an exercise containing several 
diflferent terms, something like the following (lesson xvi.) may 
be given : 1. ®nU dwM [tub bie ?^'reube be3 ®rof i^aterg unb ber 
©ro^mutter. 2. 5Deu guten 33orfa|en folgen gute 3:f)aten. 3. 
93?eine fd)Oiien 33tumen Blii^en. 4. ^iefe rctl;en O^ofcn ried^en. 
5. dx f)at ^tx^ei gro^e (Sci^ranfe, brei ,^iften unb fcdjg JliiBel. 6. 
3n bem Saale ber ?yutfteu ftnb i^iele Jtrcnieudjter, .^amJpen unb 
^er^en. 7. 5Diefe ffeinen runben ^iitten ftnb fd)on. 8. @ute, 
treue unb waijxt ^reunbe ftnb ein grof eg ©efdien! eineS guten unb 
giitigen ©ctteS. 9. 5)ie (5id)en unb *^ud;en ftnb ^c^e unb bicfe 
^ciume. 

Model exercises after lesson xxvi. 

1. ^ie .^inber ge^en in ben ©arten, um xRoftn, ^tlUn unb ^i* 
lien ju Brec^en. 2. ^ie (Sulen unb S-tebcrmaufe fonnen bag ^icl^t 
ber (Sonne nid)t leiben. 3. 5(ufmerffame (Sc^iiler fonnen Ieid)t bie 
beutfc^e ^)>xad)c lernen. 4. .^ennen Sie jene 3ii»iiterleute unb 
9)iaurer ? 5. 3fl, fie f;aBen toon nietnem 33ater ^crn,- 2Bei,^en unb 
©erfte gefauft. 6. SOZan fagt, baf ^abaf, SDZaig unb -9^eig in 
9(orb=Q(merifa gut gebei^en. 7. Sener QBunbarjt n?ei^ ^u leBen 
unb }\d} bag ^e6en angenef)m ju inad)en. 8. (Sin gofd)icftcr 5(rjt 
fennt bie X^eile beg menfd)tid)en Jlor:perg. 9. 5}er CRiicfgrat, bie 
SfJi^^^jeu, bie (Bd)uiUxn unb ijiele anbere ^:^eile ftnb im\ v^nod)cn, 
unb bie Sin^ge, bie ^unge, bag ^erj, bie lOeBer u.f.ir. i>on ^leifd). 

Besides the stock of words already acquired and acquirable 
11* 



250 

from the following lists, the vocabulary at the end of the work 
may also be made available. The following connected view of 
the different declensions of the adjectives and nouns will be 
found convenient for ready reference. 

Terminations of adjectives. 
Old Declension (§ 28. 29.) New Decl. (§ 30. 31.) Mixed Decl. (§ 32 33.) 





s 

J\Iasc. 


INGUI 
Fem. 


AR. 
J^eut. 


PLTJR 

all 
g-ends. 


sn 

Masc. 


reuLA 
Fem. 


R. 

.Yeut. 


PLUR. 

all 
gends. 


SIN&ULAR. 

Masc. Fem. J^eut. 
1 1 


PLUR. 

all 
gends. 


N. 


- er 


- e 


- eg 


- e 


- e 


- e 


- e 


- en 


- cr 


- e 


- eg 


- en 


G. 


- e^ 


- er 


- eg 


- er 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


D. 


- em 


-er 


- em 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


A. 


- en 


- e 


-eg 


- e 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- en 


- e 


-eg 


- en 



Terminations op nouns. 
Old Declension. New Declension. 



Singular. 


Plural. 


(lesson XVI ) 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Page29. 


1. RULE III. 


2. IRXTLE n. 


3. RULE VII. 


4.RULE IV.V. 


Page 43. 


5. RULE I. 


N.— 


— e 


— 


— er 


— en, — n 


— 


—en — e 


G.— eg, g 


— e 


— 


— er 


— en, — n 


— en, — n 


— en — e 


D.-e 


— en 


— e 


— evn 


— en, — n 


— en, — n 


—en — n 


A.— 


— e 


— 


— er 


— en, — n 


— en, — n 


— en,— n 



I. Professions and trades. <§anbn?erfe unb ©ehjerBe. 

9(pctf)c'fer, m. -g, * pi-, apothe- (Jliirurg', m. -en,pL-en, surgeon. 

caiy. !Dv"idVbecfer, m. -g, pi -. slater. 

53arbtcr', m. -g, ^Z. -e, barber. gdrber, m. -g, pi -, dyer. 

53ciu'meifter, 771. -g, _p/. -, architect, gifcb'pnbter, m. -g, jsZ. -, fish- 

Sttb'ftauer, ?n. -g, ?;Z. -, sculptor. monger, 

^ifttof, m. -g, pi 58ifdicfe, bishop, i^leifdier, -m. -g, pZ. - butcher. 

33ctt*ev, m. -g, pZ. -, cooper. ^n^rmann, m. -eg, -g, pZ. 

S3raucr, m. -g, _pZ. -, brewer. -leute, carrier, wagoner. 

S3ndVBiubev, m. -g, pi -, book- ©etft'ddie, m. -n, pZ. -n, clerg}^- 

binder. man. 

S3udi'bntcfer, 7n. -g, pi -, printer, ©erber, m. -g, ^Z. - currier. 

(iavetlan', m. -g, pZ. -e, chaplain. ®(afer, m. -g, _pZ. -, glazier. 



* The letter, or If) ters set off by a hyphen (thus-§, or-e§) is that used in 
forming the genitive Where the genitive singular is like that ofthe nommative, 
and where the plural is like the singular, no note is made of it. Where, how- 
ever, the plural differs from the singular either in termination, or otJierwiae,' 
the difference is dulv marked. 



251 



@clb'f*micb, 7)1. -ti, -i, pi. -c, 
goldsmith. 

t^anb'fdMihmadAer, m. -6, pi -, 
glover. 

jQixt, m. -en, pi. -en, herdman. 

i^uffdimieb, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, 
farrier. 

Suirelier', m. -qS, -6, pi. -e, 
jeweler. 

,Ko;^Icr, m. -g, pi. -, coal-man. 

.Riifer, m. -g, pi. (See 93cttdier.) 

^linftler, m. -6, pL -, artist. 

^up'fcrfdimieb, m. -z^, -B, ph -e, 
brazier. 

^up'ferfted^er, m. -B, pi, -, en- 
graver, 

Wliii}tx, m. -6, pi. mower. 

2llarft'fdireter, m. -6, pi -, quack. 

2Jlaurer, m. -g, pi. -, mason. 

2}leif'erfd^mieb, m. -tS, -6, pi. -e, 
cutler. 

SDie^ger, m. -i, pi. -, (See %hii 
f*er.) 

SHufitant' , m. -en, pL -en, musi- 
cian, fiddler. 

S'iadit'rodcbter, m. -B, pi -, watch- 
man. 

^Q.'bmn, f. -, pi -nen, seams- 
tress. 

9iatni'fcrf6er, tti, -g, pi. -, natur- 
alist. 

Cbft'ftdnblerin, / -, pi -nen, 
fruitwoman. 

^avft, m. -eg, pi ^^dpfte, pope. 

^eniicf'enmadier, rn. -6, pi-, hair- 
dresser. 

^^farrer, m. -g, pi -, vicar. 

^fer'befidnbter, m. -6, pi -, horse- 
dealer. 



^f}Uofop(}', 77?. -en, pi -en, philo- 
sopher. 

^re'biger, m. -g, pi -, priest. 

^viejler, 771. -g, pi. -, priest. 

Olebner, m. -6, pi -, orator. 

©attter, 772. -g, pi -, saddler. 

(Sd'au'fpteler, 771. -g, pi -, actor. 

(£d>Icifer, tti. -g, j)Z. -, locksmith. 

(Sdimieb, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, smith. 

(Sdinttter, tti. -g, pi -, reaper. 

©dTcrn'fteinfegcr, ttz. -g, pZ. -, 
chimney-sweeper. 

(£du-ift'fteUer, m. -^, pi -, author. 

©d}uf)'fiicfer, tti. -g, pi. -, cobbler. 

@*ul'lei}ver, 771. -g, pi -, school- 
master. 

(Seller, m. -g, jjZ. -, rope-maker. 

©pecevei'f)dnbler, rru -g, _pZ. -, 
grocer. 

©ticf'erhT, / -, pZ. -nen, embroi- 
deress. 

2!ag'(c§ner, 77?. -g, pi -, day-la- 
borer. 

S^ape^i^rer, 777. -B,pl -, wpholsterer. 

S^robler, 77?. -g, pi -, fripperer. 

S^udi'fldnbler, 771. -g, _pZ. -, draper. 

Uf)r'mad)ev, ttz. -g, pi -, watch- 
maker. 

SSdfdi^ertn,/ -, pi -nen, washer- 
woman, 
23eBer, m. -g, pi -, weaver. 
23cdigler, m. -g, pi -, money- 
changer. 
aBnnbarjt, tti. -eg, pi -dr^te, (See 

Sf)irurg.) 
Sa&nar^t, in. -eg, _pZ. -drjte, 
dentist. 

3ucf'er6dcfer, ttt. -g, ^/. -, con- 
fectioner. 



II. Max. 

Snter, 77. -g, old age. 

Sdnme,/ -, j?/. -n, nurse. 

©raut,/ -, _pZ. ffirdnte, bride. 

^rdu'tigam, 777. -g, pi -e, bride- 
groom. 

(S'lefrau,/. - , jjZ. -en, \vife. 

(S'^emann, 771 -eg, -g, pi -mdnner, 
husband. 



(Snfel, 777. -g, _pZ. -, grand son. 
(JnTcIin, / -, pi -nen, grand 

daughter. 
jVami'lie,/ -, pi. -n, family, 
©efcurt',/-, birth. 
@emaf)l', tti. -eg, -g, «Z. -e, ) 
®emaf)'an, / -, pi -nen, 5 ^^^" 

sort 



262 



©rof'mutter, / -, fl -mutter, 
grandmother. 

©ro^'satcr, m. -e, pi -»dter, 
grandfather. 

Sugenb,/ -, youth, 

Sungfrau,/ -, pi -en, virgin. 

Sungling, m. -e, pi -t, young- 
man. 

.Kinb^eit,/ -, childhood, infancy. 

D^acii'fommen, pi descendants. 

^ati)e, m. -n, pi -w, godfather. 

^patl^e,/ — , pi —\\, godmother. 

$|le'3et)ater, m. -^, pi -odter, 
fosterfather. 

"SdmMe'germutter,/ -, pi. -miitter, 
mother-in-law. 

(gcbtrie'getfc^n, m. -e^, -g, pi -; 
fo^ne, son-in-law. 



(Sd)h)ie'ger»ater, m. -3, pt -sdter 
father-in-law. 

(Stief mutter, /. -, pi -miitter, 
stepmother. 

<Stteffo^u, m. -eg, -g, pi -fo^ne, 
stepson. 

(Stief oater, m. -g, pi -\)dtcr, step- 
father. 

Ur'enfet, m. -g, pi -, great-grand 
son. 

Ur'grc^oater, m. -i, pi -»dter, 
gi-eat-grand fother. 

33erlc'5ung,/. -, pi -en, betroth- 
ing. 

9Scr'fat)ren, pi ancestors. 

SBaife,/ -, pi -n, orphan. 

SBittlce,/ -, pi -n, widow. 

SSittiDer, m. -g, pi -, widower. 

BtPitling, m. -g, _pZ. -e, twin. 



III. THE HUMAN BODY, ^cr mcnfcfjlid^e ^oriper. 



5lber, /. -, pi. -n, vein. 

Slrm, m. -gg, -5, j^Z. -e, arm. 

Slug'a^fet, m. -g, ^/. -dlpfet, eye- 
ball, pupil. 

Stu'getibvaune, /. -, pi. -n, eye- 
brow. 

Stu'gcnlteb, n. -e^, pi -er, eye-lid. 

Stu'c^entDunVern, pi eye-lashes. 

Sacfen, m. -g, pL -, cheek. 

33virf'enbart, m. -eg, -g, pi. -bdrte, 
whiskers. 

S3art, m. -eg, -g, pZ. S3drte, beard. 

SSein, n. -eg, -g, pZ. -e, leg. 

S3tut, 7?.. -eg, -g, blood. 

58ruft,/. -, _pZ. 33vufte, breast. 

^ufen, m. -g, _pZ. -, bosom. 

fDaumen, m. -g, pi. -, thumb. 

(Sl'6cgen, w. -g, pi -, elbow. 

^erfe,/. -, pi. -n, heel. 

gtcifd), 77. -eg, flesh. 

@aUe,/. -, gall. 

©ciumen, m. -g, ^Z. -, palate. 

@ef)irn', tz. -eg, -g, pi -e, brain. 

@e(en!^ n. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, joint. 

©erip'pt n. -g, j^Z. -, skeleton. 

@efid)t', n. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, -er, 
sight. 



©ejtittg'punft, m. -eg, -g, _pZ.-jii9e, 

lineament, feature. 
©Iteb, 7?. -eg, -g, pi -er, limb, 

member. 
^atg, m. -eg, jaZ. -^dlfe, neck. 
«§aut,/. -, pZ. ^dute, skin. 
<§erj, n. -eng, pZ. -en, heart. 
«§ufte,/. -, pi. -n, hip. 
Jtef)te, /. -, yZ. -n, throat. 
^nie, 77. -g, pi. .^niee, knee, 
^nochen, m. -g, pi. -, bone, 
^or^jer, m. -g, _pZ. -, body. 
ScBer, /. -, pi. -n, liver. 
Stppe,/. -, pZ. -n, lip. 
gunge,/ -, pi. -n, lungs. 
30^vigen, m. -g, joZ. -, stomach. 
SD^arf, n. -eg, -g, marrow. 
Tl\l^,f. pi -en, spleen. 
2Runb, 777. -eg, -g, ^Z. 2Jlunbet 

mouth. 
SJlugfel, /. -, pi -n, muscle. 
DKicfen, ?77. -g, pL -, nape. 
!Jlagct, 777. -g, pi. DIdgel, nail. 
S^afe,/. -,pl. -n, nose. 
^lert), 771. -en, pi -en, nerve. 
Sflieren, pi. -, loins. 
9itp^e,/. -, pi. -n, rib. 



253 



Oliicfiirat, 7n. & n. -cS, -i, pi. -e, 

spine, 
igdidbti, 7n. -^, pi. -, skull, 
•SdHMifel, 77?.. -6, pi -, thigh. 
ed^Iaf, m. -e^, -^, pi @d)Idfe, 

temple. 
tSd^(ai3\aber,/ -, j9/. -n, artery. 
>SdniUer,/. -, pi -n, shoulder. 



(Seite,/. -,pl -n, side, 
©tirn,/ - ;)Z. -en, forehead. 
aSabe,/. -, j?Z. -n, calf. 
aBanc^e,/. -, pi. -n, cheek. 
3af)ufleifdv n. -e^, gum. 
3el)e,/. -, pi -11, toe. 
-Bunge,/. -, pi -n, tongue. 



lY. Maladies and infirmities, ^ranf^eiten unb®c«» 
B r e cf) c n. 



3tnfatl, 771. -eg, -t^ |)Z. -fdUe, fit. 
©alfam, wi. -g, pi -e, balm, 
©tattern, ^Z. the small pox. 
3?linbl)eit,/. -, blindness. 
SvcdVmittel, n. -6, pi -, vomitive. 
gieK't, n. -S, fever. 
©efdmmliV, /. -, pi. ©efd^triilile, 

swelling. 
®efdw^^^^ n. -t'S,-6, pi -e, ulcer. 
®idu,/. -, gout, 
^eitung, /. -, pi -en, cure. 
«§ei'fcrfeit,/. -, hoarseness. 
jQuftcn, m. -6, cough. 
Mclit,f. -, colic, 
^rampf, 7n. -e^, -6, pi. Rxh\\\^\^, 

cramp, 
^veB^, m. -e^, pi -e, cancer. 
SD^iafern, pi. measles. 
3)iittel, n. -6, pi -, remedy. 
9larBe, /. -, pi. -n, scar. 
Oiev'oenfteBer, n. -6, nervous-fever. 
£)f)nmadit,/. -, fainting. 
^cdm,pl. (See Slattern.) 

V. Articles of dress. 

9{ermel, m. -6, pi -, sleeve. 
Slrmbanb, n. -eg, -g, pi -bdnber, 

bracelet. 
Slttag, m. -fifeg, pZ. -p, satin. 
a3ardient, m. -g, pi -e, dimity. 
93atift', 7M. -eg, _pZ. -e, cambric. 
a3ciitm'irc(re,/. -, cotton. 
Sein'fleiber, pi pantaloons. 
S9efa|,', m.-eg, ;)Z. -fd^e, trimming. 
^eutel, m. -g, joZ. -, purse, bag. 
93ril(e,/. -, pi -n, spectacles. 
Srufi'nabel,/. -, pi -n, broach. 
©Htjie,/. -, pZ. -n, brush. 



0uetfdmug, /. -, pi -en, contu- 
sion. 

Olece^t', n. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, prescrip- 
tion. 

<Ba\be,f. -, pi -n, salve. 

Sdiar ladifxeber, n. -g, scarlet- 
fever. 

Sd^ielen, n. -g, squinting. 

@*nu^^fen, m. -g, cold. 

(Sdnrinbcl, m. -g, dizziness. 

(gdwinbfudn,/ -, consumption. 

Stammein, n. -g, stammering. 

(gtumm^eit,/ -, dumbness. 

<2udit, bte fallenbe, epilepsy. 

!j:auBI)etf,/. -deafness. 

Ue'belfeit,/. -, nausea. 

Un'pd^Iidifelt, /. -, pi -en, indis- 
position. 

SSerren'fung,/ -, pi -en, disloca- 
tion. 



af'fcrfudit,/. -, dropsy 



SBunbe,/. -, pi -n, wound. 

,^ I e i b u It c3 6 ]1 ii ^ e. 

5)egen, m, -g, pi -, sw^ord. 

2)iamant', m. -en, pi -en, dia- 
mond. 

(St'fcnbein, n. -eg, -g, ivory. 

Sdd^er, m. -g, pZ. -, fan. 

^Icr, m. -eg, -g, pi. %icxt, crape. 

§racf, 771. -eg, -g, _pZ. ^rddf e, dress- 
coat. 

granfe,/, -,pl -n, fringe. 

gutter n. -g, lining. 

®e]\tmei'be, n. -g, jewelry. 

®ranat', 77i. -en, pi -en, garnet. 

®iirtel, m. -g, pZ. -, sash. 



254 



^aax nabel,/. -, p'l. -n, hair-pin. 

«^al^6anb, n. -eg, -g, pi -bdnber, 

. neck-lace. 

'^aUtlli^, n. -t^, -i, pi. -tiidier, 
neck-cloth, 

-§aube,/. -, pi. -n, cap. 

^emb, n. -eg, -g, pZ. -en, shirt. 

.§ofen, pi. breeches. 

.^c'fentrdger, m. -g, pt -, braces, 
suspenders, 

^amafdi'en, pi. gaiters. 

.tamm, m. -eg, -g, pi- ^dmme, 
comb. 

.^a^jlpe,/. -,pl. -n, cap, 

^leib, n. -eg, -g, pZ. -ev, dress, 
gown. 

^c^fpu|, m. -eg, head-dress. 

.^vageii, m. -g, _p/. -, collar. 

Sein'irtanb,/ -, linen. 

Scde,/ -, pi' -en, curl. 

?Jlnf|e(tn', ?n. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, mus- 
lin. 

aJlii^e,/ -,_p/. -n, (See ^a^^e.) 

S^ca'belfiffen, n. -g, ^Z. -, pin- 
cushion. 

9tdl)'nabel,/ -, pi. -n, needle. 

£)'Berrocf, m. -eg, -g, pi. -rocfe, 
frock-coat. 

Df)rring, m. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, ear- 
ring. 

^eljn^erf, n. -eg, -g, pi. -e, fur. 

^4^erle, / -, pi. -n, pearl, 

^cma'be,/ -, pZ. -n, pomatum. 

9(iiedi'f(dfd)dien,n, -g, jDZ.-,smelling 
bottle. 



Sling, m. -eg, -g, j?/. -e, ring. 

©ammet, w. -g, pi. -e, velvet. 

@d)ad)tei,/. -, pi. -n, box. 

©d)eere, / -, pi. -n, scissors, 
shears. 

©dilafrorf, ?n. -eg, -g, ^Z. -rocfe, 
dressing-gown. 

@dileter, m. -g, pi. -, vail. 

©d^Icp, n. -eg, pi. @*loffer, clasp. 

©dwaUe,/ -, pi. -n, buckle. 

Odinixrbruft,/ -, pi. -briifte, stays. 

(Sdmiir'nabel,/, -, pi. -n, bodkin. 

(Sdioof, m. -eg, joZ. @d)dfe, lap. 

@d]iirje,/ -, pZ. -n, apron. 

@eibe,/. -, pi. -ir, silk. 

©Dcfe,/, -, ;pZ. -n, sock. 

@cn'nenfd)trm, m. -eg, -g, jjZ. -e, 
parasol. 

©V^t^en, ^Z. laces. 

@Voren, m. -g, _pZ. -, spur. 

@terf nabel,/ -, j?Z. -n, pin. 

(Stie'felfnedit, m. -eg, -g, j^Z. -e, 
boot-jack. 

(Strum^f, m. -eg, -g, ^Z. (Striim^fe, 
stocking. 

J^affet, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, taffeta. 

Xafcbe,/. -, pi. -n, pocket. 

Un'terfjofen, ^Z. drawers. 

SBefte,/. -, _pZ. -n, vest. 

SBid)fe,/, -, pi. -n, blacking. 

3a()n'biirfte, / -, pi. -n, tooth- 
brush. 

3a'^n'ftod)er, ?n. -g, pi. -, tooth- 
pick. 



VI, TOWN AND HOUSE. ^Dtc <Stabtuttbt>a§ 



^(X\X%. 



Salfen, m. -g, pi. -, beam. 
93anf,/. -, pi. -en, bank. 
SSaum'gatten, w. -g, pZ. -gdrten, 

orchard. 
^aum'fd)nle,/ -, pi. -n, nursery. 
©ibltct()ef',/ -, pi. -en, library. 
936tfe,/ -, pi. -w, exchange. 
93rett, n. -eg, -g, pi. -er, plank, 
©riicfe,/. -, pi. -n, bridge. 
Srunnen, m. -g, |;Z. -, well, 
(Sat»ct'(e,/. -, 7:)Z. -n, chapel. 



(S^afer^ne,/ -, jdZ. -n, barrack, 

IDadi, 72. -eg, pi. ©ddbcr, roof 

2)ad)'rinne, / -, pi. -n, gutter, 
spout, 

!De(fe,/ -, _pZ. -n, ceiling. 

2)or[, n, -eg, -g, _pZ, fDcrfer, vil- 
lage. 

(Svb'gefd)cf,n.-ffeg, ^Z— ffe,grouhd- 
floor. 

i^en'ftetlaben, m. -g, pZ. -Idben, 
window-shutters. 



255 



^fedfen, m. -6, pi -, borough. 

^•ii§'bc>bcii, m. -e, pi -boben, floor. 

©atjc,/. - pL -n, lane. 

©cfduij^nip, n, -e^, pi. -e, pri- 
son. 

®en>diti5'()aui^, n. -e^, pi -f;dufev, 
green-house. 

©eiuclbc, n. -^, pi -, vault. 

®Iecfc,/-,;pZ.-n, bell. 

©loffeiifpiet, n. -eS, -e, pi -e, 
chime. 

©ofCe,/. -, pi -n, kennel. 

J^viuptftv-ibt,/ -, pi -ftdbte, metro- 
polis. 

^ecfc,/ -, pi -n, hedge. 

•^cf, 771. -t'3, -6, pi ^ofe, court, 
yard. 

«§iittc,/ -, pi -n, cottage, hut. 

^alt, m. -eg, -0; lime. 

J^amin', n. -c^, -i, pi -e, chim- 
ney. 

.K^ammer,/ -, pi -n, chamber. 

JleKer, m. -^, pi -, cellar. 

.^ird^^cf, m. -ee, -g, pi -f)cfe, 
burying-place. 

^irdhfptcl, n. -eg, -g, pi -e, parish. 

.KirdU{}uvm, m.-zi, -g,^Z.-tl^iirme, 
tower, bellry of a church. 

^lofter, n. -S, pi jtlojter, convent, 
cloister. 

.R:iid^e,/ -, pi -n, kitchen. 

Sanbljaug, n. -eg, pi -f)dufer, 
country-house. 

Sanb'ftva^e,/ -, pi -n, highway. 

aJiviuer, / -, pi -n, wall. 

Tld'ni)c], 7n.-eg,-g,jDZ.-f)cfe, farm. 

[Oicbeln, pi furniture. 

3UcvtcI, V2. -g, mortar. 

SJtun^e,/. -, pi -n, mint, coin. 

Cfcii, 771. -g, _p/. C^efen, stove. 

^alvift, m. -eg, pi ^aldfte, palace. 

?Bf[aftei-, 77. -g, pavement. 

$oft,/ -, j?/. -en, post-office. 

i^umpe,/ -, pi -en, pump. 

9latf)^aug, 71. -eg, pi -^ckifet 
town-house, council-house. 

Dtieget, m. -g, pi - , bolt. 



@aat, 7n. -ed, -g, pi ©die, saloon. 

@acvtfiei^/ -, pi -en, vestry. 

@dian')>iel§aug, n. -eg, jsZ. -^du? 
fev, theater. 

@dieUe,/ -, pi -n, bell (small.) 

@dieime, /. -, pi -n, granary, 
barn. 

(Sdilaf jimmev, tz, -g, pi -, bed- 
room. 

(5d)lop, 77. -ffeg, _pZ. @d)tojfer, 
castle, lock. 

@dnefer, 777. -g, pi -, slate. 

(Sdiornftein, tti. -eg,-g, pi -e, (See 
.S^amin.) 

©peidier, m. -g, pi -, loft, garret. 

(£)5ital', n. -eg, -g, ^i -tdler, hos- 
pital. 

@tvibttf}or, 77. -eg, -g, pi -e, gate 
(of a walled town.) 

@tabt'»ierte(, 77. -g, pi -, quarter 
of (the) town. 

@tat(, m. -eg, -g, ^Z. ©tdlTe, 
stable. 

(Stocfirerf, 77. -eg, -g, fl -e, story. 

©tube,/ -, pi -n, chamber. 

;j!reibl)aug, 77. -eg, ^Z. -pufer, hot- 
house. 

S^rep-'pen^etdnber, 77. -g, _pZ. -, 
stair-case-rail. 

5;burm, 771. -eg, -g, j^Z. X^iirme, 
tower, steeple. 

Umc^e'bungen, pi environs. 

SScr'jimmer, 77. -g, pi -, anti- 
chamber. 

33orftabt,/ -, pi -j^dbte, suburb. 

SBanb,/. -, ^Z. SBdnbe, wall (of a 
house.) 

Weinberg, 777. -eg, -g, jsZ. -e, vine- 
yard. 

2Btefe, /. -, pi -n, meadow. 

Seugbaug, ti. -eg, pi -^-ufet, ar- 
senal. 

3tec;el, 77?. -g, pi -, tile. 

Bie'gelftein, m- -eg, -g, pZ. -e, 
brick. 

3oll§aug, 77. -eg, pi -^dufer, cus 
tom-house. 



256 
YII. FURNITURE. 9)^ fc i 1 1 e It. 



^edier, m. -^, ^l -, tumbler, cup. 
S3ett, n. -eg, -g, jpl -en, bed. 
S3ett'i:)ecfe,/. -, pi -n, coverlet. 
©ett'Iabe,/ -,j9Z. -n, bedstead. 
Setttudi, 71. -eg, -0, pi. -tiidbcr, 

sheet. 
^la'feKilg, m. -eg, -g, _pZ. -Bdlge, 

bellows. 
^iiMievbrett, n. -eg, -g, pi. -er, 
book-shelf. 

33u'dierfdiranf, w?. -eg, -g, pZ. -^ 
fdirdnfe, book-case. 

^ii'geleifen, n. -g, ^Z.-, smoothmg- 
h'on. 

(Safferol', n. -g, pi. -e, sauce-pan. 

2)e(f el, ;?i. -g, pi. -, cover. 

S'tmer, m- -g, jo?. -, bucket. 

gap, n. -ffeg, pZ. gdiTer, cask. 

ge'ber&ett, n. -eg, -g, 'pl -en, fea- 
ther-bed. 

§eu'erftaf)l, m. -eg, -g, j??. -ftd(;le, 
steel. 

i^eu'erftein, m. -eg, -g, pl. -e, flint, 

gen'erjange,/. -, pl -n, tongs. 

gcn'erjeng, ?i. -eg, -&,pl. -e, tinder- 
box. 

yupanf, /. -, pl -Mnfe, foot- 
stool. 

©ebecf', n. -eg, -g, pl -e, cover. 

©emdi'be, n. -g, jjZ. -, picture. 

t^anbtudi, n. -eg, -g, _pZ. -tiid)ev. 
towei. 

«§erb, m. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, hearth. 

^^cl^'fcl^Ie,/ -, pl -n, charcoal. 

^dftdien, n. -g, j^Z. -, box. 

^effel, m. -g, ^Z. -, kettle. 

.Kerje, / -, joZ. -n, taper, candle. 

^tfte,/ -, pl -n, chest. 

^omo'be, / -, pl -n, chest ol 
drawers. 

Jtcpf fiffen, n. -g, pl -, pillow. 

^Gxh, m. -eg, -g, _pZ. ^orbe, basket. 

^ron'Ieud^ter, m. -g, _pZ. -, chande- 
lier. 

^rug, m. -eg, -g, _pZ. ^riige, jug, 
pitcher. 

^ubel, TTU -g, ;?Z. -, pail, tub. 



^iidVengefdiirr, n. -eg, -g, pZ. -e, 

kitchen utensil. 
Sam^^e, / -, pZ. -n, lamp. 
Sater'ne,/. -, joZ. -n, lantern. 
fit*t, 71. -eg, -g, fl -er, (See Jler* 

Stdit'pu|e,/. -,^Z. -n, snuffers. 

SDIcrfer, m. -g, ^Z. -, mortar. 

^fvinne, /. -, pl. -n, pan. 

5J}fef' ferbiidife, / -, pl -n, pepper- 
box. 

^fvcpfen, m. -g, pl. -, cork. 

^frc)3'fenjie^er, m. -g, ^Z. -, cork- 
screw. 

^\m, m. -eg, -g, pl qjfu^Ie, bol- 
ster. 

^clfter, n. -g, jjZ. -, bolster. 

5|}ult, 71. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, desk. 

9taf)nien, 7n. -g, pZ. -, frame. 

Saijfaf, 71. -ffeg, ;)Z. -fdjfer, salt- 
cellar. 

(2duiditel, /. -, pl. -n, (See Jtdfi? 
du'u.) 

(Sd)anfel,/. -, pl -w, shovel. 

(Sdiauni^Ioffel, 772. -g, pl -, skim- 
mer. 

iSdnvm, 7?7. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, screen. 

©diranf, ?7i. -eg, -g, pl (Sd)rdn!e, 
cupboard. 

©dmb'labe,/. -, pl. -n, drawer. 

Sdiiir'eifen, ti. -i,pl. -, poker. 

(2dwe'felf)cl5d}en, 7i. -g, _pZ. -, 
match. 

(geife, /. -, pl. -n, soap. 

@enftc|)f, m. -eg, -g, jaZ. -topfe, 
mustard-pot. 

(Serinet'te, /. -, pl. -n, napkin. 

(£te&, ?z. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, sieve. 

(2cp[)a, 77. -g, _pZ. -g, sofa. 

*2tetu/fcf)Ie,/. -, _pZ. -ii, coal. 

(iu).i'penfdmffel, /. -, pl. -n, ter- 
reen. 

3:epvi^r ^^- -^, pl- -^/ carpet. 

^ieget, m. -g, joZ, -, skillet. 

S^ifdHndi, n. -eg, -g, pZ. -tud)er, 
table-cloth. 

^fcpf, 777. -eg, -g, j?Z. Jlo^fe, pot. 



257 



J'riditer, m. -^, pi. -, funnel. 
^Sanb'Ieudhtcr, m. -^,pL -, sconce. 
liHuni'jiafclie, /. -, pi. -n, warm- 
in gpan. 

VIII. DISHES 

(Scnfecf, n. -t^, -g, comfit, sweat- 
meats. 

©i, n. -H, -$, pi. -er, egg. 

(B\'cxtn&\c\\, m. -^, pi. -, omelet. 

(Srfrifdi'un^,/ -, pi-, -en, refresh- 
ment. 

5leifcti'bru:^e,/ -, pi. -n, broth. 

©aftma^t, n. -zi, -i, pi -md(;ler, 
banquet. 

.^ain'mcljieifdi, n. -ti, mutton. 

Jpam'nuifeule, / -, p/. -n, leg of 
mutton. 

^albfieifdv ru -eg, veal. 

IX. GRAIN AND VEGETABLES. 

53Iu'nien!c^I, m. -e^, -g, cauli- 
flower. 

ffic^ne,/. -, pi. -n, bean. 

(Srbfe,/ -, pi -n, pea. 

©erfte,/. -, barley. 

©urfe,/ -, pi -11, cucumber. 

<§afer, m. -S, oats. 

>§trfe, m. -n, millet. 

ilnoblauA, m. -eg, -6, garlic. 

Mci)i, m. -i§, -6, cabbage. 

^crn, n. -eg, pi. Werner, corn, 
grain. 

^raut, 7u -eg, -6, pi ^rduter, herb. 

^rejTe,/ -, cress. 

I^infe, / -, pi -It, lentil. 

SPZaig, n. -eg, maize. 

2'teer'rettig, m. —eg, -g, pi -e, 
horse-radish. 

^aUiua'fe,/ -, pi -n, parsnip. 

5[}eterfi'Iie,/ -, parsley. 

$ flange,/ -, pi -n, plant. 

X. FRUITS AND FRUIT-TREES, 

5('iianag,/. -, jjZ. -fe, pine-apple. 
ii'f:Ibaum, m. -eg, -g,^/. -bdiime, 
apple-tree. 

Stpfelfx'ne, /. -, ;?Z. -n, sweet- 
orange. 



^afd)'be(fen,n.-g, j)Z.-, washbowl. 
5j|iciic, /. -, pi. -11, cradle. 
Suct'erbofe,/. -, pi. -ii, sugar-box. 
3nuber, m. -g, tinder. 

1. ® c r i d; t e. 

v^albg'cctelet'te,/ cutlet. 

Jl(of , 771. -eg, j?Z, .^lo^e, dumpling. 

DlubcC/ -, pi -11, vermicelli. 

£;di'fenBraten, m. -g, «/. -, roast- 
beef 

Cdi'fenji'eifd\ n. -eg, beef 

^fanii'fudien, m. -g, j3Z. -, pan- 
cake. 

<S6infeii, m. -g, pL-, ham. 

(Sdiirei'nefieifd), n. -eg, pork. 

(Siip).ie,/ -, _p/. -It, soup. 

X'crte,/. -, ^/. -n, tart. 

aSiivft,/ -, pi SSiirjie, sausage. 

©etreibc unb ® em life. 

^il^, m. -eg, pZ. -e, mushroom. 

Otabiep'dieit, n. -g, _pZ. -, turnip- 
radish. 

9fetg, 77?. -eg, rice. 

Slettig, m. -eg, -g, pi -c, radish. 

Olcggen, m. -g, rye. 

9iube,/ -, pi -n, (brassica rapa) ; 
gelbe Otiibe, carrot, vctfje siiibe, 
beet ; Irei^c 9iiibe, turnip. 

(Sa(6et,/ -, sage. 

(Sau'erampfer, m. -g, sorrel. 

(2dm\amin, m.-?S,-6,pl @d)tvdm? 
me, (See ^t(0- 

(SeU^^ric, ???. -g, celery. 

(Bpaxc\d, m. -g, asparagus. 

(Sptiiaf m. -eg, -g, spinage. 

5:f)i)'mtan, tti. -g, thyme. 

2;riiffel,/ -, pi -n, truffle. 

SSei^en, m. -g, wheat. 

QBur^el,/. _,pZ. -n, root. 

3n.nebel,/ -, _pZ. -it, onion. 

O 6 ft ti n b O B ft B a u m e. 

9Xprifc''fe,/ -, pi -ii, apricot. 
93int6auiii, m. -eg, -g. jaZ. -Baunte, 

pear-tree. 
S3roin'beere, /. -, pi -n, ])lack- 

berry. 



258 



(Ettrc'ne,/ -, jpl -n, lemon. 
iDattet,/ -, pi -n, date. 
(Srb'ljeere,/ -, j)l. -n, strawberry. 
«^a'felimf, / -, jpl- -nuffc, hazel- 
nut, 
•i^ei'belbeerc,/ -, pi. -n, bilberry. 
•^im'beerc,/ -, jo/. -n, raspberry. 
Sc^an'rusbeerc,/. -,pl -n, currant. 
Ji'afta'nie,/ -, pi. -n, chesnut. 
SJlanbel,/ -, pi -n, almond. 
SiJlauI'keve, /. -,'^Z- -n, mulberry. 
^Mdo'Mff. -, pi -n, melon. 
9Jli^))e(,/ -, |j/. -n, medlar, 
^fir'ftdbe,/. -, pZ- -ti, peach. 



XI. 



FOREST-TREES. 



Sl^oriT, m. -^, pi -e, maple. 
93irfe,/ -, pi -ii, Mrch. 
Suche,/ -, pi- -11, beech. 
(Sicbe,/. -, pi -n, oak. 
(gfdie,/ -, _pZ. -n, ash. 
(^g^)e,/ -, ^Z. -n, aspen. 
^idbtc,/. - pi -n, pine. 
£dvd)c,/ -, _pZ. -n, larch. 
Sinbe,/. - j^Z. -n, linden-tree, 
lime-tree. 



^p[au'mcnbaum, m. -ti, -i, pi 
-Bdume, plum-tree. 

^omeran'je,/ -, pi -n, orange. 

Duitte, / -, pi -iXf quince. 

Stofi'ne,/. -, pi -n, raisin. 

@tad)''eibeere, / -, pi -n, goose- 
berry. 

<Btxau<i), m. -eg, -g, pZ. (Stvdud)e, 
bush. 

SCallnuf,/ -, pi -niiffe, walnut. 

SehtftocE, m. -eg, -g, ^Z. -ilocfe, 
grape-vine. 

SBein'traxibe,/. -, pi -n, grape. 



^a^^3et,/. -, pi -n, poplar. 
Ottnbe,/ -, pi -n, bark. 
@tamm, m. -eg, -g, |)Z. ©tdtnme, 

trunk, 
^anne, / -, pi -n, fir. 
Utme,/ -, ^Z. -n, elm. 
SBeibe,/ -, _pZ. -n, willow. 
3itteig, m. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, bough. 



XII. FLOWERS. ^ I u m e n. 



9lui*i'fcl,/ -, pi -n, auricula. 
^iitdr -, i>Z. -n, thistle, 
©eipblatt, ?i. -eg, -g, _pZ. -bldttev, 

honey-suckle. 
Sagmiii^ m. -eg, -g, jessamine. 
£eiifc'je,/ -, pZ. -ii, gillyflower, 
l&i'lie, / -, pi -n, lily. 
^Ola^'liebc,/ -, pi -n, daisy. 
aJicbn'bhime,/ -, pi -n, poppy. 
9Jit)rtf;)e,/ - pi -n, myrtle. 
Sfielfe, / -, pi -n, pink. 
Dceffei,/. pi -n, nettle. 



Sltt'terf^crn, t/z. -eg, -g, lark-spur. 

3^ofe,/ -, pi -n, rose. 

®d)(iiff'etblume, / -, pi -n, cow- 
slip. 

©cu'nenblume, / -, pi -n, sun- 
flower. 

!l!ulpe,/ -, ^Z. -n, tulip. 

Uufraut, n. -eg, -g, weed. 

SScildien, ??. -g,|)Z. -, violet. 

33evgi^'mein?ni4t, n. -eg, -g,forget- 
me-not. 



XIII. BIRDS. 33 6 gel. 



5tbter, m. -g, pi -, eagle. 
9(mfel,/ -, pZ. -n, blackbird. 
SSadb'ftelje,/ -, jjZ. -n, wagtail. 
23iutfin!, m. -en, ^Z. -en, chaffinch. 
©iptctftn!, w. -en, pi -en, gold- 
finch. 



2)c!)le,/ -, pi -n, jackdaw. 
2)rcffel,/ -, pi -n, thrush. 
(Slider,/ -, pi -n, magpie. 
(Jntc,/ -, pi -n, duck, 
d'ufe,/ -, pi -n, owl. 
^vilfc, m. -n, pZ. -n, falcon. 



259 



gafan', nu -en, pi -cii, pheasant. 

jVle'bcrmau^,/ -, pi- -maufe, bat. 

(Vlu^cl, in. -i, pi -, wing. 

^^wi'.f. -, pi (Ddufe, goose 

^abidU, 17U -ti, -'$, pi -e, hawk. 

^dujiini|, 771. -e^, -g, pi -e, linnet. 

Jpuf)n, n. -e^, -'J, pi J3u^ner, hen. 

^aiuViieirjcciel, m. -$, pi -yc^el, 
canary-bird. 

^rdije,/ -, pi -n, crow. 

^udilein, n. -$, pi —, chicken. 

jlucfucf, m. -^, pi -e, cuckoo. 

'ttxi>t,f. ~, pi -n, hirk. 

-Diad'/ti^afl,/ - *pl -eu, night- 
ingale. 

-^apaijei', vi. -Cv, -o, pi -z, parrot. 

^fau, m. -en, ;?Z. -en, peacock. 

9tabe, tti. -n, ^Z. -n, raven. 

Olaub'oc^cl, m. -e, pi -sccjel, bird 
of prey. 

dlibi}ui)n, n- -c?, -^, /)Z. -fmfiner, 
partridge. 



9tcifun-, m. -^, pi -, heron. 

9tctiyfe()tdien, n,-^,pl -, redbreast. 

Sdniabel, ;n. -^, pZ. Sdnidbel, bill. 

Sdnralbc,/. -, pi -n, swallow. 

(Sdnvcin, m. -e^, -6, pi 3d)!vdne, 
swan. 

i£v-vliu^, 771. -eg, -s5, pZ. -e, 
sparrow. 

Sterdi, 771. -e^,-g, pZ. <St6rd)e, stork. 

StrauB, 771. -es, pi -e, ostrich. 

2;aubc, / -, pi -n, pigeon. 

:iruthabn, tti, -co, -^, j:^Z. -Bdfinc, 
turkey. 

3:ui-'tcltaube, / -, pi -n, turtle- 
dove. 

-Sad^ref,/. -, pi -n, quail. 

^ait'fdniepfe, / -, pi -n, wood- 
cock. 

23aiT'er6ubn, n. -e», -3, jsZ. -i)VLi}i 
net, moor-hen. 

2BaiT'evfd)nepfe,/. -, pi -it, snipe. 

3auTi'!i3nig, -e^, -§, pi -e, wren. 



XIY. QUADRUPEDS. S3 t c t f u f t g ^ ^ i e r e. 



S(ife, 771. -n, pi -n, ape. 
S3dr, m. -en, ^Z. -en, bear. 
S3iber, 777. -5, |)Z. -, beaver. 
5)adio, 777. -eg, ^Z. -e, badger. 
(S'idVbcvnd^en, 77. -^,|>Z. -, squii-rel. 
?5rettdieu^ 77. -g, pi -, ferret, 
^ud^g, 777. -ti, pL §ii*fe, fox. 
SuUeu, 71. -g, jtjZ. -, colt, 
©ernfe,/. -, jjZ. -n, chamois, 
^afe, 777. -n, pi -n, hare. 
<§irfdi, 777. -c^, j9Z. -e, stag, deer. 
Si^el, m. -t?, pi -, hedge-hog. 
^anin'd^en, 77. -^, _pZ. -, rabbit. 



Samm, 7?. -t6, -y, _p/. Sdmmer, 

lamb. 
Scire, 777. -n, ^Z. -n, lion. 
5?iarter, 777. -§, pi -, pole-cat. 
5?taul'efe(, 777. -0, pi. -, mule. 
2)Zauhrurf, ???. -eo, -», _pZ. -iriirfe, 

mole. 
Oleb, 77. -eg, -§, pi -e, roe. 
Sdnrein, 77. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, hog. 
Xij^er, r77. -g, pZ. -, tiger. 
aSclf, 777. -eg -g, pi ®olfe, wolf. 
Stevje,/ -, pi -n, goat. 



XY . FISHES. ?y i f d^ e. 



9(al, 777. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, eel. 
Stufter,/ -,pl -n, oyster. 
S3arfdi, tti. -eg, pi. -e, perch. 
S3iicfting, 777. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, red- 
herring, 
^cret'te,/ -, ;;Z. -u, trout, 
©arnc'le,/ -, j^Z- -n, shrimp. 
.§ai, 777. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, shark. 
^dring, tti. -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, herring. 



•Qid'^t, m. -eg, -g, pl-t, pike. 
»6umnter, 777. -g, pi -n, lobster, 
^a'belfau, 777. -eg, -g, ^Z. -c, had- 
dock, 
^arrfen, 777. -g, joZ. -, carp. 
Jlvebg, 777. -eg, pi -e, craw-fish. 
Sad^g, 777. -eg, pi -e, salmon. 
2)lufd^el,/. -, pi -n. shell. 
Salm,777.-eg,-g,j3Z. -e,(See 8ad}g). 



260 



©dieltfifd), m. 
dock. 

(Scl)ilb'!r6te,/. 



-eg, -g, jil 



had- 



-, pi. -n, turtle. 

XVI. INSECTS. 



S( meife,/. -, jsZ. -n, ant. 
S3tene, /. -, pi. -n, bee. 
Q3tut'egel, m. -g, jpl. -, leech. 
(Si bedife,/. -,^1. -w, lizard. 
§liege,/. -, pi. -n, fly. 
glcf), m. -t^, -^, pi- %'o^^, flea. 
?frofdi, w. -eg, p/. ?5rdfd)e, frog, 
©riile,/. -, jjZ. -n, grasshopper, 
•^eu'fdirecfe,/. -, pZ. -n, locust. 
h^\x^ Q^iiie, /. -, pi. -n, cricket. 
^dfer, m. -^, pi. -, beetle, 
^vote,/ -, pi. -n, toad. 
SJlotte,/ -,pl. -n, moth. 

XYII. TOOLS. 

9(!^te,/. -,J5Z- -n, awl. 

Stmbofi, m. -ffeg, ^Z. -e, anvil. 

S(ngel,/. -, ^i. -n, fish-hook. 

S(n'gelrutf)e, / -, pi. ~n, fishing- 
rod. 

9(n'gclfd)nur,/ -, pi. -en, fish-line. 

9txt,/. -, _pZ. 9(erte, ax. 

Seit, n. -eg, -g, _p/. -e, hatchet. 

93red)'eifcu, lu -g, _pZ. -, crow-bar. 

Siidife,/ -, pi, -n, rifle. 

5)ref*'j!eget, m. -g, pi. -, flail. 

@gge,/ -, pi. -it, harrow. 

§eite, / -, pi. -n, file. 

gltnte, /. -, pi. -n, gun. 

©eriift, ?z. -eg, -g, ^Z. -e, scaffold. 

^aue,/. -, joZ. -n, hoe. 

.§cbei, w. -g, pi. -, plane. 

^ede, /. -, pi. -n, trowel. 

Sa'befioff, m. -eg, -g, joZ. -ftorfe, 
ramrod. 

I&eim, m. -eg, -g, glue, 

Setter, /. -, pi. -n, ladder, 

SRei^el, m. -g, pi. -, chisel. 

£)b'Iate,/ -, pi. -n, wafer. 

^etfd)aft, n. -eg, -g, jpZ. -e, seal. 



<Sd)tei^c, /, -, j)Z. -tt, tench. 
<^ii)X, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, sturgeon. 
2BaUfifd), w. -eg, pi. -e, whale. 

Snfeftcn. 

iDfliicfe,/ -, pZ. -n, gnat. 
Diatter,/ -, ^Z, -n, viper. 
£)tter,/ -, jdZ, -n, adder. 
9lau^e,/. -, pZ- -n, caterpillar. 
©dilange,/ -, ^Z,-n, serpent, 
@d)met'terling, m. -eg, -g, _pZ. -c, 

butterfly, 
(Sdmecfe,/ -, joZ- -n, snail. 
@ptune,/ -, j?Z. -n, spider. 
2Banje,/ -, joZ. -n, bug. 
2Beg:pe,/ -, pi. -n, wasp. 
3Burm, m. -eg, -g, pi. 2Bumter, 

worm. 

2Ber!§euge. 

^jiug, m. -eg, -g, jjZ. ^fiiige, plow. 

^infel, m. -g, ^Z. -, brush, pencil. 

@dge, / -, pi. -n, saw. 

©anbfa^, n. -ffeg, y. -fdffer, sand- 
box. 

@diaufe(,/. -, j9Z- -n, shovel. 

@d)Ieifftein, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, 
grindstone. 

(Sdil-o^, n,-ffeg, pi- @d)toffer, lock. 

(5d)raubc,/. -, pi. -n, screw, 

@d)raubjiocf, m. -eg, -g, |jZ. -ftocfe, 
vise. 

@d)ub'farren, m. -g, jjZ. -, wheel- 
barrow. 

@enfe,/ -, pi. -n, scythe. 

(Siediet,/ -, joZ. -n, sickle. 

@te'gellacf, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, 
sealing-wax. 

(Spateii, m. -g, _pZ. -, spade. 

(Staffetei',/. -, pi. -en, easel. 

SBage,/ -, pi. -n, balance. 

SBalje,/ ^, joZ. -n, roller. 

2Binbe,/. -, pi. -n, pulley. 

3ange,/ -, pi, -n, pincers, 

3ir!el, m. -g, jpZ. -, compasses. 



261 



Abbreviations. 51 b ! it r 5 u n g e tt. 



a. a. £). 


am augcfiifirten Orte, at the mentioned 






place. 


?(bfiini. . 


5tBfcf)iutt, 


section. 


5him. or 5(umerf. 


5(nmcvfung, . 


observation. 


5lntu\ . 


3tntit)crt, 


answer. 


a. v5t. . 


alteu ^tijU, . 


old style. 


9(. 2;. . 


SdteiJ X'eftameut, 


Old Testament. 


9hifl. . 


3iuji[age, 


edition. 


$ludcj. . 


Sluggabe, 


edition. 


ait^cj. 


auggeuommen, 


except. 


83. 


5Budi, 3?anb, 


book ; volume. 


(S., (5av. or jla|). 


(Sa^ntct or ^a^itel, 


chapter. 


(Scntn., (St. or (Sf^. 


Seiitner, 


hundred vi^eight. 


®., a:)r. or 2)cct. 


doctor, 


Doctor. 


®em. or 5)emolf. 


2)emoifer(e, 


maiden, lady, miss. 


hexi^i . 


bergleictien, 


of this kind. 


b. I). . . 


bag f)cipt. 


that means. 


b. t. 


bag i|i, 


i. e., viz. 


b. 3. . . 


biefeg 3a§rg. 


this year, the present 
year. 


b. SJl. . 


btefeg SKonatg, 


of this month. 


b. 9{. (5. . , 


ber Otedite (Sanbibat 


young lawyer. 


b. a . 


ber S3erfaffer, 


the author. 


@o. 


^ijangeltum. 


Gospel. 


(Sto. 


(Smx, (§im, . 


your. 


(S-wr. . 


@urer, . 


of, or to your. 


f. or folg. 
ff. . 


fclgenb, ising.) 
folgenbe, (plur.) 


( the following. 


%l or fi. 


^toren, ©ulben. 


florin. 


§r. . . 


^rau, . 


lady, wife. 


gr^r. . . 


§rei^err, 


baronet, baron. 


Wt. . . 


fiirftlidi. 


prmcely. 


cjeb. 


geboren, 


born. 


geft. 


geftorben, 


died. 


®r., ®r. or ^. 


©rofctien, 


a coin in Germany. 


^v., ^&rn. 


<§etr, <-§errn, . 


Mr., Sir, Sirs, Messrs. 


f). ©. . 


fjeltige @d)rtft, 


Holy Scriptures. 


inqt. 


mgletdien, 


likewise, also. 


3.6. . . 


Sefug (J^riftug, 


Jesus Christ. 


.^atf. or faifer(. 


faiferlidi, 


unperial. 


^cn. or fotiigl. 


fcuiglid), 


royal. 


^r. 


Jtreitjet, 


kreutzer, cruizer. 


r. . 


Iteg, 


read. 


Set. . 


Siceutiat, 


licentiate. 


£t^. . . 


8ot^, . 


half an once. 


2)flab. or SO'labme. 


SD^abame, 


Madam. 


mai . 


JWajelldt, 


Majesty. 



262 



mat. . 


2RabemotfeUe, 


Mademoiselle, Miss. 


SJlfcr. or gjlfct^t. 


3Kanufcri^t, . 


manuscript. 


3^. or m. m. 


Seamen, 


names. 


m. 


S'lorben, 


north. 


91. (S. . 


S'ladifcbrtft, . 


postscript. 


m. <st. 


neuen 'Bti^U, 


new style. 


^.%. . 


dUu<i6 Xeftament, 


New Testament. 


£). . . 


Dfteit, . 


east. 


cb. 


cber, 


or. 


c. U. b. 93. . 


c^ne Unterfd)teb 


ber without any difference 




^ebeutung, 


of signification. 


^ag. . . 


Vagina, " . 


page. 


-^f. ^fb. or . 


^fwi^b, . 


pound. 


^f. ^fg. or . 


pfennig, 


fenning, penny. 


^\of. . . 


^rofeffor. 


professor. 


gftec. 


Olecenfent, 


reviewer, critic. 


mi)ix. . 


gfieidigtljder, . 


Rixdollar. 


<B. . . , 


(geite ; (Siiben, 


page ; south. 


■@. or f. 


fief)e, . 


&ee, vide. 


fet. . . 


felig, . 


late, deceased. 


(gt. or (Set. . 


@anct, . 


Saint. 


(Stcf. . 


(Stiicf, . 


piece. 


@tb. . 


@tunbe, 


hour. 


2;§. . . 


%i)dU . 


volume, part. 


%i)ix. . 


2;f)aler, 


dollar. 


u. . 


unb. 


and. 


u. a. m. 


uiib anbere mef)r, 


&c., farther. 


11. b. Q. m. 


unb berglcicben me§r 


and similar instances. 


u.f.f. • . 


unb fo f crt, or ferner 


) 


u. f. m. . 


unb fo nie[)r, 


c ^^• 


u. f. tr. . 


unb fo roeiter, 


3 


u. ». 91. . 


unb inele 5(nbere, 


and many others. 


S3. 


SSerg, . 


verse. 


». . 


ton, 


of, from. 


aSerf. or 93f. . 


a}erfaffer. 


author. 


sergl. or »gt. . 


yergteict)e, 


compare. 


». c. . 


ijon oben, 


from above, from the 
top. 


aSorb. . 
aSorr. . 


aSorberidit 
a3orrebe, 


i preface . 


». u. . 


t)cn unten, 


from below, from the 
bottom. 


2B. . . . 


aSejien, 


west. 


3. . . . 


3ei(e, . 


line. 


j. 53. or 5. @. 


gum ©eifiJtel, or j 


iim for example. 



§ 1. ETYMOLOGY. 

Etymology regards words as individuals ; discloses their 
oi-igin and formation ; classifies tliem according to significa- 
tion ; and shows the various modifications, which they 
undergo in the course of declension and conjugation. * 

§ 2. Derivation and composition. 

(1) In respect to derivation, all German words are divi- 
sible into three classes : Primitives, Derivatives and Compounds. 

(2) The Primitives, which are also called roots or radicals, 
are all ver-hs ; forming the basis of what are now generally called 
the irregular verbs, and of about fifty, or sixty others, which 
ivere once irregular in conjugation, but are so no longer. They 
are also all monosyllables ; and are seen in the crude form, (so 
to speak,) by merely dropping the suffix (c n) of the Infinitive 
mood : thus, Binb(en,) to bind ; fd)lie^(en,) to close ; fang(en,) 
to catch. 

(3) From the primitives, sometimes loith, sometimes ivith- 
out, any change in, or addition to the crude form, comes a 
numerous train of derivatives : chiefly nouns and adjectives. 

Thus, from tHnb(en,) to bind, we get ber ^ a nb, the volume, 
and ber 33 u nb, the league, where the derivatives are pro- 
duced by a mere voivel change. The derivative is, also, often 
distinguished by a mere euphonic, or orthographic termination : 
changing the form indeed, but in no wise affecting the sense. 
The terminations employed, in this way, are e r, e I, e n, e, b e, 
t e and e t ; thus, from fpred)(cn,) to speak, comes bte @!pr ad)t, 
speech ; language. In some cases, moreover, in forming de- 
rivatives, the syllable ge (without meaning) is prefixed ; as, 
gettnp, sure; certain; ber ©cfang, the song. 

* The inflection of all parts of speech, except the Verb, is, in Grammar, 
called declension : the regular arrangement of the moods, tenses, numbers, 

Eersons, and participles of a verb, is called Conjugation : in a general way, 
owever, all words capable of inflection are said to be declinable. The in- 
declmable parts of speech are often called Particles. 

2G0 



264 ETYMOLOGY. § 2. 

(4) But there is another and a most extensive class of de- 
rivatives, sometimes cailed secondary derivatives formed by 
the union of radical * words with suffixes, that are significant : 
thus, from ^eiltg, (holy^ sacred;) we get by adding en, the 
verb !^eiltgen, to mahe holy ; to consecrate. The suffixes of 
this class (the significant ones) are, however, most of them, 
used in forming nouns and adjectives. They will be found ex- 
plained under those heads respectively. Several of them are 
the same mform exactly as the terminations mentioned above, 
as being often added to 'primary derivatives. From these, 
that is, from the merely orthographic endings, the significant 
suffixes are to be carefully distinguished. 

(5) Among the secondary derivatives must, also, be in- 
cluded those formed by means oi prefixes as well as suffixes. 
These are mainly verbs, and are treated somewhat at large 
imder the head of Compound Verbs. 

(6) In respect to compounds, properly so called, that is, 
words formed by the union, not of prefixes and suffixes with 
radicals, but of radicals, or other independent words, one with 
another, the German is peculiarly rich. N'ot only is it rich in 
the abundance of such compounds already in use; but it 
possesses a rare facility of forming them, as occasions arise, 
out of its own resources. 

(7) In forming these compounds, the two components are 
often merely joined together as one word ; as U^rniacf)er, (from 
U§r, a clock or watch, and 5!}iad^cr, a maker.) But in numerous 
cases, the union is marked by the insertion of certain letters, 
which may be called letters of union : thus, 

2)ie ^cb e 6 nctf), (from Xoh, death and d^vtb, need, agony;) the 

death-agony ; 
JDag «i^tmmel S Ud)t, (from ^immel, heaven and ^icf|t,hght;) the 

light of heaven ; 
5Die "Ser^ e n S giite, (from ^eq, heart, and ©iitc, goodness ;) the 

goodness of heart ; 

* The word radical, however, in this place, is designed to indicate any 
-tvord capable of assuming a suffix. In this looser sense, the word is often 
employed for the sake of convenience. 



PARTS OF SPEECH. § 3. 

2)er ^ferb e arjt, (from $ferb, horse, and Q(r§t, doctor;) the 

horse-doctor ; 
JDnS ^irt c n IcBen, (from t^irt, shepherd, and ^eben, hfe ;) the 

pastoral-hfe ; 
5)er S'i c r fud)en, (from (Si, egg, and ^uc^eit, cake;) the 

omelet. 

(8) Some of these letters of union are nothing more than 
the signs of the genitive case of the first component : others 
are mere euphonic additions. 

(9) In some instances, the union of the parts of a com- 
pound is characterized by the omission of some letters ; as, 
ber 6cnntag, ((Bonn e, the Sum, and ^ag, day;) Sunday ; benf'> 
n^iirbtg, (benf e n, to think, and iriirbig, worthy;) worthy of 
thought. 

(10) In all compounds, finall}^ the main accent falls upon 
the first component which, also, always quahfies or defines the 
second, as containing the fundamental idea. 

§ 3. Parts of speech. 

( 1 ) The parts of speech in German are usually reckoned ten : 

Articles, Verbs, 

Nouns, or Substantives, Adverbs, 
Adjectives, Prepositions, 

Numerals, Conjunctions, 

Pronouns, Interjections. 

(2) Of these, six, namely. Articles, Nouns, Adjectives. 
Numerals, Pronouns and Verbs, are capable of inflection ; that 
is, admit of various changes of termination by which various 
modifications of meaning are expressed: the other /cwr, namely, 
Adverbs, Prepositions, Conjunctions and Interjections, are in 
form invaj'iahle. 

(3) All parts of speech capable of inflection have two 
numbers : the sing l'lar, which denotes but one, and the plu- 
ral, which denotes more than one. 

(4) All parts of speech capable of inflection, except the 
verb, have four cases; namely the nominative, genitive, 

12 



266 THE ARTICLE. § 4. 

DATIVE and ACCUSATIVE : also, three genders ; namely, the mas- 
culine, the FEMININE and the neuter. 

(5) Cases are variations made in the form of a word, to in- 
dicate its several relations to other words : the nominative being 
that form which denotes the subject of a verb; the genitive that 
which is chiefly used in signifying source or 2^ossession ; the 
dative that which indicates the person or thing /or or to whom 
or which any thing is directed ; and the accusative that which 
points to the immediate or direct object of an action. 

The cases in German correspond Avell to those in the Latin 
language. The Vocative, however, is never counted, because 
it is the same exactly in form with the nominative ; while the 
Ablative (as in Greek,) is wholly wanting: its place being ge- 
nerally supplied by the Dative (with a suitable preposition). 

§ 4. The article. 

(1) There are two articles in German : the Definite, bcr, 
the; and the Indefinite, ein, a, or an. They are inflected 
thus : 

Singular. Plural. 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. For all genders. 

Nom. 5Der, bie, ba?, the ; Nom. 5Die, the ; 

Gen. ^e6, ber, be§, of the ; Gen. 3)er, of the ; 

Dat. ^em, ber, bent, to, or for the; Dat. ^en, to, or for the; 
Ace. 3)en, bie, ba§, the. Ace. ®ic, the. 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. For all genders. 

Nom. ^in, cute, ein, an, or a ; N. ") 

Gen. ^ine§, einer, eineg, of an, or a ; G.J w^ntino- 

Dat. (Sinetn,einer, einciit, to, or for an, or a; D. { ' °* 
Ace. (Eineit, eine, ein, an, or a. A. J 

(2) In familiar style, certain prepositions are frequently 
contracted with the dative and accusative of the definite article 
into one word. 

examples. 
D. am, for an bem, as, ant Sreiier, at the fire ; 
A. ntt§, for att bn§, as, ati§ ?irf)t, to the light; 



NOUNS. § 5. 



267 



D. aufm, 
A. aufy, 
D. teim, 
A. burd)y, 

A. fiir'J, 
D. Inn term, 



for auf bem, as, aufm 5^iirm, on the tower; 

for auf baS, as, auf^o ^aii?, upon the house ; 

for Ui bem, as, Beini CBatcr, with the father ; 

for burd) bvi^, as, burrf)i? QBaffcr, through the 

water ; 

for fiiv ba?\ as, fury ®clb, for the money ; 

for I^iutcr beni, as, f)interni ^aufe, behmd the 



house ; 



D. im, 
A. iu§, 
D. i^om, 
A. ))ox^, 

D. i>orm, 
D. iiberm, 
A. libera, 
D. uuterm 



for m bcm, 
for in ba6, 
for i^on bem, 
for i>cr ba0, 

for i>or bem, 
for ii6er bem, 
for ii6er X)aS\ 



sum, 
lux. 



as, im ^immef, in (the) heaven; 

as, iny ^^au'3, into the house ; 

as, l^cm Ue6el, from (the) evil ; 

as, i^orS ?yeufter, before the 
window ; 

as, i^orm ^T)ore, before the door ; 

as, xiOerm ^'euer, upon the fire; 

as, u6er§ ^anb, over (the) land ; 
for unter bem, as, unterm QSaffer, under (the) 

water ; 
for 5u bem, as, jum i^Iuffe, to the river ; 
for 5U ber, as, ^ur S'fjre, to the honor. 

§ 5. Nouns. 

(1) In German, as in English, tlie nouns, that is, the names 
of persons and things, are divided into two great classes : 
viz : Common nouns, which designate sorts, kinds, or classes 
of objects ; and Proper nouns, which are peculiar to indi- 
viduals. 

(2) Under the head of common nouns ^ arc commonly 

* I. hi German a\\ Nouns, as also all pa rts^ of speech when used as 
nouns hepn with a capital letter. Ex. : 1. "Tiv Sohii, the son ; bie Xorl)ter, 
the clauanter. L I)cv ®utc, the good (man) ; tie ©lite, the good (woman). 
3. ^a§ <iingeii, the singing. 

11. The Indefinite Pronouns. E.x. : ^fn^'ib, (any body, somebody). 
Scbevmaiut, (every body). (*nva§, (anything, something , and ^Hri^tS, 
(notiiing). 

Note, iliat when (.? tiva » and 9^ tcf)t5 are connected with a noun, or 
with an adjective used as a noun they do not begin with a capital. Ex. : 
(?r hat ctiOitS 33rob, he has sonic bread; cr bat nid)tS ©lucf, he has 
nothing good. 

ill. The absolute Possessive Pronouns (when used substantively. L. 
21. 11.; Ex. : 5^ic 3Jictni;]eti, any (hmily ; bag iUtciiitiic, (my property) 

IV. The Indefinite Nvinerals, when used without a substantive. Ex. : 
^lle§, ^Ule, (alh ; (Sinik^c, (some) ; i^iand'cr, (many a) ; 'iUck, (many). 



268 GENDER. § 6, 

included several subdivisions ; as Collective nouns, which are 
the names of a plurality of individuals considered as unity ; and 
abstract nouns, which are the names of certain qualities, or 
attributes regarded as separate from any given substance. 

(3) The nouns, both common and proper, as before said, 
are regularly inflected : exhibiting thus by means of termina- 
tions the several modifications of gender, number, and case. 
The numbers and cases will be made sufficiently clear under 
the head of declension of nouns. We here introduce the sub- 
ject of 

§ 6. Gender. 

(1) Strictly speaking, the masculine gender belongs ex- 
clusively to words denoting males ; the feminine to those de- 
noting females ; and the neuter to such only as, are neither male, 
nor female. And in English, accordingly, with very little ex- 
ception, this is found to be actually the case. 

(2) Not so, however, in German; for there the names of 
many things without life, from their real, or supposed posses- 
sion of qualities pertaining to things with life, are considered 
and treated as masculine, or feminine. Often, moreover, words 
indicating- thino-s without life, are deemed mascuhne or feminine 
merely from some resemblance inform to those designating 
things properly male or female. Hence arises, in Grammar, 
the distinction between the natural and the grammatical gender 
of words. 

(3) Were the natural gender alone regarded, it would be 
necessary only to know the me anting of a word, to know its 
gender ; but since this is not the case, we are often obliged to 
determine gender chiefly by the form. We give below, 
therefore, the principal Rules for determining the gender in 

V. The Personal Pronouns, 1)u. 3t)V, (thou, you), &c., when we would 
distinguish thereby the person addressed. 

VI. (liti, when an adjective, and hkewise, when pronoun as distinguished 
from the article Ex : '3d) (labe iiuv (Siucii (Vieutib, 1 have only one friend. 
SiiiS (5 t 1! e %nx\> ift bliiib, bo§ atibcvc ift iat)m, the one horse is blind, the 
other is lame. 

VII. Adjectives derived from names of persons. Ex : ^a3 (ScfctHerfcbc 
i6nuS. Observe that adjectives derived from the names of countries do not 
begin with a capital. Ex.": rev beuifdie '43iuib, the German confederacy. 3);c 
fvaiijoftfc^e (§|)vac^e, the French language. 



GENDER. S 7. 



269 



by the meaning ; 




by the form. 


(1) To the MASCULINE be- 


(1) 


To the MASCULINE 


ig names of 


long 





either way : suggesting only, as the best mode of learning 
the exceptions (which are numerous and here purposely omit- 
ted.) the custom of constantly and carefully noting them in 
reading and speaking. 

^ 1. Rules for determining gender 



be- 



a. Those primary derivatives 
(See § 2. 3.) ending in e r, 
el, en; {without meaning ;) 
and those also that are with- 
out affixes of any kind. 



b. Those secondary deri- 
vatives formed by means of 



male beings ; * as, ber 3)Zann ; 

ber ^cti^e ] (fee. 
days; as, ber SDZontag; ber 

'5r)ienftag ; (fee. 
months ; as, ber Samiar ; ber 

5'ebruar; (fee. 
seasons ; as, ber fyrii^Ung ; ber 

<Scmmer ; (fee. 
winds ; as, ber 0^orbittmb ; ber 

(Siibtrinb ; (fee. 
points of the compass ; as, ber 

9?orb ; ber Siib ; (fee. 
mountains ; as, ber •^arj, ber 



Mag; (fee. 



ber 



the {significant) suffixes, 
el, en, in g, and ling. 



^h 



stones ; as, ber Clamant 

OiuSin; (fee. 
fruit-trees ; as, ber S3irnBaum ; 

ber QI^felBaum; (fee. 

(2) To the feminine be- 
long the names of 
female beings ; * as, bie ?yrau ; 

bte ^Dd)ter; (fee. 
rivers; as, bie SBefer; bie 

56entfe; <fec. 
fruits ; as, bie 33irne ; bie 9^u§ ; 

(fee. 
trees ; f as, bie ^Mxti, bie (Srle ; 

(fee. 



(2) 
long 



To the feminine be- 



a. Those primary derivatives 
ending in e, b e, t e, or f t : 

b. Those secondary deri- 
vatives formed by means of 
the suffixes e, e i, i n, ^ e i t, 
!eit, f d)aft, ung. 



* Under the name of tnale beings must be included that of the Almighty 
as also those of angels and other superior powers ; those of mythological deities 
and of human beings ; those of beasts, birds, reptiles, and fishes. The term 
female beings must have a like latitude of signincation 

t This includes also plants and flowers. 



270 



DERIVATION OF NOUNS. 



§ 9. 



(3) To the NEUTER belong 
the names of 



places; as, Berlin; &c. 
metals ; as, 'Da§ (SilBer 



(fcc. 



materials ; as, bag ^ofj ; &c. 

letters ; as, bag 5( j ba§ 'B ; (fee. 

infinitives used as nouns ; as, 
'Da^ i^eBett; bag Oteiten; (fee. 

many individuals taken to- 
gether ; (i. e. collective 
nouns ;) as, bag «^cer 3 (fee. 

adjectives used as nouns; (in 
an abstract, and indefinite 
way;) as, bag (BuU, bag 
©c^one; (fee. 



(3) To the NEUTER belong 



a. Those secondary deriva- 
tives formed by means of the 
sufiixes, d^ e n, I e i n, f a I, f e I, 
nif, tt)um. 

b. Those nouns having the 
augment g e. 



bie ^offird^e, 

ber mx^^ol 
ber (SidiBaum, 

bie 25inbmu^Ie, 

bag 9ftat:^aug, 



§ 8. Gender of compounds and foreign words. 

(1) Compounds in general adopt the gender of their last 
component : as, 

(from ^of, court, or yard, ) church- 

and mxdj^, church ;) \ ^^""^ ^^"""^^^ ' 
the church yard ; 
(from bie (§,i^i, the oak, and ber ^aum, 

tree;) the oak-tree ; 
(from bev QSinb, the wind, and bie ^iif^U j 

mill ;) the windmill ; 
(from ber O^at^, council, and bag «§aug ; 
house ;) the council-house. 

(2) Foreign words, for the most part, when taken into the 
German language, retain their origmal gender. Those, how- 
ever, that have become fairly Germanized^ often take a dif- 
ferent gender as they take a different foj'm : thus. Corpus, 
(the body,) which, in Latin, is neuter, becomes, in German, 
ber Jtor^er, which is masculine. 

§ 9. Derivation of nouns. 
(1) To what has been already said (§ 2. (3 ) ) concerning 
the derivation of nouns, we add here, before entering upon 
the subject of Declension, a brief view of those (the secondary 



SUFFIXES USED IN FORMING NOUNS. § 10. § 11. 271 



derivatives) that arc made by sir/nijicant suffixes. And that 
the matter may have the most practical shape, Ave subjoin a 
hst of the leading suffixes of this class : putting in brackets 
the equivalent English terminations, explaining severally their 
force and use, and illustrating the whole by suitable examples. 

§ 10. Suffixes used in foeming nouns. 
Suffixes. English equivalents. 

cr [<?r, ier, or, yer, zen ;] designates [male) persons ; 

also, agents, or instruments ; 

\n%, or \\r[Q^[ling, aster ;'] denotes (often contemptu- 

ously^ p)ersons, animals and 
things ; 

in or inn [ess, ix ;] designates (female) persons ; 

^i [y> ^yy ^''y» ^^l/y ^^y /] ii^dicates the act, practice, 

or place of business ; 



ung 


[ing, 


ure, ion ;] 




signifies the act, or the 








continuing to act ; 


e 


ness, ity^ th ; ) 






Beit 


ness, ity, th ; V 




d^QTioiQ qualities, 01' attributes; 


feit 


ness, ity, th ; ) 






frf)aft 


ship, hood, ity , 


[ 


express rank, grade, office ; 


t^uni 


dom, hood, ity , 


also, anumberof things taken 








collectively; often, merely the 








quality; 


fat 


ude, cy ; \ 




denote the state, or condi- 


fel 


"ude, cy ; \ 




tion ; also, the quality ; 


niB 


ness, cy ; y 




sometimes the result ; 


rf)en 
Icin 


kin, ule, et, let ; 
'kin, ule, et, let ; 


! 


indicate diminutiveness. 




§ 11. 


Examples. 




' Sanger, 


a 


singer ; 




-SSiirger, 


a 


citizen ; 




Sager, 


a 


saw)'er 




er <( Srf)neiber, 


a 


tailor ; 






O^omer, * 


a 


Roman ; 






.?ei^jiger,t 


a 


resident of Leipzig ; 




.SSiener, 


a 


Viennese : 



* Appellatives derived from the names of people often have the termina- 
tion f ; as bev .SpffK. the Hessian ; ber .^iitfe, the Turk ; &c. 

t Nouns derived from the name of a city or town, are often used indech- 
nably as adjectives. Ex. : 2)a§ ^eipjijjer sGter, the Leipzic tear. Gen. ^eS 
Setp^tgec ^tcr§. 



272 



EXAMPLES. $11. 



ling 



S^id^terling, 
^anfiing, 
.©rf) oping, 
rOrafin, 
1 v^etbin, 
in or inn -{ ^onigin, 

{^ieBerei, 
^eucf)elci, 
^ifd)erei, 
93rauerci, 
' 33ete()rung, 



img 



l^eit 



fd)aft 

fat 
fet 
nif 

lein 

^en 



(SrBauung, 
^ronung, 
(5i|ung, 
©lite, 
©tarfe, 
vKranf^eit, 
5)umm'^eit, 
*§eilig!eit, 
_?^-eud)tigfeit, 
^reunbfc^aft, 
^riefterfci)aft, 

S3ereitfrf)aft, 
«§eibentt)um, 
^"^rlftentl^um, 
^igent^m, 



93eburfni^ 
©leid^nij, 



' 93u(i)Iein, 
^ (Sid) en, 



a captain ; 

a fugitive ; 

a hireling ; 

a poetaster; 

a linnet; 

a sboot, or sprig ; 

a countess ; 

a heroine ; 

a queen ; 

a professor's wife ; 

a lioness ; 
thievery ; 
hypocrisy ; 

fishery ; 

brewery ; 

teaching, i.e. theac^ of teaching; 

the building, or erecting; 

the crowning, or coronation ; 

the sitting, or session ; 

goodness ; 

strength ; 

sickness ; 

stupidity ; 

holiness ; 

humidity ; 

friendship ; 

priesthood, that is, the bodi/ of the 

priests ; 
readiness ; 

heathendom ; heathenism ; 
Christendom; Christianity; 
property ; 

the state of being in trouble; dis- 
tress ; 
that which has resulted from hacking 
and cutting ; i. e. cuttings ; 
the state of being in want ; necessity ; 
quality, or state of being like ; like- 
ness ; 
a little book* 
a little boy ; 
a little stool ; 
a little egg. - 



DECLENSION OF COMMON NOUNS. § 12. 273 

(1) It should be observed, in forming derivatives of the 
order illustrated above, that when a, c, or u, is contained in 
the radical part, it is modified into ci, o, or ii, upon receiving 
any one of the suffixes e r, ling, t n, d) e n, lei n, e, n i f 
and f el; as, in the case of l^angcr, (from '^anq,) Siivger, (from 
i8urg,) and others of the like kind. 

(2) Often, moreover, in forming secondary derivatives 
certain euphonic letters are inserted between the suffix and the 
word to which it is added ; as, i g in tVeurfjtigfeit, humidity. 
Other letters employed in this way, are e n, n and t. These 
euphonic parts are easily distinguished from those ha^-ing an 
influence on the meanino-. bv merely resolvino- the derivative 

o - » .. o 

into its elements. 

(3) Here, too, may be noted the particle g e, which being 
prefixed to certain primary words, forms a class of nouns 
denoting either frequency of action, or a collection of things. 
These words, also, most commonly suffix the letter e ; ©ercbe, 
constant talk; ©e^eul, frequent crying; ©cBirge, a range of 
hills, are examples. 

§ 12. Declexsiox of common nouns. 

(1) In German there are two declensions, distinguished as 
the Old and the New. The characteristic of each is the termi- 
nation of the genitive singular. In the former, the genitive is 
formed from the nominative by addmg e 5 or 5 ; when other- 
^vise formed, the noun is of the new declension. 

(2) To the old declension belong almost all masculine and 
neuter nouns ; that is, by far the greater part of all the nouns 
in the language. 

(3) In both declensions, the nominative, genitive and accu- 
sative plui-al are, in form, alike ; while the dative termmates 
always in the letter n. Unless, therefore, the word under de- 
clension already ends in that letter, it is, in the dative, uni- 
formly assumed. 

(4) All feminine nouns are invariable in the singular ; in 
the plural, they are, for the most part, inflected according to 
the new declension. 

12* 



274 



THE OLD DECLENSION. § 13. 



(5) In compounds, the last word only is subjected to the 
variations of declension. 

§ 13. The old declension, 
terminations. 

Singular, Plural. 

Nom. . e. 

Gen. e§ or 0. * e. 

Dat. e (orlikeNom.). en. 

Ace. . e. 



Singular. 
N. ber 33evg, the mountain. 
G. be0 ^erge§, of the mountain. 
D. bent SSerge, to the mountain. 
A. ben -^erg, the mountain. 



Plural. 
bie S3 erg e, the mountains, 
bcr SSerge, of the mountains, 
ben Bergen, to the mountains, 
bie 33 erg e, the mountains. 



(1) Some nouns of this declension take the letter r after c 
in all cases of the plural, and assume the Umlaut, if the radi- 
cal vowel be capable of it. (L.II. 12. Qle, &c.) Thus : 



Singular. 

G. be§ 3)prfe0, 
D. bem 53)crfc, 
A. baS 5Dorf, 



Plural. 

bie 5Dorfer, 
ber ^orfer. 
ben .^orfern. 
bie 5Dorfer. 



Singular. 
bflg £ieb, 
beg .^iebe^, 
bem £ieb, 
bas .^leb, 



Plural. 
bie ?ieber. f 
bcr ^ieber. 
ben ^iebern. 
bie £ieber. 



* The omission or retention of the e in the genitive singular, is a matter ta 
be settled by euphony alone. In nouns of two or more syllables, unless the 
last one be under the full accent, c is commonly omitted in the genitive, and 
sometimes also in the dative. Thus: ^onii], ki/ig; Gen. J^pitia^ (not J?5iu= 
gee); Dat. Jliniig (not Jloiitgc). 

t The nouns of this form (e -]- x) in the plural, among which are all sub- 
stantives ending in thum, as, bev 3^ctc^t^iim, riches, are, for the most part, 
neuters : as. 



•51 ao, can-ion. 
51 nil, office. 
53ab, bath. 
matt, leaf. 
S:^udi, book. 
'3: (lib, roof 
2)ovf, village. 
(S't. egg. 
^a§, vat, tub. 
gfl^, field. 



@clD, money. 
©einiitf), mind. 
©ef^Iecftt, species, 
©ff^enft, spectre. 
©laS, glass. 
(Silted, member, 
©rab, grave. 
®rao, grass. 
(5)uf, good. 
Jpanvf, head. 



^au§, house. 
.Oubn, hen. 
^aih, calf 
.^inb, child. 
Mid'i>, dress. 
.^orn, com. 
Jlraut, herb. 
Samnt, lamb. 
?ti"b, song. 
\!odi, hole. 



^yflanl, mouth. 
3Re)i, nest. 
5)ifanb, pawn. 
tficit. wneel. 
9iciS, twig. 
9Rinb, cattle. 
(S(f)[p§ castle. 
Scfcwevt, sword. 
3?pI!, people. -- 
'il'eib, woman. 



THE OLD DECLENSION. § 13. 



275 



(2) Most nouns of this declension, whose radical vowel is 
a, 0, u, or an, '^' assume, in the plural, the Umlaut. Thus : 
t^anb, <So^n, iSudj, <^an^, make the following 

PLURALS. 

Masculine. 
bie 8o^ne, the sons, 
ber (So^nc, of the sons, 
ben So^nen, to the sons, 
bie (2o(}iie, the sons. 

Neuter. 



Feminine. 
N. bie ^cinbe, the hands. 
G. ber ^anbe, of the hands. 
D. ben ^^cinben, to the hands. 
A. bie ^anbe, the hands. 



Neuter. 
N. bie 33iici^er, the books. 
G. ber 33iid^er, of the books. 
D. ben 33iid^em, to the books 
A. bie ^Biidber, the books. 



bie ^ciufer, the houses, 
ber ^ciufer, of the houses, 
ben ^ciufem, to the houses, 
bie ^aufer, the houses. 



(3) ISTouns ending in el, en, er, cf)en and lein, reject 
the vowel e of inflection in all cases, both singular and plural ; 
so that those in e I and e r merely affix g to the genitive sin- 
gular and n to the dative plural, while those in en, d) e n and 
I e i n assume nothing beypnd the 6 in the genitive singular. 

Singular. Plural. 

IS", ber 33ogel, the bii'd ; bie Sogel, the birds ; 

G. be§ ^cgelg, of the bird ; ber 3SogeI, of the birds ; 

D. beni CBcgel, to the bird ; ben ^ogeln, to the bu^ds; 



A. ben ^egel,,the bird. 

N. ber 5r)egen, the dagger ; 

G. bc§ ^egenS, of the dagger; 

D. bent 2)egen, to the dagger; 

A. ben S)egen, the dagger. 



bie 23oge(, the birds. 

bie iDegen, the daggers, 
ber 2) eg en, of the daggers, 
ben ®egen, to the daggers, 
bie 5)egen, the daggers. 



The following nouns of this form are masculine : 
5^ofenJt>+t, \-illaiii. ©ott, God. Dit, place. 

Seib, body. Sfianb, margin. 



2^ cm, thorn, 
©eifl, spirit. 



SBalb, forest 
SBuvm, worm. 



-Duinii, man. 



3?orinuub, guardian. 



* The words in which the Umlaut thus occurs, are chiefly 1. primitive nouns 
of the masculine gender ; 2. feminines which have their plural in e ; as also, 
ilUurter and -iocfetcv ; 3. neuter primitives having their plurals in (e -f- r) er; 
4. and lastly, nouns adding the diminutive terminations 6^n\ and lein. 



276 



THE OLD DECLENSION. 



Singular. 

N. ber SSitrger, the citizen ; 
G. beS 33urgcr6, of the citizen; 
D. bem ^^iirger, to the citizen; 
A. ben 33urger, the citizen. 

N. bag 33iici^lein, the Httle book ; 
G. beg33ud)tein§,ofthel.book; 
D. bem^Siid^tein, tothel. book; 
A. baa 33ucf)tein, the Httle book. 

N. bag (Sc^ndfjen, the httle son ; 

G. be6(So:^ndE)eng, ofthel.son; 

D. bcm<3o^nd^en, tothel. son; 

A. bag <Bo^nd)m, the little son. 



§13. 

Plural, 



bie 33urgcr, the citizens ; 
ber 33urger, of the citizens ; 
ben SSiirgern, to the citizens; 
bie S3urger, the citizens. 

bie SSiic^tein, the little books ; 
ber 33iic^Iein, of the little books; 
ben 33iici^tein, to the little books ; 
bie ^iid)tein, the little books. 

bie ©o^nd^en, the little sons ; 
ber @6:^nc^en, of the little sons ; 
ben<So^nc^en, to the little sons ; 
bie (Bb^ndjm, the little sons. 



(4) Some feminine * nouns are, in the plural, varied ac- 
cording to this declension : especially those ending in the suf- 
fix ni^. 



Singular, 

N. bie SWaug, the mouse ; 

G. ber 3)2aug, of the mouse; 

D. ber SO'Jaug, to the mouse; 

A. bie 9)?aug, the mouse. 



Plural 

bie SJJaufe, the mice ; 
ber 9)^dufc, of the mice ; 
ben 9)iaufen, to the mice ; 
bie Syjciufe, the mice. 



N. bie .^enntitif , the knowledge ; bie ^^enntniffe ; 

G. ber .^enntnif, of the knowledge; ber ^enntniffe ; 

D. ber ^enntni^, to the knowledge ; ben ^enntniffen ; 

A. bie ^enntni^, the knowledge ; bie ^enntniffe. 



* 5rngft, anguish. 
Slugfluctt, evasion. 
'}h% ax. 
San!, bench. 
58 rant, bride. 
S3nifi, breast. 
f5aiift, fist. 
^nicl?t, fruit. 
®an§, goose, 
©ruft, tomb. 



©ef^JDUl^, swell- 
ing, 
.^anb, hand. 
^ant, skin, 
^[uft, gulf. 
^xaft, Force. 
^n\), cow. 
.tnujl, art. 
Sang, louse. 
Suft, air. 



SufJ, delight. 
3J?ad)t, power. 
2Jia(jb, maid-ser- 
vant. 
9}?au§, mouse, 
^ac^t, night. 
5laf)t, seam. 
5totf), distress. 
9^u§, nut. 
<Sau, sow 



©c^nuV/ string. 
®tobt, city. 
QLBanb, wall. 
SBulft, tumour. 
SBuvft, sausage. 
Buiift, guild, 
^ufammeufiinft, 
meeting. 



THE NEW DECLENSION. § 14. 



277 



§ 14. The new declension. 



TERMINATIONS. 

Singular. 



Norn. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 



■en or n. 
■en or n. 
■en or n. 



Plural. 
— en or n. 
— en or n. 
— en or n. 
—en or n. 



Singular. 
N. ber ®rnf, the count ; 
G. beg ©rafen, of the count; 
D. bem ©rafen, to the count ; 
A. ben ©rafen, the count. 

N. ber i^alfe, the falcon ; 

G. beg i^alfen, of the falcon; 

D. bem S'alfen, to the falcon; 

A. ben ?5^-alfen, the falcon. 



Plural. 
bte ©rafen, the counts ; 
ber ©rafen, of the counts ; 
ben ©rafen, to or for the counts; 
bie ©rafen, the counts. 

bte ?5alfen, the falcons ; 
ber ?^alf en, of the falcons ; 
ben S^alfen, to the falcons ; 
bie %alhn, the falcons. 



(1) Feminine nouns which are indeclinable in the singular, 
are, for the most part, of this declension. | Those ending in 
the suffix i n, in the singular, double the n in the plural. These 
last are, also, often written with the double n in the singular : 
as, ^elbinn, a heroine. 



Singular. 
N. bie @rf)utb, J the debt; 
G. ber (2d)ulD, of the debt; 
D. ber Sd)ir(b, to the debt ; 
A. bie @d}ulb, the debt. 



Plural. 
bie (Sc^ulben, the debts ; 
ber (Sc^ulben, of the debts ; 
ben (Sc^ulben, to the debts ; 
^ie ©d^ulben, the debts. 



* When the singular ends in e, e t, a v or e r, the plural takes n only. 

t 5JJ u 1 1 e V, mother, and %Q &iiX, daughter, are the only feminine nouns 
that have the terminations of the Nom., Gen. and Ace. plural hke the singu- 
lar. They add n to the dative. 

X Feminine nouns, it v/ill be remembered, have no variations of declension 
in the singular- As exceptions to this rule, however, some examples remain 
(vestiges of the ancient mode of declension), in which the Gen and Dat ap- 
pear under the government of a preposition and varied by terminations. Thus : 
intt or ttt @bvcu, with or in respect or honor : ^hveti, from (St)re ; nuf ©iben, 
on earth: C^vfeit, from (Sr^e ; mtt ?5reut'eu, with^ joy : gveiibeit, from ?5i'cut>e ; 
ron or a.if Sciten. on the part of: -Sciten, from 5;ctte. 

The ending of the Genitive is sometimes, also, retained, when the word is 
under the government of a noun succeeding. Thus, '5)ie8 ift meinec ?$rauen 
vicbiueftev, tms is my wife's .si«ter. 



278 OBSERVATIONS ON THE DECLENSION, 40. § 15. 



IST. bie '^ixt'in, the shepherdess ; bie ^irtinnen, the sheperdesses ; 

G. ber ^ixtin, of the shepher- ber ^trtimten, of the shepher- 
dess; desses; 

D. ber ^irtm, to the shepher- ben ^irthmen, to the shepher- 
dess ; desses ; 

A. bie^irtin, the shepherdess, bie ^irtinnen, the shepherdesses. 

§15. Observations on the declension of common nouns. 
(1) Some have no singular : as, 



5(eltern ((Eltern), parents. 
^iijmn, ancestors. 
Qir^en, alps. 
Qlnnateit, first fruits. 
33einfleiber, small- clothes. 
SSlatteru, small-pox. 
S3rte!Trf)aften, letters, papers, 
^infiiufte, revenue, 
^•afteu, Lent, fasts. 
?yerien, Holidays, 
^'uffta^feit, footsteps. 
©eBriiber, brothers. 
©efaHe, rents. 

@efci)h.^ifter, brothers and sisters, 
©liebntaf en, the limbs, 
v-^iinbel, quarrels, 
^efeit, dregs, yeast. 
J^cfen, trovrsers. 
Snftgnicn, marks, badges, 
.^albaunen, entrails. 



^^cften and Unfofien, costs. 
.Rriegglaufte, events of war. 
!Ocute, * people, folks. 
2'^afern and O^ot^eln, measles. 
^olhn, whey. 
Oftern, Easter. 
^fingften, Whitsuntide. 
SfJanfc, tricks. 
DfJelpreffalien, reprisals. 
(2d)ranfen, bounds. 
@:pefert, expenses. 
(2:portefn, fees. 
SiJolien, spoils. 
(Stubien, studies. 
^IrciBer or ^reljer, husks, lees, 
^riimmer, ruins. 
S'ruipipen, troops. 
5Sei^nad^ten, Christmas. 
3eitlnufte, events of the times. 
Binfen, interest of money. 



* Sente merely expresses plurality of persons. Li this it differs from 2)?eiis 
fd)eti, {human beings) which has regard to the kind or species, as also from 
9)Kinnev iinen) which denotes particularly the sex. Those compounds, how- 
ever, of which, in the singular, >D^^llll forms the last part, take generally, in 
the plural, '^eu'e instead of iDidniier ; thus, 
Singular. 
*}lvLH'it^ntviuii, workman ; 
^"behnann, nobleman ; 
.^aufnianu, merchant ; 
Sanbminat countryman; 
The distinctive difference between Sourc and 'lUtiinm-r may be forcibly shown 
by reference to the words (Sfcelfiiie and ^1)emdnner: (St)eleiite means married 
people ; (Shcmdmtev signifies married men, i. e. husbands. 



Plural 

5Ivbeitt^Ieiire. workpeople. 
dbcHcure, noblemen, 
.^aufloiitt', merchants. 
Satibleute, countrj'people- 



OBSERVATIONS ON THE DECLENSION, «tC. § 15. 279 

(2) Some have no plural. 
These are, 

a. Generic names of material substances; as, ba^ ®oIb, gold; 
©ilBer, silver ; Sifcn, iron ; (fee. 

b. General terms and those expressive of abstract ideas ; as, 
fRawh, pillage : OiuI;in, glory ; bag 3Sie^, cattle ; 33eniunft, rea- 
son ; (Stclj, pride ; Jlcilte, cold ; tfec. 

c. Some names of plants ; as, ber Roi)i, the cabbage ; ^§0* 
J) fen, hops ; Jtreffe, cresses ; (fee. 

d. All infinitives employed as nouns, as also all neuter ad- 
jectives so employed; as, .^eBen, life; Q3erlangen, wish; ba^ 
SScip, white; cfec. 

e. Nouns, for the most part, denoting quantity, number, 
weight or measure ; '^ as, ^unb, bundle ; 5£)u|enb, dozen ; @rab, 
degree ; ^funb, pomid ; 3otI, an inch ; (fee. 

(3) Some, in the plural, have two forms ; conveying, 
however, in general, different, though kindred significations ; as, 

Singular. Plurals. 

ber 33anb, -^anbe, bonds, fetters; 33anber, f ribbons. 

bie SSanf, 33anfe, benches; ^^anfen, banks (of com- 

merce), 
ber 33 c gen, ^cgen, sheets of paper; ^ogen, arches, bows. 
ba§ S^ing, SMnge, things in general ; 5)inger, little creatures, 
ber 5^0 rn, Socmen, kinds of thorn ; S^orner, thorns (more 

than one), 
ber %^X^, ^ii^e, feet ; ?yuf e, feet (as meas- 

ures), 
bas ©effect, @eftd)te, visions, sights ; @eftd)ter, faces. 
ba§ «§onT, .§ erne, sorts of horn; Corner, horns (more 

than one). 
baS •^cU, ^ol^e, sorts of wood ; '^ofjer, pieces of wood. 

* It should be noted that words expres-siag quantity, number, weight or 
measure, even if quahfied by numerals signifying more than one, are rarely 
found in the plural. Thus, in German, we say, iicmi Jllarlcr, nine fathojns ; 
buiiffit (Sh■a^, a hundred degrees; &c., where, though the numeral expresses 
more than one, the noun of measure is still in the singular number. 

Note, however, that feminines ending in f and words denoting periods of 
time, as also the nam.es of coins, are, in general, excepted from the rule given 
in the note precedhig 

t The singular of tliis is baa {neuter) Q3anb. From ber 33rtnb, we have an- 
other form ; •-8au?e volumes. 



280 FOREIGN NOUNS OP THE OLD DECLENSION. § 16. §17. 

ber !?abett, !?aben, shutters ; !?aben, shops. 
ba§ ?anb, $^anbe, regions ; Scinber, states, 
ba^ 9}?ai){, ^Jtaf)U, marks, seasons; ^JlaijUv, meals, 
ber 9J?ann, SJZcinncr, men; 5J?anncn, vassals, 
ber 9}ZDnb, 9}Zcnben, months ; SO^cnbe, planets, 
ber Dxt, OxU, places (any) ; Oertcr, places (parti- 
cular), 
bie <Sau, (Baum, wild boars ; <Bam, swine, 
ber iSrfjilb, <Sd^Ube, shields ; (Sdjilijcr, * sign-boards. 
bie ©d)nur, (Bd^nure, tapes ; (Sc^miren, daughters- 
in-law. 
ber ^tvau% Strauf e, nosegays ; (Strau^en, ostriches, 
ba^ SBort, SBorter, words (more than SBorte, words (in con- 
one) ; struction). 
ber Boll; 3oUt, inches ; Botle, tolls. 

§ 16. Foreign nouns. 

(1) Some nouns introduced into the German from foreign 
languages, retain their original terminations unaltered : as, ber 
3)iebicu§, a physician ; plur. ©^ebici, physicians ; factum, deed; 
fyacta, deeds. 

(2) Some masculines and neuters from the French and the 
English, merely affix S to the genitive singular, which is re- 
tained in all the cases of the plural ; as, ber !^Drb, gen. be§ ?orb0 j 
plur. bie £orb^ ; ber S^ef ; gen. be^ (S^ef^ ; plur. bie (S^ef^. 

(3) But foreign nouns, for the most part, drop the termi- 
nations pecuhar to the language whence they come, and sub- 
stitute those characteristic of the German. Some, accordingly, 
are found to be declined after the old declension, some after 
the new, and others, again, partly after the one and partly af- 
ter the other. 

§ 17. Foreign nouns of the old declension. 

(1) Foreign nouns of the neuter gender, as also most of the 
masculines, are of the old declension. 

* In the singular, bvi3 Sc^tlb. 



FOREIGN NOUNS OF THE NEW DECLENSION. § 18. 281 

(2) Among the masculines must be noted those appella- 
tions of persons ending in 

at; as, ^arbinal, cardinal. 
ax; as, ^otax, notary, 
an ; as, ,^a[tellan, castellan. 
aner; as, 5)enunifaner dominican. 
iner; as, ^-Benebtftiner, benedictine. 
To which add Q(6t, ^reipft, ^^a)^ii, ^ifc^of, 9)?a^or, (Sipion, pa- 
tron, £)ffi5ier. 

(3) Some have, in the plural, the form er (e + r); as, ^^c^* 
pital, ^Vital, Jlaniifct, ^Regiment, ^^arlament; plur. ^cs^itcilcr, 
<Spita(er, 6zc. 

(4) Some, in the plural, soften the radical vowels ; as, QiSt, 
%Uax, 33ifd)of, (S^er, (S^oral, «§o?)3ital, <Bpital, Rami, Saplan, 
^arbinat, Md]Ux, ^Dkrfd), ^lcxa]t, ^^alaft, ^a^ft, ^rc^ft ; plur. 
Qlebte, %iiaxt, ^ifd)Ofe, kc. 

§ 18. Foreign nouns of the new declension. 

(1) To the new declension belong all foreign nouns of the 
feminine gender, and nearly all masculines which are the ap- 
pellations of persons. These latter are chiefly those ending in 

at', as, -^ibt^ccat, advocate, 
ant; as, -'^tcjutant, adjutant, 
ent; as, Stubent, student. 
if ', as, ^at^olif, Catholic. 
afi; as, ^^antaft, humorist. 
Ijl; as, Surift, lawyer. 
oft ; as, (Starojl, Polish magistrate, 
et; as, Cpcet, poet, 
it; as, Sefuit, Jesuit, 
otj as, 3bict, idiot, 
e; as, SleDe, pupil, 
log; as, S^^eolcg, theologian. 
\opf)', as, ^^^ilofo^^, philosopher. 
nom; as, Qtfttonom, astronomer. 

(2) To these are to be added some other foreign mascu- 
lines ; as, bcr (Sle^^ant, the elephant ; ber 2)u!at, the ducat ; ber 



282 DECLENSION OF PROPER NOUNS. § 19. §. 20. 

Siomtt, the comet ; bcr planet, the planet ; ber ^onfonant, the 
consonant ; ber ^rinj, the prince ; ber ^^prann, the tyrant. 

§19. Foreign nouns partly of the old and partly of 
the new declension. 

(1) These cii-e, Jirst, neuters ending in fii>; as, ba§ ^afftr*; 
gen. ^afftDS; plur. ^offtoen; — secondly, titles of males in or; 
as, doctor; gen. ^octor^; plur. ^octoren; — thirdly, neuters 
ending in a I, i I and u m, which, also, often have i before the 
en of the plural; as, ^"a:pitnl, plm\ .Ra)?italien ; %o\]\i, plur. 
groffilien; ^tubium, plur. 6tubien; — fourthly, the following 
masculines, ^]kxM, 5)iamant, S'afan, ^apauit, Sm^ort, ^onful, 
2)?ugfer, ^antcffel, ^rafeft, ^falm, gjuBin, ^U^at, %^ox, %xaltai, 
3ing • to which add Snfeft, %imx, ^ronom, <BM\xt and ^erB, 
which are neuters. 

§ 20. Declension of proper nouns, 
in the singular number. 

(1) IS'ames of males and females, except when the latter 
terminate in e, take g to form the genitive, which is their only- 
variation ; ^'' as, 

N. ^einricfi, (SlifaBet^, 

G. ^einrlc^S, GlifaBet^S, 

D. ^einrid^, (Slifatef^, 

A. ^einrid;. ®lif aBet^. 

(2) Names of females ending in e, as also of males ending 
in ^, % f d), X, or 5, form the genitive in e n § ; f as, 

N. ^uife, £eiBm|, SSof, 

G. lOuifenS, ?ei5ni|en0, SSoffeng , J 

D. ^uife, ^eibnil, ^o^ , 

A. ^uife, ?ei6ni§, 3Scf. 

* It is customary with some writers to affix e n to the dative and accusative 
of proper names ; but a better usage distinguishes these cases by prefixing the 
article; as, ^^tmn.]; gen. I'emttas; dat. tan Sefft'ug (instead 'of Sefftngen) ; 
ace. bell Sefjutg (instead of Scffitujeii). 

t The genitive, dative and accusative of names ending in a, are sometimes 
formed by adding respectively e it § and e n, after dropping the a ; as, 5)iana ; 
gen. Xia'iifr.S ; dat. 2:taueit ; ace. 5^ianen. 

X The termination e ti § sometimes suffers contraction ; as, 5So§"S, Sftbntfe'*« 



PROPER NAMES OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, AC. § 21. § 22. 283 

(3) Names whether of males or females, when preceded 
bv an article, arc indeclinable ; as, 



N. bcr (SdjiCfev, 

G. beg Sd)illcr, 

D. bent ©djiKer, 

A. ben ©dnller, 



bie l^iiife ] 
bev ^uife -, 
ber ^uifc ; 
bie ^uife. 



(4) Foreign names, also, having the unaccented termina- 
tions a 6, c 0, i S, u g, admit no variations of form, either in the 
singular or the plural. When, therefore* their case and num- 
ber are not otherwise sufficiently indicated, an article or a pre- 
position is used to point them out. 



§ 21. Proper nouns in the plural. 

(1) Proper nouns, when employed in the plural, conform, 
for the most part, to the rules for the declension of common 
nouns : the masculines beino- varied accordino- to the old de- 
clension, and the feminines according to the new. '" 

(2) Their inflection is in no wise affected by the presence 
of the article, nor do the radical vowels a, 0, It, dU, ever as- 
sume the Umlaut. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



bie l^el6ni|c, 
bcr ?eionll3e, 
ben ^ei&niijcn, 
bie ?ei6nite, 



Examples. 

(2d)Ieget, 

@d)legel, 

<2djlegeln, 

6d)'(egel, 



![^uifen, 
1-uifen, 
^uifen, 
^uifen, 



5lnnen ; 
5(nnen ; 
Qtnnen ; 
5lnnen. 



§ 22. Proper names of countries, cities, &c. 

(1) Proper names of places admit no changes of form for 
the purposes of declension, beyond the mere addition of S to 
the genitive singular ; as, Berlin ; gen. ^erlin^. 

(2) If, however, the Avord end in a sound not easily ad- 
mitting an g after it, the case is distinguished by placing be- 



^ * Sometimes the plural is made by the addition of ^ to the singular ; as, 
bte Scttllcre iMC 'oevber'5 ; the Schillers, the Herders. Those ending in o add 
for the plural n e or n e u ; as, O'ato ; nom. plur. (iatone or (^atoticii, czr. 



284 ADJECTIVES. § 23. § 24. 

fore it a nouii preceded by the article ; or it is expressed by the 
prep, i) on (H. 143.), as, bie (BtaU Maini, the city Mayence* 
2Der ^oni^ ijon ^reufen* 2){e Sinn)o:^ner »on ^artg* 

§ 23. Observations. 

(1) When several proper names belonging to the same per- 
son, and they not preceded hy the article^ come together, the 
last one only is decHned; as, So^ann Sl;rifto:p^ QlbelungS @:prad)* 
tel;re ; John Christopher Adelung's grammar : — if, however, 
the article precede^ none of them midergo change; as, bie 2Berfc 
beS 3c^ann ©cttloB Berber; the works of John Gottlob Herder. 

(2) When a common and a proper name of the same per- 
son, preceded hy the article, concur, the common noun alone is 
inflected ; as, ber ^cb be§ ^^ o n i g § ^ubit»ig ; the death of king 
Louis : — if no article precede, the proper noun is declined ; ^ 
as, ^onig ^ u b ixn g g 5:^ob ; king Louis' death. 

(3) When a Christian name is separated from a family name 
by a preposition (specially i) o n), the Christian name only ad- 
mits of declension ; as, bie ©ebtc^te BT^iebric^g l^on ©djiKer ; the 
poems of Frederick of Schiller : — if, however, the genitive 
precede the governing noun, the faraily name only takes the 
sign of declension ; as, ?^riebridf) ijon (Sd^ifler^ 3Ber!e ; Frederick 
of Schiller's works. 

§ 24. Adjectives. 

(1) Adjectives are, in German, generally so varied in ter- 
mination, as to indicate thereby the gender, number and case 
of the words with which they are joined. Before treating of 
their inflection, how^ever, we shall present and explain those 
significant suffixes, which are most commonly employed in for- 
ming adjectives from other words. 

(2) Here, as was done in the case of derivative nouns 
(§10. § 11.), each suffix is given with its corresponding English 
equivalent ; its meaning explamed ; and its use further illus- 
trated by a series of examples. 



* When the word >§ e r r is used with a proper noun, it ig declined ; as; 
^ixxxi ©c^Iegeli? ®cbict)te, not >§evr ^4)Iegelg ©etiic^te. 



EXAMPLES. § 25. § 26. 



285 



§ 25. Suffixes used in forming adjectives. 

SUFFIXES. English equivalents. 

^ixt [able, ible, He ;] implies ability; sometimes, dis- 

position. 
en [^^;] points to something ma^e q/" that 

expressed by the radical. 
l()aft \ive,ish;'\ denotes tendenc?/, or inclination ; 

also resemblance. 
i g [y, ful ;] represents a thing as being full 

of that denoted by the radical. 
id)t [y, ous, isk;^ marks similarity/ of nature, or 

character. 
I i d^ [ly, ish, able ;] implies likeness or sameness either 

of manner or degree ; also, ability. 
i f (^ \ish^ some, al ;] represents something as pertain- 

ing, or belonging to. 
fam [some, able ;] exTpresses inclination ; sometimes 

ability. 



h ax 
en 

^aft 

id)t 



j 3)ienft6ar ; 
( <Bid)thax; 

j ©olben ; 
t33rei(er)n;* 

j 3:ugenb^aft ; 
( 50?cifter^aft; 

. SSrumig ; 
) 5BIumid)t; 
1 SBalbig ; 

, SBriibetUrf) ; 
) ^rcinftid} ; 
] (Siif ltd) ; 
^ 33ett>eglid) ; 



§ 26. Examples. 

serviceable ; tributary, 
that can be seen ; visible. 

made of gold. 
leaden. 

inclined to virtue ; virtuous. 
resembling a master ; masterly. 

full of flowers ; abounding in flowers. 
flowery, that is, like flowers, 
woody, i. e. abounding in woods, 
saltish ; somewhat like salt. 

brotherly, or like a brother. 

sickly. 

sweetish ; somewhat sweet. 

movable. 



* The letters e v in tliis word are simply euphonic; while the e of e n ip 
dropped, also, for euphony {% 2. (8).) 



286 DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. § 27. 

{' 5tbif(^ ; earthly ; belonging to earth, 

tfrf) -! -^oetifd); poetical. 

( 3«n!ifd^ ; * quarrelsome, 
r j QlrBeitfam ; incUiied io viork', diligent. 

( i^olgfam ; inchned to follow (orders), i. e. obe- 

dient. 

§ 27. Declension of adjectives. 

(1) Whether an adjective is to be inflected at all or not, 
depends wholly upon the way in which it is used ; for, when 
employed as a predicate, it is never declined ; f when as an at- 
tributive, almost always. Be the noun, therefore, masculine, 
feminine or neuter ; be it singular or plural ; if the adjective, 
to which it is applied, be used as i\ predicate (L. X. Note.), its 
form remains unchanged : thus, 

3)er 5S}tann ift gut; the man is good. 

^ie ^rau ift QUi) the woman is good. 

^a§ »^inb ift ^\ii] the child is good. 

^ie 93?amier ftnb gut; the men are good. 

^le S^rauen ftnb g it t ; the women are good. 

3(^ nenne ba§ ^inb f d) o tt ; I call the child beautiful. 

3c^ nenne bie ^inber f d) o n ; I call the children beautiful. 

5Der Rnalt, flug unb arttg -, J the boy prudent and polite. 

(2 ) The following adjectives (and a few others) are never used 
otherwise than as predicates, and are, of course, indeclinable ; 
atj^plb, averse. fetnb, hostile, 

angft, anxious. gf^a^t, hating, hated. 

an^eifd[)ig, bound by promise. gar, done ; cooked enough. 
6creit, ready. gcing unb ge6e, current ; usual. 

Brad^, fallow. eingebent, mindful. 



* This is the ending commonly added to names of places pointing to 
things belonging to them ; as, enqlifdi, ffbu'ebtfd:) {% 5. Note VII ),_&c. If, 
however, a name be a compound, the suffix c v is used in place of i f c^ ; as, 
baS iL)(Cvfc&nrti,er i^ev; the Merseburg beer. 

t For the fonn of the adjective substantively employed after nic^tS or etma§, 
see Lesson 15. IV. 

X In this last example, the predicative use of the adjectives may be made 
more obvious, by completing the structure, thus, bcv Jliiabe, ivelcbec flag iiiib 
arttg ift; the boy who is prudent and poHte ; so, also, ^nfav, flttg nnb tci'\^Ux. 



RULE. § 28. § 29. 



287 



gch'oj^, cheerfui. 

geircirttg, aware. 

gram, grudge-bearing. 

l^aB^aft, possessing, or possessed of. 

l^anbgemein, skirmishing. 

irre, \\Tong ; erring. 

!unb, known. 

leib, distressing ; sorry. 



nvti), needful. 
nu|e, useful, 
quer^ crosswise, 
quitt, rid of. 
t^ei(f>aft, sharing. 
un:pa§, ill ; sick, 
ijertuftig, forfeiting. 



§ 28. Declinable adjectives. 

(1) There are two declensions of adjectives, as there are 
two declensions of nouns : the Old and the New. In either of 
these, according to circumstances, are attributive adjectives 
declined. The followino- are the terminations of 



THE OLD DECLENSION. 





Singular. 




Plural 




Masc. Fern. 


NeuL 


For all genders. 


Nom. 


er. * e. 


e§.t 


Nom. e. 


Gen. 


e§ (en J), er. 


eg (en J). 


Gen. er. 


Dat. 


em. er. 


em. 


Dat. en. 


Ace. 


en. e. 


e§.t 


Ace. e. 



§ 29. Rule. 

When the adjective stands either entirely alone before its 
substantive, or preceded and restricted by a word that is un- 



* Adjectives ending in e I, 
suffix ; as, 

ebel, noble ; 
ebrit, even ; 
Irtiitcv, pure ; 



c I', commonly drop the e upon receiving a 



eblev (not ebctcr) ^lami ; 
ebnev (not cbcnev) ^Q<:{\ ; 
huttreS (not laiiteveS) ®olb. 
Upon adding c n, the e of the termination (en) is dropped, while that of the 
root is retained ; as, ten ^eitevn (instead of (leitvcn) iUiorgen ; the serene 
morning. 

t In these two places {nom. and ace neut.) the termination e ^ is often 
omitted, when the adjective is under no special emphasis; as, fvtlt (for fal= 
US) aBaffev ; cold water. 

t Note that here (gen. sing. masc. and neut) it is now the common custom 
to adopt the vev\ instead of the old form; en, for the sake of euphony, being 
substituted for ee; as, nil ©nicf fvi''fbeu (not efi) '^robeS; apiece of fn^sh 
bread. In a few adverbial phrases, however, the old form is still generally 
used ; as, QUtcS iWutbo ; of good courage. 



288 



Rule. § 30. § 31. 



declined or indeclinable, it follows the Old form of declension 
thus, 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



Masc. Sing. 

guter SSater, 
guteg (en) QSaterS, 
gutem 3Satcr, 
guten 3Sater. 

Plural. 
gutc 3Sater, 
guter ^aUx, 
guten SSatern, 
gute SSater. 



Fem. Sing. 
gute Mnikx, 
guter 9)?utter, 
guter DJiutter, 
gute 2)Zutter. 

Plural. 
gute SD'Ziitter, 
guter 9)?iitter, 
guten SWuttern, 
gute 3}iutter. 



iV«w?. Sing. 

gute 3 ©etb, 
guteS (en) Oetbea, 
gutem ©etbe, 
gute0 ®elb. 

Plural. 

gute ©etber, 
guter ©etber, 
guten ©elbern, 
gute ©elber. 



(1) The following are examples, in which the adjective in 
each instance is preceded by a word, either undeclined or in- 
declinable : 



(Etoa0 guter 2Bein, 


some good wine. 


^id frlfd)e mi^, 


much fresh milk. 


5Senig falteg Staffer, 


a little cold water. 


©e^r gute 3??enfd)en, 


very good men. 


@enug rott)er 5Bein, 


enough red wine. 


%m\ lange 3a^re, 


five long years. 


5iaerlei fiif e ^xn<i)t, 


all kinds of sweet fruit. 


§ 30. The new 


DECLENSION. 


TERMINATIONS. 


>S^m^w/ar. 


Plural. 


Masc. Fem. 


Neut. For all genders. 


Nom. e. e. 


e. en. 


Gen. en. en. 


en. en. 


Dat. en. en. 


en. en. 


Ace. en. e. 


e. en. 



§ 31. Rule. 

(1) When immediately preceded and restricted by the de- 
finite article, by a relative or demonstrative pronoun, or by an 



RULE. § 31. 



^m 



indefinitB numeral (declined after the ancient form *), the ad- 
jective follows the new form of declension : thus, 



Masc. Sing. 



Fern, Siyig. 

bie gutc ^rau, 
G. &c^ gutcn ^?JZanne^, ber guten i^tau, 
D. bcm gutcn 5}Janue, bcr gutcn i^au, 
A. bcu giitcu 3}ianu. 

Plural. 
N. bie guten 9}Zanuer, 
G. ber guten -Il?anner, 



bie gute ^tau. 

Plural. 

bie guten S^rauen, 

bev guten ?yrauen, 
D. ben guten 5}?annern, ben guten g'vauen, ben guten .^inbent, 
A. bie guten 0}?itnner. bie guten S'rauen, bie guten ^inber. 



Neut. Sing. 
ba6 gute 
beS guten ,^inbe0, 
beni guten v^inbe, 
ba§ gute ^inb. 

Plural. 

bie guten v^inber, 
ber guten ^inber, 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



Singular. 

biefer fd)One @arten, 
biefeg fd]onen @arten§ 
biefem fcl)Onen ©arten, 
biefen fdjonen ©arten, 

K. tre(d[)e fdione -^lume, 

G. n.^eld)er fdionen ^fume, 

D. ireld)er fd]Onen 33(ume, 

A. h^eld)e fd)One 33{ume^ 



Plural, 
Masculine. 

biefe fc^onen @arten. 
: biefer fd)Onen ©drten, 

biefen fd]onen ©cirten, 

biefe fc^onen ©cirten. 
Feminine. 

tioelc^e fd)Onen f SSIumen, 

roelc^er fd)onen ^Sfumen. 

tpelc^en fd)onen 33lumen. 

trelc^e fd)Onen f SSlumen, 



* 5) a §, however, the neuter of the definite article, differs from the old form, 
ill having the ending a §, instead of c s ; so also in compounds ; as, bvtsfelbe, 
the same ; tasjcuii^e, that. The other words referred to in the rule, are 

biefer, this. alter, ereiy ; all. 

jeiiev, that. etiiujcv, some; several, 

ivelrfjcr, who ; which. etiidiev, some ; several. 

folc^ev, such. ntnnc^er, many a, 
jebev, jeiiltc^ier, each. 

Three of these, it may further be noticed, viz. tt-Trcfjcv, ii^elcfte, melc&eg, which ; 
fp((^er, fold)c, fo!d)c§, such; and mand)er, maiut;e, maiicheS, many a ; some- 
times appear without the terminations of declension : in v^'hich case the ad- 
jective assumes the suffixes denoting gender, &.c. Thus, manct) f4)Dite6 ^Bilb, 
many a beautiful picture. 

t With many authors it is the custom to reject the final n of the nom. and 
ace. plural of adjectives preceded by ftuti^e, etltcbe, mebrere, mand?e, cicie, 
die, iveldje, foldse and n-entgc; as, einige b eutf c^c Jtaiier ; some Germau 
emperors. 

13 



290 MIXED DECLENSION. § 32. 

Singular. Plural. 

Neuter. 
K mand^eg fd^one i^elb, mand)e fd^oncn ?^elber. 

G. mand)eS fd^onen ?^elbeS, mand)er fd)onen ^^elber. 

D. mand)cm fdjoneit i5^elbe, mand)eu fd)onen g^elbern. 

A. mandje^ fdjone ?5'elb, manege fdjonen ^elber. 

§ 32. Mixed declension. 

(1) We have seen that an adjective, when standing alone 
before its noun, is varied according to the ancient declension ; 
and this, because the gender, number and case of the noun 
being very imperfectly indicated by the form of the noun it- 
self, the terminations of the old declension, which, in this re- 
spect, are more complete, seem necessary in order the more 
fully to point out these particulars : thus, gut e r 9D?ann, good 
man ; gut e %x<xu, good woman ; gut e g ^elb, good field. 

(2) When, however, as often happens, it is itself preceded 
by some restrictive word (such as b e r, b i e, b a §, the ; b i e* 
fer, biefe, biefeS, this, &c.), declined after the ancient 
form, and, therefore, by its endings, sufficiently showing the 
gender, number and case of the noun, the adjective passes into 
the less distinctive form, called the new declension : thus, bie* 
fer gute 3lmx\, tliis good man ; biefe gute %X0i\x, this good avo- 
man ; biefeS gute S^elb, this good field. 

(3) But there are some restrictive Avords Avhich, though, 
in the main, inflected according to the more complete form of 
the ancient declension, are, in three leading places (nom. sing, 
masc. and nom. and ace. sing, neuter), entirely destitute of 
significant terminations. These Avords are, 

citi, a. [ein, his ; its. 

fein, no ; none. i§r, her; your; their, 

meiit, my. unfer, our. 

bein, thy. euer, your. 

(4) Hence it happens, that, Avhile in every other case, the 
words just cited, folioAV the old form, and consequently require 
the subsequent adjective to adopt the new one, the adjective 
Is itself made to supply the deficiency, in the three places 



RULE. § 33. 291 

named above, by assuming therein the terminations proper to 
the ancient form. In this way, is produced a sort of mixed 
declension, which, in books generally, is set down as the Third 
Declension. Thus, then, will stand the 

Terminations of the Mixed Declension. 





Masc. 


Fern, 


Neut. 




Plural 


X. 


cr (old form). 


C. 


e^ (old form). 


N. 


en. 


Ct. 


en. 


en. 


en. 


G. 


en. 


D. 


en. 


en. 


en. 


D. 


en. 


A. 


en. 


e. 


e5 (old form). 


A. 


en. 



(5) It must be added, also, that the personal pronouns, 
icfj, I ; bu, thou ; cr, he ; fte, she ; t§, it ; tinr, we ; i^x, ye or 
you ; fie, they : cause the adjective before which they stand, 
to take this mixed form of declension. Hence the 

§ 33. Rule. 

(1) Wlien the adjective is immediatly preceded and re- 
stricted by the indefinite article, by ?i personal or posses.<iive pro- 
noun, or by the word f c i n, it assumes the endmgs charac- 
teristic of the mixed declension : ' thus, 

Singular. Plural. 

Masculine. 
N. cin giitcr -^ ruber, 
G. eineS guten ^ruterc, 
D. einem c\uun ^ruber, 
A. einen guten Q3ruber. 

Fetninine- 
X. meinc gute 3dmH^fter, ntetne guten Scfin:eftern. 

G.' meiner guten Srfin^efter, meiner guten 3dnreftern. 

D. meiner guten Sctitrefter, meincn guten Srfitreftern- 

A. meine gute Sdwefter, meine guten Sdiireftem. 

Neuter. 
K unfer gutcy '^an§, unfre guten ^ciufer. 

G. unfero guten ^aufe6, unfrer guten ^aufer. 

D. unferm guten -^viufc, unfern guten •§>dufern. 

A. unfer gutee <$au6. unfre guten ^aufer. 



292 FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON ADJECTIVES. § 34. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. bit gutc 5)tuttcr, if)x gutcn Tlutkx. 

G. bciner (ber*) gutcn 5)Ziitter, euer giiten 5}Zatter. 

D. bir guten ?}Zuttcr, end) giitcit 9)^"ittern. 

A. bid) gute 53hittcr, m6:) guten 9}?utter. 

§ 34:. Further observatioxs on adjectives. 

(1) When several consecutive adjectives come before and 
qualify the same noun, each has the same form, which accord- 
ing to the preceding rules, it would have, if standing alone; as, 
guter, xotijn, lautrer SBein, good, red, pure wine ; bie reife, 
fd)Onc, gute B^Tud)t, the ripe, beautiful, good fruit. 

(2) But when of two adjectives which relate to the same 
noun, the second forms with the noun an expression for a single 
idea, which the frst qualifies as a whole, the second adjective 
takes (except in the nom. sing, and in nom. and ace. plural) 
the new form of declension ; as, mit trctfn e m li^ei^ e n ©anb, 
with dry white sand ; where u'hite sand, that is, sand which is 
white, is said also to be dry. 

(3) When two or more adjectives terminating alike, precede 
and qualify the same noun, the ending of the former is occa- 
sionally omitted ; such omission being marked by a hyphen ; 
as, ein vctf)= (for rctl^eo) unb rt.>eif e^ ®eficf)t, a red and white 
face; bie fdjiuar^^rctli^gclbene S^-at;ne, the black red golden 
banner. 

(4) Participles are declined after the manner of adjectives : 
thus, bcr gelleBte -^ruber, the beloved brother ; gen. be0 gelieB* 
ten -^rubevy, (fee 

(5) Adjectives, in German, as in other languages, are, by 
ellipsis, often made to serve in place of nouns. They then be- 
gin with a capital letter, and, excepting that they retain the 
forms of declension peculiar to adjectives, are in all respects 
treated as nouns. Their gender is made apparent either by 
their terminations or by the presence of an article or other defini- 
tive ; as, ein 2)eutfc^er, a German ; biefer 5Deutfdje, this Ger- 

* Note that after the personal pronouns, in the genitive case, the article • 
must be ueed ; as, bettier, ber guten -UZutter ; of thee, the good mother. 



EUPHONIC CHANGES. § 35. § 30. 293 

man; bic ^cutfrfje, the Gonnan woman ; ba'3 (Sdjonc, the beauti- 
ful ; fcaS ©lite, the good; that is, that ivhich is beautiful ; that 
which is good. So, also, ba§ 5Beif, the white ; bag ©rfut, the 
green ; ba§ S^ctf), the red ; &c. 

(G) When of two adjectives preceding a noun, the first is 
employed as an adverb to qualify the second, the former is 
not declined : thus, ciu g a n l iteueS ^auS, a house entirely 
new : not cin g a n 3 e § neueS >§aug, which would mean, an en- 
tire, neiv house. 

% 35. Comparison of adjectives. 

(1) In German, as in English, the degrees of comparison 
are commonly expressed by means of the suffixes e t and e ft : 
thus. 

Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 

tiy i I b, wald ; if i I b e r, wilder ; ti;) i T b e ft, wildest. 

f c ft, firm ; f e ft e r, firmer ; f e ft e ft, firmest, 

b r e i ft, bold ; b r e i ft e r, bolder ; b r e i ft e ft, boldest. 

I D §, loose ; 1 f e r, looser ; iG\t ft, loosest. 

n a ^, w^et ; n a f f e r, wetter ; n a f f e ft, w^ettest. 

r a f cf), quick ; r a f cf} e r, quicker ; r a f d) e ft, quickest, 

ft r §, proud ; ft 1 J e r, prouder ; ft 1 5 e ft, proudest. 

§ 36. Euphonic changes. 

(1) When the positive does not end in b, t, jl, 0, f, \^. 
or I, the e of the superlative suffix (e ft) is omitted ; as, 

B t a n f, bright ; B I a n f e r, brighter ; hianl% brightest. 

n a r, clear ; flare v, clearer ; f I a r ft, clearest, 

rein, pure ; r e i n e r, purer ; r c i n ft, purest, 

f d^ n, fine ; f df) n e r, finer ; f cf) n ft, finest. 

(2) AVhen the posirive ends in e, the e of the comparative 
suffix (e r) is dropped ; urs, 

W e i f e, wise ; ir c i f c r, wiser ; ixu i f e ft, wisest. 

m ii b c, w^eary ; m ii b c r, more weary ; m i'l b e ft, most weary. 



294 DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES. § 37. 

(3) When the positive ends in el, en or er, the e of 
these terminations is commonly omitted, upon adding the com- 
parative or superlative suffix ( e r or ft) ; as, 

c b e I, noble ; c b I e r (not ebeter), nobler ; e b e 1 fl, noblest. 
Ire cf en, dry; trocfner (nottrocfener), drier; trocf en ft, driest. 
t a ^ f e r, b rave ; t a ^ f r e r (not ta^ferer), braver ; t a ^ f e r ft, bravest. 

(4) When the positive is a monosyllable, the vowel (if it 
be capable of it) commonly takes the Umlaut, in the compara- 
tive and superlative ; as, 

a 1 1, old ; alter, older ; a 1 1 e ft, oldest, 

g r B, coarse ; grower, coarser ; g r o B jl, coarsest, 
flag, wise ; H ii g e r, wiser ; H u g ft, wisest. 

(o) Exceptions. From this last rule, however, must be 
excepted nearly all those adjectives containing the diphthong 
a u : as, laut (loud), tauter, I a n t e ft ; rau^ (rough), r au^ er, 
V a u B e ft. So, also, the following : 

Bunt, variegated. fnci^^, tight. fatt, satisfied, 

fabe, insipid. la^m, lame. f^Iaff^ loose. 

faf;l, fallow. la^, weary. fc^lanf, slender. 

faI6, fallow. Io§, loose. fi^i^off, rugged. 

ftad), flat. matt, tired. ftarr, stiff, 

fro^, glad. nadt, naked. ftotj, proud, 

gerabe, straight. l^latt, flat. ft^flff^ stiff; tight. 

Qlatt, smooth. !ptum:p, clumsy. ftumnt, dumb. 

f)o% hollow. ro^, raw. ftum^^f, blunt, 

l^olb, amiable. runb, round. toll, mad. 

fa^l, bald. fad^t, slow. i?oK, full, 

farg, stingy. fanft, gentle. So^nx, tame. 



§ 37. Declension of comparatives and superlatives. 

(1) Comparatives and superlatives are subject to the same 
laws of declension, that regulate adjectives in the positive. 
Thus, after adding to fdjon, fair, the suffix (er), we get the 
comparative form ^d^onn, fairer ; which is inflected in the three 
ways : thus, 



UECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES. § 37. 295 







a. 


OLD 


FORM. 






; 


Sinffidar 






Plural 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


For all genders. 


N. 


frf)Oncrcr, 


C, 




e^v 


fd)6ner e. 


G. 


frf)Oncr c § (en), 


cr, 




eS (en). 


fd)onerer. 


D. 


fd)Oucr c m, 


ct, 




em, 


fd)oner e n. 


A. 


fd) oner en, 


f/ 




eg. 


fd;oner e. 






h. 


NEW 


FORM. 






Masc. 


Fern. 




Neut. 


For all genders. 


N. 


bcr frf)oneve, 


(bie) 


-^, 


{^.\^:>) -e. 


bie fdjoneren. 


G. 


bc§ fd)6ner e n, 


(Der) 


-e n, 


(be§) -en. 


ber fd) oner en. 


D. 


bem fd) oner en, 


(ber) 


-en, 


(bem) -en, 


ben fd) oner en. 


A. 


ben fd;oner e n, 


(bie) 


-^, 


(ba§) -e. 


bie fd)oner e n. 






c. 


MIXED FORM. 






Masc. Sing. 




Fern. 


Smo-. 


Neut. Sing. 


N. 


unfer * fd)oner e r, 


(unfere) -e, 


(nnfer) -c g. 


G. 


nnfere§ fdioner e n, 


(nnferer) -e n, 


(unfereS) -e n. 


D. 


unferem fd)Oner e n, 


(unferer) -e n, 


(unferem) -e n. 


A. 


unferen fd^oner c n, 


(unfere) -e, 


(unfer) -e S. 



Plural for all 
N". unfer e fd)oner e n. 
G. unfer e r fd)6ner e n. 
D. unfer en fd^oner e n. 
A. unfer e fd)oner e n. 
(2) So likewise the superlative. In the superlative of the 
old form, however, the vocative case only is used. Thus we 
have in the 

a. OLD FORM. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



lieBjl e r 33ater ! f t^euerft e ©d^irefter 



! 3 

J ^ 

fd;onjl e § Jtinb ! 



* Sometimes the e in the endings of pronouns and comparatives, is omitted, 
or transposed : thus instead of unfti-e5 Kroner e ii, we may say uiifcv g f(.to= 
nev n, or iitifre-^, Kbijiifin. 

t Heretofore the vocative has not been set do%vn in the paradigms, because 
it is, in form, always like the nominative. 



296 



OBSERVATIONS. § 38. 



Plural 

G. 
D. 
A. 

V. Mfl e mux I 



Plural. 



6. NEW FORM, 



Plural. 



^ 



Singular. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

JST. ber fd^onfl e^ (bic) -e, (ba^) --e, 

G. bc§ fcf)onft e n, (ber) -e n, (beg) -e n, 

D. bcm fd)onft e n, (ber) -e n, (bem) -e n, 

A. ben fd^onft e n, (bie) -e, {^Oi^) -t. 



fdf^onjl e t^inb e r ? 

Plural, 
For all genders^ 

bie fd^onft e n. 
ber fc^onft e n. 
ben fc^onft e n. 
bie fd^onft e n. 



Masc. Sing. 
N. unfer fdjonfi e r, 
G. imfereg frf)onft e n, 
D. xtnferem fdjonfl e n, 
A. unferen fd^onft e n, 



(unfer) -e 0. 
(unfere^) -e n. 
(unferem) -e n. 
(unfer) -e g. 



MIXED FORM. 

i^ew. Sing. 
(unfere) -e, 
(unferer) -e n, 
(unfer er) -e n, 
(unfere) -e, 

Plural for all genders. 
iN". unfere fd)onP: e n. 
G. unferer fd^onft e n. 
D. unferen fd^onfi e n. 
A. unfere fd)onji e n. 

§ 38. Observations. 

(1) In place of the regular form of the superlative, prece- 
ded by the article and agreeing with the noun in gender, num- 
ber and case, we often find a circumlocution employed ; which 
consists in the dative case singular of the new form preceded 
by the particle a m : thus, bie %aqt ftnb ini SSinter am fiirje* 
fien, the days are shortest in the winter. The explanation is 
easy : a m, compounded of an (at), and bem, the dative of 
ber (the)., signifies at the. Translated literally, therefore, the 
sentence above will be : The days in winter are at the shortest; 
that is, at the shortest (limit) : where, in the German, fi'irje* 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE FORMS. § 39. 



297 



flen agrees with some noun in the dative understood, which is 
governed by a n. But the phrase is used and treated just as 
any reguhir superlative form would be under the same circum- 
stances. In like manner, auf (upon) and ^u (to) combined 
respectively with the article (auf b a f> and 5 u be ni), and 
producing the forms aufo and jum, are employed with adjec- 
tives in the superlative : thus, auf§ fdjonfte cmgerid}tet, arranged 
upon the finest {plan) ; jum fcf)onften, to, or according to the 
finest {manner). These latter forms, however, are chiefly em- 
ployed to denote eminence, rather than to express comparimn. 
Freely rendered, therefore, aufy fd)Onfte and jum fd)Ouften will 
be : very finely, most heautifuUy or the like. 

(2) Sometimes a\itx (of all) is found prefixed to superla- 
tives to give intensity of meaning : as, ber aller6e]le, the best 
of all, i. e. the very best ; bie atlerfdicnfte, the handsomest of 
all, i. e. the very handsomest, 

(3) When mere eminence, and not comparison, is to be ex- 
pressed, the words auf erji (^extremely) and t?od)ft {highest) are 
employed : as, biei ift eine auf erfl frf)Cne *^Iume, this is a very 
beautiful flower. 



§ 


39. Irregular and defective forms. 


Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


gut, good; 


Beffer, better; 


cejl or am Beftcrt, best. 


^odf), high; 


^O^er, higher ; 


:^od)ft or am ^odiften, highest. 


naf?e, near ; 


nal)er, nearer ; 


nad)ft or am nadijicn, nearest. 


i)iel, much ; 


me^r, more ; 


meift or am mcijicn, most. 


n?emg, little ; 


; niinber, less ; 


minbeft or am minbejlen, least. 


grof, great: 


grof er, greater : 


grof t or am gri)f ten, greatest 


!6atb, early ; 


e^er, earlier ; 


erft or am erften, earhcst. 


wanting. 


tcanting. 


Ie|t or am Ie|ten, latest. 


y> 


auf ere, outer ; 


auferjl, uttermost. 


n 


inner, inner ; 


innerft, innermost. 


jj 


ijorber, fore ; 


Dcrberft, foremost. 


jj 


Winter, hinder; 


^intcrft, hindermost. 


»> 


D:6er, upper; 


cSerft, uppermost. 


n 


unter, under : 
13* 


unterjl, undermost. 



298 ADJ12CTIVES COMPARED BY MEANS OF ADVERBS. § 40. § 41. 

§ 40. Observations. 

(1) Note that f)od) [high), in the comparative, drops^ while 
na^ {near), in the superlative, assumes the letter c : thus, 
^od), comp. :^o^er; nai), comp. nailer, sup. ncic^fi 

(2) That nie^r (more), the comparative of i)iel, has two 
forms in the plural, me^r e or md)X ere; and that the latter 
(nie^rere) is the more common one. It has the use and mean- 
ing of the English word several : as, 3ii) \af) me^rere 6oIbaten, 
I saw several soldiers. 

(3) That the superlative of gro^ (great) is contracted into 
QXO^t 

(4) That erft, the superlative of e^er (earlier), is a con- 
traction for el; eft. 

(5) That from ber erfte (the eoj-Uest or first) and ber Ie|te 
(the latest or last), are formed the correlative terms erfterer, 
the foi^mer, and le^terer, the latter. 

(6) That the last six words in the. hsl (§ 39) are formed 
from adverbs, and are comparatives in form rather than in 
fact. 

§ 41. Adjectives compared by means of adverbs. 

(1) When the degrees of comparison are not expressed by 
suffixes, the adverbs nie^r {more) and am meiften (jnost) are 
employed for that purpose : thus, 

Positive . Comparative. Superlative. 

angft, anxious ; mz^x angft ) am meiften angfi. 

■Dereit, ready ; me^r Bereit ; am meiften Bereit. 

eingebenf, mindful ; me^r eingebenf ; am meiften etnge* 

ben!, 
feinb, hostile ; me^r feinb ; am meiften feinb. 

gcingunb geBe, aerre?2^; mcBr gang unb geBe; am meiften gcing 

unb geBe. 
gar, done ; cooked ; mii-x gar ; am meiften gar. 

gram, averse ; me^r gram.; am meiften gram, 

irre, astray ; me^r trre ; am meiften irre. 

funb, pnhlic ; me^r funb ; am meiften funb. 



THE CARDINAL NUMDERS. § 42, § 43. § 44. 299 

leib, sorrij ; md)x leib - am mcifien (cib. 

nu|, useful ; ine^r mi| ; am melften nu|. 

red)t, n'^A? ; mt^x red)t ; am meiften red}t. 

t^eiU;aft, partaking ; me^r ti)eUf)aft ; am meiften tl;el(* 

^aft. 
§ 42. Observations. 

The above method of comparison, -which is commonly called 
the compound foi'tn, is chiefly used in cases : 

(1) Where a comparison is instituted between two different 
qualities of the same person or thing : as, er ift me^r liiftig aU 
traurig, he is more merry than sad ; er ii^ar me^r glutflid) aU 
ta)3 fer, he was more fortunate than brave. 

(2) Where the adjectives, like those in the list above, are 
never used otherwise than as predicates. 

(3) Where the addition of the suffixes of comparison would 
oflFend against euphony, as in the superlative of adjectives end- 
ing in \\d); thus, BarBarifd). 

§ 43. THE I^UMERALS. 

In German, as in other languages, the numerals are classi- 
fied according to their signification. Among the classes thus 
produced, the first, in order, is 

§ 44. The cardinal numbers. 

The cardinal numbers, whence all the others are derived, 
are those answering definitely to the question : '■'■How many ? " 
They are 



Gin0 (ein, eine, ein) 1. 


It^xi 10. 


potx 


2. 


elf 11. 


bvei 


3. 


2ti>oIf 12. 


uier 


4. 


breijel^n 13. 


fiinf 


5. 


Sikxiiijxi 14. 


fed)3 


6. 


fiinfje^rt 15. 


fieBen 


7. 


fed)5er;n 16. 


a^t 


8. 


fteben,^e:^n or fteBje^^n 17. 


ttCWtt 


9. 


ad^tje^^n 18. 



300 



THE CARDINAL NUMBERS. § 44. 



mmitf^n 


19. 


^unbert 


100. 


jhjan^ig 


20. 


:^unbert unb einS 


101. 


ein unb jtranjig 


21. 


'^unbert unb gn?ei 


102. 


iwt'i unb §h)an§ig jc. 


22. 


^unbert unb brei 


jc. 103. 


breiftg 


30. 


jtrei ^unbert 


200. 


ein unb brei^ig 


31. 


brei ^unbert 


300. 


git?el unb bteif ig :c. 


32. 


taufenb 


1000. 


ijierjig 


40. 


Itvd taufenb 


2000. 


funfgig 


50. 


brei taufenb 


3000. 


fed)3ig (not fcd^a^tg) 


60. 


ge^ taufenb 


10,000. 


ftebengig or fiefijig 


70. 


^unbert taufenb 


100,000. 


ac^ytjlg 


80. 


eine mmon 1,000,000. 


ncunjig 


90. 


imi Miiidmn 2,000,000. 



(1) Observe that the cardinals are, for the most part, 
indeclinable. 

(2) @in, (one) however, is dechned throughout Hke the 
indefinite article. It is, in fact, the same word with a different 
use ; and is distinguished from it, in speaking and writing, only 
by a stronger emphasis and by being usually written with a 
capital initial. This is the form which it has, when immediately 
before a noun, or before an adjective quahfying a noun. Thus : 



Masculine. Feminine. 

•j^ j (Sin SO^ann, (Sine S^rau, 

' ( Sin guter 9}?ann, (Sine gute f^rau, 

^ j (BimB SD^anneg, Siner O'rau, 

* ] SineS guten ^anm§, (Siner guten ^^an^ 



Neuter. 

(Sin ^inb. 
(Sin gutea ^inb. 
eineS ^inbeg. 
S'ineg guten^in* 
beS; &c. 



(3) In other situations, ein follows the ordinary rules of 
declension : thus in the 







a. Old Form. 




N. 


einer, 


cine, eineS, 


one. 


G. 


eineg, 


einer, eineS, 

b. New Form. 


of one, &c. 


N. 


ber eine, 


bie eine, ba§ eine. 


the one. 


G. 


be0 einen, 


ber einen, be0 einen, 


of the one, cfec, 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 



§ 45. 301 



c. Mixed Form. 
N mcitt elner, mcinc cine, niein eineS, my one. * 
G. nieineS einen, nulner elnen, nteineg einen, of my one, &c. 

(4) Qwd {two) and brei (three), when the cases are not 
sufficiently pointed out by other words in the context, are 
decHned : thus, 

N. Q)vd, f two, bret, three. 

G. Bi'P^'i^^*/ of two, breier, of three. 

D. B^^^fif", to or for tAvo, breien, to or for three. 
A. Qwd, two, brei, three. 

(5) All the rest of the cardinals, when employed substan- 
tively, take en in the dative : except such as already end in these 
letters; as, idf) ^a6e e0 ^i'mfen gefagt, I have told it to five 
(persons). 

(6 ) c§ u n b e r t and 5' a u f e n b are often employed as col- 
lective (neuter) nouns, and regularly inflected ; as, nom. baS 
»§unbert/ gen. beg ^unbert^, plm-al (nom.) bie ^^unberte. 9)? iU 
I i n is, in like manner, made a noun (feminine,) and is, in the 
singular always preceded by the article ; as, ^ine ^^tinton, a 
milhon. 

(7) In speaking of the cardinals, merely as figures or cha- 
racters, they are all regarded as being in the feminine gender : 
as, bie (StnS, the one, bie 3^d, the two, bie 3)rei, the three ; 
where, in each case, the word, 3af)l, (number) is supposed to 
be understood : thus bie (_3<'S]i) brei, the (number) three. 

§ 45. Ordinal Numbers. 

(1) The ordinal numbers are those, which answer to the 
question: " Which one of the series?'' They are given below, 

■ * In relation to the numeral e i n note, further, these three things : 

1. That in merely counting, it has the termination of the neuter, with c, 
however, omitted ; as c i u §, ^ w e t, b v c i, one, two, three, &c. 

2. That e i ii may be used in the plural, when the desi^r is to distmguish 
classes of indi\adual3 ; as, bie 6"inen, the ones, bev (Jincn, 0/ the ones, 6jc. just 
as, in English, we say, the ones, the others. 

3. That e i 11, unlike the English one, cannot be employed in a suppletoiy 
way, to hll the place of a noun: thus, we cannot say, in German, a new one, 
a good one, b^c. In such cases, tue adjective stands alone. 

t In place of B \i^ e i, bnbc {both which is declined like an adjective in the 
plural, is often employed ; as ^ct^e ■Jliuien, both eyes; bie betben -^-'Viiticv, botln 
the brothers The neuter b c u c I never refers to persons. L. 33 I. 



302 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. § 45. 



for tlie purposes of comparison, side by side with the cardinals, 
and in the form required, by the definite article preceding ; 
for the ordinal numbers are regularly inflected according to 
the rules already given for the declension of adjectives. 



CARDINALS. 




ORDINALS. 


(Sin5 (ein^ eitte, ein) 


1. 


ber crfte (not ber einte), the first. 


imi 


2. 


„ jtreite (also ber anbere), the 
second. 


brei 


3. 


„ britte (not brelte), the third. 


iner 


4. 


„ ijierte, the fourth. 


fiinf - 


5. 


„ fi'mfte, the fifth. 


fe^§ 


6. 


„ fed)6te, the sixth. 


fteBen 


7. 


„ fteBente, the seventh. 


a&!t 


8. 


„ ad-)U (not ad)tte), the eighth. 


neun 


9. 


„ neunte, the ninth. 


jef)n 


10. 


f, ^cBnte, the tenth. 


elf 


11. 


„ elfte, the eleventh. 


iwUf 


12. 


„ jn^olfte, the twelfth. 


brei5e(;n 


13. 


„ breije'^nte, the thirteenth. 


inerje^n 


14. 


,, inerje^nte, the fourteenth. 


funf^eBn 


15. 


„ fiinf^c^nte, the fifteenth. 


fedj^e^n 


16. 


„ fed)^e:^nte, the sixteenth ; &c 


f{eBen^ef)n or fteBjefm 


17. 


„ fieBenje^ntc or fieB3e"^nte. 


adjtje^n 


18. 


„ aditjeBnte. 


neunje^n 


19. 


„ neunjeBnte. 


^tran^ig 


20. 


„ S^anjtgfte. 


ein unb ^rt^anJig 


21. 


„ ein unb jn^anjtgfie. 


^it^ci unb wan^tg :c. 


22. 


„ i\im unb jn^an^igfte ic. 


breimg 


30. 


„ breifigjie. 


ein unb brei^ig 


31. 


„ ein unb breipgfie. 


^irei unb brei^ig k. 


32. 


„ 5rt?ei unb breif igjle jc. 


iHcr^ig 


40. 


„ luev^igfte. 


fiinnig 


50. 


,/ funftigjle. 


fedi^ig (not fedj^jig^ 


€0. 


„ ffd)5tgfte. 


fteBenjig or fieBug 


70. 


„ fteBen^igfte or fieBjigjle. 


ad)t5ig 


80. 


„ acBty.gfte. 


neunjig 


90. 


„ neuttjigfte. 



NUMERALS. § 46. 303 

l^unbert 100. tcr t^unbcrtj^e. 

l^unbcrt unb eln§ 101. „ Inmtcrt iiub erjie. 

I;unbcrt unb jlret 102. „ fjiutbert unb jtinnte. 

^unbcrt unb brci k. 103. „ l^unbert unb britte. 

iwd (nln^^c^•t 200. „ jtinnlnnibcrtfte. 

brci (Mint^ert 300. „ brci(;unbert[te. 

taufcnb 1000. „ taufcnbfte. 

ixvd taufenb 2000. „ ^ireitaufenbfie. 

brei taufenb 3000. „ breitaufenbfte. 

l^hi taufenb 10,000. „ geBntaufenbfte. 

^unbcrt taufenb 100,000. „ :^unberttaufenbfte :c. 

(2) Observe that, in the formation of the ordinals from 
the cardinals, a certain law is observed : viz. from jirei (two) 
to neun5cf)n {nineteen) the corresponding ordinal, in each case 
(britte and a6.)ii excepted), is made by adding the letters 
tc; as, p^d, two ; jft^ei t c, second ; i?ier, four ; i)ier t e, fourth, 
&c. Beyond that number (nineteen), the same effect is pro- 
duced by adding ft c ; as, jiranjig, twenty ; jtranjig ft e, twen- 
tieth ; &c. (Srfte is from e^er {before). 

(3) Note, also, that ber anbere {the other') is often used in 
place of ber jit^eite ] but only in cases Avhere two objects only 
are referred to. 

(4) In compou^-id numbers, it must be observed that the 
last one only, as in English, bears the suffix {it or \h] ; but in 
this case, the units usually precede the tens : thus, ber i^ier 
unb Jit^an^iv] jl; e, the four and twentie^A. 

(5) We have, also, a sort of interrogative ordinal, formed 
from irie {hoiv) and Diel {much), which is used when we wish 
to put the question : Wliich of the number ? as, ber itnetiielftc 
ijl ^eute ? what day of the month is to-day ? 5)a6 triel>ielfte ijl 
e§ ? how many does that make ? 

§ 46. Distributive I^umerals. 

The distributives, which answer to the question : ''How 
many at a time ? " are formed, as in English, by coupling car- 
dinals by the conjunction unb ; or by using before them the 
particle j e {ever : at a time) ; thus, 



304 NUMERALS. § 47. § 48. § 49. 

gtrei unb jtrei, two and two, or je pizx, two at a time ; 

brei uub brei, three and three, or jc bret, three at a time, &c. 

§ 47. Multiplicative Numerals, 

The multiplicatives, which answer to the question : '•'■How 
mamj fold ? " are formed from the cardinals by adding the 
suffix fad^ {fold) or fcilttg (having folds) ; thus, 

einfad) or etnfalttg, * onefold or single ; 

jtreifad^ or jireifciltig, twofold or having two folds ; 

breifadi or breifalttg, threefold or treble ; 

iJierfad^ or inerfciaig, fourfold or having fom- folds, &c. 

§ 48. Variative Numerals. 

Variatives, which answer to the question ; "0/ how many 
kinds ? " are formed from the cardinals by affixing t e i (a sort 
or kind)^ the syllable e r being inserted for the sake of eupho- 
ny; thus, 

einerlei, of one kind ; iJiererlei, of four kinds ; 

^ireierlei, of two kinds ; fiinferlei, of five kinds ; 

breierlei, of three kinds ; mand)erlei, of many kinds ; &c. 

§ 49. DiMiDiATivE Numerals. 

The dimidiatives, which answer to the question : " Which 
(i. e. which of the numbers) is hut a half^ " are formed from 
the ordinals by annexing the word ^alB {half) ; thus, 

gtDclte^alB, f the second a half, that is, one whole and a 

half; 11^ 
britte^aI6, third a half, i. e. two wholes and a half ; 2-|-. 
t)ierte^alB, the fourth a half i. e. three ivholes and a half ; 

31; &c. 



* Ginfcilticj is applied to what is simple, artless or silly. 

t Instead of ^weitelmfb, the word in common use is atibertbalt: the part 
rt u b e r t being from b e v a u b e v c, the second. The word would be an= 
bcr e ^alb ; but the final c is exchanged for a t, probably, for the sake of as- 
similating it, in form, to the rest of the words of this class 



NUMERALS. § 50. § 51. 305 

§ 50. IxEnATivE Numerals. 

The iteratives, which answer to the question : *' Hoiu often 
or how many times ? " are formed from cardinals and from in- 
definite numerals, by the addition of the word mal * {time') ; 
thus, 

e i It m a t, one time ; once ; D i e r ni a I, four times ; 

fit It f ni a I, five times ; S i^'' ^ i nt a I, two times ; twice ; 

b r c i 111 a I, three times ; f e cf} § tit a I, six times ; 

i e b e nt a I, each time ; i; i c I m a I, many times ; A"c. 

§ 51. DiSTIXCTIVES. 

(1) The name, distinctives, has been applied to a class of 
ordinal adverbs, which answer to the question : " In what j^lcice 
in the series ? " and which are formed by alBfixing e it § to the 
ordinal numbers : thus, 

e r ft e n §, first or in the first f it it f t e n §, fifthly ; 

place ; 

5 lr> e 1 1 e n §, secondly ; f e c^ § t e n C\ sixthly ; 

b r i 1 1 c n S, thirdly ; f i e B t c it 6, seventhly ; 

t) i e r t e n §, fourthly ; a d^ t e n S^ eighthly ; &c. 

(2) Under the name, distinctives, ma}^, also, be set down a 
class of numeral nouns, formed from the cardinals by the addi- 
tion of the sufiaxes e r, i it and ling, which are used to desig- 
nate one arrived at, belonOTcor to, or valued at a certain num- 
ber : thus, 

<S e d) 5 i g e r, sixtier, i. e. a man sixty years of age, or one 

of a company of sixty ; 
51) r e i e r, one valued at three, i.e. a coin of 3 pfennigs 

Prussian ; 
(E I f e r, eleven-er, i. e. wine of the year 1811 ; 
3 i^ i n i n g, tivo-Ung, i. e. a twin, &c. 



* 55? « I is sometimes separated from the numerals, and is then regularly 
declined as a neuter noun. 



306 NUMERALS. § 52. § 53, 

§ 52. Partitives or Fractioxals. 

Under this name (partitives) are embraced a class of neuter 
nouns, ansAvering to the question : " What 2:>art ^ " which are 
formed by affixing to the ordinals the suffix t e I f (part) : 

thus, 

5) r i 1 1 e r, a third ; © i e B e n t e I, a seventh , 

35 i c r t e I, a fourth ; %d)tt I, an eight ; 

i^ u n f t e I, a fifth ; 0? e u it t e I, a ninth ; 

<S c d) a t e r, a sixth ; 3 e :^ n t e I, a tenth ; &c. 



3. Indefinite ISTumerals. 



(1) The indefinite numerals, which are, for the most part, 
used and inflected as adjectives, are commonly divided into 
such as serve to indicate number, such as merely denote quan- 
tity, and such, finally, as are employed to express both. 
Those denoting number only, are 

jeber, jebe, jebe§, each, every ; 

jegud)er, — c, — e^, „ „ ) old and unusual forais of 
jebtiH^ber, — e, — e§, „ „ j ieber. 

luancfier, mand^e, mani^ea, many a ; many (in the plural). 
nie^rere, several ; plural of mt^x, more, 

(2) Those denoting quantity only, are 

e t ir a 6, some ; which is indeclinable. 

Q<xni, the luhole, as opposed to a part ; declined generally 
like an adjective ; ir^declinable, however, w^hen placed be- 
fore neuter names of places and not preceded by an ar- 
ticle or pronoun ; as, ganj ^eiitfc^lanb, all Germany ; (with 
the article or pronoun preceding) ha§ ganje ^eutfd)lanb, 
the whole of Germany ; fein ganger diddjt^um, his whole 
riches. 

f) a I B, half, follows the same law, in declension, as the word 
ganj above. 



t Xt\ is simply a contracted form of the word Xh'iih a part. From 20 
upwards, note that ft el (instead of t e 1) is added ; as, jiDanjiijjiel, the twen-. 
tienth, &c. 



INDEFINITE NUMERALS. § 53. 307 

(3) Those denoting number and quantity both, are 

a n f r, a (I c, a 1 1 c 6, all ; applied to quantity, in tlie singu- 
la,' only J as, aUer Otcid)t^inn, all riches ; a((e SD^adit, all 
power; i[iU§, Cticlb, all gold; biefcS alleg (not alle) iriU 
id) geC»cn, all this will I give ; u^e(d)eS alley, all which. Pla- 
ced before a pronoun, which latter is followed by a noun, 
the terminations of declension are often omitted ; as, all 
(for aiit^i) bieffS ®elb, all this money ; ad (for aller) bicfer 
SBei'T, all this wine. In the neuter of the singular, it 
often denotes an indefinite number or amount ; as, aUeS, 
ira§ rcifcu fann, rcifet. all that can travel, do travel ; er 
fd)cmt adeo ^u nriffeii, he seems to know everything. In 
the plural, the word denotes number ; as, alle 5)cenfd)en, 
all men ; an aden Orten, in all places : — it is never used 
in the sense of whole, which is expressed by gan^ ; as, bcr 
ganje ^ag, the whole day ; nor is it followed, as in Eng- 
lish, by the definite article ; as, odes ®elb (not adeS ^a^ 
©elb), all the money ; — finally, the phrases ''all of us,"" 
" all of yoii,'" &c., are in German : tvir ade, v-e all, (fee. 
The plural is used like our word every ; as, i(^ ge^e aUt 
S'age, I go every day. 

einigcr, cinige, cinige^, some ; few ; applied to num- 
ber in the jjh.crc.l only. 

e t H eb e r, — e, — ec, some ; synonymous with elntger. 

f e i n, f e t n e, f e i n, no ; none ; declined like cirt, eine, ein; 
as, !ein -^ater, feiiie 9}cuttcr, !cin Jlinb ; when employed as 
a noun, it takes the old form of declension ; as, fehier bcr 
alten 33ere^rer, none of the ancient worshippers. 

f a m m 1 1 i d) e r, — e, — c§, entire ; \ regularly declined like 

gefammter, — e, — e?\ „ j adjectives. 

i? i e f , mucJi ; (in the plural) many ; when it expresses quan- 
tity or number, taken collectively, and is not preceded by 
an article or a pronoun, it is not declined : as. inef ©olb, 
much gold ; but, bao inefe @clb, the quantity of gold ; — 
when applied to a number as individuals, it is regularly- 
declined : as, ineter, incle, 5:iele§, A^c. ; thus, inele 2)?dnncr 



308 TABLE OF THE PRONOUNS. § 54. § 55. 

ftnb trdge, many men are indolent ; er f)at \d}X bietc 
^reunbe unb ic^ ^a&e and) s i e I e, he has a great many 
friends and I have also a great many. 

n? e n i g, little ; (in the pkiral) fevj ; follows the same rules 
of inflection as i)iel above. 

m c I; r, more ; ) are indeclinable ; for the plural of mc^r, 

it> e n i g e r, less ; j however, see above. 

g e n u g, enough ; sufficient ; never declined ; @etb genug, mo- 
ney enough. 

I a u t e r. merely ; only; never declined ; lauter ^u^fcr, copper 
only or nothing but copper. 

n i cE) t ^, nothing, 

% 54. PRONOUNS. ^ 

In German, as in other languages, will be found a number 
of those words, which, for the sake of convenience, are em- 
ployed as the direct representatives of nouns. These are the 
pronouns. They are divided, according to the particular offices 
which they perform, into six different classes : viz. : Personal, 
Possessive, Demonstrative, Determinative, Relative and Inter- 
rogative. 

§ 55. Table of the Pronoun's. 



Personal 


Pronouns, 


Possessive 


Pronouns. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural 


3d), I. 


aSir, We. 


^zm, My. 


Itnfer, Our. 


3)u, Thou. 


5^r, Ye. 


£)ein, Thy. 


Suer, Your. 


dx, He. 


©ie, They. 


©eln, His. 


3^r, Theh. 


@ie, She. 


(Sie, They. 


3^r, Her. 




(gg, It. 


eie, They. 


(Biin, Its. 





Indefinite Pronouns. Reflexive and Pecijjrocal 
^a\\, one ; a certain one. Pronouns. 

Semanb, some one ; somebody. ©id), Himself, Herself, 
O^iemanb, no one ; nobody. Itself, Themselves. 

3ebermann, every one ; everybody. ©inanber, one another. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. § 56. 309 

Demonstrative Pronouns. Determinative Pronouns. 

3)iefcr, This. 3)ev, That, That one, He. 

Scner, That. iDcrjcnige, That, That person. 

S^cr, This or That. 3)erfelbe, The same. 

(SelBlger, The same. 

(Soldier, Such. 

Relative Pronouns. Interrogative Pronouns. 

aBctrf)cr, Who, Which. SBer, Who ? n?og ? What ? 

^cr, That. aSeld^er, Who ? Which ? 

SKcr, Who, He or she, who 3BaS fiir, What sort of ? 
or that. 

§ 56. Personal pronouns. 

There are five personal pronouns; namely, td>, (/) which 
represents the sjpeaker and is, therefore, of the jirst person ; 
bu, [thou) which represents the hearer or person addressed, 
and is therefore, of the second person ; and cr, {he) \xt, (she) 
and e6, (if) representing the person or thing merely spoken of, 
and, therefore, of the third person. They are declined thus 



Singular. 


Plural 




First person. 




isr. 


idi, I. 


\c\x, we. 


G. 


meiner, mein, of me. 


unfer, of us. 


D. 


niir, to me. 


ung, to us. 


A. 


mid|, me. 

Second person. 


un§, us. 


N. 


bu, thou. 


i:^r, ye or you. 


G. 


beiner, bein of thee. 


eucr, of you. 


D. 


bir, to thee. 


tui^, to you. 


A. 


bid), thee. 


cud^, you. 




Third person, Masc. 


N. 


cr, he. 


fte, they. 


G. 


feincr, fein, of him. 


i^rer, of them. 


D. 


i^m, to him. 


t^ttcit, to them. 


A 


i^n, him. 


fte, them. 



310 REMARKS ON THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. § 57. 

Singular. Plural. 



Third person. Fe 



m. 



Is. 


fte, she. 


fte, they. 


G. 


i^rer, of her. 


if}rer, of them. 


D. 


i^r, to her. 


i^nen, to them, 


A. 


fie, her. 


fte, them. 




Third person, 


Neul. 


N. 


e§, it. 


fie, they. 


G. 


fe liter, of it. 


t^rer, of them. 


D. 


i^m, to it. 


i^nen, to them, 


A. 


eg, it. 


fie, them. 



§ 57. Remarks on the Personal Pronouns. 

(1) The genitives, mein, beln, fein, are the earher forms. 
The others (meiner, betner, feiuer) are the ones now commonly 
used. 

(2) When construed with the prepositions §aI6en, tregen, 
and um-irillen, (signifying for the sake of, on account of) these 
genitives are united with the preposition by the euphonic letters, 
et, or (in case of iinfer and euer) simply t. Thus : ntetitettregeit, 
on account of me ; uiii iinferettrillen, on account of us, d:c. 

(3) The personal pronouns of the third person, when they 
represent things without life, are seldom, if ever, used in the 
dative, and never in the genitive. In such instances, the corres- 
ponding case of the demonstrative ber, bie, ba§, is employed : 
thus, beffen, (of this,) instead of fettter; and bereit, {of these,) 
instead of i^rer. 

(4) The word felBfl: or felBer {self, selves) may, also, for the 
greater clearness or emphasis, be added not only to the pro- 
nouns, but even to nouns. Thus ; 3cf) felBft, / myself \ bie ^^vX% 
fe[5ft, the people themselves. 

(5) Here, too, observe, that the personal pronouns have, 
also in the plural, a reciprocal force. Thus : fte Ite&en fid), they 
love one another. But as fie UeBcu ndi, for example, might 



REMARKS ON THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. § 57. oil 

signify, tlicy love themselves, the Germans, also, use the word 
cinanbcr, {one another) about which there can be no mistake : 
as, fie (IcBen einanber. (§ 60.) 

(6) In polite conversation, the Germans use the third per- 
son idural, where we use the second. Thus: ^d) l;at)e ®ie go* 
fc^en, I have seen you. To prevent misconception, the pronouns 
thus used are written with a capital letter ; as, idf) banfe 3(;nen, 
I thank [them) you. A similar sacrifice of Grammar to (sup- 
posed) courtesy, may be found in our own language. For 
we constantly use the 'plural for the singular ; thus : "' How are 
you'V^ instead of " How art thou?'' The Germans proceed 
just one step beyond this, and besides taking the plural for 
the singular, take the third person for the second. With them, 
our famihar salutation "How do you do ?" would be, " How 
do they do ?" 

(7) It must be observed, however, that the second person 
singular, $5)u, is always as in English, used in addressing the 
Supreme Being. It is, also, the proper mode of address among 
warm friends and near relatives. But it is, also, used in angry 
disputes, Avhere little regard is paid to points of politeness. 
The second person plural is employed by superiors to their 
inferiors. The third person singular er, fie, is used in the like 
manner, that is, by masters to servants, &c. 

(8) The neuter pronoun (c§) of the third person singular, 
like the words it and there in English, is often employed, as a 
nominative, both before and after verbs, singular , and plural, 
as a mere expletive ; that is, more for the purpose of aiding the 
sound than the sense of the sentence. In this use, moreover, 
it is construed with words of ail genders. Thus: (S§ ift ber 
2)?ann, it is the man ; (Ss ift ble B^rau, it is the woman ; (S§ ftnb 
9}?anner, they are men ; (Ss boniicrt ; it thunders ; ©g folgtcn 
inele, tliere followed many, &c. <tc. 

When (5'»3 is thus used with a personal pronoun, the arrange- 
ment of the words is precisely the reverse of the Enghsh. 
E.x. : 3d) bin c^, It is I. $5)u bift eS, It is thou, ©te ftnb c0, 
It is they, &c. 



312 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. § 58. 

§ 58. Possessive Pronouns. 

(1) The possessive pronouns are derived, each respectively, 
from the genitive case of the personal pronouns ; thus, 



Is' pers 


me in, ??iy .• 


from tneiner, 


gen. silly, of 


3c^. 


2" „ 


be in, thy : 


V 


beiner, 


rr 


If If 


5Du, 


3^ „ 


fetn, his : 


n 


feiner, 


tf 


If If 


(Sr. 


3" „ 


i^r, * her : 


ff 


iBrer, 


If 


ff If 


eie. 


3^ „ 


fein, its : 


If 


feiner, 


If 


If ff 


@0. 


1^' „ 


unfer, f our 


ff 


unfer, 


If 


plur. „ 


3c^ 


2^ „ 


euer, f your 


ff 


euer, 


If 


If If 


.©u. 


3^ „ 


i^r, their : 


ff 


i^rer, 


ff 


If If 


(Sr, (Sie or 



(2) By their forms, therefore, these pronouns indicate the 
person and number of the nouns which they represent ; that 
is, the person and number of the possessors. As, moreover, 
they may be dechned like adjectives, they, also, make known 
by their terminations, the gender, number and case of the 
nouns with which they stand connected : for, in respect to 
inflection, a possessive pronoun agrees in gender, number and 
case, not with the 2JOSsessor, but with the name of the thing 
l^ossessed. 

(3) The possessive pronouns, when conjunctive, that is, 
when joined Avith a noun, are inflected after the old form of 
declension ; except in three places (nom. sing. masc. and nom. 
and ace. 7ieuter'), in which the termmations are wholly omitted ; 
thus, — 



* Formerly, in ceremonious addresses, the words 5)cro (old gen. plural of 
ber, that person) and 3bvp (old gen. plural of cr, he), were used instead of 
(Slier iyour) and 3hv {her) ; as, 3f)Vi> iliMJefiat, her majesty, &c. 

(Juer was formerly written eiver, and the syllable (5m. as an abbreviation 
is used in address to persons of high rank, with the verb in the plural. 
Ex. ©10. vDJajeficit knh?n befoMen, your majesty has ordered. 

t Note that in decUning unfer and ciier, the i, before v, is often struck 
out: thus, 

unfrev (for imfcrcr), unfre (for uiifevt). unfrc§ (for unfeveS), &,c 
eurer (for fucrei), e«tf (for euere>, fvttt^ (for euereS), Sui 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. § 58. 



813 







Singular. 




Plural 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neui. 


For all genders. 


N. 


me in, 


meine, 


mcin 3 


meine. 


G. 


meiue^3, 


meiner, 


meineS ; 


meiner. 


D. 


lucinem, 


meiner, 


meinem ; 


meincn. 


A. 


me in en, 


meine, 


mein • 


meine. 



(4) When, however, these pronouns are absolute^ that is, 
when they stand alone, agreeing with a noun understood and 
demanding a special emphasis, the terminations proper to the 
three places noted above, are of course affixed : thus, biefer 
^nt ifi mein e x, nid)t bein c r, this hat is mine^ not thine ; bie*' 
fe^ -^xid) ift mein e &, this book is mine. 

(o) But when a possessive pronoun absolute is preceded by 
the definite article, it then follows the New form of declen- 
sion : thus, 



Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Fern. Neui. For ail genders. 

N. ber meine, bie meine, "i^a^ meine j bie meinen. 

G. be§ meinen, ber meinen, be§ meinen • ber meinen. 

D. bent meinen, ber meinen, bent meinen; ben meinen. 

A. ben meinen, bie meine, ba§ meine ; bie meinen. 

is inserted, but 

Plural. 
For all genders. 
bie meini^en. 
ber meinigctt. 
ben meinigen. 
bie meinigen. 

(7) When, finally, a possessive pronoun is employed as a 
predicate, and merely denotes possession, without special em- 
phasis, it is not inflected at all ; thus, ber ©arten ifl mein, the 
garden is mine ; bie Btxbt ijt bein, the room is thine ; ba0 
<^au§ iji fein, the house is his. 



(6) Often, too, in this case, 
without any change of meaning 

Singular. 
Masc. Fern. 

N. ber meinige, bie meinige, 
G. be6 meinigen, ber meinigen, 
D. bent meinigen, ber meinigen, 
A. ben meinigen, bie meinige, 



Neui. 

"i^a^ meine ; 
be§ meinen • 
bent meinen ; 
ba§ meine ; 

the syllable i g 
J : thus, 

Neut. 

bas meinige J 
beS meinigen; 
bent meinigen ; 
'aa^ meinige ; 



314 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. § 59. 

(8) It sliould be added that the Germans, when no ol m- 
rity is likely to grow out of it, often omit the possessive pro- 
noun, where in English it would bo used : the definite article 
seeming sufficiently tc supply its place ; as, 3c^ ^a&e eg in ben 
«§anben, I have it in the hands ; that is, I have it in niy hands ; 
@r nal;m eg auf bie 3cf)ultern, he took it upon the (his) shoul- 
ders ; ©r 1;:iiki "i^iw %xm geBroc^en, he has broken (the) an arm 
or his arm 

§ 59. Indefinite Pronouns. 

(1) Pronouns employed to represent persons and things in 
a general way, without reference to particular individuals, are 
called indefinite pronouns. Such are these, 

^an, one ; a certain one. 
Semanb, some one ; somebody. 
9]iemanb, no one ; nobody. 
3ebermann, * every one ; everybody. 

(2) The German man (like the French on) is used to in- 
dicate persons in the most general manner : thus, ntan fagt, 
one says ; that is, they say, people say, it is said, &c. It is in- 
dechnable, and is found only in the nc ninative ; when, there- 
fore, any other case would be called for, the corresponding 
oblique case of e i n is employed : thus, er irlll e i n e n nie 
^Oren, he will never listen to one, i. e. to any one. 

(3) Semanb and 9]ieinanb are declined in the following 
manner : 

Singular. 
N. Semanb, somebody. 0?icmanb. nobody. 

G. Semanbo or ^emanbeg. D^iemanbe or -9?iemanDe6» 

D. Semanb or ^emnnbem. 3^temanb or SQiemanbem. 

A. Semanb or 3emanben. CJciemanb or -D^iemanben. 

* The following, wh ch also belong to this list of indefinites, have already 
Deen. treated of under the head of indefinite numerals: viz. 

©tivias, sometliing. ofA^'^'^'*-"i'- each; everyone. 

9i;d't?, nothing. ivtnij^e, somewhat; some. 

Jficiner, no one ; none. (5rlutc, some ; many. 

©incr, one; someone, ?ii(fr, everyone; all. 

3f &er, each ; every one. 2JZaiidjer, many a ; many ; several. 

3cl!J»SvJer, each ; every one 



REFLKXIVE AND RECIPROCAL PROXOUNS. § 60. 315 

Scbcrmann is declined thus : 

N. SeDermaim, everybody. 

G. 3ct»ernianny, of everybody. 

D. Sebenuann, to everybody. 

A. Sebermaun, everybody. 

(4) Note that the second form of the dative (^emanbcm, 
Ociemanbcm) is seldom employed except when the other form 
would leave the meaning ambiguous. Thus, e6 ift O^lemanbem 
nu|ticf|, it is useful to nobody ; whei-e, were „5)(iemanb" used, 
the sense might be, nobody is useful. This remark applies, 
also, to the accusative : as, fte liebt 9?lemauben, she loves no- 
body : in which mstance, were the other form (Oiiemaiib) sub- 
stituted, it might mean, nobody loves her. 

§ 60. Reflexive axd Reciprocal Pronouns. 

(1) When the subject and the object of a verb are iden- 
tical, the latter being a personal pronoun, the pronoun is said 
to be reflexive ; because the action is thereby represented as 
reverting upon the actor : thus, er rii^mt ftcf), he praises him- 
self. 

(2) When, however, in such case, the design is to represent 
the individuals constituting a plural subject as acting one upon 
another, the pronoun is said to be recii^rocal : thus, fie iBefd^im* 
!pfen fid), they disgrace one another. 

(3) But, as (for example) fie l6efd^itnlpfen fief) may equally 
mean, they disgrace themselves, the reciprocal word elnanber 
(one another) is added to or substituted for fid^, wherever 
there is danger of mistake ; as, fie i^crfte^cn fid) einanber or fie 
l3erficf)en einanber, they understand one another. 

(4) In the dative and accusative (singular and plural) the 
German affords a special form for the reflexives ; viz. fid), him- 
self herself, itself, themselves. The personal pronouns, there- 
fore, in all the oblique * cases, are used in a reflexive sense ; 
except in the dative and accusative {third person), where, in- 
stead of i^^tn, i^n, i^r k., the word f i ^ is employed. Re- 



* All cases, except the nominative, are called oblique cases- 



316 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. § 61. 

garded as rejlexives, the personal pronouns are declined 
thus : 

Singular. Plural. 

First person. 
K. Hone. JVone. 

G. meiner, of myself unfer, of ourselves. 

D. inir, to myself. un^, to ourselves. 

A. mid), myself. luxQ, ourselves. 

Second person. 
N. J^one. jy^one. 

G. fceiner, of thyself. euer, of yourselves. 

D. bir, to thyself. eud), to yourselves. 

A. bid), thyself. eud^, yourselves. 

Third person masc. 
N. Xone, Xone. 

G. feiner, of himself, it)rer, of themselves. 

D. fid), to himself. fid|, to themselves. 

A. ftd^, himself. ftd|, themselves. 

T liird person fern. 
N. None. None. 

G. t^rer, of herself. i()rer, of themselves. 

D. fid], to herself. fid)> to themselves. 

A. f t ^, herself. f i d}, themselves. 

Third person neuter. 
N. None. Xone. 

G. feiner, of itself. i^rer, of themselves. 

D. fidi, to itself. fid), to themselves. 

A. f i d), itself. f i d), themselves. 

§ 61. Demonstrative Pronouns. 

(1) The peculiar office of a demonstrative pronoun is to 
point out the relative position of the object to which it refers. 
Of these there are three : 

biefer, this (pointing to something near at havd) ; 

jener, that (indicating something remote^ ; 

ter, this or that (referrmg to things in either position). 



OBSERVATIONS OK THE DEMONSTRATIVES. § 62. 3l7 

(2) 2^iefcr and jener are declined after the Old form of ad- 
jectives : thus, 







Slnr/ular. 


Plural. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Xeut. 


For all genders. 


N. 


bicUT, 


biefe, 


biefey (tie§), this : 


blefe, these. 


G. 


tiefec, 


biefcr, 


bicfe^, of this ; 


tiefcr, of these. 


D. 


biefem, 


biefcr, 


biefem, to this ; 


blcfcn, to these. 


A. 


biefen, 


bicfe, 


biefee (ricc), this ; 


biefe, these. 





Masc. 


FeiP. 


yeut 


Js'. 


ber, 


bic. 


bas, this or that ; 


G. 


be§, 


bcr, 


be§, of this or that ; 


D. 


bem, 


bt% 


bem, to this or that ; 


A. 


ben, 


bte, 


la^, this" or that ; 



(3) ^Ter, Tvhen used in connection Tvith a noim, is iiiiiected 
(like the definite article) thus : 

Singular. Plural. 

For all genders. 
bie, these or those, 
bcr, of these or those. 
ben, to these or those. 
rie, these or those. 

(4) AVhen used absolutely, that is. to represent a substan- 
tive, it stands thtis : 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Fern. Xeut. For all genders. 

X. ber, bie, ba5 ; bte. 

G. beffen (be^), beren (ber), reiTen (te^) ; beren. 

D. bem, ber, b?ni ; benen. 

A. ben, bie, baa ; bie. 

§ 62. 0ESERVATI0^-S ON THE DEMONSTRATH-EP. 

(1) The neuters biefec (contract form btes), jenec and ba§, 
are, like ea (§134. 1.) employed with verbs, without distinc- 
tion of gender or number : thus, biel ift ein 2)tann, this is a 
man ; bieg ]lnb 'I'Zenfdien, these are men ; jmi§ iH eine ^xaii, 
that is a woman ; 6zc. 

(2) 5^iefer, when denoting immediate proximity, signifies 
"this ;" as, in bicfer 5BeIt ift nlles i^erganghcfi, in this world all 
is transitoiy. More generally, however, it answers in use to 
^•tkat." ^ener always denotes greater remoteness than biefet, 



318 DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. § 63. 

and signifies '-'thoA^' '•'yon'' '•'yonder ;" as, jener <Stem ijt fautn 
ficf)t6ar, that (or yonder) star is hardly visible. 

3ener and bicfer, when employed to express contrast or com- 
parison, often find their equivalents in the English expressions 
''the former ' — '"the latter ;" "that, that one" — -'this, this one." 

(3) The demonstrative ber, bie, ba§, is distinguishable from 
the article, with which it is identical in form, by being uttered 
with greater emphasis, as in the following example : b er 3}^ann 
^at e§ gefagt, nicf}t jener, thu man has said it, not that one. 

(4) The form bef is chiefly found in compounds ; as, be§' 
iregen, on this account. 

(5) Sometimes ber is, for the sake of greater clearness, 
employed in place of a possessive : as, er malte feinen 35ettcr 
Hiib beffen @o^n, he pamted his cousin and hk son ; literally, 
and the s(m of this one, i. e. the cousin's son. 

(6) The pronouns, both demonstrative and determinative, 
are frequently made more intensive by the particle c^en, even ; 
very : eben biefe ^Blume, this very flower ; eBen ba3 ^inb, that 
same child ; ebeit berfelBe, the very same. 

§ 63. Determinative Pronouns. 

(1) The pronouns of this class are commonly set down 
among the demonstratives. Their distinctive feature, however, 
is that of being used where an antecedent is to be limited by 
a relative clause succeeding, and so rendered more or less pro- 
minent or emphatic : thus, ber, treldf)er flug ^anbelt, l^erbient So^, 
he (that man) who acts wisely, deserves praise. From this 
use thev derive the name determinative. They are 

ber, that • that one ; he ; 

berjenige, that ; that person (^strongly determinative) ; 

berfeI6e, * the same (denoting identity') ; 

felbiger, the same (seldom used) ; 

fclrfier, such (marhnig similarity of kind or nature). 

(2) $Der, when used in connection with a noun, is declined 
like the demonstrative ber ; that is, like the definite article : * 

* WTiere two words precede, either of which iniglit be taken for the ante- 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. § 64. 



319 



when used ahsolutehj, it differs from the demonstrative bcr on- 
ly in the genitive plural : tiiking b e r e r instead of b e r e n. 

(3) ^crjcni^e and berfclbc are compounded of ber and the 
parts ieuigc and [eI6e respectively. In declining, both parts of 
each must be intlected ; i)er, like the article, and jcnige and felBe 
after the New form of adjectives : thus, 







Singula)-. 




Plural 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neul, 


For all genders. 


N. 


bcrjenigc, 


blejenigc, 


baojenige ; 


bieieuigen. 


G. 


be^jeniijcn, 


berjeuiijen, 


besjcnigeii; 


berienigen. 


D. 


bemienigeit, 


berjenij^en, 


bcmjenigen ; 


benjenigcn. 


A. 


benjeniijen, 


bieienige, 


basjenige ; 


bieienigen. 



(4) 8et6iger, ©et&ige, (SelBlgeS and (Soldier, Seiche, (Sclc^eg, 
are declined after the Old form of adjectives ; the latter, 
however, when the indefinite article (cirt, elite, ein) precedes, 
takes the Mixed form : * thus, 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

K ein foIdE)er, f eine fclc^e, ein [cld^eS, such a. 

G. eineg [eleven, einer fo(rf)en, eine § fold) en, of such a. 

D. einem [eleven, einer [eleven, elnem fold^en, to such a. 

A. einen folc^en, eine foldje, ein fold;e6, such a, 

§ 64. Relative Pronouns. 

(1) The proper office of a relative pronoun is to i-epresent 
an antecedent word or phrase ; but, while so doiiig, it serves 
also to connect the different clauses of a sentence. The Rela- 
tives in German are these : 



cedent of a personal pronoun of the third person, bcrfelbf is used to prevent 
doubt: thus, ^el• i^atcr fdnico fi'iiu'in 5chiic, ba-iVIOc niiiffc itarf) Voll^olI vciftit, 
the father wrote the son, that he (teifilLu-, the last one named, i. e the son) 
must set out for London. 

* When I'iu comes after folcf;er, the latter is not inflected at all ; as, folc^ 
eia 2J^um, such a man. 

^ t Nearly synonymous with (2oKf,fv are the words, be^i^Iclcfeen, rievrtleiiten, 
ffiiie5j}leici)eii, tinf§i\tcid)i'n, all which are indeclinable ; as, iit babe fetiien Um= 
fliiHi] nut t'CVi^lftd^cii ?eiit^ii, I have no inf^rcourse with such people. 2Ber 
imtec eucfe \^ feineo3Ut4>en ? Who among you is his equal 1 



520 OBSERVATIONS ON THE RELATIVES. % 65. 

SQeld^er, who, which. 

5Der, that. 

5Ber, who, he who, or that, or she who. 

(go, * which, (nearly obsolete, and indechnable.) 

(2) SSetd^er is declined after the Old form ; thus, 

Singular. PluraL 

Masc. Fern. Neuf. For all genders. 

N. trefc^er, tcd^t, trelc^eS; n^et^e, who, which. 

G. tt>elc!)e6, trelcher, h:>elc^e6 ; ireldjer, of whom, whose. 

D. ipelc^em, ireld)er, ri>etd)cm ; trelc^em, to whom, to which. 

A. ti?elcf;en, treld^e, rrelcf^e^ ; ii^eld^e, whom, which. 

(3) 5)er is declined, thus : 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. For all genders. 

N. ber, bie, ba§ ; bte, that, who, which. 

G. beffen, beren, bcffen; bercn, of whom, or which, whose. 

D. bem, ber, bem ; benen, to whom, or which. 

A. ben, ble, ba0 ; bie, that, who, which. 

(4) SSer stands thus : 

Singular, Plural, 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

N. trer,t ^er, tra§; ^-1 ^ 

G. ireffen (or h?ef,) treffen (or hjcf ,) h^ef; ^- y s 

D. ix^em, trem, wanting-^ D. j ?3\ 

A. men, iren, ttaB-, A.J --§ 



§ 65. Observations on the Relatives. 

(1) Of the pronouns declined above, trelc^er, h:>el(!)e^ 
h?elrf;c§, is the only one that can be used in conjunction with 
a noun, after the manner of an adjective : thus, wddjtx dJlann^ 

* © is really an adverb xised as a relative. 

t QScv has no plural, but like " o-?, '' is sometimes used before plural verbs. 
Example : 3Scr fln^ M'efc *2cure y Who are this people 1 

t This dative is supphed by an adverbial compound ; as, n.u'^jit. (ivo-f- ui) 
whereto, or to which. SBoniir, where-with; with v^rhat, njosoii, whereof/of 
what, &LC. 



OBSERVATIONS ON THE RELATIVES. § 65. 321 

which man ; (not tctx D}2auu ;) and, except ^vhen so joined with 
a noun, the genitive (both Sing, and Plural) of irelcfjer is never 
used, but, in place of it, the corresponding parts of ber; that 
is, beiJen, bercn, beffcn, for the Singular, and bcrcn, for the plural; 
as, ber 'DLtuu, bcffeu (not irc(dice) S^reinib id) bin, the man, 
whose friend I am ; bie --Baume, beren (not n?eld)er) '-Bli'it^cn a6* 
gcfadcn |inb, the trees whose blossoms have fallen off. 

(2) ^tx, bie, "QCiQ, as a relative, like the English Avord that, 
is used as a sort of substitute for the regular relative. Thus 
(See obs. next above) its genitive is employed in place of that 
of tr cl d) e r, because the genitive of the latter, (h.^eIc^eS, meld}er, 
tv>dd)iQ,) being the same in form as the nominative masc. and 
neuter, might occasion mistake. So after the pronouns of the 
first and second person, (and of the third, when used for the 
second.,) tretc^er is never employed, but ber, thus: 

5d), ber id)* t6n fa^, I, who saw him, 

^\i, ber bu * KUy fegnejl, thou, who blessest us. 

5Sir, bie vo'xx ^ ^ter ijerfammert finb, we, who are here as- 
sembled. 
36r, bie i^r* euer Q^atcrfanb lie6t, ye, who love your 

country. 
Sie, bie 3ie* mir 6ctftimmten, ye, who agreed with 

me. 
3)er, bie, '\iO,%, after fold^er, is equivalent to the English *'a.s" : 
thus, fold)e, bie an SSaunien ti^adifl, such as grows on trees. 

(3) 2B er, Vo<Xi>, is an indefinite relative employed where- 
over anv uncertainty exists about the antecedent : thus, f ounen 
(Bie mir fagen, trer biefeS getban t^at ? Can you tell me, luho has 
done this? 3c^ nnnB rtidit, n?a5 er fagte, I do not know, vjhat 
he said. 

(4) Often n:er, rcas, has at once the force of both a rela- 
tive and an antecedent ; as, tuer auf bem 2Bege ber ^iitgenb irau* 



* In each case, it will be noted, the personal pronoun is repeated after the 
relative. In translating, of course the pronoun repeated, is to be omitted ; or 
the order of the words being reversed xi) fvv, instead of ^a• i* the rendering 
may be : I, I who saw, &c. It must be added, that, when the pronoun is not 
repeated, the verb will be in the third person and in agreement with the re- 
lative: as, tu trarjl e^, ter es irrir ^aq,ti. thou wast the one, that told me so. 



322 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. § 66. 

belt, ift glucflic^, he that walks in the path of virtue, is happy; 
Un:§ gered)t ift, i?erbient ?c0, ivhat, or that which is right, de- 
serves praise. 

(5) 5Ber always begins a clause or sentence and never 
comes after the word which it represents ; it> a § nia}^, or may 
not begin a clause, and may or may not come after its proper 
antecedent : thus, irer tti^t ^oren iriU, bcr rnuj^ fuf)ten, he who 
will not hear, must feel ; id) fage, \va^ ic^ treif, I say what I 
know ; alleS, ti^aS id) gefe^en ^aBe, all that I have seen ; ira0 
gered)t ift, l^erbicnt £oB, what is right, deserves praise. 

The form \v e f occurs in the compounds IxieJVDegen, tre^fjalB, 
on which or what account. 

(6) SBelc^er, -c, -e§, is often employed as an indefinite 
adjective pronoun. See Lesson 36. I. 

§ QQ. Interrogative Pronouns. 

(1) The interrogative pronouns, that is, those used in ask- 
mg questions, are 

irer, tt)aS ? who ? what ? 
treld^er ? Avho ? which ? 
hjaS fiir ein ? what sort of a ? 

(2) They are the same in form, as the relatives ; or rather 
the relatives themselves employed in a different w:ay. QSer, 
tt)a§, and iretc^er, irelc^c, ireld)e§, are dechned just as when they 
are relatives, except that it?eld)er, -e, -e§, when interrogative 
never adopts the genitive of ber. 

(3) 2Bcr and U^aS {ivho ? what ?) can never be joined with 
a noun. They are used when the question is put in a manner 
general and indefinite. SSeld^er, li>eld)e, Ircld^eS, on the other 
hand, has a more definite reference, and may be employed ad- 
jectively : thus, ireldjer ^Jlawn ? which man ? &c. 

(4) 5Sa§ fiir cin (literally, what for a?) is a form used in 
inquiring as to the Jcind, quality or species of a thing : as, tra0 
fiir ein OJJann ? what sort of a man ? ira^ fiir eine i^rau ? what 
sort of a woman ? ti^aS fiir ein .^inb ? what kind of a child ? 

(5) The only part of tra^ fiir cin, capable of inflection, is 
ein ; which, when the thing referred to in the question, is ex- 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


K 


iraS fur ein, 


cine, 


t'm-^ 


G. 


lva§ fur eineS, 


einer, 


eineg ; 


D. 


li\"i5 fiir eincni, 


einer, 


einem : 


A. 


IT a 5 fiir em en, 


eine, 


ein ; 



VERBS. § G7. § 68. 323 

pressed, takes the form of the indefinite article : when it is left 
understood, cin is inflected like an adjective of the Old form. 
The plural, in both cases, omits the article, and stands simply 
thus, ft? a 5 fiir. 

(6) 33a0 fiir ein, loith a substantive. 

Singular. Plural, 

For all genders, 
h?a^ fiir, what sort of ? 
ft^a§ fiir, of what sort of? 
ira§ fur, to what sort of? 
n?a0 fiir, what sort of ? 

(7) 2Ba0 fiir cin ivithout a substantive. 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Fern, Neut. For all genders. 

N. nm§ fiir einer, eine, dm§) ; ira§ fiir. 

G. ft)a§ fiir eine^, einer, eine^ ; tDae fiir. 

D. traS fiir einem, einer, einem ; n?a6 fiir. 

A. ft)a§ fiir einen, eine, eine§ ; tra§ fiir. 

§ 67. Observations. 

(1) Observe further that ein, in traS fur ein, is sometimes 
omitted in the singular, especially before words denoting ma- 
terials as, n?a§ fiir ^tVi%, what sort of stuff ? n?ag fiir 5Bein, 
what kind of wine ? 

(2) That ft?a§ fiir ein, and also irelrf) (that is, h^etc^er, with- 
out the terminations of declension) are occasionally employed 
in expressions of surprise or wonder ; as, ft)a§ fiir ein 9)?ann, 
or, ftjeld) ein 9i)Zann ! what a man ! 

(3) That ira^ is sometimes used for trarum : thus, ira3 
fd^Icigft bu micf) ? why strikest thou me ? 

§ 68. VERBS. 

(1) A verb is that part of speech which defines the condi- 
dition of a subject ; that is, shows whether it acts, is acted 
upon or merely exists. 



824 PARTICIPLES. § 69. 

(2) In respect to form, verbs are either regular or irregu- 
lar ; simple or compound ; all which will be more fully explained 
hereafter. 

(3) In respect to meaning, verbs are active transitive, active 
intransitive, passive, neuter, reflexive, or impersonal. These 
terms have in German the same general signification which they 
have in English. Their application will, however, more large- 
ly appear in subsequent sections. 

(4) The German, like the English verb, has its moods, ten- 
ses, numbers, persons and participles. 

(5) There are five moods : viz : the Indicative, the Sub- 
junctive, the Conditional *, the Imperative and the Infinitive. 

(6) There are six tenses : viz : the Present, the Imperfect, 
the Perfect, the Pluperfect, the first Future and the second 
Future. 

(7) These names (the names both of the moods and tenses) 
designate in German, just the same things as do the correspon- 
ding ones in English. For their general signification, see the 
paradigms on the pages following ; for more particular expla- 
nation of their uses, see the Syntax. 

§ 69. Participles. 

(1) There are three Participles : viz : the Present, which 
terminates in enb and answers in signification to the English 
participle in ing; as, Io6 e n b , praism^. 

(2) The Perfect, which, besides prefixing in most cases the 
augment ge ends in verbs of the Old Form, in en or n, and 
in those of the New Form, in et or t ; and has a meaning cor- 
respondent to our participle in eel ; as, getragen (ge + tcag-f-vU) 
Qdixned; gelobct (ge+ioB-j-et) praiseti. 



* This (the Conditional) is made up of the Imperfect Subjunctive of the 
auxiliary verb iv e v ^ c it, (which see) and the Present and Perfect Infinitive 
of another verb. It is used to denote what is, also often denoted by the Sub- 
junctive, (Imperfect and Pluperfect) namely, a sujyposed condition of things, 
i. e. possibility without actuality By some it is treated as a distinct mood : 
by others, it is made to consist of two tenses : its tise (which see more at large 
in the Syntax) is the same in both views. 



AUXILIARY VERBS. § 70. 325 

(3) The Future^ which is produced by prefixing the par- 
ticle i\\ (to) to the form of the Present Participle, (Io6cnb) 
thus, ju tcbcnb, which means to-be-jjraised, that is praisewortJuj . 

(4) The Particle ® e mentioned above, as being generally 
prefixed to the perfect participle, was originally designed, it 
would seem, to indicate comjjleted action. It is commonly 
accounted merely euphonic, or at most intensive. The instan- 
ces in which it is altogether omitted, are these : 

First : in the case of all verbs compounded with inseparable 
prefixes ; (See § 94.) as, tjele^rt, (not geBele(;rt) informed : 

Second : in the case of verbs from foreign languages, which 
make the infinitive in irett or icren: as, ftiibirt, (from j^u* 
biren), studied ; instead of geftubirt : 

Third: in the case of the verb ir crbert, when joined as 
an auxiliary to another verb: as, id) Vin geloBt irorbett, (not 
gcirorbcn) I have been praised. 

§ 70. Auxiliary Verbs. 

(1) In German the auxiliary verbs are usually divided into 
two classes. 

(2) The first class consists of three verbs, without which 
no complete conjugation can be formed. They are i)abm, to 
have, fein, to be, and irerben, to become. These verbs, though 
chiefly employed as auxiliaries, are often themselves in the con- 
dition of principal verbs. In that case, they aid one another 
in the formation of the compound tenses. A glance at the 
paradigms will show, how this is done. 

(3) As auxiliaries, these three verbs enter into the composi- 
tion of the compound tenses, active and passive, of all classes 
of verbs. 

(4) t§ a 6 e n is used in forming the perfect, plupeifect and 
second future tenses in the active voice: thus, from JeBen, to 
praise, we have 

Perf. icE) I) a 6 e geloBt, I have praised. 

Plup. id) i^jOiiit gelobt, I had praised. 

2. Fut. idb trerbe geloSt ^ aB e n, I shall have praised. 



326 REMARKS ON THE USE OF i^obtTX AND feiU. § 71. 

(5) Sein is used in forming the perfect, pluperfect and 
second future tenses, both in the active and passive ; thus, from 
loBen, to praise and tvad)\m, to grow. 

Active. Passive. 

Perf. id^ ]& i n geirac()fen, id^ B t n geloBt irorben, 

I have * grown. I have * been praised. 

Plup. id) tr^ ax geiradjfen, id) \Dax gelobt tforben, 
I had grown. I had been praised. 

2. Fut. id) tperbe getcac^fen fetn, id) trerbe gelc6t ii^orben f ein, 
I shall have grown. I shall have been praised. 

(6) 5S erben is used in forming the future tenses and the 
conditionals f : thus, from loBen, to praise, we have 

Futures. Conditionals. 

1 . id) it? e r b e loBcn, id) to ii r b e toBcn, 

I shall praise. I would praise. 

2. id> ixurbc getoBt ^aBen, id)tx)itrbe geloBt ^aBen, 

I shall have praised. I should have praised. 

§ 71. Remarks on the use of ^aBen and fein. 

(1) As the Perfect and Pluperfect tenses of verbs must be 
conjugated, sometimes Avith '^ a^ t\\ and sometimes with fein, 
it becomes important to know lohen to use the one and when 
the other. The determination of this question depends chiefly 
upon the signification of the main verb. The general rules 
are these : 

(2) «§aBctt is to be used in conjugating all active transitive 
verbs, all reflective verbs, all impersonal verbs, all the auxiliaries 



* It will be noticed here, that wherever, in the formation of these tenses, 
any part of f c i n occurs, it is Englished by the corresponding part of the verb 
\) a b c 11 : thus, id) b i ii gen)ac{)fen, I have grown, &c. This grows out of the 
necessity of suiting the translation to our language, which in these places re- 
quires the verb have. 

t It is, also, employed with the perfect participle of a principal verb, to form 
the Passive voice ; (See §84). Note, also, above that n)cr^e and Juiirbc. 
are rendered by their equivalents 'shall and should) in the conjugation of 
the Enghsh verb. 



REMARKS ON THE USE OF f)ahm AND fclu. § '71. 327 



of tlie second class (viz. bitrfeii, fonnen, luogcn, n^cllen, foUen, 
inuffcn and uiffcn), and mani/ intramitives. 

(3) (Sciit is to be used in conjugating all intransitives, sig- 
jpifying a change of the condition of the subject ; as, gebei^en, 
to prosper ; gcnefen, to recover ; reifen, to ripen ; fdjUnnben, 
to dwindle ; fterBen, to die ; all those indicating motion towards 
or from a place ; eilen, to hasten ; gef)en, to go ; reiten, to ride ; 
finfen, to sink ; and, also, all verbs in the passive voice. 

(4) Some verbs take, in the formation of these tenses, 
either Ijabtn or fein, according as they are employed in one 
sense or in another. This, however, will be best understood 
by practice in reading and speaking. The following are ex- 
amples : 



^r ift in feincm neucii 2Bagcn 

fortgefa^ren. 
^yidn ^ruber tjat fortgefa^ren 

beiitfrf; 511 lefen. 
5Dag 3Baffer ift gefrcrcn. 
5Den armen Tlann ^at e§ in 

bem fatten 3inuuer gefroren. 
®ie S^I^rcinen [tub iikr bte 2Qan= 

gen geronnen. 
©aS @efn|5 'i)at geronnen. 
5Da6 (5(f)iff ift auf einen j^'d^ 

fen geftofen. 
©a§ ^ScU ijat ben ^onlg l^om 

Sftrcne geftcfen. 
Xa§ Sd)iff ift an§ Ufer ge* 

trieOen. 
^er ^aum hat mm 3it)eige 

gettie6en. 



He has driven off in his new 

carriage. 
My brother has proceeded to 

read German. 
The water is (has) frozen. 
It has chilled the poor man 

in the cold room. 
The tears have flowed over 

the cheeks. 
The vessel has leaked. 
The ship has struck upon a 

rock. 
The people have thrust the 

king from the throne. 
The ship has been driven up- 
on the shore. 
The tree has shot forth new 

branches. 



328 



PAEADIGMS OF THE AUXILIARIES 



72. PAEADIGMS OF THE AUX- 

(1) 6>abcn, 



IXDICATIYE. 



PEESEXT T 

id) bo.bc, 

ei- bat, 
mv baSfu, 
tnr baber, 
fte tjabeii, 



I have, 
thou hast, 
he has. 
we have, 
you have, 
they have. 



^u battcfi, 
er battc, 
iviv barren, 
ibr baiter, 
fte barren, 



DIPERFECT TE^'SE. 

I had. 
thou hadst. 
he had. 
we had, 
you had. 
thev had. 



PERFEC: 

id) babe ^ 

Ml bafl i _. 

ci- bat I -^ 

roiv babcn \% 

:b;- babct i ^ 

Uf babeii J 



: TENSE. 

I have had. 
thou hast had. 
he has had. 
we have had. 
you have had. 
thev have had. 



PLUPERFECT TEXSE. 



tit batte 1 
Ml battefl i 
er batre 



iviv Datteii 
ibv baitet 
ne bartfii 



y^ 



I had had. 
thou hadst had. 
he had had. 
we had had. 
you had had. 
thev had had. 



FIRST FUTURE TEXSE. 



Du uuril I ^ 

er an lb \^ 

ibv irerbet j "" 

ne iverteu J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



ic^ went ^1 = 
Ml ivirft i -5 
er anii? {^ 
trir ifcrben ; :s 
ibr ffercet : ^ 
fte rcerten ) ^ 



I shall 1 _ 
thou wilt ; s 
he x^-ill ( - 
we will ' « 
you will ' ^ 
they will J "^ 



SUBJUXCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE 

id) b<-\be, 
Dii babeft, 
er babe, 
luir babeu, 
idr babet, 
m bao^w, 



I may have, 
thou mayst have, 
he may have, 
we may have. 
you may have. 
they mav have. 



niPERFECT TENSE. 

id) ba tte, I might have. 

::u batreft, thou^mightst have. 

er rarre, he migh^ have, 

ivtr b.irteii, we might have. 

ibr barret, you might have. 

]k barren, they might have. 



ieb babe 
Ml babeft 
er babe 
iinr babcn 
tor babcr 
ne t:aben 



PERFECT TENSE. 

") I may have had, 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



I raisht have had, 



I shall have, 
thou will have, 
he will have, 
we shall have, 
you will have, 
they ^vill have. 



id) bcitte "1 
Ml l>.itteil I _- 
er haire I « 
v^nv batten \-^ 
ibr batten | "= 
ne batten J 



FLRST FUTTJEE TENSE. 



(if) I shall have. 



tcfc rocibe 1 
bn irerbefl | _~ 
er iuerbe ij 
u'ir luevbeK ; ^ 
ibr iivrbct I 
lie a'rr^en J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



, id) WixH 1 = 

j fn merbejl \ >| 
i er ivert'e I ^ 
! tvir annben f :S 
! ibr n?erbet ] ^ 
; ite luerben J 5= 



(if) I shall have 
had, &c. 



OF THE FIRST CLASS. § 72. 

ILIARIES OF THE FIRST CLASS. 
to hayc. 



329 



CONDITIONAL. IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 



FIRST FUTXniE. 

t(^ iviirbe "^ ^ 

bu HM'irbcfl I _. rt 

ev jviivte ( ^ ^ o 

unr luiirbcu (^ 's^ 

tbr tuiirbct | "^ ^ 

fte roih-ben J ^ 

SECO^^D FUTURE. 

trf) unUbe 1 = > 
bii univbeft I ^ ^ p 
cv UMirbe l-= 2^ 
xi>i\- njiirbeit is s-T 
tbr iinivbft I S, J^ 
fie n)iUben J o iJ 



PRESENT TENSE 

1. loanting 
I. btibc Ml, 

have thou. 
3. luibe cv, 

let him have. 

1. l-abeii ivii-, 
let us have. 

2. baber itu-, 
have ye or you. 

3. luibeii fte, 

let them have. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

[)abcn, to have. 



PRESENT. 

babeiib, having. 



PERFECT TENSE, 

geljabt baben, 
to have had 



FIRST FUTURE. 

f)abeu n,^crbcn, 
to be about to 
have. 



PERFECT. 

s^e^abl", had. 



330 



PARADIGMS OF THE AUXILIARIES § 72. 

(2) (^eitt, 



INDICATIVE. 



tc^ bill, 
Ml bi]i, 
ev tft, 

mx ft lib, 

{it ftnt', 



PRESENT TENSE. 

I am. 
thou art. 
he is. 
we are. 
you are. 
they are. 



tci) ttjar, 
cu itnivf^, 
er aniv, 
iiMV amren 
tbr luaver, 
\it tt)areu. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

I was. 
thou wast, 
he was. 
we were, 
you were, 
they were. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



t(^ bill 
bu btft 
ev tft 
im'r fiiib 
tbr feib 
fie finb 



1 



I have been, 
thou hast been, 
he has been, 
we have been, 
you have been, 
they have been. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



id) tttav 
Ml luavfi 
ev n.mv 
luiv univcii 
ibv HHivet 
fie Jvaveii 



>f 



I had been, 
thou hadst been, 
he had been, 
we had been, 
you had been, 
they had been. 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall be. 
thou wilt be. 
he will be. 
we shall be. 
you will be. 
they will be. 



ict) n.Kvbe 1 
bii iinvft i 
ev wiib J 3 
unv a>erbcn f <H. 
tbr ivcvbet 1 
fie irevben J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



ifb VDfvbe 1 3" 
bii luivft I iE 
cv U'ivb [ ^ 
miv iverben \S. 
ibv n^evbet | g 
fie ttjettcti J ^ 



I shall 1 ^ 
thou wilt I C 
he will [ ^ 
we shall f <v 
you will I rt 
they will j '^ 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



id) fd, 
bu feiefl, 
ev fei, 
wiv feien, 
ibv fi'iet, 
fie feien, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

I may be. 
thou mayst be. 
he may be. 
we may be. 
you may be. 
they may be. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tcp luare, 
bu iiuiveft, 
ev wave, 
lyiv Uiarcii, 
ibv uuivct, 
fie iuciven, 



I might be. 
thou mightst be. 
he might be. 
we might be. 
you might be. 
they might be. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



i^ fet 
bu feifi 
ev fei 
anv feien 
iiix fetet 
fte feien 



I may have been, 
&c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



id) u^cive 
Ml luiiveft 
ev_ auive 
anv auiveu 
ibv auivet 
fit w'dxai 



] I might have been, 

I n &c. 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



(if) I shall be, &c. 



id) aievbe 1 
bu a1ev^eft | 
ev aH-v^e ',3 
mx mevbcn ; tE 
ihv lyevtet ! 
]k Wixttn J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



id) a^evi>e 1 _= 
bu aKVbeft I 'S. 
ev a^evbe '1 jj 
anv a^evben \S. 
ibv a^evbet | 2 
fie asevben J «, 



(if) I should have 
been, &c. 



OF THE FIRST CLASS. § 72. 



331 



to be. 



CONDITIONAL. 



IMPERATIVE. 



INFINITIVE. 



PARTICIPLE. 





FIRST FUTURE. 


td) 


triivbe "] 




oT 


bu 


uuivbefi 




.o 


ev 


univbe 
iviivbeii j 


^ 
c 


2c3 


n?u 


t> 


o -"^ 


tbr 


tvitrbet 




'm 


fte 


unirben J 




^ 


SECOND FUTURE. 


tcb 


tinivbc ) 


-- 


<o 


bii 


iiniibefl i 


i- 




CI- 


tviivbe ! 




nuc n>iivben ( 


■^ 


5 r 


tt)i 


«)UVt>ft 1 


^ 


-=« 



PRESENT TENSE. 

1. wanting. 
■>. hi bii, 

be thou. 
3. fet ev, 

let him be. 

1. feieii mx, 
let us be. 

2. fcib tt)r, 
be ye.^ 

3. fticit fte, 

let them be. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

fetn, to be. 



PRESENT. 

fetenb, being. 



PERFECT TENSE, 

geraefcn fetn, 
to have been. 



PERFECT, 

geiwefen. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

'eiii ivcvben, 
to be about to be. 



fie ivuvbeu } % Z"^ 



332 



PARADIGMS OF THE AUXILIARIES § 72. 

" (3) ^iJcr&cu, 



li 



INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Mt tvtrft, 
Ci: UMlb, 
ivir lucrben, 
tl)i lvel^et, 
fie luevbeu, 



I become, 
thou becomest. 
he becomes, 
we become, 
you become, 
they become. 



tcfe tinube, 
cu univbeft, 

wii- luurben, 
it)v tinubet, 
fte tDuvbeii, 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

I became, 
thou becamest. 
he became, 
we became, 
you became, 
they became. 



i(^ bin 

Ml bift 
n- ift 
lutr ft'iib 
ibi" feib 
fte fiiib 



PERFECT TENSE 



^t 



I have become, 
thou hast become, 
he has become, 
we have become, 
you have become, 
they have become. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



er tvav ! t: 

ii'ir luaven f ^ 

it)v ivai'ct %, 

}it loaven J 



I had 1 

thou hadst | <i3 
he had I | 
we had ( ^ 
you had | -^ 
they had j 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



(i) WCVbC ^ 

Ml u^trft j j^ 
ei- unvb l^ 
luiv luevbfit f S 
tbr ivcvbet | ^ 
fte tvevbeu J 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



tcf) tvevbe 1 2 
Ml iinvft ! 5 
er iuivb 1 5 
anr luevben f -£ 
l)i- mevbct I g 
fie iverbeu J ^ 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

tc^ \ttevbe, 
bu ivevbeft, 
er werfe, 
luir it>evbeii 



ibv UHVbet, 
fie mtrben, 



I may become, 
thou mayst become, 
he may become, 
we may become, 
you may become, 
they may become. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

i6) ittiirbe, 
bii luurbcfl, 
er roiivbe, 
iwinDiivbeit, 
ibr tviivcet, 
fie wuvben, 



I might become, 
thou mightst become, 
he might become, 
we might become, 
you might become, 
they might become. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



id) fet 
bu felfi 
er fei 
ivir fcien 
ibr fetet 
]u feien 



I may have be- 
come, &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



tc| ivore 
Ml wdrefi 
er ivdre 
\uir ludren 
tt)r luciret 
fU ivdren 



I might have be- 
come, &c. 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



i<i) ttjerbc ^ 
bu uierbeft ) 
er uierbc 



(if) I shall become, 
&c. 



f»- 



n.nr iuerben , 
tbr werbet j 
fie vverbeii J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



t^ it»erbe 1 .c 
bu luerbefi | <B- 
er merbe \ z 
anr iverbeu f -2 
tbr merbet | 3 
fte tverben J ^ 



(if) I shall have 
become, &c. 



OF THE FIRST CLASS. § 72. 



333 



to become. 



CONDITIONAL. 



FmST FUTURE. 

tc^ ttjitrbe ^ i : 

bu nnivbeft i -- -^^a 

et m\xH I ^ 3 ► 

>Dtv tinivbeii f S § ^ 

tbc n5iirbet | ^ -S g 

fie wiirben J „ 

SECOND FUTURE. 

tcfe n)iirbe ) = ^ ^ 
bu ttjiirbefi \ 3. ^^-H 
er ttjiirbe I S ts oT 
trti* roiirbtn | t: "3 | 
t^i* wiivbet I I .£ « 
fie tDiirben J ^ ^-^ 



IMPERATIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

1. wanting. 
>. Jvev^c tu, 

become thou. 
3. Jucvbe ev, let 

him become. 

1. JDcvben mv, 
let us become. 

2. n.un-bet t^r, 
become ye. 

3. Jvevten fte, let 
them become. 



INFINITIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

ivcrbeii, to be- 



PERFECT TENSE. 

gctuorben fetn, 
to have become. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

mevben roerben, 
to be about to 
become. 



PARTICIPLE. 



PRESENT. 

wcrbcnb, becom- 
ing. 



PERFECT. 

geiuorbcu, become. 



S34 



SYNOPTICAL VIEW, &C. § 73. 



§ 13. SYNOPTICAL VIEW 

OF 
THE THREE TENSE AUXILIARIES. 



© e i U; to be. 


I) a b c u, to have. 


ro e r b e n, 


to become. 




INDICATIVE MOOD 






Present Tense. 




I am, 


/ have, 


/ become. 


tc& hin 
bu bifi 
cr ifl 
tvir ftnb 
ibr Ui^ 
fte ftnb. 


icb bite 

in baft 

cr bat 

tt)ir baben 

ibr babet or iiaht 

fie (jaben. 

Imperfect Tense. 


ii% twerbe 
in luirft 
cr wirb 
tvir luprben 
ibr xoniit 
fte njerbcn. 


I was, 


I had, 


/ became. 


id) tuar 

in n.nuefi (or warfi) 

er n.Htr 

ttJtr luaren 

ibr luaret (or wart) 

fte n^arcn. 


id) ^atU 
bu battefl 
er batte 
\v\v batten 
ibr battet 
fie batten. 

Perfect Tense. 


ic|) iintrbe 
bu ivuvbefl 
er Jvuvbc 
tt>ir wurben 
ibr unirbet 
fie njurbcn. 


/ have been, 


I have had, 


I have become. 


id) bin "] 
bu bifl j 

tbv feib 
fte ftnb j 


id) lahz 1 
bu baft 

ibr bibet | 
fte l)aben J 

Pluperfect Tense. 


id) hin -] 

bu bift 

er tft^ I Qchjorbert or 

luir ftnb r worben. 

ibr feib 

fte finb. 


I had been, 


I had had, 


/ had become. 


\6) n?ar ^ 

bu niareft I 

er u^ar ' j^g^g„. 

ivtr umrcu [ ^ 

ibr ivaret j 

fte jvaren j 


i(b batte ' 

in batteft 

er batte ! ^»<.«t,* 

t«ir batten I' fl'^'^^^- 

ibrbrtttet 

fte f)atten J 


id) xoav 
bu tuarefi 
er n^ar 
tt>ir waren 
ibr linnet 
fte waren 


gcttorben or 
njorben. 




First Future Tense. 




/ shall be, 


/ shall have. 


I shall become. 


icb a^erbe 
bu ivirft 
er tinvb 
tt)tr iuerben 
tbr ttjerben 
fie njerben 


■ feita. 


id) merbe 

bu wivft 

er iviib , 

iT)ir wcvSeu f b^iren. 

i^r njerbet 

fte iveiben 


id) ttjcrbe 
bu unrft 
er ivirb 
tvir rotvii 
ibr ujerbe 
fte njcrbeti 


n 
t 

• J 


• twcvbcn. ' 



SYNOPTICAL VIEW, (fec. § 73. 



335 



/shall have been. 



ict) uu-vt'e 

Ml R>tlft 

fv ivivt 
ivii iverbcu 
tbv wevi'et 
fie tucifccii 



gcwefeti 
ft ill. 



Second Future Tense. 
/ shall have had. 

id) tvin-be 1 

bii u^tvft 

eriuivt- ! []d)abt 

wix tvcrbcn ,' f)aben. 

tbv nnnbot | 

fie wtxitn J 



I shall have become, 
id) roei'bc 1 

tbv merbet 
fie njevben 



fein. 



/ may be, 

id) \(i 

bii fctcll (or feifl) 

ev fei 

tttv Ktcii (or fein) 

tt)r fttef 

fie feieii (or fein.) 



I might be, 

id) ivcire 

bu tviive)! (or luavfi) 

er roiire 

11' iv iViireu 

ibr tmiret (or tuart) 

fie iiudvcti. 

/ 7nay have been, 

id) fci 1 
bu fci)'^ I 
er fci t 
tvtr feien j ^ 
tbr fetet | 
fie feieii J 



ijewefen. 



1 might have been, 

id) tinv.e ^ 

bu tinHvefl 

er miire , 

mx iravcn ^ fl^^^^f*^"- 

ibr jvnrct 

fie lunreii 



ti J 



(//) I shall be 
id) a'fvbe 
bu iverb?ft 
cr lvel^e 
ivit n3?rbe» 
i^r werbet 
fie wetben j 



■ fein. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present Tense. 
I may have, 

ic^ t)abc 
bu babefi 
er babe 
tinv baben 
ibr biibet 
fie b^iben. 

Imperfect Tense. 

I might have, 
ii) batte 
bu barteft 
er biittc 
iriv batten 
ibr bSttet 
fie Bafieu. 

Perfect Tense. 
I may have had, 
id) brtbc 



bu babeft 
er biibe 
wir b^ben 
ibr babet 
fie brtben 



gebabt. 



Pluperfect Tense. 

/ might have had, 

id) bcitte ~) 

bu battcft 1 

er bcifte f , . , 

itnv bcitten ,!- S^^-"*^^- 



ibr battet 



mr iHiiu'i 1 
fie bvitteu J 



First Future Tense. 

(If) I shall have, 
id) u^erbe 
bu werbcft 
cr werbe 
toir ivcrbeu 
ibr \rerbet 
fie werben 



babeu. 



Imay become, 

i^ iverbe 
iw werbefl 
cr raerbe 
tnir werben 
ibr luerbet 
fie luerben. 



7 might become. 
id) unirbe 
bu jviirbeft 
er luiirbe 
tinr it^tivoen 
t_bv iyiivbet 
fie roiirbeit. 



Imay have become, 

id) [ei 



bu fetft 
er fci 
mir fci en 
tl)r feiet 
fie feien 



gen^orten, 
or worben. 



I might have become, 

id) rciive 

i\\ lucirefi 

er n?are 

wix tvciren 

ibr uuiret 

fie lucireu 



getvorben, 

(ivovben.) 



{If) I shall become. 

id) U'erbe 

bu wcrbefi 

er tucrbe 

roir tvcrben 

ibr n)er^et 

fie njcvben. j 



Werben, 



336 



SY>-OPTICAL VIEW, (fec. § 73. 



Seco>T) FuTrRE Tense. 



(//) I shall have been, 


(//) I shall have had, 


{Iflsh^U have become 


id) IV err e 1 


Ui) tvet'fe ^ 


id) n^crbe ^ 


bu mert>eft 


bu ivevbeft 1 


bu iverbeft 


ev iverfe 1 gftvefen 


ev mmz \ gebabt 


ev ivevte geivorb., 


roil- ivcrt'eii r fetn. 


rviv I'oerben } {)aben. 


ivic luerbeii f-'.ivorben} 


tbr U'crret 


t[}i- lucrbet j 


ikx wertet i feiu. 


[ie aevteii ^ 


fie iDfibeii J 


fte a^eibeu J 



/ should be, 
id) n.nivbe 1 
bu iviivbefi | 
er itjiivf e j 
IV 1 1- iviirbeu } 
tbr iviirbet j 
fie iviivben J 



fein. 



1 should have been, 
tit iviivbe ^ 
bu rviubefi { 
er iviirbe I 
irtv rviirbeu \ 
tbr jviivbet i 
fte Jvuvben j 



gen.-'fieu 
fein. 



CONDITIONAL. 

First Coneitional 
7 should have, 

tc6 tviivbe 



\ bab. 



bu iviivbevi 
ev rciirbe 
tvir O'iirbcu 
ibr wiivbet | 
fte wiivben J 

Second Co>-ditional 
I should have had. 
tc& jviivbe ^ 
bu rviirbeji 
ev nnivbe 



y 



ibr tviirtct ', 
fte iviirbfu J 



beu. 



/ should become 
id) univbe 
bu ivurbcji 
er wiirbe 
jvir iviirben 
ibr iviivbft 
fie wiirben , 



trerbeiu 



I should have become 

id) U-nirbf ^ 

bu iviirbeft j 

er witrbe ( 

tvir UM'irbfU ,' 

ibr iviivbet j 

fie wiivbeu J 



qeivorben 

(n? or ben) 

feitt. 



DIPERATIVE 3I00D. 



Be thou, 

wanting, 

fci bu 

fet, er, fte or C? 

feieu ivir 

feib ibr 

feieu fte. 



PRESE^^: Tense. 
Have thou, 
wanting, 

ho.hi bu 

Ijabi cr, fte or ei 
baben roir 
haUt ibr 
l^abm fie. 



Becoine thou, 
wanting. 

iverte bu 

iverbe er, fte or c« 
ivctbeu tvic 
jverbct ibr 
t»erbeu fie. 



to be, 

fein. 

to have been, 
gettefenfetiL 

to be about to be, 
fetn iBetben, 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Prese^'t Te^-se. 
to have, 
!)abeii. 

Perfect TE^'SE. 
to have had, 
gef)abt l)ah(P.. 

FuTrRE Tense. 
to be about to hat>e, 
habm mcrbett. 



to become. 

trerben. 

to have become. 

genjovben fein. 

to be about to lecomt- 

mctben tticrbett. 



JLUXIUARIES OF THE SECOND CLASS. § T4. 337 



being, 



(jewefen. 



PARTICIPLES. 




Present. 
having, 


becoming, 
aecbent). 


Perfect. 




had, 
Qef)abt. 


become, 
gctworDcn. 



S 74. AUXILIAKIES OF THE SECOND CLASS. 

(1) The second Class of auxiliaries embraces the following: 

5* mag, I am allowed ; (may :) 3di barf, I am permitted ; I dare. 

3cb trill, I will ; (purpose ;) ^(b mup, I am obliged; (must) 

3ct> fcU, I am obliged ; (shall ;)' 3* tajfe, I let, 
3d^ fann, I am able ; (can ;) 

(2) These verbs are, for the most part, very irregular in conjuga- 
tion, and serve simply the purpose of modifying with the ideas of 
liberty, possibility, or necessity, other verbs ; which latter are in that 
case required to be in the infinitive mood ; thus er mag lact^^n, he 
may (has permission to) laugh ; icb fann fu?Tei6en, I can (am able to) 
write ; where lactvn and fcbreiteu are both in the infinitive, governed 
respectively by mag and ! a n it. 

(3) In the perfect and pluperfect tenses, however, the past par- 
ticiple of these verbs is used only, when the principal verb is not ex- 
pressed. Its place is supplied, in such cases, by the infinitive, the 
translation of course being the same in either case, as : 

3* ^a6e ii)n febeii tcnmn (instead of gefcunt) ; 

I have been able to see him. 
(Sr fjat irarten miiiTen (instead of gemupt) ; 

he was obliged to wait. 
SDlan 6atte iibcv if)ti lacbeu mcgen (instead of gemccfct) ; 

one might have laughed at him. 
Qx i)CLt bem 93efef)le nid^t gef^crd^en ircEen (instead of getooUt) ; 

he has not been willing to obey the command. 
3d) haht fein ©efieimnin aMiTen biirfen (instead of geburft) ; 

I have been allowed to know his secret. 
<gie ^dtte es ximn fcUeu (instead of gefotlt) ; 

she oughl' to have done it 



2f38 CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. $ 75. 

<Sie l^aBen i^n ge^en laf en (instead of getaffen) ; 
they have suffered him to go. 

For a full display of the forms of these verbs * and for further 
remarks on their uses, see the Section on the Mixed Conjugation 
§83. 



§ 15, Conjugation of Yerbs. 

(1) There are two conjugations of verbs : the Old and the New. 
The difference between them lies mainly in the mode of forming the 
Imperfect Tense and the Perfect Participle. 

(2) The verbs of the Old form are commonly denominated ^'Ir- 
regular Verbs.'' But, as nearly all the primitive verbs in the lan- 
guage are conjugated in tliis way, and few, except the derivative 
verbs (now the larger class), ever assume the other form, it is the 
custom of the best German grammarians to adopt the classification 
which we have given. This will occasion no confusion or incon- 
venience to those who prefer the common classification : since it is 
only necessary to remember that the things are the same, though the 
names have been changed. 

(3) In order to afford the ready means of comparing the tcrmu 
national differences between the Old and the New forms of conjuga- 
tion, we subjoin the follo\^^.ng tabular view of the simple tenses avd 
participles, in which alone differences of this kind can exist. 

(4) In the compound tenses, the auxiliary alone being subjected 
to terminational variation, the mode 'of inflecting these tenses be- 
comes of course perfectly uniform in all classes of verbs. Hence to 
secure a complete acquaintance with the forms of the compound 
tenses, little more is necessary than a bare inspection of the panv 
digms. 



♦ Except (affcn {to let) which is not there, because it does not belong to the 
Mixed conjugation. This verb is used either in permitting or coiyimanding : 
as, id) hci'ci thn gebcn laffen, I have allowed him to go; ttt babe ion foinmm 
laffoii, I have ordered him to come, which two meanings are near akm. When 
used with a reciprocal pronoun, it has its equivalent in such phrases as, is to, 
ought to, may ; as, bas Kit^r n.t tiidit tbiiii that is not to be done ; literally^ does 
not allow itself to be done. The infinitive active after laffcii, must often be 
nanslated t^stiively. 



TERMINATIONS OF THE SIMPLE TENSES. § 76. 339 

§ V6. TERMINATIONS OF THE SIMPLE TENSES. 

Old Conjugation. Neiu Conjugation. 



INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNC. 


1 INDICATIVE. 


SLIML"NC11\ h. 


NUMB.&. PERS. 
ROOT. 

TENSE-SIGN. 
PKRS. ENDING. 


o 

z S 

o a 

b z 5 
o M 3 

a r- a. 


NUMB.& PKRS. 
ROOT. 

TENSK-SIQN. 
PERS. ENDING. 


ROOT. 
TENSE-SIGN. 

PKRS. ENDING. 






eft, ft 
et, 1 1 



— = en,n — s en 



et, t 
en, n' 



-: ( I — — ' 

5 < 2 — ^- eft, ft 
S ( 3 — .= — 



m 



e \i\ 

eftj <2 

e I (3 

i! 

en M ( 1 
et \{2 
en j^3 



eft, ft i 
et, t I 

cn.n j 
et, t 
en,n 



t or et -f e 

t or ct + eft 

t or et -j- c 

t or ct -f en 

t or et -j- et 

t or et + en 









c 


fcV 






eft 










































g 






en 


g 






et 
en 


t or 


et 


+ 


c 


: or 


et 


+ 


eft 


t or 


et 


+ 


e 



t or et -j- en 
t or et -j- ct 
t or en -}- en 



IMPERATITE. INFINIT. 



IMPERATIVE. 



INFINITIVE. 





E O z :i 
» o - a: 
z :S H - 


ROOT. 
ENDING. 


=5 

=5 
i S 


^ ^ :^ 

1 i i 


ROOT. 
ENDING. 


& 


5 > 3 _ .S' e 

=s" ( 1 — i en 
=t ^ 2 - ^ et, t 
^h - en 


— en 


(3 


— 1 ^ 

— g en 

— ^ ct, t 

— en 


— ea 




PARTICIPLES. 


PARTICIPLES 


Present. 


Perfect. 


Present. 


Perfect. 


— enb 


ge— en 




—enb 


ge— et or t 



Remark. The sigii -f in ihe table above is used as in Arithmetic, i. e. to indicate 
that the parts et -f e are to be united : as, ete. 



340 VERBS OF THE OLD CO^^JUGATION. § ^7. 







B&ERVATIONS ON THE PRECEDING TABLE. 



(1) Observe, in the table above, that the terminations in all pla- 
ces, except the Imperfect of the New form, are to be added directly 
to the root. In the place excepted (Imperfect of the New form), there 
comes between the root and the personal ending, a sort of tense-sign 
(et or t), which is not necessary to verbs of the Old form : because 
in them the Imperfect is made by means of a change in the radical 
vowel. 

(2) It may, also, be noticed that a characteristic difference in 
form, between the Indicative and the Subjunctive (3d person sing ) 
is that the former ends in et or t, the latter always in e ; and that 
the personal ending in the first and third person sing, of the Imper- 
fect of the Old form, is wholly omitted. 

(3) It may farther be observed, that the e in the terminations 
ejl and et, of the Indicative, is retained or omitted just according to 
what is demanded by euphony. In the Subjunctive, for the most 
part, the full termination is preserved. 

(4) For the same reason, also, that is, for the sake of euphony, 
when the root of a verb ends in d or er, the vowel c of any termi- 
mation beginning with that letter, is commonly omitted ; as, {jdm^ 
merii (not Mmmer e ii), to hammer ; fammeln (not fammel e n), to col- 
lect. Sometimes, however, the e of the root is rejected : as, ic^ 
fammte (not [amm e le), I collect. 

§ 77. Verbs of the Old Conjugation 

{commonly called irregular verbs). 

(1) In the Old Conjugation, the Imperfect Tense and the Perfect 
Participle are distinguished from the Present, chiefly by a change of 
the radical vowels. Thus, in some verbs, a different radical vowel 
is found in each of these three parts : 

Present. Imperfect. Perfect Participle. 

^Bitten, beg, S3at, * begged. ®e6eten, begged. 

^Oelfen, help. ^atf, helped. ®ef)c(fen, helped. 

(Stmien, reflect. @ann, reflected. ©cfciinen. reflected. 

Slrinfeu, drink. %vant drank. ©etruiifen, drunk. 

* When in the course of the changes noted in the text above, a long vowel 
or diphthong becomes short, the final consonant of the root is doubled, as : 
Oteiten, to ride. ^itt, rode. ©evitteti, ridden. 

Seiben, tosnfler. ?itt, suffered. ©clittcu, suffered. ' 

In the case of ^ciben, note also, that ^ is changed into its cognate t 



VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. § 77. 



341 



(2) In some, the vowel or diphthonn; in the Imperfect and the 
Participle, is the same, but is diiferent from that in the present : as, 



Present. 

©limmcii, glimmer. 
^ihtw, lift, 
^llmmcu, climb, 
jliiren (fii()ren), choose. 
§cibtMi, suffer. 
Sviiujeu, suck. 
@dMcbcn, shove. 
(gdUctdHMi, sneak. 
(Sdinaiibeii, snort. 
(2du-tnben, write. 
<Stie&eti, scatter. 
S^veibcu, drive, 
ilriujeu, betray. 
SSebcn, weave. 



Imperfect. 

®(cmm, glimmered. 
^Dcb, lifted. 
.^Icmm, climbed, 
j^cv, cliose. 
Sitt, * suffered. 
(Sc^, sucked. 
(Sd^cb, shoved. 
®d^tldi, sneaked. 
Sdincb, snorted. 
(Sd^vieb, wrote. 
<BiQ^, scattered. 
Srieb, drove. 
%xc%, betrayed. 
25cb, wove. 



Perfect Participle. 

®t\3lcmmeu,glimmered. 
©elicbeu, lifted. 
®cf(cmmen, climbed. 
@e!creu, chosen, 
©elittcn, suffered, 
©efcgen, sucked, 
©efdu^beu, shoved. 
©ei^tlid^en, sneaked, 
©efdntcben, snorted. 
@ei\tricbe:x, written. 
©eftcben, scattered, 
©ctvieben, driven, 
©etrcgen, betrayed, 
©eircben, woven. 



(3) In others, the vowel or diphthong of the Present is changed 
in the Imperfect, but resumed in the participle : as. 



Present. 

^(afen, blow, (sound) 
ga((en, fall, 
^anaen, catch, 
©ebeii, give, 
^an^en, hang, 
^ommen, come. 
Saufen, run. 
(gd^affcti, create. 
<BiSi<x%in, beat. 
^eben, see. 
(gtcpen, push. 
Xreteit, tread. 



Imperfect, 

33lieg, blew. 
Stel, fell, 
^hig, caught. 
®\X^, gave. 
«§ing, hung, 
^am, came. 
Sief, run. 
©dmf, created. 
@dilug, beat. 
(Sa^, saw. 
@ttep, pushed. 
%xai, trod. 



Perfect Participle. 

©eblafen, blown. 
®efa((en, fallen, 
©efangeu, caught, 
©egeben, given, 
©ebaugen, hung. 
©efcmmen, come. 
@e(aufen, run. 
®efd)affen, created, 
©efcblagen, beaten, 
©efefien, seen, 
©ejicf en, pushed, 
©etreteu, trodden. 



When, on the other hand, a short vowel is thus made long, the second of 
two radical consonants is ommitted : as, 

Sittctt, to beg ; ^vtt, begged ; ©ebetcn, begged. 

Jlommen, to come ; Ram, came ; ©efommen, come 



See the Note above. 



342 VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. § 11. 

(4) Besides the vowel chang'es indicated above, verbs of the an- 
cient Conjugation have the following characteristics: 

a. The Perfect participle ends in e n or n, and is thereby dis- 
tinguished from that of the New Form, which terminates in e t, or 
t, thus : 

Old Form. Neiu Form. 

@e:^ olf en, helped ; from <§elf en. @elob e t (geloBt), praised; from 

Soben. 
©efatt e n, fallen ; from ga((en. ©etteb e t (geliebt), loved ; from 

Sieben. 
©etrag e n, borne ; from ^ragen. @elab e t (gelabt), quickened ; from 

©eboten, bidden; from S3ieten. ©etanfd) e t (getaufdit), exchanged; 

from 2^an[d)en. 

h. Those having a in the first person singular of the Present In- 
dicative, assume the Umlaut in the second and tMrd persons ; thus, 

Indicative. Indicative. 

Present. 

id) fange, I catch, xi) fd)tagc, I strike, 

bu f d n g ft, thou catchest, bu f d) I d g j^, thou strikest. 

er fdngt, he catches, er fdildgt, he strikes. 

toxx fangcu, we catch, tt)ir [d){agen, we strike. 

x\)x fangt, you catch, if)r [*Iagt, you strike, 

fte fangen, they catch, fie fd)lagen, they strike. 

c. Those having e (long) in VaQ first person singular of the Pre- 
sent Indicative, take, in the second and tliird persons, ie ; those, in like 
manner, having e (short,) take in the same places, the vowel i ; and 
in both instances, the Imperative {seco7id person singular) adopts 
the vowel-form of the second person of the Indicative, thus ; 

Indicative. Imperative. 

Present. 
id) tefe^l read, wanting. 

bu U e f e ft, thou readst, IxtS hu (for ttefe).* 

er U e f e t, he reads, (efe er, let him read. * 

* The verbs that thus adopt the vowel-form of the 2. pers. of the Indie lose 
also the characteristic e final: giving, as above, Ite^, for liefe ; btlf for f)itfe? &c. 
It should be noted, further, that the unaccented e final, is, in other instances', 
also sometimes omitted. 



VERBS OF THE OLD CONJUGATION. § 77. 



343 



Indicative. 

Present. 
\\>\x Icfeii, we read, 
ihx U\\:t, you read, 
fie lofen, they read. 

tit bolfe, I help, 
bii b i I f ft, thou helpest, 
cv t} i ( f t, he helps, 
wix §elfen, we help, 
iijx ^elfet, you help, 
fie klfen, they help. 



Imperative. 



(efeu irir, let us read, 
lefet i()r, read ye or you. 
lefen fie, let them read. 

wanii7igy 
^ i t f bu (for l^Kfc)/ help thou. 
fietfe er, let him help, 
ijelfen toix, let us help. 
^etfet ii)X, help ye or you. 
^elfen fie, let them help. 



d. The final e, of the first and tJiird persons singular of the Im- 
perfect Indicative, is always omitted, and in this tense the radical 
vowel, if it be capable of it assumes the Umlaut in the Subjunctive 
thus : 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

Imperfect. 
id\ fpradh, (for f^racbe,) I spoke, tc& f|)rdd)e, I might speak 
bu fprachft, thou didst speak, 
er fpradb, (for fpradie,) he spoke 
trir fpradien, we spoke, 
ihx fpradiet, you spoke, 
fie f^rad^en, they spoke, 



bu f^rddbcft, thou mightst speak, 
er fprddie, he might speak. 
\T3ir fpvd4)€n, we might speak, 
t^r fprdAet, you might speak, 
fte fprd(i)en, they might speak. 



idi fcbfug, I struck, 

bu fcMucjft, thou didst strike, 

er fd^lug, he struck, 

triv fd'^Iugeu, we struck, 

lf)r fdiluget, you struck, 

^e fd^Iugen, they struck, 



id) fdituge, I might strike, 
bu fditiigeft, thou mightst strike, 
er fditi'tge, he might strike, 
trir fdifixgeu, we might strike. 
if)r fdiluget, you might strike, 
fie fd)liigeu, they might strike. 



* See Note page 342. 



^44 



PARADIGM OF A VERB § Y8. 

§ 78. PARADIGM OF A 



i\ 



II 



INDICATIVE. 



ivlv f.tlagen, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

I Strike 
thou strikest. 
he strikes. 
we strike, 
you strike, 
they strike. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Dll fcfclugft, 

tr fit 1 113, \ 
luiv fcblugen, 
t^r fcblu^cf, 
lie fdplugeu, 



I struck, 
thou didst strike, 
he struck, 
we struck, 
you struck, 
they struck. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



tc& l)aht 1 ^ 

fu t)aft I g 

er i)at I J' 

fte l}abm J "^ 



I have ^ 

thou hast I . 

he has V "o 

we have ; S 

you have | ^ 

they have J 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



t* tatte ^ . 
in ^attffi | S 
ev ^atte ',3 
jvtv batten ,' ^ 
ibr battet '% 
ftc ^vtttcu J 



I had 1 
thou hadst | . 
he had '1 "o 
we had / S 
you had | ■» 
they had J 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 






III 



tc^ werbe 1 
n iinrfl c 
er n.>ivb ( |: 
wiv iverben ( ;g, 

fte iverben J 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 






SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



ic^ n?erbe "1 ^ 
bu ivtvfl I ^ 
er tutrb I ^g" 
wix iiH'rben ( S^ 
ibr werbet | g; 
fte Jverbeii J Si 



thou wilt 
he will I 
we shall f 
you will 
they will J , 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



ut fitlaiic, 
t»u fcblagef^/ 
cr fcfelage, 
luir fd)liigen, 
tt)r fcblvtj^er, 
fie fc^laijen, 



I may strike, 
thou mayst strike, 
he may strike. 
we may strike. 
you may strike. 
they may strike. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



ic^ f4)nige, 
bu f4)liiflefl, 
cr fcbliige, 
mv fcbliigen, 
ibr fitliiaet, 
fie f4)liigeir. 



I might strike, 
thou mightst strike. 
he might strike. 
we might strike. 
you might strike, 
they might strike. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



i(^ f)abe 
bH t)abcfl 
ev babe 
wir baben 
ibr biibet 
fie b«ben 



"j ^.. I may have struck. 



16) WU 
bu battefl 
er ^alte 
luir batten 
Ibr batten 
fie I)atten 



PLUPERFECT TENSE 
1 



I might have 
struck, &c. 






FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



(if) I shall strike, 
&c. 



i^ tyevbe 1 
bu weibefi j c 
ev werbe I 1= 
a>ir Wfrb?n 13. 
tf)c rocrbct I S. 
fte werbeii J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



id) roerbe ") « 
Ml jrcrbefi | ^ 
er iuerbe [ « = 
ivir jvcrbeu f ^.o 
ibr iDerbet | g 
fie iDerbcn J ^ 



(if) I shall have 
struck, &c. 



OF THE OLD FORM. § 78. 

VERB OF THE OLD FORM. 
to strike. 



346 



COXDITIOXAL. IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE 



FIRST FUTURE. 


tc^ nnivbe 1 


^ 


t)U JDurbeil 


€ ^M 


er wiirbe 


^ 5 .- 


wix mihben 


f JB ^ i 


t^v miirbef 


•i^ 1— I'S 


fie iviivi-en , 


aj 


SECOND FUTURE. 


tci jviivbo " =£ ^ . 


bu wiivbeft e Jj 


er roiirbe I -»■ rs - 
rott roiirben ( = "s-^ 


tf)r roiirbet 1 1 .a 2 


fte wiirben , 


^^Z'" 



PRESENT TENSE 

I. wanting 
i. fithlijl Ml, 

Strike thou 
3. fitlaije cr, 

let him strike. 
I. fc^hii^eu wi\\ 

let us strike. 
I. fc^)lajjet it)i-, 

strike ye. 
3. frblageu fte, 

let them strike. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

fd;Iaijen, to strike. 



fci)lai]cub, 
striking. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

9ef(f)Iagen f)abeti, 
to have struck 



FIRST FUTURE. 

fc^lagcn luerbcn, 
to be about to 

strike. 



PERFECT. 

rtefc^Iagen, 
struck. 



16* 



346 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS $ 78. 



(1) ALPHABETICAL LIST OF 

{commonly called 
Note that in the following list many compound forms are not set down. 



INFINJTIYE. 



aSnrfcn a), to bake, 

^ebingen 6), to bargain, 
S3etuif>n, to need, 

Sefe[)Ien, to command, 
^Beflftpeii (ftc|) c). to apply 

one's self. 
53ei]inne'ii d). to'begin, 
^ei^nt, to bite, 
53cflemmeil e) to pincb, press 

(by anxiety), 
Serpen, to conceal, 
53effteii, to burst, 
i^cftillien (ft4)), to think of, 
SSefi^eu, to possess, 
33etrugell, to deceive, 
-^eiuci^eil /), to induce, move, 
5i3tei]e!l, to bend, 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 



^ieteil g), to offer, to bid, 
^illbtll, to bind, 
^Bitten, to entreat, to beg, 
Sl3iafen, to blow, 
53lnbeit, to remain, 
^Ueirt)en A), to fade, 
U^Vilten, to roast, 

5U-od)en, to break, 
^VClineil z), to burn, 
Sl^l-tlli]eU, to bring, 

^cnfcn, to tbink, 
^ in gen k), to bargain 
2)rffvtClt, to tliresli. 



tc^ bacfe, fcu bad fi, er bd(ft, 

tcf) Sebinc^e, k. 

\<i) bfbaiY, bu bebarfii, cr bebarf : 

ttttv bebiirfeii, k. 
ic^ befeble, bu befiebtfl, erbefie^It 
ic6 befleipe, jc, 

tc^ be^imie, k. 

ic6 beipe, bu bei^efi, er bciipt, 

id) befkmme, jc. 

id) berge, bu btrgfi, er tirgt 

i4 berj^e, it. 

ic^ befinne, :c. 

id) beft^e, ic. 

id) betriige, jc. 

id} beivege, :c. 

ic^ btege, jc. 



lid) hxiit, JC. 
|i(t binbe, jc. 
jicfe bitte, JC. 

jic^blafe, bu blafejl, er blaft 
jiii bleibe, jc. 
ic^ b(eict)e, jc. 
[^ brate, bu bratefl or briitji, er 
I bvatet or briit 
jic^ bvedc, bu bridft, er bridit 
iicfc bvcniie, jc. 
jtc^ brin^e, jc. 

lid benfe, jc. 
I ic^ binge, jc. 
lid) brefcfee, iw brifc^efl, cr brifd)t 



5^rtiit]cn /), to press, to urge,!id briugc, JC 

iDilvfe'n, to be able, 



©mpfangcn, to receive, 
G'nipfe^len, to reconnnend, 

©mpfinben, to feel, 
^ntrinnen/ to escape, 
©ntfcblrtfen, to fail asleep, 



i^ barf, bu barfil, erbarf; tvii 
I biirfen, jc 



;d) empf^inge, bu empfangR er 
! emv^i"9t 

I id) empfft)Ic, 'aw eni^jfle^lfi, er 
j empfieblt 
lid) emjjfinbe, jc. 

ic^ entrinne, jc. 
jic^ entfd)lafe, jc. 



IMP. INDIC. 



id buf 

[6:) bebung 
[^ bebuvftc 

ic^ feefabl 
t4 befli^ 

id be0ann 

i^ bi^ 

ic^ beflemmte 

id barg 

icf) borf^ or batfl 

i^ befann 

tcf) befa^ 

[6) betrog 

ic^ beraog 

t(^ bog 



i^ bot 
id) banb 
ici) brtt 
ic^ blies 
id blieb 
id bltc^ 
ic^ brtet 

id brad 
id braunte 
'\<i) brad)tc 

\6) badtf 
ic^ bun^ 
id bvatd or 

brofd 
[^ brang 
ict) burfte 

tf^ empfiug 

ic^ emvfii^l 

id cm?>fnnb 
id entrann 
id entfdUcf ' 



OF THE OLD 1- UKM. 



S78. 



347 



VERBS OF THE OLD FOEM 

irregular verbs). 

In such case, the student has only to look for the verb in its simple form. 



IMP. SUBJ. 


IMPERATIVE, 


PARTICIPLE. 


REMARKS. 


i^ biife 


bacfe 


gebacfen. 


a) Resularwhen active; as, er 
h<xdu ^roD; bae >&xoi buf. 


i(t bcbiiii^e 


bctingc 


bcbungen. 


6) Regular when it means, to 


ic^ bebiirtte 


beburft. 


add a condition, to modify. 








58cblngt, conditional, ia re- 


«^ befphle 


bcfiebl 


bcfoblen. 


gular. 


i4 befltffe 


beflci^ 


bcflifien. 


c) sBertetBtgcn (fid)), to apply 

one's self; is regular. 


ic^ bec^anne 


begiimc 


begciinen. 


d) In the imperf. subj begOHltC 


id) bifie 


beip or beipe 


gebtffen. 


is also used. 


ii) beflemmcte 


beflemme 


befloinmett or 


e) 53eflemmt is not frequently 






beflemmt. 


used, and is employed, only 


id) bcirge 
tcb biirfte 


btrg 

ber^e or btrfl 


gebovgcti. 
gebpvften. 


in the sense of compre.ssed. 


tcft befanne 


befiiinc 


befpnnen. 




td) before 


befi^e 


bffeffen. 




id) betipgc 


berriige 


betrogen. 




id) bemoge 


bciueqc 


betDpgen. 


/f^rregular when it means, to 


icfc boge 


btege 


gebogeu. 


induce; regular when it means, 
to move a body or affect the 
sensibilities. 


td) bote 


btetc 


gebotfti. 


g) Seutfi and beut, in the 


id) bciiibc 


biube 


gcbuubeti. 


present, are poetical. 


id) bate 


bitte 


gebetea. 




ic^ bltefe 


blafe 


geblafcu. 




t* bltebe 


bleibe or bteib 


geblteben. 
gebltcfeen. 




tc6 bUc^c 


bUic^e 


h) S3leic^eil, to bleach in the 


ic6 bviete 


brate 


gebraten. 


sun, active, is regular. 


tcfe brad)c 


bvid) 


gebrpc^eii. 




i^) breiin«te 


brenne 


gebraunt. 


i) Often regular when active: 


ic^ brdc^te 


briuge 


gebrrtc^t. 


3d)bvennte.§oIs, weileS 
beffer branute al8 Sorf. 


icb biic^te 


benfe 


gebac^t. 




id) biiiigc 


binge 


gebungen. 


k) ^ingte is sometimes used in 


ic^ brdfdje or 


brifd) 


gfbrofc^en. 


the imperfect, in the sense of 


bvefdJe 






hire. 


t(^ briinge 


bringe 


gcbrungen. 


/) For brang, brung was for- 


t4 fciirfte 


— 


gcburft. 


merly in use. 


ic^ em^nnge 


empfrtiigc 


empfangen. 




i4> empfo^Ic 


empfiebl 


cmpfof)kn. 




ic^ emvfdnbe 


empnnbe 


emvfunben. 




t(^ entrditue 


entriune 


eutvonnen. 




itfc entf(^liefe 


entfc^Iafc or eut= 


ciitfc^lafen. 





d48 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS § 78. 



INFINITIVE. 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 



IMP. INDIC. 



©ntj>ye(ten, to answer, 
(^I'blcidjeil m), to turn pale, 
©ifl'lcren, to freeze, 
(Srijvetfen, to seize, to catch, 
(^vtteftil n), to select, 

Hifii^reu o), to choose, 

(?ilcfc^enp), to extinguish, 
(Jvfaufen, to be drowned, 
(?vfci?alle», to resound, 
(f ifcbftlKU, to appear, 
^vfc^vecfen q). to be frightened, 

^rtvinfeu, to be drowned, 
(Jrivagcn r), to consider, 
(fffcn, to eat, 

^of)Cn 5), ^obsolete,) to catch 



?5c»^VCU t). to drive a carriage, 
fallen, to fall, 

Salteii u), to fold 



^angen tj), to catch, 
^ec^ten, to fight, 
^tnteii, to find, 
^^ledbteii, to twist, 
^^liegeit w), to fly, 



^lleben x), to flee, 

glte^en y). to flow, 
^ragen, to ask, 
^veffen, to devour, 
l^vievcn, to freeze, 

@al)rcn z), to ferment, 
©cbaven, to bring forth, 

©ebeii a), to give, 

©ebieten 6), to command, 
(Sktetben c), to prosper, 
©efalklt, to please, 

©eben d). to go, 
©elincien, to succeed, 

©eltfil e), to be worth, valid 
©enefcn, to recover, 



Ic^ eiitfiH-ecftc, 2c. t(^ entfprac^ 

ii-^ erbleidK, jc. tc^ erfalt^ 

id? erfrieie, jc. i* erfrot: 

id) ergveife, ^c. tc^ evQviff 

tcfe evficfe, K. id) ctfif ft? 

icb erfiil)ve (evfiivc), ic. ic^ tvlof)t 

(evfor) 

id) erfanfe, bu evfaufeji, n erfiiuft if^ evfoff 

id) evfcfealle, k. id) cifd)ofI 

ic^ evfitfiiie, jc. id) crfd)iert 

i^ evfdjiecfe, bu erfd)ri(ffl, cv er= ic^ erfc^rci! 

fd)ricft 

id) evrvinfe, jc. icfc ertran! 

iit cvixnige, k. icfe cvroog 

ic^ effe, bu iffefi, er iffet or iff ic^ o^ 

ic^ fafie, bu fa^eft, cr fa^et 

id) faf)ve, bu fabrfi, er fa^vt id> fu^t 

id) faUe, bu fdUjl, erfciUt id) fiel 

ic^ falte, K. id) faltete 



ic^ fangc, bu faugft, cr fcingt i^ fine 

[(if fer^te, t>\i fic^tft, cf ftd)t id) fo(^t 

id) ftnbe, :c. icfe fanb 

icft flec^tc, bu flt(|til, er flic^t ic^ floc^t 

id) fliege, bu ^iegft, cr flicgt ic^ flog 



i6^ flicbc, :c. 

id) flie^e, n*. t(^ ffo^ 

ic6 frage, bu frcigfi, er fragt idi fruc 

id) freffe, bu friffeft or fri^t id) fvaf 

id) fricve, jc. id) fror 

icfe gcibve, ic. ic^ go^r 
ic^ gfbave, bu gebarfi (gebievft) ic^ gebar 



er gebdvt (gebievt) 
I gebe, bu gibft, er gibt 



'tc^ gnb 



id) gebicte, jc. id) gebot 

id) gebeitie, jc. ltd) gebie^ 
ic^ gcfaUe, bu gefallfl, cr gefallt jic^ geftcl 

{c6 gebe, jc. \id) ging 

e§ geliugt c« gelaug 

ic^ gelte, bu giltfi, er gilt jtcfe gait 

id) gencfe, jc \id) gcnai 



OF THE OLD FORM. § 78. 



849 



IMP. SUBJ. IMPERATIVE. PARTICIPLE 



REMARKS. 



iii) cuti>iaci}e 
tit crl.iltct)c 
i<i) crfrin-e 
ict) ev(]viffe 
ic^ cvftefetc 

icfe evfii^rc 
(cvfiirc) 

i^ erfoffc 
id) evfi-^oUe 
\(b ciutienc 
ti-^ evfitrafe 

icfe evtraiifc 
id) cnuo^e 
id) dpe 



id) fiibrc 
id) fifle 

ic^ faltete 



tit ftnge 
ict fi>cbtc 
id) fa lib e 
id) flo(tte 



i^ pij^c 

id) fIoff« 
id) fviii3c 
ic^ frdge 
ict frove 

id) flof)vc 

id) flcbdre (^e^ 

bovf) 
id) ijdbe 

ict flcOote 
id) Qebicbe 
ict flefi*.'lc 

ict flinge 
eS oeldnge 
ict gdlte 
ict gencife 



futfpvid) 

cvblftcbe 

cvfvifie 

:vgvdfeorergvcif 

afiefc 

aiui)xt (evfiire) 



frfaufe 
evi'd)alle 
en"d)eine 
crfc^vicf 

cvtvinf 
enudge 






faf)i'e 
faUe 

falte 



fange 
fid)t 
fiiibe 
riic^t 

picgc 



flicfie or flief) 

flie^e 
fvage 
fi-tp 
fviere 

gd()ve 

ijebdve Cgcbiev) 

gib 

gcbicte 
gebeib 
gefalle 

gebc or ge^ 
gelinge 

gcnefe 



fntfpvod)cit. 

ci-bltit<n. 
fifioicii. 
ci-gitffen. 
evfcleii. 

ei-fobvcrt 
(erfcvcn) 

erfoffcn. 
evfd)oIIen. 
crfct)iciien. 
erfct'^ocfeu. 

ertninfen. 
eriwogen. 
gegeffcn. 

gcfa^en. 



gefabren. 
gefaUen. 

gefalten. 

gcfnngeii. 
gcfoctten. 
gcfunbcu. 
gefloc^tei* 
geflogeu. 



gefIo(;en. 

gefloffen. 
gcfragt. 
gefveffen. 
gefvoven. 

gego^ven 
gebovcu. 

gegebcn. 

geboten. 
gebie^en. 
gcfaUen. 

gegangeit. 
gclungen 
gegolten. 
genefen. 



?n) Derived from bleicttn, to 
wliilen, as in llie sun, which 
is regular. 

n) It is used in sublime style and 
in poetry. 

o) This verb is very seldom 
used. 

p) Like t)ei-15fd)en and auS= 
Iofcf)eil, irregular only when 
intransiiive. Sofc^Cll is al- 
v\'ays transitive and regular. 

q) Irregular always as an intran- 
sitive verb, but regular when 
transitive. 

r) More often used as a regular 
verb. 

S) This poetical word is rarely 
used, and in the imperfect not 
at all. 

t) All the compounds of fa^Vftl 
are irregular except tuill- 
fa^vcn. 

u) Irregular only in the partici- 
ple now, for which gefrtltet is 
often used. 

v) The forms fieiig and fteiige 
are obso'ete So also empfteng 
and empfteiige. 

10) 15leugft and ffeugt in the 
present, and flcug in the im- 
perative are forms used only 
in poetry. 

X) iSleucbfl, fleiicf)t and flcuct, 

poetical. 

y) f5(eu§e)l, flcuct and fleufi, 

poetical. 



z) Sometimes regular, gd^vte. 



a) Some writers prefer gtPbfl, 
giebt, gieb, to gibfi, gibt, gib. 

b) ©ebditfi, gebtut, poetical. 

c) ©ebtcgen is but a strength- 
ened adjective form of the 
past participle. 

(I) ®ieng for giug is antiquated. 

e) Formerly golt, goftc, were 
used in the imperf. indie, and 
subj. 



350 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS § 78. 



INFINITIVE. 


PRESENT INDICATIVE. 


IMP. INDIC. 


©enieBcn/), to enjoy, 


t(i) genie^c, jc. 


id) gcno^ 


@tn-athcn, to hit upon, 


id) gcratbe, bu gerat^ft, ergerat^ 


ic^ geviet^ 


(Sefc^el)eu, to happen, 


eS gcfd)te^t 


eg gefct)a^, 
gefd)a^e 


@e»Jtmien, to gain, to win, 


ic^ gcnjinue, :c. 


ic^ getvann 


©iepen g), to pour, 


id) Qim.ii. 


ic^gop 


@lei4)eu A), to resemble. 


id) QUid)t, :c. 


id) gild) 


©letten i), to glide. 


tc& gkitc, JC. 


tc^ glttt 


©timmen k). to shine, 


id) gitnime, k. 


id) glomm 


©vabeit. to dig. 


tc^ grabc, bu grctbfi, ev grabt 


ic^ gvub 


©veifen, to seize, 


id) gi-eife, 2C. 


ic^ gvtff 


.^aben I), to have, 


id) t)vibe, bu fcafi, ev l)at 


id) \)attt 


^alten, to hold. 


icb balte, bu i)aU% ev Ijiilt 


id) biflt 


^^angcn ?w), to hang, 


id) ^ange, bu t)angfi, ev ^iingt 


id) ^ing 


i^rtueii n). to hew, 


id) ^aue, :c. 


id) Itieh 


.§eben, to heave. 


id) t)ebe, jc. 


id) 60b 


6^i\^(\\, to be named. 


id:) beipc, bu ^ei§c|i, ev ^ei^t 


id) t)ie§ 


^elfen, to help. 


id) ^elfe, bu t)ilf|t, ev ^ilft 


i(^ mf 


^cifcn 0). to chide, 


id) fcife, 2c. 


tc&ftf 


^eiUieu, to know, 


id) Ecnne, jc. 


ic^ fanntc 


^liebeu, to cleave. 


ic^ fliebc, jc. 


id) flob 


^ tint 111 en 2^), to climb, 


id) flimme, jc. 


id) flomm 


jllincien, to sound. 


id) tlinge, k. 


id) flang 


.^licifen, or 


ic^ fneife, or fneipe, ic. 


id) fniff or tnipp 


Jineipcn 5), to pinch. 






^ommni, to come, 


id) fomme, bu fommfi, ev fommt, 
or bu fommf^, ev fcmmt 


id) fam 


,^onuen, to be able, 


id) faitn, bu fanufl, ev faim 


id) fonntc 


^viec^en r), to creep. 


ic^ fviec^c, JC. 


i(^ fvo4> 


J^'iiliren s). to choose, 


id) fiit}ve, jc. 


tc^ fo^r 


Sobcn, to load. 


id) fabe, bu labefi or labfl, ev Ia= 
bet or Idbt 


ic^ lub 


Saffen t). to let. 


id) laffe, t>i\ laffefl, ev laffet (!a^n 


idi ttc^ 


^aufen, to run. 


id) laufe, bu liiuffi, ev Iciuft 


tc^ htt 


^(itiXl M), to suffer, 


id) leibe, jc. 


^etben, to lend, 


id) leibe, jc. 


id) lic^ 


Sefcn, to read. 


id) lefe, bu liefefl, «v liefet (lieSt) 


icft las 


Siegen, to lie down. 


id) liege, jc 


i* Irtg 


Siigen, to lie, 


id) liige, jc. 


t(t) tog 



OF THE OLD FORM. § 78. 



Jol 



IMP. SUBJ. 


IMPERATIVE. 


PARTICIPLE. 


REMARKS. 


tdj gcitpffe 


ijetiicfie 


rtctioffcn. 


/) @cneu§efl, geneufr, and 


nil i^cricthe 


gcrarhe 


(]erarhcu. 


iiriperative gciieup, poetical ; 


ti tje)"cl,nit)e 


i^cfd)ct)e 


i]eii-t)obcn. 


seldom used. 


iff) rtewiinne (ijc; 


jcwiiinc 


gewonneit. 




ivoiim-) 








i^ ijoiyc 


tjieie 


gctjpffen. 


g) ©CU^efl, gen§t, and impe- 
rative gcu9. See geniepen. 


t(t fllid^c 


ijleidie 


geglicften. 


k) Regular as an active verb, 
to make similar, to compare. 
33evglcic^en, although active, 
is irregular. 


tc^ flltttC 


ijleite 


ijeglitteit. 


i) @e(ctten and begleiten are 
not derived from gleiteil, but 
from lei ten, and tberefore re- 


id) glcmmc 


c]Itmmc 


gof^lommeit. 


gular. 
k) Now more frequently regular. 


ic^ ijviibe 


ijvabe 


geijvaben. 




trf) flrtrre 


gveife 


aegvijTcn. 




i^ ^attc 


ftabe 


ge^abf. 


I) >.§anb^abcn is regular. 


tcfc l}ieUe 


halte 


gebalten. 




id? i)iiigc 


t)ait9e 


gct)aiigen. 


m) >§ieng, bienge are old forms. 
This verb must not be mis- 
taken for baiigen, to suspend, 
which is active and regular. 


icfe ^teOe 


^flue or ^an 


ge^auen. 


n) ^aute (regular) is used when 




^ebe 


gebcben. 


cutting wood, carving stone,&.c.. 


l)ei§e or l)fi^ 


Qii)dm- 


are meant. 


t4) t)iUfcorbalfe 


hilf 


geiiolfen. 




i(h fiffe 


Eeife or feif 


cjffiffeii. 


o) This verb is sometimes used 


id) h'lmete 


Eeniie 


gefatint. 


as a regular verb. 


id) flobe 


fltebe 


i^efloben. 




id) flbmme 


flimme 


i^cElommen. 


p) Sometimes regular, f limmte. 


id) Elviitiie 


fltuije 

fiieife or fneipe 


geflniu^en. 




id) fiiiffe or 


gefniffen or ge= 


q) .^neiptc, gefncipt is more 


fiiipve 




fiiippeti. 


frequently used. 


id) fame 


fomm 


gefonimen. 




id) foitntc 




gefonnt. 




id) fii3d)e 


fi-ied)C or fried) 


gefvoc^en. 


r) J^reu^fl, freud)t, freud), ob- 
solete. Only poetically used. 


id) foBve 


fii^re 


gefofjven. 


s) Jliibven is entirely antiqua- 
ted, njiibleu having taken its 
place. 


ic^ liite 


labe 


gelaten. 




ic^ lic9e 


(affe or lap 


gelaffen. 


t) SSeranlaffen is regular. 


id) liffe 


laiife or lauf 


gelaufeti. 




id) litle 


letbe 


gelitten. 


u) ^erleiben, to disgust, is re- 


ifb liel)e 


leibe 


gelie^en. 


gular 


if^ liife 


ties 


gclefen. 




i^ IciflC 


(iege 


geleflen; 




i^Iofle 


lUflC 


aelofiftti 





352 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS § ^B. 



INFINITIVE. 



?!Jlaf)Icil V), to grind, 

3}^eiben, to avoid, 
fDielfen w), to milk, 

9}Jeffen, to measure, 

lUiipfallen, to displease, 

2}it§Ultgen, to go amiss, 
SJJogeu, to be able, 

2)^uffen, to be obliged, 

Stcljmcu, to take, 
9h'nnen, to name, 

<»5feifcn, to whistle, 
-i* fie gen x), to cherish, 
^reiieil, to praise, 

^ueQen y), to gush, 

ffiad^in z), to avenge, 

^C[t\)(tt, to advise, 
Oietben, to rub, 
Sfiet^cn, to tear, 
dUitm a), to ride, 



SReniicn 6), to run, 

9ttect)en, to smell, 
3fiiugeu, to wrestle, 
9ftiliuen, to run (of fluids), 
3ftuf?n c), to call, 

®aljen d), to salt, 

©aufeit, to drink, to tipple, 

(Sauget: e), to suck, 

@^affen/\ to create, 



©(^eiben g), to separate, 
®(^eincR to appear, 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 



i6) )Hn|)le, bu maMefl (mdfjift), 

ev ma\)[t (ma^lt) 
cfe metbe, 2C. 
c^ melEe, bn melffl or niilffi, er 

melft or milft 
tc^ meffe, bu mtffefi, ev miffet or 

mift 
id) mi^falle, bu migfallft, ev mtw= 

fa at 
e§ mt^Iliijit 
id) maij, bu magfl, ev mag, wix 

inogen, jc. 
id) miip, bu mu|t, ev mup, mx 

miiffen, tl)r miiffet or mii^t, k. 
id) ne^me, bu utmmft, ev ntmmt 
tc^ neune, jc. 

i(^ pfftfC, 2C. 

i^ pflege, jc. 
id) iJveife, jc. 

id) quelle, iiu quillfi, ev qutUt 

tc^ va(^C; ic. 

id) vat^c, bu Vrttf)fi, er rat^ 
id) viibi, JC. 
ict) veife, jc. 
i^ xtiti, JC. 



id) vcnne, jc. 

tc^ vicc^e, JC. 
tcb vinge, jc. 
id) xiimt, JC. 
i(^ vufe, JC. 

id) faljc, JC. 

ic^ faufc, bu fdiiffi, ev fduft 

id) fangc, jc. 



id) fc^afe, jc. 



lid) fc^eibe, jc. 
I i(^ fc^eine, ac. 



IMP. INDIC. 



id) maf)Itc 
(mubl) 
id) mieb 
id; molf 

id) ma^ 

id) mifefiel 

e3 nii^lnng 
id) moc^te 

ic^ mu^tc 

id) naf)m 
ic^ nanntc 

icftvfiff 
id)^)fiog 
ic|) pries 

ic^ quoH 

i^ vacate (voc 

ic^ xiit\) 
id) rieb 
icfe vi§ 
id) xitt 



id) tatinte or 

veuute 
id) rod) 
id) vang 
id) xanxi 
id) vief 

ic^ faljtc 

icfefoff 



t(^ fcfeuf 



id) fc^ieb 
t^ f4)ien 



OP THE OLD FORM. § 78. 



353 



IMP. SUBJ. 


IMPERATIVE. 


PARTICIPLE. 


REMARKS. 


iit niablcte 


mai)k 


ijemablen. 


v) E.xcept the past participle ge= 


(iniiMf) 






mal)leil, no irregular form is 


t'cfc mtefe 


meibe 


s^emietcn. 


in use. 


id) inolfe 


melfe 


I^cmolfen, 


w) Soinelimes regular. 3Kilffl, 
&c , rarely used. 


id) ma^c 


mip 


I'jemeffen. 




id) mi^ficle 


mijsfalie 


nu^faricn. 




ti mi^langc 


miiHiiiQe 


miflungen. 




tc^ nio(t)te' 


— 


ijemoc^t. 




id) miiite 


- 


i^emu^t. 




tc^ nci^me 


ntmm 


genommen. 




tc^ ucnncte 


iieiiue 


genannf. 




id) vnffe 


Vfeifc or Vfetf 


gevnifeu. 




tcb vfliJ^c 


pflege 


gepftogen. 


X) When it signifies, to wait 


tc^ priefc 


Vveife 


gevviefen. 


upon, or to be accustomed, it ia 


tc^ qiiolie 


ciuette 


geqiioUeu. 


r(;gular. 
y) GucUen, to swell, is regular. 


i(i rcic^te (roc^e) 


rac^c 


9erad)t (gero= 


z) The irregular form is no long- 






d)itt). 


er used. Where it occurs in 


id) rtct^e 


rat^e 


geratben. 


former writers it must not be 


ic^ viebe 


reibe 


ijerieben. 


confounded with the same 


tc^ rtffe 


reiec 


geriffen. 


forms finni vied)en. 


tc^ vitte 


rette 


gerttten. 


a) SSeveiten, to ride to, like all 
the compounds of letteil, is 
irregular ; but bcvcitcil, to 
make ready, from bevett, rea- 
dy, is regular, like all deriva- 
tives. 


tc!) rcnncte 


venne 


geramit or ge? 


b) 0Jcnnte and gevemit, not 






vennt. 


often used. 


id) roc^c 


riec^e or xitd) 


gevod)en. 




id) vanqc 


riiigc 


gerungen. 




id) ramie (ronne; 


rtnnc 


gtroiineii. 




icfc vtffe 


rufe 


gcnifen. 


c) Regular in some writers, but 
improperly so. 


ic^ faljctc 


falje 


gefatjen. 


d) Irregular only in the parti- 
ciple, and in that when used 


i(^ foffe 


faufe 


gcfoffcn. 


adjectively: as, gefaljone "5t= 
fd}e ; cr i)<[t jit gffaljt. 


t^ fofle 


fauge 


gefogen. 


e) €iillgll and failgt are not 
supported by jjood usage, but 
faugeil, to suckle, is regular. 


ic^ fc^iife 


fc^affe 


gef^nffcn. 


/) In the signification of to pro- 
cure, to get. it is regular, as 
also anfd)affeil, to purchase, 
to buy ; abfc^affeil to part 
with, to dismiss. 


id) fc^tebe 


fc^etbc 


gef^iebcn. 


g) The active verb fitftben, to 


i^ fc^icu« 


fc^eine 


gef4»tenen. 


part, to disjoin, to divide, la 
regular. 



354 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS § 78. 



INFINITIVE. 



Sc^elten, to scold, 

(Sob even, to shear, 
(Sd)ieben, to shove, 
(5cbie|3en, to shoot, 
<^c^)hi^en, to flay. 

©cl)lafen, to sleep, 
Sct)la[ieu h), to beat, 
(Sct)U-ic^en, to sneak, 

'Sc^leifeU f\ to sharpen, to 

whet, 
(5i^lei§eit, to slit, 
(2d)ltefett, to slip, 
vSd)lte^en, to shut, 

(5(i)liit0eii, to sling, 
(Sc6inei§en, to flmg, 
(Sd^mel^fu ku to melt, 

(2ct)uaiiben, to snort, 
©cf)neiben, to cut, 
(Sc^raubeii Z), "to screw, 

<2c^vetbeii, to write, 
Scfcveieii, to cry, 
Sd^rciteil, to stride, 
(5c|roten, to bruise, to gnaw. 



(g(tn?aven m), to suppurate, 

(gcfeivetgcn, to be silent, 
©4ireUen n). to swell, 

(Scbwimmen, to swim, 
©fbivinben, to vanish, 
(fccbiinngeii o), to swing, 

(5ci)tU0ren, to swear, 

<Sefieit, to see, 
Seill, to be, 
©eilben, to send, 

(Stcbeu^), to boil, 
(Siiiften, to sing, 
©tnfen, to sink, 
Stunen, to think, to muse, 

(Sifeen, to sit, 
(SoIIeU, to be obliged, 
Spalten q), to sp,Mt, 
<3peten, to spit, 
(Spinnen, to spin, 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 



ic^ frf)eUe, bit fdjtttft, ev fc^ttt 

tcfe fcfccre, 2C. 
tc^ fi^tebe, K. 
id) fc^teSe, :c. 
t4 fc^inbe, K. 

t* fcfeJafe, bu fdjiafjl, cr fcfclcift 
Icfe [cbUige, iw fc^Iagft, ev fc^lcigt 
icf) fct)letc^e, k. 

\6[) fcf)(etfe, K. 

id) fc^let^e, jc. 
id) fct)liefe, k. 
id) f4>lte^c, 2C. 

id) [(tlln^e, :c. 
id) fc^met^e, 2C. 
id) fd)melie, bu fc^metjefi (f^mil= 

neft), ev fc^meht (f*mil5t) 
id) fcfeniebe or fc^naubc 
t(^ fd)netbc, JC. 
tc^ fc^vau&c, 2c. 

tc^ frf)veibe, jc. 
id) fd)veie, 2c. 
icfe fd)veite, jc. 
ic^ fc^vete, :c. 



ic& fd)ttiave, jc. 
id) fd)n)eige, ic. 
id) fcijiDelle, bu fc^twillfi, er 

fd)TOiUt 
id) fc^n.nmmc, 2C. 
ic^ fc^tvinbe, :c. 
id) fd)iwin9e, 2C. 

ic^ fc^tUDve, 2C. 

id) febe, bu fte^fi, er fte^t 
ic^ bin 2C. 
i^ fenbe, 2C. 

id) ftcbe, 2C. 
id) ftnge, 2C. 
id) ftnfe, 2c. 
id) ftnne, 2c. 

id) ft|e, 2C. 

id) foU, bu foUfi, « foU 

id) fpalte, 2c. 

iti fpeie, 2c. 

id) fpinne, 2f. 



IMP. INDIC. 



td)fd)alt(fc6olt) 

id) fd)ov 
id) fd)ob 
id) fd)D^ 
ic^ f4)uiib 

i(^ fd)Iief 
ic| fcl;luc^ 
id; fcfclid) 

i^ fc^Itff 

t(^ \d>\i% 
i&i fd)Iof 
id) fd)lo^ 

idi fd)[an9 
icb fc^mi^ 
id) fc^mols 

id) fd)nob 
id) fcbuitt 
id) fd^vaubte 

(fcfevob) 
id) fd)vieb 
idi fd)vic 
ic^ fcfevitt 
ic^ fc^votcte 



id) fcfetvor 
ic^ fd)tvieg 
id) fcbwoU 

ic^ f(^v»amm 
icfe fd)\t>anb 
id) fd))vang or 

f^tininn 
tcfc fitiwov or 

fdMDUV 

tcb fab 
id) wav, 2c. 
id) fanbte and 

feiibete 
tc^ fott 
id) fana 
t(^ fan! 
|t4> f«nn 

jtcfe fa^ 
id) foUtc 
\\d) fvaltcte 
|ic^ fpte 
:i4 fpaun 



OF THE OLD FORM. 



§78. 



355 



IMl'. SLBJ. 


IMPERATIVE. 


PARTICIPLE. 


REMARKS. 


ttt fitalrc 


fd)ilt 


,iefi1)oltcn. 




(Titoltc) 








id) fit ore 


fd)cre or fd)ici- 


9cfd)oreit, 




ict) fcbobe 


fd)icbe 


cjcutobcn. 




id) i"d)offe 


fd)tft5C 


i^cfd)pffcii. 




ict) fd)lllI^c 


fd)iiife 


lJefc^ulli^en. 




id) fd)[icfc 


fd)lafe 


rtcfd)(afcn. 




id) fd) I lii^e 


fc^la^e 


gcfd)laiieti. 


h) 3fiatbfd)tagcn and Berates 


id) fd)li(tc 


fc^ Icicle 


i]cfc^lid)en. 


fd)lagcil, to consult, are re 
giilar. 


id} fd)liffc 


fd)Ieife or fd)lcif 


ijofd;liffni. 


i) Regular in all other significa- 
tions, as, to demolish,, or to 


id) fd)iirTe 


feticide 


iU-fitliffeii. 


drag. 


id) I'd^lofff 


fitiiefe 


(■;cutlpfffit. 




icb idiioffe 


fttltcge 


gifdilcff^tt. 




id) fcfclaiifle 


Ktliiuje 


i3efd)(un9en. 




i>t fit m iff e 


fdimci^c 


3ffd)nnfffn. 




iit fd)mDlje 


fitmil^ or 


9cfd)moljen. 


k) As an cutive verb it is regu- 




fd)mcl5 




lar. 


id) fd'.tii>bc 


fitnaube 


gefitucbeit. 




id) fduiitte 


fitneite 


gcfdjiitrffu. 




id) ''d)iaubetc 


fc^raubc 


gcfdjraubt 


/) Commonly regular, fc^vaubte. 


(U-bviH'e) 




(gefitrcben). 


gefd)vaiibt. 


id) fd)vicbe 


fd)vcibe 


(]cfd)viebcti. 


' 


id^ fd)vtee 


fd) vcie 


i]efd)rifcn. 




id) fitrirte 


fd)rfite 


gefd)vittfn. 




id) fdivotete 


fd)vote 


gefd)rpteii. 


Regular now except in the parti- 
ciple, and this is frequently 
gei'd)votet. 


id) fd))vcve 


fcfctvave 


gef(tn.H)ven. 


m> Sd)irievfi JC. in the present 


id) rd)ii'ifi^e 


fd)iveti]c 


gefd)unegen. 


is provincial. 


id) fd)aiDlic 


fd)roill or 
fd)weUe 


9efd)Jt>oIieit. 


n) Regular, when active. 


id) fd) ir iim 111 c 


fd)!vimine 


gefd)a>oninien. 




id) fitusiiite 


fd)5viut'e 


l:}efd)llmn^fn. 




id) fcbivaiitje 


fc^iuinac 


9efd)aningfn. 


0) Scanning is less in usage 
than fci)n)ang. 


id) fdiaun'c nr 


fd)n?5vc 


gefitivcrcn. 




fd)ii.Mive 








id) fai^e 


iTcbe 


gefeben. 




id) jvare 


ffi 


gemefen. 




id) feiibete 


ffiibe 


gefiitlbt and 
gffent-cr. 




iii) fofte 


ficbe 


gefptteii. 


p) When active it is mostly re- 


id) faille 


fitigc 
finfc 


gefungcn. 


gular. 


id) riiife 


gcfuitfeii. 




id) fiiiine 


fiinie 


gefonnen. 




(fi>uiie) 








id) fafie 


ftfee 


giffffett. 




id) foUfe 


— 


gcfollt. 




id) fiMlteN 


fualfe 


gefl>a(ten. 


q) Irregular only in the parti- 


id) fvMee 


fyeie 


gofpieen. 


ciple, and this is sometimes 


id) fpamie 


fpinne 


gefponnen. 


gefpaltet when the verb is 


(fpi>nnc) 






active. 



356 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS § 78. 



INFINITIVE. 



Svleigeu, to split, 

<5pred)en, to speak, 
Spvie^en r), to sprout, 
(Sprtngen, to spring, 
(2ted)en, to sting, to prick, 
(Stetfen s), to stick, to be fast- 
ened. 
^Sre^eti, to stand, 

(gte^Ien, to steal, 

@teiaen, to ascend, 

(Stevoen, to die 

Sttfben t). to fly (as dust), 
©tinfen, to stink, 
igtoBeu, to push, 
(Stveicben, to stroke, 
Streireu, to contend, 



SI)itn, to do, 

Xragen, to bear, 
2:veffeu, to hit, 
^reiben, to drive, 

2;reten, to tread, 
Sriefen, to drop, to trickle, 
Xrinfeu, to drink, 
2;rugen, to deceive, 



JSerbcrgcn, to conceal, 

23erbteten, to forbid, 
U3erb[eiben, to remain, 
-Serbletcfceit, to grow pale, 
iBertevbeit u). to perish, 

SScvbrie^cn, to offend, 
SSergeffen, to forget, 

93evbeblen, to conceal, 

iBerltfren, to loose, 
SSerlbfcfcen, to extinguisli, 

23erfcJ^aUen w", to die away 

sound. 
33evfc{)n.Mtlben, to disappear, 

Qieraitrren, to perplex, 
SScrjci^en, to pardon, 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 



IMP. INDie. 



id) ]>Iei^e, :c. 

!c^ fpredie, in fpxid)% er fpvtcbt 

icf) ^pxiiii, :c. 

tci) fijringc, :c. 

idi ftecfee, bit fttc^ji, er fiicfjt 

ic^ ftecfe, :c. 

id) fre§e, :c. 

id) ^ii)k, bu ftteblft, er fttebit 

id) fteige, :c. 

t* ficrbe, bu fiirbfi, er ftirbt 

id) ftiebe, 2C. 

id) ftinfe, 2C. 

id) floie, bu fiofeft, er flb^t 

id) ftreicie, :c. 

id) firette, k. 



t^ tbue, bu tf)uf!, er t!)ut 
id) trcige, bu trcigft, er trngt 
icb trcire, bu triffft, er trtffr, 
id) rretbe, :c. 



tc^ trete, bu txittyt, er txitt tc6 txat 

id) li'iefe, :c. licfe rroff 

tc^ trinfe, :c. lict tranf 

id) trlige, bu rritgil, er triigt jic^ trog 



id) »:erberge, bu berbirgil, er 'ozx- id) oerbarg 

•id) rerbtete, 2C. 
id) cerbleibe, :c. 
id) verbletdie, :c. 

id) vcvberbe, tn verbirbfi, er !:?er: 
i btrbt 
eg scrbrte^t 

\\d) oergeffe, bu oergiffeji, er i^er= 
' gi§t 
id) verbeble, :c. 



id) fpltefj or 

fpHB 
id) ]\ixad) 

\id)mo^ 

jid) fprang 

lid) \tad) 

jic^ ftetfte orfiaf. 

jid) ftanb (fhinb) 

id) \tahl iiiobl) 

id) ftieg 
tc^ ftarb 

ic^ ftoS 
icfc ftan! 
id} ftteg 
id) jiric^ 
ic6 ftritt 



i!i) that 
id) tru0 
id) rrar 
tc^ tvieb 



tdi berliere, :c. 

idi oevlf)t"dif, tu rerlofc^'eftorser; 
lii\teft, er serlbfcfet or berllfc^r 
in id) v^evfcfcaIle, :c. 

id) vevfd)wiuce, :c. 

,t4> sern^ivre, ic. 

I tci i^erjei^e, ;c 



id) yevBct 
id) oerBlieb 
id) c>erbli4> 
id3 vtxMxb 

e§ serbroi 
id) berga^ 



id) »er§e^Ite 

id) serlcr 
id) xiixloid) 

id) verf^oll 

t^ berfd)n.Hinb 
tc^ 'jerrDirrtc 
id) serjte^ 



OF THE OLD FORM. 



S'78. 



957 



IMP. SUBJ. 


IMPERATIVE. 


PARTICIPLE. 


REMARKS. 


iit fpliffc 


fVlciK 


gcfpliffcji. 




ict) fpriidjc 


fpvid) 


gefpvpd)eii. 




tit fpvoffe 


fpvic^c 


gefpvoffeii. 


r) This must not be confounded 


ict) fpraiiflc 


fpvinae 


gefpvuitgcn. 


(in the imperfect) with the re- 


id) jlacbe 


Hid) 


qeftodjen. 


gular verb fproffen. 


id) ftcrfte or 


itedEc 


ijcftcdt. 


s) This verb is commonly regu- 


mt 






lar ; when active it is always 


td> Itaiibe 


mt 


gefianbeu. 


so. 


(ftiiiite) 








id) (tabic 


ftic^l 


ijefioblen. 




(ftoble) 








id) itifijc 


fietgc 


gefticgen. 




id) ftarbe 


ilirb 


gefioi-ben. 




(fliivbe) 








tc^ ftobe 


fitebe 


geftcben. 


t) So 3erfiieben, to be scattered 


icb fivinfe 


ftinfe 


gcftuitteu. 


as dust. 


id) fttc^e 


tlD^C 


9c[to^en. 




id^ firid)C 


llreic^c 


gcttv{d)cn. 




x^ flrittc 


firdte 


geftritten. 




id) tbate 


tbiif 


getbau. 




i6) triigc 


traac 


ijctragen. 




id) trafe 


trifr 


gerroffcn. 
gttiieben. 




id) trtebe 


tretbc 




id) trafe 


tritt 


getveten. 




ic^ ticffe 


tricf or tricfe 


getroffeu. 




t(^ tranfe 


trtiife 


getvunfen. 




i* tioge 


trugc 


getrogen. 




t(^ beibarge 


verbirg 


bevborgen. 




tc^ t>evbi^te 


oerbietc 


t)crboten. 




id) rievbliebe 


bevbleibc 


oerblieben. 




tc^ yevbUd)e 


»crbletc^e 


berblicfeen. 




id) revbarbe 


rerbivb 


cerbovben. 


V) aScrberbctt, to destroy (acti 


(yevbiivbk") 






ve), is regular. 


eS oerbrpffe 


verbvicfe 


werbroffen. 


V) 23evbreu$t, JC, nearly obso 


i(fc vcrgafe 


oevgi^ 


oergeffen. 


lete. 


ic^ »erf)e^Ictc 


aer^e^Ie 


ber^e^tt or 
cerbo^Ien. 




id) feerlore 


yevlieve 


aetloven. 




ic^ fcevlofdjc 


yerlofd)e or 
serlifc^ 


oerlofc^en. 




i* »crf(^oIIc 


sevfc^aUe 


yeifc^oUeu. 


to) But little used, except in the 
imperfect and participle. 


id) berfc^njiinbe 


t>erfd)iDinbe 


oerfdiraunben. 




ic^ bermirvte 


betairre 


DertDtvrt or 
bernjorven. 




id) feetite^e 


oerjei^e 


fteriie^en. 





'S5B 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS § 78. 



INFINITIVE. 



3Bad)fcti, to grow, 

SBiiijcn or ^JSiegeu x), to weigh, 



SBafc^en y), to wash, 

2Be.ben z), to weave, 
SJBeii'^eu a), to yield, 
2Seifeit, to show, 
SBenben 6), to turn, 
SBerben, to sue for, 
2Berben, to become, 

2Berfcu, to throw, 
SBtnben, to wind, 
SGBiffen, to know, 
SQJoIIen, to will, 

3f if)cn, to accuse of, 
3le^cn c), to draw, 

Swingcn, to force, 



PRESENT INDICATIVE, 



ic^ wad)U. bu wact)fefl, ev itnicf)ft 

ic^ wiigc or tviege, bu tudgfi or 
tviegft, ei- tvagt or raiegt 



ic^ Webe, jc. 

i^ \mi(i)i, 2C. 

i6) wetfe, jc. 

tc^ tvenbc, k. 

id) werbe, bu wtvbfl, ev mvU 

ici) tvevbe, bu wivfl, ev t»trb 

\6} toerfe, bu wivffl, erwtvft 
t(^ tvtnbe, ic. 

t^ weti, bn tvet^t, cr wet'f 
td^ will, bu wilift, ei' mU. 

id) hiii)i, JC. 
id) jie^e, jc. 
t:^ jroingc, JC. 



IMP. INDIC. 



id) woQ 



id) wufd) 

id) wob 

icb void) 

id) wies 

ic^ ttjenbcte or 

ttjanbte 
id) \va):h 

i(i^ n?arb or 
njurbe, bu 
iDUvbeft, cr 

IDrtVb or TOUVbe, 

n)ii*n)ui-ben,jc. 
c^ warf 

d) tuanb 

d) wu§tc 

c^ woUte 

d^Stc^ 
d) jmang 



§ 79. Verbs of the New Conjugation 

{commonly called ''regular verbs'^), 

(1) In verbs of the New, or simpler form, the Imperfect Tense 
and the Perfect Participle are not produced, as in the Old conjuga- 
tion, by a change of the radical vowels ; but by means of the suffi:^ 
c t or t, which serves as a tense cliaracieristic : thus, taking the rad- 



OF THE OLD FORM. § 78. 



359 



IMP. SUBJ. 


IMPERATIVE. 


PARTICIPLE. 


REMARKS. 


id) jvii^jfc 


Wrtcbfc 


flcumcfifen. 




id) wogc 


w'd^t or iviege 


geivogcn. 


x) SSiigen is active, and lias 
lUfigc in the imperf. subj. • 
tviet3eu is neuter, and lias 
iviege. iBiegen, to rock ; is 
resjular. 


t4> wiifc^e 


tVrtfc^C 


Qemafcf)en. 


y) SBafc^cfi and Wiifitf are also 
used. 


id) mbi 


webe 


geiBoben. 


z) Regular except with the poets, 
or when used figuratively. 


id) ivici)e 


mctcl)c 


genjtc^en. 


a) SBetc^cn, to soften, to tnoli- 
fy, is regular. 


id) iviefe 


ivetfc 


gewiefcu. 




tc^ tveukte 


njenbe 


gewcnbet or 
geti^anbt. 


b) Regular when active. 


tc^ mixU 


mvb 


geivorbeH. 




id) wiirbc 


tuevbe 


gewovbcn ; (and 
as an auxiliary) 

ivorbcn. 




id) iravfe 


roivf 


gcivorfen. 




(miirfe) 








id) ttjciiibe 


aniibc 


gewunben. 




id) xvii^U 


rutffe 


(jevru^t. 




ic^ \v»Utt 


- 


geroollt. 




id) jie^e 


Sei^c 


gejtcf)en. 




tc^ jbgc 


5ie{)e 


gejogen. 


c) SfW^fi 2C- antiquated, and 








only in poetical usage. 


tc^ Jtviingc 


iwinge 


gejTOUugen. 





ical part (IcB) of toben, to praise, and affixing thereto et or t, we 
g-et icb e t or Icb t ; to which add the personal endings and we have 
Icbete or (cbte (lob -{- ^ -{- c), I praised ; lobcteft or tobteft, thou didst 
praise, &c. 

(2) The verbs of the New form diifer again from those of the 
Old, in that the former have in the Perfect Participle the termination 
et or t, instead of en : as, gelob e t or getob t, praised. See the 
table of terrainatiojis § 76. 



360 



PARADIGM OF A VERB § 80. 

§ 80. PAEADIOM OF A 



« 1 1 

^ (3 



in 



INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



d) lobe, 

a lobt, 
anr loben, 
i|)i' lobet, 
ftc loben, 



I praise, 
thou praisest. 
he praises, 
we praise, 
you praise, 
they praise. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

lobte. 



Ml lobtefl, 
ei- lobte, 
iv»ir lobten, 
ibr Tobtet, 
fie lobten. 



I praised, 
thou didst praise, 
he did praise, 
we did praise, 
you did praise, 
they did praise. 



ix l)at 
ivii- babcn 
tbr babft 
fte brtbcn 



PERFECT TENSE. 

I have 
thou hast 
he has 
we have 
you have 



[i 



J they have J 






PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

I had 1 

thou hadst | ^^ 
he had \ | 
we had ("a 
you had i ^ 
they had J 



id) batte 1 

i>u battefl 1 ^- 

ev battc ', •» 

mix batten f^ 

i\)x battet | « 

fie fatten J 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



id) iverbe 
c>u tuivfl 
et ivirb 
tviv tvevben i*" 
ibv lver^et j 
]it luerbcn j 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



'.■i 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



tc^ rcevbe 1 ^ 
bu ^Dtvft I -I 
er njivb I >» 
mt tvevben [ ^ 
ibiv ttjerbet | 3 
fie wecbeu J ^ 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 






SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



id) lobe, 
bu lobefl, 
er lobe, 
mix loben, 
tbr lobet, 
fie loben, 



I may 
thou mayst 
he may 
we may 
you may 
they may 



li 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



id) lobete, 
bu lobeteft, 
er lobete, 
luir lobcten, 
tbr lobetct, 
fie lobeten, 



I might 1 

thou mightst | ^ 
he might I .3 
we might f 2^ 
you might 
they might J 



PERFECT TENSE. 



bu babefl 
er ^abe 
roir ^aben 
tbr b«bet 
fie i)ab(n 



Is 



may have 
praised, &,c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

id) haiU_ 1 I might have 



1 I _ 

bu brtttefl 1 ^ praised, &,c. 



ev ^citte I >g 

tuir biitten \-z 
tbv battet '== 

fte f)dtten j 

FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 

tc^ njerbe ") (if) I shall praise, 

bu wevbefl | _- &c. 

er loerbe 1 S 

mtr wfvben f o 

ibf tuevbet 

fie tverbeu j 

SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 

id) ttjerbe 1 = (if) I shall have 



bu n)crbefl 
er tt^erbe 
luir roerben 
tbr werbet 
fte werben J 






praised, &c. 



OF THE NEW FORM. § 80. 

VERB OF THE NEW FORM. 
to praise. 



361 



CONDITIOXAL. IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE 



FIRST FUTURE. 

id) JtMirbe 1 

bU IVMivt'Cft I , 2 

er xsnxH [ S § 
rvix wiiiteu 
iifx tviirbet 
fte miivben 






SECOND FUTURE, 



tu rciivbefi | 
ev wiirbe I ^ -a^-> 
mix tDiirben f ^ g » 
tt)r toiirbet I » J"3 
^c wiitbett 



M< a- 



PRESENT TENSE 

1. wanting. 
L Unn- Ml, 

praise thou. 
3. lobe cr, 

let him praise 
I. ipbeii iinr, 

let us praise. 
I. lobct tin-, 

praise ye. 
3. I ebon fte, 

let them praise. 



PRESENT TENSE, 
lobeit, to praise. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

gelcbt bahtn. 
to have praised. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

loben wcrben, 
to be about to 
praise. 



PRESENT. 

lobeiib. 
praising. 



PERFECT. 



gelobt, 
praised. 



362 LIST OF VERBS OF THE MIXED CONJUGATION. § 81. § 82. 

§ 81. The Mixed Conjugation 

{emhracijig the irregular verhs lyro'perly so called). 

There are a few verbs (sixteen in all), which have a sort of mixed 
conjugation: partaking of the Old Form, in that tliey change their 
radical vowels to form the Imperfect Tense and the Perfect Parti- 
ciple ; and at the same time, partaking of the New Form, in that 
they assume, in the same parts, the tense-sign te and tiie participial 
ending t. These are they wliich, strictly speaking, are the irregular 
verbs of the language, and accordingly, they are here so classed. 
They will be found, also, in the general List of (so called) "irregular*' 
verbs (page 346), which, for the sake of convenience, we have 
there inserted. 



§ 82. 
LIST OF VERBS OF THE MIXED CONJUGATION, 









> 




PRESENT 


ISrPERFECT. 


PAST 


INFINTnVE, 


of the indicative. 




PAPvTI- 
CIPLE. 


-< 




Indicat. 


Subjunct. 


g 


SSrennen, to burn, 




id) brannte 


id) ttennte 


jebmnrt. 


breiine. 


SBtinijen, to bring, 





id) brr.d)ie 


id) bt.id)re 


.]ebrad)f. 


— 


S<nffn, to think, 


— — 


id) trtd)IC 


id) ^.^d•.t^ 


jefad)t. 


— 


Siirfcn, to be pei-mitted. 


tcf) tntf, tu tatfll, er farf jid) Curfi« 


irf> Ciirfie 


.jerurft. 




.^aben, to have, 


id; habe, tu I'afr, it tat \\A\ fmtte 


idy 1 lirte 


jehnbr. 


!-abf. 


J^fnnfn, to know, 


— — jid) fannte 


:d) fennte 


lefiinnr. 


— 


fil^nnen, to be able, can, 


id) fr.nn, tu fannll, er fann irti fonntt 


id) fonnte 


jffonnr. 




l^i^jen, to be allowed, 


id; mag, tu inaall, ct iitai) id) Hicd;te 


ll^ ll!0d}tf 


.jfniod)t. 




may, 


1 








■??:iin?n, to be obliged, 


id; iiiup, tu iiiiiBt, er mup iid) niufite 


id) iiitipre 


aeuuifit. 




must, 


1 








?iennen, to name, 


— — ;id) nannto 


;d) iifnnte 


unonnt. 


— 


^•.■fnnen, to ran, 


— — 'id) rannie 


(d) tfnnff 


ijer.innt. 


— 


€entc;i, to send, 


— — id; fnncte 


id; fenfete 


.jfl'ontr. 


— 


ecflv-n, to be obliged, 


id) foil, ^^ follil, er foil ] — 


— 


— 




shall, 










21'fnffn, to turn. 


— — id) iiMnjre 


id) irentcte 


■loirontt. 




SyifT^n, to know. 


id) m'\%, fu iveiftr, er lijeip id; ampre 


id; iviipte 


geivupt. 


inffe. 


ffioCen, to be willing, 


\<i) will, 6u iBiCfr, er will.! 


- J 


— 


— 





paradigms of irregular verbs. § 83. 363 

§ 83. Paradigms of irregular verbs. 

(1) In order to a better display of the irregularities of some of 
these verbs, we append the following paradigms. They will be found 
exceedingly convenient for ready reference. Some of these verbs, 
also, have certain peculiar uses, which require special attention. 
For this reason we have, immediately after the paradigms, added a 
series of explanatory remarks, with copious examples illustrating the 
several ways in which they are employed. 



364 PARADiaMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. $ 83. 

(2) ^iirfcii, to be permitted, 



INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



id) ic^rf. 
Ml caifft, 

iinr Mu-fcii, 
i^r biiifct, 



1 am 
thou art 
he is 
we are 
you are 
they are 



^1 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



id) burfre, 
Ml bnrftefl, 
er tuvfte, 
ivirMirften, 
tt)v Mivftet, 
Hi burften, 



I was 
thou wast 
he was 
we were 
you were 



they were J 






PERFECT TENSE. 



tc^ babe 
Ml hn\t 
CI- bat 
ivir babcn 
tbv babet 
ik babeii 



fl 



I have 
thou hast 
he has 
we have 
you have 



i § . 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



id) batte 
Ml batrcfi 
ev batre 
ivnv batten 
ibr battet 
iit batten 



I had 1 .i 
thou hadst | S 
he had I ^-a 
we had 
you had 
they had 






Jl 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



ic^ ivcvbe 1 
Ml n.nvft I _^ 
ct n^ivi? J ^ 
n>ir a^'cvben f =3 
tbr ivevbft I ^ 
fie wevben J 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



1 ^ 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



icf) tt)evbe 1 g 
^u n)ivii | -g 
cv irivb '1 >=^ 
iinv werbeii f -^ 
ii}V njerbet = 
ftc wcti»en J ^ 



I shall 
thou -wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 






SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



ic^ biirfc, 
bu biivfefl, 
er biirfe, 
anr biirfen, 
ibr biivfet, 
fie biirfen, 



I may 
thou mayst 
he may 
we may 
you may 
they may 



1-^ 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



i6) biirfte, 
bu biirftefl, 
er biirfte, 
luirbiirften, 
ibr biirftet, 
fte biirften; 



I might 1 -6 

thou mightst 1 2 
he might I 'g 
we might ; Jj 
you might | "^ 
they might J ^ 



PERFECT TENSE. 



id) b<ibe 
bu bflbefl 
er ^abc 
ivir bflben 
ibr babet 
\k ^aben 



1 I may have been 
*£ permitted, &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



ict hatte ] 
tu bcittefi 1 *£ 
er bcitie ! g 
irir fatten f -e 
ibr bdttet « 
fte j^citten ^ 



I might have been 
permitted, &c. 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



t(^ iverbc 1 
bu roerbefi | 
er ivcrbc 



(if) I shall be per- 
mitted, &c. 



ytr 



anv njerben 
ibv ivevbet i 
fte n)erben j 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE, 

ici) roerbe 1 = (if) I shall have 
bu n^erbefl ! >» been permitted, 






er iverbe _ 
voiv a^evben Ttr 
ibr rocrbet j 
fie rocrben J 



&c. 



PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 

to dare. (See Remark 9.) 



365 



COXDITIOXAL. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

id) tti'trbe ") _^ o 

bu rofirbefi j _. 4 

er ivurbc I ^ — ^ 

voiv iviirbeu \,^ o-S 

t^r iviirbet | -^ "S § 

fie wurbfu J ^ g. 



SECOND FUTURE. 

tc^ miirbe 1 = ^t: 

bu iDiirtefi I •= ^ p 

cr murbe I ^ -a t 

tint H) fir ben [ i^ 3 c 

tjr ttiirbet I | | § 

fte teiirben j ^ Z^ 



IMPERATIVE. 



Wanting. 



INFINITIVE. I PARTICIPLE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

biirfeti, to be per- 
mitted. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

gebiirft ^aBen, 
to have been 
permitted. 



PERFECT, 

geburft, 
permitted. 



PRESENT. 

^iu•fenb, 
being permitted. 



366 PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 

(3) ^onnat, 



I^^DICATIVE. 



\<i;> fatin, 
Ml faimfi, 
er fann, 
rch- foiiuen, 
ibr fomiet, 
fte fonuen, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

1 am 

thou art 
he is 
we are 
you are 
they are 



tc^ fontite, 
:>u fouiiteft, 
ev foiir.te, 
wix fonnteit; 
ihr fountet, 
fte fottiiteu, 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

I was 
thou wast 
he was 
we were 
you w^ere 
they were 






PERFECT TENSE. 



id) Kite 
Ml ha\t 
ei- hat 
iinr bvtbeu 
tbv l)abet 
]h t'v^beu 



I have "1 

thou hast i 

he has '■ 

we have [ 

you have j 

they have j 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



id) hattz 
bu barteil 
er batte 
111 tv batten 
ibr bnttct 
fte f)attctt 



1 



I had 
thou hadst 
he had 
we had 

! ^ you had 
J they had j 



«■ 

D 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



!(t5 tVCVbe ^ 

Ml nnrft I 
er ivivb [ 
ivir aievbcn f 
ibr jrevbet I 
lie nievben J 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE, 



i:b jyerbe 1 S 
bit wtrfi I "2 
er_ VDtvb I ^ 
iiuv merben ; H 
ibr tuevbet ^ 
]"te luciben J ^ 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 









SUBJUNCTIA^E. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



tri) fi.Mine, 
bu foiniefi, 
er foniie, 
luir foniien, 
it}r f5uuet, 
fte fijnncn, 



I may 

thou mayst 
he may 
we may 
you may 
they may 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tc£ fi?itnte, I might "] 



bu fouutef}, 
er fc>iiiite, 
wtr fonnten, 
ibr fimittef, 
fte fonnten, 



thou mightst | j5 
he migM I -g 
w^e might f ^ 
you might | -^ 
they might j 



PERFECT TENSE. 



icf) bahz 
Ml b^ibeft 
er i)aht 
anr baben 
ibr ^abet 
fte |aben 






I may have been 
able, &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



k- 



I might have been 
able, &c. 



icf) bii tte 
bu i}atteii 
er biitte 
wix fatten 
ibr battel 
fte ijattiii 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE, 
tcf) weibe 1 (if) I shall be 



tu irerbefi | 
er poerbe 
anr juerbeu . 
ibr U'^erbet j 
fte rcerbeu J 



able, &c. 



1^5 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



ic^ ttjerbe 1 = 
bu un-rbeft | ^ 
er iferbe [-^ 
ivir iverben f" 5 
ibi jverbet j ^ 
fte rcerbeu J cj 



(if) I shall have 
been able, &c. 



-PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERB8. § 83. 367 

to be able. (See Remark 10.) 



CONDITIONAL. 



IMPERATIVE. 



INFINITIVE. 



PARTICIPLE. 



Wanting- 



PRESENT TENSE. 

EoiUlflt, 
to be able. 



finmenb, 
being able. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

gefonut fiaben, 
to have been 
able. 



PERFECT, 
been able. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

id) iviivbe ] ^ 
bit tviirbefl | _•■ _ 

luiv a^il\■ben [ _S o 
ibv iviii-MU i ■'^ "S- 
\ii luuvbfii j HH 



SECOND FUTURE. 

lit wi'mz ) ^ '^ 6 

bii wiivbejl i -i J '^^ 

er wi'irbe I ^ -^J 

nnv roiirbeit [ = ^"^ 

tfer roiiibet I o ^ g 

fte iviirbeii j "E ^^ 



368 PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. % 83. 

(4) ^Id^m, to be allowed, 






'^ f 3 
^ (3 






INDICATIVE. 



i^ mag, 

er mag, 
wiv mogcn 
l^r m&ijet, 
fie mijgen, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

I am 

thou art 
he is 
we are 
you are 
they are 



ic^ moc^tc, 
cii mocbtefl, 
er mocj^te, 
anr moc^ten, 
\i)x niDc^tet, 
lie mocijten, 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

I was 

thou wast 
he was 
we were 
you were 
they were 



J" 






PERFECT TENSE. 



i(^ ^abe 

ev f)at 
roir ^abcn 
tbr babet 
fte ^aben 



!« 



I have 
thou hast 
he has 
we have 
you have 



they have J 



PLrPERFECT TENSE. 



ic^ iiCittt 
Ml ^attefl 
er ^atte 
luiv batten 
ibr baftet 
fte botteii 






I had 1 -d 

thou hadst I | 
he had I ^ 
we had [H 
you had | g 
they had J ^ 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



i(^ wcrbe 1 
cu ivirfl 
er luirb _ 

ivir Jvcrben f-2 
ihr werfet j 
fte iverbeu j 



!l 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 

1-^ 



tc^ rvevbe 1 S 
Ml tuirfi I ^ 
er wirt 1^ 
ivtr ttjerben [ -S^ 
ibr werbet | 
fte werbeu j is 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 






SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



t^ moge, 
fu mogefi, 
cr moge, 
■ivir mogen, 
\l)t moj^et, 
fie mogen, 



I may 
thou mayst 
he may 
we may 
you may 
they may 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tc^ mD(|te, 
t'li mi3cbtefi, 
er nioc^te, 
u)ir moitten. 
ibv niDcbtet, 
fte moc^ten, 



I might 
thou mightst 
he might 
we might 
you might 
they might 



PERFECT TENSE. 



tc^ brtbe 
bu brtbefl 
er babe 
roir \)abtn 
ibr babet 
fte baben 



I may have been 
allowed, &,c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



I might have been 
allowed, &c. 



bu battefl | 

er battc I 

luir batten f 
ibc b«tf«t 

fie batten J 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 

t(^ njerbe ^ vif ) I shall be al- 
bu irerbeji | ^ lowed, &c. 
er werbe 1 ^ 
iinr iverben f -2 
ibc iDtrbcl ^ 
lie werbeii j 

SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 

i(^ ttjerbe 1 S (if) I shall have 
fu njerbefl [ •§ been allowed, 
er tuerbe I :2^ &c. 
twir roerben f "g- 
Ibr werfcet | s 
fte mxitn J s> 



PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 369 

to have liberty. (See Remark 11.) 



CONDITIONAL. 


IMPERATIVE. 


INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLE. 




Wanting. 


PRESENT TENSE. 


PRESENT. 






mcflen, 
to be allowed. 


moijenb, 
being allowed. 




% 










PERFECT TENSE. 


PERFECT. 






to have been al- 
lowed. 


gemocfet, 
allowed. 


FIRST FUTURE. 






^ 


tc^ njiirbe ' 
bu wiirbcfl 
cr tuiirbc 
tt)tr anirben 
ii)x jviirbet 
fte njurben . 


I should be 
allowed, &c. 








SECOND FUTURE. 








t* miirbe ^ 
bu wiirbefl 
er roiirbe 
wir miirben 
t^t wiirbet 
fit toiirben , 











370 PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 

(5) S^lnffcn, to be obliged; 



IIs^DICATIVE. 



SUBJUXCTIYE. 



g^ 



iMi mu^t, 



'^ ( cr mu5, 



^>3 



itnr miijjen, 
fif niiiffen, 



PRESEZx'T TENSE. 

I am 
thou art 
he. is 
we are 
you are 
they are 



\-6 

I Hi 

3 



ir.IPERFECT TENSE. 



ti^ multe, 
bit nni^tefl, 

\x>\x mn§feu, 
tfn- mu^tet, 
)"te mirpreu, 



I was 
thou wast 
he was 
we were 
you were | 
they were j 



V. M 



PERFECT TENSE, 



Ml l)afi 
cv hat 
mt I)aBcn 

fte baben 



KS 



I have 
thou hast 
he has 
we have 
you have 
they have j 



I a 



Y 



PLUPERFECT TENS! 



Ml battcft I ^ 

ev I)atte {"^ 

mx batten f S 

i6v ^a(tet I « 



I had ■) ^3 
thou hadst I w; 
he had I 2 
we had ( ° 
you had 1 g 
they had J ^ 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



1 tit ttjcrbe 
Ml nnrft 
er ttjtrb 



mil- lyerben ; == 
ihr u^erbct I = 
fte iverbeii J 



I shall 
thou v^dlt 
he will 
we shall 
you wall 
they will 



I 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



1 tct ffierbe 



^ <'i bit lyirfi 
"^ (3 

& ■? 2 



1^^ 



er iinvb 

ii^iv ifcrben '' '^ 
ibv tvcrbet | B 
fte trerbeii j i; 



I shall 
thou ■wilt 
he \\'ill 
we shall 
you will 



PRESENT TENSE. 



d) miiffe, 
bu iiiiiffcft, 
er nuijjfe, 
roil- muffcn, 
itjx iniifjet, 
fte miiffen, 



I may 

thou mayst 
he may 
we may 
you may 
they may 



niPERFECT TENSE. 



i^ mii^te, 
bu miii^tefi, 
er mii^te, 
rotv mii^tcn, 
t^r mij^tet, 
fte miiften. 



I might 1 . 

thou mightst | a> 
he miglrt y^ 
wc might ; -§ 
you might | o 
they might j -^ 



PERFECT TENSE. 



tc^ !)abe 
Du I)abcft 
er habt 
rotr bah?n 
tbr iidbfit 
fte babeii 



5- 5 



I may have been 
obhged, &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

I might have been 
obhged, &LC. 



id) hatU 1 
m f)atteft i -- 
er batte it 
anr biitteii f S 
ibr hattft ! « 
lie patten J 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



(if) I shall be 
obhged, &c. 



ici) ircrbe ^ 
Ml n^evbefl | j^ 
er ii?eri>e 1 jE 
roil- roevben [ --= 
ibr roevbet I - 
fie roerbcu J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



^ g jtc^ roevbe 1 g (if) I shall have 
I g^;bu roerbefi |^ been obliged, 

I -^ O'er roevbe '. -^ &c. 



■g,iinr roerben 

„ o:tbr roerbct | 

they will J -^ |ftc roerben j 



PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 

must. (See Remark 12.) 



371 



CONDITIONAL. 



IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE 



PARTICIPLE. 



Wantir.f 



FIRST FUTURE. 

id) ttMtrbe ^ ^ , 
bit tlM'ivbefl I :i- _^«i 
ev unirbc { }E "^ 
anv triivbeii f == 
ibv tviirbet | ^ 
fie wiirbt-n J hh"® 



o <u 



SECOND FUTURE. 

id) njiivbe 1 S > ^ 

bit iriirbej^ | -g JJ^ 

ev ttjiivbe I :f~ ^ ? 

nnr UMivben \<^ s c 
tf)r tiMubet I H 
fte ttjiirben 



IS J; c 



PRESENT TENSE. 

miiffcii, 
to be obliged. 



PRESENT. 

miiffenb, 
being obliged. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

gtmii^t fiabeu, 

to have been 

obliged 



PERFECT, 

gemiiR 
obliged. 



372 FARAJ^IG^XS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. $ 83. 

(6) (SoUcit, to be 



INDICATIVE. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



i ; 2 t>u foUfi, 
« ^ 3 cr foil, 
J ( 1 anr foUen, 
1^2 ibr fuUet, 
p3 ^ 3 lie follen, 



!! 



I am 
thou art 
he is 
we are 
you are 
they are 



y bit 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Ic^ follte, 
tn foUtefl, 
cv follte, 
mv foil ten, 
ifei- fo (I tet, 
fte foUrcn, 



I was ^ 
thou wast ! -d 
he was ', g^ 
we were (3 
you were | o 
they were J 



Ml ftrtfl 
er bflt 
mix l)aben 
tbr ^abet 
fte ^abeii 



PERFECT TENSE. 
1 



1 






I have 
thou hast 

he has (3 

we have f ® 

you have i § 

they have J ^ 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



ic^ fiatte 
Ml hrtttefl 
ev {)atte 
unv batten 
tbr ^attet 
fte batten 



I had 1 -d 

thou hadst j tjo 
he had 12 
we had f ° 
you had ! S 
they had J ^ 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



icb tverbc 
fu irtrfl 
ev xvix'i} 



) 2 ibr 






n?erben f ^ 
ivcrbet i "^ 



tte wevbcn J 



I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



! ^ 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



icf) ivevbe 1 = 
bu iDtvft I >| 
ev nsivb 1 -»- 
luiv merben f ^ 
ibr wevbet £. 
fie werben J «, 



I shall 
thou wait 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Ic^ folle, 
DU foUefi, 
er folk, 
luiv foUen, 
ibr foUet, 
fte foUen, 



I may 

thou maysl 
he may 
we may 
you may 
they may 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



* foUte, 
bu foUtej^, 
ev follte, 
anv follten, 

bv foUtet, 
fte follten, 



I might 1 ^ 

thou mightst I o 
he might 1 ;a 
we might f "o 
you might | « 
they might J -^ 



PERFECT TENSE. 



tC^ i)Ciht 

fu bobefl 
ev i)abt 
lutv baben 
Ibv b^^bet 
fte baben 



1 I may have been 
I ^ obhged, &c. 



^1 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



id) biitte 1 
bu bcittcfi I ^. 
er biitte (a 
wtr fatten \'zr 
ibr biittet | ** 
fte fatten J 



I might have been 
obUged, &c. 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 

1 (if) I shall be 



tc6 a>erbe 
bn roerbefi 
er iverbe 1 
anv rcevben f 
ibr a'ierbet | 
fte n?erben J 



obUged, &c. 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



iicft jvevbe 



1 
I ^ 



\ g.-3iba ttterbeil | .» 

I o^'anr a^crben j'^ 
I ^ ojibr roetbet £. 
J -« I fte roerben J ^ 



(if) I shall have 
been obliged, 
&c. 



PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 

obliged. (See Remark 13.) 



373 



CONDITIONAL. 



IMPERATIVE. 



INFINITIVE. 



PARTICIPLE. 



Wanting. 



PRESENT TENSE, 

folien, 
to be obliged. 



foUenb, 
being obliged. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

gefoUt f)at)cn, 
to have been 
obliged. 



PERFECT, 
obliged. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

id) wiirbe ) ^ ^3 

cr iriir^c (^ l-T 
njtv tviivbeii ( o 2 w 

ft? n^iirbni J _ o 



SECOND FUTURE. 






td) roiivbc 1 = 

Ml n.niit'etl i -§ 

cr njiirbe I .0 ^^ ? 

ttjtr TOiirben \ ^ go 

t&c tufirbet Ki. -« S 

fie tBiirben J ^ ^^ 



374 



PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 



(7) 3»tffctt, 



to) mcip, 
Ml unnf.v 
eu wtip. 
anv iini'fen, 
tt)v anijer, 
fte unffen, 



'^ (3 



INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT TE^SE. 



I know, 
thou knowest. 
he knows. 
we know. 
you know, 
they know. 



id) iinifte, 

ev timbre, 
mix nniften, 
it)v n?ub'tct 
jie raii^ten, 



mPERFECT TENSE. 

I knew, 
thou didsi 
he laiew. 
we knew. 



know. 



you knew, 
they knew. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



i(i) f)^ht 
bu l)a!t 
cv ^at 
mix babcn 
it)x ^cibit 
fte ftaben 






tc^ t-atte 
>u l)atU\t 
ev t)ntte 
iviv tjattcn 
ilii- 5'iif^t 
ne batten 



PLUPERF] 
1 



y% 



1 have 
thou hast 
he has 
we have 
you have 
they have 

2CT TENSE. 



I had 1 

thou hadst j ^ 
he had [ ^ 
we had j g 
you had -^ 
they had J 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



tc^ tv?rbe ~1 
pu nnvft I - 
er ivivb I ^ 
anv ivevbeu f ^ 
il)r roevbet 1 " 
ft? iverben J 



I shall __ 
thou wilt 
he wdll 
we shall 
you will 
they will 






SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 



id) Jvevbe ^ g 
bu wirft ! >| 
er n>ivb [^ 
xoix ircvbcu ; <S. 
it)v roerbet ! g 
fte tuerben J ^ 



I shall 
thou mlt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 



li 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



id) »iffc, 
bu aiffeft, 
ec roiffe, 
wix tuiffen, 
tbv uuffet, 
fte rotffen, 



I may 

thou mayst 
he may 
we may 
you may 
they may 



1^ 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



raii'tite, 
bu wii^tefi, 
ev lyii^te, 
mtr roiiBtcn, 
ibf ani^tet, 
fte rrii^ten, 



I might 1 

thou mightst | • 
he might [ | 
we might f g 
you might 
they might J 



PERFECT TENSE. 



bu ^abej^ 
ei- b<ibe 
xoix brtben 
ibx biibet 
fte biiben 



|£ 



I may have 
known, &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



id) \)Citti 1 



bu battefi 

\t fj'dttt 

mix b/itten 
tbr l)atM 
fte bi^itteu 



I might have 
known, &c. 



^1 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 



(if) I shall know, 
&c. 



id) raevbe 1 
in aievbefi | ^-. 
er au'rbe I ^^ 
aMv a>fvben \^ 
tbr anrbft | " 
fte jverben J 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 

icb wcrbe 1 s (if) I shall have 
i>u aterbefi | >= known, &c. 

cv a->evbe i ^^ 
anv unn'beu [ <S. 
ii^v a'^cvbet g 
fte ipevben J ^ 



PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS, § 83. 



3V5 



to know. 



COXDITIOXAL. IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE 



J>RESENT TENSE . 

1. wanting 

2. iiMffe MI, 
know thou. 

3. lytffe cv, 
let him know. 
iiniTeii ivir, 
let us know, 
iiu ffct ibx, 
know ye. 
n.>ifKii ftc, 
let them know. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

^d) nnivbe 1 

Ml IVlilbt" 

er 'anirte I ,H 2 - 
IV tr iviivt'en f -g" '^ ^ 

ftc '.luivcru J -^ 

SECOND FUTURE, 
id) UiflVbC "1 Si ^ j3 

tii univbefl ! -5 _g -^ 
fi* tviirt'e i -^ ^ s 
iviv itjuvt-en [ <S. "= ^ 
ibr wihtet | ^ -P § 
fie njiivbcn } % Z'^ 



PRESENT TENSE, 



to know. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

gen?iifr fcabcn, 
to have known. 



ii'iffeiib, 
knowing. 



known. 



376 



PARADIGMS OF IRREatJLAR VERBS. § 83. 



(8) ^oUen, to be 







INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 




PRESENT TENSE. 




PRESENT TENSE. 


6 
S3 

i 


1 

•2 
3 
1 
'I 
3 


tc^ hJllI, I will. 
Ml m\l% thou wilt, 
ei- iDtll, he will. 
mt jroUeii, we viill. 
i^r njoUet, you will. 
jle woUen, they will. 




t(^ tt)0Ue, I may 
bit WoUefJ, thou mayst 
ev iDolie, he may 
roir njollen, we may 
{\)x ivoUet, you may 
fte luoilen, they may 


i 






IMPERFECT TENSE. 




IMPERFECT TENSE. 


i 

i 


1 

•I 
3 
1 
2 
3 


1^ njollte, I was 
Mt woUtefi, thou wast 
ev luoUte, he was 
iviv iDoUteil, we were 
'\\)X ivoUtet, you were 
fie woUten, they were 

PERFECT TENSE. 


1 

1 


ic^ tronte, I might 1 . 
m tvoUreft, thou mightst g 
er it)oUte, he might .i:^ 
it>iv ivoUten, we might f ^ 
ihr It) lite t, you might aj 
fte tvoUten, they might J "^ 

PERFECT TENSE. 


i 


1 
2 
3 
1 
2 
3 


i^ t)abc 1 I have 
Ml t)aft 1 *-r thou hast 
ev \)^t 1 ^ he has 
mx Nbcn f S we have 
ibv fenbet | «= you have 
fte babea J they have ^ 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 


1 


tc^ ^abe 1 I may have been 

bu b'ibefl ^-T willing, &c. 
er babe 1 ^ 
rctr b^iben ' 2 
tbr briber «= 
fte baben ^ 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 




1 
2 
3 
1 
2 
(3 


tc^ ^atte 1 I had 
Ml t)attefl 1 *> thou hadst 
ev ^fltte I ^ he had 
\X)ix batten '2 we had 
ibr ^attet « you had 
fte b«tteu J they had 

FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 


1 


tdb b^ittc 1 I might have been 
bu battefl *--^ wuling, &c. 
er biitte I ^ 
luir b'Ttten f g 
ibr b«ff«t '^ 
fie biitten 

FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 


M 


II 


\6) vrerbc ~\ I shall 
Dii tvirft ^ thou vidlt 
er iDivb I j§ he vdll 
iviv \X!Z\'tii\\ 1 g we shall 
il)v werbet ^ you will 
fie irterbeii J they will ^ 

SECOND FUTURE TENSE 


.1 


ic^ njevbc 1 (if) I shall be wil- 
bu roevbefl j j^- Hng, &c. 
er njerbe 1 ^ 
luir roevben ' g 
\^x werbet ^ 
fie werben _ 

SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 


i 


(1 

2 
(3 
( 1 

\l 


t^ wevbe 1 s I shall 
bu tvirfl ^ thou wilt 
ev roivb i ^ he will 
it»ir werben f S we shall 
ibv iDerbet 1 g you will 
fte werben J ^ they will , 




i(i) tt»evbe "] s (if) I shall have 
bu wevbefl >» been willing, &c. 
ev luevbe i ^ 
it)ir juevbeu [a 
tbr roevbet g 
fte werbcn J ^ 



PARADIGMS OF IRREGULAR VERBS. § 83. 

willing. (See Remark 14.) 



311 



COXDITIO^"AL. 



IMPERATIVE. 



IXFIXITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 



Wanting. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

icoUen, 

to be willing. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



presj;nt. 

TOoUenb, 
willijig. 



PERFECT, 



getnoUt i^ciUn, jgctvoUt, 
to have willed, i willed. 



FIRST FUTURE. 

i4> tviirbe ^ v ^ 

tu luiirbefl | .j- ;f <a 

tx nnxxu I J -3 ^b 

ttJir unirbeu [ o 05 

t^r tuiirbet | ^ ~ = 

fte rDur^en J ^ ^ 

SECOND FUTURE. 

id) wiirbe ^ g ^6 
bu nnirbefl | e J "*! 
er roiirbe l'£- 3 'f^ 
TOtr raiirben ,' = = ^ 
t^r iBiirbet I I ^ g 
ft? oiivben J S= ^.S 



378 REMARKS ON butfen, fonnen and mogen. § 83. 

(9) Bemarks on b ii r f e n. 

This verb is commorily rendered, to dare, though the primary sense 
seems to be that given above, \iz, to he 'permitted : the signification, 
to dare, is one in which it is now seldom used. The verb is also 
employed (only in the Imperfect Subjunctive, however.) to denote 
v/hat prohably may he, and may then be translated by such words as 
migJii, need, would, &c. : thus, (5*^ biirfte j[e|t §u flpdt fein, it may or 
might be too late now : @^ biirfte sieHeictit ttsafir fein, it might per- 
chance be true. It also signifies, to need, to have occasion, &c. : as, (5r 
barf MUX reben, he needs only to speak ; Qx barf ftci) bariiber ntd>t toun? 
bern, he must hot or should not wonder at that. When used without an 
infinitive after it, one must be supplied to complete the construction: 
thus, (Bx barf nicbt hi ha§ •^auS (fommen), he ventures not (to come) 
into the house. 

(10) Bemarks on fonntn. 

The original signification of fijnnen was to know, or to know how ; 
hence the present sense, to be at liberty to do a thing, to be able ; 
as, id) fann lefen nnh fd)reiBen, I can (know how to) read and write. 
Its chief power now, is to indicate bare possibility, and hence it is 
often aptly translated by the English, may: as, ©r faun eg soerftanben 
IjaBen, he may (possibly) have understood it. It differs, therefore, 
from biitfen, when it (biirfen) is used (in the Imperfect Subjunctive) 
to express possibility ; for biirfen not only signifies that the thing 
7nay be, but that it probably is or will be. ^omten like biirfen, has 
sometimes an infinitive understood after it, to complete the con- 
struction. 

(11) Be?narks on m g e n. 

SJlcgcn marks possibility under allowance or concession from an- 
other : as, (§x inag lad'ien, he may laugh ; that is, he has permission 
to laugh, no one hinders him. (Bx mag eiii fcrat>er SJlann fein, he may 
(I grant) be a brave man ; where the possibility of his being a brave 
man, is a thing conceded. Kindred to this are the other significa- 
tions (chance, inclination, loish, &c.) usually attributed to this verb : 
thus, eg mbd^Az tcgnen, it might rain ; that is, the causes that seem to 
forbid, are likely not to operate ; \i^ niod)te eg Be5\tseifcl]i, I am dis- 
posed or inclined to doubt it, that is, I might doubt it altogether, but 
for certain circumstances seeming to forbid : mijgc eg ber «>^immel ge? 
ben, may heaven grant it ; idi mag eg nidit t^un, I do not like to do 
it, that is, I am not permitted by ray feelings to do it cheerfully, &c. 



REMARKS OX mujfen, follcn and troHen. § 83. 379 

(12) Bemarks on mil f fen. 

The German miiffcn and the English must, are very near equiva^ 
lents. The predominant power of the word is everywhere that of 
obligation or necessity, and this being kept in mind, it will often be 
convenient to employ in translating it, such words, as, be obliged, am 
to, liaie medio SLiiAlhelikfi. Often an infinitive is understood with 
it : as, idi nui^ jiiriidf, I must {go) back. 

(13) He marks on foil en. 

The prime and prevalent use of fcileu is to indicate obligation or 
necessity. What particular ^vord or phrase shall be employed to 
translate it, in any given case, must be determined by circumstances. 
It is only necessary always to adhere to the primary idea ; for in 
whatever way expressed, that primary sense must be kept in view. 
The following examples will be sufficient to show this: 
Su fcUft bvig tf)uu, thou art to (i. e. art obliged to) do that : 
(Sr fcU %dm\, he is to (i. e. is bidden to) go: 
@cU idi eg fjabeu ? am I to (i. e. am I bound or am I permitted id) 

have it ? 
2)ic ^-lette ]c\[ gcfdilaoen tecrben feiii, the fleet is said or reported to 

(i. e. must, according to report) be beaten. 
Sie fcUen i§n nidit fctleibigt f;aben, you are supposed ov admitted not 
to (that is, you could not of necessity, in my opinion) have 
offended him. 
32ao fcU ber >§ut ? what means the (i. e. v^hat must be the meaning 

of the) hat ? 
23enn er fcmmen fettte, [o irtitt id:t e§ i^m fagen, if he should come (i. 
e. should be obligedhy circumstances to come) I will tell him so. 

So with an infinitive understood : ir»as3 fed idi ? what am I to 
(do) 1 tt>ag fcU 'i::x§'^. what signifies that? (i.e. supplying fehi, wliat 
is that to be ?) 

(Sr ir»eip nidit irasa er tiiuu fell, he does not know what to do. 

(14) Remarks on tD D 11 e n. 

SBoKcn implies ivi'vaxo, purpose : thus, icb trtU geljen, I will (to) go, 
i. e. my purpose is to go. The expression of mere futurity w^ould 
be, id) tr»erbc gcfien. Kindred to this is another signification of 
troUeii : as, er iniU hid) o,c]d)m Ijabcn, he wills to have seen you, that 
is, he will have it or affirms, that he saw you. 



380 BxAMPLEs ON THE USE OF butfctt, founen, mogen, &c. ^ 



(15) Examples, 
further illustrating the uses of the preceding verbs. 



Set) barf eg tijun. 

@g burfte »ie((eict)t ir>a§r fein. 

(Be biirfte ico^l gefd)e^en. 

2)u barf]l eg nur forbern. 

(£r faun iceber lefen nod) fd)reiben. 

3d) faun mid) irren. 

3d) fonnte ifjn nid)t uerjie^en. 

^onnen @ie l^eute ju mir fommen ? 

3d) mag bag nid)t. 

3c^ mod)te gerne tt)i|fen, i»iet>iel U^r 

eg t|i. 
3c^ mod)te tool^t etwag ba»on :^a; 

ben. 
(ig mag fein. 
3d) mod)te lieber. 
SPflogc er tange tefeen ! 
3d) mup eg tf)un. 
(Sx mixf te fid) feineg SBetrageng fd)d; 

men. 
S?luf te eg nid)t fo fommen ? 
2Benn id) jlevben mii^te^ fo tuurbe 

i&l eg nid)t t^un. 
3d) iuollte gerne gef)en. 

3d) tuill ju ^u^e ge'^en. 

3d) tt)oUte, baf tvit ge^en foUten. 

<Ste foHen fd)rei6en. 

2Bag fell bag ^eif en ? 
(5g foH fid) jugetragen f)aben. 
!Der ^onig foil angefommen fein. 
2Benn er morgen fterben foUte. 
2Benn bag fo fein foUte. 



I am allowed to do it. 

It might perhaps be true. 

It might easily happen. 

You need only ask for it. 

He can neither read nor write. 

I may be mistaken. 

I could not understand him. 

Can you come to me to-day 1 

I do not like that. 

I should like to know what 

o'clock it is. 
I should like to have some 

of it. 
It may be. 

I had rather ; I would rather. 
May he live long ! 
I must do it. 
He should be ashamed of his 

conduct. 
Should it not so have happened ? 
If I should die, I would not do 

it. 
I would vvdllingly (i. e. would 

like to) go. 
I will go on foot. 
I was for our going. 
You should write ; you are to 

write. 
What does that mean ? 
It is said to have happened. 
The king is said to have arrived. 
If he should die to-morrow. 
If that should be so. 



PASSIVE VERBS. § 84. 881 

§ 84. Passive verbs. 

(1) The passive voice is formed by adding to the auxiliary iwcrben 
Jo become,) through all its moods and tenses, the Perfect Participle of 
the main verb, thus : 

Indio. Active. Indic. Passive. 

Pres. id) lobe, I praise, id) ircrbe getobt, I am praised. 

Tmp. id) lohk, I praised, i&i ivurbe a^doht, I was praised. 

Perf. id) ^abe gclobt, 16:} hin gelobt iworben, 

I have praised, I have been praised. 

Plup. ii) ^aiU gelobt, id) irar gelobt trorben, 

I had praised, I had been praised. 

1. Fut. id) toerbe Ichm, id) toerbe getoBt iDerben, 

I shall praise, I shall be praised. 

2. Fut. id^ mxhe gclobt (laben, id) toerbe gelobt ttjotben fein, 

I shall have praised, I shall have been praised, &c. 

(2) It will be noted, that wherever the perfect participle of the 
main verb (as gelobt above) is joined with the participle of the auxi- 
liary, the latter is written irorben, not getoorben, whereby an oftensive 
repetition (of the syllable ge) is avoided. Sometimes iuorben is alto- 
gether omitted in the past tenses, but this should be avoided. 

(3) The German, by confining tnerben with the past participle to 
the expression of passivity and using fein, when the participle is to 
be taken as a mere adjective, has a manifest advantage over the Eng- 
lish Passive. Thus, if we wish to say, in German, he is feared, it 
will be, er ir irb gefiirditet; if the intention, however, be merely to 
mark the state or character of the person as one who is feared, that 
is, whose character or conduct inspires fear generally, the German 
will be, er i^ gefixrd) tet, he is (a) feared (man.) The form of ex- 
pression in English, it will be observed, is the same for both ideas : 
"he is feared." 

(4) The Germans, however, employ the passive form far less fre- 
quently than do the English. They prefer other methods: thus, man 
fagt, one says, i. e. it is said; ber <Sd)lujfel ^at ft(^ gefunben, the key 
has been found. 



382 PARADIGM OF A PASSIVE VERB. % 8i. 

§ 85. PAEADIGM OF 







INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 




PRESENT 


TENSE. 




PRESENT TENSE. 


55 

i 


f 1 

■ 1 
(3 


id) wevbe 1 
til lutvft ^^ 

anv luerbeii [ 'S 
ibr irertet "^ 
fte luevbeii , 


1 am 

thou art 
he is 
we are 
you are 
they are 


J" 


id) wevbc ] I may ^ . 
bii u^crbeft 1 ^, thou mayst j 'o 
er rt'ierbe 1 ^ he may [-g 
luir nnnbeii \ -^ we may ' q, 
ibr ii^erbct ^ you may ^ 
fie iveibeu J they may j -^ 






IMPERFECT TENSE. 




mPERFEGT TENSE. 


6 

g 

i 


( 1 

(3 

( 1 

' 2 
f 3 


ict n^uvbc 

bll iVUVDcft 

er roiirbe 
rotv rDiivbeu 
tl)r suiivbet 
fte tviu'beti ^ 


■I 


I was 
thou wast 
he v/as 
we were 
you were 
they were 


1 

1-6 

M 

1 5, 
J 


id) VDiirbe ") 1 might "1 . 
bii mitrbeft j _^ thou rnightst | 'q 
er un'ivbe i ^ he might ! -^ 
!Utr rjiirbcu f 'z: we might f p^ 
ibr anirbet "^ you might o 
fit n)iivbeii J they might J -^ 






PERFECT TENSE. 




PERFECT TENSE. 


6 

jZi 


!i 

1 
■) 

3 


iff) Bin 
bit bift 
er tfi 
ruif fiiib 
if)f fcib . 
fte ftiib 


<33 


I have 
thou hast 
he has 
we have 
you have 
they have 


is 


id) fei 1 = I may have been 
Ml feteft 1 -e praised, &,c. 

''. H ■ [ 2 
wu' fetcit ( ^ 

■ibv feiet 3 

fie feieu J U 






PLUPERFECT TENSE. 




PLUPERFECT TENSE. 


i 


1 

9 

3 
1 

h 


id) \v>a\' "] :£ 
bu }yavfi | ^ 
ci- wax . g 
wtv tuaveii (^ 
i[)x wa\zt ^ 
fte ivavcii J "i^ 


I had 

thou hadst 
he had 
we had 
you had 
they had 


I.I 
Jl 


id) ware "^ g I might have been 
bu liniveft | -5 praised, &,c. 
er voave 1 g 
ivtir uniren [ ^ 
i()r uniret j ^ 
fte luareu J ^ 






FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 




FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 


i 

i 


{ 1 

f 3 

' 2 
(3 


id) lyevbe ^ s 
Mi unrft 1 -e 
er uuvb i p 
luir a'eibeii [ ^ 
tbr wevbet | o 
fte UH'Vbeit J ^ 


I shall 
thou wilt 
he will 
we shall 
you will 
they will 


■1 


iit lucrbe "^ g (if) I shall be 
bu werbeft | ^ praised, &c. 
er werbe 1 » 
10 ir ivfvbeu j ^ 
ibr wfvbct 
ne ivevbeu J ^ 






SECOND FUTURE TENSE 




SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 


s 


( 1 

1 9 

[3 
f 1 

2 
(3 


id) iDerbc ^ 
bu lytrfi 
et wirb 
wir tyerbeii 
ibv lyevbet 
fti" \yevben 




I shall 1 
thou wilt 1 
he will I 
we shall f 
you will 1 
they will J 


1^ 


iii) a)cvbf ^ 
Du ivcvbefl 
er lyerbc 
wir tpcrbeu 
ibr ajcrbet 
fie tyevben 


g (if) I shall have 
^ been praised. 



PARADIGM OF A PASSIVE VERB. § 85. 



383 



A PASSIVE VEKB. 
to be praised. 



CONDITIONAL. 



FIRST FUTURE. 


ic^ anil-be ] ^ 




bii wiivbf|: | -g 


^ 


ct luiirte ( p 
iuiv iinivbcii f ^ 


If 


tt)r iviivter \ o 


-^•s 


fie juiivfcfU J ^ 


HH^ 



SECOND FUTURE. 

t4> mnH 1 S 



ec roiirbe ls.5 2 <u 
u>ir tDiirbtu f-f " 
ihr xonvhit ! » 
nt roiirben j ?■- 






IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE 



PRESENT TENSE. 

1. wanting- 
■>. UH■v^e Ml ") 
3. irevte cf 1 ;^ 
I. ivevt-cn luiv y^ 
'I. ivevbet tbr | « 
3. \ijevbcn fte J 
be thou praised, 
&c. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

gelobt werbeii, 
to be praised, 



PERFECT TENSE. 

(jelobtu'ovbcn feiti, 

to have been 

praised. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

racrben getobt tvcr; 

ben, 

to be about to 

be praised. 



PARTIC. 



gefobt, 
praised. 



384 eeflexive verbs. § 86. 

§ 86. Reflexive Verbs. 

(1) A verb is said to be reflexive^ when it represents the subject 
as acting upon itself. We have several such in English : he deports 
himself well ; he bethought himself; they betook themselves to the 
woods; where the subject and the object, in each case, being identi- 
cal, the verb is made reflexive. It is manifest, that any active transi- 
tive verb may thus become a reflexive verb. 

(2) Strictly speaking, however, those only are accounted reflex- 
ives, that can not otherwise be used. The number of these, in German, 
is much larger than in English. Some of them require the reciprocal 
pronoun to be in. the Dative, but most of them govern the Accusative : 
thus, (with the Dative,) id) bitbe mir nict)t ein, I do not imagine ; (with 
the Accusative,) id) fd:)dme mid), I am ashamed. Further examples 
are the following : 

WITH THE DATIVE. WITH THE ACCUSATIVE. 

<Bid) anmafen, to presume; usurp. (Sid) anfd)icfen, to prepare. 

@td) au^bebingen, to condition. (Sid) duf ern, to intimate. 

<Bi^ einbilben, to imagine. (Biij bebanfen, to be thankful for. 

^itij getrauen, to be confident. (Sid) bebenfen, to pause to think. 

(Sid) fd)meid)eln, to flatter one's Sid) begebeu, to repair to ; to 
self. happen. 

(Sid) »ornefimen, to propose to <Sid) be^elfen, to put up with ; to 

one's self. make do. 

(Sid) sjorftelleu, to represent to Sid) freuen, to rejoice. 

one's self. 

(Sid) totbevf)3red)en, to contradict. (Sid) tciberfc^en, to resist. 

(3) Since the action of these verbs is confined to the agent, they 
are rightly regarded as intransitives ; for the verb and the pronoun 
under its government, are to be taken together as a single expression 
for intransitive action: thus, id) freue mid), I rejoice myself, that is, I 
rejoice, or delight in. 

(4) In like manner, reflexives often become the equivalents of 

passives : as, ber Sd^liijfel i)at fid) gefuuben, the key has found itsetf 
that is, the key is found or has been found &lc. 

(6) In some instances a verb is found to have, both in the simple 
and in the reflexive form, the same signification : as, irten and ii(i) 
itten, to err ; to be mistaken. 



REFLEXIVE VERBS. § 86. 



385 



(6) It is worthy of remark, also, that some transitives, upon pass- 
ing into the reflexive form, undergo some change of signification : thus, 
from bcvufen, to call, comes fid) tcriifen, to appeal to. It is generally- 
easy, however, in these cases, to account for such changes. The 
following are additional examples : 



93efccu!en, to think upon ; 
^Befduiben, to assign ; 
^iiiben, to find ; 
?5urditen, to fear ; 
J^uteu, to guard ; 
3Jtadicn, to make ; 
SteKeit, to place ; 
2)erantii?crlen, to answer for; 
93evgcf)en, to pass away; 
ffierlujfcu, t3 leave; 



fid) bcbeufeu, to pause to think. 

fid) befdiciben, to be contented 
with, 
fid) jxnben (in dxo'x^'), to accommo- 
date one's self to a thing, 
fid) furditen, to be afraid of. 

fid) ^ittctt, to beware. 

jid^ madien {<xn ettcag), to set 
about a thing. 
fid) fteUeu, to feign, pretend. 

fid^ BeranttDcvten, to defend one's 
self, 
fid^ ijergel^en, to commit a fault. 

{id^ yerlaffen, to rely upon. 



11 



386 



PARADIGM OF A REFLEXIVE VERB. 



§87. 



87. PARADIG-M OF A 



IXI>ICATIYE. 



P.PwESE^'T TENSE. 



1 I'c^ freue nucf^, 
■^pu ]r<mii btd), 
3,ev frciicr fict, 
lianv freuen u'ti^, 
2|ibv fi-euct cnc^, 
3 ]k fveiicu jid), 



thou rejoicest. 
he rejoices, 
we rejoice, 
you rejoice, 
they rejoice* 






DIPERFECT TE^"SE. 

1 tc^ fteuete mtcft, 

2 Ml frtnicteft bic^, 

3 cv freuetc \i^. 
auv fveueteu uu§, 
tbv fi-euetet end), 
fie fi cue ten fid), 



I rejoiced, 
thou didst rejoice 
he rejoiced, 
we rejoiced, 
you rejoiced. 
they rejoiced. 



PERFECT TENSE, 



• r i;tct Bab? mid) ") I have 

g ) 2 ^1^ ^'^'"^ "^^^ -^ ^^^^"-^ ^'^s^ 
<^ ^ 3 ev bat fid) 1 S he has 
pj ,1 iviv bat en uitS f '-g- we have 
t3 I •> ibf Ktbet eit«1) [ ^ you have 
p^ / 3 ]i^ fjabcn fic^ J they have 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



PRESENT TEKSE. 



ic^ freue mic^, 
bu fveufftbicp, 
er freue fid), 
rotr freuen mxS, 
ibt freuer end), 
l"te freuen ]h%, 



I may 

thou mayst 
he maj' 
we may 
you may 
they may 






IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tc^ freuete micfc, I might 1 

bu fveneteft bic^, thou mightst | ^ 
er freuete fici), he might ! .s 
nnr freucten uu§, we mjght f -j 
inr freuetet eucft, you might ' 
ik frenetcu fic^, they might J 

PERFECT TENSE. 



ic^ BaBe mid) 1 
t'U B/abift bid) I 






PLLTERFECT TENSE. 

ic^ ()atte mid) 1 I had 1 
^u battefi bic^ | ^ thou hadst | 

er ^atte fid) ' I S he liad I 

ivir batten nn§ f ^ we had j 

ibr bartet emi) | '^ you had | 

]k fatten fi(^ J they had j 



■IRS-T FUTURE TENSE. 



1 ii^ werfe mid)"] I shaU 
'2 cu irir^ ii'i) \ ^ thou wilt 
3 er ivirb fi-t t I he Vvdll 
1 'wir a^evbeu nuS f ^ vve shall 
"2 tl^^ a^cl■^er end) j "^ you will 
S ik roerbeu fid) J they vail 



er babe ltd) 



I may have re- 
joiced, &c* 



iinr brtben m\§ \ 
ibr B^ber euc^ | 
fie t)aben fic^ J 



>^ 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



ic^ b)atU mid) 'j 



I might have 



t-u bdtteil bid) { ^ rejoiced, &lc, 
er ^atte fic^ I g 
nnr batten nn§ f ^ 
ibv I)atret end) | <= 
fie f)dtten fic^ J 



FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 

i(^ ir^erbc mid)"] ^if) I shall re- 

bu wevbefl bic^ | ^^ joice, &c. 

er n^erbe fic^ I S 
.-^''unrn.Hn-ben un-o f S 
^ iibf wetbet endi | "^ 

fie irerbeu fic^J 



SECCyND FUTURE TENSE. 



{<i> iverbe mic^l s i slrall 

1 j'2!bu nurft bid) | •^ thou wilt 
'^ ( 3 er )rivb fid) I ^ he ^^dil 
^ ? 1 hvir iverbeu un-3 f "^ we shall 
B } '2 ihr u■•ev^ef n\(ii \ ^ you will 

2 ( 3l|lv tuevteu fid) ) '^. Thfv will 



SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 

')y ici) trerbe micB^ ^ (if) I shall have 
1 .o !j>u iverbefi bid) | ^ rejoiced, &c. 

I .2:'er rjcvbe ii<i> 1 ^ 
( t. iipiran^rbeu uus f "^ 
I >'ibr roerbetcud) | ^ 
I ^ifi? ivevt?u ftcti 1 ^ 



PARADIGM OF A REFLEXIVE VERB. 



§87. 



387 



REFLEXIVE VERB. 
to rejoice, 



COXDITIOXAL. 



FIRST FUTURE . 
ic& tyiirbe mid) ^ i 

cr tfiivfie net) ! S 3^ 

unr iriirbeii un^ f S 5 oT 

tf)r n?nri>et euc^ '*^ 'S'S 

fie triirbcn fic^ J „"^ 

SECOND FUTURE. 

tct n^uvbc num ^ =r ^ 6 
bit ttnlrbcfl bid) 1 ^ _g=<' 
cr roiirbe fid; 1 ^^ -^-^ 
tvir n.n^r^clt iui§ [ "5 ^ "^ 
thr rciirbet eiic^ LS. -§'.2 
fte njurbcti fic^ J ^ h^b' 



IMPERATIVE. INFIIS'ITIVE. PARTIC 



PRESENT TENSE, 



li'anting. 

fveiie {n\) bid), 
rejoice thou,&c. 
frciie (fv) fid), 
freueii (ivir) 
un3. 

frtniet(i{^r)cud), 
freucil (ftc) ftc^. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

fid) fveiifn, 
to rejoice. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

ficft i^efvcut ^aBen, 
to have rejoiced. 



fic^ freuetib, 
rejoicincr. 



PERFECT. 
Wanting. 



388 COMPOUND VERBS. § 88. § 89. 

§ 88. Impersonal Verbs. 

(1) The impersonal verb, properly so called, is one destitute of 
the ^rs^ and seco7id -persons : being confined to the third person sin- 
gular, and having for its grammatical subject the pronoun e^, without 
definite reference to any antecedent, as, 

e^ vegnet, it rains ; ee bli^t, it lightens ; 

cS ffbiieit, it snows; zS friert, it freezes; 

e^ boimert, it thunders ; eg tl)aut, it thaws ; 

eg fjagelt, it hails; e^ tagt, it dawns. 

(2) It must immediately appear, that a verb may be impersonali 
and yet belong to any of the classes of verbs described in preceding 
sections. Thus some are transitive : some are intransitive ; some 
are passive ; some are reflexive ; &c. 

Examples. 

(Be dvgert !utd% it vexes me, i. e. I am vexed; 

eg frtert il)n, it chills him, i. e. he is chilled or frozen; 

eg ()ungert niidi, it hungers me, i. e. I am hungry; 

eg veift, there is a hoar frost ; 

eg (}eipt, it is said ; 

eg tinrb t»tc( bascii gerebct, it is much talked about; 

eg »erftef)et fid), it understands itself, i. e. it is understood ; &;c. 

eg fragt ftdi, it asks itself, i. e. it is asked, it is the question ; 

eg gte&t SJleufd^eu, it gives or yields men, i. e. there are men. 

% 89. Compound Verbs. 

(1) Various derivative verbs in German are produced by the union 
of simple words with prefixes. * Most of these prefixes are separable^ 
that is, may stand apart from the radicals ; some, however, are found 
to be inseparable; some are either separable or inseparable, according 
to circumstances. 

(2) The prefixes are themselves, also, either simple or compound ; 
as, {) e r f ommcn, to come here or hither ; f) e r ii b e r f ommen, to come 



* Under the name of Prefixes are here comprehended all those invariable 
words, (as adverbs and prepositions,) which are combined with other words to 
vary or modify their signification They are, also, often called Particles. The 
simple words with which they are united, are generally verbs ; but often nouns 
and adjectives are, by prefixes, converted into verbs. 



SIMPLE PREFIXES SEPARABLE. §. 90. 



389 



over here, or hilher. In most instances, the prefixes may be trans- 
lated severally as above ; but often they are found to be merely in- 
tensive or euphonic. ••'= 



90. Simple Prefixes separable. 



9US 

5luf, 
51 III, 



Qin, 

©c.jca, 

3"/ 

-pel"/ 
ti'lit, 

Cb, 






from, off, down ; 

to, at, in, on, towards; 

on, upon, up ; 
out, out of, from ; 
hy, near, with ; 
there, at ; 

there, at ; 

ill, into ; 

up, upward, on high ; 

onward, away, forward ; 

towards, against ; 

in, within ; 
home, at liome ; 

hither, here ; 

thither, there, away ; 
Vv-itii ; — 

after ; 

down, downwards, under 
on, over, on account of: 



for, before ; 

away, off; 
to, towards 



Slbff^cn, to set or put down ; to 

depose. 
5lnfan;]en, to catch at, i. e. to 

begin. 
5lnfi3et)eit, to go up ; to rise. 
5lu^nehmei!, to take out; to choose. 
23eifief)eii, to stand by ; to assist. 
2)abletbeit, to remain there, or at, 

to stay ; to persist- 
SJantic^cu, to reach there, i. e. to 

offer, 
^"tiifaufen, to buy in ; to purchase. 
Gmpovbebeii, to hft up. 
bovlfabven, to drive or bear on ; 

to continue, 
©egen^vtltcn, to hold against ; to 

resist ; to compare. 
3u»?Dbafn, to dwell in, 
i^cimfebveii, to turn homewards ; 

to return. 
45crbriU;]cii, to bring hither, or 

along, 
^f^ttij^eben, to go thither, or away. 
SJitnebineii, to take with, or 

along. 
?lac^fo(gcit, to follow after; to 

succeed. 
5f^icberreipeii to pull down. 
Cbliegeu, to lie on, i. e. to apply 

one's self to ; to be incum- 
bent on. 
CSonjeheii, to go before ; to sur- 
pass. 
2i?iCi]blfibcii, to stay away. 
Suocbcii, to give to ; to grant. 



* This is likewise often the case in Engh^-h : thus, ex (which hterally signi- 
fies out or out of,) has, in some words the signification very, exceedingly or 
the like ; as, exas/^/ra/e, to make very ans;\j: so a, (Mtei-nlly, to. at ;) in the 
word ameliorate is merely euphonic ; the derivative form (ameliorate) m-;an- 
iii? nothing more than the =imple one, meliorate. 



390 



COMPOUND PREFIXES SEPARABLE. § 91, 



§ 91. Compound Prefixes separable. 



5Inf)c(m (an + £)t'tm, to-home) ; 

"S^al^d (ba -]- bci, tliere-by) ; 

5)abn' (ba -h iu-v, there-hither) ; 

S)at)tu (brt 4- {)tti, there-thither) ; 

5)ai]ot3in (ba -f flcgtii, there agahist) ; 

©aiticbev (?vx -f iitcbcv, there-below, ; 

2)avun (c-av -}- nu, there-to) ; 

2)avauf (bar + auf, there-on) ; 

2)aveiit (bar + fin, there-in ; 

2)aloon (ba -}- t»on, there-frorn) ; 

5)aypr Coa -}- vor, tiiere-before) ; 

3)a»»tbfr i^Oi^ -|- triibov, there-against) ; 

3)aju (ba + ju, there-to) ; 

©a5tiufd)en (ba -{- janfitcn, there-between) 

6{nl)er (cin -f- l)ev, into-hilher) ; 

(Suttjc^cu (tnt -1- fifi^cu, apart-tovvards) ; 

(iut^roct (ci'.t -{- ^niei, apart-two) ; 

.§erab ([)er -{- ali, hither-down) ; 

•^vcan (her -j- an, hither-to) ; 

.^evauf (iicr + anf, hither-ou) ; 

.P)fraug (hcv -'r a\\§, hither-out) ; 

jQtxhd (her -{- bd, hither-along) ; 

.^eretn ([)er -[- cin hither-into ; 

^erntcbcv (5fv + nicber, hither-down) 

^criibfv (ber -f- iiocr, hither-over) ; 

igerum (l)er -l- mv,, hlther-around) : 

4pevnnfec (fifr -f- inUcr, hither-underh 

^evoDi" (her -|- lun', hither-forward) ; 

.gtevjitt (hev -f- ju, hither-to ; 

cgftnab (htu + ab, thither-down); 

^inan (bin -f ait, thither-to) ; 

i^tnauf (bin -f- auf, hither-on or up) ; 

^tnauS (bin -f (in§, thither-out) ; 

§ttieiri (^tn + ein, thither-into) ; 

-pintail (^inUen) + an, behind-to) ; 



^labetmfteUen, to put home to, 

i. e. to refer to. 
^abdftehen, to stand close by. 
T'abcvfitlfidjen, to sneak alonj?. 
2)abinnton, to hasten away, 
"S^ai^eijcnfein, to be against. 
2)auiebcvfd)lat-iCn, to beat down. 
I)aranfc^en, to put or lay there- 
to, i. e. to risk, to stake. 
2)aTanfgfben, to give there-on, 

i. e. to give an earnest ; 
5}avcinveben, to talk there-in, i. e. 

to interrupt. 
T^auonlaufen, to run off or away. 
S)auovlie)]en, to lie before. 
2;aluibevbaben, to have (^objections) 

against. 
5?ajutbun, to do (in addition) 

thereto ; to add. 
T^ajnnffbcnveben, to speak there 

in the midst. 
^'iubci'jiebeU/ to draw along. 
(SntQetjenfjCben, to go towards; to 

go to meet. 
(5"ut5U'>eibred)cn, to break or burst 

asunder. 
.!^evabfct^cn, to put down; to 

lower. 
,§eranfubrcn, to bring on or along, 
^erauffabven, to drive or urge on. 
ifieraugfabven, to drive out. 
.r>erbeivnff n, to call by or towards. 
.P»erftnfabren, to drive in or into, 
^frniebcibltcfen, to look under. 
lOcviibcrfonunen, to come over. 
«^irumnebcn, to give or hand 

around. 
.^frunti'vfal)rcn, to drive down. 
45ci'VHM"fveten, to step forward, 
.^ev^utreten, to step towards. 
J^inabtreten, to step down. 
^^inantvctfit, to step up to. 
.Oinanf^te^en, to pull up. 
cgjtnau^iucrfen, to throw out. 
«g)tneingie^en, to pour into, 
i^intanfe^en, to put behind; to 

undervalue. 



COMPOUND PREFIXES SEPARABLE. 



§01. 



381 



Jptntcrl)cr (f)intcv + lu-r, arter-liither) ; 

^^iniibcv ((utt + iibcr, thither-over' ; 

.g>inum (()tu + uni, ihither-around) ; 

.2>imuitcr {i)'ui -f uiitci', thither- under) ; 

x^iiniH-g ([}tu + njcg, diither-away) ; 

^injit (()tn -j- 5U, thither-towards) ; 

Ucbcictn (ilbcv -f eiu, over-into) ; 

limber (urn + t)fv, around-hither) ; 

Um>)in (urn + l)in, around-thither) ; 

S3ciraii (ooi- -f (in, before-to) ; 

^'orauf (oov + auf, before-on or up) 

23i>vau§ (uov -|- a\x?, before-out) ; 

23ott)et <yor + hti, before-by) ; 

Q3o?6er (»or -f l)(X. before-liither) ; 

Sovubev (oor 4- iibcr, before-over) ; 

25ovivci] (tor + tveg, before-away) ; 

3uoor (^u + yor, before-to) ; 

3nviicf (ut + viicf, back to) ; 

Siifammen Qu -f fautinen, to-gether^; 



.r;>intci()cvf';()c!i, to sec afterwards. 

v^piin'ibrvtrafleit, to carry over. 

.^^iiiuniflattcni, to flutter there 
about. 

v^iuiiutcifpviui^cii, to leap down 
there. 

i^tuwcguchinen, to take away. 

i^ptujiKtlcii, to hasten awiiy. 

UebcietufDinmcii, to come over 
int<3, i. e. to agree. 

Itmbcvfcijaiicii, to gaze around. 

nMtl)iiif5n;!en, to be able there- 
about ; to forbear. 

Qjcvailftelleu, to place before. 

^liciaiifftoirtcn, to mount on be- 
fore ; to ascend. 

SSorauefeI)cu, to see or spy out 
before hand ; to anticipate. 

S3ovI)eirc'itcu, to ride along before; 
to ride past. 

2>orl)cifebcu, to foresee. 

^oriibcrfahreu, to drive along 
past in a coach. 

Scnrej]net)men, to take away be- 
fore ; to anticipate. 

3utioitbint, to do before ; to excel, 

3m'iuffel)rcn, to return. 

3u[ammenfc|fit, to put together. 



S92 PARADIGM OF A COMPOUND VERB SEPARABLE. § 92. 



§ 92. PAEADIOM OF A COM- 







INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 




PRESENT TENSE. 


PRESENT TENSE. 




6 

i 


: 1 

1^ 


id) fange an, 
^u faugft an^ 
cr fangt an, 
mv fangen an, 
it)v fauflet an, 
fte fangeu an, 


I begin, 
thou beginnest. 
he begins, 
we begin, 
you begin, 
they begin. 


id) faui^e an, I may 
bu fangefi an, thoumayst 
er fange an, he may 
mir fangeu an, we may 
tf)r fanijet an, you may 
fte faugen an, they may 


J 






IMPERFECT TENSE. 


IMPERFECT TENSE. 




i 




let fing an, 
bu ftn^ift an, 
er ftng an, 
mt ftnp,fn an, 
if)i' ftnget an, 
fte fingen an, 


I began, 
thou didst begin, 
he began, 
vv-e began, 
you began, 
they began. 


id) ftnge an, I might 
bu fiiiBcfi an, thou mightst 
cr_ finge an, he might 
tutr fingen an, we might 
ibr ftUijct an, you might 
fte fi'iigen an, they might 


1 






PERFECI 


TENSE. 


PERFECT TENSE. 




(A 

ID < 




ici) fiaBe 1 ^- 
bu ^.ift s 
er ^at ! g 
110 ir t)aben 'tr 
tt^r t)abct S= 
fie b^ah^n J *=* 


I have ^ 
thou hast ^ 
he has I 5 
v/e have f £^ 
you have | ■^ 
they have J 


id^ l)ahi ^ 

bu babefi 
er i)abe 
tyir t)abeu 
ibr \)abtt 
fte habm ^ 


^ I may have 
% gun, &c. 

■f 


be- 






PLUPERFE 


3T TENSE. 


PLUPERFECT TENSE. 




PS i 




ic!) l)atit ] „- 
bu battcil i §3 
er ^atU [ c 
iinr hatfen ['£■ 
ibx ^aftrt i §= 
fie .fatten j « 


I had 1 
thou hadst | ^• 
he had 1 5 
we had f ?f 
you had i ^ 
they had j 


id) batte 1^1 might have be- 
^u ptteft 1 I3 gun, &c. 
er batte I « 
iDir batten f '£- 
ibr battet 1 ^ 
fie |)dtten J "^ 






FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 


FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 






3 

i 


id) n;cvbe '] 
MI U'trft i 2"^ 
cr^ irivb i ^ 
wiv roerbcn ' ,E 
tbr iverbet i g 
fte tycvben J 


I shall 1 
thou wilt 
he %vill |.S 
we shall f qj 
you v/ill 1 
they will J 


tit u^evbe^ 1 ^ (if) I shall 
ru wert'efi l g gin, k.c. 
er wer^e i g= 
lyir werben j ^ 
tbr uierbet | 5 
fte iserbcn J 


be- 






SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 


SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 






i 


icf) wevbe "] s 
bu tinrf5 1 ^ 
er_ n.nvb !-§- 
nnv roerben f,^ 
ihv werbet « 
fte juerben J 5 


I shall 1 ^ 
thou wilt 1 ?„ 
he will i f 
we shall ^ 
you will > 
they will J ^ 


i-d) iverbe ' 
bn rjfvbefi 
er werbe 
irir ivevben 
ibr werbet 
fte inerben j 


^ (if) I shall 
^ begun, &c 

s 

<3 


have 



PARADIGM OF A COMPOUND VEUB SEPARABLE. § 92. 393 



POUND VEEB SEPxVBABLE. 
t'd begin. 



COXDITIOXAL. IMPERATIVE. INFIXITIYE. PARTICIPLE 



FIRST FUTUKE. 



^^ 



rilESE.NT TENSE. 

!. loaiuivg- 

I. rviti>ic i^i^) 'Tit, 

begin thou, &.C. 

3. faiuje (a) an. 

1. faiu]cii(anr)aii. 

2. fvin|]ft (ibv) »iu. 

3. fanijeu (fii) an. 



id) iviirbe 1 
Ml roiirtcfi | 
cr mwH i 
unr iinivben [ 
thr tuiivtet | 
ne voiirbeu J 



SECOND FUTURE. ' 

id) wiivbc ^ c ^ .. 
Ml wiirbe)! | «2 ^<^ 
er iwiirbe l^ 3 •> 
iwtr roiivben 1,^ = § i 
t^r iviirbet | ^ ^ ^| 
f!e ttiirbett J 5 ^-^j 



PRESENT TENSE. 

aiif.i Illicit, or 

aiijiifaitjieu, 

to betrin. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

angefattijen ba= 
ten, 
to have begun, 



FIRST FUTURE. 

aiigefangeu iuer= 

ben, 

to be about to 

begin. 



PRESENT. 

aiifaUiieiib, 
beginning. 



an^efangen, 
begun. 



394 INSEPARABLE PREFIXES. § 93. § 94. 

§ 93. Observations on the Paradigm. 

(1) An inspection of tlie Paradigm above will show, that the se- 
paration of the prefix from the radical part of the verb, takes place 
in the Indicative, Subjunctive, Imperative, Infinitive (when preceded 
by ju,) and the Perfect Participle. In the Indicative and Subjunc- 
tive, however, the separation is not. made, when, in dependent sen- 
tences, the verb is placed at the end of a clause or period : thus, alo 
bie (Soiiiie btcfen S'lorgeu aufgtng, fo yerfd)tt)anb ber S'Jebel, wiien the sun 
rose (aufging) this morning, the fog disappeared. 

(2) In regard to the position of the particle when separated, it 
must be noted that, in the Indicative, Subjunctive and Imperative, it 
stands ofier the radical ; often, also, after the several words depen- 
dent upon it : thus, id) fauge ha6 53ud) an, (where an belonging to 
f an g e, comes after the object,) I begin the book. 

(3) In the Infiniiive and the Perfect Participle, on the contrary, 
the particle comes before the radical : being separated from it, in the 
Infinitive, by j u , (when that preposition is employed,) and, in 
the Participle, by the augment g e , which is peculiar to that part of 
the verb : thus, anjnfangen, (an-f-ju-f-fcingen) to begin ; to commence ; 
UorgcfielU, (yor-j-ge+ftellt) placed before one; represented. 

(4) It remains to be added, that particles, when separated from 
the radicals, receive the full or principal accent; and, that the radicals 
(if verbs) have the same form of conjugation, old or new, regular 
or irregular, as when employed without prefixes. 

§ 94. Inseparable Prefixes. 

The Prefixes of this class, as the name implies, are always found 
in close union with tl>eir radicals. They allow not even the augment 
syllable ge, in the Perfect Participle, to intervene; but reject it 
altogether : * as, bebecft (not bcgcberft) covered, from Bebecfen, to 
cover. Neither is j n (when used) allowed to come between the 
prefix and the Infinitive; but stands before the two combined into 
one word: as, ju emVfangen, (not emlpjnfangen,) to receive: except in 
case of compound prefixes, wherein the first component is a separable 
and the second an inseparable particle; jn being then inserted be- 
tween the two particles; as, anjnerfcnnen, (from ancrfennen). The 
inseparable pj-efixes are always unaccented. 



* To this, however, must be excepted the case of the Prefix m i ^ ; which, 
in a few instances, allows the augment (^ e to be prefixed : thus, (from mips 
bcuteii, to misinterpret,) we have, in the Perfect Participle, (^emi^tfUtct. 



OBSERVATIONS. § 95. § 96. § 97. 



395 



lifter/ 
(Sr, 



23cr, 
SBibcr, 



9lut>e 



§95. 

after, behind ; 

near, by, over, to make ; 

in, within ; 

apart, away, to deprive of; 
forth, for, on behalf of; 

(mainly, intensive or evpho 

nic) ; 
wrong, erroneously; 
away, at a loss; 

against ; 
apart, asunder ; 



Simple Prefixes inseparable. 

Slftevrcbcu, to talk behind (one's back); 

to slander, 
^cfpmir.cn, to come by, i. e. to get, 

to obtain. 
(Smvfinben, to iind or feel within, to 

perceive. 
(Sntgel)eu, to go away or off; to escape, 
^rfldven, to make clear for (one) ; to 

explain, 
©cbetiieu (same as ben fen), to think 

of. 
9)titibeiiteit, to misinterpret. 
5i3erf4)[afcn, to sleep away, i. e. lose 

by sleeping. 
933'tberfte(}en, to stand against ; to resist. 
3evf4/nett'eu, to cut apart, or in pieces. 



§ 96. Compound Prefixes inseparable. 
(an + be, to — near) ; 



Slner 
Slufei; 
Sluser 

9ln»er 

SBeauf 



(an + er, to — for) ; 
(auf + er, up — for) ; 
(o.\\^ + er, out — for) ; 

(an + ser, to — away) 



^Inbetreffcu, to hit or touch near to ; to 

concern. 
3liierfennen, to acknowledge ; to own. 
Slufcvbaucn, to build up for; to erect. 
5lu§enra[)len, to choose out for; to 

elect. 
Slnwertvauen, to give away in trust; 
to confide to. 
(be + auf, near — on or up) ; .^eauftragen, to bring (duty) upon, i. e. 
to commission. 
SiJ^ipuev (mi^ + cer, wrong— away); 3}]ipoerftet)cii, to understand wrong, 

i. e. to mistake. 
S3orbe (jjov 4- be, before — near) ; SSorbe^alteu, to hold or keep ahead, 

i. e. to put off; to reserve. 

§ 97. Observations. 

(1) S3 e has in German the same power which it has in English. 
It is, therefore, in most cases, better transferred than translated. Its 
uses will Le easOy learned from examples. Thus, from 
^lagen, to moan. S3ef(agen, to Jemoan. 

(Stteuen, to strow. Sej!reuen, to Sestrow. 

i^olgen, to follow. Sefolgcu, to follow after, i. e. to obey. 

Strbeiten, to labor. SSeatbeiten, to labor upon; elaborate. 

£ad)en, to laugh. S3elad)en, to laugh at. 

^liiget, a wing. S3e|i[ugetn, to furnish with wings. 

©Ciirf, happiness. SSeglitrfen, to make happy. 

%xz\, free. S3efreten, to set free. 

In some instances, it is merely euphonic. 



396 



OBSERVATIONS. § 97. 



Stxaft, power. 

'X^loh?^ dim-eyed, dull, bashful. 

:58renncn, to burn, 
(Sprecben, to speak. 



(2) @mp and ent Qmp is, probably, only another form of 
tnt: occurring, however, only in three verbs; (em|)finben, to feel; 
empfan^en, to receive ; empfeljteii, to recommend ;) and bearing a sense 
but remotely related to its original. The prime and predominant 
]'Ov»'er of e n t is that of indicating separation, departure, privation. 

In some instances it has the kindred sense of approach or iransi- 
iion from one point or condition towards another. Examples. 
®el;cn, to go. dutgenen, to go away, to get off. 

Steven, to draw. ©ut^iefieii, to withdraw. 

^-Btnbeii, to bind. dutbinben, to unbind. 

«&aupt, the head. ©utfjaupten, to deprive of head, to 

behead, 
dntirdften, to deprive of power, 

weaken, 
©ntblcben, to divest of shame, be 

bold. 
(Sntbrennen, to take fire, to kuidle. 
(Entfpred^en, to answer, or 
correspond to. 
@n t is sometimes, also, merely intensive or euphonic: as, entteereu 
(from let^v empty,) to empty out. 

(3) (Bx and i?er. (Sv, as a general thing, conveys the idea of 
getting or gaining for some one, by means of that which is expressed 
by the word connected with it ; as, e r B i 1 1 e n, to get, or try to get> 
by begging. It finds its exact opposite in y e x ; which marks what 
is against or away from some one's interest or benefit ; as, "ozxb'xiizn, 
to beg off, to decline. The force and use of these particles are best 
illustrated by examples. 

©vBaben, to get or gain by bathing. 
(S'vjinbeu, to find out for one's self, 

invent. 
(Srfteiien, to arise, originate, 
©rbauen, to erect, to produce. 
S^erfagen, to speak against, to deny. 
S^ermauern, to wall against, stop 

by wall. 
SQerfpielen, to play away, to lose 

by gambling. 
S3erfiif)ren, to lead away, to seduce. 
Serfaljen, to oversalt, spoU in 

salting. 



Saben, to bathe. 
?5inben, to find. 

<Bh%t\\, to stand. 
SSauen, to build. 
(Svigen, to say or speak. 
Siuuevn, to wall, or make a wall. 

Spielen, to play. 

^uf}ren, to carry, or lead. 
(Saljen, to salt. 



PREFIXES SEPARABLE AND INSEPARABLE. § 98. 397 

(4) Q r aiul r»*e r are, also, both employed in converting nouns 
and adjectives into verbs expressive of trunsilkm from one state or 
condition into another : thus, 

(yvfaltcti, (fait, cold) to take cold. -93cvcbtln, (cbcl, noble) to ennoble. 

GrfiUnien, (fiUni, bold) to become -il'ev^cttcvn, {®cU, God) to deify. 

bold, dare. 

(5vlvi(ir.ieu, (lainn, lame) to become 33ei\i(ten, (alt, old) to grow old or 

lame. obsolete. 

©vHcircn, (flav, clear) to make 93crehieu, (ein, one) to make one^ 

plain. unite. 

In some instances, moreover, er and l^ev are only euplionic or 
intensive. 

% 98. Prefixes separable and inseparable. 

(1) The Prefixes of this class, when separable, are always under 
the full accent ; when inseparable, the accent falls upon the radical. 

(2) Their effect, tclien separable, is, in union with radicals to 
produce certain mtransitive compounds *, in which each of the parts 
(prefix and radical) has its own peculiar and natural signification. 

(3) Their effect, iclien inseparable, is, in connection with the ra- 
dicals, to form certain transitive compounds; which, for the most 
part, are used in a figurative or metaphorical sense. 

(4) We subjoin a list of the prefixes of this class : illustrating 
each by a couple of examples ; the first being one in which the pre- 
fix is separable ; the second one in which it is inseparable. 

^nxM throncrh- S 2)uvdi'bniuien, to press or force through ; 

^uiu\ tnrough , ^ 5Dutdibrtr/yeii, to penetrate. 

C-. , 1 1- 1 $ .^lu'teraeften, to go behind: 

•piutev, belnnd: < t. , ■\/ j. j - 

'^ ' 'I jQuiUx.y.'ljm, to deceive. 

., r. S Uc'berfetven, to set or put over ; 

lieccr, over; ^ Uei^erfciycu, to translate. 

., -, S llm'aol^en, to go around; 

Urn, arouna ; "( n ' r / + ? 

' ' ( Umi]etj'eii, to evade. 

^. , 1 ^ Ur/terfcincbcn, to shove or push under; 

tinter, unaer ; ^ Untcrfdne'beit, to defer ; also, to substitute. 

ccrx- ^ • u I 5 9Bif'ber&cfen, to fetch or bring back ; 

4bicbcr, agam; »aclc ; ^ ggj^^^^^jy^,,^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^.^ 



* There are, however, some compounds of b it v rf) and u m , in which, 
though these particles are separable, the verbs are, nevertheless, transitive. 
Still, it will be found, that in such cases the simplification of the compound is 
fijS^urative ; as, uinJbrtngen, to bring about {one's death;) i. e. to kill. 



398 ADVERBS FORMED FROM NOUNS. § 99. § 100. § 101. 

§ 99. Verbs compounded with nouns and adjectives. 

(1) A variety of compounds is produced by the union of verbs 
with nouns and adjectives. These follow the same general laws 
which govern those produced by means of prefixes. Some of them, 
accordingly, are separable ; as, 



^eBlfcblagen, to miscarry ; 


from 


. w 


and 


fd)ra'3en. 


^retf^u'edien, to acquit ; 


If 


frei 


It 


[pre d) en. 


@lctd}formnen, to equal; 


u 


gtetd) 


It 


fcmmen. 


Sc^rcifert, to tear away; 


V 


log 


It 


retfen. 


©tattfinbeu, to take place ; 


tt 


\U\ii 


It 


fiuben. 


(2) Some are inseparable; as, 










%xcl}lcdin, to exult ; 


from 


\xd) 


and Id (fen. 


^ru^ftiicfen, to breakfast ; 


It 


friU; 


It 


ftiicfeu. 


gudigfdirodnjen, to fav/n; 


tt 


fud]i3 


It 


fdilrdnjen. 


'^anb^abe:!, to handle ; 


tt 


^aiib 


It 


ll^lZM. 


Slebdugel.n, to ogle ; 


ft 


lieb 


If 


dugeln« 


SieBtofen, to caress ; 


tt 


Itcb 


It 


!ofen. 


Tlniijma^^n, to suspect ; 


,, 


mut^ 


It 


mafeit. 


S3ct(jte[)en, to perform ; 


It 


i;ca 


It 


Sielim. 


SBi((fa!)veu, to gratify ; 


tt 


i^KI 


It 


fa^^ren. 


SBi^iffavjeu, to foretell ; 


tt 


itjet^ 


It 


fag en. 



(3) These verbs take the augment syllable g e in the perfect 
participle : except yclljiel^'en, which has yclfjcgcn. In some cases, 
however, verbs compounded with i) o H, also, take the augment ; 
as, yollgegcffcn, from i:)cUgiepen, to pour full. 

§ 100. THE ADVERBS. 

(1) Adverbs in German, as in other languages, serve to modify 
the signification of verbs, participles, adjectives and, often, also that 
of one another : denoting, for the most part, certain limitations of 
time, place, degree and manner. Hence are they usually classified 
according to their 7neanino^. 

(2) They are indeclinable ; and formed, either by derivation or 
composition, from almost every other part of speech : of some, how- 
ever, the origin is wholly unknown. 

Arranged according to derivation, adverbs are divisible into the 
following classes : 

§ 101. Adverbs formed from nouns. 

Adverbs are formed from nouns by affixing the letter g. This 
termination § is nothing more than the sign of the genitive singutor; 



ADVERBS FORMED FROM ADJECTIVES. § 102. 399 

which case, not only of nouns, but also of adjectives, participles, 
&c. is often made to perform the ofRce of an adverb. * Exam- 
ples : 

aiicrvjciur. ia the morning ; from bcr JJlor^eu, morning. 

?C6enbi?, in the evening ; „ In 9(beub, evening. 

S'ag^, in the day ; „ bcv Z^a^^, day. 

%^t[U, ill part, or partly ; ,, bcv 3:f)eir, part. 

%\\\o,C\ swiftly ; „ bcr glug, flight. 

Suvd^O'-^')^""^'^' generally; „ burduje^eub, passing 

through. 

3ufe'f)enb5, visibly; „ iwi)^\\'b, looking at. 

§ 102. Adverbs formed from adjectives. 

(1) Adverbs are formed from adjectives by the addition of the 
sutlixes ti d) t, I; a f t and li n g ^ ; which, except the last, are also 
regular adjeciive terminations. These endings are chiefly expressive 
of manner ; and may be translated sometimes by a corresponding 
sufiix (as the English hj or islily), and sometimes by some equi- 
valent phrase. Examples : 

SBaI;iiidv truly; verily; from ):oai}X, true. 

Scg^aft, maliciously; „ bcfe, e\41 ; wicked. 

SSeisIidi, wisely; „ toeife, wise. 

§vci(idv sure ; to be sure ; „ frei, free ; sure. 

^Imblinci?, bluidly; „ Bliub, blind. 

(2) The letter 0, also, as above stated, added to adjectives, gives 
rise to a class of adverbs : * thus, 

Stedit^, on the right ; from red^t, right. 

£hi!g, on the left ; „ linf, left. 

Slnbevg, othervidse; „ auber, other. 

93ereitiv already; „ berett, ready. 

53efcnber^, particularly; „ befcnber, particular. 

(BtttS, continually; „ ftet, continual. 

(3) Here note, also, that almost all German adjectives, in the 
absolute form, tliat is, in the sijnple form loithout the terminations of 



* The letter § is, also, sometimes affixed to adverbs ending in nt a I ; as, 
wonnalS, formerly ; banial'3, at the time ; inelmal-l many times. For nu- 
meral adverbs ending in iual, Iv'i, &c. See the Section on Numerals. 



400 



ADVERBS FORMED FROM PRONOUNS. § 103. 



declension^ are emploijed as adverbs : thus, er vennt fci)ne((, he runs 
rapidly ; ev l)aubelt c^rlid), he acts honestly. 



§ 103. Adverbs formed from pronouns. 

(1) These are, diiefly, ha, there ; from ber, bic, bag, iliis or that ; 
Xoc, where; from wev, H)v"i3, ivho, ivhat ; ()er, hither, imd i]\n, thither ; 
from some correspondmg demonstrative pronoun no longer found. 

(2) The pronominal adverbs in combination with other words, 
give rise to a number of compounds. Thus ba and voc, united with 
prepositions, serve often instead of the dative and accusative (neuter) 
of the pronouns ber, tocx and ItJeicbcr, respectively. It will be no- 
ticed, that when the other word begins with a vowel or with the let- 
ter n, ba and too are written bar and \vcx ', that is, that x is inserted 
for the sake of euphony. The following are compounds of ba and 
Wo : 



2)aBet, thereby, 

i. e. by this or that. 
2)afru', therefor, 

i. e. for this or that, 
JDaniit, therewith, 

i. e. with this or that. 
5)arin, therein, 

i. e. in this or that, 
^tianniier, thereunder or among, 

i. e. under this or that. 
iDarum, thereabout or therefor, 

i. e. for this or that; therefor. 

^aran, thereon, 

i. e. on this or that. 
3)arauf, thereupon, 

i. e. upon this or that. 
3)avaug, therefrom, 

i. e. from tins or that. 
2)ayon, thereof, 

i. e. of this or that, 
^aju, thereto, 

i. e. to this or that, 
^abutd), there-through or thereby, 

i. e. through or by this or that. 



SBobet, whereby, 

i. e. by which. 
Scfiir, wherefor, 

i. e. for which. 
SBcniit, wherewith, 

i. e. with which. 
SBoriu, wherein, 

i. e. in which. 
2Covuutev, whereunder, among, 

i. e. under this or that. 
2Sotuin, whereabout, 

i. e. about or for which; 
wherefor ; why. 
2Bcr an, whereto, 

i. e. to which. 
SQcrauf, whereupon, 

i. e. upon which. 
28crau(^, wherefrom, 

i. e. from wliich. 
2Bot)on, whereof, 

i. e. of which. 
2Bcju, whereto, 

i. e. to which. 
SBoburd), whereby, 

i. e. by or through which. 



ADVERBS FORMED BY COMrOSITION. § 104. § 105- 401 

(3) In like manner hex and I)iu appear, also, combined with 
other words. Between these two particles a distinction exists, 
wherever they are used, whether alone or in composition with other 
words, which should be well understood and always remembered. 
They are, in signification, exact opposiies : tjn indicating motion or 
direction ioicards the speaker ; ()ni implying motion or direction 
au-aij fro7n the speaker. The follo^^■ing are examples : 

•^erab, down hither (i. e. ivliere •§uiab, down thither (i. e. away 
the speaker is). from tho speaker). 

«.^crauf, up hither. C^'hiauf, up thither. 

^^eraui?, out hither. ^iiiaui?, out thither. 

«^cvein, in hither ; into this place. ^inciii, into that place. 

^icrfjcr, or I}lcl}cv, hither here; ^ievf)tn, thither; this way for- 
this way. ward. 

•Ocriibcr, over hither. -^^iui'iber, over thither. 

^evuiiter, under hither. >§inuntcv, under there. 

5)ai)cr, fi'om there hither, i. e. 5)a(;iu, from thither (to) there, 
/hence. i. e. thither. 

SBctjcr, from which place hither, 2Bot)ht, from which place thither, 
i. e. iclience. i. e. ivhiiher. 

(4) We have no words in English, corresponding exactly in use 
and force with iyzx and i)\\i ; and therefore, though everywhere in 
German their force may be fell., it cannot always be expressed by 
single words, in translation. Hence are they often treated as ex- 
pletives. 

§ 104. Adverbs formed from verbs. 

(1) Adverbs are formed from verbs by suffixing to the radical 
part the termination 1 1 cb. All adverbs so formed, however, are 
equally employed as adjectives : thus, 

©(ciuBItcb (fi-om c^taub-l-eu, to believe), credibly, 
©tcvblicb (from ftcvb-|-en, to die), mortally, 
^tdgltcb (from flag-j-eu, to lament), lamentably. 
SRevHid) (from mzx'i-\-z\\, to note; perceive), perceptibly. 

§ 105. Adverbs formed by composition. 

(1) Besides the classes given above, a numerous list of adverbs 
in German is produced by the union of various parts of speech. 
Thus, the word aSeife {mode, manner), combined with nouns, 
forms a class of adverbs employed chiefly in specifying things indi- 



402 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. § 106. 

vidually or separately: thus, fdirittit?eife, step by step; t^eiltoeife, 
part by part ; trc^feniretfe, drop by drop ; toCj^cnircife, wave by wave; 
like waves. SSetfe is also added to adjectives; as, btebifdiemelfe, 
thievishly ; glficflic&ertoeife, fortunately. 

(2) Sometimes an adverb and a preposition are united ; examples 
of which may be found above under the head of adverbs formed 
from pronouns. 

(3) Sometimes adverbs are formed by the union or the repetition 
of prepositions: as, burdiaiio, throughout; thoroughly; burc^ iinb 
burd\ through and through. 

(4) Sometimes a noun and a pronoun joined together, serve as 
an adverb ; as, mdmxfdts, on my side ; bteffeit^, on this side ; atter? 
bmg0, by all means. 

(5) Sometimes one adverb is formed from another by the addi- 
tion of a suffix ; as, rutflhiyy, backwards : sometimes by the union 

^ of another adverb ; as, iitmmermel;r, nevermore. 

(6) Sometimes the several words composing a phrase, are, by 
being brought into union, made to perform the office of an adverb : 
thus, furtoa§r (for filr ira^r), verily ; fc:ift (for the obsolete fc ne iji, 
if it is not), otherwise; else. 

§ 106. Comparison of adverbs. 

(1) Many adverbs, chiefly, however, those expressive of manner 
are susceptible of the degrees of comparison. The forms for these 
are the same in adverbs as in adjectives. 

(2) It must be observed, however, that, when a comparison^ 
strictly speaking, is intended, the form of the superlative produced 
by prefixing a m (See Obs. § 38.), should always be employed ; as, 
er ]d:,xdbt am fd>^nfte:i, he writes the most beautifully {of all). 

(3) If, on the other hand, we purpose, not to compare indi-viduals 
one with another, but merely to denote extreme excellence or emi- 
nence, there are three ways in which it may properly be done : firsts 
by using the simple or absolute form of the superlative ; as, er gviipt 
freiuibridijl:, he greets or salutes in a manner very friendly, very cor- 
dially ; secondly, by employing auf5 (auf-j-bas) vdih. the accusative, 
or jum (^u-f-bcnt) with the dative, of the superlative ; as, aufia 
freunbltdifte, in. a manner very fiiendly ; ^itnt fd^ciiften, in a manner 
very beautiful ; lastly, by adding to the simple form of the super- 
lative, the termination e n ^ ; beften^, the best or in the best n?anner ; 
l}oc&|^en5, at the highest or at the most. 



TABLE OF THE PREPOSITIONS. § 10*7. § 108. 



40J 



§ 107. THE PREPOSITIONS. 

(1) The prepositions in German, that is, the words employed 
merely to denote the relations of things, arc commonly classified ac- 
cording to the cases with which they are construed. Some of them 
are coQstrued with the genitive only; some with the dative only; 
some with the accusative only ; and some either with the dative or 
accusative, according to circumstances. 

(2) They may also, on a different principle, be divided into two 
general classes : the Primitive and the Derivative. The primitive 
prepositions always govern either the dative or the accusative : the 
derivative prepositions are found, for the most part, in connection 
with the genitive only. 





§ 


108. Table of 


THE 


Prepositions. 


(1) Prepositions construed with 


(2) Prepositions 


construed with 


TF 


[E 


:jenitive. 




THE dative. 


"(iiilatt/ or 




D&erl)al!3, 




2tu5, 


S^eBji, 


%\itr 




^rc^, 




Stumer, 




i'lufcrl^aUv 




Unt — iDillen, 




93ct, 


€)b, 


©tciyeit, or 




Unfevn,. 




Sinnen, 




bieffeiti5, 




Uitijeaditet, 




©utgegen, 


©ammt. 


.^alb, Ijal&eii, 


or 


Uuterl;al£), 




©egeuiikr, 




t)al6er. 




UmDeit, 




©emdp, 


(Seit, 


3nuerl)alb, 




a3ermittclil, or 








Scnfcit, or 




mittcti'l, 




mi, 


33on, 


jeufcit^, 




23ermcc]e, 








.^raft. 




2Gd()rcnb, 




S^ad), 


3u, 


Sdngg, 




SSegeii, 








Saut, 




Sufclge. 




Sfldd^fi, 


Sutotber. 



(3) Prepositions construed Vvdth 
the accusative. 



ij)iird}, 



£)uue, 



^iir, (Srabev, 

©egen, or Urn, 

gen, SSiber. 



(4) Prepositions construed with 

THE DATIVE Or ACCUSATIVE. 

$(n, UeBer, 

5{uf, Unter, 

Jointer, S3or, 

3n, Siuifd^en. 
9^eben, 



404 



OBSERVATIONS. § 109. § 110. 



§ 109 Prepositions construed with the genitive. 

We no\^ give again the prepositions governing the several eases 
respectively, with their proper detinitions : subjoining, also, some 
few observations on such of them as seem to require further expla- 
nation. And first, we mention those construed with the ceniiive. 



Jir.ftatt, or ftatt, 
Slufjcviiafb, 

I^icffctt, or biefj 

feit^, 

|>vilben, or t)ah 

Suner^alb, 
Senfeit, or jcn; 
fcito, 
,Eraft, 

Sdng^, (also 
gov. Dat.) 
Saut, 

Irci^,, (also 
gov. Dat.) 



instead, 
without ; out- 
side, 
on this side. 

on account of. 

vv'ithin; inside, 
on that side ; 
beyond, 
by virtue of. 
along. 

according to. 

above. 

in spite of. 



Urn — UmUcu, 

Uns^eacbtct, 
Unteviialb, 

Uufern, 

Uuti^eit, 

S^crmittelil, or 

mittelft, 
Sermcge, 
23df)venb, 



for the sake of 

notwithstanding. 

below ; on the 

lower side. 

near ; not fur 

from. 

near ; not far 

from. 

by means of. 

by dint of. 
during. 

on account of. 



Sufct^e, (also in consequence 
gov. Dat.) of. 



§ 110. Observations. 

(1) -Stnllatt is compounded of an (in) and etatt (jjlace ;) and 
these components may sometimes be separated : thus, an ici Q3niberg 
^tatt, in the brother's stead. In this case the part, @ t a 1 1 , takes 
its proper character, which is that of a noun. 

(2) .§al6en, like treo[eii and urn — iriiUen, expresses w?o^ ire. Strict- 
ly speaking, liowever, fialben seems to point to a motive that is 
direct, immediate and special', » e g e u indicates an object less definite 
and more distant; while urn — trtllleit looks to the will, wish or wel- 
fare of that which is expressed by the genitive. These distinctions, 
however, are not always regarded even by writers of reputation. 

(3) «!^alten or Balber is always placed after the noun which it gov- 
erns : the form, Knlli e u being preferred, when the noun has an article 
or pronoun before it ; and fnilb e r , when it has not : thus, beo ©clbesS 
l)alben, for the sake of money ; 33ergnu9eii3 Iialber, for the sake of 
pleasure. <6al6t'it is often united with the genitive of the personal 
pronouns; in which case the final letter (r) is omitted and its place 



OBSERVATIONS. § 111. § 112. 



405 



i Applied by t; thus, mcmcilVvitbcn, (instead of iiieiucr^alben,) for my 
sake ; bciiicthalbeii, for thy sake ; )\nuetl)v"ilbeii, for his sake, &c. So> 
too, it occurs in the compounds bcpl)viH), on account of th^t; irefi 
I;alb, on account of which : wherein, as in aujjevl^alt), iniierfjalb, ober? 
I)vilb, iintcrtiaUv the form t) a I b e n is shortened into I) a I b. In the 
hist four, I) alb has the sense part or side; as, auferljalb, outsicfe, &c. 

(4) Jfficgcu may either come before or after its noun : as, tregen ber 
grcpni ©cfabv, on account of the great danger; ftiuer ®efuubi)eit We* 
gcu, on account of his health. 

(5) Uni — triUeii is always separated by the genitive which it gov- 
erns : tlius, um ©cttciS unllen, for God's sake. 

(6) Uugeaditet may either precede or succeed its noun: as, unge; 
adnct alter J^iubcruif[e, notAvithstanding all hindrances ; feincs §leipe5 
ujtgead^tet, notwithstanding his industry. 

(7) 23ermoge, by dint or means of indicates physical ability : as, 
ijcrmcge beo ^leipes, by means of industry. It thus differs from fraft, 
which points rather to the exercise of moral power: as, !raft meine^ 
5tmtci>, by virtue of my office. 

(8) Sufclge, when it comes after the word which it governs, takes 
the hitter m the Dative : as, bem 58efef}le jufclge, m consequence of 
(or pursuant to) the order, 

(9) Sdng6 and trc^ may, also, govern the Dative. 



§ 111. 


Prepositions construed with 


the dative. 


5lu^, 


out; out of. 


9^a*, 


after ; to ; ac- 


Sluper, 


without ; outside 




cording to. 




of. 


Sflddift, 


next ; next to. 


58ei, 


by; near; with. 


DZeba, 


together with. 


Oilmen, 


within. 


£)b, 


over; at. 


(S'litgegen, 


towards ; oppo- 


(Sammt, 


together with. 




site to. 


eeit, 


since. 


©egeuiiber, 


over against. 


S3cn, 


from; of. 


@emdp. 


conformably 


3u, 


to, at. 




with. 


Buiriber, 


against ; con- 


mi, 


with. 




trary. 




§. 112. Observ 


ations. 





(1) Stu indicates the place, the source or the material whence 
any thing is produced ; as, au^ bem >^aufe, out of the house ; aug 
Siebe, out of love ; au6 dlxiciU ijOii ®oii bie SiBelt gema^t, out of no- 
thing has God made the world. 



406 OB3ERTATIOX3. § 112. 

(2) 51 u ^ e r differs from auy, in that it denotes situation rather 
than transition : thus, au5 bem ^^aufe marks motion from or out of 
tlie house, while aii^er bem -^aiife signifies position in respect to the 
house ; that is, outside of the house ; abroad : hence comes, also, 
the signification, besides ; exclusive of; as, ^liemaiib au^er mtr trar 
^ugegeu, no one besides, or except me was present. 

(3) Set shovrs the relation of proximity or identity in respect to 
persons, places, times, &c. : as, er irc(;nt bei feiiiem Sruber, he resides 
with his brother ; bet beni ^^aiife, iy or near the house ; bei ber ^dbo^ 
4)fung, at the creation ; bei meincr ?(nfiinft, at or t^jjotz my arrival ; bei 
bem ^tato, in Plato, that is, in the works of Plato. © e i is also 
■used in making oath or protest; as, bet ®i:tt; bei meiiier @f;re ; by 
God ; by, or upon my honor : a use easUy derived from the primary 
signification of the word. It should be added that the German bei 
(unlike the English by) is not properly employed to denote the cause, 
means or instrument of an action : thiis is done by the words burd), 
i^cn, or mir ; id^ fafvce mit ber Sifcnba^n. 

(4). 33 t n :t e n is used in denoting a limitation of time ; as, bin; 
Tien adbt S^agen, within eight days. 

(5) (5 n t g e g e n always comes after its noun ; and denotes the 
relation of parties mo-^ing towards one another so as to meet : hence 
it gets the significations opposite to^ oxer against : thus, ber ^nabe 
Iduft feiuem SSater entgegen, the boy runs towards, that is, to meet his 
father ; bem 2Btixbc entgegen, against the wind. 

(6) @ e g e n 11 b e r marks an opposite position of things ; and 
like entgegen, comes after its noun ; as, bem -^aafe gegenuber, opposite 
to, ov fronting the house. 

(7) 2Jl i t sio-nifies sometimes the relation of union ; sometimes 
that of instrumentality ; as, er arbettet mit feinem 9]citer, he works 
with his father ; mit einem ©Zejfer fdnieiben, to cut icitli a knife : some- 
times, also, it indicates the manner of an action ; as, mit @e"n?a(t; mit 
Sift. 

(8) ^ a d\ in all its uses, has its nearest equivalent in the Eng- 
lish word after ; as, je^n 2Jlinuten nad) mx, ten minutes after four ; 
ruid) englifd^er 2)^cbe, after the English fasliion ; ber S^lafe nad\ after 
(that is, following after) your nose ; bem Strcme na*, after (that is, 
in the direction of) the stream ; ber S3efd>reibimg nad), after (that is, 
according to) the description; tt*ir gel;en nadi bcrtgtabt, we are going 
after (that is, in the direction of towards, or to) the city ; bag Sdnjf 
{ft nad) Slmerifa befttmmt, the ship is bound after (that is, for) Ame- 
rica, &c. 

(9) WTien direction towards a person, instead of a place, is indi- 



TRErOSITIONS CONSTRUED WITH TUE ACCUSATIVE. § 113. 407 

catcd, J u is employed ; as, id) trcrbc 5 u mcinem 33ater ge'^cn, I shcal] 
go to my father. Sometimes n a d) is used in connection with 3 u ; 
as, cr Ucf iividi bev ^tait ju, he ran (literally, after to) towards the 
city. When it denotes direction with, as in the phrase, bent (Stvcme 
lui*, following, or going icith the stream, it is put afier the noun 
wliich it governs : so, also, when it has the kindred sense, according 
to ; as, mehicr Siteniitncj nad>, according to my opinion. If, ho\vever, 
in the latter case, a genitive depends on the noun under the govern- 
ment of the preposition, iiaAi jprecedes ; as, luid) ber ©efdireibuug be3 
•edMlIcr, according to Schiller's description. 

(10) DZebfi and fammt have the same general signification, 
together with ; but, strictly speaking, differ in this, that fammt not 
only indicates conjoint, but, also, simultaneous action : thus, Slarcn 
fammt fcincit (2cf)ncn fctlen i()re .^dnbe auf \t\\i ^§au^t legen, Aaron to- 
gether with (i. e. simultaneously with) his sons shall lay their hands 
upon his head. 

(11) D b is seldom used except in poetry, 

(12) S3 n marks, the source or origin of a thing, and has the 
same latitude of signification as its English equivalent from : thus, 
ber aSiub ire^ct tocii Cjten, the wind blows from the East ; hae @es 
bid)t ijl i?cn if)m^ that poem is from (by) him. With an or auf fol- 
lowing, it indicates the extent of a period of time : sen ber erften 
o^inbkit an, from earliest childhood on ; s?cn femer Sugenb auf, from 
his youth up. 

(13) 3 u primarily is a mere sign of transition ; but is made to 
denote a variety of cognate relations, from a state of motion to a 
state of rest. Examples best illustrate its use : thus, idi tri(( ^u met;; 
nem SSatcr gcBen, I will go to my father ; trir rctfen ^u SSaffer nnb ju 
Sanbe, we travel by land and by water; ju ^ferbe, on horseback; ju 
§u^e, on foot; ju ^aufe, at home ; 5U jcner Sett, at that timfe; er i)<xt 
midi junt (for ju bem) Olarren gentad)t, he has made me (to become) a 
fool ; er tl}ut eg mir ^xi Sicfce, he does it to (show) love for me. It is 
sometimes used as an adverb ; as, ge^ ju, go on ; gu incl, too much ; 
mad^e bie Xf)uv ju, shut the door to. See L. LXXIV. 1. 

(14) Butoiber, against^ contrary to, comes after the word, 
which it go\ems. 

§ 113. Prepositioxs construed with the accusative. 

2;:uvdv through. ©cnbcr, apart; without. 

%nx, for ; in place of. Urn, about ; around, 

©cgcn or gen, towards. SBiber, against 
rime, without. 



408 OBSERVATIONS. §114. §115. §116. 

§ 114. Observations. 

(1) 3) u V d) has. its exact equivalent in the English word through : 
as, buvd) bie (Btaht ge()en, to go through the city ; burd) 3f)ren S3eu 
ftanb, through your aid ; ba^ gcnijc '^aijx burd) (where, as often in 
English, the preposition comes after the noun), the mhole year 
through. 

(2) (5) c g e n (contract form, gen) indicates motion towards ; and 
hence often has the signification opposite to ; but whether it marks 
direction towards, in a manner friendly or otherwise, must be deter- 
mined by the context. In this respect, it differs from ivibev, against, 
which denotes an opposition, doing or designing evil. 

(3) O f) n e and f o n b e r are of the same import ; but the latter 
is seldom used, and then only, when the substantive has no article 
before it. 

(4) U m, like the English word about, indicates the going or 
being of one thing around another ; and hence denotes also near- 
ness, change of position, succession, &c. : thus, urn ben !l!ifd) ft|en, 
to sit about the table ; lulvf behieu 2)Zantet urn bid), throw thy cloak 
about thee ; urn jwet Ul}r, about (literally, close about, i. e. exactly) 
two o'clock ; eineu Sag urn ben anbern, one day about another, that 
is, every other day ; e^ ift mtt iijn gcfdie()en, it is done about him, that 
is, it is all over with him ; uni ®ctb fptctcii, to play about (for) mo- 
ney ; itm jef)u 3a()ve jitnger, younger about (by) ten years, &c. Be- 
fore an Infinitive preceded by ju (that is, before the Supine, as it is 
sometimes called), urn denotes purpose ; as, um 3f)neii ju jeigen, in 
order to show you ; um ju fd}retben, in order to write, or for the pur- 
pose of writing. 

§ 115". Prepositions construed with the dative or 
accusative. 



§tn, 


on ; at ; near. 


UeBer, 


over; above. 


§iuf, 


on ; upon. 


Unter, 


under; among. 


«^intev, 


behind. 


mox, 


before. 


3n, 


in, or into. 


3iwtfd)en, 


betwixt ; be- 


SfJeben, 


beside. 


_ 


tween. 




§116. 


Observations. 





These prepositions govern either the accusative or the dative ; but 
not without a difference of signification : for, when motion towards, 
that is, motion from one point to another, is indicated, the accusative 



OBSERVATIONS. 



§116. 



40» 



is required : when, however, motion or rest in any given place or 
condi>ion is signified, the dative is nscd ; thus, bcv Jliuih Idiift in ten 
©vivttMi, the boy runs info (motion iawards) the garden ; bcv Mnabe 
Iciiift hi bcm ©aiteu, tTie boy runs in (motion within) the garden, 
This is the general principle ; which will be found, with more or 
less distinctness, everywhere to prevail in the use of the pre- 
positions of this class. We subjoin a list of examples. 

to dwell in or at a place. 

to write to a friend. 

he is workinsf on a book. 



Dat. 
Ace. 
Dat. 
Ace. 



5(u cincm Cvte uict)ucn, 
S(n eincii ^veinib fdneibcn, 
Qx avbcitct aw chicni 53ucbc, 
5Ui etti^ag bcnfeii, 



Dat. (Fr tft an 



bcr 5(u^jef)vung ges 
ftcvfecn, 



to think on (i. e. turn one^s 
thoughts towards) something, 
he died by consumption. 



Ace. 


3* ftc((e ben 3^ifrfi an ble 


I put the table against {towards) 




SQaub, 


the wall. 


Dat. 


(Sdnyadi an 33critanbe, 


weak in understanding. 


Ace. 


:Sis5 an ben SlKnib, 


even to or until evening. 


Dat. 


5lm 2}lLn\3cn unb am 9lBenb, 


in the morning and in the 
evening. 


Dat. 


5(uf bem 5;f)urme, 


on (i. e. resting on) the tower. 


Ace. 


-5iuf ben S^uvm, 


upon (i. e. climbing) the tower. 


Dat. 


Shtf bem Saiibe wc~§nen, 


to live in the country. 


Ace. 


5(uf bag ianh reifen, 


to travel into the country. 


Dat. 


5(uf ber ^cft, 


at the post-office. 


Dat. 


5(uf ber (Sdntte, 


at school. 


Ace. 


Stuf eine <Sadie benfen. 


to think {turn thoughts) on a 
thing. 


Ace. 


(Be inel auf h^n Tlann, 


so much for a, or per man. 


Ace. 


SiD auf yier S^tjater, 


even to four dollars. 


Ace. 


Stuf beutfdie 5(rt, 


in (i. Q. following after) the Ger. 
man way. 


A.cc. 


Stnf S3efe6l 


pursuant to an order. 


Ace. 


5[nf Stontag, 


next raonday. 


Dat. 


(Sr ]td)t Ifmtn mir, 


he stands behind me. 


Ace. 


(§x txat ijhiUx nmb, 


he stepped behind me. 


Dat. 


3d) wc()ne in ber (Stabt, 


I live in the city. 


Ace. 


3di gefte in bie Stabt, 


I am going into the city. 


Dat. 


(§r ftanb neten mir, 


he stood near to me. 


Ace. 


(Sx fteKtc ftdi neOeu mic^, 


he placed himself near mc. 


Dat. 


Ueber ber 5tr&eit, 


over (i. e. while at) the work. 


Ace. 


Uekr meine ^rdfte, 
18 


beyond my strength. 



410 THE CONJUKCTIOXS. § 117. 

Acc. UeBer hciS Safjr, beyond this (i. e. next) year. 

Ace. Jr)en Xag, iiber, the day over, i. e. during the day. 

Dat. S* ftanb uiiter eincni ^-Bainue, I stood under a tree. 

Acc. 2^er ^unb !rtcdit unter bin the dog creeps under the table. 

Dat. (Bo irid id) mid) ntdit l^or bit then will I not hide myself from 

yerbergen, thee. 

Dat. 3di ftanb ncr bem <§aiife, I stood before the house. 

Acc. 3di ijel^e i^cr tie Xijux, I go before the door. 

Dat. 3d) fap jftifd^en jtrei ^reim? I sat between two friends. 

ben, 

Acc. 3d) llelltc mid) jtDifdieu hdbt, I placed myself between the two. 

§ 117. THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

(1) Conjunctions are words used in connecting sentences. As, 
however, there are various kinds of connections existing among sen- 
tences, it has been customary to classify the conjunctions according 
to the nature of the connection which they are employed to indicate. 
Hence we have (among other classes) the following : 

Copulatives: as, unb, and; au&\, also. 

Disjunctives: as, entweber, either; ober, or. 

Adversatives : as, aBer, but; however; aHeiu, but; hcd\ yet. 

Negatives : as, treber, neither ; itcd\ nor. 

Comparatives: as, tiMe, as; fo, so; thus; alij, than; gleidnrie, just 

as. 

Conditionals: as, iremt, if; faU^, in case that; irc fern, provided 

that, 

Causals : as, benn, for; ircil, since; because. 

Condusives : as, bviruni, therefore; bahev, hence; bc^ijicilb, there- 
fore. 

Concessives: as, cfcn^cl)!, c6f*cn, cbvjfeidv trcmi; although. 

Finals : as, bvip, that ; anf ba^ and bamlt, in order that ; um ^it' 

in order to- 

(2) We give below a list of the conjunctions that most commonly 
occur in German : premising only that some of the words here set 
down as conjuriCtions are also employed as adverbs; for it \nll of 
course be kept in mind, that the oiJice performed by a word, deter- 
mines its name and character. For numeraua examples illusU'ating 
tiieir uses, S&e Lessou C. 



INTERJECTIONS. § 118. 



411 



5?lbcv, but. 
jaiciit, but. 
i'lUl, as ; than ; when. 
!i?ili\\ so then ; consequently ; also, 
vhtdi, also; eve?*. 
C'hif ba^. in order that. 
53ii^, until. 
5}a, since. 

Salter, therefore ; hence. 
Saferii, in case that ; if, 
2)a^, that ; in order that. 
5^amit, in order that. 
!Sarum, therefore ; on that account. 
5)eun, for; because; than. 
5)euncch, still; nevertheless. 
5)tf5i;a(b, therefore ; on that ac- 
count, 
©cfto, the (L. 31. G). 
2)cd\ yet; however; s-till. 
(5"l}e, before-that; ere. 
©ntwebcr, either, 
fails', in case that. 
gctv]Ii6, consequently. 
3c,— beilc, the— the (L. 31. 6). 
Sebodi, yet, nevertheless. 
Snbem, while ; because ; since. 
S.l'litfjin, consequently. 



D^adibcni, after-that 

died), nor; nor yet. 

Diun, therefore; then. 

?iuv, but; only. 

Ci>. whether; if. 

£)b.^Iciit\ though; although. 

CbfduMi, though; although. 

ObwoCiC though; although, 

DDcr, or. 

D'vUe, wiihout ; except. 

£)^iujeadUet, notwithstanding. 

(Bo, thus; therefore; if. 

(gonbevu, but. 

U:ib, and. 

Uiuiead: tet, n ot withstanding. 

SSdbveub, whilst. 

SBa()rnib bem, whilst. 

aSdtjreub bvt^, w^hilst that. 

SBeber, neither. 

SBenn, if; as, 

SBcil, because. 

©enngtctdi, although. 

SBennfdicn, although. 

2Bie, as; when. 

3Sietycf)(, though. 

2Bc, if. 

®ofevn, if; in case that 



§ 118. INTERJECTIONS. 

(1) Interjections, as the name implies, are commonly thrown into 
a sentence ; without, however, changing either its structure or its 
signification. They are merely the signs of strong or sudden emo- 
tion ; and may be classified according to the nature of the emotion 
which they indicate: some expressing joy; some sorrow; some 
surprise, and so on. The list below contains those only that most 
commonly occur. 

ad) I alas I of) I o I oh ! o ! 

af)! ah! ^fui! fy! 

ei! eigh! p\t\ hist! 

:^a! ha! toe^e! wo! alas! 

^b! ho! ktfa! hurrah! 



412 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. § 119. § 120. 

lie ba I ho there I jitch^eifal huzza! 

l}altl hold! ix^c^Ianl well then! 

'i)cl{a I holla ! I)ui 1 hoa ! quick ! 

I)ii[cb I hush ! nch ! lo I 

leibev I alas I * l}uin I hem I 

(2) It may be added that other parts of speech and even whole 
phrases, are often employed as conjunctions, and in parsing are treat- 
ed as such. 



119. SYNTAX. 



Syntax is that part of Grammar which unfolds the relations and 
offices of words as arranged and combined in sentences. 

The essential parts of every sentence are the subject, which is that 
of which something is affirmed ; and the predicate, wdiich is that which 
contains the affirmation. 

The subject is either a noun or that which is the representative or 
equivalent of a noun ; the predicate is either a verb alone, or a verb 
in conjunction with some other part or parts of speech. AH other 
w^ords entering into a sentence, are to be regarded as mere adjuncts. 
The foUowiug sentences exhibit the subject and the predicate under 
several varieties of form : 

Subject. Predicate. 

God exists. 

Man is mortal. * 

To be, contents his natural desire. 

Throwing the stone was his ciime. 

Sentences are either simple, that is, contain a single assertion or 
proposition ; or compound, that is, contain two or more assertions or 
propositions. Of the various parts of a sentence whether principal 
or adjunct, we come novv' to speak more in detail; so as to show the 
relation, agreement, government and arrangement of words in con- 
struction. 

§ 120. THE ARTICLES. 

Rule. 

The article in German, whether definite or indefinite, is generally 
employed wherever the corresponding article would be used in 

English. 

* In the sentence God exists, the verb exists is the predicate : affirming, as 
it does, existence of the Ahmghty. But in the sentence, man is mortal, mortal- 



8tntax of the article. § 120. 413 

Observations. 

This rule is of course founded upon the presumption that the 
studewt is familira- wi:h the usage of the English in respect to the 
article. In the specifications that follow, therefore, he is to look 
only for the points in which the German dijj'ers from the usage of 
our own language. 

(1) The Germans insert the definite article : 

(a) Before words of abstract or universal signification; as, bcr 
Stlcufd^ ift ftcvblidv man (i. e. every man) is mortal; bag @oIb ift bcl)n; 
Iwx, gold is ductile ; hai Scbcn ift fiirj, life is short ; hie .'Sugenb 
[iUn't jiiin ©liiife, virtue leads to happiness : 

(b) before the names of certain divisions or periods of time : as, 
ber (Scnittciij, Sunday; berSOZcutag, Monday: bcr S^ejeniBer, December; 
ber Sdi^uft, August; ber ©onnner, Summer: 

(c) before certain names {feminines) of countries ; as, btc 'X.xixM, 
Turkey; bie ©dnreij, Switzerland; bie Sombarbci, Lombardy: 

(d) before the names of authors, when used to denote their works; 
as, idi Icfc ben Siffiiig, I am reading Lessing: 

(e) before the proper names or titles of persons, when used in a 
way denoting familiarity or inferiority ; as, grille b i e S)Zarie, greet 
(or remember me to) Mary; fage bem 2utf}cr, baf id) i§n ^u fe^^en 
Uninfdie, tell Luther, that I wish to see him : also, when connected 
with, attributive s^diiQcXives: as, bie Heine @o^l)ie, little Sophia : 

(fj before words (especially proper names of persons) whose gases 
are not made known either by a change of termination, or by the 
presence of a preposition; as, ha^ £-e6cn ber ^iirften, the life of 
princes; bie jjrau beg ©ccvaiee, the wife of Socrates; ber %ao^ ber 
-i)?adH\ the day of (the) vengeance : 

(g) before the names of ranks, bodies, or systems of doctrine : as, 
bas 5|5.ir[am:nt, Parliament; bie Otegterung, government; bie rOZonar^: 
diie, monarchy; h (x^ Sf)riftentf)um, Christianity : also in such phrases: 
as, in ber @tabt, in tov;n; in betv^trdje, at church; hie meijten 
Slenfd^en, most men. 

(h) before the words (signifying) half and both: as, bie Iialfec 
(not I;aI6e bie) 3al)l, half the number ; b t e Wx'bv.i (not bctben hk) 
S3viibcr, both the brothers : 

(i) before v/ords denoting the limit, within which certain specified, 
numbers or amounts are confined ; wherein in English, the indefinite 
article would be used : as, jn^cimal b i e 2Bcdie, twice a week : 

iiy IS what is affirmed of man ; and the verb (is) is the mere link that connects 
the subject and the predicate together. It is thence called the copula. § 158. 



414 SYNTAX OF THE NOUN. § 121. 

(2) Note, further, that the German differs from the English in 
omitting the definite article, — 

(a) before certain law appellatives, as: Seflagter, {the) defendant; 
^Idger, {tJie) plaintiff; 5(pV'f^t^«t {(he) appellant; (Supplicant, {the) 
petitioner : 

(b) before certain common expressions such as, in befier Dvbnung, 
in {the) best order; Ueberbringer btefeg, {the) bearer of this; and cer- 
tain adjectives and participles treated as nouns; as, evfterer, {tUe^ 
former ; le|terer, {the) latter ; Befagter, {the) before-said (person) : 

(c) before certain proper names of places: as, Dftinbien, (the) 
East Indies ; 2Bcftinbien, {the) West Indies ; and before the names of 
the Cardinal points: as, Dften, {the) East; SBeften, (//le) West; iSixben, 
{the) South ; S'lorben, {the) North : 

(d) before a past participle joined with a noun, which, in English, 
precedes the participle: as, "bix^ yerlorene ^arabieg, {literally, the lost 
Paradise) Paradise Lost. 

(3) Note, again, that the Germans in using certain collective 
terms preceded by adjectives, employ the indefinite article where the 
English would use the definite : as, ein f)odituetfer ^;xi^, the (lit. a) 
most learned Senate; etue I6bttd)e Uni»erfitdt, the {a) honorable Uni- 
versity. 

(4) In German, also, the indefinite article stands hefore (not after, 
as in English,) the words, such, half: thus, ein fcldicr Wlami, (not 
fcldier ein 2)^ann), such a man ; ein f)alBeg 3abr (not I;atbeg ein 3a§r), 
half'a year. In questions, direct or indirect, like the following : @inen 
\riie langen (Spajierritt l)at er gemadU, how long a ride has he taken; 
it must be noticed that the article stands hefore irie : thus, einen toie 
langen (a how long) and not, as in English, how long a. 

(5) The German differs again from the English in not using an 
article at all in the phrases answering to the English ; a few ; a thou- 
sand ; a hundred. 

§ 121. THE NOUN. 

Rule. 

A noun or pronoun which is the subject of a sentence must be in 
the nominiiiive case : as, 

xDer S^cnfdi beiift, ®Qti lenft, man devises, God disposes. 
2)ie S3erge bomiern, the mountains thunder. 

Observations. 
(1) The subject or nominative in German, s seldom omitted, ex- 



USE OF THE NOMINATIVE. § 122. § 123. 415 

cept in tlic case of the pronouns agreeing with verbs in the second 
person (singular and plural) of the Imperative : as, 

Sefe (bii), read ! ©i>()ct unb fviget (.^vv) iijm, go and tell him. 
See, however, § 136. 2. 

§ 122. Rule. 

A noun or pronoun which is the "fredicate of a sentence, must be 
in the nominative case : as, 

(E"v u\iv elu gvc^a- .^onuj, be was a great king. 

5)icfa- jl'nabe \\i .\Iaufmami i]eroorfceii, tiiis boy is become a merchant. 

2llcx\iubcv i}ii:^ bev (Sjuop:, Alexander was called the Great. 

Observations. 

(1) This rule applies, where the subject and the predicate are 
connected, as above, by such verbs as fehi, to he ; ivterbeu, to become; 
(;eipeu, to he called ; bleiOen, to remain, &c. 

(2) So, also, the rule becomes applicable when any of those 
verbs which in the active govern two accusatives (§ 132. 2.), are em- 
ployed passively : as, Siccvo trurbe ber iJviter bees iiaterlaiibesJ genannt, 
Cicero was called the father of his country ; (Sr ift Slteranbcr getauft 
VDovben, he has been christened Alexander. From this remark, how- 
ever, must be excepted the verb I c § r e n : since it has no passive. 

§ 123. Rule. 

A noun used to limit * the application of another noun signifying 
a different thing, is put in the genitive ; as, 

S)cr Sauf bcr <Scnne, the course of the sun. 
2)er <^oi)\\ melneg ^veuubc^, the son of my friend. 
S)ic @rjtci)ung ber ^inber, the education of the children. 
2)ie SBal/l ehie^ gveuiibes, the choice of a friend. 

Observations. 
(1) If, how^ever, the limiting noun (unless restricted itself by 
an adjective or some other qualifying word) signify measure, num- 
ber, iveigJit or qiianiity, it is the.i put in the same case with that 
which it limits ; as, p^d ®io.^ SEcIn (not SSetiieg), two glasses (of) 
wine ; fccb^ ^fuub %i)zt (not 5:f;ee?), six pounds (of) tea : but (with 

* How the hmita'ion is made, is easily seen: thus, bfv ?»nif bcr Soiiitf, 
the course of the sun. Here we speak not of any course indefinitely, but 
of the suris course definitely: the word biv ■iomie, is the genitive, limit- 
ing H'C Vcnif, which is the governing word. 



416 SYNTAX OF THE NOUN. § 123. 

a restrictive term), fed)^ 5|>funb bicfcg S:f)ceg ; jwei ©lag biefed 

(2) It should be obsen^ed that the two nouns under this Rule 
mus-t be of different significations ; for two nouns standing for the 
same thing, would be in the same case, forming an instance of apjpo- 
sition. See § 133. (1). 

(3) The noun in the genitive, that is, the limiling noun, is com- 
monly said to be governed by the other one. This genitive is either 
subjective or objective ; subjective, when it denotes that which dees 
something or lias something : ohjeciive, when it denotes that which 
suffers something, or which is the object of what is expressed by the 
governing word. To illustrate this, we have only to take the ex- 
amples given above : bcr Saiif ber ©cnne, the course of the sun ; bie 
(Sr§ic(;uiig bcr ^iubev, the education of the children ; where, in the 
first example, the sun is represented as 'performing or haiing a 
course, and is consequently subjective ; and, in the second example, 
the children are represented as being the objects of education, and 
the word is consequently objective. This objective genitive, it should 
be added, occurs only after verbal nouns, and chiefly those ending 
in the suffixes e r, which marks the doer, and u n g, which marks 
the doing of an action. 

(4) It seems hardly necessary to observe that under this rule 
come all words which perform the ojice of nouns ; as, pronouns, ad- 
jectives used substantively, &.c. ; thus, bie ©iiabe ber ©vr^en, the fa- 
vor of the great. 

(5) We say often in English, He is a friend fo, or an enemy to, 
or a nephew to any one ; where, were these phrases put into German, 
we might expect the dative to be used. But, in such cases, the Ger- 
man always employs the Genitive : thus, cr ift ciu ^ehib felue^ SSatcr? 
lanbcg, he is an enemy of his native country. 

(6) We say in English, the month r/ August, the city r/ Lon- 
don, and the like : where the common and the proper name of the 
same thing are connected by the preposition of The Germans put 
the two nouns in apposition. See § 133. (2). 

(7) So, too, in English we say, the fifth of August ; but, in Ger- 
man, the numeral is put in direct agreement with the name of the 
month : as, ber fuufte 5tuguft, the fifth (of) August, or August fifih. 

(8) In place of the genitive, the preposition y o n, followed by, 
the dative, is, in the following instances, generally used : 

a. When succeeded by noinis signifving (quality, rank, measure 
weight, age, distance and J.e like ; as, ciu 2Jlann von l^cljcm ^tanbc. 



USE OF THE GENITIVE. § 124. § 125. 4l7 

a man of high standing ; cin Sd'iff vc\i jivci f;unbert llcniicu, a ship of 
two hundred tons; eiu ©eandU ton fi'uif '>\iiuni>, a weight of rive 
pounds ; clii 2)tviuu vcii aditjicj 3vil)vcu, a man of eighty years ; eine 
Oielfe lUMi brei 2)cei(cn, a journey of three miles; ciu (S":uj(dntcr i^cn 
©eburt, an Englishman by birth, &e. 

b. Wlien followed by nouns denoting the material or substance 
of which any thing is made : as, eiii SdciKX vcn (£il&er, a cup of sil- 
ver, i. e. a silver cup ; eiue U^r yen ©clbe, a gold watch, &c. 

c. When foUovved by nouns whose cases are not indicated by 
the terminations of declension nor by the presence of the ariicle : as, 
bcr Sdieiu ten dhiiid'tcit, the appearance of honesty ; eiu 23ater ten 
fed;>3 o^inberu, a fother of six children ; bte ^cnigin ton (Inglanb, the 
queen of England ; bie ©reujen i^oii granfrcidv the boundaries of 
France : bcr 33ii"dicf i^cii jlcnftanj, the bishop of Constance 

d. When followed by a word indicating the whole, of which the 
word preceding expresses but a part : as, ehier ton meineu S3efv"inuteiV 
one of my acquaintances ; ireldier ten fceibeu ? which of the two ? 

§ 124. Rule. 

A noun limiting the application of an adjective, where in English 
the relation would be expressed by such words as oforfj-om, is put 
in the genitive : as, bte meiften ffiertufte fviib ehieS (S'rfa|eo fdliiy, most 
losses are capable of reparation ; bte Gvbe ijl; tell ber @hk bee <§errn, 
the earth is full of the goodness of the Lord, 

Observations. 

(1) The adjectives comprehended under this rule are such as follow : 

-^Beburfti^, in want ; needing. Seer, void. 

SBcnctriivjt, needing; wanting, Sc^, free; rid. 

33crs;ii9t, conscious. S}ldd)tti], having; in possession. 

(Singcbenf, mindful. 9Jcixbe, tired; weary. 

§af)tg, capable ; susceptible. (^att, satiated ; weary. 

^tei), glad, (gd^ulbig, guilty ; indebted. 

©ett'Ci^r, aware. S^eil^aft, partaking, 

©etvdvtig, wailing; in expecta- Uefcevbrufftg, tired; weary. 

tion. 53erbddittg, suspicious. 

©eUM^, sure; certain. S^cvlufti.j, having lost; deprived of. 

®e»c()ut, used to ; in the habit, ^cli, full, 

^unbig, having a knowledge; aBevtfv worth; worthy. 

skilled, -ffiiivbig, worthy- 

£ebig, empty; void. Oiiitt, rid; free from. 
18* 



418 



SYNTAX OF THE NOUN § 125. § 126. 



(2) Mcer getoaf/r, gc.rcf'-nt, ic3, miibe, fatt, i?c(( and trertf), the 
accusative h of ien vLsed: as, er ttarb feinen ^ru^er ^eiTvi'ir, he was 
aware of (the presence of) Ms brother, i. e. he observed his brother. 



§ 125. 

A Roim limiting the application 
put in the genitive : 

9(ibren, to mind, or regard. 
Seburfen, to want. 
^egei)ren, to desire. 
Sraiicben, to use. 
©nt&c^ren, to need. 
Giitrat^eii, to do without. 
©rmciiigein, to w-ant, or be wiihout. 
(S*ctttdl)iien, to mention, 
©ebeiifen, to think, or ponder. 
©enie^eii, to enjoy. 
®e'n)a^ren, to observe. 



Rule. 



barren, to wait 
Sadien, to laugh. 
-5>pLegen, to foster. 
(Sdicneu, to spare. 
(gpctten, to mock. 
SSerfeblen, to miss, or fail. 
S3er>5effni, to forget, 
©vilireii, to guard. 
SBatjrae&meti, to observe. 
21>alten, to manage. 
SBarten, to attend to, or mind. 



OSSERVATIONS. 

33cburfen, Bcge^reu, braudien, entBe{)ren, ertya.^nen, geniepen, ^^egeti, 
fdicnen, i^erfe&Ien, ijergejfen, trai^riiebmsn, trafjren and )i>arteu, take more 
frequently, in common conversation, the accusative. %Mm, flatten 
and »x)arteit are more commonly construed with a u f , and lad^en, 
fpctteu and toalteu with u & e t , before an accusative. 

% 126. RuLK. 



The following reflexive verbs, 
peculiar to them, a word of limitat 

©id> amnaf en, to claim. 

„ aiiTictnieTi, to engage in. 

„ bebieuciT, to use. 

„ Befei^oiT, to attend to. 

„ berleipigen, to a])ply to, 

„ Bcg^t'Cu, to \-ield up. 

„ Bentadutgcn, to acquire. 

„ 6emciiietit, to seize. 

„ bef*?tben, to acquiesce in. 

,, beflnnen, to ponder. 

„ entjiu^ant, to abstain. 



take in addition to the pronoun 
ion in the genitive : 

3i6 eiitfelcben, lo dare, or be 
bold. 

„ ent5red'>en, to forbear. 

„ entBatten, to refrain. 

„ entf±Iagen, to get rid. 

„ entnimeu, to recollect. 

„ etbatmcn, to piLy. 

„ erfredien, to presume. 

„ ertunetn, to remember. 

„ evfrifnien, to venture. 

., errDeI)rert, to resist. 



USE OF THE GENITIVE. 



§127. 



419 



Sidi frcurn, to rejoice. 

gctvcftcu, to hope for. 
ru(:mcii, to boast, 
fd'^dmen, to be ashnmed. 
i"iKn-(}tben, to be haughty, 
uiitevfangeu, to undertake. 



Sidi untcrtrhifccn, to undertake. 

„ tcrmefi'en, to presume. 

„ yerfe()cn, to be aware. 

„ ire()ren, to resist. 

„ trcl^evn, to refuse. 

„ ttunbern, to wonder. 



Observations. 

(1) The genitive is in like manner put after the following imper- 
sonals : 

I desire, or am pleased with. 
I pity, or compassionate. 
I repent, or regret. 
It is v/ortb while. 



Go gcluftet nud\ 
Qs jammert mid\ 
(§6 reuct mid% 
Q6 ici)vd fv*, 



§ 12' 



Rule. 



The verbs following require aiier them a genitive denoting a 
iking and an Accusative signifying a persoji. 



Stuflvigen, to accuse. 
^elef»reri, to inform. 
S5etau6eii, to rob. 
55efd/ulbigen, to accuse, 
(fntbniben, to liberate. 
(SntUc^cn, to strip, 
diit^cben, to exempt. 
(Sntfabcn, to disburden. 
(Jntfttibeii, to undress. 
©nttajTen, to free from. 
(Jntletigen, to free from. 
<5ntfc|eU/ to displace. 



dnixcchntn, to wean. 
Scsfpredien, to acquit. 
S)iai)neii, to remind. 
Uebetfiil^ren, to condct. 
Ueberfieten, to exempt 
UeBcr^eugeiT, to convince. 
SBcrildn^rii, to assure. 
S3ertrcften, to amuse, or put off 
^\^th hope. 
SBuvblgen, to deem v-orthy. 
SciBen, to accuse; to charge. 



ExamvJes. 



(5r bat mid^ meinc» ©etbes beraubt, he has robbed me of my money. 
2)er Q3ifd>cf f)at ben ^rebigcr fciiieg Stmteo eiitfe^t, the bishop has 
removed the preacher from his office. 

Observations. 

(1) The verbs above, when in the passive voice, take for their 
7?07??ina^ire the word denoting the person: the genitive of the thing 
remaining the same : as, er ift eines 93crbred)en^ aiige!lagt toorben, he 
is accused of a crime. 



420 SYNTAX OF THE NOUN. § 128. § 129. 

§ 128. Rule. 

Nouns denoting the time, place, manner, intent or cause of an ac- 
tion, are often put absolutely in the geniave and treated as adverbs : 
as, 

2)ei3 2)tcv9eu^ gelje \6> cm5, in the morning I go out. 

SJian fiicbt iiiii ader Crteii, they seek him everywhere. 

Set) Inu 23iUeu0 iiuijiigeben, I am \villing to go there. 

Observations. 

(1) This adverbial use of the genitive is qui'e common in Ger- 
man. See § IQl. In order, however, to express the par.ieular 
j)oint, or the duration of lime, the accusative is generally employed, 
or a preposition with its proper case ; as, Cul^ rccrte iidd fteu iDicutag 
aug ber (gtabt gel;en, I shall go out of town next monday. 

§ 129. Rule. 

A noun or pronoun used to represent the object, in reference TO 
which an action is done or directed, is put in the dative : as, 
Sit bcinfe bir, I thank (or am thankful to) you. 
(5r gefciUt yiclen Scutcii, he pleases many people. 
®r ift bem %clt n\Xa^:x\\^t\\, he has escaped from death. 

Observations. 

(1) The dative is the case employed to denote the person or the 
thing, in relation to v/hich the subject of the verb is represented as 
acting. Compared wdth the accusative, it is the case of the remote 
object : the accusative being the case of the immediate object. Thus, 
in the example, \&) fdu'lcb mciuem S3v"iter eiiicn 53vief, I wTote (to) my 
father a letter, the immediate object is a letter ; whila father, the per- 
son to whom I wrote, is the remote object. The number of verbs 
thus taking the accusative with the dative, is quire large. 

(2) On the principle explained in the preceding observation, may 
be resolved such cases as the following : eo ti)ut ink kii, it causes 
me son'ow, or I am sorry; es tinvb mir im <6er5eii rceh tbmi, it will 
cause pam to me in heart, i. e. it will pain me to the heart, <S:e. 

(3) A right regard to the observa:.' on made above, namely, that 
the dative merely marks that person or thing, in reference to v/hich 
-an action is performed, will serve, also, to explain all such examples' 
as these: 3i)iien t^cbeiitet biefe^ iDv[cr nidits, to you (i.e. so far as you 



USE OF THE DATIVE. § 130. § 131. 421 

are concerned) this sacrifice meims notliing ; bic !l'()vancu, bie Suvem 
(gti-cit c^e^ofKti, the teiirs which have flowed in rehilioii to (i. G.fro7n) 
your dispute ; miv tbhkk ein Sdnip bas3 ^4^fcvb, a shot killed a horse 
for me, i. e. killed my horse ; falle miv iitcht, jlleiuev, fall not for me, 
little one. In such instances as the List two, the dative is often 
omitted in translating. 

(4) The Rule comprehends all such verbs as the following : ant' 
ivortc;!, to answer ; bviiifcu, to thank ; bienen, to serve ; brcfjeu, to 
threaten ; feblcn, to fall short ; fhicben, to curse ; fclcjen, to follow ; 
fvoI}ueii, to do homage ; gefeiU}veu, to be due ; gefviKen, to please ; ge? 
I;oveu, to pertain to ; geljcrcbeii, to obey ; geiiiigeit, to satisfy ; gevei? 
d^cn, to be adequate ; glchteu, to resemble ; Ijelfen, to help, &c. 

(5) This Rule, also, comprehends all reflexive verbs that govern 
the dacive : as, idi majjc miv fciiien Site! an, w^Uimi idi iiidit ijab^, I 
claim to myself no title, which I have not ; as, also, all impersonals 
requiring the dative : as, ^3 beliebt miv, it pleases me, or I am pleased; 
eg nuiiigclt miv, it is wanting to me, or I am wanting, &c. 

(6) The dative is, also, ofien used nfter passive verbs : as, ifjnen 
iinivbc ti)ibcvftciiibeii, it was resisted to them, i. e. they were resisted ; 
you ©dftevii trivb bev aijeg ba^ii t)efdni|)t, the way thereto is guarded 
by angels ; i§m nnvb o^doijnt, (lUerallij) it is rewarded to him, i. e. he 
is rewarded. 

§ 130. Rule. 

Many compound verbs, particularly those compounded with c r, 
1) e r, e u t, a n, a b, a u f, & e i, n a d\ y o r, 5 u and ix) i b e v, require 
after them the dative ; as, 

3d) BaBe \i)\\x ©etb augeboten, I have offered him money. 

§ 131. Rule. 

An adjective used to limit the application of a noun, where in 
English the relation would be expressed by such words as to or /or, 
governs the dative : as, 

(5ei bcincm ^evvii getvcu, be faithful to your master. 

S)v"i!5 23ctter ift itii^ iiidit giiaftig, the weather is not favorable to us. 

Observations. 

(1) Under this Rule are embraced (among others) the following 
adjectives : ci()nlid'i, like ; angi'mcffcu, app-opriate ; augeitc()m, agree- 
able; anftc p ig, ofl'ensive ; befaunt, known ; bcfdiieben, destined; eigen, 
peculiar ; fvemb, foreign ; gemdp, according to ; gemeiii, common ; 



422 USE OF THE ACCUSATIVE. § 132. 

Oictoacbfen, competent; gndbiij, gracious; Ijctlfam, healthful; ticB^ 
agreeable ; iial}e, near ; uCicrli^geu, superior ; UMllfcmmtMi, welcome ; 
inibritj, adverse; bieuftbar, serviceable; gcI;orfam, obedient; uii^ltct), 
useful. 

§ 132. Rule. 

A noun or pronoun which is the immediate object of an active 
transitive verb, is put in the accusative : 

2Bir licbeii uufere greunbe, we love our friends. 

5)tv 43iinb beit)ad)t has ^aug, the dog guards the house. 

Observations. 

(1) The accusative, as before said, being the case of the cZirecZ 
or immediate object (§ 129. 1.) is used with all verbs, whatever their 
classification in other respects, that have a transitive signification. 
Accordingly, under this rule come all those impersonal and reflexive 
verbs that take af:er them the accusative ; all those verbs having a 
causative signification, as, fdUen, to fell, i. e. to cause to fall ; as 
also nearly ail verbs compounded with the prefix b e. * 

(2) Setircit, to teach ; neinten, to name ; isetpen, to call ; fcklten, 
to reproach (with vile names) ; taiifcn, to baptize (christen) ; take 
after them tivo accusatives : as, er hbxt mid) bie beutfdie (gpradie, he 
teaches m.e the German language ; ev nciint ii)n feincii OJetter, he calls 
him his deliverer. See Lesson LIII. 

(3) The accusative is used v/ith such terms as tiM e g e n, to 
v.-eigh : ! o ft e n, to cost ; g e 1 1 e ii, to pass for ; to zxt'i), worth ; 
f di \v e r, heavy ; ret dv rich ; I a ii g, long ; to e i t, wide ; to mark 
definitely the ineasure or distance f indicated by these words ; as, 
bicfer (Stocf ift eincit %n^ lanc^. this stick is a foot long ; er ift t)ier 
SJ^cnate att, he is four months old. 

(4) As words expressing time indefinitely are put in the genitive 
(§ 128. 1.), so those denoting a particular point, or duration of time, 
are put in the accusative ; as, i'i) encartete h^n ixoqIUm Sag, I waited 
two days. 

(5) A substantive construed with a participle, is sometimes put 
absolutely in the accusative ; as, bicfen Umftanb Gii^gcncmmen, fiube 
id) ->l((eg red't, this circumstance excepted, I fi.nd all right. 

* The exceptions tire kiU\v.'C';, b^n'Tj'.-u, beflc^cn, beru^cn, befHivren and 
betvari5)'nt. 

t In the earlier Germaii, these v/ords of measure or distance were put 
in the genitive : a.s, eincf emaniie wdt, a span wide. 



AProsrnox. § 133. § 134. 42,3 

§ 133. Rule. 

A noun or pronoun used merely to explain or specify that which 
is signified by a preceding noun or pronoun, must be in the same 
case : as, 

(Jiccro, ein Qvo^n 8iebncr, Cicero, a great orator. 

3(}m, ineiuem ®o[)lt{)atcu, to him, my benefactor. 

Ser dlatl) mciiied ^Brubcr^, bct? 9ied)t^ge(cf|rteu, the advice of my 
brother, the lav/yer. 

Observations. 

(1) The explanatory noun is said to be in apposition with that 
which it explains : the latter being called the principal term. Be- 
tween these two, that is, between the principal and the explanatory 
term, there often intervenes some connective particle. Thus, er t)at 
fidi aly ®efcl^9c6er aerbieiit gcraadit, he, as a lawgiver, has rendered 
himself meritorious ; mein 5iad)bar, ndmlidi hex S3auer, my neighbor, 
namdu, the farmer. This latter mode of specifying (that is, with 
the word iidraOd)), is far more common in German than in English. 

(2) The proper names of months, countries, towns, and the like 
appellatives are put in apposition with their common names ; where, 
in English, the two words stand connected, for the most part, by the 
preposition of; as, ber SZonat Siugitft, the month (of) August ; tie 
^taH Soiibon, the city (of) London; bie Unii?erfitdt Drforb, the uni- 
versity (of) Oxford, 

§ 134. THE PRONOUNS. 

Rule. 

A pronoun must agree with the noun or pronoun v/hich it repre- 
sents, in person, number and gender : as, 

Set Staiin, roeld)er-roetfe ift, the man who is wise. 
Sie %n\n, voeldie ffcij^ig ift, the woman who is diligent. 
SaS v^inb, voeldieg Umi ift, the child that is small. 

Observations. 
(1) The ncu-er pronoun, e » , is used in a general and indefinite 
way to represent words of ail gender and numbers : as, e^ ift ber 
firc,v.iii, ii is the man ; eij ift bie ^rau, it is the ivoman ; e^ ift ba^ Jliub, 
it is the ciiiU; t$ ftub bie S)^diiner, they are the Tnen, &c. In like 
manner, also, ofcen are used, the pronouns b a i?, (that); b t e sS, (this) 
tt) a £?, (what) ; as also the neuter adjective a 1 1 e ^, (all) ; as, ba^ 
finb meinc 91id}ter, these are my judges. 



424 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. § 135. 

(2) When the raitecedent is a personal appellation formed by ona 
of the diminutive {neuter) terminations, 6.) e n and ( e i ii , the pro- 
noun instead of being in the neuter, takes generally the gender 
naturalio ihQ person represented: as, too ift ifir (SoI}iidicn ? 3[t cr 
(not e6) im ©avteu ? Where is your little son ? Is Tie in the gnrden ? 
The same remark applies to SBetb (looman) and ^raueiijimmer {lady)* 
When, however, a child or servant is referred to, the neuter is 
often employed. 

(3) A collective noun may in German, as in English, be repre- 
sented by a pronoun in the plural number: as, tie ©ciftlidifeit trat 
fiir i(;re -^ed^te fe(;r fcefcr^t, the clergy were very anxious about their 
rights, 

(4) The relative in German can never, as in English, be sup- 
pressed : thus, in English, we say, the letter {lohich) you wrote ; but 
in German, it must be, ber -^rief, toeld)en bu fdiriebeft. 

(5X The neuter pronoun e ^ , at the beginning of a sentence, is 
often merely expletive, and answers to the English word "there" in 
the like situation : as, e^ liuiv ntemanb i)\zx, there v/as no one here ; 
e^ fcmmeu Seute, the people are coming. 

(6) The English forms, he is a friend cf mine ; it is a stable oj 
ours, &c., can not be literally rendered into German; for there we 
must say, er ift niein ^^^i^'w^b, he is my friend; or, er ift eincr mchiec 
T^reunbe, he is one of my friends, &c. 

(7) The definite article in German is often used, where in Eng- 
lish a possessive pronoun is required: as, ev ivinfte if)m mit ber <§aub, 
he beckoned to him with his {the) hand. 

(8) The datives of the personal pronouns are often in flimiliar 
style employed in a manner merely expletive: as, id^ Icbe intr Hn 
dii}dn\imn, I like Rhenish Avine for me, i. e. I prefer Rhenish wine. 
See § 129. 3. 

§ 135. THE ADJECTIVES. 



Adjectives, when they 'precede their nouns (expressed or under- 
stood), agree with them in gender, number and case ; as, 
2)ic[e fdioiie 5)vime, this handsome lady. 
@iii giiticjev xmb gcrcd^ter 23ater, a good and just father. 
Sien jtrctfren biefe^ S)couv"itL% the twelfih {day) of this month, &c. 
^kx ift cin S)Zi^ycrflaab, — ciu rianbgreiflii.ter, here is a misunder- 
standing, — a palpable {one) . , 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. § 135. § 136. 425 

Observations. 

(1) This Rule of course has reference to those adjectives which 
are used aUribuUveln ; for predicative adjectives, it v^'ill be remem- 
bered, are not declined. For the several circumstances under which 
adjectives are varied in declension, consult § 27. § 28., &c. 

(2) This Rule applies equally to adjectives of all degrees of 
comparison ; as, tcijeve Q3iic'oer, better books ; ber ):!Z\tt 2Bein, the 
best wine ; bcsS Ki'teu ®ciiicti, of the best wine, &c. So, too, it ap- 
plies equally to all classes of adjectives ; as, adjective pronouns, 
numerals and participles. 

(3) The word '•'■one,^'' which, in English, so often supplies the place 
of a preceding noun after an adjective, cannot be translated literally 
into German : its office being rendered needless in the latter tongue 
by the terminations of declension. See last example under the Rule. 

(4) So, also, the English '■'■one's''' is the proper equivalent of the 
German f e i n, in such cases as the following: gibt eg ettrvis (^blereg, 
at^ feincn ^-einben ju t»ergebeu ? is any thing more noble than to for- 
give one's enemies ? 

(5) When the same adjective is made to refer to several singular 
nouns differing in gender, it must be repeated vaih each and varied 
in form accordingly : as, dn gcle^rter Sc()u iinb ei'.ie gc(ef)rte XcdUev, 
a learned son and a learned daughter. TJie adjectives are, also, often 
repeated, though the nouns be all of the same gender. 

§ 136. THE VERBS. 

Rule. 

A verb agrees with its subject or nominative in number and per- 
son; as, 

Seber 5tugcnHi(f ift fcftBar, every moment is precious. 
S)ie 93dumc fcluhen iin ^rii(;(ing, the trees bloom in spring. 

Observations. 

(1) When the subject is the pronoun eg, "b o.^ or b i e g, used in- 
definitely (See § 134. 1.), the prsdicate, if a noun, determines the 
number and person of the verb; as, eg fiiib bic ^viicbte ^im6 X^Liuug, 
these are the frui'S of your actions. 

(2) In the second person (singular and plural) of the Imperative 
mood, the pronoun which forms the subject is commonly omitted ; 
as, azb,ct bin imb fciget Sdiaimi trieber, njcig ii)v fefiet uub ftcret, go and 
tell John what ye see and hear. 

(3) When the verb has two or more singular subjects connected 



*26 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. § 137. 

by It n b, it is g-enerally put in the plural ; as, 5af itiib (5iferfud)t 
[tub fjcftttje Seitcnfcbaftcii, hatred and jealousy are violent passions. 

(4) When the subject is a collective noun, that is, one conveying 
the idea of m;iny individufJs taken together as unity, the verb must 
(generally) be in the singular; as, ba6 engtifdie 33oIf i;at grcpe 
%xni)dt, the English people have (has) great liberty. In a fev/ cases 
only, as, ciii ^vtar, a pair ; eiite SJlenge, a number ; em fDu^enb, a 
dozen, the verb stands in the plural. 

(5) When a verb has several subjects, and they are cf different 
persons, the verb agrees with the first rather than the second, and 
the second rather than the third ; as, bit, hcin Sriiber unb tdi tucllen 
[pajtereii geljcn, thou, thy brother and I ^\dll go take a walk ; bit imb 
belli Q3niber ymncgct md, you and your brother avail much. 

§ 137. USE OF THE TENSES. 

E.ULE. 

The Present tense properly expresses what exists or is taking place 
at the time being ; as, bie ii^a'^re Siafifevfcit befd^i^t ben (Sd)iyadien, 
true valor protects the weak. 

Observations. 

(1) The Present in German, as in other languages, is often, in 
lively narrative, employed in place of the Lnperfect ; as, 

2)ie (Somie gef)t (for giui]) luikx, 'i^a ftef)t (for ftanb) ev am Xijcx, k., 
the sun goes down, while he stands at the door, &c. 

(2) The Present is not unfrequently used for the Future, when 
the true time is sufficiently clear from the context ; or when, for 
the sake of emphasis, a future event is regarded and treated as al- 
ready certain ; as, 

3di veife mcrgeii o.h, I start (i. e. will start) to morrow. 

2Gev irel^, iver mcvgeii ii&er iin^ bcfie(}lt, wdio knows who commands 

(i. e. will command) us to-morrow ? 
S3alb fe()eu ©ie mid") irieber, soon you (will) see me again. 
5)ie6 ©dilcB cvfteigcu twir in btcfcr ^lad't, this castle scale we (i. e. 

will we scale) this very night. 

(3) It should be noted that the Present is, moreover, the proper 
tense for the expression of general or universal truths or proposi- 
tions ; as, bie ^iio^d fliegeii in bcr 2uft, birds fly in the air. 

(4) In English we have several forms of the Present tense ; as, 
/ jrraise, I do praise or / am praising. In German there is but 
one form (id) lobe) for the expression of these several shades of 
meaningf. 



USE OF THE TENSES. § 138. § 139. 427 

(5) The Present in connection with the adverb fit o n {already) 
ofien supplies the place of a Perfect ; as, ivir ivdjuen fcbcii fieben 
3vi(;ie \)[i\\ already dwell we here (i. e. liave ice dwell) seven years. 

(6) In English, we say often, " I do walk, I did walk, " and the 
like : where the verb do (Present and Imperfect) is employed as an 
auxiliary. This cannot properly be done with the corresponding 
verb (t I) u n, to do) in German. 

§ 138. Rule. 

The Imperfect tense is used to express what existed, or was talcing 
place at some past time indicated by the context : as, id) fcbricb an 
<£ie, CiU icb ^bxcn 33rief crfiielt, I was writing to you, when I received 
your letter. 

Observatioxs. 

(1) The Imperfect is the historical tense of the Germans. Its 
proper ofiice is to mark what is incomplete, or going on, v/hile some- 
thing else is going on. It is the tense adopted by the narrator, who 
speaks as an eye-witness ; though it may be used by such as have not 
been eye-witnesses of the events narrated: provided the statement 
be introduced or accompanied by such expressions as, lie said {\o^o^it 
er), iLis said, or tliey say (fagt man). When the speaker has not been 
an eye-witness, the Perfect should be used. 

(2) From the use of the Imperfect in expressing the continuance 
of a thing i. e. what was going on at a given time, comes the kindred 
power which it has, of expressing repeated or customary action : as, 
ev pfiCQfe ju faijen, he used to say, i. e, was in the habit of saying. 

(3) The Imperfect in German, like the Present, has but one form; 
which, according to circumstances, is to be rendered by any one of 
the ihrez English forms of that tense. 5 cb I o b t e, therefore, is either 
I praised, did praise, or was praising. 

% 139. Rule. 

Ihe Perfect tense is that which represents the being, action or 
passion, as past and complete at the time being : as, bie (Scbiffe jtnb 
angefcmmeu, the ships have arrived ; er ift ttovii^e Sffiocbe geftorfcen, he 
died last week. 

Observations. 

(1) The German Perfect, as a general thing, corresponds closely 
to our Imperfect, when used as an aorist ; that is, when used to ex- 
press an event simply and absolutely, and without regard to other 
events or circumstances. Hence often it happens, that where in Eng- 



428 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. § 140. § 141. § 142. 

lish we use the Imperfect, the Germans employ their Perfect : thus, 
idi l)a.hc beiuen ^ruber Qc\kxn gefefieu, aber nict)t gefprod)en, I saw your 
brother yesterday, but did not speak to him. 

(2) The auxiliary participle (tt)cvben) in the perfect passive, is 
sometimes omitted. (See § 84, 2.) 

(3) We may remark here also, that, though in English we have 
a double form for the Perfect, (thus, I have written and I have been 
writing) the Germans have but the one. By which of the English 
forms, therefore, the German Perfect is, in any given case, to be ren- 
dered, must be determined by the context. 

§ 140. Rule. 

The Pluperfect tense is used to express what had taken place at 
some past time denoted by the context: as, 

DfZadjbem bie ©cnue untergegangen tnar, giiig er iveg, after the sun had 

gone down, he went off. 
(5'r^atte tt)df)veub unferer Uuterrebung gefd)Iafen, he had slept during 

our conversation. 

§ 141. Rule. 

The _^-rs^ Future tense is employed merely to express what shall or 
will take place hereafter ; while the second Future is used to denote 
what shall have occurred at some future period. 

Observations. 

(1) The Future tenses, both first and second, have their precise 
equivalents in the corresponding English tenses and should be used 
accordingly. 

(2) When a future action is represented, or is mentioned, as a 
thing necessary to be done, as in the English phrases, / am to go, 
he is to have and the like, the German employs a distinct verb ex- 
jDressive of obligation or necessity : as, id) foil e^ ^abm, I am {shall 
be obliged) to have it. (Sx fed fpvedieii, &c. 

§ 142. Rule. 

The Indicative mood is used in affirming or denying that which is 
conceived to be certain or undoubted ; as, 

dv iinrb mcrgcu juriidffcmmeii, he will return to-morrow. 

Observations. 
(1) Since the proper office of the Indicative is to express reality^ 
it is employed in all absolute or independent .sentences. Even in 



USE OF THE MOODS. § 143. 429 ■ 

conditional sentences, moreover, it is used, if tlie condition is as- 
sumed as a fad ; as, biit bit rcidv ]o gib inel, art thou rich (i. e. if 
tliou arc rich), give much. 

(2) Sometimes the Indicative is employed instead of the Itnpera- 
ilve, where, that which is enjoined, is treated as something already 
in progress ; as, b u trlttjl »cr, thou steppest forward, i. e. step 
(thou) forward. This is regarded as the strongest form of command. 

§ 143. Rule. 

The Suhjunciive mood is used when that which is expressed by 
the verb, is conceived to be uncertain, though possible ; as, 

3cb i)abc getjovt, 'i}\^^ er bie gcuninfcbte (Stctte erfjalten l)abe, I have 

heard, that he has obtained the desired situation. 
Sd) toiiiifdje, 'bd^ er gliicflid) \\>txhz, I wish that he may become happy. 

Observations. 

(1) The Subjunctive, from its very nature, stands chiefly in de- 
pendent clauses ; and, in these appears, under various circumstances. 
Thus, it is employed : 

(2) When the design of the speaker is merely to repeal or quote 
a statement, without vouching for its accuracy ; as, er fagt, ber S3aum 
'h\\xi)t, he says, that the tree blossoms ; er melbete mir, hoi'^ er fid) aer^ 
I;eiratf)et f)at)e, he told me, that he had been married. When, on the 
contrary, the design of the speaker is to set forth the thing repeated 
or quoted, as something real and undoubted, the Indicative must be 
used; as, er iDJd eg nid)t glauben, baf fein ^vubev geftorben ift, he will 
not believe, that his brother is dead. 

(3) In like manner, the Subjunctive is used in subordinate clauses, 
after such verbs as ftoffen, to hope ; furd)ten, to fear ; iuiinfdien, to 
loish ; tDcUen, to desire; bitten, to ash; ratf)eu, to advise; yerbieten, 
to forbid ; ermaf)neu, to exhort ; since the event, in such cases, may 
be supposed to be always more or less uncertain ; as, er fiivd)tet, \)<x^ 
er (Strafe er^atte, he is afraid, that he may be punished. 

(4) So, also, the Subjunctive is employed in clauses which indi- 
cate an end, object, loish or result ; and which are introduced by baf, 
auf ha^, bamit, or by a relative ; as, fprtd) laut, bamit er bid) terftefje, 
speak loud, that he may understand you ; er fudit Slrbeit, Irekbe i(;m 
93rcb gebe, he seeks work, which may give him bread. 

(5) In cases such as those explained in the observations above, 
the student must note, that that tense of the Subjunctive is employed, 
which corresponds with the one used by the subject of the depen- 
dent clause, at the time when he said or did that which is affirme'l of 



430 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. § 144. 

him: as, er fagte, er BaBe bieemat fciiic 3cit, he said, that he had (li- 
terally has) no time at present; er l}atte niir Q(]ai]t, bap er eo Q^f^an 
^abe, he had told me, that he had done it. 

(6) The Subjmictive appears, also, in asking- indirect questions ; 
as, icb fvat^te tl}u, cd er mir bviiS ®:h geben fcnue, I asked him, whether 
he could give me the money. When the question is made directly, 
of course the Indicative is used. 

(7) The Subjunctive is sometimes employed as a sort of softened 
Imperative, to express a wisii or rermission ; as, gebe e^ bcr <§immel, 
may heaven grant it! biefta* 33auni traije nie toieber §rud"t, let this (or 
tnay this) tree never again bear fruit ! er ti;iie roa^ er it) ill, let him do 
what he will ! 

§ 14-1. Rule. 

The Conditional mood is used, where a condition is supposed^ 
which may or may not be conceived to be possible ; as, 

2Bdre lit reut, fo triirbe icb iom feine .Q3itte iiUtt aBgefcMageu f)aBen, 
were I rich, I would not have refused his request. 

2Benu er no* lebte, fo iivavbe er 50 Saftre alt feiii, if he yet lived, he 
would be fifty years old. 

Observations. 

(1) Besides the two tenses ranged in the paradigms (See p. 328 
and following) under the head of the Conditional, it must be observ- 
ed that the Imperfect and the Pluperfect of the Subjunctive are 
equally often employed in expressing conditional propositions. In 
point of time, indeed, there is no difference between the Imperfect 
of the Subjunctive and the first Conditional, and between the Plu- 
perfect of the Subjunctive and the second Conditional. Ordinarily, 
where both forms are employed in the same sentence, the Subjunc- 
tive will be found in the clause expressing the condition, while the 
form peculiar to the Conditional appears in the other ; as, id) roiirbe 
eS f^un, \r>euu e^ raogltd) ii\ive, I would do it, if it were possible ; trenn 
er I}ier tf are, irtiirbe er bid) befiutt §a6en, if he were here, he would 
have visited you. 

(2) When the condition is assumed and treated as a fad, it is 
expressed, not by the Condiiional, but by the Indicative ; as, bift bu 
reid), fo gieb yiel, art thou (i. e. ?/'thou art) rich, then give much. 

(3) Sometimes the ^ erb expressing the condition is merely un- , 
derstood ; as, id) ()dtte bk ©ad^e anbcrS gcinad)t, I should have done 
it otherwise (if it had been ooinmittod to mo) ; m fcraer Sag'e i^dtte k^ 



USE OF THE CONDITIONAL AND IMPERATIVE. § 145. 431 

ei iiicbt vjctf)vin, (if I had been) in his situation, I would not have 
done it. 

(4) Sometimes, in the way of exehamation, the condition is ex- 
pressed, while that which depends upon it is omitted : in which case 
the whole expression being of the nature of a wish or petition, is 
often introduced (in translation) by " O, " " I wish that, " and tlie 
like : as, Ijatk ich bccb bicfeit 2)Zauii uie gefefjeii ! as, 6, that 1 had never 
seen this man ! literally, had I never seen this man (how happy I 
should be) ! ivdve er bed) am ScbtMi I O, that he were yet alive ! 

(5) The Conditional is frequently employed in questions designed 
to elicit a negative answer ; as, trnire e^ benii xoaijx ? could it be true ? 
(it could not be true ;) bu wdreft fo fatfct) getrtefeu ? would you have 
been so faithless ? (you would not.) 

(6) Not unfrequently the Conditional of the auxiliaries mogen, 
biirfen, fclten, fijnnen and toollen, is employed to render an expres- 
sion less positive, or to give it an air of diffidence ; as, id) ircitte, @te 
fcctjii'iteteu midi, I could wish (instead of, 1 wish) you would accom- 
pany me ; id) mcd)tc fd)tyev ju iiBevvebeu fein, I should be hard to be 
persuaded, or, it would be difficult to persuade me ; biirfte id) ©ieum 
bag Stefi'er bitUii ? might I (be permitted to) ask you for the knife ? 

§ 145. Rule. 

The Imperative mood is used in expressing a command, entreaty 
or exhortation ; as, 

§iivd)te ®ctt nub e^ve ben ^louivj, fear God and honor the king. 

Observations. 

(1) The Imperative is sometimes employed to indicate a condi- 
tion, on which something is declared to depend ; as, fei ftolj, iiiib in 
Vrirft wenig 5Cdituiig fiuben, be haughty (i.e. if you be haughty) and 
you will find little regard. 

(2) In order to make a request in a manner modest and polite, 
instead of the Imperative, the Subjunctive of mogen and WoKeu is 
ofien employed ; as, in \^c(Ieft ftnner nie yevgcffcu, pray, never forget 
him; mcgen (Sie iriemer gebcnfeii, mny you remember, or remembei 
me, I prciy. To express a decided command, however, the Indicative 
is frequently used. See § 1 42. 2. 

(3) Sometimes, by a peculiar ellipsis, the past Participle is em- 
ployed in place of the Imperative ; as, nitr iitdit lang gefragt ! do not 
ask long ! where the full phrase would be, cS Uierbe iiuv nidit lang go; 
fragt, let it not long be askod ! 2Iit btc 2tr&clt ge^angcn, let them go 
to their work ! 



432 syntax of the verb. § 146. 

§ 146. Rule. 

The Infiniike mood either with or without the particle ju {to) 
preceding, is used to represent the being, action or passion, in a 
manner unlimited: as, 

Stcvbcu ift DiidUiS, bcch leben unb iiutt fet^nt, bag ift chi Ungtiicf, 
to die is nothing, yet to live and not to see, that is a misfor- 
tune indeed. 
2)er 2Dunfd) getobt ju iverben, the wish to be praised. 

Observations. 

(1) The Infinilive without §u, (to) appears, - 

a. When, as a verbal substantive (§ 146. 3.), it is made either 
the subject or the object of a verb: as, ©ebeii ift fclic|er aU ^H)imu, 
to give is more blessed than to receive; ha6 neunt er avbeiten, that 
he calls working. 

b. When it stands alone, as in a dictionary : as, lobeu, to praise ; 
Iteben, to love. 

c. After the verbs 

l^eipen, to bid : as, idh I)ie^ Ifjn gef)cn, I bade him go. 
I)elfcn, to help : as, er fjilft mir fchveikii, he helps me to write. 
tcl}veu, * to teach : as, er le^rt ha6 ^inb lefeii, he teaches the child to 

read, 
lernen, * to learn : as, tinr levnen tanjen, we learn to dance. 
^oren, to hear: as, icb t)6vc fie ftngeii, I hear them sing. 
fel}en, to see: as, icb fcl)e inn fommeit, I see him come. 
fiU)lcn, to feel : as, icb fit{)le ben ^nU fcblagen, I feel his pulse beat. 
finbcn, to find: as, idi fanb ha^ 33udi aiif bem !l'ifdie liegen, I found 

the book lying on the table. 

d. After the auxiliaries of mood, mogen, Fonnen, laffen, biirfeu, fc((en, 
xoclkn and niiiffen, and after lyevben, when employed as an auxiliary 
in forming the future tense. 

e. After the verbs following, in certain phrases, 

Hciben, to remain : as, er hWM ft^en, he continues sitting. 

faf)ven, to go in a carriage : as, id) faf)ve fpajieven, I ride out for an 

airing. 

* Set^ren and lenifii forai exceptions to the observation in the text : admit- 
ting, as they do sometimes, the particle ^it between them and an Infinitive 
succeeding The student will note, also, that the Infinitive after all these verbs, 
is, in English, often best rendered by a participle: as, ei" fiifjlte feiii ^lut (j>il}reii, 
he felt his blood boiling. 



USE OF THE INFINITIVE. § 146. 433 

Qe^n, to go or walk : as, cv cjcljt bcttcin, he goes begging, ^ 
l^aben, to have: as, er ijat ^ut vebeii, he has easy talking, 

i. e. it is easy for him to talk, 
legen, to lay ; as, id) lege mid) fd)lafen, I lay myself down 

to sleep, 
madien, * to make : as, er mad)tc mid) laiftn, he made me 

laugh, 
neuncn, to name : as, id) fann ii)n nennen, I can name him. 

reiteu, to ride : as, i<i) reite fpajieren, I ride out for exer- 

cise. 
tl)un, * to do : as, er t^ut nidjt^ al^ fc&elten, he does 

nothing but scold. 

(2) The Infinitive with ju is employed : 

a. After nouns and adjectives, which, in English, are followed either 
by the preposition to with the Infinitive or by of with a participle : 
as, idi toax fxch Urn ju fe^en, I was glad to see hun ; <Bk ^aben Suft ju 
f^ieteu, you have a desire to play; id) binmiibees? ju l^oren, I am tired 
af hearing it : 

b. After verbs, to express the end or object of their action : as, 
Idi fcmme mit Sfiuen ju fpredien, I come to (i. e. in order to) speak 
with you: in which case also, the particle urn often comes before 
ju, to render the expression more forcible : as, liebet hk !tugenb, um 
gtiicflid^ ^u [ein, love virtue, in order (um) to be happy. 

c. After the verbs following and others of like import: 
5(nfangeiu to begin. 3cgeru, to delay. 
S(uf()crcn, to cease. @eir»of)nen, to accustom. 
Q3efef)lcn, to command. 3)lenen, to serve. 
Sitten, to beg. «i^mreid)en, to suffice. 
(Snratten, to expect. SBarnen, to warn. 
^^cffeu, to hope. SSeigem, to refuse, 
^urd^ten, to fear. ©rfeimen, f to acknowledge. 
2)rc()en, to threaten. S3efenncn, t to confess. 
Sid^ freuen, to rejoice. @diehien, to appear. 

(5idi fd)dmen, to be ashamed. 3Biiufd>en, to wish, 

(gid) xui)mzn, to boast. 33erlangcn, to desire. 

* iDtndien however, cannot, as in English, be used to signify to make or 
cause by force : thus, to translate the English phrase, 7nake him go out, the 
Germans say, Ki§ (not nui^e) ibn biiiaiiei^eben The Infinitive without JU 
comes after tt)iin, only when iiidJtoitU precedes, in the example above. 

t C^rfeiuicn and befciinen are construed mainly with the preterite of the In- 
finitive: as, er evfennt, ftc^i geirrt ju ^aben, he acknowledges that he hasbeeti 
in error. 

19 



434 STIfTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. § 147. 

S3ereucn, to regret. ^rlauben, to permit. 

*|Sj!cgcii, to be wont. ©eftatten, to allow. 

^crtfaBren, to proceed. 3Serbieuen, to deserve. 

Uuterlafi'eu, to neglect. SBagen, to venture. 

<^abm, to have. SBlffen, to know. 

@cin, to be. ^u^m, to be of use. 

♦^elfcu, to help. §rcmmen, to avail. 
SSevmeiben, to avoid. 

d. After the prepositions c^ne {without) and fiatt or anftafl {in- 
stead of): as, cijwt ein ©crt ju fayeu, without saying a word; auftatt 
ju fdircibcn, instead of wTiting. 

(3) The Infinirive in German, as intimated before, often performs 
the office of a verbal Substantive. It is then commonly preceded by 
the neuter of the article, and has all the various cases: as, \:^5 Sugeii 
Jcbabet bem ^iioiner am metften, lying injures the liar most; icb bin beg 
@e§en^ miibe, lam weary of walking; jumS'leifen bift bu nidUgefdncft, 
you are not fit for journeying. 

(4) The Infinitive active, in German, after certain verbs, as, fein, 
lafCen, cerbietcn, befcl}Ien, &c. is not unfrequently employed 'passively : 
thus, la$ \i)\\ rufen, which (literally) means, let him call, may, also, 
signify, let him he called ; eg i)! fetue 3eit ju ycrliercn, there is no time 
to lose, or to be lost. 

(5) The Germans often employ the Indicative or Subjunctive, 
preceded by ^i^i'^, where, in English, the Infiniiive, preceded by to, is 
used : as, id) irciB, 'i!0.^ et ber -2>Zanit ift, I know him to be (literally, I 
know tJial lie is) the man. 

(6) The Infiniave, in English, preceded by the words how, where, 
what, ichen, and the like, afcer such verbs as, tell, know, say and teach, 
cannot be rendered literally into German : the Germans, in such 
cases, always using the Indicative or Subjunctive of such verbs as 
fcllen, nfaffeu, fonnen : as, idi triei^, ti^e id) eo tijun mu§, I know how 
to do it, or (literally) I know how I must do it ; kC)reu Sic mid>, tnad 
idi fa^eu fell, teach me what to say. For the use of the Infinitive of 
mcgen, ircUen, fcUen, &ic., in place of the past Participle, See § 74. 3. 

§ 147. THE PARTICIPLES. 

(1) The Participles, in German, are varied by cases : following 
the same rules of inflexion as the adjectives. Having the nature of 
adjectives, the Present in a feic, and the Preterite in many instances, 
Riadily admit the degTees of comparison. 

(2) The use of the Participle, as such, ho%veVer, in German, i^ 



USE OF THE PARTICIPLES. § 148. 435 

far more restricted than in Enolish. For, in English, it is commonly 
used to form a distinct clause ot" a sentence ; and is thus made to 
indicate the time^ cause or means of effecting that which is expressed 
in the main clause : thus, we say : Walking (that is, hy or ichen 
walking) uprightly, we walk surely. This mode of expression can 
rarely, if ever, be adopted in German ; into which language, if we 
desire to translate the above sentence, we must say : irenu tvlr auf^ 
vid}tivj twinbclu, fo iiHiubetu wir ficber, that is, lohen we walk uprightly, 
we walk surely. 

(3) So, too, we say in English : Having given him the money, he 
went away ; but, since there is nothing in German to correspond to 
this English compound Participle, it would be a gross error to at- 
tempt to render the sentence literally. Resort must be had, as in the 
other case, to a different structure : thus, ai^ cr t{}in bag @e(b geijebeu 
'{)\\.tk, ijiiig er lt>eg, that is, after or when he had given him the money, 
he went away. In this way must all similar cases be managed : we 
must employ a verb in each clause and connect the two together by 
means of suitable conjunctions ; such as, treil, irenn, al^, ba and 
inbem. 

§ 148. Rule. 

The Present Participle^ like an attributive adjective, agrees with 
its noun in gender, number and case ; and may, also, govern the 
same case as the verb whence it is derived : as, 

2)er Ivicbenbe ^viifjliug, the smiling spring. 

^ii6Ieube6 ®etranft% cooling drink. 

2)ie aUeg beleBeiibe (Sonne, the all animating sun, i. e. the sun that 
animates all. 

Observations. 

(1) This Participle is seldom, if ever, otherwise employed with a 
noun than in an attributive sense. Its predicative use is found al- 
most altogether in those words, that have so far lost character as 
Participles, as to be commonly recognized only as adjectives : as, 

9ici^enb, charming. 2)rii(fenb, oppressive. 

^vdnfenb, mortifying. ^Itepenb, flowing. 

(5"innel)menb, captivating, «§inreipenb, overpowering. 

2)rin9cnb, pressing. 

Such a combination, therefore, as, / am reading, we are walkingj 
and the like, which is so common in English, is wholly inadmissible 
in Grerm/in ; save in the instance of those Participles that have lost, 



436 SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLES. § 149. 

cas just said, their true participial character : as, bie dlott) ijl bringenb, 
the necessity is pressing. 

(2) The Present Participle, in connection with the article, is 
often used substantively : the noun being understood ; as, bev 2e^ 
feube, the reader, (literally) the (one) reading ; bie ©terbenbe, the 
dying (female). 

(3) This Participle, however, cannot in German, as in English, 
be, by means of an article, turned into an abstract verbal noun. But 
in order properly to render such phrases as, the reading, the writing, 
into German, we must use the present of the Infinitive : thus, ba^ 
Sefen, 'i)at> (Sd)veiben. 

(4) The Present Participle, as stated in the Rule, may govern 
the case of its own verb ; but it must be noted that the word so gov- 
erned, always precedes the Participle : 'ii'X^ un^ oerfolgenbe @efd)t(f, the 
us pursuing fate, i. e. the fate that pursues us. In some instances, 
the words are actually united, forming compounds : as, efirliebeub, 
honor-loving, that is, ambitious ; gefe^gebenb, law-giving, &c. 

(5) The Present Participle is sometimes used with the power of 
an Adverb ; that is, to express some circumstance of manner or con- 
dition : thus, hjctnenb fprad) er ju mir, weeping (i. e. weepingly) he 
spoke to me ; er fc^te fict) [dbtuetgenb nieber, keeping silent (i. e. si- 
lently) he sat down. 

§ 149. Rule. 

The Preterite Participle is not only used in the formation of the 
compound tenses, but may, also, be construed with nouns, after the 
manner of Adjectives : as, 

3d) f)aBe ^eute ha^ S?ud) cjelcfen, I have read the book to-day. 

@in geliebtci? ^hxb, a beloved child. 

^et S)lann ift gelel)rt, the man is learned. 

Observations. 

(1) This Participle, in its character as an Adjective, is far more 
frequently employed in German than in English. Indeed, many Pre- 
terites in German, having lost all character as Participles, are now 
used exclusively as Adjectives. 

(2) The Preterite, like the Present Participle, is sometimes used 
in an adverbial manner: thus, ba6 *-Bud) i]^ serlcren gegangen, the 
book is lost (literally, gone lost). 

(3) This is especially the case with certain Participles employed 
with the verb fommen ; as, er fommt gefa^ren, he comes driven, i. e. 
driving in a carriage ; ev fommt geritteu, he comes ridden, i. e. riding 



SYNTAX OF THE ADVERBS. § 150. § 151. 43 Y 

on horseback ; cr fommt ije|i[cgcii, he comes flying ; ev fommt getaufen, 
he comes rnnning-, &c. 

(4) Kindred to this, is its use, when connected with a verb, to 
express the condition or state of the subject : as, je^t fterb' id) be; 
tuf)igt, now I die content ; in felne Jitgcub ge()ii(U, trc^t ev ber S3er; 
Icumbuitg, wrapped in his virtue, he defies calumny. 

(5) The Preterite Participle usually in connection with the accu- 
sative, is in some phrases employed absolutely : as, Viz 9lugen gen 
^immel gericb tct, his eyes being directed towards heaven ; ben ©ewiun 
abgercdbnet, the profit being deducted ; biefeu '^^kH au^genommen, this 
case being excepted. 

(6) This Participle is sometimes elliptically used for the Impera- 
tive. (See § 145. 3.) 

§ 150. Rule. 

The Future Participle is used, when the subject is to be repre- 
sented as a thing that must or ought to take place : as, 

@ine ju lobenbe %i)<xi> a deed to be (i. e. that ought to be) praised. 

Observations. 

(1) What is called the Future Participle in German, is produced 
by placing ju before the present participle as above. It can be 
formed from transitive verbs only, and is always to be taken in a 
passive sense. It is chiefly to be found in the case of compound 
verbs: thus, ^ccbjue(ivenber -§err, the-highly-to be-honored L e. the 
honorable. Sir. See Lesson XLII. 

§ 151. THE ADVERBS. 

Rule. 

Adverbs qualify verbs, participles, adjectives and other adverbs : as, 
(f r fdhveibt feltcn, he writes seldom. 

(5r ^Qii ben ©egenftanb scvtrcfflici) bel)anbelt, he has treated the sub- 
ject admirably. 
2)tefeg ©neb ift fcf)t: gut, this book is very good. 
6r arbeitet nicbt gem, he w^orks unwillingly. 

Observations. 

Almost all adjectives in the absolute form are, in German, em- 
ployed as Adverbs. See § 102. 3. For remarks on the position of 
Adverbs in sentences, see the section on the arrangement of words : 
§ 158. 



438 SYNTAX OF THE PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS. § 152» 

§ 152. THE PREPOSITIONS. 

Rule. 

The Prepositions an|!att, auper^atb, bieffeitS, &c. (See the List 
§ 109.) are construed with the genitive. 

Observations. 

(1) When the same Preposition governs several nouns in the 
same construction, it is put before the iirst only ; as, id) bin son met; 
net ^eimatf), meinem 33aterlanbe imb meiucn greunben getrcnnt, from 
my home, my country and my friends, am I separated. 

(2) For the right use and position of some of the Prepositions, 
much attention is requu-ed. See the Observations on those con- 
strued with the genitive : § 110. 

§ 153. Rule. 

The Prepositions aus?, auper, bet, &c. (See List § 111.) are con- 
strued with the dative. (See Obs. § 112.) 

§ 154. Rule. 

The Prepositions burdb, fiir, gegen, &c. (See List § 113.) are con- 
strued with the accusative. (See Obs. § 114.) 

§ 155. Rule. 

The Prepositions an, anf, f)niteT, &c. (See List § 115.) govern 
the dative or accusative : the accusative, when motion or tendency 
toii'ards is signified, but in the other situations the dative. (See 
Obs. § 116.) 

§ 156. THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

Rule. 

Conjunctions connect words and sentences in construction, and 
show their mutual relation and dependence ; as, 

Sctjann unb 3Bi(&eIm gefjen jur (2d)ule, John and William are going 

to school. 
3di faf) eg ; baBcr tretp idi eg, I saw it ; therefore I know it. 
(5r ift alter o.U idv he is older than I. 

Observations. 

(1) Under the general name of Conjunctions in this Rule, must 
be included all words performing the qgice of Conjunctions, whether 



USE OF THE CONJUNCTION'S. § 156. 43? 

properly such or not. Of these connective words th-ee chisses are 
to be di:jtinguished : 1. those that do not affect the order of the 
words of a sentence in which they occur (§ 160. 8.) ; 2. those that 
iiiways remove the copula to the end of the sentence (§ 160. 7.) ; 
3. and finally, those that do or do not remove the copula to the end, 
according as they stand before or afcer the subject (§ 160. 8.). 

(2) The true force and use of the Conjunctions is best learned 
from examples ; of which see a large collection in Lesson C. We 
subjoin, however, a few remarks in explanation of the following : 

a. 5lber, aUciii, (cufceni. ?tbcv is less adcersative than either of 
the oihers. It is of.en merely continuative. SlUcin always intro- 
duces what is contrary to wiiat might be infen-ed from what pre- 
cedes: as, er ift fe^r flcipig, aliehi er (ernt fef)r wcnig, he is very in- 
dustrious, but he learns very little. (5cnbern serves to introduce 
what is contradictory. It is used only when a negative precedes; 
ntdit ebe(, fonbcru Hc'mmhttjia, not noble, but pusillanimous ; t6 ijl 
tneber fct)n?ar§, ncd) bvauii, fcubeni gxun, it is neither black nor brown, 
but green. 

b. 2)a|, also auf ba^, introduces a clause expressing the end, ob- 
ject or result: as, iit tin^p, ia^ ev fcmmt, I know that he is coming. 
This form of expression is more common in German than in English. 
When ba$ is lefc out, the copula comes immediately after the sub- 
ject. See Note, page 445. 

c. 2) cell introduces something unexpected or not properly proceed- 
ing from the antecedent: as, er ift fe^rretd% imb bat hocb uu'ni^ ijeavkitet, 
he is very rich, ijet has he worked little. It is sometimes elliptically 
employed to indicate certainty, entreaty and the like : as, fvi.3en ©ic 
nir bcdi, tell me, pray. 

d. 3c, like the definite article in English, is put before compara- 
tives to denote proportion. It, then, has beftc for its correlative : thus, 
ie jiii^iger ev ift, befto gete()rter trirb er, i?ie more diligent he is, tlie more 
learned he becomes. JiDeftc sometimes comes before je : as, ein 
j^iniftu^ctf ift beftc fd^oncr, jc ycdfonimener eg ift, a work of art is the 
more beautiful, the more perfect it is. Sometimes je is employed 
before both comparatives: thus, je mefcr, je teffer, tlie more, the better. 
Sometimes befto stands before a comparative without je answering 
to it : as, id> crUHirtete nid^t melncit ^^veuub jii ftnbeii, beftc grower aber 
trar meiiic j5veiibe, al^ idi \i)\\ faf), I did not expect to find my friend, 
but the greater was my joy, when I saw him. 

e. Cb.jleidi, cbfdicn, cbircM, indicate concession. The parts are 
often separated, especially by monosyllables : such as, id}, tu, er, it. 



440 



SYNTAX OF THE IXTERJECTIQNS. 



irir, i6r, fte. Often two or three such little \Yords come between : as. 
cb er gleidi alt ift, k., although he is old, &c. ; cB idMnid^ gleicb freiie, jc. 
although I rejoice, &c. 

/ 2c, after such conjunctions : as, trett, al^, ia, trenn, naitbcm, cB- 
gleid^, cBfd^cn, cbtrcbt n?eim^[eid"^ and irtetrcf^l, introduces the subse- 
quent clause. This is chiefly the case, when the antecedent clause 
is long-, Of consists of several members : Ex. 3BeiI btd> ®crt ikS %ik6 
Qivoahx trerben lief, fc in -5^temanb fc iretfe aU bu, since God hath given 
thee to know all this, so (therefore) is no one so wise as thou. <Bo 
commonly, however, denotes comparison : as, ber ^noBe ijl fo gut, 
al^ ba^ SJidbcben, the boy is so (as) good as the girl. So in the phra- 
ses, fcrrcf)l al^ au6, or fctrcBl al^, so (as) well as : fcBalb al^, so (as) 
soon as, &e. With audi (fc — aud^) following, it signifies however : 
as, fo gtcf bte @*re(fen be^ ^riege^ aud^, jc, however gi-eat the ter- 
rors of war, &c. ; fc reidi er au* ift, k., however rich he is, &c. 

g. The following are the more common correlatives : as, 



(Sntweber, 


either, 


SSkber, 


neither, 


SSenn, 


if, 


iDa, 


when, 


3e, 


the, 


3e, 


the, 


©cBalb, 


as soon. 


^cvoc% 


as well, 


mt, 


as, 


<Bc, 


so, 


m^ 


not. 


^i^t alletn, 


not only 



^i^t nur. 



not only, 



cber, 


or. 


nod), 


nor. 


fo. 


so, or then. 


fo. 


then. 


ie. 


the. 


beflo, 


the. 


al^, 


as. 


at^, 


as. 


fo. 


so. 


fo. 


so. 


fcnberu. 


but 


fcnbem, 


but. 


fcnbern aud*, 


but also. 



§ 157. THE IXTERJECTIOXS. 

RrLE. 
Interjections have no dependent construction. 



Obs 



ERTATIOXS. 



(1) Interjections stand generally before the nominative or the 
vocative : as, C I tBeuerfter 3]ater I But sometimes the genitive, 
and sometimes the dative, is preceded by an Interjection : as, £>, ber 
i5reube I O the iov ! ©eb mir '. Woe to me 1 



COLLOCATION OF WORDS. § 158. 441 

§ 158. COLLOCATION OF WORDS. 

(1) In the arrangement of words in sentences, the German differs 
widely from the English. Many differences of collocation, accord- 
ingly, have already been noted and explained in various other parts 
of this work. But, as every word and member of a sentence in Ger- 
man, takes its position according to a definite law of arrangement, 
and cannot, mthout great offense against euphony, be thrown out of 
its proper place, we subjoin here some general instructions on this 
topic. 

(2) The essential parts of every sentence, as already remarked 
(§ 119.), are the Subject and the Predicate. That which is used 
(properly some part of the verb of existence, f e i it) to couple the 
subject and the predicate, is called the Copula. Now, arranging 
these three parts in their natural order, the subject will come first, 
the copula next, the predicate last : thus. 



Subject. 


Copula. 


Predicate. 


®ie 33tume 


11^ 


fdhon. 


The flower 


is 


beautiful. 


5)a^ -^ferb 


tear 


ftatf. 


The horse 


was 


strong. 



(3) \Vlien, as in the case of simple tenses, the copula and the 
predicate are both contained in a single word, that word holds the 
place of the copula ; while the place of the predicate either remains 
vacant, or is occupied by the object of the verb. Examples : 



Subject. 


Copula. 


Predicate. 


5)ie 53 hi me 


hmt. 





The flower 


blooms. 


— 


mx 


tefen 


\^a^ Suet). 


We 


read 


the book. 


5Die ©otbaten 


fediten. 


— 


The soldiers 


fight. 


— 


3d) 


[et)e 


biefen Wi<m\\ 


I 


see 


this man. 



(4) In the case of compound tenses, however, the auxiliary takes 
the place of the copula ; which place is also held by the auxiliaries 
of mood (§ 74.) : the place of the predicate being occupied by the m- 
finitive or participle. If the verb be a compound separable (§ 90), 
the particle stands in the place of the predicate, while the radical 
forms the copula. Examples : 
19-^- 



442 



COLLOCATION OF "WORDS. § 158. 



Subject. 


Copula. 


Predicate. 


3c^ 


^abe 


gclefen. 


I 


have 


read. 


SQBir 


jtnb 


g ewe fen. 


We 


have 


been. 


Qx 


lann 


fd^reibcn. 


He 


can 


write. 


®te 


trurben 


gefe^en. 


They 


were 


seen. 


(fr 


ge^t 


ClUg. 


He 


goes 


out. 



(5) When any of those verbs which assume the place of the co- 
pula, are employed in the compound form, the Participle or Infini- 
tive belonging to them stands after the proper predicate. Examples* 
Subject. Copula. Predicate. 



(Bx 


ift 


tfioridit genjefen. 


He 


has 


foolish been. 


(§x 


toirb 


gelefen §aben. 


He 


will 


read have. 


(gie 


l^citten 


[direiben fc((en. 


<Sie 


fmb 


ge^ort wcrben. 


(Sx 


tcirb 


gefe^en njorben feln. 


(Sx 


i\t 


au^gegangen. 



(6) The object of a sentence comes between the copula and the 
Predicate; and, if there be two objects, that of the person precedes 
thai of the thing. Examples : 



Subject 


■. Copula. 


1st Object. 2d 


Object. 


Predicate. 


(Sx 


bat 


einen Srief — 




gefd)rieben. 


Qx 


fciireibt 


nietnen Q3rief — 




ah. 


(St 


ifi 


feinem ^reunbe — 




geircgen. 


(Sie 


ftnb 


ehieg 33ei-bredieng — 




befdmlblgt hjorben. 


Sell 


bcibe 


bent .^naben ein 


m&) 


gegeben. 


(Sr 


^at 


beu<Scbn einer Siiube 


bef6ulDtgt. 


3.t 


babe 


nteinen j^reunb — 




urn diatb * gefragt. 



* Um -^atb with fra^en forms a phrase, (nm S^iatb fraflcn, to ask for advice,) 
wliich belongs to a class of phrases in German, in which a noun or adjective 
is made to piay the same part in respect to a verb, that is sustained by a se- , 
parable particle. This will account for the position of uin .-IJatt) in the sen- 
tence : it being treated just like a separable prefix. Other phrases belonging 
to this class are : 



Examples : 




SubJ. 


Copula 


3* 


IjaU 


3cf) 


Iiabe 


@r 


trirb 



COLLOCATION OF WORDS. § 158. 443 

(7) Should both objects, however, be persons, the accusative 
eoines first : except the oblique cases of the personal pronouns (Idv 
tu, er, fie, ctl, tvir, i(;r, fie), which always take the precedence. 

1st Object. 2d OlJecL Predicate. 

bciueii <£cf)n mciiiem ^reunbc em^fcf)(cn. 

bir mcinen <£c(in im\>^ci)kn. 

ii^m fciue S^cdUcr geben. 

(8) \Vlien two perso7ial pronouns form the objects of a sentence, 
the accusative comes before the dative and the geni.ive. Examples: 

Sub;', Copula, 1st Olject. 2d Object. Predicate, 

2Bir iiel)meu un6 feiner an. 

@r t^at iii) mir emi?fc(ilen, 

(9) Adverbs of degree and manner, or nouns governed by pre- 
positions and serving in the place of adverbs, when they refer ex- 
clusively to the verb, stand immediately after the object. Examples* 

SubJ. Copula. Object. Adverb. Predicate. 

Qv be^anbelt fetueii @egeiiftanb tjovtreffltit. — 

@r 'i)at feinen ©egenflaub tovtrefftid) Uljanhdt. 

@r i^at had ®'ilb mit greubeii au^gcgebetu 

(10) Adverbs of time, and phrases used instead of adverbs of 
time, commonly come before the object and before adverbs of place. 
Examples : 

Subj. Copula. Adverb. Object Predicate. 

Sd) l}\kbi gefteru euien 53vtef gefduieben. 

(Sx ift tor bvei S!agen in Scnbcn — augefcmmeiL 

(11) Adverbs of place, and nouns with prepositions, used as 
such, generally come immediately before the predicate. Examples: 

Subj. Copula. Object. Adce-^b. Predicate. 

3d) I;aBc eincn 58rief aua 93erlin erfKilten. 

3di trcvbe mcinen (Boim nadi -^ari^ fduifen. 

ttitfe leifleu, to render aid. Unis Sebcu brinae". to deprive of life. 

u .&ulfefoinnu-it, to come to the aid. S^rofe bieten, to bid defiance. 

>^\\ 3}iitroi^ cffeu. to dme. B'i 2;bctl lv•ev^elI, to foil to one's part 

Sovt^c trai^cu, to take care SJath i^cbru, to give advice. 

Ru ^hunbe iichcn, to perish. @cbor iivbcn, to grant a hearing. 

3u ^hunbe rid^fcit. to ruin. ©efabr (oufcn, to run a risk. 

3i!8 2Efvf fe^ei!, to execute. Srill ftehcii, to stand still. 

3n ^Stanbc briu^fii, to accomplish. Stft ^viUeii, to hold fesU 
9lc^t geben, to pay attention. 



444 COLLOCATION OF WORDS. § 158, 

(12) Nouns and pronouns with the prepositions appropriate to 
the verb employed in the sentence, generally come immediately be- 
fore the predicate. Examples : 

3d[) l^abe ntemal^ iiBer ben ©egenftanb mit t§m gef^jrod^en. 
3d) toerbe niemal^ in metnem SeBen jn i^m gefien. 

When, however, the preposition with its noun is merely used to 
denote the cause or purpose, &c., of what is expressed by the verb, 
it stands before the object. Examples : 

SOBtr ttanfen geftern aug SJZanget an S3ier Staffer. 
3d) fonnte ii)m oor ^^reuben fetne 5(ntn)ort geBen. 

§ 159. Inversion. 

(1) In all the cases preceding, the natural order of the leading 
parts has been preserved ; that is, the subject first, the copula next, 
and the predicate last. But for the sake of giving special emphasis 
to particular words, this order is often inverted. Thus, the real, or 
logical subject is made emphatic by being put after the copula : the 
pronoun e i taking its place as a grammatical subject : as, eg T^efct 
bie ^rei^eit i^re ^a^ne auf, liberty uplifts her standard. When, again, 
either the copula or the predicate is to be rendered emphatic, they 
exchange places : thus, (predicate emphatic) fterben miiffcn Side, die 
must all. The chief places in which the copula receives the stress, 
are, 

a. in direct questions ; as, frf)reibt bev 2)lann ? 

b. in imperatives ; as, fpred)en (Sie mit i^m ; 

c. in the case of mogen, when used to express a wish ; as, geBe e^ 
ber -§immel ! 

d. in cases where surprise (generally with bod)) is to be expressed; 
as, ift hoi) bie (Btabt tck gcfe^rt ! 

(2) When, on any one of those words which, in the natural or- 
der, come between the copula and the predicate, we wish to lay spe- 
cial emphasis, it must be put either before the other words standing 
between the copula and the predicate, or else before the subject. In 
this latter case, however, the subject and the copula exchange places : 
thus, nnr »cn dblem fann (ShU6 ftammcn ; where the common order 
would be : (§hU6 !ann mir yon @blcm ftammen. These inversions, 
however, chiefly occur when principal and subordinate sentences are 
connected by conjunctions. 



SENTENCES : rUTXOIl'AL AND RUBORDIXATE. § 160. 445 

§ 160. Sentences: rinNCiPAL and subordinate. 

(1) A principal sentence is one that expresses by itself an inde- 
pendent proposition : thus, It was reported; He deserves; John toils. 

(2) A suljo/li ; lie sentence is one, that serves as the complement 
to a principal sentence ; and without which it conveys no complete 
idea. Thus, in the expressions, It was reported, thai the ioivn ivas 
taken ; He deserves, thai we should defend him ; John toils, although 
he is rich : the first, in each case, is the principal and the second the 
subordinate sentence. 

(3) In the natural order, the principal precedes the subordinate 
sentence. But this order is often reversed; in which case the order 
of the subject and the copula in the principal sentence, is also re- 
versed. Thus, in the natural order we say, idi ireip, baf er e^ nidit 
ti)mi faun, / know, that he can not do it. Putting the subordinate 
sentence first, it will stand: ba^ er e^ nicbt tljun fann, ireif ic^,that he 
can not do it, know I. 

(4) When, however, the subordinate sentence comes in after the 
copula (i. e. before a part only) of the principal sentence, the natural 
order of the latter remams unchanged : as, id) faub, al^ id) in Scnbcn 
anfam, mcinen g'^'cunb nldit. 

(5) In subordinate sentences, the common order of the leading 
parts, differs from that of principal sentences, in making the copula 
come last, i. e. in making the copula and the predicate exchange 
places. Examples : 

Copula. 

dr, ireldier mir im -58rief bva*te. 

He, who to me the letter brought. 

2)cr. ben en -^cr^ ^^"1 ift- 

5di ircip, \vc id) iijn gefe^en ()aBe. 

@r fagt, baf er eo nid^t t(;un !ann. 

(Sr ift arm, tceil er fe§r trdge ift. 

(6) The subordinate sentence is usually connected with the prin- 
cipal one by means of some conjunctive word. The conjunctive 
word so employed, is either a relative pronoun, a relative adverb, or 
some conjunction proper, expressing cause, condition, purpose, limi- 
tation or the like. See the examples under the preceding paragi-aph. 

(7) The conjunctions employed in connecting principal with sub- 
ordinate sentences, are, a(3, auf ha% Beyor, big, ia, bafern, bamit, baf, * 

* 2)aB is sometimes omitted ; in which case the copula stands, not at the end, 
but just as in a principal sentence : thus, er faqt, er finntc fc^rctben. 



446 IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 

bifit»ei(, cf)c, fafli^, je, ]c nadibent, intern, nadibem, nun, cB, oBgteld), oBs 
fitcn, cbtvclil, fcitbcm, uugcacbtet, UHil)renb, iveil, trenn, f tcenn nidbt, 
trenn glcidi, rocnn fdu-'u, n?eini aiut, trie, trie audi, trieivcf;!, tt)c, trcfern, 
obiivar. These nil remove the copula to the end of the sentence. 

(8) The following are the conjunctive adverbs, which are used to 
connect subordinate sentences with principal ones, after the manner 
of real conjunctions : auf erbem, ba^er, baini, atj^banu, barum, bepire^jjen, 
bc^(;a(b, beiuicd^, beffenungeaditct, niditebeftctveniger, be^gleid)en, befto, 
eiiievfeits, anbevfeit-5, eublidi, fevuer, fcLjIidi, gleidni'^cf;!, inbeffen, fjernacb, 
nach()ev, jebcdv inteffeu (inbef), ingleidien, in fo fern, in [oli^eit {]g xodi), 
!aum, mitliin, m&.i aUein, nid^t mir, nid'it blcp, ncd), nnr, fonft, t^eil^? 
ti)nUr lUrigeua, iibevbiesS, inclme^.v, irclil, jubem, jtrav. These all re- 
move the copula to the end of the sentence, when they stand before 
the subject: when, however, they come after the copula, the natural 
order of the sentence obtains. 

(9) SlUeiu, benn, fonbern, ivXii and cbcv always stand at the head 
of a sentence without influencing the order of the other words. 5l6er 
and ndmlid) may, also, occupy the first place without changing the 
position of the other w^ords. 

(10) Where a mood-auxiliary, or any such verb as takes the in- 
finitive without ju, occurs together with an other infinitive, the co- 
pula stands hefore the two infinitives : thus, Jvenn id) eg f;dtte ti)w.x\. 
mii|Ten jc, not toenn id) ii)m\ ntiiffen {jdtte. 



IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 



There are in German, as in other languages, numerous idiomatic 
phrases. Many of these can not be rendered literally into English 
without a great sacrifice both of sense and sound. Still their mean- 
ing and application must be familiar to the student. We give below, 
therefore, a somewhat extended list : adding, to each, either some 
equivalent phrase in our own language, or, where it will bear it, a 
regular translation. In every case, however, it will be highly advan- 
tageous to the student to put the phrase first in a perfectly literal 
dress, and then deduce from it, if possible, the thought, which it is 
employed to convey. This is often a very pleasant as well as profit- 
able process. 

t When roenu is left out the subject and copula stand as in a question: thus, 
roeiin id) e§ i]efcbvitbcu \)ixdi. ic, or (without x>ii\\\\) ^citre tc^ e^'ijefc^rlcbeu, fp 
njurce ic^ eg 3^nt;u ci,i\K\Q,t babe . 



IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 



447 



?tiiUeii (Sic C'5 uidU fc gcriitij. 

?lu tcv *£vadic ift uiditiJ aii^jufe^cn. 

Sdif's? UiuinvilJe. 

i3ei fiocffinfttn-er 9?adU. 
^ci bev ^Sad^e ift eiu 5(0er. 

5)avaiif irt c^ cBcu aiu^c{cc(t. 
2)as3 SdMff tav-j ycv ?tufcr. 
Sa^ vevftcBt fid) ihmi [elbft, or 2)ad 
iH'rrte[)t fid}. 
Svt5 93ud) Idpt fid) lefen. 
Scit^ (d^t fid) fe()en. 
2).v5 hat fetne 9(rt. 
S)a!3 Idpt fidi ni*t fclafen. 

©a3 f)aBe id) mir ball) gebad)t. 
2)a5 \viixh eiu @nbe rait (gd^recfen. 

ue^men. 
©I'm ijl nidit ju fjelfen. 
5)cii ^itrjcrn jiefien. 
5)ci- 92ame irill mir nidit beifaUen. 
5I)ie --^aare ftaubeu mir ju 53er9e. 
2)ic ©riedien fiateu eine (Sdiladit 

gelicfcrt. 
fDie ^cnjler ge§en in ben ©arten. 

Sie 2Saare fiubet feiueit Slbgang. 
Sie 22aare ftutet ftcirfen 5(bfa|. 
2;icfei5 iBud) ift gut vi&gegangeu. 

CSile mit Scile. 
Gin dr^^Sdnirfe. 
(Sin t>cruei)mcr SJlaun. 
(Siucm ^ferbc bie ©pcreu gebeu. 
Cxiuem auf beu 2ei6 geljeu. 
©inent au bie ^vinb ge(}en. 
(^ira'u ftcrauefcrbern. 
Crircu jum D'iarreu f)aben, or jum 
Scfteu ^abeu. 
(Sinen anfaBrcn. 



Do not think so light of it. 
Tiiere is no fault to be found 
with it. 
Upon an uncertainty, i. e at a 
venture. 
At the dead of the night. 
There is a ' but ' (i. e. a difficulty) 
in the matter. 
This was the very aim. 
The vessel rode at anchor. 
That is a matter of course, i. e. 
obvious. 
The book is readable. 
That looks well ; that will do. 
That is unbecoming ; unseemly. 
That cannot be done in a twink- 
ling. 
I thought so soon enough. 
That v/ill end badly. 

There is no remedy for it. 

To get the worse of it. 

The name does not occur to me. 

My hair stood on end. 

The Greeks have given a battle. 

The windows look into the gar- 
. den. 
There is no demand for the article. 
The article finds a ready market. 
This book has gone off (i. e. sold) 
well. 
Slow and sure ; hasten slowly. 
An arrant knave. 
A man of rank ; a leading man. 
To clap spurs to a horse. 
To attack or assault one. 
To go to one's aid. 
To challenge or"call out one. 
To make a laughing-stock of one. 

To addi-ess one harshly. 



448 



IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 



©men an feinem ©eburtstage an; 
fetnben. 
(Slnen anfjle^en. 

(Snbtid) ift ]u unter bie >§aube ge? 
fcmmen. 
(Jr i|l ncch einmal [c grcf. 
(§x hat fcin 3]crmogen bnv6gebradU. 
(Sx pxaijit gern, or (5v fd)neibet gem 
anf. 
(5r Idpt eg fid) fef)r angclegen fetn. 

@t fal^ mid) jiart an. 

(Bx fiellt [idi nmrtiffenb an. 

@r ^at fid^ Icggcmad)t. 

dr i)iiU libd -Oaud, or dr ijl ein 

fdilcditer 9Sirtl). 
©r muptc fdiliun-en. 
(Bx irei^ ttJeber au$ ncdi ein. 
@r riedit ben ^raten. 
(§x ijat fid) hMcn gemadit. 
(Sr tdf t »icl barauf gcf)en. 
@r ^at mir yiel Slbbrudi get^aii. 
(Bx i)at fid) mii feincn ©Idnbigern 
abgefitnben. 
(§x I) at 60 fc in ber Strt. 
@r :^at enblid) fetne Saare an ben 

SRann geBrad)t. 
(Sr mad)t e^ gar yii bnnt. 
(§x ge§t nur barauf ang. 
dr finbet fid) immer jn rediter 3tnt 
ein. 
©rinnern ©ie mid) baran. 
@g tt»irb nid)t angel^en. 
(Bs faun nidit fd^aben. 
(Bs ift n?cl)l tfern.\it)rt. 
(B^ fici)t fe(}r baruadi au^. 
(Bs ift (Sdmbe, ba^ fie ni*t fommen 
fanu. 
(Bs ge()t mir nid>tg ab. 
(Es gef)t bunt ju. 
(5"5 rci^t in ben 33entet 
©etb Idf t nitJbt fd)on auf ®riin. 



To make a present to one on his 
birth-day. 
To quiz one. 
She has got married at last. 

He is as tall again. 

He has run through his fortune. 

He is fond of talkmg big. 

He makes it his business, or con- 
cern. 
He stared me in the face. 
He affects ignorance. 
He has got off. 
He is a poor manager. 

He was put to his oath. 
He is sadly put to it. 
He smells the rat. 
He ran away. 

He spends a great deal of money. 
He has done me much damage. 
He has come to terms with his 
creditors. 
It is his way. 
He has found a market at last. 

He is too bad ; he goes too far. 
He aims at nothing else. 
He is always there at the proper 
time. 
Put me in mind of it. 
It will not do. 
It will not be amiss. 
It is under lock and key. 
It looks very much like it. 
It is a pity that slie cannot come, 

I want for nothing. 
These are strange goings on. 
It costs a great deal of money. 
Yellow docs not look well upon 
green. 



IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 



449 



3* ^alte ml aiif metne @*tvef^cr. 
3di faun ibii ijiit Icibeu. 
3d) fvinii mid) n'htt bavciuf bermucii. 
3d) fravje nidUi^ baviividv 
3di faun ben SJiann nid)t an3[tcf)en. 
3d) Ujak c6 ]dbex nid)t. 
3di and) ntd)t. 

3d) ftnll e«? mit 3f)nen fc i3cnau ntd)t 
ndmmi. 
3d) bin ba()intev gefcmmen. 
3d) IvijTe e^ gefien tvie c6 n.n((. 
3d) mcdUe bed) irijfen, tra^ er »cr 
Bat. 
3f)m fdUt jcbe ^leinigfeit anf. 

3fn*e 9ieben ftimmen nid)t nbevein. 
3n S3efd>Iag uef)men. 
3ii mir'g hc(b, aU trenn id) ite 
fd)cn ivgenbtrc gcfef)en l;dtte. 
3cbermann mag i()n gnt Iciben. 
Jlef)ren Sie ]id) nid^t an ifin. 
^ein ^^iatt »cr bag 9)ZauI nel^mcn. 
^nrj angebunben fein. 
SJangen Sie ju, meinc v^evten. 
^aiTen Sie mid) bafiir fcrgen. 
SajTcn @ie mid) jnfrieben. 
Saffen @ie cincn ^(v^t f)clen. 
Saffen (2ie mvS nid)t nneint? tretben. 

Soften (2ie bag SidU ang. 
2)can bdit eg nberaU fiiv tt?af)r. 
^an fagt, cr (icibc fid) umgcbvad)t. 

!Wan bel)crd)t ung. 
SD^lein S^cadibar Idpt mir fagcn. 
3Jlein SSenranbter fianbelt mit ^^ii-- 
d^ern. 
2JZir nid)tg, bir nid)tg. 

9)Zit (Srlaubnif . 

9ictf) nnb weif fted)en »on einanbev 
ab. 



I make nothing of it. 

I set a great store by my sister. 

I like liira well. 

I cannot recollect it. 

I do not care for it. 

I cannot bear the man. 

I would not do it. 

Nor I either. 

I won't stand npon it with you. 

I have found it out. 
I let things go as they wWl. 
I should like to know what he is 
about. 
Eveiy little matter catches his at- 
tention. 
Their accounts do not agree. 
To seize (goods). 
I fancy, I must have seen her 
somewhere. 
He is liked by every one. 
Never mind him. 
To speak fearlessly. 
To be irritable. 
Help yourselves, Gentlemen. 
Let me alone for that. 
Let me alone. 
Send for a physician. 
Let there be no ditference be- 
tween us. 
Put the candle out. 
It is believed every where. 
He is said to have destroyed him- 
self. 
We are overheard. 
My neighbor sends me word. 
My relation deals in cloth. 

Without much ado ; as easy as 
possible. 

By your leave. 

Red and white present a great 
contrast. 



450 



IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 



<Scbenfen <Bk ble ®(dfer veil 
(Seine (Steile ipirft jd^vltdi imr fsun; 
bevt ©ulbeu ab, 
(Sc^cu (gie 5I)reu .^ut auf. 
(Sic ftat tl)ii bavum gebvadit. 
(£ie crgrtffeii bag ^^afcnpanter, or 
<Ste nabmeii Oicipaug. 
<Bk gc&cn miv immcr bie (Sdutlb. 
Sie niuffen ftd) iiidu an iljn M)xm. 
Sic fiub tern vediteu 2Bege abgc; 

fcmmen. 
€ie tijim ber (ga*e gu ml 
(Bk mii^m ftdi ba^ aii6 bent ©tune 

fdi lag en. 
(Sie ma*t alle SfJcbm niit. 
©ie ^aben eg getvcffen. 
(gie tfiuu fe!)r befannt mit einanber. 

S}cr eincr lialbcn (gtunbe lag csS miv 
auf ber 3unge. 

fBae gel)t has midi an ? 

SSag liilft mir'g ? 

Sag fdllt 3l}nen ein ? 

SSag n^cllte id) bed) fagen ? 

SBeit gefc^tt. 

SBenn id) ik ju felien fcelcmme. 

2Benn'g mix fel)l fd^idgt. 

SBcun id) aiibcrg red^t bavan bin. 

SBie fcnneii (2ie fcUte ©infdUc Iia; 
ben? 

-2Bte !cnnic cv ftd) fo ettiMS tvdumcn 
laffen? 

SScnn id^ an Slater (StcUe n^dre, fo 

iviirbe id) mit ber Sadie nid^tg ju 

fdmffcn l)abcn. 

Sffiir I'lcrabrcbetcn uug, eg n5edifi^D 
iveife ju tl)un. 

2Bie braditen Sie bcrt 3f)rc 3eit ju ? 

SBa^fcpanS^rerU^t? 



Fill the glasses up to the brim. 
His situation is worth only one 
hancired florins a year. 
Put your hat on. 
She made him lose it. 
They took to thek heels. 

You always blame me. 
You must not mind him. 
You have lost your way. ' 

You are carrying the thing too far. 
You must banish that from mind. 

She always follows the fashion. 
You have hit the mark. 
They act very familiarly with one 
another. 
Half an hour ago, I had it at my 
tongue's end. 
What is that to me ? 
What am I the better for it ? 
What an idea ! 
What was I going to say ? 
You are quite out. 
If I get a sight of her. 
If I do not succeed. 
If I am not mistaken. 
How can you think of such a 
thing 1 
How could he harbor such a 
thought 1 
If I were in your place, I would 
have nothing to do with the 
affiiir. 
It was agreed upon between us 
to do it by turns. 
How did you spend your time 
there ? 
What is the matter with your 
watclv ? 



READHsTG LESSONS. 

The following- selections are from various sources ; all excellent, 
however, and embracing a great diversity of style and matter. The 
student, therefore, who has become fomiliar with the grammatical 
course laid down in the preceding part of this book, will enter upon 
these reading lessons wiih no little pleasure. With the aid of the 
vocabulary, which is sufGciently full, and the references to the gi-am- 
mar, v/hich are quite numerous, he can, indeed, find no serious diffi- 
culty. Many more references might have been made; but he who 
duly consults those already given, will not, it is believed, be in want 
of further guidance in the use of his grammar. 

1. g a b c I It. 

1. 2)er>^unbunbbie5it(ei>§afeii.' 

(Sin Sci^bfjunb oerfclgtc einen jungcn <§afen, ivetdbem cr fdbcn fc^v iia^c 
wax, ais ekn eiti ditcrer -^afc aii6 bem ©cBiifcbc f^eryerfprang. •^ait, 
baitte bcr ^unb, bci^ ift ja (L. 44. 4.) cjfeiibarer ©enniui. (Sr lie^ je; 
r.ni (§ 62 2.) laiifcu iiub fe|te nun biefem nadi (§ 130.). StUeiu fcine 
Jlrdfte lyaren tchtafje i\tcn gatij erfdicpft ; ba entfam i(im ber .^afe fe^r 
Icicbt, uiib er er()tett auf btefe -$(vt feinen. 

Seenblgc evft eine ©aite, ivenn jie amt ncd) }o Umi jit feiit fdieiitt, e^c 
bu eine anbere anfdngft. 

2. 2) c r >-^ i r f d\ 

2)er ^ivfdi far) elntl in cinem Haren -Sa6e fein 35i{b. ©a^rti*, fagte 
cr, id) iibcrtrcffe aKe SBIevc an 5(uftanb unb ^^^tvidit I 2Bie I)crr(i6 ragt 
bu'o (§ 134. 7.) (JJerocK) cmpor 1 — Scdi meine §upe, ft)le magev unb 
I)d^nd> I Siamn t^attc cr ba^ (L. 20. 1.) gefagt, fo erblirfte er einen 
Scraen, ber (§ 65. 2.) auf iijn lodging. Tlit greater (Sdinede trugen i()n 
fel;!C peradUeten ^siipe In ben ndd'sften 2Balb ; aber pIc|ItdT filelten bie ®e; 
firdud^e feine brritcn -Corner auf, unb er fcnnte ftdi nid)t loeroiuben 
(L. 66.). 5^er Scwe crreidUe unb tchkk i^u. 

(gdid^e bie 5)inge nid^t nadi ber dupern ©ej^alt, fcnbern nadi bem in* 
nern 2Bertf|e ; fouft n)irit in eft bein Urtl;ei( ^u bereuen Ijabcn. 

SJieipner. 
451 



452 READING LESSONS. 

3. 3)ev SQvinberer u:ib bag ^rrtidbt. 

(s'm ©auberer faf) bea DtacbisS (§ 128. 1.) auf fciiicm 2Sege itnitjettson 
flit ein Swlicbt, gmg ibm gerabe nacb, fam ticm rctten ^fabe ab itnb oer* 
fan! baburd) in einen ttefeu ©um^f. >§a, ijevwiiufditeg l^rugbtlb I tief er 
aug, voarum mu^teft bu midi fiierfjer fuljteu ? — 3di bid) gefiil)vt ? ertDie; 
berte bag Sttlidit; urn 93crjcil)ung, id") yevbiene biefeii 33oriDurf nidit. 
2)ii gingft mix ja freitvidig iiad). D^iemaiib als (L. 61.) bu felbft ga& 
biv hm ^ati) mix ju folgeu. 30'leif ner. 

4. ^ e r \T) 1 1 b e 5( )) f e I b a ii ni. 

3n ben f)o'f)Ien (Stamm cinc^ voilben 9(vfel6aumeg lic^ fid) ein @*tr>arm 
SSienen nieber. (Ste fiilitcn i()n mit ben ©did^en if)re£5 -^onigg, unb bcr 
^aum irarb fo ftclj barauf, ba^ er aUe anberen S3dume gegen fid) aeradv 
kte. 2)a rief if)m ein 9lofen[tocf ^u: (Slenber (Stol^ auf geOef^ene @iiptg; 
feiten ! 3ft beine grud^t bavum toeniger l^erbe ? 3n biefe treibe ben ^onig 
l^erauf, iuenn bu eg i)ermagft, unh harm eril (L. 93. 1.) tnirb ber 2Jlenfd) 
bic^ fegnen! 2efH«g. 

5. ^er <B)()e6:)t unb hie Saube. 

(Sin ^'pe6:^t unb eine Saube i)atkn einen 5Pfau befud)t. 2Bte gefiet bir 
iinfev 2Biit^ ? fragte ber (g^^iedit auf bem Oliirfirege. ^]t er nid)t ein ttti; 
brigeg @efd)o^f? (gein ©tolj, feine unfovmlidien ^ii^e, feine ^dplid)e 
@timnie, ftnb fte nid)t unertrdglid) ? „9(uf aUeg biefeg/' antwovtete bie 
gute XauU, „f)atte id) !eine Beit ju fefjen ; hran ii\ ijatk genug an bet 
@d)on^eit feineg ^opfcg, an ben i;errlid)en §arben feiner ^ebern unb an 
feinem maieftdtifd)en (Sd)tt)eife ju betrunbem." 3)lei^ner. 

6. 2)ie Seflpen im ^cnigto^fe. 

@in ©d)lr>arm SSefpcn trar in einen «§cnigtopf gefrod)en unb lief eg ftd) 
ba rcof)l fd)mecfen (L. 87. 1.). ^ci) je|t, al6 fte ttieber fcrt wciitm, 
fonnten jie nidit; benn bie jdf)e @iifigfeit batte §liigel unb^^iipe unbraud)^ 
bar gemad)t. ^Idglid) jammerten fie nun iiber ifir na^eg @nbe. — Sine 
einjjige Sefpe fsatte ftd) »crfid)tig am 3tanbe er^atten, jwar (L. 44. 4.) 
vreniger gcnoffen (L. 91.), aber ftd) aiv^ nid)t gefangen. 3^r hamxt mid), 
@ditreftern, fpvad) fie, inbem fte fcrt ficg ; aber if)r f)dttet aud) bie (gdiwie? 
tigfeit ^^6 <§eraugfcmmeng bebenfen fcllcn (§ 74. 3.), ef)e i()r end) fc ticf 
binein nvigtet. 

5)er 2Beg jum fiinbljaften 93erguiigen ifl i?id)t 5)od) befto (L. 31. 6.) 
fd)toerer fdUt eg (L. 46. 2.), yen ibm fid) Icgjureipen. ®aran benfe 
man (§143. 7.) server, benn nad^l^er ift eg ju fpdt unb frud)ttcg. 

5(Jleipner. 



KEADING LJiaSO-NS. 453 

7. xi^ i c '.i; a u b c u ii b t i e St x d i) e. 

(S'in mittf)unlluicv itiuibe irarf nadi eiiiev fcbucciyeipcn Saiibe mit naffct: 
(ivte, iinb ba^ gldujcube ©cficbcv berfclbcu \Dui-bc fdimu^l^ uub fd)lt)arj. 
"yam bij'i 2)u bod) audi gcu^cvbeu, irie unfer etiier ! \acik eiue alte 
.Hvdfje f) of) 11 lad) eub ; benn bie ^Bofcii f)abcn c^ nid)|- gern, baf man beffer 
fciu iuiK, al^ fie, unb fveuen fid) iiber h^n UufaU bev ©utcii. 

3Bic ciicr cinev geiitovbeii ? emneberte bie Xaube. ^eineoivcgcg ! id) fd)eiiie 
iiur fo; id) lueube aber iiidit fo blcibeu I 

Uub jie blteb audi uid^t fo. <£ie babete, fie reiuigte ]Uh, uub toav iineber 
ic gldu^cub wcip, ais juwov; abcv bie ^idfje blieb, \v>k \k wax, uub tt)itrbe 
es? (L. 36. 5.) aud) gebliebcu feiu, tomn fie aud) eiu Saiir laug gebabet 
unh gc^ni^t ()dtte. 

^aitct bie ^'pevjeu uur I'eiu ; gegeu bie 93ei*teumbuug \mxh fd) ou (L. 44. 4.) 
9;atl), uub bie Uufd)ulb gef|t am (Bnhc beuuod) gei*ed)tfevtigt uub geldutert 
f)txi)ox. £o^r. 

8. 2) e r @ i u f i e b I e r uub b e r 93 d r. 

(Bin (Siufieblev f)atk eiueu jungeu ^Sdveu aufgejcgeu uub burd) %uitn, 
@dildge uub mandie iOHfie i()u fo jaf)m iDie eiucu -^uub gemad)t. Dft 
bvadUe uuu ber 93dr fciuem @rjtef)er eiu aufcf)utid)eg @tii(f 2BiIb^ret ^eim^ 
trug -§oIj unb aSaffer fierbei, &ett»ad)te feine «§iitte, !urj, er teiftete ifjm 
3>ieufte atler %xt (Sinil lag an eiuem (gommertage ber ©infiebler im 
@rafe bafiiugeftvecft unb fd)lief. Olebeu i^m fa§ feiu ^dr unb \lo^i)xk bie 
§{iegen ab, bie fd)aavemreife ben ®rei^ um fd) to dnn ten. S^cvjiiglid) qudlte 
it)u eiue ; xocijl (L. 44. 4.) je^nmat (§ 60.) i^atte ber 33dr fie fort^ 
gejagt, uub immer fam fie irieber. Se^t, aU fie fid) abermal^ auf bie 
@tiru beg <Sd)lafenben fe|te, rief ber 93dr umnillig au^ : Sffiarte ! toarte ! 
id) tt>il( bid) tocgbleibeu lef)reu ! — 33ei biefen SBorten ergriff er eiucn 
(Stein, jielte riditig unb jerfd)metterte bie §liege, aber freiltd) aud) mit i^r 
ben Mcp^ bee Sltten. 

2Bdf)le bir feincn eiufdUigen, feinen attjurclten SJ^enfdieu jum ^reunbe ! 
<SeIbft (L. 63. 1.) mit bem beften SBilien fanu er bir oft mei)r al^ bein 
drgftcr ^mih fd)aben. Sa»ater. 

9. 3)ermit@aljbelabeue@fel. ^ 

(§in (Sfel, auf bem eiu <Sacf mit ©alj lag, ging burd) eiueu §luf ; er 
ftolperte unb fiel in'e Staffer. ®et bem 9lufftet)en merfte er, ha^ feiue 
^a]t leiditer toar ; benn ba^ Zai^ nuir im SBaffer pffig getoorben. ^alt ! 
badite er, ba er einft mit ©d)ir>dmmen belabeu toar, bu fanuft bir abermal 
eine ©rleiditerung madien. (ix fid mit gleif nieber; aber bie @d)n)dmme 
faug:teu fid) ooU j er !ounte uid)t toieber empor fommen unb ertranf. 



454 READING LESSONS. 

5Ber feine 5lrbeit burcb ben (2*aben mue Stnbern ju erleid^tem fud^t, 
bev fdiabct fid) gerociinlicb [elkr am meifleu, 

10. fD i e 91 a cb 1 1 9 a 11 u n b b e r (Si m t» e t. 

5)ic DiadUioiaU gin^ einft ciiif Oieifcn uiib jur (L.74. 1.) ©cfcllfdiciftncil^m 
Yii eiuen ©inipfl mtt. Sie fiovjeu iiber SiCiat imb Q3crg iinb fameu nad) 
eilidieu S^a'^^eii in eiuen fdunieu 2Balb, in tvcldiem fte fidi niebcrliepeu/'^aum 
l^vitteu fie fidi auf eiuen *^nfdi Q^yc^t, fo yerfammclte ii<b mut fdion eiue 
ganje (Sdiaav you ben iOoj^elu besa SBviibeg, urn bie ^vembliuge ju fei^en 
(§ 146. 2. b.). 3(Ue beunmberten ben ©im^et unb Icbten feiucu fditv^ar.-: 
jeu jlcpf, ben gtauen 9^iicfen unb ba^ fd^one Stcti) feiuev ^gvuft. 5)a^ 
mup ein fe[;r ycvue{)mer 9^eifenbcv fein, fprvidi eiuer ju bem anberu. 2)ev 
anberc iBe^el ift fefjr unbebeuteub. 3Svii}rfd'einIidi ift er ber 2)iener. S)Zan 
brdngte fid) immev ueuvjieviger um ben fdicn I'cfteberteu ©impct I)er, unb 
brdn^te tk dJadMio^ali fo aUmd(}i(di in eiue uubecKadUcte (S'cfe. 

@utlidi erfudUeu bie JBoget ben ©impel, er mcge bcdi audi einmcil feine 
(Stimme f)cven laffeu. fl)cnn man yevmut^ete, baf fein ©efang feiuem 
^teibe gleidi fcmmen (§ 99. 1.) miiffe. S"r liep \iib berebeu (§ 146. 4.) 
unb fang. S(&er bie 33oge(, bie ii}n ycrl)iu Ben.niubert fatten, laditen in^? 
ge^eim unb fagteu fid) (§ 57. 5.) (mlbkut in'g Di)x : Sffield)' el'enbc 
(Stimme ! 2i}enu er uur liefeer gefdmMegcn f)dtte. 

3c^t erficb bie OladitigaU in if)rem yerborgeneu 23infel i^re (stimme. 
5ffia0 ift ba^ ? riefeu bie 23ogeI mit 33etyuuberung un'!) yrcube. Widd) 
(L. 41. 1.) {}errlidu^r ©cfang ! ©ie ? ber uufdieinbare gremtling fingt fo 
fd)du ? £), gvennb, bu iibevtrtffft a(ie (Sanger an Sieblidifeit unb ®tdr!e 
be^ ©efauges. 2)eiue (gtimme bcfd^amt bein 5(u3fei)en. 

Urtijcile uidU na&\ bem Slenf eren. 3n einem uufd)einbarcn ^leibe ifi 
oft ba^ felteujie Xalent yerborgen. ©rimm. 



II. ^avabcl it. 

1. 2) er r o^e (Sbetilein. 

(Sin rcfjer (Sbelfteiu lag im (Sanbe ^lyifdieu yielen anberen gemeinen 
©teinen. ©in ^nabe fammclte you hky:ii i,u feinem (2pict unb brad)te 
fic ua* -Oaufe (L. 24.) jugleid) mit bem (Sbelftein, aber er fannte (L. 26. 3.) 
biefen nidit. 3)a fa^ ber 35ater beo Jlnabeu bem (gpiele ju unb bemerfte 
ben rcf)eu ©belfteiu, unb fagte ^n feinem Scl;ne : gib mir biefen (£tein I — 
(gctoeg tl-jat ber ^nabe unb Iddjelte, benu er badjte, \va^ loilt ber iBatcr 
mit bem Stein ittad)feit? 



READING LESSO-NS. 46S 

5)iefcr ciUv naim itnb fitliff bcii Stein in vccjclmd^ige ^Iddicii luib (Sdcn, 
Miib ftcvi-ncti ftraf)Ite uiiii bcr cjcfdiliffcuc 5^iamaiit. 

Sichc, fa^^tc bavauf bcv ^akx, ifia ift bcr Stciii, bcu (§ 64. 1.) bit mir 
gatcft. iDa erftaiiute bev .\\iiabc iiber bC(3 ©cftcine^ ©(viiij imb fjcnlidies^ 
i^iinfcln, iiiib vicf an-i: 9Jiciii 23vitin-, tine itevnuHtteft bit biq'csj? 

iDev iBater fpvad) : 2>ili erfamite bciJ vol}cu (2teiuei5 Xitijcnb iiub ya-bcr:: 
gene .^Ivcifte, fc tcfvcit' idi il)ii lieu ber t?evf)ul!eiibeii (gd^ladc. — 

5)arnadi aU bcr .\Cnabe eiii ^iiugling geircrben war, gab i!)m ber Q3atei: 
ben t^erebcUen (Etein al^ <2iiinbi(b feu besS !Sc6eu<? 3Bert(; nnh aBi'irbe. 

^rummad)er. 

2. 5) e r m u p i g e 9}l a g u e t. 

(S'iu Jluabe er^ielt cineu fef^r guteu ?JZagnet jum ©efd^enf. (?r trofftc 
ifm fdioueu uub j^erbarg i(;u, yen altem (Sifenuunic entfevnt, fcrgfd(ttg i:i 
ciiiem Sdn-aufe. Dladi laiiger 3eit ^olte er il}n roiehex eimnal ^crwcr, urn 
Dlcugierigeu felne ^raft ju jeigeu, (Sr (lielt U)n an (SIfen; a((ctu ber Stag- 
uct jcg uuu gar uid)t mefjr, tnetl er burd) bie I'ange trdge Otu^e a((e jlraft 
vevtcrcu Ijatte. Scl)r. 

3. S 6 f e r U m g a n g. 

(5ofi;rcn, cin ireifer 53clfelel}rer, evianbtc audi (L. 63.) feineu erinadife;? 
nen (Sc^neu unb Sicditeru nid^t, niit ?s)lenfdien umjugeljcn, bereu SSaubcJ 
vAiH cyz^ rehi unb jittfam twar. Q3dterdien (L. 68.), fagte etncg S^ageg bie 
fanftc ©ulalia ju i6m, aU er ifjr unterfagte, in ©efellfd^aft beo 33ruberS 
bie leiditfmuige Sucinbe ju befudien, 35dterd)en, bu mupt un^ xcci)l fiir [ef)r 
!inbi|\t fjalten, ii^il bu glciubft biefer SBeg Uxim uu3 gefd^vlidi ir>crbeu. 
Siber ber -^ater ua(}m ftiUfdiireigcnb (§ 148.) etne fdion erlofdiene ^ci}te 
i)cm .^vimiu unh teidite fte bcr S^cd^ter l;tu. (2ie brcniit uidit; ^inb, fagte 
er, nimm ]k uur. ^a6 ttjat (5'ulalia, unb Tiel;e, bie ^arte, trteipe -^aub 
unirbe fdimugig unb uni^evfef^eng audi bag ireti^e ©ewanb. Scif man bed) 
gar nidit yerfid^tig geiiug fein fann, fagte (£u(a(ia oerbvup(tdi, \vi\m man 
Mcl}Un bcrulirt I 3a xocijl, fpradi ber SBater. 3)u fief)ft mciu ^iub, bap 
bie ^el)le, roenn fie and) uidit brennt, bcdi fditrdrjt. ^Ilfo ber Umgaug 
mtt <Sittenkfeu. S^ebau. 

4. Sic b r e i S I i cf e. 

(Sin fremmer SDZcinn lintrbe eiufl gefragt, tfcber e^ fentnie, ha^ er, trc^ 
alter 2)rv-iugfa(e beg Sebeug, hob fcldien ®[eidiniutc} inftdi bewaliren fonue. 
2>er (§ 62. 3.) anttDortete: fDa5 femnit baher, ba^ idi mcinc 5hi.:;cn t»o6I 
in W:t ucftme (L. 64. 1.); beuii aiU6 -Scfc fommt burdKbie 8inue jum 
^Brjett^ oBer audp bod ®utc. — 2luf hk \xsnUxt ^ra-je, toife er bad wfld^e. 



456 READING LESSONS. 

fagte er : ^ihm 9)lcrgen, e{)e ii) an tie ©efdidfte unb untet bic SOflenfdien 
gc{)e, vidite idi mcine Siugeiibebacbtfam auf bvei fDinge : (^rftenS (§ 51. 1.) 
{)ebe icb fie gen (§ 114. 2.) <§tmmel unb erinneve mid% baf meiu -^aui^tgej 
fdvift unb bag 3tel meineg Scbeng nnb ©trebens bcvt cben fei. 3tt)L'iten5 
fenf idi fte jur (Svbe nnb bebenfe, ir>tc trentg dlanm ii) fcebavf, urn einjl 
mein ®rab bavin ju ftnben. 3)ritteng enblid) fcbau id) um mid) unb be- 
tvadite bie ''Mniqe berer, benen eg ncd) fd)limmer evgefit, aU mir. S(uf 
biefe 2Bcife getvofte id:) mid) alleg 2:dh^6 unh lebe mit Selt unb S)^enfd)eu 
jufvieben in ®ott. Stuerbadiev. 

5. 2)te ^orud^ren. 

©in Sanbmann ging mit feinem fleinen ©cfine auf ben Strfev Ifiinaug, um 
ju fe^en, ob bag ^ovn balb veif fei. (Sief), SSater, fagfe ber unerfafjrene 
.Knabe, tvie aufredit einige ^alme ben ^o^f tragen ! 3)iefe miiffen tt)obl 
r.edit t)crnef)m fein; bie anbern, bie fid) t)or ii)mn fo tief biirfen, ftnb geiinfj 
ttiel fd)ted)tev. S)ev 93ater ))p(fte ein ^^aar 9te§ren ah unb fprad) : Xijo^ 
viditeg ^inb, ba fief) einmall !t)iefe 5(el)re f)ier, bie fid) fo ftolj in bie>§o§c 
(L. 68. I.) ftrecfte, ift ganj taub unb leer ; biefe aber, bie ftd) fo befd^etben 
neigte, ift ttoU ber fd^onften .Corner. 

^vdgt einer gat ju Ijod) ben .Kopf, 

<Bo ift et lDct)( ein eitler Xro^f. @d)mib. 

6. 3) e r e r i^ e © a b b a t ^. 

®er fedigte ^J^ag ber (Sdi6)3fung neigte fid) ju feinem @nbe. 2)ic Sonne 
r)atte if>re S3af)n boUenbet. 2)ag 5)unfel beg 5(benbg begann fid) iiber bie 
|ngenb(i*e @rbe ju aerbveiten. 2)er erftgeborene @of)n ber @d)d:pfung 
ftanb auf einem ^iigel (Sbeng, neben it)m ©toaf), fein (Sd)u|engel unb Q3ei 
gleiter. 

(§S waxh immer bunHer unb bunfler ringg um ben ^iigel ; bie ®dmme? 
rung u^anbette fidi in dladot, unb i)erf)iiUete ten ein buftiger @d)leier hk 
^of)en unb Spier. — ®ie Sieber ber 936gel unb bie frol^en iank bet 
S^fiiere tterftnmmten. ©etbft bie fpietenben £iiftd)en fd)ienen einju^ 
fdilummern. 

?S3aS ift baS ? fragte ber 9Jlenfd) mit teifer (Stimme feinen :^immnfd)en 
53eglciter. SKirb bie junge <Sd)o^ifung aufficren unb in i^r atteg 9^id)tg 
ijerfinfen ? 

(Blcai) ldd)ette unb f^rad) : (Sg ift bie dini)^ ber @rbe. 

9'iun erfdiienen bie :^immlifd)en Siditer : ber 3Jionb ging auf unb bag 
^eer ber (Sterne trat f^eroor in f)etterem ©lanje. 

2)cr aJlenfd) faf) aufwdrtg gen <§immcl mit fii^em ©rftaunen ; ber (Jnget 
be0 «§erru aber blicfte mit Sot^lgjefallen auf ben em^)orfd)auenben @ol§n 



READING LESSONS. 467 

b?v (§vbc Inn-nicbcv. !5)ic 9iadit UHivb ftiUcr ; bic 9?acftttga(tcu fd)Iitgeu 
itaxfcx uiib tciicubcr. 

(Sical) hmdjxk bcii Sficufrfuni mtt fciiicm (State. (St lagevtc fid) an 
belli •♦hiu-jel itiib fdyiummcrtc. 5)ev cvjl:e !i'vaum fain jit if)in Beriiiebev. 
3elioi\il) Inlbete ilnii bie ®efa()vtiii. 

5Us5 mm bie SJiorgcubciminerung beganu, Bcriil^rte i^lcalj bm ©cblum- 
mevnbcn. (5'r evwadUe, uub fiil)lte [idi tmrdiftromt ijcn jlvaft uub Sebeu. 
Shii? bcr ©dmmeruitg erf)c6eu fid) hk -^iigcl unb 3;f)dtev ; bas? j|unge Sid)t 
fam iieruicber unb liiipfte auf ben SSeUen bcr ©trome (S'beng, bie (Sonne 
ftieg em^cr unb fcvadite ben !£ag. ®er a)Zenfdi erfclicfte bad neuerfdiaffene 
iSeib, bie 2)tuttcr ber Seknbigen. — (Staunen unb SBoune erfiUlten fetn 
^er^. 

(2ie[)e ! fprad) (Sioai) — and bev 9tul;e ani'b ba6 @dttlid)e geboren. 
2)anim \cii\t bu biefen Siag ber 9in[)e unb bent @cttli*en I}eiligen. 

jlrummadier. 

7. Xob unb (Sd)laf. 

Sriibevlid^ umfd^tungen burd)tt)anbelten ber @ngct bed @d)Iummerd unb 
ber 2;cbedengel {§ 2. 7.) bie @rbe. (B^ trarb 5(benb. (Sie lagerten fid) 
auf cinem -§iigel nidit fern i?on ben 2Bo[;nungen ber (§ 120. 1. a.) ^hxa 
fdien. (Sine ti?ef)miit§ige ^tiik iraltete ringd umfjer ; audi has Slbenb- 
gli: cfdicn im fernen 2)i3rflein serftummtc. 

(2tiU unb fd^tt^eigenb, toie eg i()re 2Geife ift, fa^en bie Beiben Yoo'ijiiijaf 
tigeii (5)enien ber 3}lenfdil;eit in traulidier Umarmung, uub fd)on na^ete 
bic ^lai^t. 

^a erf)cB fid) ber dngel bed (Sdiluiumerg yon feinem BemocSten Sager, 
unb ftreucte mit leifer <Oaub bie unfiditfearen (Sdilummerfernteiu (§ 10.). 
2)ie StBenbnnnbe trugeu fie ju ben fiiUen 2i}ol)nungen beg miiben gaub^ 
manned. Dlun um|xng ber fii^e @d)laf .bie Se'roof^ner ber Idnblidien <§iit? 
ten, i3cm ©reife, ber ant (StaBe gel)t, Big ju bem (Sdugling in ber Sffiiege. 
3>er ^ranfe I'lergap feiner (Sdimerjen, ber 2^rauernbe feineg j^ummerg, bie 
9trniut§ if;rer ©orgen. %lUx 9(ugen fd)loffen fid) (§ 86. 4.). 

3e|t, nadi ycKenbetcm (S)efd)dft, legte fid) ber roDi)ltf)dtige (Sngel beg 
(2di(umntcrg iwieber ju feiuent ernfteren 33ruber. „-I3enn bie 2)torgenrotii? 
eriradit", ricf er mit frc^iidicr Uufd)ulb, „banu pveifen mid} bie 3)^enfdien 
alg iBren ?<reunb unb 3BcBltf)dter I O, todche ^reube, ungefei)en unb 
I}eimlid) n^cBt^utBun ! SBie gliicflid) finb unr unfiditBaren Soten beg guten 
©eifteg. ©ie fd^on unfer ftiKer Seruf ! " 

©0 fpradi ber freunblidie (S'ngel beg (§ 120. 2. a.) (2d)tummerg. 3f)n 

fa() bcr 3^cbcgenge( mit ftiUcr SBefimutf) an, unb eine Xljxam, V»ie bie Un? 

fterBIid)en fie n^einen, trat in fein gro^cg, buntleg 5luge. „9td)/' fprad) er, 

„baf ic^ nid)t, toie tn, beg frof^tid^en 2)anfeg mid) freuen fawn, ^lid^ 

20 



4dS READING LEoSOSS. 

neimt bie drbe ibrcn yctuD mib g-reubenficrcr I — " ,.,C mein ^ruber/' 
enriebcrte bcr Gn^el bea Sd^Iafcy, ^trirb nid^t au6 Beim (Jrtrad^en ber 
©lire in bir feineu ^'i^tnitib uiib aScf^kBdier erfeimen iiiib banftar bid) feg? 
nen ? (gtnb ttir nidu i^viit-er unb 33cteii (5ine5 2}atei:c^ ? " 

(2c fprad) er ; ba gkin^te bas Sliige beo ilcbesengcis, unb ^drtlidjev uui? 
ttnc(cn ndi bk brteerlt6en ©enien. ^rummadier. 



III. ^itcf^otcit. 

1. (? i n e r c b e r ber -?( ii b e r e. 

3iir (§ 4. 2.) 3eii -'pehiriu"'o IV., ^ciiigg i^cn tyraiih'eidi, titt einmal 
ein S3duerlem (L. 68.) sen fciticm Zcxn nadi ^arte. DZid^t me§r toeiJ 
£tcn ber Stabt begcgnete er emem ftattlid^eu Dteiter. (ii irar ber ^cnig. 
®ein ©tfciye irar aBft*tiid> in einiger (L. 41. XVU,) (Sntfemimg geblieben, 
„5ffic-^er be^ aScgo (§ 101.), mein g-reunb ? ^abt 36r @ef*dfte ^u 
-5^ari5 ? " 

„3a/' cmi^errete ber Souer; „au6 nic6te idi gem einmal unfem gu;^ 
ten ^cnig feBen, ber fein ^clt fc jdrtlidi Itebt." 

:^er ^cnig Iddn^Ite unb fa^U : „3^a^u fann ©tid^ 3lat^ »erben." 

„3(&er irenit id) nur .toiifte, tr*ekiier eo ift unter ben r'ielen ^cf[ingen, 
5ni benen er umgeben fein irrrb." 

„^aB mli i* eu* fagen : 36r biu-ft nur 5t*tung geben, trel*er izn 
(§ 58. 8.) §ut auf bem .%rfe teBalten tuirb, wann alk 3lnbem iid^ ebr^ 
erbietig iverben mtbic^t ^oben." 

-5Ufc ritten f.e mit einanber in ^^axie i}hmn, unb ^trat (L. 44. IV.) bad 
33duertein auf ber red^ten Seife be^ ^cnigo ; benn iras bie Hebe ©infalt, 
es fei (§ 143, 7.) mit ^ibn<bt cber burd^ SnfaK, Ungefd^icftes t6un fann, 
bas tbut Tk. 5;er -^auer gab bem ^^cnig auf a((e feine ^agen gefprd*ige 
-SCntirert. (iv er^dMte (L. S3. I.) ibm S^and^e^ iiber ben ^elbbau, au^ 
feiner -^autibalmng unD trie er ^uweileu beo 3onntag» au6 fein <§u6n in 
ttm 2;cpfe habi, unb merfte lange nidit^. 3U» er aber faB, irie olte ^en^ 
fter fid) cifneten (§ 86. 4.) unb alTe (gtra^en it* mit SRenfd^en anfuitten, 
tt»ie Sebermann e^rerbietig android), ba ging ifim ein Sid^t auf. „^dn 
^etr/' fagte er ju feinem itnbefannten -^egleiter, ben (§ 65. 2.) er mit 
-5[engftlidi!eit unb ^^erunmberaug anfdiaute, „enttt»eber feib 3br ber ,^i.niig 
cber id) bin's (§ 57. 8.) ; benn tt.>ir beibe fjaben aKein nod) ben -^ut auf 
bem .^csfe." 

O^a (dd)efic bcv Rc):^ u.;c ]:io^t : ,.^(b bin'a (§ 57. 8.). 2Sann 3^r 
Qmx dinkin in b^n Stall aemiit nvb 'iuer ©efd'dft beforgt haJbi, fc 



READING LESSONS. 459 

Temmt ju mir aiif mciu ^Hc^ ; idi ivill Qnd) bcinn mit eincr Tlittaq^i 
fuppc aufivavtcii (L. 75. I.) nub (S"ud) ben 2)aupl}iu ^elcjcn." 

2. © u ft a y 21 b c I v 1) i n 9i t j a. 

9Ui? bev 9vcpe .iitenioi lu-'u 5dnvcbou, ©uftvvo Slbcfpt), Dlicjvi ocfa^erte, 
tvavb cv iHMn ©ia^iuratc uncl^vevbictii] kliaiibett. 5(1^ et bie Stabt em? 
t^ieuommcn batte, fav3tc er ^ve§mut(}i^ ^u ben Slb^ecrbneten, n^eldie if;n um 
aJer^eitiuuos baten : t6 luu-gciJe euei' unanlldnbige» ©etragen gegen mid). 
Stn- babt rieUeidit aus? guter 9ibfx*t fo ge()anbclt. 5(ud^ unit id> alter uiu 
cjc^icmcuben D^eben, tr^cldie Ueklgefinnte gegen midi auggeftof en fjaben, um 
mid) ben Dligaern iierfiaBt ju madden, weiter nidit gebenfen; benn id) Iialte 
Co unter meiner 3Biirbe, mid) nad) ben Ur^ebern berfetben ju erhinbigen. 

3. @ n ft a i^ 5( b c I p f) u n b £ b e r ft © c a t c n. 

Set namlid)e gvc^e ^onig entiuftete ftdi einmat fefir gegen hen OBerfien 
<2ca(cn, unb gab iimi, ba jener ftd) eutfdnilbigeu wcllk, eine b^vbc Obxi 
feige. Sie 3ttditigung irar nm fc empfiublidiev, Jreit man !eine ©eung; 
t^nung fcrbem fonnte. :2calcn itevrangte baf;er fcgteidi feincn Slbfd^eb 
unb er^iett ii)n and\ ^U @uftat» nad)f)er .uber ben 3}orfa{( mit fattem 
^hite nadibad^te, gcreuete lijn feine «§i^e. ©r fd)icfte nad) (Ecalcn, man 
mclt-ete il)m aber, bag bicfev (§ 62, 2.) bereito nad) 3)dnemar! abgereifet 
ivdre, wo er iral)rfdieinlidi iDienfte nelimen umrbe. ©uftap fe^-.tejldi augen^ 
blicfiidi 5u ^ferbe m\h eilte, UcS yen einigen Sebienten begleitet, gcgeu bie 
©rcn^e, ireUte (gdnrebeu yen S^dnemarf fd^eibet. (ix fanb unrflid) ben 
(§ 120. I.e.) Scatcn, unb fein erfteg 2I3crt irar : „(£ie finb yen mir be; 
ieibigt trcrben, eg tmtt mir loib (L. 76. II.) ; benn id) fd^d^e Sie f)cd). 3d) 
bin iibrigeng ()icri)ergefemmcn, um ^ijmn @enugti)uung ^u geben. 9(ufer 
b^n ©rcn^eu meine5 Dteid^^ ftiib Scatcn unb ©uftay fid) einanber glcidb- 
<6ier ftnb vvd ^^iftclen imb ^tyei -i>.cgen, tyd()(en Ste yen beiben unb rdd)en 
<£ie bie 33el£ibigung an mir, tyeun (Sie fcnucn. >2calen, yen ber >§cd)f)er; 
jigfeit bes .llcuigs inuig geriibrt, fid iijm ^u Su^en (§ 129. 3.), ban!te if)m 
taufenbmal (§ 50.) fftr bie ©enugt^uung, n^^eld^e er if)m geben lycUte, unb 
fiigte bie S3itte binju, in feincn 2)ienften flerben ju biirfen. ^a6 i\t mein 
9Bunfd), fagtc ber jtcuig, umarmte ben CBerjten iinh erjdBIte felbji bem 
«§cfe 9t((ey, wai ^trifdien i()m unb (Scalen yergefaHen tyar. 

4. @ d) e r 5 unb (^ r n ft. 

9Bd()renb eineg ©clnrggmarfd)c3 im ficbenjdfirigen ^riege, ging 
^riebrid) ber ©refe cinnut, ungcbufbig fiber ha6 langfame 33orrucfen beg 
©cfd}ii$e3, burd) ben (ingtycg p ^npf bergan ; mit if)m ber ©enerols 



460 READING LESSONS. 

lieutenant Oraf ^Stf-mettau. SBdfirenb biefeg i^erbriepltdien ©angeg toan^ 
belte ben ^cnig, urn ]id) bte 8angeit)eile (L. 91. 4.) ju sjertreiben, bic 
Suft an, Lim ©rafen, eincn fe()r veligiofen Tlann, eiu itienig ^u necfen. (Sr 
ertunbK]te ftcb ncicb beffeii 53eidUriatn: in Berlin, c& ficb berfelbe.ncit trcf)l 
befiubc (L. 60.) uub lic^ einem Stvcm yen (Sdierjvcben unb (gipcttereieii 
freien taiif. 

„(Sa\ a)cvi]efidt [iub (§ 58. 1. Note) inel ivi^iger, ale i*, imb an* fe§r 
toiet gele^rter," emnberte (gdnnettau, ais er enbtidi einniat ^u 2Bcrte fcmmen 
fciinte. ^.Ucberbieg," fiigte er fiiniu, „finb ^ie audi mcin ^cnig I S)er 
geiftigc .f ampf ift alfc jwifd^en 3t)nen unb mir in jcbcr Otucffidit ungleidi. 
5)enncd) fcnnen ®ie mil* nteinen @lau6eu nidit nefimen. Unb geldnge eg 
audi ; nun 1 fo {;dtren Sie mir ^lyar unerme^iidi cjefdnabet, afeer jugteich bcdi 
aud) ]{&> fcl&er nidit unbebeutenb mit." 

2)er .tontg btieb fieljen unb ma6te ^rcnte gegcn i^d^mettau, ba» 33li|eit 
beg Unwittens in ben mdditigen Siugen. — „SS}a3 foK ha^ ijd^m 9Jlcnfteur 
(gdimettau ?" fagte er. „3d^ fo((te mir fdiaben, trenn idi iijin (§ 57. 7.) 
feinen ©tauBen nd^me ? 2Bie meint er ha6 ? " 

93Zit unerfdnittcrtid^er S^Jude entgcgnete ber ©eneiMl : „(J'W. SJZajcftdt 
glaubcn jePit ^inm guten Cffiyer an mir '^u Ijahm, unb idi bcffe (Eie irren 
nid^t. ctcnnten (2ie mir a6er meincn ©lauben nefimen, ba Mtten Sie ein 
erbdrmlidies 2)ing an mir — ein O^cf^r im 2Binbe, barauf nidit ber min- 
befte 33erlap tedre, treber Bet SeratBfd^Iagungcn, ncdi in ber (2dilad)t." 

2)er ^cnig fdnrieg unb ging eim Seittang im ftiUcn 9Jadiben!en wetter. 
2)ami fagte er mit frennblidier <2timme: „(Sage er mir bod) (gdimettau, 
iyag ift eigentlid) fein ©lauBc ?" 

„3di glauBe," fagte Sdnncttau frcubig, „an gcttlid^e S3crfe&ung, hk 
jebeg <§aar auf meinem «6auv>te ^dBIt; an bie gcttlidie drtcfung yen alten 
meinen ©iinben, unb an ein eirig feligeg SeBen nad) bem S^cbe." 

„2)ag glauBt i6r irivfiid^ ?" fagte ber J!cnig, „ba^i glauBt er fo redit mit 
yctier Suyerftitt ?" 

„3a, tiMBriiaftig, Q\v. Stajeftdt." 

3)er Jlcnig fa^te Bcnu'gt Sdimettait'g ^pvinb, brutfte fte Urn ftarf unb 
fagte: „(S'r ifi ein gfiKftidier 93Zenfdi I" Saitn ging er nad^benfenb tueiter, 
unh nie, fettjener (gtwnbe, 6at cr igdnnettau'g rcligiofe 5(ufi6ten ycrfpottet. 



lY. ^cnff^rui^c nttb fiir^e ^etrac^tun^en. 

1» S^ur hk (Sonne ift has ©leidmip ®Qike ; fie irirb Bebecft yon ^ch 
fen, you bem 2)lonbe, ber @rbe, yon berS^^adit; immer fommt fie bod) 



READING LESSOXS. 461 

jobeii mcx^QM aU bn ^e^clb bcs? Iav]c^ r)cn^cr. SBie ? SBcttt i6r ®cit 
iiidit frur^er aiibctcn, als? tn^^ cr trie im ^Jtcnjcnlanb cfine SBcIfcn fcmmt ? 

3. $aut Oiiittcr. 

2. iT'iaii muj? btc :JiuieHb ubeu, um fie ju fciinen. iDerfclbe. 

3. 3^at^ Qki'ct madit rein ; co ift cine Selbftprebigt. S)erfcl6e. 

4. S'ic c'm\ij,c '^ixt, fciiic (§ 135. 4.) ^rciiiett ^u befiau^ten, Beftefjt 
bariii, iiie ctroa^^ ?(ubcvci? ^u iroUcn, aU man foU ; bann barf man tBun, 
UMi? man mil. ?3hitfchc[(e. 

5. QBie fi-lten cv^vcifcn bis 5)tenfd^en a\i§ Seirf^tfinn bie fcftlid^en 
Jlni^entlicfe mit t'cilcr, ijci^cv Secle, bie nnr cinma( femmen, nnb nnBe? 
iin|t, cinen ticfen Stad^et in hii Seele briidEen. 

6. (Sin {!utci5 ©eiiMjfen ift beffer al^ jirei Sengcn. (S5 yerje^rt 5)einen 
.Summer, trie bie Sonne bao ^'16. ^6 ift ein Q3runnen, trenn ^idi bur? 
iin, ein S-tah, trcnn iT'u ftnfeft, ein ©diirm, irwin j)idi bie Sonne ftid^t, 
cin OiuftefijTen im iJcbe. <-§tp^'>el. 

7. .PJeine yvreuben TaBen, irte -SaneSrcb, imnier dine (Sfel ; grc^e icie 
Buctevbrcb, ^citi^ mit Gfcl. % ^anl diid)Ux\ 

8. -I^er Xricb bed ©CTOifTeno, unb bie innerlidie Sdiamfiaftigfeit »cr 
bem Q3cfen jinb bie Sdmlengel bed ®uten. — Cijne Xmmtb ift ber 
S?ienfdi cine eroige Siige. ©cU'evt. 

9. ^urd'^te bie Ginfamfeit nidU. Sie ift l)vUTnfog trie bev teine 2)^cnb? 
htcin, beffen Silberftreifen im $atafte bed ©cttlcfen ficKifd^e ©efpenfter, 
un^ in ber 6urte bcs ijrcmmen fpielcnbe (S'nget bcs J5immel» abBilben. 

Sagner. 

10. D^imm mit (SBrf.trdit bie ®iBel in hk <6anb, benn fte entfedtt @ot? 
te? iScrt. SiiTe, bie feinen v^ufirer Batten auf bem gefa£;r»ctlen SDege be^ 
!2ebene. bie feinen S^rcft fatten in Bitterer ^ctb, nnb feinen ^Beiftanb in 
ifn-cr (egten Stanbe, benen trar bie -SiBet giiBrer, Srcft unb 33eiftanb. 
SieBe, bie '<3iBet ijl eine SJlutter, treldie a((e giviuBigen .^inber ndBret unb 
nillci, Bio lie erreidien ba^ reifere Sitter eincr Boiieren SBelt. >5armo. 

11. (5iie :Dn ein @ef*dft unteniimtnft, i^eraBfdume nie, Seine ganje 
Seeie ^u @ctt, bem Urc|ueU alfeg ©uten, inbriinftig ju ev^eBen, unb ifin 
um ^eiiianb nnb um Stdrfung Seiner cigenen f6trad'>en ^rdfte bemiitBig 
an^ufieiien. GamV^e. 

12. SSenn Su auf bie (£diau6iii)ne be-^ gefd^dftigen SeBen^ trittil, fo 
trcKe ni*t gtdnjen, fcnbern nii|en unb gfi'icfUdi fein. SerfelBe. 



462 READING LESSONS. 

13. ®ie Stnn]\ ift Imq, ha^ Seben furj, ba$ Uvt^eti fcf)toret{g, hk ®e? 
legenfieit pd)ttg. @6tf;e. 

14. (§e Bilbct ein 3^alent ft* in ber (StUTe, 

(gicb eiii (5f)avaftev iu bent @tront bev 2SeIt. 5)crfcl6e. 

i5. S^iele^ iriinfcbl fidi bev 2)cenfcb, nnb bccb fecbarf er nnr toenig ; 
S)enn bic S^acje ftnb fnvj, nub fee[dv:duft bcr ©terblid^cn Sdntffal. 

;r)etfet6e. 

16. (SinsS red)t ttnffen nnb augiiBen qiU §cf)ere 5Bilbnng aU <§albl)eit 
im ^nnbertfdttigen (§ 47.). 2)evfelbc. 

17. 3)ev gurd)tfame ev[d)rirft »or ber ©efa^r, ber getge in il;r, ber 
S)lnt§ige nadi i()i\ 3. 5]}anl Olid)ter. 

18. 2Ctr I)aben 5lUe fdien i^etreint : leber @lit(flid)e einmal 'ocx SSel^-, 
jeber UnglitdUdie eininal 'ocx ^^iift. 2)erfelbe. 

19. (S{)vfnrd)t befie(;lt bie 3:ugenb and) (L. 63.) im Settlerfleib. 

(5d)iaer. 

20. 3Ber anf ber @rbe cl)ne Seftimmnng lebt, gleicbt einent (£d)iffe 
auf bem trochten Sanbc ; nnb vocr nidit in has grcf e diai> bet 9Jlenfdif)eit 
eingreift, ber gteidit ben jinnevncu Xafd)cnni)ren ber ^inber, bk tnoI)l 3ei- 
ger nnb Bijf^'rbtdttcr, aber feinc medkinifdun ©ingeirteibe fiabcn. Sefffng. 

21. 3ur ©rlrerbung einco ©HicfesS gcl^ort %ki^ nnb ©ebtilb, nnb j^nr 
@r()altnng beffelben gel^brt SlZd^tgnng nnb 93crftitt. Sangfant nnb ©du-itt 
fitr @du-itt ftcigt man cine iSreppe fjinanf ; aber in einent 5(ugenblicfe fdllt 
man I}tnab nnb bringt iijnnbcn nnb ©dimerj genng mit auf bie (Srbe. 

^ebet. 

22. @o geun^ bcr <Sdiatten bem Sidite fclgt, fo getoip fotgt bie Xbat 
\)txn 9Bi({en, ntenn er nnr rein ift JBorne. 

23. 2Senn ^n mit :4^cinen @cfd((igfeiten it^artej^, his ;5)id) ber ^rennb 
anfpridit: fo erniebrigft ®n bie ©efdUigfeit jum Sllmofen unb beineti 
grennb jnm 53etl{er. @. y. ^Icift. 

24. 3m Ungliicfe erfdu'int bie .Tngenb in i^rem l)e([ften ©lanje. Tlan 
fomite fagen, ba^ fte 2(ef)nlidiei3 mit ben nntrjreidien ^jianjen i)aU, hit 
man briidt, nm it)ren tr>cl)lriedienben 33alfam ab§ngen)innen. ^to^ftccf. 

25. 5(nfmerffamfeit anf itnfcre eiitjelnen «§anbfnngett fd)ii|t un^ ttor 
Uebereitnng, »cr SfJad) ft d)t gegen unfere S3egierben, i)or @leid)gitltigfdt 
gegen unfere ^ef)Ier. SBielanb. 



VIEADINO LE!?SONa. 468 

26. Urn 0lu(}c an eiiicni fcvneii, fvcuubliclkMi ©eftcibe ju fiubcii, iruip ber 
Sdnjfcr crft eiiieu .^tamvf init bcu empovteu fficcjen bejlefien. SBurfert. 

27. ^aS 2)lovo[cnlidit trecft imr bcii ©d^lafenben, — bie Slrbcit abcr 
ivccft bie nrdb fd)Iuinmcrubeii ^vdftc bc5 (Svii\iditcii. Serfetbc. 

28. SJlandk' ^fi[aiu,e fviuii iiuv auf ciitcr anberu hciidy:n unb jidi er? 
iHilteu. ®e mand^ev 5)lenfd% StUeiii cvbaCt er jich uidit, burdi 5iubeve 
jmr beiM;t er. ^Derfetbe. 

29. 93itV(e ^cnutuifTc mad"»eu eiiteu Xijdi bcv 53ebaditfam!eit unnct^ig. 

S^etKedfe. 

30. S)ci^ niifeblbarile Slflittel jtdi Stebe ^it eTOerbeii, ift ©cfdUigfeit 

SBielanb, 

31. ®ie 9Je(icjicn ift bas Ie|te 3iel, ttjcfjin ciUe uufere ©ebanfen unb 
«^§anb{ixngen gef)cn muffciL 9Sei: bteg nc6 nid)t gelevnt f)at, ber ircif 
nidit^, ber tcnnt iueber fid) fclbjl, nod) ®ctt, unb ifi feiner eu3entlid)en 
©tucffeligfeit fdf)ig. Jllcpftocf. 

32. Sor aUen S)ingen n?ad)e uber ®id\ baj ~^u nie btc mnere Bn^er? 
fidU ^u ^Ax fclbcr, bas5 Q3crtrauen aiif @ott unb gure 9Jlenfd^en serlierft! 
(Scbalb 5)£in (iefdbrte cber ©ebulfe auf 2)eiuer @ttrn S)^i§nrat[) unb 93cr; 
gwcijl^unij lieft — ]o ift ^iiUs anS. @ebr eft cibtr ift man ini Ungliitf un; 
gered^t gcgen bie SDtcnfd^cn. 3ebe Heine hv^s Saune, }^b^ Heine Sl^iene t>on 
^d(te beutet man auf fi*; manmehtt, jeber fefje esJ ung an, ba^ itnr leiben, 
unb ireid^e ecu ber S3itte juriid, bie n)tr i()m tbun Bnnten, 

». ^nigge- 



¥. © e ^ i <^ t e. 

i. ^ailieb. 

2Sic :^errli* leuditet Unb taufenb (Stimmcn 
Slir bie DIatur ! S(ng bem @ej!rdudi. 

28ie gldnjt bie <Scnne ! 

aSie ladit bie %iut ! Unh greub' unb 23onne 

5(ug jeber 33ruji. 

@o (L. 36. 6.) bringcn bie S3iiitf>en £) fSrb' unb ©onne, 
Slu» jcbem BvotiQ, D ©liicf unb 2ufi. 



®Bti^. 



464 RKADIXG- LESSONS. 

2. S i e 3;' ft e i I u n 9 b e r (5 I b ?- 

Slel^mt Un bte ©elt I rief 3)^u6 yen feinen «§o!^en 

^m SD^enfcben 511, ne(imt, fie fcU eiter fein. 
©udi fcbenf icb fie jimi (L. 74. 1.) ©rb' uub eio'gen 2er;eu ; 

3^ccb tBetlt eiidi briibevli'ii barein. 

®a eilt, irag (§ 65. 4.) -§dnbe licit, ]ii) emjuric&ten, 
@5 regte ficb gefctdfttg Sung unb 2i(t. 

S)er S((fer»mann griff nadb be^ gelbe^ ^rixditcn, 
©er 3unfer btrfcMe bitrd) ben SSalb. 

S)er ^aufmann nimmt, tea» feine <2peict)er fajfen, 
®ev Sl6t voablt fid) ben ebein ginietr*em. 

JDer ^cntg fperrt bie 58ru(fen imb bie (Strapen, 
Unb fpridit : bev Si-'^'^ente i]l metn. 

©vin^ fpdt, nad^bent bie 2:f;eilung Idngft gefd^e^en, 
dlai}t ber 5)}cet, er !am ang treiter '^etn'. 

2(di ! ba tear ubervilt niditg meftr 5n fe§en, 
XXnb alley iKitte feiiieit -6errn ! 

SSe^' mir ! (§ 157. 1.) <Bc fed benn i* aMn "oon Sllfeu 
SSergeffen fein, m bein getreu'fter ;2cl}n? 

@o Hep er laut bi-r ^lage dlii] crfduiUen, 
llnb irarf fidi fjin scr 3cyi^ 2;f)rcn. 

SBenn bn im Saab ber S^rdnme bidi yerlreiiet. 

3}erfe^t (L. 88.) ber ®ott, fc f)ab're ni*t mit mir. 
2Be irarjl: bu beurt, al§ man bie 25elt getfteitet? 

3d) srcir, f^^adi ber ^cet, Bei bir. 

2)Zein SCnge ijinc^ an beincm 5(ngeftd^te, 
2ln bcineg ^Mmtnel^ ^armcnie inein C^r; 

SSer^eil)' bev.t ©eifte, ber yen beinem Sidbte 
©eraiifdit baa 3'rbifd:e verier! 

SBag tbnn ? fpridit 3eu^ — bte Sett ift ireggegebcn, 
3)er «8erBil, bie 3agb, ber Tlavtt i)l nidit meBr mein. 

SBiUft bu in meinem ^immel mit mir leBen, 
©0 oft bu fcmmft, er fcU bir cffen fcin. 



READING LESSONS. 465 

3. ^5 c f f n 11 u g. 

(S">? rcbcii iinb tvdimuMi btc ?Jcciifclu'n iml 

33en h^ffcvu fi'mftii^cu (L. 36. 6.) S^ageit ; 
dlad) einem i3liirfliclicu, i^olbcueu 3iel 

<Bm)t mail fie reiiiicii uiib ja^eii. 
3)ic ©cit ivirb vi(t luib irivb ivieber jung, 
2)cdi bcv 9}Jeiifd^ f)pfft immcv 33er6cfferuiu3. 

®ie <§cjfuuiig fiU;vt Ibn in';? ScScn eiit, 

(Sie umfiartevt bcii fiefUicluMi Jliuiben. 
2)en 3iiiigliuv3 Io(ft if^r Bviuberfitcin, 

@ie nnrb mit bem (Srci^ iiidit begvabeu ; 
Seim befdillcpt ev im ©rabe ben miibeii Sauf, 
9lod) am ©ra&e ^jifangt er — bte >§cffitung auf. 

(B6 ijl feiii leerer, fdimcidieCnber SBafin, 

(Sr^eiigt im @el)iriie bed S§oren. 
3m «§er§en fimbet eg laut ]i6:i an : 

3u was Seffevem ftnb inir geboren. 
Unb irad bie inueve Stimme fpridit, 
2)a5 tdufdit bie l)cffenbe (Seete nid^t 



(Sd^ilTer. 



4. Slnfruf. 



?^vifd) anf, mein 33clt I bie S-Iammen|eid)en tand^en ! 

-§eU and bem D^evben bri6t ber greif)eit Sidit, 
^n fcttft ben (Btabi in ^cinbeel^er^en taucben, 
^rifdi auf, mein 93clf I bie ^lammenjeidien rand)en ; 

2)ie ^aat ift rcif, \i)v (Sdmitter jaubert nid)t ! 
^^'aS Bcdifte .^eif, ia^ Se|te lieat im (gd^ttterte. 

2)riicf' bir ben 'Specr in'g trene >6ev5 ^inein ; 
5^er ^reificit eine ©affe I * toaut bie (Srbe, 

2)ein beiitfdied Sanb mit bciuem 33(ute rein. 



* Triid' bi'r ben Specr in'5 tvmi •^^n'l t)tnein ; 
^n grci£)iir etiie @affe! 
These words are used in allusion to the celebrated Arnold Winkelried, whose 
heroic death has been so eloquently recorded by Wolfgang Menzel. We 
^ve below Menzel's account in liis own words, which may be made, if desi- 
rable, an additional reading lesson. 
„'3)a fiauben bie ^auevn, gcviug aii ^a1)l, n\\Qfma)>pnet. meifl nur mit ^cuicn 
20* 



466 READING LESSONS. 

Q6 ift fetn ^ricg, »cn bem bte kronen ii?iffen ; 

@g {ft ein ^veujjug, 'g ift etn JieU'ger ^rieg I 
dted)t> @itte, 2;itgeub, ©lauben uitb ®en)iffen 
<§at ber 3:;i)rann au^ betiier 5^ruft gertffen ; 

(Bxxetk fie mtt beincr ^vei(;eit @ieg I 
3)ag SBuifeln beiner @retfe ruft : ,,@ruiacl)e ! " 

3)er ^ittte (Sci)utt yevflud)t bte ^iduber&rut, 
^te (Sitanbe beiner Sioditer fchreit urn ^acl)e, 

2)er SJleudielmerb ber ©ofine fd)reit nad) 33kt. 

Berbrid) bie ^flugfdmar, laf ben ^Zeif el fallen, 

2)ie Seicr ftiU/ben 3Bebftu^t ru^ig fte§'n ! 
3}ertaffe beine -^ofe, beine «^&al(en ! — 
SSor beffcn 5tntti| beine ^afjnen n?aEen, 

(Sx \mii fein ^oU in 2Saffenniftung fe^'n. 
2)enn einen gvopen 5ntar fcKft bn bauen, 

3n feiner grei6eit cir-'gcm SJJorgenrotfi ; 
SJlit beinem @d)Wert foltft bn bie @teine S^auen, 

2)er j;em^3et griinbet ftd) anf '^elbentob. 



iinb 3)?cvi3enfievnen bemaffnet. 51U fie ben unabfebbavcn Sanjenwalb bet S^itttei 
bevanvittfen fa^en, fanfen fte auf bie Jliue ni'eber unb beteten. SeoiJDib aber be^ 
fabt ben Seinen, lum ben Sioffen ju ftetgeii, etnen flvojien .galbmcnb ju biiben, 
m\i fo anf bie (5'tbgeitoffen logjngeben, nm fte eiujufcblie^en. S)ie 33auevn er= 
ijoUn fid) nnb ftiivmtcn gegen bie 9f?itter an, fvie^tcn ftd) aUx an i^ven langen 
^anjen nnb fonnten bie bicbtgcbvangte ^ifenmanb nid)t tvemtcn. 2)a rtef Sltuplb 
»on SStnfelfieb, mi SSaitev au§ Uutcrn^alben : „3c^ n^ill enc^ eiiie ©affe inacbeit, 
fcvgt fill' nieiii 3Betb nnb inetne ^ittbev, tvene, Hebe (Sibgenoffen, gebenft mets 
neS ®ef4)(eci)t§ I" nitb ftitvste mtt xodt au§gebveiteten Slrinen gegeii bie bli^en= 
bett Speere, fa^tc bevcn fo t>iele, aU er jn evveic^en vevinocbte, bvitdte fie j^ufaina 
men gegcn feine SBvuft, nnb bielt fte, fterbenb, fo lange fcfi, his jn beiben 
©eitcn neben i^m nnb iibev feine Seiche btntreg bte ^Banent in bie Siicfe nn= 
bvangen, ^eljt bdfen htn 9fitttevn ibvc langen Sanjen nnb fcbttJeven Ofiiiftungen 
nid)t§ mcbr, fonbevn ittaven ibnen nnr jni* ^aft, 2)te QLknevn bvcingten fid) iin 
^eile mitten nntev fie nnb jevfd)mct(evten mit !?ei-3Bncbt ibvev Jtculen unb 3lertc 
bte ftablevnen .delme nnb .^iivaffe. ^alb bemiicbtigte fief; etn ^antfc^cv ©c^vecfeu 
bev Ofttttcv ; ber l)«lbe iUIonb tt>itt) au^etuvinber, 2)ie bei ben 5|3fei-ben juvild'ge= 
blicbenen jtnecbte fcbwangen ftc^ bavanf nnb iagten bayon. 3bre .^evven fonn= 
ten in ben fd)tt?even Sftiifiitngen unb erfd^opft vom Jlampfe nic^t folgen ; »tele 
ertranfen im @ee ; bet 3fieft befcblo^ nicbt ju nieicben unb his anf ben le^ten 
3Jiann jn fec^ten. SJ^itten nnter i^nen ^vitt «§evjog Seopolb, nnoerjagt vnfeitb : 
„3cfe tviU ebrlicb mit end) fievben." 2)reimat fanf .§ab6buvg6 58antter, bveimal 
bob ev e§ twieber boc^ anf; cnblid) fanb ev mit alien feinen ©etreuen ben Xo'b. 
^H il)m fielen 656 ©rafen unb 9itttev. 



READING LESSONS. 46? 

2Ba6 tt>emt iljx, 9>labdicu, knivum Hac^i lijx, aCeiBcr, 

%hx bic bcv ^err bie (Sdnvcrter iiiciit geftd^lt, 
2Ceim Vrii- cntjiidt bic jm-jeiiblidien ^,Jci6ev 
'^intrerfeu in hk ©duiciren ciirev OMulJciv 

2)af cud) beg .^amvn'cw fiU)nc aSoUufl fe^It ? 
3f|r fount \ci fvof) 511 ©ottes ?Utar treteu ; 

^itv 3Gimben Qob er jarte (Scvgfamfett, 
@at) in6> in euent Iicvjlldien ©cBcteii 

JDen fd)ouen, veinen <Steg bev ^vcmmigfeit. 

S)er ^immel f)tlft, bie ^oliz mn^ img wcid^en ! 

S)rauf, tuacfvey 93ol! ! bvauf ! ruft bie ^reifiett, brauf ; 
^od) fd)Id9t bein ^evj, T^cd) luadifen beine @id)en. 
S©ag fummerii mid) hie <§ugel beiner Seidien ? 

^cd) ^\flanje ba bie ^veif)eit^fa^ne auf ! — 
3)od) j^e()ft bu banu, ineiu S}oIt, Beh'dnjt »om ©liirfe, 

3n beiner SSoqeit l)eirgem ©iegerglan^ ; 
SSevgif bie tveuen S^obten nid)t, iinb fd)mit(fe 

Stud) unfre Unte mit bem ©idienfran^. 



Xi). Corner 



5. © a -21 m e n b e r (S t e t n e. 



aSou 2(Iter Hiub, fur;r ^^ba beiuxcd;) fort 
3u iprebigeu bie ueue fro^e ^otfc^aft 
93ou <Stabt 5U (Stabt, son 3)orf ju 2)orfe toaEte 
Sin feineg ^ufirers -§anb ber fvomnie @rei3 
Uub ^rebigte hae 3Bcrt mit Si'tngling^feuer. 

(Sinil; leitet iijn fein ^na6c in eiu !5;§at, 
5)ag iiBerfd't irar mit cjeroctt'gen ©tetueu. 
£eid)tfiunig melir, aU bc6()cift, fprad) ber ^uaBe ; 
„@^t\Durb'ger SSater, yiele Tlm]<bm (tub 
25erfammelt fner uub ivarten auf bie ^rebigt." 

$Der blinbe ©reig evCjub fid) alfofcatb, 
SBd^lt einen Zzxt, erfldrt' if)n, iuaubt' iljn aiv 
(Sxmaijnk, toarute, ftrafte, trojtete 
(So ^erjlid), baf bie Sf)rduen milbtgltd) 
S'^m uieberlioffen in ben graueu ©art. 
9ttg er befd)ne^eub brauf has a3aterunfer, 
2Bie fid)'g gejiemt, gcbetet unb gefprDd)en ; 
„5)ein ill bag Wiiij unb ®ein bie ^raft unb ^t\ 
2)ic ^errlid)feit 6ig in bie Snrigfeiten/' — 



468 READING LESSONS. 

2)a riefen rings iiu Xi)al inel taufenb ©timmen : 
5(men, e^rirurbigev 33ater, 5lmen, Slmen ! 

®er ^nab erfdn-acf ; veumut^ig fniet er nieber 
Uttb Beicbtete bem <§eHtgen ble (giinbe. 
„(2cl)u/' fprad) bev ®xds, „6aft 2)u benu nid)t gclefen : 
SBcuii 5)^enfcbeu fdiirelgen, irerben eteine fdn-ei'u ? — 
dl[d)t fpctte fuuftig, So^ii, mit ©ctteS Sort ! 
SeBenbtg ift eS, !vaftig, fdvaeibet fdiarf, 
2Bte cin streifdineibtg (2din:.ert. Unb fclfte gtet^ 
2)ag 9)Zenfd)ertf)ei*5 fid) i§m jum S^vu^ serfteinen, 
(£o tvivb im (Stein em 2Jlenfd)en'§erj fid) regen." 

^ofegarten. 

6. ® i e 23 V t e b e 6 ® I a u B e n g. 

^rei 333orte nenn' idi eud% inl}altfd)t»er, 

(2te gef)cn Bcn SO^unbe jit 9}1unbe, 
^c<i) jlammcn fie nidit i^cn ait^en f;er ; 

5)aS -§er5 nuv giBt bai?cn ^unbe. 
5)e:n STlcnfd^en ift adcr QBertf) gerauBt, 
SBenn ev ni6t me^r an bie bvei SBorte gtauBt. 

5)er Sllenfd) [ft fvei gefdiaffen, ift frei, 

Unb tin'irb' er in ^etten geBoren. 
Sa^t end) nidU irren beS ^oBetS ®efd)rei, 

Olid'it ben SDZiprandi rafenber XBoren ! 
93cv bem ©day en, ii^enn ev bie ^etk Btic^t, 
S3cr bem freien 9Jlenfdien erjittert nid^t ! 

Unb bie Sngcnb, fie ijl !ein teever ®d^att, 
5)er SOlenfdi !ann fie iiBen im SeBen ; 

Unb fcilt er audi ftvancbeln iiBeralf, 
@r !ann nad] bcr gottlidieu ftreBen, 

Unb toaS kin ^erftanb ber 93erftdnbigcn jtel^f, 

2)ag liBet in ©infalt ein finblic^ ©emiit^. 

Unb ein ®oU i% ein ^eiiiger 2Bi((e teBt, 

2Bie and) ber menfdilid)e ivanfe ; 
^od) iiBer ber 3eit unb bem Olaume toeBt 

SeBenbig ber Bcd)fte ©ebanfe, 
Unb oB 5l(teS in eiijigem aBed^fel freif't, 
a^ Bel^arret im SSedifel ein rut)iger ®eifJ. 



READING LESSONS. 



469 



^le bvei ffiorte tctrat)^^ eiut, iuBaltfditvcr, 

<Bk \^]ia\\^ct vton 2)iunbc ^u 2)lunbc, 
Unb ftammcii fie cjtcidi iiidU yen aupeu fjer, 

Guer Snu'veiJ gibt baycn .^unbe. 
2)em 93icnfdv:n ift nimmev fciu ®cvtl) geraii6t, 
@o Icing er nca) an bie brci SBorte glauBt. 

(^ailfer. 



® c f u n b c n. 



5di ging im ©atbc 
(Bo fiir midi Bin, 

."Inb niditd ju fudien, 
Sag triav mein (Stun. 

3m (Sdiatten fa^' id) 
(Sin ©(iinutcn liefjn, 

S©ie (£terne leuditenb, 
2Bte Sleuglein fdion. 

3di trcUt' e^ Bred)en, 
3)a fagt e^ fein : 



(2o(( idi jnm Self en 
©e&rcd^en fein ? 

3di gru6'^ mit a((en 
Sen SBiirjlein an^, 

3um Oarten trug i*'^ 
S(m Iiii6fdien ^au^. 

Unb ipflan^t eg irieber 
2(m ftiUen Drt; 

9hin ^iveigt eg immer 
Unb mi)t fo fort. 

©otfie. 



8. ^ i i? { n b e r ^ u r § e. 

„2)er (Stdttfte fcU ^onig ber @tarfen fein, 

Scr ©vc^te -§en-fdier ber ©ro^en ! 
9lid)t jiemfg, ba^ Senem, fo fdituadi nnb flein, 
Sie mdditigen Olecfen ©e^crfam mei^n } 

Bu (S^ilberid) fci er yerftc^en ! " 

(go munnelt'g fredier nnb fred^er im «§eer, 

<Bo ^o§nen bie hden 35afa((en. 
„D fe^t auf bie ^ranfen, i(}r 93otfer, fier, 
Ser v^Ieine, ber Jlnrje, i6r ^^i'lrft ift @r, 

£Scf)l tcirb'g end) Berrlidi gefaUen I 

„(£ef)t irenn er reitet anf nidditigem ©ant, 

(Sin 5(ejftein anf ftofjem ^ameete, 
3fieid)t jn\t fein «6elm6nf6 bem ^ZarfdiaK an'g 2Jlaul} 
JDod) ift er aud) flein, fo ift er nidit fani 

3u tro^igem, fiotjem ■58efcf)Ie.'" 



470 READING LESSONS. 

Unb vccU rcmimmt'o ber tracfre ?Pi^tn, 
Semerfr, trie bie ©rcHenben jiuficrn, 
2Rtt 3)lurren fcl^enb ^en 33elfd^lanb ^icBn, 
S^m fair.ui*5 geBcrcben unb freiulftaft tiibn 
igicb murrifdAer td^d* rerbimem. 

Unb fiarf im. ©eifle, gea^attti^ unb fluj^, 

Srtrdgt er's mit toetfen ©ebanfen. 
„!get ijeut' be0 23cgc5, ber SD'luBen genug, 
@e&emmt ber gduaren ge»altiger Sug I 

Grtid^tet ^um ^ved^tfriel bie 'S6ranfen, 

,,'Qiixbd yebradn ber geiraltige Sen I 

S^en ^dmpfer triU idi iBm fxeilen I " 
'SScbl feltfam \-±dnt bie ^efieltung imb neu, 
Unb mit -Dceiigier murmelit, z§ murmeln mit (Sc^eu 
:rie trc^igen, flcl^en @efe((en. 

9liugo roirb ber ^hs mit ©itrern iimBegt, 

S^of.iiiter bie 5i|e ber -Stitter, 
Qxbabtn be» J^eni^s ^alrcu — ba frdgt 
®cM 3eber, v-t Unmuti) unb Scrgeu erregt : 

^SSie fdia?ad> tcd\ trie fd^tranfenb ba3 ©titer I 

„(S'm fknd mit ber mddnigen 2!aR' unb eo fdftt, 

Unb bac Ungel?eu' r jt|>t una im Stacfen. 
3)c* ber bcrt cBen, ber trin^ige <6etb, 
2Dr6I ^at er ft6 trefflid^ nd^er geiteKt, 
3n fd'aun, trie bie ^ralCeu nn? r-vicfen I " 

Unb ber Sen trirb gebra^t im »ergitrerten ^au6, 

9(n ber Sd^ranfe gecfnet tas -5pfcrtd^en, 
Unb ber .X^iere ^cnig, er fd^reitet fierang, 
Unb ik Skitter erfaf t nun 2d>rerfen unb @rau5, 
Unb feiner rebet ein iScrtd^en. 

^c6^ ^ircifelnb iie§t iid^ ber Scn^e Bcfrei'H, 

Unb recft in ber greiBeit bie ©lieber, 

■ Unb fdireitet gefrctt in bie Sd^ranfen l^ereiu, 

Unb jeigt ber Sft^ns gelraltige 9ieif)'n, 
Sautgd^nenb, imb ftrecfet nd^ nieber. 



READING LESSON'S. 47 1 

93cm -^vilfou viift *4^ipiti mit bcuncinbem 2aut . 

„3i)v mainiluten, trcfeigcn ^rietjcr, 
S)a fdiaut ciii ^ampffpicl, ciii ivfirbige^, fduut, 
iSer jilt 511 mcfycu mit bicfcm getraut, 

,^fn ncnn' icb ben erflcii bcv (Eiegev." 

Unb eiii SifdH^di, eiii ©turmelii, eiii SJlurven evflingt, 

5^umpf iiiir im JBeginuen unb teife. 
93alb, nnc tvenii, ftdvfer unb ftdrfer kfcfrnMugt, 
9?iit ivcgcuben g'lutben bic 9i>iub5&raut riiigt, 

(gc faufct\^ luib feraufet'i? im ^reife. 

Unb fcdiid) empcr tritt ©erfeavb s>om (Stern, 

S^cr fvcdMte ber fvcdunt ^'^umpcine ; 
,,'^cv 33crtvin5 perblcibe bcm .^cnig iinb v6ernx I 
5(uf, tan^e bemi, «§c(ieit, teir (vtfTen bir's gem, 

6erab pen bem ftd^ern Sllrane I " 

„@o fei'e I " ]pxid)t ^^Pipin, itnb it* fditeingenb im ^a^ 
Springt ber ^ur^c, bed) marfig unb fefinig, 

S3cm 33alfcn fierab auf ttn fanbtgen $Ia|. 

,Muf, Sniber Sen, auf, toe^e bie Zaip' ! 
Stuf, ^cnig, bid} fcrbert eiu ^cnig I " 

Unb fdndgt ifni mit flayer ^ling' auf ben Sug, 
Unb erregt i6m ben ©rimm in ber Seele. 

2(uf fd^netCt ber Sen, toutf1fd^auernb im ytug, 

^cd> bringt, et)' bie Sla^^e, bie jucfenbe, fd^tug, 
^a6 (Sdm^ert burdi ben S^ad^en jur ^e§Ie. 

Unb bai ©lut entftrubelt bem grauftgen ed^Iunb, 

Unb uber ft* ftiirjt er unb trenbet 
S^reii, piermal bie 5fugen rcUenb im 3iunb, 
^xeU, piermat gei^elt ber (S6tteif bzn @runb, 

Unb er ftrccft ltd), unb jucft, unb perenbet. 

<Btci^ ii^avii ber ^cnig im ^reife ^erum, 

Unb bie Oiitter atbmen fceflcmmen, 
Unb B(i(fen ^u Scben erftaunt unb fiumm, 
Unb ber <6cfie brefit itd> yerad'^tenb um — 

^ein SJJurreu trarb treiter i^erncmmen. 

^. vitrecffup. 



472 READING LESSONS. 

9. 5( n h ^n ^ x i'l i}lin g. 

^n ©oune hex S^atiir ! 
2)cit beiuem -Slumenfcrb6cn 
aSiUfcmmcn auf ber ^lur. 

(51 ! @t ! ba bill ja roieber ! 

Hub Bift fo lieb xmb fitoit ! 
Unb freu'n irir iing fc l^evjlidi, 

(Sntgeaen bir ^u gcfiiL 

5)en!ft aiut lunt an meiii 2)^db*en? 

@t, Sieber, benfe bed) I 
$Dcrt ttcBte mid) bag 9)Mbdien, 

tlnb's^ SJtdbdien Itebt mid) nod). 

giir'g SO^dbd)en mand)eg 33lumd)en 
(5rbat idi mir 'oon bit — 

3d) fcmm' unb bttte n^ieber, 
Unb bu ? — bu gibft eg mir. 

SBiUfcmmen, [dicner bungling ! 

5)u 9Bcnne ber dlatnx I 
SJlit betncnt 33lumenfcrbd)cn 

2Bitl!cmmen auf ber %i\ix. 

(5*iKer. 



YOCABULARY 

FOE THE READING LESSONS. 





ABBREVIATIONS. 




adj. 


adjective. 


j,i. 


plural. 


adv. 


adverb. 


pre. 


preposition. 


art 


article. 


prn. 


pronoun. 


c. 


conjunction. 


V. a. 


active verb. 


comp. 


comparative. 


v. a. & n. 


active & neuter verb, 


/ 


feminine gender. 


V. aux. 


auxiliary verb. 


imp. 


imperfect tense. 


V. imp. 


impersonal verb. 


int. 


interjection. 


V. ir. 


irregular verb. 


m. 


masculine gender. 


v.n. 


neuter verb. 


n. 


neuter gender. 


V. r. 


reflexive verb. 


V- 


participle. 







-?i6'bilben, u a. to figure, repre- 
sent, copy, draw, describe. 

5lbenb, m. -g, pi. -e, evening, 
(west). 

5('BenbiiMnb, m. -ee, -g, pi. -e, even- 
ing wind (i. e. western wind or 
breeze). 

Siber, c. but, however. 

?t'bermal or abermaliJ, adv. again, 
once more, anew. ' 

5lb'c|ecrbiiete, m. -n, pi. -n, depu- 
ty, delegate. 

5(l*'i]cfd'icbeii, adj. separated. 

Slb'^tninuiieii, v. a. ir., imp. getriann 
<xi\ p. abi^etocuuen, to win from, 
gain. 

Slb'fommeu, v. n. ir-, imp. tarn ab, 
p. cibgefcmmeit, to come off, de- 
viate, lose. 

5{6'Vfiiicfen, v. a. to pluck off, 
gather. 



Slb^'eifen, v. n. to depart, set out. 

Slbfdiieb, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, dis- 
mission, discharge. 

5{bftcbt,/. -, pl.-zn, view, inten- 
tion. 

5ib'ftclitltct% adj. designed, intended, 
intentional, adv. purposely. 

2(bl, m. -eg, pi. Stebte, abbot. 

3lb'tref)reit, v. a. to keep off, ward 
off. 

m^ ! int. ah ! O ! oh ! 

5vdit,/. -, care, attention ; in 5(dit 
iTcbmcn, to beware of 

Stditung,/ -, esteem, respect, es- 
timation, regard. 

-2(cfer, m. -t>, pi. Stetfer, field, acre. 

51'cfevgmaun, m. -eg, pi. -leute, 
husbandman, tiller. 

Sfbolpf), m. Adolphus. 

Sleffleiu, n. -g, _pZ. -, little ape. 

9(ebn'ltcb!eit,/. -, pi. -en, likeness, 
resemblance, similarity. 

§(ebre, /. -, pi. -n, ear. 



473 



474 m—nin\)p Qln|t— 5lufiD 

5(11 and alle, «c?f. gone, all, entirely, ^. angefprocben, to accost, ad- 

whoUy. dress, speak to, beg, ask. 

Stitein', adv. alone, only ; -c. but. Stuftanb, m. -eg, -S, station, stand, 

S(((er, aik, ade^, adj. all, whole, delay, behavior. 

every, any. Sln'iturmen, v. n. to storm at, as- 

Sl((mdf)'Itg, adj. and adv. by de- sault, knock at violently. 

grees, gradually. 5tntlt§, n. -eg, pi -e, face, counte- 

Stltju, aJv. too, too much. nance. 

SlFmofen, n. -g, pi. -, alms, cha- ^Inttocxt,/. -, _pZ. -en, answer, 

rity. I'eply. 

%U, c. than, but, when, as; aU Stnt'iuovleu, t\ ?z. to answer, reply 

ebeti, just as. Stn'wenbeu, v. a. to apply, employ, 

Sllsbalb', adv. immediately, direct- make use of, apply to- 

ly, presently. Sl^'felbaum, m. -eg, -g, pi -bdume, 

Sltfc, adv. thus, so ; -c. therefore. apple-tree. 

^it, adj. old, ancient, aged. 5(rBeit,/. -, ^Z. -en, work, labor, 

Slltan', 771. -eg, -g, pi -e, balcony, trouble, pains. 

platform. Strg, adj. bad, wicked. 

Slttar, m. -eg, -g, j?Z. -tare, altar. 5trm, adj. poor, indigent 

Sitter, n. -g, _pZ. -, age, old age. 9lrm, wz. -eg, -g, pi -e, arm. 

Slmen, m^. amen. S(rmut(;,/ -, poverty, want. 

5tn, pre. on, at, by, to, with, up, Slniolb, m. Arnold. 

about. S(rt,/ -, pi -en, kind, species, 

Stn'beten, v. a. to adore, worship. race, manner ; auf biefe Strt, in 

Stnber, ber, bte, 'i)Q.i Stnbere, adj. this manner. 

other, second, different, next. 2{tt)men, v. a. cf- n. to breathe, 

5(nefbc'te,/. -, j)Z. -n, anecdote. respire. 

Stn'fangen, v. a. ir., imp. ftng an, -9ludi, c. also, too, even. 

p. angefangen, to begin, com- ?(uf, pre. on, upon, in, at, to, up. 

mence. Sluf'gel^en, v. n. ir., imp. ging auf, 

9(n'j^ef)en, v. a. to implore, entreat, p. aufgegangen, to rise. 

beseech. 2(uf "f)alten, v. a. ir,, imp. l^ieltauf, 

Stn'fiUten, v. a. to fill up. p. aufgetjatten, to stop. 

Stn'gefidit, n. -eg, -g, pi -er, face, Stuf'^eben, v. a. ir., imp. 'i)oh auf, 

countenance. p. anfgef)oben, to raise up, lift 

3lengft'(tdifctt/ -, anxiety, uneasi- up, revoke, give up. 

ness. 5tuf'^oren, v. n. to cease, discon- 

Sln'fiinben, an'fiinbigen, v. a. to an- tinue, finish, end. 

nounce, declare, publish. SIuf'mer!fam!eit,/. -, pi -en, at- 

Stn'fdianen, v. a. to look at, con- tention. 

template. Sluf pflan^en, v. a. to plant, mount, 

5ln'fe^en, v. a. ir., imp. \ai) an, p. set up. 

angefel)en, to look at, behold, 3(ufredit, adv. upright, erect. 

view, perceive. Slufruf, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, calling 

2ln'fel}nlid), adj. considerable, emi- up, summons. 

nent ; -, adv. considerably. 9lnf'ftef)en, v. n. ir., imp. ftanb auf, 

5lnfid)t,/. -, pZ. -en, sight, view, p. anfgeftanben, to arise, get up, 

opinion, prospect. to be open. 

9(n'f)jred)en, v. a. ir., imp. fvra(,"t) an, 9(ufit)drtg, adv. upward, upwards. 



5(iifir— ©otb 



33aK— aScgr 475 



SluPiravtcit, v. ??. to wait, attend, 
serve. 

9luf'jic()cn, r. a. «•., iynp. ic(\ auf, 
■p. ■Ciii]c\cii\T,ci\, to draw up, bring- 
up, educate. 

^inc\c, n. -es, pj. -n, eye. 

5Ui\^cubIici:, ?«. -co, -S, pi -c, twin- 
klinrr of an eye, moment. 

Slugcublirf'licb, adj. instantaneous. 

?lauf(cin, n.-e,pl.-f little eye- 

5lU!?, pre. out, out of, from, on, 
upon, in ; -, adv. over, out, fin- 
ished, consumed. 

S[u!5/tn-citen, r. a. to spread, ex- 
tend, enlarge, divulge, publish. 

5(lli5eilu"lu'^er, adv. asunder. 

-3lu!5'v3tin-eitet, adj. extensive. 

Stui5'9ra6en, v- a ir.,imp. gniB au6, 
p. au^vieijrabcn, to dig out, ex- 
cavate, untomb. 

^lue'nifcn, r. n. ir., imp. ricf auS, 
p. aus^vjerufen, to call out, cry 
out, exclaim, proclaim. 

9tu0'fel)en, n. ~6, face, appearance. 

5luJ3en, adv. out, on the outside, 
without, abroad. 

5Iu^er, pre. cf- c. out of, without, 
besides, except, unless. 

Steu'pere (ber, bte, bai3) adj. out- 
ward, exterior: -, n -n, out- 
side, appearance, exterior. 

2tui5'|lcpeit, V. a. ir., imp, fttep aug, 
p. au^i;eftc^eiT, to push out, 
thrust out, expel, utter. 

Slus'i'iBeiT, r. a. to exercise, prac- 
tise, execute, perpetrate. 

5Iu3'lt)cid)eu, v. a. ir., imp. iridi 
au5, p. au^c^etoidien, to give 
way, turn aside, evade, avoid. 

2(rt,/. -, pi. 9(erte, ax, hatchet. 



23ad\ m. -ea, pi. -23ddie, brook, ri- 
vulet. 

S3abeu, v. a. to bathe. 

^a^it,/ -, pi. -en, way, road, ca- 
reer, course. 

93arb, adv. soon, early, nearly, al- 
most. 



©alfon, m. -g, pi. -e, balcony. 

Q3atfam, m. -Q, pi. -e, balm, balsam. 

S3auncv, m. -^, pi. -, banner. 

33viv, m. -en, pi -en, bear. 

S3avt, m. -eg, -g, pi 33drte, beard. 

S3viuen, V. a. to build, cultivate, till. 

S3ancr, m. -g, (-n). ?;Z. -n, pea- 
sant, ftmner. 

33du'evleut, n. -g, pi-, (little) pea- 
sant. 

®aum, m. -eg, -§,pl 93dume, tree, 
pole beam. 

^ebadit'fam, adj. considerate, cir- 
cumspect. 

^^ebadU'famfeit,/. -, circumspec- 
tion, caution, prudence. 

S3ebecf'cn, v. a. to cover, shelter, 

S3eben'fen, v. a. ir., imp. Bebad^te, 
p. Bebad^t, to consider, reflect 
upon, mind. 

33ebicn'te, m. -n, pi. -n, servant, 
attendant. 

S3ebuL-/fen, v. n. ir., i7np. Beburfte, 
p. Beburft, to need, want. 

S3een'bti]en, v. a. to end, terminate, 
finish. 

^efe()I, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, com- 
mand, order, charge. 

33efef)'len, v. a. ir., imp. befall, f. 
befc^Ien, to command, order, 
charge, desu'e. 

^ejte^bern, v. a. to feather. 

^efin'ben, v. r. ir., imp. Befanb, p. 
Befunben, to be; fidi n?cf)(;, to be 
well. 

-58efrei'en, v. a. to free, release, de- 
liver. 

^egeg'nen, v. n. to meet, happen, 
befall, prevent, treat. 

SBegiev'be,/. -, pi -n, desu-e. 

93egiu'nen, v. a. <|- n. ir., imp. Be^ 
gann, p. Begcnnen, to begin, do, 
undertake. 

33eg(ei'ten, v. a. to accompany, 
conduct, convoy. 

Seglei'tev, m. -S, pi -, companion, 
attendant, follower, guide. 

SSegra'Ben, v. a. ir., imp. BegruB, 
p. BegraBen, to bury, inter. 



476 S3e^— 23cfc^ 



sBefc^— SBirf^ 



SefjviPten, v. a. ir., imp. 6ef)ielt, 
p. htijaitzn, to keep, retain. 

Sef)au'i>eln, v. a. to treat, manage, 
handle, use, bargain for. 

53ef)ar'reu, r. n. to continue, re- 
main, persist in. 

Sct^aup'teu, r. a. to assert, affirm, 
maintain, allege. 

Set, pre. at, near, beside, by, on, 
upon, to, in; in the presence of. 

S3elcbten, r. a. cf- n. to confess. 

Setdn'yciter, ??2. -g, pZ.-ydtcr, con- 
fessor. 

Seibc, a^/?'. both, two: feiner ''^qw 
-n, neither of the two. 

Si'ina'fte, ad-c. almost, near, nearly, 
about. 

Seiftviub, m. -z<%, -^i, aid, assist- 
ance, succor, assistant. 

Seflcin'men, adj. anxious, uneasy. 

Sefrdu^^eii, r. a. to wreath, crown. 

S5ela'i)cii, x. a. ir., imp. bclub, p. 
belabcn, to load, charge, bur- 
den. 

Selvi'v^ent, r. a. to besiege, beset. 

Sclci'biv^cn, r. a. to ofiend, insult, 
injure. 

r*Sc(ei'bii;(un^,/ -, pi. -cii, offense, 
injury. 

Scmdcbhigen, r. r. to take, seize, 
. take possession of, usurp. 

S3emev'feiL x. a. to perceive, mark, 
observe, note. 

SemcoiV, adj. mossy. 

33eratb'fchlai3unyi,/- -, pl.-ni, con- 
sultation, deliberation. 

-S3erv^ufdn^ adj. tipsy, intoxicated. 

53erc'i:ciT, v. a. to persuade, con- 
vince. 

Screits', adv. already. 

ffiercu'en, r. a. to repent, regret. 

53erg, m. -e^, -6, pi. -e, mountain. 

23ei\3au', Berc^ciuf, adv. uphill. 

Serliii', n. Berlin. 

53enit', 77?. -cfv -^, pi. -iv vocation, 
calling. 

Seri'ili'rcn, v- a. to touch, handle, 
mention, hint at. 

Sefcbd mett, r. a. to shame. 



S3efcbci'bcn, adj. modest, discreet, 
moderate. 

Sefd^Iic'fen, v. a. ir., imp. bef^Icp, 
p. befdilcjifu, to decree, deter- 
mine, result. 

Scfdn-dri'fcn, r. a. to confine, limit, 
bound, restrain, 

23c|\tiinu'^eit, v. a. to wing. 

Sefct'gen, v. a. to take care of, 
provide, apprehend, fear. 

53efie (ber, bie, bao), adj. best. 

Scfteb/en, r. a. <^ n. ir., imp. be? 
fianb, p. Beftanbeit, to suffer, 
be, subsist, endure. 

5?^'lteU'uni3, / -, pi -en, order, 
commission. 

-Seftim'munv?,/. -, pi. -en, deter- 
mination, destination, definition. 

S3efu'dieii, r. a. to visit, see, fre- 
quent. 

53eteu, r. a. & ??. to pray, sav a 
prayer. 

Setvait.'ten, v. a. to look upon, be- 
hold, reflect, consider. 

Setrad'/tuiig, / -, pi. -en, view, 
consideration. 

53etra'i5en, n. -i, behavior, con- 
duct, demeanor. 

5?ett(er, m. -g, pi. -, beggar. 

S3ett'tcrfleib, ??. -cy, -s^, pi. -cr, beg- 
gar's clothes. 

iBerovidi'en, r. a. to watch, guard. 

-<3tii\-iff'iieu, r. a. to arm. 

5Be'aHii/ren, r. a. to keep, take care 
of, preserve, guard. 

-S3eirei.]t', adj. moved, touched. 

Setrcb'uev, m.-^. pi. -, inhabitant. 

Seunni'bevn, v a. to admire, wonder. 

©eiiniu/beruuq, f. -, admiration. 

33lbcl,/.-,^/.-n, Bible. 

93tene,/. -, pi. -n, bee. 

33ilb, n. -e0, -'%, pi. -er, image, 
figure. 

SBiben, r. a. to shape, form. 

^BiliMinoj,/. -, pi. -en, culture, ci- 
vilization, learning, accomplish- 
ment. 

SBirfdiett, r. a. to shoot or go a 
shooting, shoot with a rifle. 



Q5iS— iBruft 



SSucf— 3)ab 



477 



S3i!?, adv. and c. liil, until : bit? an, 

- ani - ?iu, up to, until to. 
iBitte, /. - jy/, -it, request, entrea- 
ty, petition, suit. 
S3ittcii, V. a. ir., mp. Iwt, p. gcbcj 
ten, to beg, pray, request, en- 
treat, solicit, invite. 
-33itttT, adj. bitter, sharp. 
5i3lcibeii, V. n. ir., imp. bHeb, p. ge; 

blicbcn, to remain, abide, perish. 
S3lirf, in. -ct^ -6, ^;Z. -e, look, 

glance, 
©lirfeit, r. n. to glance, gleam, 

view, look. 
S3liub, adj. blind. 
S3(itcii, V. n. to lighten, flash. 
S}^-"^, adv. merely, only. 
S3liifien, v. n. to bloom, blossom, 

flourish, 
^liiimten, n. -6, pi. -, little flower, 

floweret. 
SSlu'iuenfcrbcben, n. -C\ pi -, little 

flower basket. 
S3lut, n. -eg, -5, blood. 
-ii3liitbe,/-,_pZ- -n, blossom, bloom, 

flower, 
fficbeu, m. -g, ground, soil, bottom, 
^cfe, adj. bad, ill, evil, wicked. 
^cg()aft, adj. malicious, wicked. 
■S3cte, m. -n, pi -n, messenger- 
iBctfitaft,/ -, pi. -en, message, 

embassy, news. 
53r."iuKn, v. n. to roar, rush, buzz, 
^veclu^n, r. a. cf- n. ir., imp. bracb, 

p. i^ebrocben, to break, refract, 

burst, be broken. • 
Srcit, adj. broad, large, wide- 
S3renucii, v. a. (^ n., imp. brannte, 

p. gtbraunt, to burn, scorch. 
53ringcn, r. a. ir., imp. BradUe, p. 

c^^hvai^t, to bring, carry, convey, 

bear. 
93rii(fe,/. -, pi -n, bridge. 
S3ruber, m. -S, pi ^riibcr, brother. 
33rii'berticb,a<:/7".brotherly,fraternaL 
S3runncn, m. — g, pi -, well, spring, 

fountain. 
23ruft, / -, pi Sviifte, breast, 

bosom. 



93iicicn, V. r. to stoop, bow. 

ii3iti], 771. -eg, -g, pi -e, bow, 

shoulder. 
53nfcb, m. -eg, 2)1 ffiiifcbc, bush, 

thicket. 

Gbaraf'tcr, m. -S, pi (Sfiavafte're, 

character. 
Sfjtl'beridi, m. Childeric. 

2) a, adv. 4" c. there, then, at that 

time, when, as, while, because, 

since. 
©abiird)', adv. by this, by that, by 

it, through it. 
2)al)ei', adv. cf- c. thence, from 

thence, hence, out of that, 

therefore. 
3)a(jin', adv. thither, there, away, 

down. 
2)abin'ter, adv. behind it (that, 

this), after it. 
®dm'merung/. -, twilight, dusk. 
5)d'iiemarf, n. Denmark. 
fDanf, m. -e§, -g, thanks, reward, 

prize, 
^viufbav, adj. thankful, grateful, 
©ciufeit, v. a. 4" n. to thank. 
S)ann, adv. then, thereupon. 
2)aran', adv. thereon, thereat, on 

it, at it, by it. 
2)avaiif' , adv. thereon, thereupon, 

on that, upon it, at that, to that, 

(it), after that, afierwards, then, 

nob -fdrauiu-ieii, to leap upon, 

swing upon, 
©aveiii', adv. thereinto, therein, 

into it ;^ fidi -tf)eilen, to share 

therein. 
S^ariii', adv. therein, in that, in this, 

in it, wherein. 
^ariivid''', adv. after that, upon 

that, for that, for it. 
5}arum, adc. around that, for that, 

for it, therefore. 
2)a|3, c. that ; -iiid^t, lest: big- till 
^vtijcn', adv. thereof, therefrom 



478 



^aj— ^orf 



3)Drt— @t^ 



from it, of it, by it, whereof, 
off, away ; -jageit, to hasten 
away. 

2)a^u^ adv. thereto, to that, for 
that, for it, at tliat. 

Sej^cii, w. -0, pi, -, sword. 

5)ciu (bchier, behie, beiuejj), prn- 
thy. 

2)emant (2)tantaut), 771. -en, pL -en, 
diamond. 

2)emnt(),/ -, humility, meekness. 

5)e'nuitf)tg, adj. humble, meek. 

2)enfen, v. a. cf- n. ir., imp. badite, 
p. gebad)!, to think (of, upon 
. . ., an, auf . . .), to mind, re- 
flect upon. 

5)en!fprncb, m. -eg, -6, pi -fpritd^e, 
sentence, motto, maxim. 

2)enn, c. for, then, than. 

2)ennod% c' yet, however, never- 
theless, notwithstanding. 

®cr, bte, bag, art. the ; - pTii. this, 
who, which, that. 

$J)evb, adj. compact, iirm, solid, 
stout, strong, sound. 

5)evfelbe, biefelbe, baffelbe, prn. the 
same, he, she, it, that. 

2)cftc, adv. the; -beffer, the better, 
so much the better. 

S)euten, v. a. to explain, interpret ; 
-, V. n. to indicate, prognos- 
ticate. 

2)cntfdi, adj. German. 

©idit, adj. tight, dense, close, so- 
hd ; bidit i^ebrdnc;t, closely press- 
ed, crowded tight. 

Wiener, m. -g, pi -, servant, waiter. 

2)tenft, m. -eg, pi -e, service, of- 
fice, employment. 

2)iefer, biefe, biefcg or bicg, prn. 
this. 

5)ing, n. -eg, -g, pi -e, thing, af- 
fair, matter. 

!Dcd), c. yet, however, nevertheless. 

5)cnnern, v. n. to thunder, fulmi- 
nate. 

5)crf, n. -eg, pi ^orfer, village. 

3)orfIein;. n. -g, pi. -, small vil- 
lage, hamlet. 



Sort, adi: there, yonder ; - o6en, 

there above, up there, 
©rdnoien, v. a. to throng, press. 
5)raui3fa(, n. -eg,-g, pi -e, calamity. 
2)rauf, see barauf. 
2)rei, adj. three, 
©ringen, v. n. ir , imp. brang, p. 

gebrnngcn, to crowd, urge, pe- 
netrate. 
5)ru(fen, r. a. to press, squeeze, 

oppress. 
3)u, prn. thou. 

2)uftlg, adj. vaporous, fragrant. 
S^umpf, adj. damp, dull, hollow. 
2)uufc(, adj. dark, obscure ; -, n. 

-g, darkness, obscurity. 
2>urd% pre. through, bv, by means 

of 
2)nrd)ftr6'meu, v. n. to stream 

through. 
^'nvdmHiu'bcln, r. n. to wander 

through, pass through. 
fDiirfeu, v. n. 4' aux., imp. bnrfte, 

p. geburft, to be allowed, be 

permitted, be able, dare. 
3)nrften, 2)urftcn, v.' n. <f imp. to 

thirst, to be thirsty. 

eg 

(fbcn, adj. cf- adv. even, plain, just, 
exactly, precisely. 

(Bde,f. -, pi. -n, corner, edge. 

©bet, adj. (^ adv. noble, generous, 
precious. 

(S'bclftciu, ni. -eg, -g, pi. -e, pre- 
cious stone. 

@ben, n. -g, Eden, paradise. 

@^e, adv. before. 

(Bi)?-,f. -, pi -!i, marriage, matri- 
mony. 

d'tiv'evbietig, adj. reverent, respect- 
ful. 

(Jftrfiuitt, / -, veneration, awe, 
reverence. 

S"hr(tcb, adj. honest, honorable. 

(l[)v'iinirbig, adj. reverend, vener- 
able. 

(§i ! int. eh ! hey ! ay ! 

(Bvi)c,f. -, pi -n, oak; oak-tree. 



di^—m 



@if— (Snt 



479 



(Si'itenfTvinj, m. -eS, pL -fvaiije, 

an oaken garland. 
©ib'v^tMicp, m. -eii, pi. -cii, con- 
federate. 
(5"ic|en, adj. own, proper, peculiar, 

particular, 
©i'ljentlidi, adj. proper, exact, real, 

true. 
(S"ilcn, r. n. to hasten, hurry, speed. 
(S'in, art. a, an ; einer, eine, eine^, 

adj. one. 
(5'inau't'er, adv. one another, each 

other, 
©iii'briiujen, v. n. ir., imp. brang 

eiu, p. ciucjcbrun^cn, to enter by 

force, break in, penetrate. 
(Jinfalt,/. -, simplicity, silliness, 
(S'in'fdltig, adj. simple, silly. 
@iu'fiif)ven, v. a. to import, inti-o- 

duce. 
©iu'^eireibe, n. -6, pi. -, entrails, 

intestijies. 
(Siu'ijreifen, r. n. ir., imp. griff ein, 

p. einc|cgviffen, to catch, lay hold 

of, exert influence, interfere. 
(S'i'nigtx einige, einige^, pj-n. some, 

any. 
(Sinmat, adi. once, at one thue. 
(im'\ui)mm, v. a. ir., imp. naiim ein, 

p. eingencmmen, to take in, take 

possession of, occupy, 
^iu'ridnen, r. a. cf- r. to set right, 

arrange, regulate, adjust, 
(^'in^, adj. one, one thing, one and 

the same. 
(Sm'fv"imfeit,/. -, pA. -en, solitude, 

retiredness. 
(S'in'fd^Iie^cn, r. a. ir., imp. )&\ic'^ 

ein, p. eingcfdilcfi'en, to include, 

enclose, surround. 
(5tn'i\tlummcvn, v. n. to fall into 

a slumber, fall asleep. 
G'tn'fiebler, m. -5, pi. -, hermit. 
@lnft, adt. once, one day, one 

time, 
(^in^etn, adj. single, individual, 

isolated. 
If In^ig, adj. only, single, alone. 
(Sia, 71. -eg, ice. 



(Sifcn, n. -g, iron. 

(Si'fentranb, /. -, pi. -todnbe, an 
iron wall. 

(5i'fenn?evf, n. -ti, pi. -e, iron- 
work. 

(Sitel, adj. void, idle, vain, frivo- 
lous. 

(Sfel, m. -g, nauseousness, aver- 
sion, disgust. 

(Stenb, adj. miserable, wretched ; 
-, n. -eg, -g, misery, calamity, 
wretchedness. 

(S'Icalv m. Eloah. 

(Sm^finb'lidi, adj. sensible, deli- 
cate, sensitive, irritable. 

(Sm^cr^ adv. on high, upwards^ 
up, aloft. 

(Smlpo'ren, v. a. to stir up, excite 
-, V. r. to rebel, revolt. 

©mpcr'fcmmcn, r. n. ir., imp. lam 
em:pcr, p. emporgefcmmen, to get 
up, rise. 

(Smlpcr'ragen, v. n. to tower up. 

(Smi3cr'f6auen, r. n. to look up. 

@mpcr'fteigen, v. n. ir., imp. fiteg 
empcr, p. empovgeftiegen, to rise, 
mount. 

©mpct'treten, v. n. ir., imp. trat em? 
per, p. emporgetreten, to step 
forth. 

(Snbe, n. -g, pi. -n, end, aim, 
death. 

(Snbli*, adj. finite, final : - adv. 
at last, finally, at length. 

(fngel, m. —6, pi. -, angel. 

©ngweg, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, defile, 
narrow pass. 

(Sntblo^t', adj. destitute, deprived 
of 

d'ntfevnt', adj. remote, distant. 

(S'ntf er'uiing, /. -, pi. -en, distance, 
removal, departure. 

(fntge'genge^en, v. n. ir., imp. ging 
entgegcn, p. entgcgengegangen, to 
go to meet. 

(Sntgeg'uen, v. n. to return, answer, 
reply. 

(Sntijal'kn, v. a. ir., imp. cnt^iett, 
]■. cnt(;altctt, to contain, com- 



480 



(Snt— (Srf 



(Srf— (Srh) 



prehend ; -, v. r. ir. to abstain 
from, avoid. 

(lutfom'mcii, r. n. ir., imp. entfam, 
p. entfcmmen, to escape, get off, 
run away. 

Gutriift'eu, r. r. to grow angry. 

(Sutfdnil^bivjeii, X. a. ^ r. to excuse. 

(S'ntfpru'celn, r. n. to flow or burst 
from. 

(Sntire'ber, c. either. 

(Snt^iicft', G;f77'.ra\ished,transported, 
ecstasied. 

(fr, 'prn. lie. 

(S'rbdrm'iidv adj. pitiful, miserable, 
wretched. 

@rbe, n. -0, inheritance, patri- 
mony. 

drlHicf'en, r. a. to descry, see, 
view. 

©tbtt'ten, r. a. ir., imp. erl\at, p. 
evbetcii, to get, or to try, to get 
by entrea y. 

©vfct\/. -, / /. -n, earth, ground. 

(Srfaf'feii, r. a. to lay hold on, 
grasp, ecmprehend. 

(JrfuFleu, V. a. to fill, fulfil, ac- 
compli h. 

(Srcje'fjen, r. n. ir., imp. fvgtng, p. 
ergangen, to happen, befall ; i-. r. 
to go, fare with. 

G'rgvei'feii, v.aAr., imp. ergriff, p. 
ercii-ijfeii, to seize, catch, take up. 

(SriM'beu, adj. elevated, sublime. 

(yvbal'ten, v. a. ir., imp. er[)ic(t, p. 
cr&a(tcn, to keep, maintain, re- 
ceive, gain, get. 

drhal'tuug, /. -, preservation, 
maintenance, support. 

G'r&c'oeii, V. a. ir., imp. erficb, p. 
eri)cbeu, to raise : -, v. r. ir. to 
rise, arise. 

(Sriii'ncru, r. a. to remind, men- 
tion ; -, V. ?\ to remember, re- 
collect. 

(J'rfcu'iicn, V. a. ir., imp. erfannre, 
p. erfvinnt, to perceive, recog- 
nize. 

drHd'reu, r. a. to explain, define, 
declare. 



d'rflln'c^en, r. n. ir., imp. etflaiig, 
p. erflungcn, to sound, resound. 

©rfuu'bigeu, r. r. to inquire, make 
inquiry. 

(S'riaii'ben, r. a. to permit, allow. 

(Srlcictytern, v. a. to lighten, faci- 
litate, ease. 

(Jrleich'tenmg,/. -, pl.-va, lighten- 
ing, ease, relief. 

(S'ricfdi'en, v. n. ir., imp. crlcfdv p. 
erlcfdien, to go out, be extin- 
guished, expu'e. 

@rlc/fuug, /. -, pi. -en, redemp- 
tion, deliverance, salvation. 

dnuvt^'acn, r. a. to exhort, admo- 
nish, remind. 

©rnie'brtgeu, v. a. to lower, abase ; 
-, r. r. to humble one's self 

(3"ruft. ra. -e», earnest, seriousness. 

G'rnft, adj. earnest, serious, grave. 

(Srrc'gen, r. a. to stir up, excite, 
move, cause. 

(5'rret\ten, r. a. to reach, attain, 
obtain. 

STret'reu, r. a. to save, rescue, de- 
liver. 

^vridi'ten, r. a. to erect, build up. 

©rfdicil'len, v. n. ir,, imp. erfd^cU, 
p. erfdiclfen, to sound, resound, 
spread. 

(5'vfdici'uen, r. n. ir., imp. erfdiien, 
p. erfdneneit, to appear, arrive. 

(S'rfd^c^t'feu, v. a. to drain, exhaust, 
evi\ti:pft fcin, to be exhausted, 
be fagged out. 

©rfdn-ect'eii, v. a. to terrify, frigh- 
ten; r. r. ir., imp. erfdn-acf, p. 
erfdn-ccfen, to be terrified, be 
frightened. 

(yrit, adj. cf- adv. first, prime, at 
first, before, only ; -gcbcvcu, adj. 
first born. 

(Srflaii'ncu, r. n. to be astonished, 
be amazed. 

©rfuMH'u,!-. a.' to entreat, desire 
request. 

(Srtviii'fcii, r. n. ir. imp. evtrauf, p 
crtniufeu, to be drowned, drown. 

(5m\"t'*eu, V. n. to awake. 



(Srh)— g:-ed)t 



Sfeb— Srlut^ 481 



(Srwadi'fon, adj. full grown, adult, 
mature. 

G'vwd'vjcii, r. a. ir., imp. prircg, p. 
cniH\]cii, to weigh, ponder, con- 
sider. 

(jrwcv'bcn, r. a. ir., imp. crtttavB, 
p. cnrcrbeii, acquire, earn, gain, 
obtain. 

(Svunn-'buiig, /. -, acquiring, acqui- 
sition. 

SrnMi'i^eru, v. a. to return, answer, 
reply. 

(Evjab'ien, r, a. to tell, narrate, 
report. 

(Sr^eu'vjen, v. a. to procreate, pro- 
duce- 

(S'rjic'iier, m. -s, pZ. -, tutor, go- 
vernor, pedagogue. 

dtjii'tevn, r. n. to tremble, shake. 

(5e, prn. it. 

Q\d, m. -^, pi. -, ass, donkey. 

(St'Ud^e, adj. some, any, several. 

(I"m->a5, prru something, some- 
what, some, any, a little. 

ducb, prn. you, to you. 

@Hcr, euere, euer, prn. vour. 

dula'Iia,/. Eulalia. 

(S'wlg, adj. eternal, everlasting. 

d'lrigfeit,/. -, eternity, everlast- 
ingness, 

'gabel,/ -, pi, -n, fable. 

gd^lg, adj. able, apt, fit. 

ga^iie,/ -, pi. -n, colors, stand- 
art, flag. 

fallen, v. n. ir., imp. fiel, p. Qti 
fallen, to fall. 

gvingen, v. n. ir., imp. fxng, p. ge; 
fangen, to catch, take, seize. 

^avBe,/. -, pi. -n, color. 

^uffen, V. a. to seize, comprehend; 
I', r. to recollect one'sself, re- 
cover. 

Saul, adj. idle, lazy. 

§e*ten, v. n. ir., imp. fccbt, p. gc; 
fcditen, to fight, fence. 

§ed)tfpiel, tl -e^, -si, pi -e, tilting- 
match. 

21 



Sebcr,/-, pi. -n, feather, plume, 
pen. 

i^e^len, v. n. to fail, miss, make a 
fault, mistake, want, be defi- 
cient. 

§e&lev, -g, pi. -, fault, mistake, 
error. 

§eig, at//', coward, faint-hearted. 

S<^in, «(^. fine, nice, delicate. 

?5ctiib, adj. cf* adv. hostile, ini- 
mical. 

^einb, m. -eg, -g, pZ. -e, enemy. 

Seni'be0l)ev§, n. -en6, j)Z. -en, the 
heart of the enemy. 

j^clb, n. -eg, -g, pi. -er, field. 

i^etbbau, 7n. -eg, g, agriculture, 
tillage. 

i^enfter, n. -g, _pZ. -, window. 

^ern, adj. far, remote, distant. 

§erne, / -, pi. -n, farness, distance. 

§eft, adj. cf- adv. fast, solid, stead- 
fast, steady. 

i^inbcn, V. a. ir., imp. fanb, p. gc* 
funben, to find, discover; v. r, 
ir. to be found, ofter, compre- 
hend. 

i5it'nett?ein, iru -eg, -g, pi. -c, vdne 
of the last year. 

^(a*, ai^'. flat, plain, level. 

^Iddie,/ pZ. -n, plain, flatness, 
tract, surface. 

§tam'menjeidicn, n. -g, pi. -, flame- 
or fire-signal. 

?5teif , m. -eg, diligence, industry. 

gUege, / -, pi- -n, fly. 

^itegen, v. tl ir., imp. Ilog, p. gejlo* 
gen, to fly. 

I^liiditig, adj. flying, transient 

Slug, 772. -eg, -g, ^2. Slu^C/ flight, 
soaring. 

Sliigel, m. -g, pi. -, wing. 

glur, / -, pi. -en, field, plain, 
floor. 

S.lup, 7n. -eg, ;?Z. Sluffc, river, 
stream. 

Slufftg, o^'- fluid, liquid. 

glitftern, v. ru to whisper. 

glutf),/-, ;?Z. -en, flood, tide, 
high-water. 



i82 Sclg— t^oi^ 



Brro^— (Sf]& 



Srigen, V. a. to obey .; f. n. to fol- 
low, succeed. 

gcibern, r. a. to demand, call out, 
defy, challenge. 

%cxt, adv. forth, gone off, away. 

§crt'Hu6en, v. ru to continue blos- 
soming. 

§crt'faf)ren,r. n. ir., imp. fii6t fcrt, 
f. fcrt^efa6ren, to drive of, de- 
part, continue, go on with. 

%QXX'^\i^zn, X. 71. ir., imp. ^g fcrt, 
p. fcrtgefllcgen, to fly away. 

gcrt'jagen, r. a. cf- n, to drive 
away, turn away. 

fycrt'jrcUen, r. n. ir. to intend to go. 

§rage, /• -, pi -n, question, inter- 
rogation. 

^agen, r. a. cf- n. to ask, hiterro- 
gate : urn Dtatft -, to consult. 

§ranfe, m. -n, pi -n, Frank, Fran- 
conian. 

granfreicb, n. -a, France. 

§re±, adj- impudent, bold, saucy, 
audacious. 

fyrei, adj. free, independent. 

greifeeit,/ -, pi -cit, libertv, free- 
dom, prJ\Tlege. 

^rei'heitefa^ne,/. -, pi -n, banner 
of freedom. 

§^ilid% adv. certainly, to be sure, 
indeed- 

^emi^ting, m. -?§,-§, pi -e, stran- 
ger, foreigner. 

^uie,/. -, pi -11, joy, joyful- 
ness, enjoyment, pleasure. 

^eii'tenficrer, m. -5, pi -, dis- 
turber of joy, marfeast. 

greutig, adj. srlad, jovful, cheer- 
ful 

§reiieu, r. r. to rejoice in, be glad. 

greuub, m. -ec, -5, pi -e, friend. 

greunblicb, adj. friendly, kind, af- 
fable, pleasant. 

gts'^elban, adj. wicked, malicious, 

^n?bn*, m. Frederick. 

§xtfcb, o-iy. fresh, cooi, new : frifdi 
auf ! cheer up I 

§^^, ac(j. joyful, glad, happy^ 
g-ladly. 



^o&lid), adj. joyous, joyful, eheer- 

^ful. 

Srcmm, adj. pious, religious. 

t5Tcm'migfeit,/. -, piety. 

yrcnt, greiite, /. -, pi -en, -n, 
front. 

%ni<bx,f, -, pL §rud>te, fruit, com. 

t5rud*'ttc5, adj. fruitless, useless. 

^xub, adj. <Sf adv. early, premature, 
in the morning, soon. 

gu^len, r. a. ^ ru \o feel, be sen- 
sible of, perceive. 

%'a.bxtu, c. a. to carry, convey, 
lead, guide. 

gaferer, m. -e, pi -, leader, con- 
ductor, commander. 

%uiiin, V. a. to fill, fill up. 

§unfeln, r. n. to sparkle, glitter, 
twinkle. 

^r, pre. for, instead of. 

gur*ten, r. a. to fear, be afraid ; 
-, r. r. to be in fear. 

t^trccbtfam, adj. timid, timorous, 

^ fearful. 

tvurft, m. -en, pi -en, prince, so- 
vereign, 

tjuB, 772. -eo pi %u^i, foot ; vcm 
Rcvh vis \\i ben S^P^n, from top 
to toe. 

?5Utter, n. -i, pi -, case, food, 
fodder, provender. 

i3 

©dftnen, r. n. to yawn, gape. 
@ang, m. -ec, -e, pi @dn^e, going, 

walk, way, direction, course. 
®an^, adj.i^ adv. whole, all, entire, 

total, quite : -recbt, very right. 
@ar, adj. dji-adv. prepaied.' entire-. 

ly, very, even, 
©arten, m. -6, pi ©drten, garden, 
©affe,/. -, pi -n, street. 
@aul, 772. -$. pi ©dule. horse, nag:. 
©eBen, r. a. <^ n. ir., imp. gab, p, 

gegeben, to give, pay, render. 
©eBet', n. -ec, —c, pi -e, prayer, 
©irir^a'marfd:^, m. - eo^-jj^-moifi^e/ 

moutain-march. 
@ie^r?n, adj. bom. 



®cb— ®ei|1 



®ef— ®cfcf| 483 



©cbiifdi', n. -c^, pi -c, thicket, 
bushes, copse. 

©ebviu'fe, m. -n^,, pi -u, thought, 
ide;i, meaning, purpose. . 

©cbcu'fcu, V. }i. ir., imp. i^cbaittc, p. 
tjebadU, to think of, remember, 
mention, intend. 

©ebiclU', n. -eg, -§, pi -c, poem. 

©ebiilfc',/. -, patience, indulgence. 

©ebiil'big, adj. patient, forbearing, 
ii.dulgent. 

©efaliv',/. -, pi -cii, danger, peril. 

@efd()r'licti, adj. dangerous, peril- 
ous. 

©efcilir'te, m. -n, pi -n, companion, 
consort. 

©efativ'tiii,/. - pZ.-ncn, companion, 
consort. 

@efaf)r'^)cU, adj. fraught with dan- 
ger, dangerous, perilous. 

©cfvil'Ieu, V. n. ir., imp. gefiel, p. 
gefalleii, to please, like. 

®cfcil'lic|feit, /. -, pi -en, com- 
plaisance, kindness, favor, ser- 
vice. 

@efa$t', adj. ready, prepared, col- 
lected. 

©efie'bev, n. -^, plumage, feathers. 

©efol'ge, n. -6, train, attendance, 
retinue. 

©cgen, pre. towards, to, against, 
for, about, in comparison with. 

&iii)m, V. n. ir., imp. ging, p. ge? 
gangen, to go, pass, walk. 

®e()irn', n. -es, -£*, pi -e, brain, 
brains. 

@eftor'6en, v. n. to obey, be obe- 
dient. 

@et)o'ren, v. n. to belong, apper- 
tain, require. 

@e()cr'fam, m. -6, obedience, duty. 

©e^iiCfe, m. -n, pi -n, assistant, 
mate, adjunct. 

©ei^eln, r. a. to whip, scourge, 
lash. 

©elft, m. -eg, -g, pi -er, ghost, 
spirit, mind. 

@eifttg,a^". <^adv., spirituous, spi- 
ritual^ intellectual. 



©cfvccb'cii, see fricdien. 

@elc'genf)eit,/. -, pi -cu, occasion, 
opporLuniiy. 

®elcl)rt', adj. learned. 

@cUc'l)eu, see Uiijen. 

@cUu/geii, L'. n. ir., imp. gelang, p. 
gclungen, to succeed, prosper, 
speed. 

©emein', adj. common, ordinary, 
vulgar. 

©emiitl/, n. -eg, -g, pi -er, mind, 
soul, heart. 

®eu, jjre. towards, to. 

©eiicraU m. -eg, -g, pi ©encrdle, 
general, commander. 

©encral'lieutenant, m. -g, pi -g, 
lieuten ant-general . 

©enie'fen, v. a. ir., imp. genof, p. 
genoffeit, to enjoy, take, taste, eat. 

©e'niug, m. -, pi ©enieu, genius. 

©enug', adj. ^ adv. sufficient, 
enough. 

®cnug'tl)uung,/. -, satisfaction. 

©era'be, adj. cf- adv. straight, right, 
plain ; directly, immediately, 
just, exactly. 

©eveu'en, v. im.p. to repent; eg 
geieut mid), I repent it. 

©erfiarb, m. Gerard. 

©eriiig', adj. cf- adv. little, small, 
mean, low, insignificant. 

©ern, adv. mllingly, gladly, cheer- 
fully, with pleasure ; -^aBen, to 
like, be fond of. 

©efang^ -eg, -g, pi ©efditge, 
singing, song, poetry. 

©efdidft', n. -eg, -g, pi -e, busi- 
ness, employment. 

©efdidf tig, adj. busy, busied, ac- 
tive. 

©efdie'^en, v. n. ir., imp. gefdm^, 
p. gefdiefjen, to come to pass, 
happen, take place, be. 

©efd)enf', 7n. -eg, -g, pi -e, pre- 
sent, gift. 

©efdiledit', n. -eg, -g, ^jZ. -er, race, 
family, descent, generation. 

©efdio^f, n. -eg, -g, pi -e, crea- 
ture 



484 @efc^— @im 



lit— ®ren 



©cfchrci', n. -es?, -^, cry, clamor, 

scream, lamentations. 
©efdn'iiy, n. -eg, pi, -e, artillery, 

cannon. 
©efeU', m. -en,^Z. -en, companion, 

fellow, assistant. 
©cfeU'fcbaft,/ -,j)/. -en, company, 

society. 
@e[penft^ n- -esS, pZ. -er, ghost, 

spectre, spirit, phantom, 
©cfprd'cbig, adj. alFable, talkative, 

conversable. 
©efta'be, n. -0, pi -e, shore, bank, 

coast, 
©eftalt',/ -, pi --en, figure, form, 

stature. 
©cfteiii', n. -t^, -6, pi -e, stone, 

rock. 
©eftvditcb', n. -e(5, -5, pi -e, bushes, 

briars, thicket. 
©ctvai'/en, v. r. to dare, venture, 

be bold to. 
@cireu', acl^. faithful, true, trusty, 

honest, 
©etrcfl', confident, courageous, 

with confidence, 
©etrc'fteii, v. r. to expect confi- 

dently, trust in, be assured. 
©cUHiHtig, adj. powerful, mighty, 

valiant, forcible. 
©etvanb', 71. -e^, -g, pi @elt>ditber, 

garment, drapery, cloth. 
©erocil}', n. -eg, -g, pi -e, horns, 

bran(!hes, antlers, 
©ewtnn', m. -eg, -g, pi -e, gain, 

profit, price. 
©eivii'/nen, v. a. cf" n. ir., imp. ge; 

umiin, _p. getvonnen, to win, earn, 

gain, get profit, 
©ctoi^', adj. certain, sure, true, 

steady, constant. 
@etr»if'fcn, n. -g, conscience, con- 
sciousness. 
@eir>c()n'fi6, adj. usual, common, 

ordinary. 
©e.^ic'men, 7;. i7np. to become, be- 
seem, be fit. 
©impel, m. -g, pi. -, chaffinch, 

simpleton 



©itter, n. -g, pi -, trellis, grate, 
lattice. 

©lanj, m. -eg, splendor, lustre, 
brightness, glance. 

©Idnjen, v. n. to glisten, glitter, 
shine. 

®la\xlt, m. -eng, faith, belief, credit. 

©laubeii, X. a. to believe, suppose. 

©(dulng, adj. believing, faithful. 

©teid), adj. c^ adv. like, even, 
equal, straight, just, immediate- 
ly, presently. 

©leid)en, v. a. & n. ir., imp. glidb, 
p. gegtidien, to equal, level, re- 
semble, be like. 

©leidi'giiltigfett, /. -, equalness, 
equivalence, indifference. 

©leidimutl;, m. -eg, -g, equanimi- 
ty, calmness. 

®teid)ni^, n. -eg, jd. -e, similitude, 
parable, allegory, figure. 

©lieb, n. -eg, -g, pi -er, limb, 
member. 

©Hid, n. -eg, -g, fortune, happi- 
ness, 

©liidflid), adj. happy, successful, 
fortunate. 

©lii(f'feltgfeit,/. -, happiness, fe- 
licity. 

©clben, adj. golden. 

®ott, m. -eg, pi ©otter, God. 

©6tttidi,ac//. divine, godly, godlike. 

©ottlcg, adj. godless, impious, 
wicked. 

©rab, 71. -eg, -g, pi ©vd6er, grave, 
tomb, sepulchre. 

©raf, m. -en, pi. -en, earl, count. 

©rag, 71. -eg, pi ©rdfev, grass. 

©ran, adj. gray. 

©rang, m. -eg, horror, dread, rub- 
bish. 

©vaufig, adj. creating, horror, 
dreadful. 

©retfeu, v. a. 4* n. ir., imp. grijf, 
p. gegriffen, to gripe, grasp, 
seize, lay hold of. 

©retg, m. -eg, pi -e, an old man, 

©renje, /. -, pi -n, limit, border, 
bound, boundary, frontier. 



©rlmnt — «§a[ 



^a^ — ^er 



485 



©rimm, 7;z. -c^, -i^, fury, rage, 

wrath. 
® re lieu, r. ??• to bear ill-will 

against, be angry, 
©vcp, odj. c^adc. largo, big, great, 
©rc^'miitfuii. adj. magnanimous, 

generous, 
©ruiib, m. -c6, -S, pi ©vunbe, 

ground, bottom, reason, cause. 
©riniDCH, r. a. to found, lay the 

foundation of, build, establish, 
©ri'nieii, r. n. to grow green, 

flourish. 
©liUav, 7n. Gustavus. 
@ut, adj. cf- adv. good, well, suffi- 
ciently, pleasant, convenient. 

^a, int. ha ! 

«§acir, n. -ee, -g, pi -e, hair. 

•^abeii, V. aux. <^ n. ir., imp. t)atk, 
p. o^cbo.'bt, to have, possess. 

«.§abern, r. n. to quarrel, browl, 
squabble. 

^alb, adj. half. 

-^albdcit,/. -, pl-^\x, mediocrity. 

^alblaut, adv. in an imder tone. 

Jpal&mcnb, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, half- 
moon. 

^aile,/. -, pZ. -en, hall, porch. 

«§ahu, 7n. -ei3, -5, pi -e, stalk, 
halm. 

^vilt, int halt I stop ! 

^alten, r. a. c^ ^^- ^^-^ ^^P- ^i^^^' ?'• 
gelialtcn, to hold, keep, support, 
contain, estimate, think ; -, v. r. 
ir. to resist, stand firm, last. 

<§aub,/. -, pi ^dnbe, hand 

^aubcln, V. a. cf n. to act, trade, 
deal. 

•■^aiibduu], /. -, pi -en, action, 
deed, procedure, act. 

v^aiujen, v. n. ir.., imp. fthicj, p. ge^ 
&a!igen, to hang, adhere, slick 
to, attach one's self. 

.§armleg, adj. without grief, harm- 
less. 

^armcnic',/. -, pi -n, harmony. 

^a\i. m. -It, pi -11, hare. 



-.^d^lidi, adj. ugly, nasty, dirty. 

^aucii, V. a. ir., imp. I)ieb, p. qes 
IjaxKii, to hew, cut, strike, 
whip. 

'Qan^t, n. -ce, -C\ pi ^^dupter, head. 

^aupt'gefduift, n. -eg, -g, pi -e, 
main business. 

•^au^, n. -eg, pi <^aufer, house. 

«§au6brcb, 72. -eg, -g, pZ. -e, house- 
hold-bread. 

>§ciu6'l)altuiu],/. -, pZ. -en, house- 
keeping, household-family. 

^eBen, v. a. ir., imp. f)ob, p. ge(;o; 
ben, to lift, heave, raise ; v. r, 
ir. to rise to swell. 

-Oeer, n. -eg, -g, pi -e, army. 

«§eilig, adj. holy, sacred. 

•^ei'dge, m. cff. -n, pi -n, saint. 

«§ei'Iigen, v. a. to hallow, sanctify. 

<§ehn'brnt9eu, v. a. ir., imp. braitte 
ftetm, p. f)eimgeBradbt, to bring 
home. 

^eimlidi, adj. secret, private. 

.^etnrld% m. Henry. 

>Oeif, adj. hot, ardent. 

<§ci^en, r. a. cf- n. ir., imp. ^te^, p, 
t]ef)eipen, to name, call, bid, en- 
join, mean, signify. 

-.§eitcr, adj. serene, clear, fair, 
bright, cheerful. 

<§elb, m. -en, pi -en, hero, cham- 
pion. 

<§el'beutcb, m. -eg, -g, heroic 
death, death of heroes. 

-§elfen, v. a. <^ n. ir., imp. fsalf, p. 
geiiclfen, help, assist, save, be 
good. 

^ell, adj. clear, bright, light. 

«§elm, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, helmet. 

^etmhifdi, m. -eg, pi -Imfdic, 
plume of the helmet, crest. 

>6emmen, v. a. to stop, hinder. 

•Oetab', adv. down from, down, 
downward. 

•Serab'fpringen, v. n. ir., imp. fvrving 
{jetvib, p. f)erabgefpvungen, to 
spring down from. 

•Serab tan^en, v. n. to dance down 
from. 



486 



*^era — ^ert> 



«§crij — «§i| 



.^eran'riicfen, v. n. to advance, 

march on. 
.^erauf treiben, v. a. ir., imp. tvieb 

iierauf, p. ^erauf^etrieben, to 

force or press up. 
«§erau3''fcmmen, r. 7i. ir., imp. lam 

&evait», p. ^erau^gefcmmen, to 

come out. 
^eraus'fcbretten, v. n. ir., imp. fdbritt 

l}nau6, p. f)zxau^z\imttm, to 

step forth. 
^erBe, adj. acerb, sour, eager. 
•OerBei^ adv. hither, near, on. 
•^erBei'&rln^en, v. a. ir., imp. brad^te 

JierBet, p. f)erbeige&ra(*t, to bring 

forward, produce. 
'^txhei'txaqm, v. a. ir., imp. frug 

lierBet, p. fier&etgetragen, to bring 

or fetch near to. 
«§ernte'ber, adv. down, downwards. 
>§ernte^berblicfcn, v. n. to look down 

upon, 
^ernie'bertommen, v. n. ir., imp. !am 

Iieriiieber, p. f)erniebergefommen, 

to come down, 
•^err, m. -en, -n, pi. -en, master, 

gentleman, lord, sir. 
.^errliit, adj. magnificent, glorious, 
.^err'iidifett,/. -, pi. -en, magni- 
ficence, glory, splendor, 
^errfiter, m. -^, pi. -, ruler, go- 
vernor. 
.§ev'fel)en, v. n. ir., imp. fafi ^er, p. 

I)cvgefe{)en, to look hither. 
«§cr'ftammen, r. n. to descend, 

come from, derive. 
^^enim' fib auen, x. n. to look around, 

to show. 
«§erycv'gef)en, v. n. ir., imp. ging 

feeryct, p. fierttorgegangen, to go 

forth, proceed, follow. 
^cri^ci-'6clen, v. a. to fetch out. 
^eroor'fommen, r. n. ir., imp. fam 

f)erycr, p. ^erttcrgefcmmen, to 

come forth, appear, 
•^grijci-'rufen, v. a. ir., imp. tief ^er; 

»cr, p. f)eri>crgenifen, to call 

forth, call out. 
«5er»cr'f»ringen, v. n. ir., imp. fprang 



]^er»cr, p. l^erttorgefprungcn, to 

spring out or forth. 
^erfci'treten,r. 72.2V., imp.ixixi ^tn 

tfcr, p. Ijcrticrgetreten, to step 

forth, appear. 
>6ev5, n. -eng, pi. -en, heart. 
^er^lidi, adj. hearty, cordial, af- 
fectionate. 
»§er^cg, m. -e^, -^, pi. -e, duke. 
^ter, adv. here. 

«§ier^er', adv. hither, here, this way. 
^[er£)er'fuf)ren, r. a. to bear or lead 

hither. 
^ter[)er'fcmmen, v. n. ir., imp. l^m 

fner()er, p. :^ierf)ergefominen, to 

come hither. 
>6innnet, m. -§, pi. -, heaven, 

heavens, sky. 
«§tminltfdt, adj. heavenly, celestial, 
•^in, adv. thither, away, gone, lost, 

on, along. 
^inub^ adv. down. 
>§inab'fa((en, r. n. ir., imp. fiet f)m; 

oAr p. ^inabgefaUen, to fall down. 
•Sinauf fteigen, v. n. ir., imp. ftteg 

tnuanf, p. fjinaufgeftiegen, to st«p 

or climb up. 
<§inau3'ge^en, v. n. ir., imp. ging 

fjinaug, p. f)mau^gegangen, to go 

out. 
^inetn'brutfen, r. a. to press, drive 

or plunge in. 
<§mein'retten, v. n. ir., imp. x'lii l^in^ 

ein, p. ^ineingetitten, to ride into. 
"^mein'iragen, v. r. to venture in. 
^m'nefimen, v. a. ir., imp. na^m t)tn, 

p. Mngencmmen, to take, receive, 
.^in'reidien, v. a. to reach, hand ; 

-, r. n. to suffice. 
•§in\reg', adv. away, 
^iu'irerfen, x. a. ir., imp. trarf ^in, 

p. f)ingcn?crfen, to throw to, 

throw down, stat, sketch has- 
tily. 
<§tn^u'fugen, x. a. to add to, join, 

adjoin. 
^irf6, m. -t6, pi -e, stag, hart, 

deer. 
^t|e,/. -, heat, hotness, passion. 



.^od)— 5n 



5n— Jtam 



487 



^cAy, adj. liigh, lofty, sublime, 
eminent, great. 

^^ocb'ljer^icjfeit,/. -, magnanimiiy, 

<5cdi'|'ciHi|cn, r. a. to esteem highly. 

i^cr, m. -it\ -6, pZ. >§cfe, yard, 
court, farm, manor, re>idence. 

•i^offen, r. n. to hope, expect. 

^^cjfiniiiv^,/. -, pi. -cu, hope, ex- 
pectation. 

"Ocf^iiKV j)i. -c-5, -e, pL -e, courtier, 
courtling. 

<§ctu% /. -, pi -n, height, high- 
ness. 

«§cl)eit, /. -, pi -en, highness, 
greatness. 

^cijl, adj. hollow, concave. 

^bljmn, V. a. to scorn, jeer, scoff, 
mock. 

^cf)n'Ividten, v. n, to laugh in 
scorn, scoff. 

^clU,f. -, hell. 

<§5Uifcb, adj. hellish, infernal. 

^cni>5, 771. -f^, -6, honey. 

^c'liigtcpf, m. -e6, -6, pi -tc^fe, 
jar containing honey. 

^cren, v. a. cf- n. to hear, hearken. 

^crn, n. -e^, -6, pi >6in"ii£r, horn. 

.^iibfcb, adj. pretty, handsome, fak. 

^iic\ti, m. -g, pi -, hillock, hill. 

^uf)!i, n. -e^, -g, pd. >§iif)uer, fowl, 
hen. 

<Ouub, m. -c^, -^, pi -e, dog. 

•^iipfen, x. ru to hop, jump, skip. 

J^ut, m. -esJ, -0, pZ. <6ute, hat. 

'^iitte,/ -, pZ. -eii, hut, cot, cottage. 

3*, prn. I ; idi felBft, I myself. 

3l}r, pr7i. your, to her, her, its, 
you, their. 

Smmer, adv. always, ever. 

3i-., pre. in, into, at, to, within. 

Sn'bri'inftiv], adj. ardent, fervent 

Snbem', c. when, as, while, be- 
cause, since. 

Su'battfdnrer, adj. significant, full 
of meaning. 

Sn'iiere, adj. inner, interior, in- 
trinsic. 



3ii'ner(idA, adj. inward, internal, 
intrinsic, hearty, mental. 

Sunii], adj. intimate, hearty, heart- 
felt. 

Sitgc^eljeim', adv. privately, secretly. 

3vbifdi, adj. earth}', terrestrial, 
earthly, perishable. 

Swell, V. n. to err, be wrong ; -, 
r. r. to mistake, commit an er- 
ror, 

Srvlidit, n. -e^, ~^, pi -er, ignis 
fatuus, will-o'-the-wisp. 

3 

3ci, adv. yes ; j|ari?c()(, certainly 

Sac^bfiuiib, m. -eg, -g, pZ--e, hunt- 
ing-dog, pointer. 

3agen, v. a. <^ n. to chase, hunt, 
drive quickly, run with great 
speed, gallop. 

3a(}r, 77. -eg, -0, "pl -e, year. 

Sammern, r. a. ^ n. to lament, 
mourn, pity, feel pity. 

Seber, jebe, jcbcs, prn. every, every 
one, each, any. 

Se'Dcnnaim, prn. every one, evei^ 
body, any one. 

Se^c'oaf), m. -S, Jehovah. 

Seller, jene, jene», prn. that, yon, 
yonder, the former. 

3e|t, adv. now, at present. 

Scing {gen. q/" Jupiter), of Jupiter. 

3u'^enblid\ a^/?". juvenile, youthful. 

Sun^, adj. young, new, recent. 

Sitngliug, 772. -co, -g, pi -e, youth, 
young man. 

Siiitg'lingsfeucr, n. -^, juvenile ar- 
dor. 

Sunfer, m. -6, pi -, young noble- 
man. 

3uft, adv. just, even, now, but 
just, just now. 

RolH. adj. cold, chill, frigid, insen- 
sible. 
Jldlte, /. -, cold, coldness. 
Jamcel n. -eg, -0", pi -e, camel. 



488 Stam — Stf>^X ^om — Jtunjl 

^amtn, n. -eg, -6, pi. -z, chimney, ^ommen, v n. ir., imp. tarn, p. ge* 

fire-place. fommen, to come, get to, ar- 

^ampf, m. -z6, -g, pi ^dm^jfc, rive at, happen. 

battle, combat, fight. jlouig, m. -eg, -S, pi -c, king, 

^amlpfer, m. -g, pi -, combatant, .^ouneu, v. n. ir., imp. tonnU, p. ge^ 

fighter. fonnt, be able, be permitted, 

^aitH^ffpiet, n. -eg, -g, pi -e, prize- know. 

fight. Mcp^, m. -eg, -g, pi .^o^jfe, head, 

^aufntann, m. -eg, -g, pi -leute, ^oru, n. -eg, -g, pi .Corner, grain, 

merchant. corn, 

^aum, adv. scarce, hardly, scar- Jlorndf)re, /—, pZ. -n, corn-ear. 

cely. iiofllicb, adj. costly, precious, de- 
Mtd, adj. impudent, bold, hardy, licate. 

stout. Jlraft, /. -, pi Jlvdfte, force, 
.Kerflich, adv. boldly, stoutly. power. 

^^e(j(e,/. -, pl-n, throat, gorge. ^rdftig, adj. strong, powerful, vi- 
^eil, w. -eg, -g, pi -e, wedge. gorous. 

^eln (feiner, feine, feineg), adj.prn. ^rdf)e,/ -, pi -n, crow. 

no, not any, no one, none. ^valle,/. -, pi -n, claw, clutch, 
^ci'negmegg, adv. in no wise, by talon. 

no means, not at all. ^raiit adj. sick, ill, diseased, 

.^ennen, v. a. ir.., imp. fannte, p. ges ^veig, m. -eg, pi -e, circle, sphere 

fannt, to know, be acquainted Jlveifen, v. n. to move in a circle, 

with. turn round, revolve, whirl 

^enntnif,/. -, pi -e, knowledge, round. 

science. .^reuj^ug, m. -eg, -g, pi. -giige^ 
Mtikff. -, pi -n, chain. crusade. 

^eule,/. -, pi -u, club. ^vied)cn, v. n. ir., imp. frod), p. ge- 
.^inb, n. -eg, -g, pi. -er, child, in- frod)en, to creep, crawl, cringe, 

fant. fiiwn. 

^Inbifch, adj. childish, childlike, ^vieg, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, war. 

MaQZ,f.-,pl -n, complaint, la- ^rieger,m. -g,|)Z.-, warrior, cham- 

mentation. pion. 

^lagen, u a. <^ n. to complain, ^rone,/ -, j^Z. -n, crown, coronet. 

lament, deplore. Mu.i)n, adj. bold, hardy, daring. 

^Idglid), adj. lamentable, mourn- Jlummcr, m. -g, sorrow, grief, 

ful, pitiful. trouble, 

^lar, adj. clear, bright, fair, plain, .^iimmern, i'. n. cf- imp. to grieve, 

evident. afflict, concern, regard ; tt>ag 

^teib, n. -eg, -g, pi -er, garment, fiimnicrt mid) bag ? what do 1 

dress. care for it ? 

^lein, adj. <f adv. little, small, ^uni!pau', m. -eg, -g, pi -e, corn- 
petty, short. panion, fellow, 

.^tinge,/ -, pi -n, blade. 5^unbe,/. -, j^l. -n, knowledg ^, in- 
^tug, adj. prudent, judicious, wise. formation, news, notice, 

^nabe, w. -n, jdZ. -11, boy. Mhn^tiQ, adj. future, next: ing 
^nedit, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, servant. ^iinftige, for the future, 

^nie, n. -g, pi -e, knee. .Kuuft,/ -, pi ^iinfie, art, artifice, 
^o^Ie, /. -, pi -n, coal. skill. 



^ur— ?cg 



?e^ — ?ieg 



489 



Jtuva^, m. -ffes?, jtl. -ffe, cuiniss, 

armor, 
^ur^, adj. short, brief, in short. 

Svibeit, r. a. to refresh, recreate. 

£dct)ctn, V. n. to smile. 

Svicl^cn, r. n. to laugh* 

fiacjcr, n. -^, ^/. -, couch, bed, 

camp. 
Sagevu, r. a. to lay down, lay; 
V. r. to lie down, camp, encamp. 
Sanb, n -e^, -^, pi. Sdnber, land, 

country, ground. 
Sdiibltcb, aclj. rural, countrylike. 
Sanbmauu, 771. -c^/ -g, _p/. -leute, 

country-man, rustic, peasant. 
£ang 4* laugc, at^. 4" <^^^'- ^^ng, 

tall, high, a long w^hile. 
Sangeirei'lc,/ -, weariness, hea- 
viness, tediousness. 
Sangfam, adj. slow, dull, heavy. 
Sdiujft, adv. long ago, long since. 
iani^:, f. -, pi. -u, lance, spear. 
gan'5emiVvi{b,?72. -Ci5, -S, pi. -tudlber, 

forest of spears. 
Saffeu, V. a. 4- n. ir., imp. lief, p. 
gelaffen, to let, permit, allow, 
grant, suffer, fit, become. 
iait,f. -, pi. -cii; load, charge, 

burden, weight. 
Sauf, m. -e^, -6, pi. Sdufe, run, 

course, currency, current. 
Saitfen, v. n. ir.^ imp. lief, p. go; 
laufeu, to run, flow, leak, drop. 
Saune,/. -,pl. -n, humor, temper, 

whim, freak. 
Saut, m. -es?, -6, pi. -e, sound. 
Saiit, adj. cf* pre. loud, aloud, ac- 
cording to, in consequence of 
Sduttn-n, r. a. to purify, refine, clear. 
Sebeu, x. n. to live, be alive. 
Seben, n. -s3, life. 
Sebe-./cig, adj. living, alive, quick, 

active. 
Seer, adj. empty, void, vain. 
Segen, v. a. to lay, put, place ; 
V. r. to lie down 



2ef;en, n. -i,pl. -, fief, fee, feudal, 

tenure. 
2e()vc,/ -, pi. -n, doctrine, instruc- 
tion, lesson, rule. 
Sel}reu, i-. a. to teach, inform, in- 
struct. 
Seib, m. -c3, -6, pi. -cr, body, 
gcidu',/. -, pi. -w, dead body, 

coipse. 
SeidU, at^'. light, easy, flighty. 
Seiditfiiin, m. -eg, -g, fickleness, 

lightness, levity. 
Seicf,rt'!"iuutg,r/ff;'.light,light-minded. 
Selb, adj. sorrowful ; H ift mir -, 

I am sorry for it. 
Seib, n. -i^, -g, harm, hurt, pain, 

sorrow. 
Selbeit, V. a. & n. ir., imp. litt, p. 
gelitten, to suffer, bear, endure. 
2eter,/. -, pi -it, lyre. 
Setl)en, v. a. ir., imp. tief), p. geliel^en, 

to lend, borrow. 
Seife, adj. low, soft, light. 
Seiften, v. a. to do, render, per- 
form, accomplish, execute. 
Seiteu, i\ a. to guide, lead, con- 
duct. 
Se'opolb, m. Leopold. 
Sevdie,/. -, pi -eu, lark. 
Serncu, v. a. cf- ?i to learn. 
$$e[en, v. a. cf n. ir., imp. iaS, p. 

gelefen, to read. 
ge|t, adj. last, ultimate, final. 
Scu, m. -en, pi -en, lion. 
2cud>ten, v. n. to shine, light, give 

light. 
Sidit, n. -eg, -6, pi -er, light. 
tMeb, G(^'. dear, beloved, pleasing. 
Siebe,/ -, love, affection. 
Sieben, v. a. to love, be fond of, 

like. 
ikhex, comp. of licb & gevn, cc^i?. 

rather, sooner, better. 
Sieb'lidifeit, /. -, loveliness, ami- 

ableness, sweetness. 
Sieb, n. -C0, -g, j^Z. -er, song, air, 

hymn. 
Siegen, v. n. ir., imp. lag, p. ge* 
legen, to lie, consist, lean. 



490 



m—Wtart 



SD^arfd^— aWog 



Soben, v. a. to praise, commend. 

Sorfen, V. a. <^ n. to call, decoy, 
b.iir, allure, entice. 

Scs'9e()en, v. n. ir., imp. ging lc6, 
p. Icsgegangen, to come off, be- 
gin, go off ; auf einen -, to at- 
tack one. 

2i-0'rcipen, v. a, ir., imp. rif log, p. 
locJgeriffen, to tear off, break 
loose ; -V. r. ir. to disengage 
one'sself by force. 

Soo'annbeu, v. a. <^ r. ir., imp. iwanb 
leg, p. lo^geiKuiiben, to untwist, 
tear away, disengage one's self. 

SiJa^c, m. -n, fl. -, lion. 

i^ucin'fce,/. Lucinda. 

^iitfe,/. -, pi. -n, gap, chasm, 
breach, defect. 

Jt'iiftdien, n. -i, pi. -, breeze. 

!i:iige,/, -, pi. -w, lie, untruth, fal- 
sehood. 

£uft,/. -, p/. Siijle, pleasure, joy, 
delight. 

SJiacbeii, v. a. to make, do, produce. 

SD^dcbtig, adj. mighty, powerful, 
potent. 

2)Mbcben,7i. -g, pi. -, maid, maiden, 
girl. . 

SJlagcr, adj. meager, lean. 

2)lagiftrat', m. -eg, -g, pi. -^, ma- 
gistrate. 

S)Zaguct', m. -eg, -g, pZ. -e, load- 
stone, magnet. 

SJivitlieb, n, -eg, -g, j?/. -er, may- 
song. 

S'Zajeftdt',/. -, pi. -en, majesty. 

2'Lijeftd'ttfdv adj . majestic, majes- 
tical. 

'SD'Zan, frn. one, they, people, men ; 
- fagt, they say, people say, it 
is said. 

S)(aiulHn-, mand^e, luandieg, prn. 
many a; mand)e,fZ. many, some, 
several. 

SDiaun, m. -eg, -g, pi. 5}Jdnnev, man. 

SRaunlidv adj. stout, brave. 

9)?arf Ig, adj. full of marrow, pithy. 



SJlarf^all, m. -eg, -g, pZ. ^(xt\^hXit, 
marshal. 

SJld'^tguiig,/ -, 'pl. -^\\, modera- 
tion, temperance. 

9Jtaut,?2. -eg, -g, pl. 3}iduler, mouth. 

5!}led)a'iiifd% ar^;". mechanical. 

3)let}r, ac^". cf* a^^;. more. 

SDlehi, nteine, mein, j57'w. my, mine. 

'^n\\i\\,v. a. 6c n. to think, suppose, 
mean, signify. 

2Jieipel, m. -g, _pZ.-, chisel. 

SJletft, metfteug, aciv. most, mostly. 

9JleIbcn, %. a. to mention, announ- 
ce, tell. 

SSJlenge,/ -, p/.-n, multitude, great 
many, great deal, plenty. 

9Jlenfd),m. -en, ziZ. -en, man, person. 

2)leu^|\tenf)erj, n. -eng, j)Z. -en, heart 
of man. 

2)flenfdif)eit, / -, humanity, man- 
kind. 

9)^enfdilid), adj. human, humane. 

2}lerfen, x. a. to marke, note, per- 
ceive, observe. 

SD'leffen, i\ a. ir., imp. niaf, p. ge; 
meffen, to measure, compare; 
fidi mit einem-, to try one's 
strength against one. 

2Jleu'dulmovb, m. -eg, -g, pl -e, 
assassination. 

2)liene,/ -, pl -n, mien, air, look, 
countenance. 

aJlil'biglidi, mildly, charitably. 

9}linbeft,a(^".least, smallest, lowest. 

^li^brvuut, m. -eg, -g, pl -brdudje, 
abuse, misuse. 

SOZipmutl), m. -eg, -g, ill-humor, 
melancholy, sadness. 

^it,pre. with, by, at, on, upon, to. 

2>ltt'nef)men, v. a. ir., imp. naijm 
mit, p. mitgencmnien, to take 
along with. 

SD^it'taggfuppe,/. -, pl -n, dinner. 

2Jlittcl, n. -g, pl -, middle, mean, 
means, expedient, remedy. 

9Jlitten, adv. in the midst. 

2)iogcn, v. n. ir., imp. mcdite, p. ges ' 
mcdit, to have a niiad, like, wish, 
be able. 



gnonb— <natf 



^af)—fno^ 491 



SJlcTib, m. -e5, -'5, pL -e, moon. 
aiioubfdHMu, in. -Qi, -e, moon- 
light, moon-shine, 
SJIcvgeii, nu -6, pi. -, morning. 
2Jlcv'iieubdmmerung, f.-, day-break, 

morning-twilight. 
9}?cr^3enlaub, n. -zs, -6,pl.-lan'ocx, 

eastern country, the East. 
SJlci-'v^eiilidit, n.-i'S, -^, pi -ii6.)kv, 

morning-light. 
SJlcv'ijeiirctr), n. .-c<?, -g, aurora. 
9}icv'i^enrrtl)e,/. -, aurora. 
SJtov'geuftern, m. -e^, -s, pi -t, 

morning-star. 
SJliibe, adj. weary, tired, fatigued. 
fSfiii^e,/. -, pi -n, pain, trouble, 

toil. 
SJlunb, m. -es?, -^, pi Tlhnht, 

(SJiiinber), mouth. 
aJlunncln, v. n. to murmur, 

grumble, mutter. 
SJlurrtfcli, adj. morose, surly, fro- 

ward. 
SKiiffen, v. n. ir., imp. mit^te, p. gc^ 

inu^t, must, to be obliged, be 

forced. 
SWii^ig, adj. idle. 
SRuti/ig, adj. courageous. 
SD^lut^'raUttg, adj. cf- adv. petulant, 

pert. 
SKutter,/ -, pi mUkx, mother. 

S'Jadi, pre. after, behind, in, at, to, 
for, towards, upon, according to. 

SfJadi'tenfen, x. n. ir.., imp. ba*te 
nadi, p. nadigebacbt, to meditate, 
reflect, muse. 

S^ad^ge^en, x. n. ir., imp. ging nad,:^, 
p. iiadigcgangen, to go after, 
follow. 

fRa<bl)^t, adv. afterwards, after 
that. 

£Fiadiftd}t,/. -, forbearance, indul- 
gence. 

9lcidift, pre. next, next of. 

D^adU,/. -, pi DIddUe, night. 

*Jlad)'tigaU,/. -, pi -en, nightingale. 

^Jiacfen, m. -g, pi -, nape. 



Sf^al^e, adj. <f* adv. near, nigh. 
9^aben, v. n. cf- r. to approach, 

draw near. 
S^idOren, x. a. <^ n. to foster, feed, 

nourish. 
9Zdmlldvac^r. namely, to wit, viz; 

ber Oldmltdie, the same. 
Olvif , adj. wet. 
92atur,/. -,pl. -en, nature. 
O^eben, _pre. by, near, beside, next 

to, close to, with. 
S^ecfeii, V. a. to banter, provoke, 

irritate, vex. 
9iet}meu, v. a. ir., imp. naljm, p. 

genommen, to take, receive. 
OZeigeii v. a. to bend, incline; -r. r. 

to bow^, turn, make a reverence. 
5Zeunen, r. «. ir., imp. uannte, ^. 

genannt, to name, denominate, 

call. 
9]eu, adj. new, fresh. 
DZeuerfd^af'fen, «(^'. new-made. 
Oieugier, S^eu'gierbe,/.-, curiosity, 

inquisitiveness. 
S^eu'gterig, adj. curious, inquisi- 
tive, 
91tdit, adv. not. 
9fltditg, a Jr. nothing. 
9]ie, adv. never, at no times. 
Diieber, adj. low, inferior; adv. 

down. 
Dlie'berfaUen, v. n. ir., imp. ftet 

niebev, p. -niebergefallen,. to fall 

down, fall on one's knees. 
3'?ie'i)er|i[iepeu, v. n. ir.., imp. "fic^ 

nieber, p. iiiebergefiotTen, to flow 

down, or under. 
Dlie'bevfiiieen, v. n. to kneel down. 
Sfiie'berlaffen, v. a. ir., imp. lie^ 

nieber, p. niebergelaff^n, to let 

down ; -, v. r. ir. to sit down. 
DZte'berfinfen, v. n. ir., imp. fan! 

nieber, p. niebergefunfen, to sink 

down. 
SfZie-'bcvftrecfen, x. n. to stretch, or 

lay down. 
5yitemanb, prn. nobody, no one. 
9Zimmer, adv. never. 
S^icdi, adv. cf- c. yet, as yet, still. 



492 0?orb--W 



?PIa|— Oled^t 



0lctben, m. -g, north. 

5yiotE),/. -, pi. D^ottjen, need, want, 
necessity, distress. 

Sluti, adv. now, at present, well, 
well then. 

Slur, adv. only, but, scarcely, ever. 

9'lu|,en, nii^en, v. a. cf- n. to use, 
make use of, be of use, be use- 
ful. 

D6, c. whether, if; oi^ cb, as if. 

£)6eit, adv. above, up stairs, on 
high, aloft. 

Dbevft, m. -en, 'pl. -en, colonel. 

ijber, c. or. 

Dffeii&at', adj. manifest, evident, 
plain. 

Dff^iev', m. -eg, -3, pZ. -e, officer. 

Deffncn, v. a, cf- r. to open, un- 
bosom. 

£)ft, (2c/y. often, frequently. 

£)ij!ie, ;)7'e. without, besides, ex- 
cepted. 

£)iyi, n. -eg, -g, joZ. -en, ear. 

D()r'fet9e,/ -, yl. -n, box on the 
car. 

Drt, m. -eg, -g pZ. -c (and Oerter), 
place, region. 

^Pacfen, v. a. to lay hold of, seize, 
pack, pack up. 

$alaft', 7??. -eg, pl. ^atdjic, palace. 

?l]anifit, adj. panic. 

^ava'&el,/. -, pl. -n, parable. 

Paris', n. Paris. 

^Pfab, 77Z. -eg, -g, pZ. -e, path, 

^fau, m. -eg, -g, pZ. -e, peacock. 

-43fcrb, 7?. -eg, -g, pl. -e, horse. 

5J}fiai^e,/ -, pZ. -n, plant, vege- 
table. 

?|3f(an,^en, v. a. to plant, set. 

?isrTu9fcl\iar,/. -, pl. -en, plough- 
share. 

?|}fort(ben, n. -g, pl. -, wicket, little 
gate. 

^ipin', m. Pepin. 

^ifio'le,/. -, pZ, -n, pistol. 



?pia^, m. -eg, pZ. 5|3Ia^e, place, 
room, space. 

-^(o|)ltit, adj. <^ adv. sudden, in- 
stantaneous, on a sudden, at 
once. 

^obet, m. -g, mob, rabble, popu- 
lace. 

^cet', m. -en, pl. -en, poet. 

^radit,/ -, pomp, state, splendor, 
brightness. 

^ve'bigen, v. a. <^ n. to preach. 

^pvebi^t,/ -, pl. -en, sermon, lec- 
ture. 

^veifen, v. a. ir., imp. ^vieg, p. ge; 
^rlefen, to praise, commend. 

^u|en, V. a. 3f r. to dress, attire, 
trim, clean. 

£ludlen, v. a. to pain, torment, 
plague. 

^adhe,/. -, vengeance, vindication, 
revenge. 

9ldii">en, v. a. to revenge, avenge ; 
-V. r. to revenge one's self, take 
vengeance. 

9f{aclien, m. -^,pl. -, mouth, throat, 
jaws. 

Olab, 72. -eg, -g, pl. Sftdber, wheel. 

9ianb, m. -eg, -g,^Z. 9?dnber, edge, 
brim, brink, margin. 

9?afcn, m. -g, pl. -, turf, sod, clod. 

9^*itl), m. -eg, -g, pl. 9^dt()e, coun- 
sel, advice, council, court, con- 
sultation; \i!xi\\ fanu 9^at[) n-ser; 
ben, that may be done, or it 
may happen. 

DlauBen, v. a. to rob, spoil. 

Olduber, m. -g, pl. -, robber, thief. 

OMu'bevbrut,/. -, robber-brood, a 
gang of robbers. 

Otandien, v. a. <Sf n. to smoke, 
fume, 

9laum, 772. -eg, -g,pZ. 9idume, room, 
space. 

Sfiedit, adj. <^ adv. right, just, true, 
real, well, very. 



iKed>t— [Hing 



9fllng3— Sanfl 493 



JHcdit, n. -Ci5, -?, pi. -c, right, claim , 

privilege, law, justice. 
Stcitt'fcvti^eu, r. a. to justify, vin- 
dicate, exculpate. 
Siecfe, ?n. -n, pi -ii, giant, hero. 
Oiccfe'.i, V. a. to stretch, extend, 

rack. 
Sict'e,/. -, pi -n, speech, harangue, 

oration, discourse. 
SJeben, r. a. cf' n. to speak, talk, 

discourse. 
Oie'^ehna^ig, adj. regular 
^leijeii, V. a. cf- r. to stii, move, 

rise. 
9leldi, n. -e^, -6, joZ. -e, empire, 

realm, kingdom. 
JReidien, r. n. to reach, extend to. 
Steif, adj. ripe, mature. 
9leii)e,/. -,_pZ.-ii, row, range, rank. 
9ietn, acf/'. clean, pure, clear. 
Scei'niv^eu, v. a. to clean, purge, 

purify. 
Steife,/ -, pi -n, travel, journey. 
dieiiznii, adj. travelling; ber 9iei; 

fenbe, traveller. 
9lei^en, r. a. ir., imp.xi^,p. geriffen, 

to tear, seize, draw ; -v. n. ir. 

to burst, split, chink. 
dhimi, V. a. 6f n. ir., imp. xitt, p. 

gerittcn, to ride, go on horse- 

ijack. 
JJieiter, m. -S, pi -, rider. 
Sleligioii',/. -, pi -en, religion. 
dldi^ics', adj. religious. 
Oiemien, r. ji. ir., imp. rannte, p. 

geraimt, to run, race, course. 
Sleft, m. -es?, -S, pi -e, rest, re- 
mainder. 
Sfieu'miitbig, adj. repentant, re- 
penting. 
DlidUen, r. a. direct, arrange, judge, 

execute, criticize. 
Dlid^tia, adj. right, exact, just, true. 
Oiiga, n. Riga. 
Otigaer, m. -g, pA. -, a native of 

kiga. 
Slingen, v. a. cf* n. ir., imp. rang, p. 

gerungen, to struggle, wrestle, 

wring. 



9ihtg^, adv. around. 

9itiig>Jum, ring^umf)er, adv. round, 
round about, all round. 

Dtitter, 771. -6, pi -, knight, cheva- 
lier. 

9^c(), adj. raw, crude, rough, rude. 

dlci)x, 72..-eiJ, -$,pl -r, reed, cane. 

9tcUcn, 1-. a. c^ n. to roll, trundle. 

OIc/foHftcdf, m. -es3, -e, pi. -ftocfp, 
rose-bush. 

dlc^, n. -|Te^, fl -ffe, horse, steed. 

9tc§(eitt, n. -t>, pi -, little horse. 

'^zXi), adj. red. 

D^ucf, 771. -eg, -0, pi. -e, pull, fit, 
jolt, jerk. 

Dliicfen, m. -6, pi -, back, ridge. 

Dliicfiutt,/. -, pi -en, view, re- 
spect, consideration, regard. 

Stiicttreg, m. -eg, -3, pi -e, return, 
way back. 

Oluf, m- -eg, -g, _pZ. -e, calling, 
call, cry, clamor. 

Suufeu, t. a. 4^ 71. ir., imp. rief, j?. 
gerufen, to call, cry. 

S^ute,/. -, rest, repo.se. 

dtu'LHli\\m, n. —5, pi -, pillow. 

Siubig, ad^'. quiet, tranquil, calm. 

Otii^ren, r. a. <f n. to stir, move, 
aifect, touch. 

-3tunb, adj. round, rotund: im 0lunb, 
in a circle ; round and round. 

9fiiiftung,/ -, pi -en, arming, ar- 
mature. 



£2aat,/ -, pi -en, seed. 
Sabbatt), m. -eg, -g, pi -e, sabbath. 
2ad^e,/ -, _pZ. -n, thing, matter, 

affair. 
(2vicf, 771. -eg, -g, ^Z. (Sdcfe, bag, 

sack, pocket. 
Sagcn, v. a. to say, tell, speak. 
Sal^, n. -eg, «Z. -e, salt. 
Samraeln, v. a. to gather, collect ; 

-r. r. to assemble, collect one's 

self. 
Sanb, 7n. -eg, -g, sand. 
©anbig, gJ;'. sandy, 
(ganft, a J;', soft, smooth, mild 



494 (Sang — Scfjenf 



@d[)crj — ©c^mett^ 



©dncjer, m. -e, pi -, singer, 
songster. 

<Bal?>, m. -C3, _/;/. (Sd|e, leap, jump, 
sentence, period. 

©aitgeit, r. a. (^ n. ir., imp. fog, p. 
gcfo^en, to suck, absorb. 

@dugltiig (eduglein), m. -e, pl.-i, 
suckling, baby, babe. 

feviumij], adj. tarrying, tardy, di- 
latory, negligent. 

Caufcit, r. n. to whistle, bluster, 
rush. 

<ScaIon, m. Seal on. 

<Bd)aax,f. -, pi -m, troop, band, 
multitude. 

Scbavi'remretfe, adv. in bands, in 
troops. 

(Sdiabeii, m. -S, pi !£*dben, loss, 
damage, prejudice, hurt. 

^Sd^vibcn, V. n. to hurt, injure, da- 
mage, prejudice. 

(Sdiaffen, v. a. to do, procure, 
carry, convey. 

Sd^viU,"^ 711. -eg, -d, pi (SdidUe, 
sound. 

(£dH"im'(}aftigfett,/. -, shamefaced- 
ness, bashfulness, modesty. 

<Sd)anbe,/. -, shame, disgrace, in- 
famy. 

Sdiarf, adj. sharp, acute, severe. 

Sdiatten, ?/?. -g, pi -, shadow, 
shade, phantom. 

©d^a^. m. -eg, pi. <S6d|e, treasure, 
store. 

(5d'd|»eu, r. a. to prize, value, es- 
timate, esteem. 

<gdiau'Bii6nc,/. -, pi. -n, stage, 
theater. 

(Sdiaiien, r. a. to look, see, new, 
behold. 

(gdieiben, v. a. 6f r. ir., imp. fditeb, 
p. gefd^ieben, to divide, disjoin, 
separate ; -, v. n. ir. to part 
with, depart. 

i2*eineu, r. n. ir., imp. fdMen, p. 
gefdMeneii, to shine, glister, 
seem, appear. 

©*enfen, i: a. to give, present 
with, remit. 



(SAerj, m. -eg, pi -e, jest, joke, 

sport. 
Sd^ev^'rebe,/. -, pi -n, pleasantry. 
(Sdieu, /. -, shyness, timidity, 

aversion, 
(gducfen, r. a. <^ n. to send, send 

for, dispatch, convey ; -, x\ r, 

to be suitable, be fit. 
Sdncffal, n. -ee, -g, pi. -e, fate, 

destiny, change. 
©ditfj, n. -es, -g, pi. -e, ship, 

vesse^- 
(Sdnffet, m. -g, pi. -, navigator, 

mariner. 
sSdnrnt, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, screen, 

shelter, shield, protection. 
^'ic^isx^i/f. -,pl -zv., battle, action, 

engagement. 
Sdilacfe,/. -, pi. -n, dross, refuse. 
(Sd^Iaf, m. -eg, -g, sleep, rest. 
'Sdilafen, r. n. ir, imp. fdiltef, p. 

gcfd^lafeu, to sleep, be asleep, 

rest. 
(Sdilag, m. -eg, -6, pi (2dildge, clap, 

stroke, blow, apoplexy. 
(Ed^tagcn, r. a cf* n. ir., imp. fdilug, 

p. gefd)[agen, to beat, strike, 

dash. 
Scbled)t, adj. bad, base, mean, low, 

wretched. 
(SdUeier, m. -g, pi. -, veil. 
(2d'*Ieifen, r. a. ir., imp. f6liff, p. 

gefdiltffen, to grind, polish. 
Sdilieffen,!- a. cf- n. ir., imp. fd)Iop, 

p. gefdilcffeii, to shut, close, con- 
clude, finish. 
(Sdilimin, adj. e\-il, bad. 
Sdilc^, n. -ffeg, pi (gdilcffer, lock, 

palace, castle. 
(idiluimner, m. -g, slumber, nap. 
(gdUum'merfornlein, n. -g, j?Z. -, 

seeds of sleep. 
Sd^lumniern, v. n. to slumber. 
•Sdiluub, m. -eg, -g, pZ. <3diliinbe^ 

throat, gullet. 
iSdimecfen, v. a. cf- n. to taste, re- 
lish ; fidi eg gut - laffen, to eat 

or drink with good appetite. 
(Sdimei^etn, v. n, to flatter, caress. 



<Srf;mcrj — "Scfm^arm 



(Srf}rt.Hirj— (Se§ 495 



<Sclnncr;i, m. -(^S,pl. -en, pain, ache, 

affliction, grief. 
@d):ncttv"iu, ?n. Schmettau. 
(gitmiirfcii, r. a' to adorn, attire, 

dress, 
(gitmu^ijl, adj. foul, dirty. 
@iiniet'n.HMf, adj. snow-wMtc. 
fSctiucibcn, r. n. 4" '"• ^- "'•? ^^^P- 

fdniitt p. gefdniitteii, to cut, 

carve. 
©dnicUe,/ -, quickness, swiftness, 

rapidity. 
(SdiiicUeti, V. a, to jerk, snap ; -, 

V. n. to spring. 
©dMiitter, m. -g, fl- -, reaper, 

mower. 
@duni, adv. already, even. 
<Sdi6n, adj. fine, fair, handsome, 

beautiful. 
@dicneu, v a. to spare, save ; -, 

V. r. to take care of one's self. 
(£dicn()cit,/. -, pi. -eii, beauty, 

fai^rness, handsomeness. 
(Sd'.c^nuiuv/. -, pi -en, creation. 
(Sdn-aut m. -eg, -g, 'pl. ©dirdnfe, 

cup-board, shrine, chest. 
(2diranfe,/. -, pL -\\, bar, barrier; 

-n, pl. lists. 
@dire(fen, m. -e, pl. -, ten-or, hor- 
ror, fright. 
(Sdireien, r. a. <f- n. ir., imp. fdirie, 

p. cjefdUMeen, to cry, scream, 

shriek. 
<Sdn-itt, m. -eg, -g, pl. -e, step, 

stride, pace, stalk. 
(Sdiutt, m. -z^, -g, rubbish. 
<g*iil5en, r. a. to protect, shelter, 

defend. 
Sdni^'engel, m. -g, pl. -, guardian- 
angel. 
(SdiWvtdi, adj. weak, feeble, faint, 

imbecile. 
(Sdnrtamm, m. -e<?, -3, pl. Sdwdm^- 

me, sponge. 
Sdva^anfcnb, adj. fluctuant, waver- 
ing, unsettled, uncertain 
©dv,i\ivm, m. -ed, -^, pl. Sdin>arme, 

swarm, crowd, throng, flight, 

cluster. 



iSdnvar^, adj. black, darit, gloomy. 

(Sdnrdvjcn, v. a. to blacken, black. 

(Sdiu">ebcn, n. Sweden. 

©dnveif, m. -eei, -g, pl. -e, tail, 
train. 

@dniHMi(en, v. n. ir., imp. fdiUMeg, 
p. gefdnriecjen, to be silent, keep 
silence, silence, stop. 

(2dnr>ev, adj. heavy, weighty, diffi- 
cult, hard. 

©dvirert, ?2. -e^, -g, pl. -er, sword. 

i£dnrefter,/. -, pl. -n, sister. 

@d)ivierti|. adj. hard, difficult. - 

©dmnc'riv^feit,/. -, pl. -en, hard- 
ness, difficulty. 

(SdniMniien, v. n. ir., imp. f*\nang, 
p. gefdinnnigen, to swing, vi- 
brate ; v. r. ir. to swing, leap, 
soar, rise. 

<Sclaye, m. -n, pl. -n, slave. 

(2ee, m. -6, pl. -n, lake ; -, f. -, 
pl -u, sea. 

(Seelc,yi -, p/. -n, soul. 

©egnen, v. a. to bless. 

^ef)en, r. a, cf- w. ir., imp. fa^, p. 
gefekn, to see, look, view, be- 
hold. 

<£ef)ntg, adj. sinewy, tendinous, 
nervous. 

(Se()v, adv. very, much, greatly, 
extremely. 

(£etn (feiner, feine, feinc^), prn. his, 
its, of his, of it. 

(£ein, r. n. <^ aux. ir., imp. tnar, 
p. gen?efen, to be, exist ; eg fel, 
be it so. 

@eitc,/. -, pl. -n, side, flank, page. 

(gelbft, prn. & adv. self, even : id) 

- or felber, I myself, 
©elbft'prebigt, /. -, pl. -en, a ser- 
mon or discourse to one's self. 

©elig, adj. blessed, blissful, happy. 
Sclten, adj. rare, scarce, seldom. 
Seltfant, adj. strange, singular. 
Senfen, r. a. to sink, lower, let 

down, lay. 
(2e|en, v. a. to set, put, place, 

lay ; -, v. n. to leap, pass over ; 

- r. r. to sit down, settle, sink. 



496 @id(>— <Sctm 



©onjl— ©tan 



(Sidh, 'prn. one'sself, himself, her- 
self, itself, themselves. 

(Sicber, adj. sure, safe, secure, 
certain. 

©ie, prn, she, her, it, they, them, 
you. 

(Sie'I'enjdf)rlg, adj. of seven years, 
seven years old. 

©teg, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, victory, 
conquest. 

©ieger, m. -g, joZ. -, vanquisher, 
conqueror, victor. 

©ie'gerglanj, m. -eg, conqueror's 
splendor, victor's glory. 

©ilber, n. -g, silver. 

©[I'Berftveifen, m. -§, pi -, silver- 
ray. 

©Ingen, v. a. & n. ir., imp. fang, p. 
gefungen, to sing. 

©tiifen, V. n. ir., imp. fan!, p. ge? 
funfen, to sink ; - laffen, to let 
fall ; ben muti) - laffen, to be 
disheartened. 

©inn, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, sense, 
mind, intention, opinion. 

(Stnnbilb, m. -eg, -g, pi. -er, em- 
blem, symbol, allegory. 

(Bitk,f. -, ^Z. -n, custom, manner, 
mode, use. 

©it'tcnlog, adj. immoral. 

©ittfam, adj. modest, decent, 
proper, discreet. 

©i^, m. -eg, pi. -e, seat, chair, re- 
sidence. 

©i^en, V. n. ?>., imp. fap, p. ge? 
feffen, to sit, be confined, fit. 

(Bo, adv. & c. so, thus, in that 
manner, in such a manner, such, 
so as, as, if. 

©obalb', adv. as soon as. 

(Boijn, m. -eg, -g, pi. ©ijfine, son. 

(Boii) (foldiev, fol'd)e, fcild)eg} pr?i. 
such. 

©oKen, V. n. ir. to be obliged, owe, 
shall, ought. 

•Soni'mertag, m. -eg, -g, pi -c, 
summer-day. 

©oubevn, c. but. 

^cixm,f. -, pi -n. sun. 



©onj^, aJu. else, otherwise, in 
other respects, besides, at other 
times, formerly. 

©o^ljron, m. Sophron. 

(gorge,/. -, pi. -n, care, concern, 
solicitude, apprehension. 

©orgen, v. n. cf- a. to care for, take 
care, provide for, fear, appre- 
hend. 

(Sorg'fdttig, adj. solicitous, care- 
ful, diligent. 

<Scrg'fanifeit,/. -, carefulness, at- 
tentiveness, solicitousness. 

(Bpat, adj. late. 

©pedU, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, v^ood- 
pecker. 

©peer, m. -eg, -g, pi. -e, spear, 
lance. 

©!pe idler, m. -g, pi -, granary, 
ware-house, store-house. 

©iperren, v. a. to shut, close, bar, 
stop, block up. 

©piel, n. -eg, -g, pi -c, play, game, 
sport, diversion. 

©pteten, v. a. tf- n. to play, game, 
sport. 

©pielenb, adj. playing; -, adv. ea- 
sily. 

©piemen, v. a. to spear, pierce, em- 
pale. 

©gotten, V. a. cf- n. to mock, scoff, 
banter, deride, ridicule. 

©ipotterei',/. -, pi, -en, mockery, 
derision. 

©Vred)en, v. a. <f n. ir., imp. fprad), 
p. gefpvod)en, to speak, talk, say, 
pronounce, declare, 

©■pringcn, v. n. ir., imp. f^^rang, p. 
gefpvnngen, to leap, jump, spring. 

(Btah, 771. -eg, -g, pi ©tdbe, staff, 
stick, rod. 

©tadiel, m. -g, pi. -n, thing, prick, 
prickle, thorn. 

©tabf,/. -, pi ©tdbte, town, city. 

©tal;(, m. -eg, -g, pi ©td(}(e, steel. 

©tdt)ten, V. a. to steel, harden. 

©td^lern, adj. steely, made of steel. 

©tall, m. -eg, -g, pi ©tdUe, stable, 
stall, sty. 



©tamm — (Strait 



itrap— ^ert 497 



©tamm, m. -c^, -i?, pi <2taminc, 
stuck, trunk, tribe, nice. 

^ramnuMi, v.n. to originate, spring, 
descend from. 

(Stcivf, adj. strong, stout, robust. 

(Stdvfe,/ -, strength, force, stout- 
ness. 

(Stdrfung,/. -.jpl. -en, strengthen- 
ing, corroboration. 

(Stattlidi, adj. stately, splendid, 
excellent, considerable, impor- 
tant. 

(Staunen, v. n. to be astonished, 
st-are ; -, n. -i, astonishment, 
surprise. 

(gtedu'ii, V. a. & n. ir., imp. ftad*, 
p. geftcd"!cn, to sting, prick, pi- 
erce, cut, engrave ; bie (Sonne 
ftt*t, the sun burns. 

<2tc(}en, V. n. ir.., imp. ftanb, p. ge; 
ftanbeu, to stand, be, remain, 
.stop, become, fit. 

(iteigeu, v. n. ir., imp. ftieg, p. ge; 
ftiegcn, to mount, ascend, climb 
up, rise. 

<2tetii, m. -t6, -6, pi -e, stone. 

(gteUen, v. a. to put, place, set, 
arrange. 

Stevben, v. n. ir., imp. jiarB, p. ge; 
ftcrben, to die. 

(gterbUd), adj. mortal ; ber ^kxh- 
Iidie, mortal man. 

<£tern, m. -eg, -6, pL -e, star. 

(Still, adj. still, silent, quiet, calm, 
peaceable. 

Stille,/.-, stillness, silence, quiet- 
ness, calmness, tranquillity. 

(StiUen, V. a. to still, appease, 
nurse, silence. 

(Stilt'fdv.reigeub, adj. silent, tacit. 

(Stimnie,/. -, pL -u, voice, sound, 
tune. 

vStivu,/. -, pi -m, front, forehead. 

(£tclpern, v. ??. to stumble, trip. 

(Stclj, adj. proud, haughty ; -, m. 
—cS, pride, haughtiness. 

(Etrafen, v. a. to punish, reprove. 

(£tvai)(en, v- a. & n. to beam, emit 
rays, dart beams. 



(Stvvipe,/. -,pl -u, high- way, road, 

street. 
Stiaudietn, v. n. to stumble, make 

a false step, fail 
(Streben, v. n. to strive, struggle, 

endeavor, aspire. 
(gtvccfeit, V. a. & r. to stretch, ex- 
tend, lengthen. 
Streiicn, r. n. & r. ir., imp. ftxitt, 

p. gcftritten, to fight, combat, 

contend, dispute, quarrel. 
Strcuen, r. a. to strew, scatter, 

sprinkle, spread. 
Strcm, m. -eg, -6, pi (Strome, 

stream, flood, current, course. 
Stiicf, n. -eg, -^,pl -e, piece, part. 
Stnmm, adj. dumb, mute, silent. 
2tunbe,/. -, pi -n, hour. 
Stiirjen, r. a. & n. to precipitate, 

rush, fall. 
Sudden, v. a, & n. to seek, search, 

look for, try, attempt. 
(Sumpf, m. -eg, -g, pi (Siim^fe, 

pool, fen, marsh, bog. 
Si'inbe,/ -, ph -n, sin, trespass. 
<Siinbl}aft, adj. k, adv. peccable, 

sinful. 
@iip, adj. sweet, agreeable, 
©ii'^igfeit,/. -, pi -en sweetness. 



Xaq,, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, day. 
Sdglid^ adj. daily, every day. 
Xaleut^ 72. -eg,-g, joZ.-e, talent. 
S!an^en, i'. a. cf- n. to dance. 
Sia'fdicnufjr,/. -, pl-m, watch. 
Xa^Srf. -, pi -n, paw% claw. 
Zanb, adj. deaf, empty, barren. 
Xau&e,/. -, pl-m, dove, pigeon. 
^t^aud^eu, v. a. c^ ?2., to dive, duck, 

dip, immerge, plunge. 
Sdufdien, V. a. to delude, deceive, 

disappoint. 
3;:aufcnb, adj. thousand. 
S^empel, m. -g, pi -, temple, 

church. 
Xext, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, text, 

lecture. 



498 Xt)al—^xmn 



^re^^j— Urn 



Zijal n. -e5, -^, -pi Xi^akx, dale, 

vale, valle}'. 
Xfiat, /. -, pi -en, deed, action, 

fact. 
2,'£)eil, 771. -qC\ -6, pi -c, part, 

share, portion, deal. 
Zi)dlm, V. a. to divide, part, share. 
2;^ei(ung, /. -, pi -en, division, 

partition, sharing. 
Xi)kx, n. -eg, -§, pi -e, animal, 

beast. 
XbjQX, m. -en, pi -en, fool. 
S;i)ortclit, acJj. foolish, silly. 
%i)xo.m,f. -, pi -n, tear, drop. 
Sfircn, m. -eg, -g, jaZ. -e, throne. 
;4f)itn, V. n. ir., imp. ti^at, p. ge^ 

tijaih to do, perform, make, act. 
Zk\, adj. deep, lov^^, profound, 

high. 
%cihUx,f. -, pi S^ocbter, daughter. 
S!cb, m. -eg, -g, death, decease, 
^c'begengel, m. -g, pi -, angel 

of death. 
%cht, adj. dead, lifeless ; tie -en, 

pi, the dead. 
S!obten, v. a. cf- 72. to kill, put to 

death. 
S^cnen, v. a. cf- n. to tune, sound, 

give sound to. 
Xc)3f, m. -eg, -g, pi ^c)^!]e, pot, top. 
Sitdge, adj. inactive, idle, lazy, 

slothful, slow. 
Sragen, v. a. cf- n. ir., imp. trug, 

p. getragen, to bear, carry, wear, 

endure. 
S^rvinern, v. n. to mourn, lament, 

be in mourning, grieve. 
2:'ran'ernbe, m. <^ f. -n, pi -n, 

mourner. 
!i:raultdi, adj. familiar, cordial, in- 
timate, comfortable. 
S^ranm, m. -g, — g, pi llrdume, 

dream. 
S^rdumen, v. a.d^n. to dream, fancy. 
S^ranvtg, adj. sad, sorrowful. 
2^refflicb, adj. excellent, eximious, 

admirable. 
2-vennen, r. a. cf* r. to separate, 

sever, disjoin, disunite. 



Xre^^e, / -, pi -n, staircase, stairs. 

Xx^kn, v. a. <^ n. ir., imp. trat, p. 
getreten, to tread, step, walk. 

Xxm, adj. faithful, trusty, true, 
honest. 

3l'rieb, m. -eg, -g, pi -e, driving, 
drift, motion, instinct, impulse. 

X^rocfen, adj. dry, arid, ban-en, cold. 

Xxcp], m. -eg, -g, pi Xvopfe, ninny, 
simpleton. 

3:rcft, m. -eg, consolation, com- 
fort, encouragement. 

Jlroften, v. a. to comfort, con sol ate, 
encourage. 

%xc%, pre. in defiance of, in spite 
of, notwithstanding. 

^tro^ig, adj. daring, defying, inso- 
lent, froward, refractory. 

Ilrngbilb, n. -eg, -g, pi -ev, phan- 
tom. 

%xvi%, m. -eg, defiance, scorn, 
daring. 

Sugenb,/. -, pi -en, virtue. 

Xt)xann', m. -en, pi -en, tyrant. 

u 

Ue'klgefinnt, adj. ill-disposed, ill- 
affected. 

UeBen, v. a. <^ r. to exercise, prac- 
tise, do. 

Ue6er, pre. & adv. over, above, be- 
yond, besides, on, upon, at, 
during, past, across, concerning. 

UeberaU',fi5^r. everywhere,through- 
out. 

Ueberbieg', adv. besides, moreover. 

Ueberei'hmg,/. -, pi -en, precipi- 
tation, hastiness, thoughtless- 
ness. 

Ueberfd'en, v. a. to sow over, strew 
over, cover v/ith. 

Uebertref'fen, i-. r. ir., imp. iiber; 
traf, p. iibertrcffen, to surpass, 
excel, exceed 

Ue'brigeng, adv. moreover, besides, 
as for the rest. 

Unt, pre., adv. <^ c. about, round/ 
near at, for, by, past, over, as 
for ; - ju, in order to. 



Urn a — Unc 



Unc— Unij 



499 



Umai'ineii, v. a. to embrace, hug, 
c;iress. 

Unuiv'iuuu^, /. -, ;)/. -cii, embra- 
cing, embrace, hugging. 

Unl'^rehen, v. a. to turn, turn 
round or about, twirl ; -, r. r 
to revolve. 

Umfan'i^eii, v- a. ir., imp. iinifing, 
/'. uinfaucjen, to embrace, en- 
circle, surround. 

Uniflat'terii, r a. to flatter or hover 
about, tiow round. 

Unujauoj, 7n -ce, -S, pi -gdmje, 
intercourse, commerce, conver- 
sation, company. 

Unu^f'ben, v. a. ir., imp. um^vib, p. 
unu]cben, to surround, environ, 
inclose. 

Um'cjel)eu, x. n. ir., imp. giitg inn, 
p. uincjegangen, to go about, re- 
volve ; mit jemanbem -, to have 
intercourse with, associate 
with. 

Umbe'i^eu, r. a. to inclose, fence. 

llml^cr', adv. around, about, round 
about. 

Umf)er'brdugen,r-«. to press, throng 
about. 

Umfitltii^gen, v. a. ir., imp. mm 
fdilaug, p. uiufitlungen, to em- 
brace closely, enclose, surround. 

Umfdniidv'mcii, v. a. to swarm 
round, buzz round. 

Un'abfetiKir, adj. immeasurable, 
unbounded, infinite. 

Uri'anftdiitig. adj. indecent, im- 
proper, unbecoming. 

Un'bebeutenb, adj. insignificant, un- 
important. 

Un'befanut, adj. unknown, unac- 
quainted with. 

Un'benu^t, adj. not used, not avai- 
led of. 

Un'beobaittct, adj. unobserved. 

Un'brauiti6ar,afZ/".useless,of no use. 

Unb, c. and. 

Uu'e()rcvbiettg, adj. disrespectful, 
irreverent. 

Un'erfafiren, adj. inexperienced. 



Un'crmcfjftdi, adj. immeasurable, 
immense. 

Un'evfduittovUdi, adj. immovable, 
intrepid. 

Uu'crtidt]iid% adj. intolerable, in- 
sufierable, insupportable- 

Unfall, 7n. -eg, -e, pi -fade, mis- 
chance, misfortune, disaster. 

Uii'fcblbav, adj. infallible, certain, 
sure. 

U.'i'fevmhdi, adj. deformed, dis- 
proportionate. 

Uu'ijebulbi'^. adj. impatient. 

Uu'geljeiter, v. -S, pi -, monster, 
prodigy. 

lh\'o,ne6.)t,adj. unjust, unrighteous. 

Un'ijefdiicft, adj. inuept, awiiw^ard, 
unapt, unhandy. 

Up/gefeben, ad;', unseen. 

Uu'geivaffiiet, adj. unarmed. 

Uii'ge^lemenb, adj. unseemly, inde- 
cent, unbecoming. 

Ungleid\ adj. ^ adv. uneven, un- 
like, disproportionate, odd, by 

Unglixdf, n. -eg, -g, misfortune, 
disaster. 

Uu'gtiicflid^, adj. unfortunate, un- 
happy, disastrous. 

llumutt), m. -eg,-g, ill-humor, dis- 
pleasure, indignation. 

Uu'iibttiic^, adj. unnecessary. 

Un'fdieinbar,a(i7'. not bright, simple, 
insignificant. 

Uufdiulb,/. -, innocence, guiltless- 
ness. 

Unfev, prn. of us, our, ours; - 
einer, one of us. 

Un'fiditbar, adj. invisible. 

Uu'fterblidi, adj. immortal. 

Uiiter, pre. under, below, among, 
amongst, between, amid, during. 

Unteniel)'meu, v. a. ir., imp. utiter; 
iiabm, p. uuteniommeu, to under- 
take, enterprise, attempt. 

Uiiteifa't^eivr. a. to forbid, prohibit. 

lln'tenvalbeii, n. Uiderwalden. 

Un'oerfebeng, adv. unexpectedly, 
unawares. 



500 



Uny— 58er 



33crf— 93etfl 



Un'ucrjagt adj. undismayed, in- 
trepid, undaunted, courageous. 

Uutneit, yre. not far off, not far 
from. 

Uu'iriUe, m. -v.§, indignation, dis- 
pleasure, anger. 

Un'anUig, adj. indignant, angry. 

Uv"'f)eber, m. -§, pi. -, author, ori- 
ginator, beginner. 

Urue,/ -,pl. -n, urn. 

UvqiicK, m. -esJ, -§, pi -en, foun- 
tain-head, original source. 

Uvtl)ini, n -eg, -6, pi. -e, judge- 
ment, sentence, verdict. 

Uv't(}eileii, v. a. c^ ^. to judge, be 
of opinion, decide. 

93afal(', m. -en, pi -en, vassal. 
33ater, m. -S, pi ^dter, fether. 
^d'teviten, n. -$, pi. -, dear father. 
S3ateruu'fcr, n. -6, the Lord's 

Prayer. 
S3erat)'fdumen, v. a. to neglect, 

omit. 
93eracb'ten, v. a. to despise, scorn, 

contemn. 
33er&ei-'v]en, v. a. ir., imp. tterbavg, 

p. ttevbovgen, to hide, conceal ; 

-, V. r. ir. to abscond. 
33evbe['ferunt3,/ -, pi -en, better- 
ing, improvement, melioration. 
33erblei'6en, v. n. ir., imp »evMieb, 

p. v»erBUeben, to remain, abide. 
93erboi^3en, adj. hidden, concealed, 

retired. 
23er6vei'teu, v. a. to divulge ; -, 

1'. r. to spread, be propagated, 

extend. 
93crbie'nen, v. a. to gain, earn, 

merit, deserve. 
33evbtie§'Iidi or i^erbrit^Iidi, adj. 

morose, peevish, troublesome, 

irksome, vexatious. 
5?erbu'ftern, v. a. to darken, ob- 
scure. 
33ere'beln, v. a. <^ r. to improve. 
SScren'ben, v. n. to die. 
3)erfiu'^en,r. a. to curse, execrate. 



93erfoI'gen, v. a. to pursue, perse- 
cute, prosecute, continue. 

SSergef'fen, v. a. ir., imp. ^ergaf, 
p. »ergeffen, to forget, neglect. 

25ergit'tert, adj. trellised, shut by 
a grate. 

23erguii'gcn, v. a. to please, de- 
light ; -, V. r. to be delighted 
^vith. 

S3er9niigen, n. -g, pi -, pleasure, 
diversion, delight, comfort. 

S3evl)a^t'. adj. odious, hateful, 
hated. 

33er(;iU'len, v. a. to veil, cover over, 
wrap up. 

23evlan'gen, v. a. <Sf n. to ask, de- 
mand, desire, long for. 

SSerlaf ', m. -ffe^, inheritance, suc- 
cession. 

SJerlapfen, adj. destitute, aban- 
doned, forsaken. 

93evIeum'Dung,/. -, pi -en, calum- 
ny, slander, defamation. 

93erlie'ren, r. a. cf- n. ir , imp. "otXi 
Icr, p. yerloren, to lose. 

QSevmo'gen, v. a. <f n. ir., imp. 
yermod^te, p. tiermccht, to be 
able to do, have the power. 

33ermu't()en, v. a. to suppose, pre- 
sume, think. 

33erne[}'men, r. a. ir., imp. t»ernaf)m, 
p. t»etncmmeu, to perceive, un- 
derstand, hear. 

S3erfam'meln,r. a. & r. to assemble, 
meet, collect, congregate. 

Serfe^'en, v. a. to misplace, trans- 
plant, pawn, pledge, mix, an- 
swer, reply, 

Q}cvfiu'fen, v. n. ir., imp. yerfanf, 
p. i^erfunfen, to sink down. 

93erfpct^ten, r. a. to scoff, deride, 
mock. 

93erftanb', m. -c^, -$, understand- 
ing, intellect. 

35er!tdn'blg, adj. sensible, intelli- 
gent. 

23eritei'nevn, v. a. (^ r. to petrify, 
stone. 

35evftc'f en, v. a. ir., imp. »erfiie^ 



SSerfl— 33i?r^ 



a^om—ffianf 601 



p. ecvftcpcu, to drive away, ex- 
pel, reject. 

23erftuin'ineu, r. n. to grow dumb 
or speechless. 

33evti\"iu'eii, v. a. <^ n. to entrust, 
confide ; -, ??. -e, confidence, 
trust. 

SSevtrci'beu, v. a. ir., imp. lurtvleb, 
p. i">evtvieben, to drive away, 
chase, expel. 

93euntei'ten,r. n. cf- n to tarry, stay, 
delay, retard. 

S3cnintu'^evuiig, f. -, wondering, as- 
tonishment, surprise, admiration. 

SSerwiinfdU', adj. accursed, detes- 
table. 

93er5el)'ren, r. a. to consume, eat. 

93er^ei'()en, v. a. ir., imp. tierjicfi, 
p. aerjicfien, to pardon, forgive, 
excuse. 

33et5ei'f)uug,/ -, pardon, forgive- 
ness. 

Sjerjtveif lung,/ -, despair, despe- 
ration. 

Sii't, adj. cf- adv. much, many, a 
great deal, abundance. 

aSteUeidht', adj. perhaps, may be, 
possibly. 

SScgel, m. -6, pi. 23cgcl, bird, fowl. 

93olf, n. -e^, -^, pi 236Ifer, people, 
nation. 

^clWUljxex, m. -g, pi. -, teacher 
of the people. 

S3cU, adj. full, filled, complete. 

3BoUcii'bcn, V. a. to end, finish, ac- 
complish. 

S3oU'faitgen,i;.a. to suckfull, absorb. 

93on, pre. of, from, by, on, upon, in. 

S3or, pre. before, from, of, ago, 
since. 

33orfaU, m. -eg, -g, pi. -fade, case, 
event, incident, occurrence. 

Q3cr'fa([en, r, n. ir., imp. jxel tor, 
p. to crgef alien, to happen, arrive, 
occur, come to pass. 

SSorl)cr', adv. before, previously, 
before-hand. 

SSorljiu', adv. before, heretofore, 
a little while ago. 



3[)cvnclim, adj. <f- adv. distinguish- 
ed, noble, of rank, gentle. 

23or/riicfcu, v. a. cf- n. to move 
forwards, march on ; -, n. -i, 
advance. 

93or'fel}ung,/. -, providence. 

33ovftdit,/. -, foresight, precaution, 
providence, circumspection. 

SSov'ficbtig, adj. cautious, circum- 
spect. 

SSortanj, w. -e^, pi. -tdnje, first 
dance. 

SSoripurf, m. -eg, -g, pi. -tiourfe, 
reproach, exprobration. 

33ov5eit,/. -, time of old, time of 
yore, past ages. 

33orjiig'lid), adj. preferable, ex- 
cellent; -, adv. chiefly, espe- 
cially, particularly. 

2Badben, v. n. to be awake, watch, 
guard. 

SBaclifen, v. n. ir., imp. it3ud)g, p. 
gewacbfen, to grow, increase. 

SSacfer, adj. brave, gallant. 

3Saff enriijiung, /. -, pi. -en, armor. 

3Bdl}len, v. a. to elect, choose. 

SSa^n, m. -eg, -g, illusion, pre- 
sumption, fancy. 

2Bdl)renb, pre. <Sf c. during, while, 
whilst. 

2Ba^rl)af' tig, adj. true, real, vera- 
cious. 

SBalirltd), adv. forsooth, in truth, 
verily, certainly. 

S[Bal)r'fd)einlicl), adj. probable, li- 
kely. 

SSalb, m. -eg, -g, pi. SBdtbcr, for- 
est, wood. 

3Ballen, v. n. to undulate, wave. 

2Qalten, i;. n. to manage, rule. 

3Sanbet, m. -g, conduct, behavior. 

SOBvinbelu, v. n. to go walk, change. 

2Ban'berer, m. -g, pi. -, traveller 
(on foot). 

Sanfen, v. ru to totter, stagger, 
hesitate. 



502 3»ann— 2BcU 



SScit— SSinj 



SOBaim, adv. when. 

SBavncn, r. a. to warn of, admon- 
ish against. 

SBarten, v. a.&,n. to stay, wait, at- 
tend to. 

SBavum', adv. why, wherefore. 

^aS.prn. what? why, that, what, 
sometliing. 

SBafitcn, r. a. & n. ir., imp. irii fd\ 
p. ^eirafdien, to wash. 

©affer, n. -s, pi -, water. 

®cberi, V. a. to weave, work. 

aScbftuW, aBe'berfiuI}!, 771. -e^, -6, 
pi -fluWc/ loom. 

SBccbfel/ 7/2. -6, pi -, vicissitude, 
change. 

SBecfen, 1;. a. to wake, awake. 

SBeber, c. neither ; - . . . nccb . . ., 
neither . . . nor . . . 

SEe^, m. -te, -e, pi -e, way, pas- 
sage, path. 

ffie^'bleiben, r. ??. ir., imp. BlieB ireg, 
p. ireggeblieben, to stay away, 
stay out, be omitted. 

SBegen, pre. on account of, by 
reason of 

SBzi), adj. &. adv. sore, aching, 
painful ; -, 7?. -e3, -S, wo, pain, 
ache, grief; -! or irel^e ! int. 
wo I woe I 

SSeftmutb, /. -, madness, woful- 
ness, sorrowfulness. 

SSe6'miit{)ig, adj. sad, sorrowful, 
woful, mournful. 

2Beib, n. -te, -i, pi. -er, woman, 
wife. 

SBeicben, r. n. ir., imp, tridi, p. g,ti 
iridien, to give way, peld, re- 
treat. 

SBeiben, r. a. to ordain, devote. 

Sffieil, adv. 4' c- 'while, during, as, 
when, because, since. 

2Betnen, v. a. c^ n. to weep, ery. 

2Bcife, adj. wise, sage. 

SBeife,/. -, pi -i\, manner, way, 
method. 

SBeif, adj. white, clean. 

SSeit, adj. cf- adv. far, distant, afar, 
wide, largis. 



2Beiter, adv. farther, else ; - ge^en, 
to go farther. 

23eld>er, n^eld^e, wetee^, prn. who? 
that, which, what, some. 

9Se(fen, v. n. to wither, fade, dry. 

aBelie,/. -, pi -11, wave, billow, 
surge. 

2Bel[d^Ianb, n. -e^, -g, Italy. 

aScIt, /. -, pi -eti, world. 

22cnben, r, a. <^ n. to turn, di- 
rect to. 

SSenig, adj. 4' ^dv. little, few, 
some. 

®enn, adv. cf- c. if, when, when- 
ever. 

®er, prn. who, he who, whoever. 

©erben,!-. n. ir., imp. irurbe (rrarb), 
p. geircrben, to become, grow, 
be, happen. 

SSerfen, r. a, cf* ji. ir., imp. warf, 
p. getDCifen, to throw, cast ; fid) 
etnem ]u yii^en -, to throw 
one's self at one's feet. 

SSerti), 772. -ec\ -s, worth, value, 
price. 

SBcfpe,/. -, pi -Ti, wasp. 

21>e|en,f. a. to rub, Whet, sharpen. 

02ibrtg, adj. loathsome, nauseous. 

SBie, adv. cf* c. how, as, when, 
like. 

SBieber, flf/r, again, anew; -hrm 
men, to come again, return. 

SSiege,/. -, pi -n, cradle. 

SBitb, adj. wild, savage, unculti- 
vated. 

SDilbpret, 72- -e^, -^, game. 

2BiI[e, 772. -n^, will, mind, purpose. 

2I>Utfcm'men, adj. welcome. 

SSinb, 772. -e^, -6, pi -e, wind, 
air, 

^Dtubsbraitt,/ -, pZ. -brdute, hu-"- 
ricane, squall of ^\-ind. 

SDinfcL m. -6, pi -, angle, comer, 
nook. 

3Bhtfelrieb, m. Winkelried. 

SBinfelit, r. 72. to whine, whimper, 
moan. 

2D in jig, adj, diminutive^ petty, 
small 



SBirf— 335ut^ 



3a--3uf 



503 



2Birflid\ adj. actual, real, true. 

5li>irtl), w. -zi,-i>, pl.-i, host, land- 
lord, master of the house. 

2BI)Jcn, r. a. cf* n. ir., imp. unifte, 
jh ijeani^t, to know. 

iSi^icj, adj. witty, ingenious. 

^^c, adv. where. 

SBcc^e,/.-, pi -n, billow, wave. 

SScgen, v. n. to wave, fluctuate. 

ilScber, adv. whence, from what 
pluce. 

SBchiii/, adv. whither, what way. 

SBcbl, adv. well, indeed, probably. 

SBcM'gefaden, 7z. -g, pleasure, de- 
light 

2Sct;l'rieciienb, adj. fragrant. 

2Bcl)I'tI)atcr, 772. -^, _pZ. -, bene- 
liictor. 

SBcM^tf)dti9, adj. beneficent, cha- 
ritable. 

SScbltlmn, V. n. ir., imp. ff)at it»cf)I, 
p. wclilget^an, to do well, do 
good, benefit. 

SScf'nuug,/. -, fl -en, dw^elling, 
lodging, residence. 

S©clfe,/.-, pi. -n, cloud. 

2i>cUen, v. a. cf- n. ir. to will, be 
willing, have a mind, desire, 
wi^h, want. 

QIscaKft,/-, delight, bliss. 

2i>cnne,/. -, ^Z. -n, delight, plea- 
sure, bliss. 

SBcrt, n. -esJ, -€, pi. -e, word. 

UBcrtdum, n. -6, pi. -, (little) word. 

2Bucbt,/ -, weight, burden. 

aCunbe,/ -, />Z. -n, wound, hurt. 

aSunfd% 771. -eg, pi. SBiinfdie, wish, 
desire. 

SBuufd^eii, r. a. to wish, desire. 

2Biirbe,/. - pi. -n, dignity, honor ; 
bag if: unter meincr 2Gurbe. that 
is beneath me. 

®uTbi^, adj. worthy, deserving. 

SBurgtein, n. -g, pi. -, radicle. 

SSiirjreid^ adj. rich in spices, aro- 
matic, 

©utfi'fdiauernb, adj. trembling 
with rage. 



3 

3al)e, adj. tough, tenacious, clingy. 
3a()(,/ -, pZ. -en, number. 
Sciblen, r. a. to number, tell, count. 
3a^m, adj. tame, domestic ; - nia? 

dicn, to tame. 
3afin, 77?. -eg, -g, ;7Z.3at)ne, tooth. 
3art, adj. tender, soft, delicate. 
3drtlt*, adj. tender, soft, delicate. 
3au'bcTfd^ein, m- -eg, -f>, pi -e, 

fascinating appearance. 
3ciubern, v. n. to loiter, linger, de- 

lay. 
3e'f)ente, m. -n, pi -n, tithe. 
3eigen, v. a. to show, point out. 
3eiger, m. -g, pi. -, shower, hand. 
3eit,/ -, pi. -en, time. 
3eit!g, adj. early, timely, ripe. 
3crbreM^en, r. a. & n. ir., imp. ^er; 

brad\ p. ^erbrcdr.cn, to break to 

pieces, fracture. 
3tnfd^mct'tern, v. a. to crash, crush, 

shatter, dash to pieces. 
3euge, m. -n, pi -u, witness. 
3eug, 772. Jupiter. 
3ief)en, v. a. & n. ir., imp. jog, p. 

gejcgen, to draw. 
3iel, 71. -eg, -g, _pZ. -c, term, limit, 

aim, scope. 
3ielen, r. n. to aim, take one's aim. 
3temen, r. imp. to become, be fit, 

be suitable. 
3if'ferblatt, n. -eg, -g, pi -blatter, 

dial 
3innern, adj. tin, pewier, made ol 

pewter. 
3ifd}etn, v. n. to whisper. 
3n, pre. & adv. at, by, to, for, in, 

on ; - Supe, on foot. 
3iidi'tigung,/. -, pZ. -en, chastise- 
ment, correction. 
3ucfen, r. a. & n. to draw (with a 

short quick motion), shrug, 

shrink. 
Su'cferbrcb, n. -eg, -g, pi -e, su- 
gar-bread, sweet biscuit. 
Sufall, m. -Eg, -g, pi. 3ufdUe; 



604 



3uf— 3uf 



Suf— 3t»i 



chance, accident, adventure ; 
butdi -, by chance. 

Sufvie'Den, adj. content, contented, 
satisfied. 

3ug, m. -ej?, -6, pZ. Sug^r train, 
passage, expedition. 

Bugleidi', adv. at the same time, 
at once, together. 

Suviid'bleiben, v. n. ir., imp. Blieb 
juviicf, p. juriidfgeblieben, to re- 
main behind. 

3uriicf'rceicben, r. n. ir., imp. trtid) 
juriicf, j9. jurii(fgetr»iAen, to re- 
cede, retire, withdraw. 

Su'rufen, r. a. & n. ir., imp. rief ju, 
p, jugerufen, to give a call, ac- 
claim. 

Bufam'menbriicfen, v. a. to com- 
press. 

Su'fe^en, v. n^ ir., imp. fa() ju. p. 



jugefc^en, to look at, look upon, 

suffer. 
3u'fe()enb & ju'fefienb^, adv. visibly. 
3u'»erficbt,/. -, confidence, trust, 

assurance. 
3u»or', adv. before, first, hereto- 
fore, formerly. 
3utt)ei'Ien, adv. sometimes, at 

times. 
3tt>ar, c. certainly, it is true, to be 

sure, indeed. 
3'n?ei, adj. two. 
3»eifeln, v. n. to doubt of a thing, 

question. 
3tveig, m. -e^, -6, pi. -e, branch, 

bough, twig. 
3weigen, v. a. to graft. 
3ti?ei'fd)neibig, adj. two-edged. 
3tr>ifctien, pre. between, among, 

amongst. 




^i%^-^4r /^dj 



riAR "0 !9'i2 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Nov. 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drrve 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



